zypper - en to en_GB translation catalogue (16715 entries)

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105A7 help.text]
note: N8pnT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize Java scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue where you can organise Java scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_id171564144873585 help.text]
note: GxsAo
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can run Python scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue where you can run Python scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130300.xhp tit help.text]
note: F8xV5
en: Basic Organizer
en_GB: Basic Organiser

[ctx: 06130300.xhp bm_id31571329093046 help.text]
note: yGcvK
en: <bookmark_value>Basic macros;organize in libraries</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>Basic modules;organize in libraries</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>Basic dialogs;organize in libraries</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Basic macros;organise in libraries</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>Basic modules;organise in libraries</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>Basic dialogues;organise in libraries</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06130300.xhp par_idN10A39 help.text]
note: S6zpN
en: <variable id="BasicOrganizer">%PRODUCTNAME Basic Library Organizer</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="BasicOrganizer">%PRODUCTNAME Basic Library Organiser</variable>

[ctx: 06130300.xhp par_id111571327198482 help.text]
note: oncdP
en: The dialog let you organize %PRODUCTNAME modules and dialogs into libraries. You can also import and export Basic libraries into files or extensions.
en_GB: The dialogue box lets you organise %PRODUCTNAME modules and dialogs into libraries. You can also import and export Basic libraries into files or extensions.

[ctx: 06130300.xhp par_id3155923 help.text]
note: TrMnh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Lets you manage modules or dialogs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130300.xhp par_id3150290 help.text]
note: 8KmGe
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130300.xhp par_id8968169 help.text]
note: JmEG4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 324iN
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3155069 help.text]
note: 5ML3n
en: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customizes $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customises $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3152821 help.text]
note: Z7niH
en: You can customize shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.
en_GB: You can customise shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp bm_id721515298976736 help.text]
note: AovmE
en: <bookmark_value>menus;customizing</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customizing;menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>menus;customising</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customising;menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id991514298399076 help.text]
note: RgrUg
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id621514299131013 help.text]
note: 5Pqu2
en: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Menus</menuitem> tab.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Menus</menuitem> tab.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id301514305066046 help.text]
note: PC3FR
en: You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp hd_id631604851974598 help.text]
note: VZ4Uh
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id831514310878540 help.text]
note: EyEkZ
en: <emph>Insert Submenu</emph>: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.
en_GB: <emph>Insert Sub-menu</emph>: Insert a sub-menu entry. Enter a name for the new sub-menu in the dialogue box that follows. The new sub-menu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id481514299760750 help.text]
note: Evw75
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp">Customizing %PRODUCTNAME context menus</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp">Customising %PRODUCTNAME context menus</link>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp bm_id2322763 help.text]
note: TJ2RX
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp par_id3152909 help.text]
note: btCB8
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp bm_id721514298976736 help.text]
note: PGanB
en: <bookmark_value>context menus;customizing</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customizing;context menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;context menus</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>context menus;customising</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customising;context menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;context menus</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id991514298399076 help.text]
note: BAGoB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id621514299131013 help.text]
note: bSfPs
en: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Context Menus</menuitem> tab.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Context Menus</menuitem> tab.

[ctx: 06140300.xhp hd_id381604852428742 help.text]
note: M3uRv
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id831514310878540 help.text]
note: vmmJm
en: <emph>Insert Submenu</emph>: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.
en_GB: <emph>Insert Sub-menu</emph>: Insert a sub-menu entry. Enter a name for the new sub-menu in the dialogue box that follows. The new sub-menu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id481514299760750 help.text]
note: BFr83
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">Customizing %PRODUCTNAME menus</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">Customising %PRODUCTNAME menus</link>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id3150279 help.text]
note: USNMB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you customise $[officename] toolbars.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id921514303969718 help.text]
note: ABfe3
en: Select the toolbar where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.
en_GB: Select the toolbar where the customisation is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id301514305066046 help.text]
note: aadzx
en: You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN106B2 help.text]
note: oyCC6
en: <emph>Change Icon</emph>: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140402.xhp">Change Icon</link> dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.
en_GB: <emph>Change Icon</emph>: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140402.xhp">Change Icon</link> dialogue box, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.

[ctx: 06140402.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
note: BRfDs
en: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.
en_GB: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customise</link> dialogue box, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.

[ctx: 06140500.xhp bm_id3152427 help.text]
note: BWUKy
en: <bookmark_value>customizing; events</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>events; customizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>customising; events</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>events; customising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140500.xhp par_id111568966885228 help.text]
note: PdgEw
en: Opens the <literal>Assign Component</literal> dialog to set a <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp">custom UNO command</link> for the selected event.
en_GB: Opens the <literal>Assign Component</literal> dialogue box to set a <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp">custom UNO command</link> for the selected event.

[ctx: 06140500.xhp par_id291568910019716 help.text]
note: LZi7Y
en: Component assignment is proposed for controls in the Dialog Editor.
en_GB: Component assignment is proposed for controls in the Dialogue Editor.

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3152937 help.text]
note: Gk7jE
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings">Opens the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings">Opens the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149516 help.text]
note: LHNiX
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3156192 help.text]
note: rdXQg
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3148491 help.text]
note: 6tFtT
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3153564 help.text]
note: zJGCU
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149575 help.text]
note: mEsz2
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3147559 help.text]
note: 6fpeQ
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3150865 help.text]
note: YWyoR
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3159086 help.text]
note: GUr8w
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3150838 help.text]
note: 4CDnS
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: DZDFi
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogue boxes.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogue boxes. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: 06150120.xhp par_id3150506 help.text]
note: PnrNS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3147250 help.text]
note: wJrp7
en: <ahelp hid=".">The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The frontmost open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3149885 help.text]
note: ge7ez
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3146137 help.text]
note: EnzyK
en: <ahelp hid=".">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150210.xhp par_id3148731 help.text]
note: g2s98
en: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output </emph>window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.
en_GB: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output</emph> window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3154823 help.text]
note: Ls6Di
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is checked, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_idN1096D help.text]
note: BDDAa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
note: kFzq7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Mark the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Unmark the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN1057E help.text]
note: t8MW2
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN105B9 help.text]
note: htGCV
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: about_meta_tags.xhp par_id3155307 help.text]
note: rMjxw
en: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...> , where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.
en_GB: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...>, where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.

[ctx: addsignatureline.xhp par_id531526562791579 help.text]
note: x49zw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialogue at time of signature.</ahelp>

[ctx: addsignatureline.xhp par_id11526468051934 help.text]
note: xWyoH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.</ahelp>

[ctx: addsignatureline.xhp par_id131526560799876 help.text]
note: jrvVd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appear in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box, at the time of signature.</ahelp>

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id501623161122070 help.text]
note: fuaER
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Classification dialog</link> for document classification.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Classification dialogue box</link> for document classification.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id871623161127282 help.text]
note: K6DVb
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Classification dialog</link> for paragraph classification.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Classification dialogue box</link> for paragraph classification.

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp tit help.text]
note: dsZAF
en: Classification Dialog
en_GB: Classification Dialogue Box

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp hd_id21623159004194 help.text]
note: MvcH9
en: <variable id="classdialogh1"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Document and Paragraph Classification Dialog</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="classdialogh1"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp">Document and Paragraph Classification Dialogue Box</link></variable>

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp par_id461623164674397 help.text]
note: b2jAF
en: Applies classification policy to the current document or paragraph. The dialog helps to assemble the classification policy terms of the document or paragraph by using predefined classification terms or by entering custom classification terms. The dialog display several lists of predefined items, which are loaded from the <link href="text/shared/guide/classification.xhp#configfile">BAILS-xml TSCP policy file</link>.
en_GB: Applies classification policy to the current document or paragraph. The dialogue box helps to assemble the classification policy terms of the document or paragraph by using predefined classification terms or by entering custom classification terms. The dialogue box displays several lists of predefined items, which are loaded from the <link href="text/shared/guide/classification.xhp#configfile">BAILS-xml TSCP policy file</link>.

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp par_id301623172724879 help.text]
note: 2cL5t
en: The <emph>Content</emph> text box displays the classification text created by the dialog and displays the existing document or paragraph classification terms. You can add your own terms in addition to the existing text in the box and the classification terms from the <link href="text/shared/guide/classification.xhp#configfile">classification policy configuration file</link>.
en_GB: The <emph>Content</emph> text box displays the classification text created by the dialogue box and displays the existing document or paragraph classification terms. You can add your own terms in addition to the existing text in the box and the classification terms from the <link href="text/shared/guide/classification.xhp#configfile">classification policy configuration file</link>.

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp par_id431623171280325 help.text]
note: dD6gS
en: Opens the Select Certification dialog box to choose the certificate to use to sign the paragraph.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certification dialogue box to choose the certificate to use to sign the paragraph.

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp par_id21623168943133 help.text]
note: bC9B4
en: The International list are the elements of the BAILS, not localized. The default is:
en_GB: The International list are the elements of the BAILS, not localised. The default is:

[ctx: classificationdialog.xhp par_id571623174784742 help.text]
note: yRPDF
en: Settings of the Classification dialog are part of the document custom properties.
en_GB: Settings of the Classification dialogue box are part of the document custom properties.

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10548 help.text]
note: Ub7GZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: GKDES
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10585 help.text]
note: FnGGN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6401257 help.text]
note: j6Gfk
en: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialog is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.
en_GB: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialogue box is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5841242 help.text]
note: tzbHd
en: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6794030 help.text]
note: h6SwU
en: If no updates are available, the message in the dialog tells you there are no updates. Close the dialog.
en_GB: If no updates are available, the message in the dialogue box tells you there are no updates. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6420484 help.text]
note: Nahde
en: The Extension Update dialog may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.
en_GB: The Extension Update dialogue box may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id757469 help.text]
note: BoHt9
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialogue box is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5189062 help.text]
note: mTQC4
en: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialog. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.
en_GB: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialogue box. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id3372295 help.text]
note: g5mDM
en: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.
en_GB: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialogue box shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id641193 help.text]
note: q8XGs
en: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>

[ctx: font_features.xhp par_id31541774826256 help.text]
note: HAKPM
en: The features displayed in the Font Features dialog depends on the selected font.
en_GB: The features displayed in the Font Features dialogue box depends on the selected font.

[ctx: font_features.xhp hd_id511541778721077 help.text]
note: uAMgu
en: Font feature visualization window
en_GB: Font feature visualisation window

[ctx: font_features.xhp par_id31541778666390 help.text]
note: Fpdiz
en: The feature visualization window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.
en_GB: The feature visualisation window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: EWyc5
en: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons, or icons with titles and path information.
en_GB: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery</emph> as icons, or icons with titles and path information.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id741534716425589 help.text]
note: 2azTc
en: The compression values are not standardized between different JPEG image compression software.
en_GB: The compression values are not standardised between different JPEG image compression software.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id631534716539103 help.text]
note: fnG7L
en: Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the dropdown list.
en_GB: Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the drop-down list.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id141534716860224 help.text]
note: DpeVD
en: Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialog box.
en_GB: Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialogue box.

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN10560 help.text]
note: vNg58
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window in which you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10696 help.text]
note: tD7Am
en: In the <emph>File Open</emph> dialog, select the file that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <emph>File Open</emph> dialogue box, select the file that you want to insert.

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10699 help.text]
note: XPneb
en: The file types that are listed in this dialog are not supported by all operating systems.
en_GB: The file types that are listed in this dialogue box are not supported by all operating systems.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161732262244 help.text]
note: aGRwD
en: <ahelp hid=".">The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents for a quicker usage and better user experience.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The notebook bar shows a different way to organise controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents for a quicker usage and better user experience.</ahelp>

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id651612308171162 help.text]
note: G3kBv
en: In this mode, the bar is divided into tabs, where each tab displays a set of icons grouped by context. The context can also change depending on the object selected in the document, for example a table or an image. The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used in Microsoft Office. It organizes functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.
en_GB: In this mode, the bar is divided into tabs, where each tab displays a set of icons grouped by context. The context can also change depending on the object selected in the document, for example a table or an image. The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used in Microsoft Office. It organises functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744076273 help.text]
note: 5BGEh
en: The notebook bar icon size is adjustable in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME - View - Notebookbar icon size</menuitem> listbox.
en_GB: The notebook bar icon size is adjustable in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME - View - Notebookbar icon size</menuitem> list box.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744074862 help.text]
note: ooEpD
en: The notebook bar cannot be customized.
en_GB: The notebook bar cannot be customised.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id3422345 help.text]
note: AJBeB
en: If an update is available, an icon              <image id="img_id3155415" src="extensions/res/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.svg" width="0.4583in" height="0.1354in"><alt id="alt_id3155415">Update Icon</alt></image>              on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialog with more information.
en_GB: If an update is available, an icon              <image id="img_id3155415" src="extensions/res/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.svg" width="0.4583in" height="0.1354in"><alt id="alt_id3155415">Update Icon</alt></image>              on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialogue box with more information.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9313638 help.text]
note: bGkRw
en: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialog with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialogue box with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9766533 help.text]
note: G5A3C
en: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimize the dialog.
en_GB: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimise the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id6081728 help.text]
note: wyBJK
en: If no update was found, you can close the dialog.
en_GB: If no update was found, you can close the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4799340 help.text]
note: NuQav
en: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialog. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.
en_GB: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialogue box. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id8266853 help.text]
note: BAgPu
en: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You see a confirmation dialog, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You will see a confirmation dialogue box, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id2871181 help.text]
note: wuzuS
en: Under some operation systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.
en_GB: Under some operating systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4238715 help.text]
note: BBmGa
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1068A help.text]
note: nVjCL
en: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialog where they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.
en_GB: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialogue box in which they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN10626 help.text]
note: GNa9v
en: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialog opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.
en_GB: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialogue box opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1069C help.text]
note: aqmdy
en: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for own usage. This is called a user extension.
en_GB: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for their own use. This is called a user extension.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id7654347 help.text]
note: 6Jtdt
en: Double-click the <item type="literal">.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.
en_GB: Double-click the <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id5269020 help.text]
note: NxAHp
en: On a web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).
en_GB: On a Web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your Web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106AD help.text]
note: m2XQn
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106BD help.text]
note: cvGc7
en: A file dialog opens where you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.
en_GB: A file dialogue box opens in which you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id4856410 help.text]
note: jYDej
en: An extension can show a license dialog. <ahelp hid="desktop/ui/showlicensedialog/ShowLicenseDialog">Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: An extension can show a licence dialogue box. <ahelp hid="desktop/ui/showlicensedialog/ShowLicenseDialog">Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id1439558 help.text]
note: pEtpA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id0103201110331832 help.text]
note: H6WZB
en: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the license text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.
en_GB: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the licence text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3154350 help.text]
note: F3sTb
en: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes.
en_GB: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorised changes.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3150502 help.text]
note: JAcAa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Type a password. A password is case sensitive.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.</ahelp>

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp hd_id3155351 help.text]
note: j6sfV
en: Undoing password protection
en_GB: Undoing password-protection

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545951 help.text]
note: gBBXu
en: Contains a mix of lower case and upper case letters, numbers, and special characters.
en_GB: Contains a mix of lower-case and upper-case letters, numbers, and special characters.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545923 help.text]
note: 6GJLS
en: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopedia.
en_GB: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopaedia.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id3148731 help.text]
note: vCbjT
en: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorised users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>

[ctx: pastespecialmenu.xhp par_id751584821644720 help.text]
note: AhTRU
en: Paste clipboard numeric contents only. Text and formulas are not pasted and their destination cells contents are deleted.
en_GB: Paste clipboard numeric contents only. Text and formulae are not pasted and their destination cells contents are deleted.

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160939281728 help.text]
note: Y7SgB
en: Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialog offering three user profile restoration options
en_GB: Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialogue box offering three user profile restoration options

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160949348926 help.text]
note: XbZnm
en: The dialog offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes
en_GB: The dialogue box offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160949347119 help.text]
note: e6G9E
en: You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience startup crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.
en_GB: You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience start-up crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id28112016094427792 help.text]
note: C5SDs
en: If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customizations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customisations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: ref_epub_export.xhp par_id901525027635882 help.text]
note: hJcGh
en: Image links mean that if you create relative links on images or text and they link an image that's available in the media directory, then this media will be available in the EPUB export result as a popup.
en_GB: Image links mean that if you create relative links on images or text and they link an image that's available in the media directory, then this media will be available in the EPUB export result as a pop-up.

[ctx: ref_epub_export.xhp par_id3154241 help.text]
note: DEE4X
en: Last modification date for the publication. The value of this property must be an XML Schema dateTime conformant date in the form: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. Default is the date and time when the export dialog opened.
en_GB: Last modification date for the publication. The value of this property must be an XML Schema dateTime conformant date in the form: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. Default is the date and time when the export dialogue box opened.

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp par_id12507303 help.text]
note: tx8zW
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialogue.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp par_id13932634 help.text]
note: BgD3C
en: If the key store password has already been entered in the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialog, the key store may already be unlocked and not require the password again. But to be on the safe side, enter it nevertheless.
en_GB: If the key store password has already been entered in the <emph>Select Certificate</emph> dialogue box, the key store may already be unlocked and not require the password again. But to be on the safe side, enter it nevertheless.

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_general.xhp par_idN10734 help.text]
note: kiiWk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select a JPEG compression level. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels are lost and artifacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select a JPEG compression level. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels are lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_general.xhp par_id341574104961922 help.text]
note: 32jmH
en: Add a centered, vertical, light green watermark text to the page background. The watermark is not part of the source document.
en_GB: Add a centred, vertical, light green watermark text to the page background. The watermark is not part of the source document.

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_general.xhp par_id8551896 help.text]
note: oCgCD
en: <ahelp hid=".">If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book, a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd-numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even-numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even-numbered page or not.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_security.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: 6ixp9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a dialogue box where you enter the passwords.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_security.xhp par_id1371501 help.text]
note: 6C4hC
en: <ahelp hid=".">The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honour this setting.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp hd_id6994842 help.text]
note: S3F7A
en: Center window on screen
en_GB: Centre window on screen

[ctx: ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp par_id9601428 help.text]
note: RvCRC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_send_as.xhp par_id3150756 help.text]
note: 7Uvgd
en: <variable id="ref_pdf_send_as_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMailDocAsPDF">Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an email sending window with the PDF as an attachment.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ref_pdf_send_as_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMailDocAsPDF">Shows the Export as PDF dialogue box, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an email sending window with the PDF as an attachment.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp bm_id6499832 help.text]
note: Fsqb8
en: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogs with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogue boxes with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
note: wYsYB
en: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN105FC help.text]
note: cgKBC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialog box to set the options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialogue box to set the options.</ahelp>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN10572 help.text]
note: bci2i
en: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialogue box where you can view the signature.</ahelp>

[ctx: selectcertificate.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
note: FGwEj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: signsignatureline.xhp par_id31526564223526 help.text]
note: VATQB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialogue box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: timestampauth.xhp par_idN1068B1 help.text]
note: TPZGY
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp">Name dialog</link> to enter a new Time Stamping Authority URL.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/namedialog.xhp">Name dialogue box</link> to enter a new Time Stamping Authority URL.

[ctx: timestampauth.xhp par_id381597435161810 help.text]
note: PPq6D
en: Deletes the selected entry in the list. Deletion is immediate and does not display a confirmation dialog.
en_GB: Deletes the selected entry in the list. Deletion is immediate and does not display a confirmation dialogue box.

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp bm_id6823023 help.text]
note: dNuPG
en: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1057A help.text]
note: Q5CqP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames and removes XForms models.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10608 help.text]
note: H4wrv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1059D help.text]
note: 7oUsy
en: <ahelp hid=".">This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1064D help.text]
note: MGCGY
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10654 help.text]
note: aeYfs
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10662 help.text]
note: f2bdG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less details.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less detail.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10588 help.text]
note: gZLSw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10628 help.text]
note: AiiSa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
note: zWQug
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN106C7 help.text]
note: DpBHD
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box where you can specify the constraint condition.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN1076B help.text]
note: 49jrt
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter the calculation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box where you can enter the calculation.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
note: XHaa8
en: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10573 help.text]
note: FGEFZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue box in which you can add, edit or delete namespaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp bm_id8286080 help.text]
note: BQh7g
en: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organization in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organisation in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organising namespaces</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
note: dBCCU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialogue box to organise namespaces. You can access this dialogue box through the Add Condition dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: 4Lnmp
en: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialogue box to enter the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
note: okydC
en: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialogue box to edit the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
note: ExLHH
en: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.
en_GB: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id636921 help.text]
note: CNAQv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the <emph>...</emph> button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the <emph>...</emph> button for a dialogue box to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: MYuar
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialogue box in which you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp hd_id4313791 help.text]
note: MDsE2
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2318796 help.text]
note: GBqSw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155913 help.text]
note: wMM5M
en: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialog without saving any changes made.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialogue box without saving any changes made.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id1094088 help.text]
note: dmHNo
en: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numerical field, currency field, date field, or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.
en_GB: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numeric field, currency field, date field or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155599 help.text]
note: CGU7F
en: You can type a numerical value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the <emph>Up Arrow</emph> or <emph>Down Arrow</emph> symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the <item type="keycode">Up Arrow</item> and <item type="keycode">Down Arrow</item> keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the <item type="keycode">Page Up</item> and <item type="keycode">Page Down</item> keys to set the maximum and minimum value.
en_GB: You can type a numeric value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the <emph>Up Arrow</emph> or <emph>Down Arrow</emph> symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the <item type="keycode">Up Arrow</item> and <item type="keycode">Down Arrow</item> keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the <item type="keycode">Page Up</item> and <item type="keycode">Page Down</item> keys to set the maximum and minimum value.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3148983 help.text]
note: Va6PD
en: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forward through the dialog, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forwards through the dialogue box, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3147008 help.text]
note: YCk7o
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog and saves all changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box and saves all changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: Q59Tv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155341 help.text]
note: PAGEw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153087 help.text]
note: MKk2n
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Shrink</emph> icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Expand</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Shrink</emph> icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Expand</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155062 help.text]
note: XBrSB
en: The dialog is automatically minimized when you click into a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialog is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.
en_GB: The dialogue box is automatically minimised when you click within a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialogue box is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3152473 help.text]
note: FALip
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Next</emph> button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Next</emph> button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue box settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145269 help.text]
note: DRgMc
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel">Closes dialog and discards all changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel">Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145369 help.text]
note: Uvi2W
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok">Saves all changes and closes dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok">Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: Fm6tQ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3149651 help.text]
note: aGwjy
en: <ahelp hid=".">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3154153 help.text]
note: 8ET6i
en: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id651616711045219 help.text]
note: TcFYz
en: Closes dialog and discards changes on all tabs. If <emph>Apply</emph> was used, then changes after the last use of Apply are discarded.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards changes on all tabs. If <emph>Apply</emph> was used, then changes after the last use of Apply are discarded.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id691616710270371 help.text]
note: YmYPB
en: Resets modified values on the current tab back to the values when the dialog was opened. If <emph>Apply</emph> is used before closing the dialog, then values are reset to those after the last use of Apply.
en_GB: Resets modified values on the current tab back to the values when the dialogue box was opened. If <emph>Apply</emph> is used before closing the dialogue box, then values are reset to those after the last use of Apply.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id691616711586248 help.text]
note: pjHJH
en: Applies modifications on all tabs without closing dialog. Cannot be reverted with <emph>Reset</emph>.
en_GB: Applies modifications on all tabs without closing dialogue box. Cannot be reverted with <emph>Reset</emph>.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: 4EZPF
en: <ahelp hid=".">View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">View the selections in the dialogue box made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155314 help.text]
note: tfFLz
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Options</emph> label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Options</emph> label to expand the dialogue box to show further options. Click again to restore the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp hd_id631527692833772 help.text]
note: 8xgjL
en: Options dialog buttons
en_GB: Options dialogue box buttons

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id471527692844934 help.text]
note: xATmH
en: Save the changes in the page and close the Options dialog.
en_GB: Save the changes in the page and close the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id571527692855533 help.text]
note: TQG2q
en: Close the Options dialog and discard all changes done.
en_GB: Close the Options dialogue box and discard all changes done.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id51597440622057 help.text]
note: yJtrx
en: Applies the modified or selected values without closing the Options dialog.
en_GB: Applies the modified or selected values without closing the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id261527693436801 help.text]
note: BRStA
en: Some options cannot be reset once edited. Either edit back the changes manually or click <emph>Cancel</emph> and reopen the <emph>Options</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Some options cannot be reset once edited. Either edit back the changes manually or click <emph>Cancel</emph> and reopen the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id11525000863861 help.text]
note: eMcBf
en: <variable id="epubv">EPUB is standard for electronic book files with the extension <emph>.epub</emph> that can be downloaded and read on devices like smartphones, tablets, computers, or e-readers.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="epubv">EPUB is standard for electronic book files with the extension <emph>.epub</emph> that can be downloaded and read on devices like smartphones, tablets, computers or e-readers.</variable>

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3157909 help.text]
note: XiZyR
en: Frames are useful for designing the layout of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.
en_GB: Frames are useful for designing the layout of<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153379 help.text]
note: qfuMp
en: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a record of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).
en_GB: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a method of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145420 help.text]
note: NobQB
en: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colors and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.
en_GB: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colours and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: EouXX
en: In $[officename] you can assign hyperlinks to text as well as to graphics and frames (see the Hyperlink Dialog icon on the Standard bar).
en_GB: In $[officename] you can assign hyperlinks to text as well as to graphics and frames (see the Hyperlink Dialogue Box icon on the Standard bar).

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145153 help.text]
note: zVUjE
en: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analyzed on the server (i. e. your Internet provider) and those analyzed on the web browser of the reader's computer.
en_GB: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analysed on the server (i.e. your Internet provider) and those analysed on the web browser of the reader's computer.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149483 help.text]
note: WnvdK
en: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialog in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.
en_GB: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialogue box in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3148747 help.text]
note: hSUP3
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link> is a specialised application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN1069F help.text]
note: Ue7vj
en: In some dialogs, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numerical value, the default measurement unit is used.
en_GB: In some dialogue boxes, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numeric value, the default measurement unit is used.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106A2 help.text]
note: BjmiX
en: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialog that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.
en_GB: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialogue box that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
note: GGz8E
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106DA help.text]
note: MEFUf
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106E7 help.text]
note: DHhD5
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106F4 help.text]
note: 2Ae38
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10701 help.text]
note: NrEhS
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10704 help.text]
note: xyKFh
en: The following formulas convert the units:
en_GB: The following formulae convert the units:

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146067 help.text]
note: 2Cahs
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149290 help.text]
note: H2LTC
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150873 help.text]
note: azeZ6
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154820 help.text]
note: tGvWz
en: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialog. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.
en_GB: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialogue box. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3153530 help.text]
note: Dw7p2
en: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouseclick and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].
en_GB: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouse click and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3146879 help.text]
note: SaYhF
en: OpenGL represents a 3D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.
en_GB: OpenGL represents a 3-D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3148993 help.text]
note: MwjtC
en: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.
en_GB: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format.. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3147585 help.text]
note: wtsLu
en: A relational database is a collection of data items organized as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganize the database tables.
en_GB: A relational database is a collection of data items organised as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganise the database tables.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154255 help.text]
note: PNp2H
en: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. An RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.
en_GB: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. A RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3146919 help.text]
note: qAuLv
en: In various dialogs (for example, <menuitem>Tools - AutoText</menuitem>) you can select whether you want to save files relatively or absolutely.
en_GB: In various dialogue boxes (for example, <menuitem>Tools - AutoText</menuitem>) you can select whether you want to save files relatively or absolutely.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3159118 help.text]
note: nFQuq
en: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disk as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC, or a native driver integrated into $[officename].
en_GB: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disc as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC or a native driver integrated into $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3149448 help.text]
note: ut3ZF
en: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum amount of lines to be kept together on a page.
en_GB: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum number of lines to be kept together on a page.

[ctx: 00000007.xhp par_id3156553 help.text]
note: VXAaB
en: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename].</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename]. If you have customised any of the toolbars, your configuration might differ from the one described here. </variable>

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149180 help.text]
note: AUrGq
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the submenu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the sub-menu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: opp4Y
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the<emph> Open </emph>command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the <emph>Open</emph> command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000011.xhp par_id3156027 help.text]
note: sXZzj
en: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in a text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.
en_GB: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3152414 help.text]
note: 28Hne
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognised automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156211 help.text]
note: RtBCP
en: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.
en_GB: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in Microsoft Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Microsoft Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behaviour of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in Microsoft Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154230 help.text]
note: Ej3ks
en: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogs. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.
en_GB: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149999 help.text]
note: UG6DU
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialog in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialogue box in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3150144 help.text]
note: vGDhS
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognizes inserted or deleted text in Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different coloring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be lost during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognises inserted or deleted text in Microsoft Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different colouring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be discarded during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149095 help.text]
note: wK697
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted text across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3151378 help.text]
note: yJeZD
en: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialog that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.
en_GB: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialogue box that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3153146 help.text]
note: u99vh
en: If, in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, you select Mozilla Firefox or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text color, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">CSS</link> stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard.
en_GB: If, in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, you select Mozilla Firefox or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text colour, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp">CSS</link> stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154071 help.text]
note: M4Zpq
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156293 help.text]
note: GdPqS
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154329 help.text]
note: Bpc8k
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: 5siC5
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3155131 help.text]
note: h2oi3
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3146120 help.text]
note: 8WXVD
en: Multipage-TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.
en_GB: Multi-page TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154149 help.text]
note: zUF5B
en: Select the PostScript printer in the dialog and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.
en_GB: Select the PostScript printer in the dialogue box and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp bm_id3154408 help.text]
note: gShKr
en: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
note: RXMyQ
en: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.
en_GB: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardised file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530487 help.text]
note: mmzEi
en: 2005-05-01
en_GB: 01/05/2005

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530479 help.text]
note: GFzMS
en: 2007-02-02
en_GB: 02/02/2007

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id3154068 help.text]
note: Zhydi
en: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimize the time for saving and opening the document. The use of indentations and line breaks can be activated in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp"><emph>Expert configuration</emph></link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Save/Document PrettyPrinting</emph> to <emph>true</emph>.
en_GB: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimise the time for saving and opening the document. The use of indentations and line breaks can be activated in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp"><emph>Expert configuration</emph></link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Save/Document PrettyPrinting</emph> to <emph>true</emph>.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id3156069 help.text]
note: zZE5T
en: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop.
en_GB: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customising $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag-and-drop.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id6200750 help.text]
note: 4BDBC
en: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.
en_GB: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id1 help.text]
note: FuAss
en: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialog opens where you can setup export options.
en_GB: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialogue box opens where you can set export options.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id2 help.text]
note: LfL4h
en: The following file types do not show an options dialog: RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.
en_GB: The following file types do not show an options dialogue box: RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id3 help.text]
note: PQtX2
en: The other file types show options dialogs where you can set the width and height of the exported image.
en_GB: The other file types show options dialogue boxes where you can set the width and height of the exported image.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id10 help.text]
note: M9Gpu
en: For JPEG files you can set the color depth and the quality.
en_GB: For JPEG files you can set the colour depth and the quality.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id435923952 help.text]
note: nKXCd
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id31456456938 help.text]
note: HjAnT
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id15 help.text]
note: DGtgZ
en: For EPS files you can set the preview, the color format, the compression, and the version.
en_GB: For EPS files you can set the preview, the colour format, the compression, and the version.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993159201 help.text]
note: k88Jh
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id319947250 help.text]
note: EZteg
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993147088 help.text]
note: m4CS7
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in grayscale tones.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in greyscale tones.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000206.xhp par_id3150620 help.text]
note: eFGbe
en: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.
en_GB: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogue boxes will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3150379 help.text]
note: DkrZy
en: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialog allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialog will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialogue box allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialogue box will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id5719779 help.text]
note: XBLgE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3541062 help.text]
note: 5KgZv
en: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numerical values anymore.
en_GB: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numeric values any more.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3148548 help.text]
note: ojw3G
en: The alignment Left, Centered, and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.
en_GB: The alignment Left, Centred and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id314949586 help.text]
note: zGQuN
en: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored.
en_GB: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialogue box, the global HTML option is ignored.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: nbuPA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3151168 help.text]
note: xHrcK
en: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character less. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.
en_GB: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character fewer. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.

[ctx: 00000215.xhp par_id3153070 help.text]
note: sCyth
en: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialog appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.
en_GB: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialogue box appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document for the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150300 help.text]
note: BUs9P
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type. The dialog opens automatically.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type. The dialogue box opens automatically.</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3149735 help.text]
note: SgBFJ
en: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, select a graphics file type. The dialog opens after you click <widget>Save</widget>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, select a graphics file type. The dialogue box opens after you click <widget>Save</widget>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3148608 help.text]
note: 9uDDp
en: <variable id="epsexport">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, if EPS is selected as file type, this dialog opens automatically.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="epsexport">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, if EPS is selected as file type, this dialogue box opens automatically.</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150107 help.text]
note: ADXoF
en: <variable id="pbmppmpgm">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, if PBM, PPM or PGM is selected as file type, the dialog opens automatically.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pbmppmpgm">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, if PBM, PPM or PGM is selected as file type, the dialogue box opens automatically.</variable>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3152780 help.text]
note: 9VGHF
en: <variable id="farbleiste">Choose <menuitem>View - Color Bar</menuitem>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="farbleiste">Choose <menuitem>View - Colour Bar</menuitem>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3150396 help.text]
note: ZTBAq
en: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is no text file.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is not a text file.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153320 help.text]
note: BkJ2M
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress).

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3148672 help.text]
note: EzGsj
en: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3147230 help.text]
note: e3TA3
en: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menus</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Menus</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: nNuX4
en: <variable id="keyboard">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</menuitem> tab. A document must be opened.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="keyboard">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</menuitem> tab. A document must be opened.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153968 help.text]
note: qxnqP
en: <variable id="symbole">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</menuitem> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symbole">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Toolbars</menuitem> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3144432 help.text]
note: 9wtYU
en: <variable id="events">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Events</menuitem> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="events">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Events</menuitem> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153094 help.text]
note: 7RY8J
en: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <menuitem>Tools - </menuitem><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><menuitem>AutoCorrect - </menuitem></caseinline></switchinline><menuitem>AutoCorrect Options - Localized Options</menuitem> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <menuitem>Tools - </menuitem><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><menuitem>AutoCorrect - </menuitem></caseinline></switchinline><menuitem>AutoCorrect Options - Localised Options</menuitem> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149581 help.text]
note: AMRtZ
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colours</emph> tab.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145729 help.text]
note: Mg4fm
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Area</emph>, press the <emph>Color</emph> button and click the <emph>Pick</emph> button.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Area</emph>, press the <emph>Colour</emph> button and click the <emph>Pick</emph> button.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151037 help.text]
note: XLFFo
en: Press the <emph>Color Dialog</emph> button in the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab of the <emph>3D Effects</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Press the <emph>Colour Dialogue Box</emph> button in the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab of the <emph>3-D Effects</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149211 help.text]
note: cAbjU
en: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts - Default Colors</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts - Default Colours</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3149902 help.text]
note: b34tE
en: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>.<br/>If the referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialog.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>.<br/>If the referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialogue box.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3109845 help.text]
note: GtJbA
en: <image id="img_id3159236" src="cmd/sc_window3d.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159236">Icon 3d window</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3159236" src="cmd/sc_window3d.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159236">Icon 3-d window</alt></image>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152498 help.text]
note: hT4Qu
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3145256 help.text]
note: zmQYJ
en: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154203 help.text]
note: zpRAA
en: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Shading</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Shading</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3151284 help.text]
note: E8Vha
en: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152475 help.text]
note: tNrii
en: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Textures</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Textures</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154572 help.text]
note: Jk9Eh
en: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Material</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Material</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3149735 help.text]
note: XAbBj
en: Choose <menuitem>Format - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Customize</emph> tab page.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Format - Bullets and Numbering</menuitem>. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Customise</emph> tab page.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3155848 help.text]
note: P9V6A
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3152795 help.text]
note: WKKNG
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150268 help.text]
note: Cq8Xg
en: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centred</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3157978 help.text]
note: CcnGf
en: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3149519 help.text]
note: mbnDh
en: <image id="img_id3143222" src="cmd/sc_alignmiddle.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3143222">Icon Centered</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3143222" src="cmd/sc_alignmiddle.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3143222">Icon Centred</alt></image>

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150704 help.text]
note: fawoM
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3146943 help.text]
note: NYgDY
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3149189 help.text]
note: QVuAL
en: Choose <menuitem>Format - Align Text - Centered</menuitem>.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Format - Align Text - Centred</menuitem>.

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3153076 help.text]
note: CQD3j
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Center Horizontally</caseinline><defaultinline>Centered</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Centre Horizontally</caseinline><defaultinline>Centred</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp hd_id3145416 help.text]
note: cJ35Y
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-drop

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145348 help.text]
note: CtLLG
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145629 help.text]
note: hKB2e
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the<emph> Load Graphics </emph>command to make them visible.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the <emph>Load Graphics</emph> command to make them visible.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3159242 help.text]
note: hDAjC
en: <ahelp hid=".">The<emph> General </emph>tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>General</emph> tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>

[ctx: edit_menu.xhp par_id3150396 help.text]
note: KKGxQ
en: Choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</menuitem>. The <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog appears.<br/>Click the <emph>Edit Changes</emph> button and navigate to the <emph>List</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</menuitem>. The <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialogue box appears.<br/>Click the <emph>Edit Changes</emph> button and navigate to the <emph>List</emph> tab.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_id3153727 help.text]
note: RawJc
en: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To re-arrange the stacking order of a selected object, proceed as follows.
en_GB: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To rearrange the stacking order of a selected object proceed as follows.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107D5 help.text]
note: 7er4p
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107EC help.text]
note: BVaSC
en: <emph>Bring Forward</emph> places the object one place forward in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Bring Forwards</emph> places the object one place forwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107F2 help.text]
note: VwV66
en: <emph>Send Backward</emph> places the object one place back in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Send Backwards</emph> places the object one place backwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN10811 help.text]
note: CvgeS
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: color_define.xhp tit help.text]
note: gpE73
en: Defining Custom Colors
en_GB: Defining Custom Colours

[ctx: color_define.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
note: XqCrJ
en: <bookmark_value>colors; defining</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>user-defined colors</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>custom colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; defining</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>user-defined colours</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>custom colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3149263 help.text]
note: JFGD3
en: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp">Defining Custom Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp">Defining Custom Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154511 help.text]
note: EWGDk
en: Define custom colors and add them to the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Define custom colours and add them to the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3155600 help.text]
note: PWNkJ
en: To define a custom color
en_GB: To define a custom colour

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3150327 help.text]
note: EzcHh
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, click the <emph>Area</emph> tab and press the <emph>Color</emph> button. A table of the predefined palette colors is displayed.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, click the <emph>Area</emph> tab and press the <emph>Colour</emph> button. A table of the predefined palette colours is displayed.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154657 help.text]
note: 5WDjt
en: Custom colors are saved in the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Custom colours are saved in the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3166425 help.text]
note: DEBQ8
en: Click a color in the table that is similar to the one you want to define. You can select the similar color from any of the available color palettes in the <emph>Colors</emph> area on the left or the <emph>Recent colors</emph> in the list below the color table. The color appears in the <emph>New</emph> preview box to the right of the dialog.
en_GB: Click a colour in the table that is similar to the one you want to define. You can select the similar colour from any of the available colour palettes in the <emph>Colours</emph> area on the left or the <emph>Recent colours</emph> in the list below the colour table. The colour appears in the <emph>New</emph> preview box to the right of the dialogue box.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id41522705652544 help.text]
note: 3B2BX
en: Click the <emph>Pick</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Pick a Color</link> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Pick</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">Pick a Colour</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id4979705 help.text]
note: 69QAE
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The RGB values of the selected color are displayed below the preview boxes.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The RGB values of the selected colour are displayed below the preview boxes.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id691522706451849 help.text]
note: ou3sQ
en: Press the <emph>Add</emph> button to add the custom color to the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette. A dialog box asking to enter a color name appears. Enter a unique name for the new color within all color names existing in the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Press the <emph>Add</emph> button to add the custom colour to the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette. A dialogue box asking to enter a colour name appears. Enter a unique name for the new colour within all colour names existing in the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id701522707038880 help.text]
note: E9Gho
en: To remove a color from the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette, select the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette in the <emph>Colors</emph> area, select the color to be deleted and click <emph>Delete</emph>.
en_GB: To remove a colour from the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette, select the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette in the <emph>Colours</emph> area, select the colour to be deleted and click <emph>Delete</emph>.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3145236 help.text]
note: beB2R
en: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp">Color bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp">Colour bar</link>

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3154659 help.text]
note: UpuY6
en: You can only combine 2D objects.
en_GB: You can only combine 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp hd_id3150344 help.text]
note: BSs4D
en: To combine 2D objects:
en_GB: To combine 2-D objects:

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3166428 help.text]
note: R5BDg
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3147403 help.text]
note: ZciiC
en: Shape commands only work on 2D objects.
en_GB: Shape commands only work on 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3157874 help.text]
note: 3oZFf
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: cross_fading.xhp par_id3159203 help.text]
note: aBrFX
en: <image id="img_id3150210" src="media/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for crossfading</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3150210" src="media/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for cross-fading</alt></image>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp bm_id3146974 help.text]
note: CEEGe
en: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp par_id3148868 help.text]
note: uGdL9
en: To create a circle by dragging from the center, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.
en_GB: To create a circle by dragging from the centre, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: rxVAA
en: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, color, orientation and location.
en_GB: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, colour, orientation and location.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3151387 help.text]
note: mKgZB
en: To define a color transition for the coins, select different colors in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> color is applied to the object that you are duplicating.
en_GB: To define a colour transition for the coins, select different colours in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> colour is applied to the object that you are duplicating.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp tit help.text]
note: CEHEf
en: Replacing Colors
en_GB: Replacing Colours

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp bm_id3147436 help.text]
note: 5vq7z
en: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colors in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colours in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3147436 help.text]
note: 5F3a9
en: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp">Replacing Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp">Replacing Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3156286 help.text]
note: 6nnwD
en: You can replace colors in bitmaps with the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool.
en_GB: You can replace colours in bitmaps with the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3154704 help.text]
note: ArA6H
en: Up to four colors can be replaced at once.
en_GB: Up to four colours can be replaced at once.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3147344 help.text]
note: DmAhB
en: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a color.
en_GB: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: Ze6JL
en: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> to make a color on your image transparent.
en_GB: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> to make a colour on your image transparent.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3150205 help.text]
note: ecY64
en: To replace colors with the Color Replacer tool
en_GB: To replace colours with the Colour Replacer tool

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3150202 help.text]
note: TAeSM
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph>.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3155531 help.text]
note: gyRmY
en: Click the Color Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the color you want to replace in the image. The color appears in the box next to the icon.
en_GB: Click the Colour Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the colour you want to replace in the image. The colour appears in the box next to the icon.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3152985 help.text]
note: tpTWi
en: Click the color in the image. The color appears in the first <emph>Source color</emph> box and the check box next to the color is selected.
en_GB: Click the colour in the image. The colour appears in the first <emph>Source colour</emph> box and the check box next to the colour is selected.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148866 help.text]
note: ZKeEk
en: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new color.
en_GB: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3145362 help.text]
note: ZZDJu
en: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source color</emph> in the image.
en_GB: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source colour</emph> in the image.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3151191 help.text]
note: JM5GC
en: If you want to replace another color while the dialog is open, select the check box in front of <emph>Source color</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.
en_GB: If you want to replace another colour while the dialogue box is open, mark the check box in front of <emph>Source colour</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3157871 help.text]
note: FEATG
en: If you want to expand or contract the color selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.
en_GB: If you want to expand or contract the colour selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3146878 help.text]
note: kVa8o
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp">Color Replacer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp">Colour Replacer</link>

[ctx: gradient.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: PpcyF
en: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.
en_GB: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colours, or shades of the same colour, that you can apply to a drawing object.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3153728 help.text]
note: ZBEaH
en: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill color) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:
en_GB: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill colour) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3156450 help.text]
note: HrJDA
en: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are grayed out.
en_GB: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are greyed out.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3154512 help.text]
note: FUYtU
en: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighboring endpoints.
en_GB: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighbouring endpoints.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3150363 help.text]
note: ZfCk8
en: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Freeform Lines </emph>and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.
en_GB: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Free-form Lines</emph> and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp tit help.text]
note: tsRYv
en: Assembling 3D Objects
en_GB: Assembling 3-D Objects

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp bm_id3154014 help.text]
note: zKevj
en: <bookmark_value>3D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3D objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3-D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3-D objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3156442 help.text]
note: KA2cc
en: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp">Assembling 3D Objects</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp">Assembling 3-D Objects</link></variable>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: spQiu
en: 3D objects that each form a 3D scene can be combined into a single 3D scene.
en_GB: 3-D objects that each form a 3-D scene can be combined into a single 3-D scene.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3150042 help.text]
note: Cn8Mu
en: To combine 3D objects:
en_GB: To combine 3-D objects:

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: aicit
en: Insert a 3D object from the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).
en_GB: Insert a 3-D object from the <emph>3-D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: JcNRn
en: Insert a second slightly larger 3D object (for example, a sphere).
en_GB: Insert a second slightly larger 3-D object (for example, a sphere).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: nKo5g
en: Select the second 3D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.
en_GB: Select the second 3-D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148606 help.text]
note: taiS2
en: You cannot intersect or subtract 3D objects.
en_GB: You cannot intersect or subtract 3-D objects.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154537 help.text]
note: HRRBq
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp">Objects in 3D</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp">Objects in 3-D</link>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
note: FEfKD
en: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.
en_GB: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub-toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub-toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154705 help.text]
note: cTDYF
en: The object is created at the center of the current document.
en_GB: The object is created at the centre of the current document.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: SYd53
en: In the name tab of the layer, the text color of the name changes to blue.
en_GB: In the name tab of the layer, the text colour of the name changes to blue.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3149018 help.text]
note: 6pbcB
en: Editing Colors and Textures
en_GB: Editing Colours and Textures

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3149262 help.text]
note: GSWgX
en: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (center point) or a pivot point that you designate.
en_GB: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (centre point) or a pivot point that you designate.

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3166424 help.text]
note: FrzvS
en: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the center of the object to a new location.
en_GB: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the centre of the object to a new location.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp hd_id3153144 help.text]
note: eENQR
en: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp">Adding Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp">Adding Text</link> </variable>

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10824 help.text]
note: pQVkX
en: Text in a text box
en_GB: Text in a text frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10828 help.text]
note: rB9jp
en: Text that changes character size to fill the frame size
en_GB: Text that changes character size to fill the frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_id3145118 help.text]
note: qLSZv
en: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font color. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border color or arranging in front or behind other objects.
en_GB: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font colour. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border colour or arranging in front of or behind other objects.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108A3 help.text]
note: Q8BAz
en: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108AF help.text]
note: D7Jw2
en: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, clear the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> checkbox, then select the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> checkbox. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, unmark the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> check box, then mark the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN1092D help.text]
note: xXHnT
en: Click the page or slide where you want to paste the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to paste the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10946 help.text]
note: bCEdY
en: Click the page or slide where you want to import the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to import the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10952 help.text]
note: oWEEr
en: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialog opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.
en_GB: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialogue box opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3156441 help.text]
note: 2VC98
en: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152994 help.text]
note: yHpE6
en: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149406 help.text]
note: wycWB
en: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3150393 help.text]
note: fajPA
en: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149946 help.text]
note: LsRSM
en: Plus(+) Key
en_GB: Plus (+) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3150655 help.text]
note: Bxigw
en: Minus(-) Key
en_GB: Minus (-) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149886 help.text]
note: apXDE
en: Multiple(×) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Multiply (*) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3154841 help.text]
note: Lc4EE
en: Divide (÷) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Divide (/) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148393 help.text]
note: XXV5X
en: Bring forward.
en_GB: Bring forwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156062 help.text]
note: xs2NW
en: Send backward.
en_GB: Send backwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150756 help.text]
note: LchHG
en: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the center of the current view.
en_GB: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the centre of the current view.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152812 help.text]
note: 9QSpM
en: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the center of the object outward.
en_GB: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the centre of the object outward.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149764 help.text]
note: W5FNA
en: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order in which they were created.
en_GB: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order to which they were created.

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
note: ZZxLB
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>3D Settings</emph> toolbar controls properties of selected 3D objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>3-D Settings</emph> toolbar controls properties of selected 3-D objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10579 help.text]
note: FovPY
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10732 help.text]
note: EACGj
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10736 help.text]
note: TLZ97
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Extrusion Color</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Extrusion Colour</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_id311592604646572 help.text]
note: XRrSC
en: <image src="cmd/sc_extrusion3dcolor.svg" id="img_id321592604646573" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id691592604646574">Icon Color</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="cmd/sc_extrusion3dcolor.svg" id="img_id321592604646573" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id691592604646574">Icon Colour</alt></image>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_id921592604646576 help.text]
note: 9rzGT
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01220000.xhp bm_id3150400 help.text]
note: ipywg
en: <bookmark_value>reorganizing charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>reorganising charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp tit help.text]
note: DsZFP
en: Data Table
en_GB: Chart Data Table

[ctx: 03010000.xhp hd_id3150869 help.text]
note: Pf9FP
en: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp">Data Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp">Chart Data Table</link>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: EvUD4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the<emph> Data Table </emph>dialogue box where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3149667 help.text]
note: RHGbZ
en: The<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.
en_GB: The <emph>Chart Data Table</emph> dialogue box is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id2565996 help.text]
note: zuseH
en: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialog.
en_GB: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8141117 help.text]
note: ECmjX
en: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Data Table dialog to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.
en_GB: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Chart Data Table dialogue box to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9487594 help.text]
note: VoGXA
en: Close the Chart Data dialog to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.
en_GB: Close the Chart Data Table dialogue box to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id6064943 help.text]
note: H9HSu
en: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Data Table dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Chart Data Table dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
note: CtH6Q
en: The data series are organized in columns. The role of the left most column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the left most column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.
en_GB: The data series are organised in columns. The role of the leftmost column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the leftmost column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9799798 help.text]
note: RSA5B
en: Click a cell in the dialog and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.
en_GB: Click a cell in the dialogue box and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8111819 help.text]
note: 5wuLN
en: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbor on the right.
en_GB: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9116794 help.text]
note: fQcQH
en: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id4089175 help.text]
note: wJbsu
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id4089176 help.text]
note: AE67G
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbour at the left.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3949095 help.text]
note: DvGaq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbor below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbour below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3949096 help.text]
note: qCW5A
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbor above.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbour above.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3150298 help.text]
note: 2YvMC
en: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.
en_GB: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156018 help.text]
note: UZbPg
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152869 help.text]
note: pKjQE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis">Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis">Enter the desired title for the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3159226 help.text]
note: D9dUG
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154763 help.text]
note: Xo3hd
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis">Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis">Enter the desired title for the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3153009 help.text]
note: dnefP
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154710 help.text]
note: KJ7bn
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis">Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis">Enter the desired title for the z-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156019 help.text]
note: Ur5xh
en: X axis
en_GB: x-axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152870 help.text]
note: QNMF9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the X axis title.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart from the x-axis title.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156020 help.text]
note: CZHPa
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152872 help.text]
note: 7BuDS
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the Y axis title.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart from the y-axis title.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155413 help.text]
note: tGRyh
en: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend </emph>dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: BSdJn
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialogue box by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp bm_id3150275 help.text]
note: hnFS9
en: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: C3Fy5
en: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the<emph> Data Labels </emph>dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the <emph>Data Labels</emph> dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id9794610 help.text]
note: qcDam
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the number format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id5476241 help.text]
note: 6v4iu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp bm_id3147428 help.text]
note: eFmfm
en: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3146316 help.text]
note: qKnCE
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3145230 help.text]
note: iBDRp
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX">Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX">Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3147003 help.text]
note: Z2haD
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: E8B8Z
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY">Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY">Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3150345 help.text]
note: mJpxz
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3155113 help.text]
note: pAJYE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ">Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ">Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3166428 help.text]
note: QaGNX
en: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary Y axis are applied to the secondary axis.
en_GB: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary y-axis are applied to the secondary axis.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152988 help.text]
note: oEY8r
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3156445 help.text]
note: hAMZB
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX">Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX">Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152896 help.text]
note: v2A28
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3153818 help.text]
note: VEXsg
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">Displays a secondary y-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: m6gyt
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm. </ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp tit help.text]
note: CQdYY
en: X/Y Error Bars
en_GB: x/y-Error Bars

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id3147428 help.text]
note: o7uyC
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">X/Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">x/y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149666 help.text]
note: VufWr
en: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>X or Y Error Bars</emph> dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>x- or y-Error Bars</emph> dialogue box to display error bars for 2-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: 2uEd3
en: The <emph>Insert - X/Y Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2D charts.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert - x/y-Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2-D charts.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3153249 help.text]
note: DkMFd
en: Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance). Unlike other functions, error bars are centered on the mean.
en_GB: Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance). Unlike other functions, error bars are centred on the mean.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3872188 help.text]
note: DQYC6
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id2633747 help.text]
note: XbnB2
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id6633503 help.text]
note: CKWJ7
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive X or Y-Error-Bars and Negative X or Y-Error-Bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialogue box shows additional columns titled Positive x- or y-Error-Bars and Negative x- or y-Error-Bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573844 help.text]
note: kRFcG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573970 help.text]
note: Qpys7
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id7272255 help.text]
note: JF9Gb
en: <variable id="trendlinestext"> <ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="trendlinestext"> <ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2-D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp> </variable>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161133305870 help.text]
note: RtirG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of X variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of x variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161134155865 help.text]
note: eD68W
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of Y variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of y variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id801630627733593 help.text]
note: nbEcg
en: The menu item <menuitem>Insert - Trend Line</menuitem> is only available when the chart is in edit mode. It will appear grayed out if the chart is in edit mode but no data series is selected.
en_GB: The menu item <menuitem>Insert - Trend Line</menuitem> is only available when the chart is in edit mode. It will appear greyed out if the chart is in edit mode but no data series is selected.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id9569689 help.text]
note: EFBBV
en: The trend line has the same color as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.
en_GB: The trend line has the same colour as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161627109994 help.text]
note: e957n
en: Default equation uses <item type="literal">x</item> for abscissa variable, and <item type="literal">f(x)</item> for ordinate variable. To change these names, select the trend line, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection – Type</item> and enter names in <item type="literal">X Variable Name</item> and <item type="literal">Y Variable Name</item> edit boxes.
en_GB: Default equation uses <item type="literal">x</item> for abscissa variable, and <item type="literal">f(x)</item> for ordinate variable. To change these names, select the trend line, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection – Type</item> and enter names in <item type="literal">x-Variable Name</item> and <item type="literal">y-Variable Name</item> edit boxes.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161612526680 help.text]
note: MLE4x
en: <emph>Exponential</emph> trend line: regression through equation <item type="literal">y=b∙exp(a∙x)</item>.This equation is equivalent to <item type="literal">y=b∙m</item><sup><item type="literal">x</item></sup> with <item type="literal">m=exp(a)</item>. Intercept <item type="literal">b</item> can be forced.
en_GB: <emph>Exponential</emph> trend line: regression through equation <item type="literal">y=b∙exp(a∙x)</item>. This equation is equivalent to <item type="literal">y=b∙m</item><sup><item type="literal">x</item></sup> with <item type="literal">m=exp(a)</item>. Intercept <item type="literal">b</item> can be forced.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id8734702 help.text]
note: 58RRD
en: Power trend line: only positive x-values are considered; only positive y-values are considered, except if all y-values are negative: regression will then follow equation<item type="literal"> y=-b∙x</item><sup><item type="literal">a</item></sup>.
en_GB: Power trend line: only positive x-values are considered; only positive y-values are considered, except if all y-values are negative: regression will then follow equation <item type="literal">y=-b∙x</item><sup><item type="literal">a</item></sup>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id6637165 help.text]
note: ufTSt
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;Data_X)
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;Data_X)

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id5946531 help.text]
note: vqAFr
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;LN(Data_X))
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;LN(Data_X))

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id4562211 help.text]
note: RU3Fv
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">X/Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">x/y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp bm_id3149400 help.text]
note: zEuu4
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2D charts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155067 help.text]
note: FFqBA
en: Use this dialog to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialog vary with the chart type.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialogue box vary with the chart type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145228 help.text]
note: 2H5Bb
en: In this area you can choose between two Y axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.
en_GB: In this area you can choose between two y-axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3147346 help.text]
note: mV2z2
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: WNkLE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3143221 help.text]
note: opEF3
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3154656 help.text]
note: uFYk8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155376 help.text]
note: ayXg8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximal spacing is 600%.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximum spacing is 600%.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2527237 help.text]
note: Mnouh
en: Available for pie and donut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: Available for pie and doughnut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id761131 help.text]
note: tGbuE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id553910 help.text]
note: YFRMd
en: In 3D pie and donut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.
en_GB: In 3-D pie and doughnut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2-D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id1414838 help.text]
note: 9xzEe
en: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counterclockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3D pie charts).
en_GB: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counter-clockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2-D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3-D pie charts).

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2164067 help.text]
note: asdVC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id0305200910524938 help.text]
note: A7Fse
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id030520091052494 help.text]
note: CYWe2
en: <ahelp hid=".">Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: BPAAF
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp> </variable> The Y axis major grid is activated by default.
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp></variable> The y-axis major grid is activated by default.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3149400 help.text]
note: YFW67
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: Sy8iQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX">Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX">Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154754 help.text]
note: jw52A
en: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the x-axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: b5caj
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3147004 help.text]
note: xxgzQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY">Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY">Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150344 help.text]
note: wKyUB
en: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3166430 help.text]
note: LnVn3
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3155378 help.text]
note: 4WjWH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ">Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ">Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153308 help.text]
note: 9qctc
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3148704 help.text]
note: Q3e6A
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX">Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX">Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153917 help.text]
note: UVBEm
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154536 help.text]
note: 2hkA9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY">Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3148607 help.text]
note: mDcfy
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
note: wnQmC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ">Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3156284 help.text]
note: mefpJ
en: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogs that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:
en_GB: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogue boxes that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3143219 help.text]
note: xb9VA
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3150207 help.text]
note: Eoz2Y
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3152577 help.text]
note: GP7Gq
en: This dialog allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. The dialog appears when there is only one data point selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. It appears when there is only one data point selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3149121 help.text]
note: QGeL3
en: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the color of a bar, only the color of that bar will be different.
en_GB: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the colour of a bar, only the colour of that bar will be changed.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3145750 help.text]
note: gW2W2
en: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialog appears when one data series is selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialogue box appears when one data series is selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3154015 help.text]
note: 9jEEq
en: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the color, all elements belonging to this data series will change color.
en_GB: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the colour, all elements belonging to this data series will change colour.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp hd_id3146916 help.text]
note: V76Fn
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3125863 help.text]
note: pj2hY
en: The<emph> Title </emph>menu command opens a submenu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.
en_GB: The <emph>Title</emph> menu command opens a sub-menu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3151073 help.text]
note: 4ACfQ
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp">X-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp">x-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154732 help.text]
note: 7aABb
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp">Y-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp">y-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154017 help.text]
note: 2DHTT
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp">Z-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp">z-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp bm_id3150793 help.text]
note: EzfJg
en: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts) </bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp par_id3145748 help.text]
note: sC4Dj
en: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: jvAEC
en: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3147436 help.text]
note: jVddc
en: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The<emph> AxesTitle On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The <emph>AxesTitle On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labelling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154510 help.text]
note: ivmLs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell contents.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell content.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: xzkre
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3159230 help.text]
note: 7ii2r
en: The options on this tab are only available for a 2D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis</emph> or <emph>X Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the X or Y axis.
en_GB: The options on this tab are only available for a 2-D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis</emph> or <emph>x-Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the x- or y-axes.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3150441 help.text]
note: xasRG
en: This opens a submenu to edit axial properties.
en_GB: This opens a sub-menu from which you can choose axes properties editing options.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: rgeqD
en: The tabs in the dialogs depend on the chart type selected.
en_GB: The tabs in the dialogue boxes depend on the chart type selected.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153729 help.text]
note: mXUiF
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">X axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3147394 help.text]
note: Zw52q
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">Y axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153160 help.text]
note: LLGG5
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">Secondary X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">Secondary x-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3149401 help.text]
note: Xv7dg
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>X axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary x-axis. To insert a secondary x-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>x-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145640 help.text]
note: Kmpne
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">Secondary Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">Secondary y-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3159264 help.text]
note: DqEpJ
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>Y axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary y-axis. To insert a secondary y-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>y-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: o5eER
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">Z axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp">z-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: BeWgb
en: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialog depends on the selected axis.
en_GB: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialogue box depends on the selected axis.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3149667 help.text]
note: KmBV5
en: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">Y axis</link> has an enhanced dialog. For X-Y charts, the X axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.
en_GB: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp">y-Axis</link> has an enhanced dialogue box. For X-Y charts, the x-axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3159266 help.text]
note: 5KDFE
en: Scaling the X axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.
en_GB: Scaling the x-axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.

[ctx: 05040200.xhp tit help.text]
note: Gf2gJ
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
note: 8D2GD
en: <bookmark_value>Y axes; formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>y-axis; formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp hd_id3145673 help.text]
note: wNayb
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: fU8y9
en: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the<emph> Y Axis </emph>dialog, to change properties of the Y axis.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the <emph>y-Axis</emph> dialogue box to change properties of the y-axis.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: Naz7a
en: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; scaling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;scaling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: ZGujx
en: Controls the scaling of the X or Y axis.
en_GB: Controls the scaling of the x- or y-axis.

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3145389 help.text]
note: vCDLV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first deselect the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first unmark the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id5581835 help.text]
note: MaYvp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counterclockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counter-clockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.

[ctx: 05040202.xhp bm_id3150869 help.text]
note: 8EdPg
en: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040202.xhp par_id3146881 help.text]
note: qj7Dj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040202.xhp par_id3146882 help.text]
note: E8YsS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3155764 help.text]
note: wrhBD
en: Opens a submenu, where you select the grid you want to format.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu, where you select the grid you want to format.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150045 help.text]
note: k6RCs
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">X Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">x-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: wKC6p
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">Y Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">y-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147346 help.text]
note: hURtG
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">Z Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">z-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3154021 help.text]
note: tCoy7
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">X Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">x-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150307 help.text]
note: ifAAW
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">Y Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">y-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3166428 help.text]
note: PDJFw
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">Z Axis minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp">z-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
note: 6C6rP
en: <bookmark_value>X axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; grid formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>x-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axis; grid formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3152577 help.text]
note: dYG27
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialog for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialogue box for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: 6aEts
en: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the<emph> Chart Wall</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the <emph>Chart Wall</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3150767 help.text]
note: vBbEK
en: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the<emph> Chart Floor</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the <emph>Chart Floor</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3-D charts. This function is only available for 3-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05080000.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: PNQJZ
en: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the<emph> Chart Area</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the <emph>Chart Area</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3147339 help.text]
note: oMeCC
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3149259 help.text]
note: xGsA3
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forward (to the right).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forwards (to the right).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3146316 help.text]
note: YagB2
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: gcv9C
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backward (to the left).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backwards (to the left).</ahelp>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp bm_id3803827 help.text]
note: Zx2FE
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id9421979 help.text]
note: a82gk
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id1601611 help.text]
note: pZq8s
en: Select Cubic Spline or B-Spline.
en_GB: Select Cubic spline or B-spline.

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp bm_id1467210 help.text]
note: xddCx
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id9485625 help.text]
note: jGBNH
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp tit help.text]
note: FvgkA
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
note: MPJ28
en: <bookmark_value>3D charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; 3D views</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>illumination; 3D charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; 3-D views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illumination; 3-D charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp hd_id3464461 help.text]
note: D5fGV
en: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link></variable>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6998809 help.text]
note: K3TFE
en: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.</ahelp>
en_GB: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and X-Y (Scatter) charts you can see 3-D lines.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6942045 help.text]
note: FJdFw
en: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialog.
en_GB: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id3806878 help.text]
note: ECHVW
en: When you leave the dialog with OK, the settings are applied permanently.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with OK, the settings are applied permanently.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
note: MGhrT
en: When you leave the dialog with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialog.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8081911 help.text]
note: 6fpbE
en: For a 3D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.
en_GB: For a 3-D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3-D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
note: q86vQ
en: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and donut charts are shown as circles.
en_GB: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and doughnut charts are shown as circles.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2861720 help.text]
note: 7gq8D
en: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.
en_GB: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
note: WbNFp
en: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you see the bottom of the chart.
en_GB: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you will see the bottom of the chart.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4923245 help.text]
note: TCAhS
en: Select the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.
en_GB: Mark the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id7623828 help.text]
note: SY4DN
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4721823 help.text]
note: AWYCE
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5806756 help.text]
note: r68Bu
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8915372 help.text]
note: HG7NF
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5624561 help.text]
note: WRqk7
en: The flat method sets a single color and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.
en_GB: The flat method sets a single colour and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8531449 help.text]
note: 5nhwU
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
note: wxTjk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the light sources for the 3D view.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the light sources for the 3-D view.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2761314 help.text]
note: yrBh7
en: For the selected light source, you can then choose a color and intensity in the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colors when you enable multiple lights.
en_GB: For the selected light source, you can then choose a colour and intensity from the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colours when you enable multiple lights.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
note: acKKh
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the selected light source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the selected light source.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id393993 help.text]
note: CkjT6
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the ambient light.</ahelp>

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id631733 help.text]
note: FKucv
en: An area chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a color. The area chart's focus is to emphasize the changes from one category to the next.
en_GB: An area chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a colour. The area chart's focus is to emphasise the changes from one category to the next.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200904491222 help.text]
note: weCDk
en: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the X-axis and Y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.
en_GB: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the x-axis and y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200906040162 help.text]
note: jyabb
en: The data series dialog for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.
en_GB: The Data Series dialogue box for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2244026 help.text]
note: axXTT
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x axis shows categories. The y axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x-axis shows categories. The y-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
note: XEMVB
en: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.
en_GB: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3-D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id7359233 help.text]
note: KLGK5
en: For 3D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.
en_GB: For 3-D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id6596881 help.text]
note: DiCDp
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y axis shows categories. The x axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y-axis shows categories. The x-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id8750572 help.text]
note: uCR7E
en: The subtypes are the same as for the Column type.
en_GB: The sub-types are the same as for the Column type.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id8871120 help.text]
note: o6dS4
en: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp hd_id6667683 help.text]
note: sPWZN
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7616809 help.text]
note: Lwtzk
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1446272 help.text]
note: YLeMA
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1924497 help.text]
note: tkdcG
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id883816 help.text]
note: aG8Qk
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id5091708 help.text]
note: kR4dE
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id301828 help.text]
note: PcPLC
en: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x axis.
en_GB: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x-axis.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7889950 help.text]
note: 9vL8m
en: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialog of the data series.
en_GB: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialogue box of the data series.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
note: noyAr
en: A line chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series can be connected by a line.
en_GB: A line chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series can be connected by a line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2655720 help.text]
note: uYTSH
en: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y values cumulative above each other. The y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y values are scaled as percentage of the category total.
en_GB: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y-values cumulative above each other. The y-values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y-values are scaled as percentage of the category total.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id291451 help.text]
note: GWBvF
en: Based on <emph>low</emph> and <emph>high</emph> column the Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.
en_GB: Based on <emph>low</emph> and <emph>high</emph> column Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1911679 help.text]
note: FLK9o
en: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualizes the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colors for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.
en_GB: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualises the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you will see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colours for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4473403 help.text]
note: AGobu
en: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column chart Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.
en_GB: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4191717 help.text]
note: 6NDB7
en: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.
en_GB: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y-axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7588732 help.text]
note: cHkur
en: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organized in columns.
en_GB: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organised in columns.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id95828 help.text]
note: 5UCTC
en: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use <emph>Move Series Right</emph> to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the <emph>Chart Type</emph> dialog to change to the stock chart variant.
en_GB: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use <emph>Move Series Right</emph> to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the <emph>Chart Type</emph> dialogue box to change to the stock chart variant.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3394573 help.text]
note: BaCXB
en: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp"><emph>Data Range</emph></link> dialog. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp"><emph>Data Series</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp"><emph>Data Range</emph></link> dialogue box. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp"><emph>Data Series</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1589098 help.text]
note: 7CV3W
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimized dialog, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimised dialogue box, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3486434 help.text]
note: ECYmF
en: You can organize data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or on the page <emph>Data Series</emph> in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can organise data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or on the page <emph>Data Series</emph> in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp hd_id3068636 help.text]
note: zSfXf
en: Organize Data Series
en_GB: Organise Data Series

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2480849 help.text]
note: kZMCC
en: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialog, you can organize the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.
en_GB: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialogue box, you can organise the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
note: FAXxK
en: If you have got more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.
en_GB: If you have more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: E3oGt
en: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7844477 help.text]
note: VysRB
en: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialog you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.
en_GB: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialogue box you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id6478469 help.text]
note: LCgsy
en: In the upper list you see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.
en_GB: In the upper list you will see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
note: 6GFGB
en: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3939634 help.text]
note: PzXfx
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2377697 help.text]
note: iBNcw
en: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.
en_GB: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp tit help.text]
note: fA3NL
en: Chart Type XY
en_GB: Chart Type X-Y

[ctx: type_xy.xhp bm_id84231 help.text]
note: SDqzE
en: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;XY (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;X-Y (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id9346598 help.text]
note: QBDn7
en: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type XY (Scatter)</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type X-Y (Scatter)</link></variable>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id7757194 help.text]
note: EHrHp
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5977965 help.text]
note: DjFVF
en: An XY chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.
en_GB: An X-Y chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4381847 help.text]
note: t9mUL
en: Choose an XY chart for the following example tasks:
en_GB: Choose an X-Y chart for the following example tasks:

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id1221655 help.text]
note: 6oAUk
en: generate a parameter curve, for example a spiral
en_GB: generate a parametric curve, for example a spiral

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8925138 help.text]
note: UXuBi
en: Your XY chart may have more than one data series.
en_GB: Your X-Y chart may have more than one data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id5461897 help.text]
note: kmPSk
en: XY Chart Variants
en_GB: X-Y Chart Variants

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8919339 help.text]
note: Z8jEn
en: You can choose an XY chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.
en_GB: You can choose an X-Y chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4634235 help.text]
note: azkUx
en: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph> tab page of the data series properties dialog.
en_GB: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph> tab page of the data series properties dialogue box.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5482039 help.text]
note: 6AcaE
en: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialog. In this dialog, you can change many properties of the data series.
en_GB: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialogue box. In this dialogue box, you can change many properties of the data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id0805200810492449 help.text]
note: vTuqs
en: For 2D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Y Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.
en_GB: For 2-D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - y-Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id6571550 help.text]
note: JWLhZ
en: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colors for each data series. The default colors are set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Charts - Default Colors</item>.
en_GB: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colours for each data series. The default colours are set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Charts - Default Colours</item>.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7261268 help.text]
note: SG9fd
en: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by X Values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.
en_GB: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by x-values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x-values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id6765953 help.text]
note: BqQcp
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7422711 help.text]
note: xYgZn
en: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.
en_GB: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id3614917 help.text]
note: hjjCV
en: If you enter text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter a text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.
en_GB: If you enter some text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter any text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id1069368 help.text]
note: pdNqU
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3453169 help.text]
note: ZWyAS
en: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labeled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.
en_GB: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labelled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id2129276 help.text]
note: bGkoG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id9719229 help.text]
note: G2Y3F
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3D look for the data values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3-D look for the data values.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3860896 help.text]
note: DyyhK
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3D look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3-D look.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id7617114 help.text]
note: Znu4u
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id6649372 help.text]
note: BzFpR
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id4485000 help.text]
note: pJmSk
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id6401867 help.text]
note: WQdgv
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialogue box in which you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id8466139 help.text]
note: B3cW3
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id1363872 help.text]
note: nmcfs
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag over a cell area to select the data range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then dragover a cell area  to select the data range.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id379650 help.text]
note: o63sW
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id953703 help.text]
note: mo8JB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id4496597 help.text]
note: mrDBU
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id2898953 help.text]
note: nJkys
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id7546311 help.text]
note: Vd7Yz
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id686361 help.text]
note: o74Mn
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp hd_id9241615 help.text]
note: rcd4q
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id7159337 help.text]
note: 7wysk
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4921720 help.text]
note: r8XCo
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4855189 help.text]
note: DPGAV
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id3931699 help.text]
note: d4qkf
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id5971556 help.text]
note: LnF62
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id9500106 help.text]
note: DBs6k
en: Depending on the chart type, the texts are shown on the X axis or as data labels.
en_GB: Depending on the chart type, the text strings are shown on the x-axis or as data labels.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2254402 help.text]
note: CXEdB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2419507 help.text]
note: fLvLE
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3148869 help.text]
note: Twpy9
en: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - X Error Bars</emph>, or <emph>Insert - Y Error Bars</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - x Error Bars</emph>, or <emph>Insert - y Error Bars</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150214 help.text]
note: DqsZe
en: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154765 help.text]
note: ASTDr
en: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153009 help.text]
note: p2eYn
en: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts) </variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155758 help.text]
note: CExBh
en: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153075 help.text]
note: icD4Y
en: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3157876 help.text]
note: R5dmc
en: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis/Secondary X Axis/Z Axis/All Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis/Secondary x-Axis/z-Axis/All Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146883 help.text]
note: Fphi2
en: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis/Secondary Y Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis/Secondary y-Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149349 help.text]
note: BH3xT
en: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id1006200812385491 help.text]
note: DbZea
en: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id31493459 help.text]
note: 7T8FZ
en: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150746 help.text]
note: 8RRTD
en: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - X, Y, Z Axis Major Grid/ X, Y, Z Minor Grid/ All Axis Grids</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - x-, y-, z-Axis Major Grid/ x-, y-, z-Minor Grid/ All Axis Grids</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3145828 help.text]
note: aRwaG
en: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155621 help.text]
note: pcXEC
en: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3D View</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3-D View</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id733359 help.text]
note: XCQwT
en: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id8513095 help.text]
note: ToFBi
en: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: address_auto.xhp tit help.text]
note: NXy6S
en: Recognizing Names as Addressing
en_GB: Recognising Names as Addressing

[ctx: address_auto.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
note: QvKmR
en: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas; using row/column labels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing; column and row labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulae; using row/column labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising; column and row labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: address_auto.xhp hd_id3148797 help.text]
note: Jmw9V
en: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp">Recognizing Names as Addressing</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp">Recognising Names as Addressing</link></variable>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: JCMv7
en: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1.1</emph> may be interpreted as January 1 of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1/1</emph> may be interpreted as 1st January of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155333 help.text]
note: GYoEC
en: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localised Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp hd_id3149565 help.text]
note: j3GnW
en: Cell Content Always Begins With Uppercase
en_GB: Cell Content Always Begins With Upper-case

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: qNqbR
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalize first letter of every sentence</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalise first letter of every sentence</item>.

[ctx: autofilter.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
note: uegyb
en: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3155064 help.text]
note: FDYaw
en: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different color for the arrow button.
en_GB: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different arrow button colour.

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3153714 help.text]
note: BXy3D
en: To display all records again, select the <emph>all</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose <emph>Standard</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.
en_GB: To display all records again, select the <emph>all</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose <emph>Standard</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialogue box appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN106D5 help.text]
note: 6GCsB
en: Go to <menuitem>Format - AutoFormat Styles</menuitem> to open the AutoFormat dialog.
en_GB: Go to <menuitem>Format - AutoFormat Styles</menuitem> to open the AutoFormat dialogue box.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN10715 help.text]
note: rgXQa
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the AutoFormat style and close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the AutoFormat style and close the dialogue box.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_id3149210 help.text]
note: EAyCv
en: In case the color of the cell contents does not change, make sure <menuitem>View - Value Highlighting</menuitem> is disabled.
en_GB: In case the colour of the cell contents does not change, make sure <menuitem>View - Value Highlighting</menuitem> is disabled.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN10760 help.text]
note: GxXmX
en: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name for the new AutoFormat style.
en_GB: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the new AutoFormat style.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN107C3 help.text]
note: pMxn9
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> and close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> and close the dialogue box.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 help.text]
note: 4sJss
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link>            </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp">Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics</link>            </variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id9520249 help.text]
note: gwwiM
en: You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: You can define a background colour or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3144760 help.text]
note: iQgbC
en: Applying a Background Color to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet
en_GB: Applying a Background Colour to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3152938 help.text]
note: bg5yD
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp tit help.text]
note: uTh4T
en: User Defined Borders in Cells
en_GB: User-Defined Borders in Cells

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id4544816 help.text]
note: ajMCN
en: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User-Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id9947508 help.text]
note: HAyz8
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1836909 help.text]
note: mh9v4
en: The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.
en_GB: The thin grey lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id5212561 help.text]
note: CRmXG
en: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.
en_GB: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4818872 help.text]
note: Fo7Dp
en: The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.
en_GB: The thick grey lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id3593554 help.text]
note: DDScY
en: User Defined Settings
en_GB: User-Defined Settings

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4018066 help.text]
note: VWqSq
en: In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.
en_GB: In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4065065 help.text]
note: 6L2yn
en: <image id="img_id9379863" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id9379863" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1209143 help.text]
note: tgg4i
en: A gray line
en_GB: A grey line

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id6653340 help.text]
note: EMt2z
en: <image id="img_id6972563" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">gray line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id6972563" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">grey line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id2278817 help.text]
note: HmMdg
en: A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.
en_GB: A grey line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id52491 help.text]
note: mDdBw
en: <image id="img_id3801080" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3801080" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id8102053 help.text]
note: 8FHj7
en: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (gray lines).
en_GB: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (grey lines).

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3147343 help.text]
note: ddvdC
en: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog appears. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialog with the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box will appear. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialogue box using the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3150304 help.text]
note: LxXW8
en: Experiment with some additional formulas: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the Enter key after each formula.
en_GB: Experiment with some additional formulae: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the Enter key after each formula.

[ctx: calc_series.xhp bm_id3150769 help.text]
note: jCpXS
en: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calc_series.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: aDZ5t
en: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognized in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognizes customized lists that are defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.
en_GB: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognised in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognises customised lists that are defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.

[ctx: calc_timevalues.xhp par_id3145271 help.text]
note: LeUFA
en: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.
en_GB: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses (round brackets) is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.

[ctx: calculate.xhp bm_id3150791 help.text]
note: EZCSv
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: 2aSdr
en: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp bm_id3146119 help.text]
note: zC53S
en: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;hiding</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;hiding</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id3153368 help.text]
note: YzGFz
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulas can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulae can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id5974303 help.text]
note: WUAAG
en: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidental action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to surpass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.
en_GB: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidential action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to bypass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN1069A help.text]
note: NJqDX
en: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulas from changes.
en_GB: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulae from changes.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN106CF help.text]
note: R9bEQ
en: (Optional) Enter a password.
en_GB: (Optional) Enter a password of at least 5 characters.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp bm_id3153252 help.text]
note: byazz
en: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp hd_id3153252 help.text]
note: RfFFV
en: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp">Unprotecting Cells</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp">Unprotecting Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: 7ya2E
en: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialog and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialogue box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: xYEFE
en: The cells can now be edited, the formulas can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.
en_GB: The cells can now be edited, the formulae can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp bm_id3150440 help.text]
note: LqS8X
en: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp par_id3154729 help.text]
note: uA66B
en: $[officename] behavior depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.
en_GB: $[officename] behaviour depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3154686 help.text]
note: DN7Zz
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag and drop </bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag and drop</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3156444 help.text]
note: ANUwC
en: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link, or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.
en_GB: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3154256 help.text]
note: Thq7N
en: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet where you want to insert the reference.
en_GB: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet into which you want to insert the reference.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id809961 help.text]
note: PYRuC
en: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also change.
en_GB: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also changes.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id8001953 help.text]
note: XywAr
en: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell where you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell into which you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id7697683 help.text]
note: ACCDQ
en: Confirm the formula by clicking the green check mark.
en_GB: Confirm the formula by clicking the green tick mark.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3145384 help.text]
note: CcnFw
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Sheet - External Links</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Sheet - External Links</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3152892 help.text]
note: EQzxX
en: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialog. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialogue box. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3153068 help.text]
note: ZVqcc
en: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialog, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.
en_GB: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialogue box, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3159204 help.text]
note: tapEk
en: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialog under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.
en_GB: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialogue box under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
note: ewC9e
en: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulae;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3150275 help.text]
note: EzSnh
en: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can color a cell depending on its value. The formula =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.
en_GB: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can colour a cell depending on its value. The formula =... + STYLE(IF(CURRENT() > 3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3151385 help.text]
note: bMcgv
en: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialog.
en_GB: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
note: 3TV3y
en: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3159156 help.text]
note: 3Feon
en: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional - Condition</emph>, the dialog allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.
en_GB: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional - Condition</emph>, the dialogue box allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3146969 help.text]
note: AnNxD
en: Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:
en_GB: Enter the condition(s) into the dialogue box. The dialogue box is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3149565 help.text]
note: A66qh
en: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number between 0 and 1. If you want integers of between 0 and 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).
en_GB: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If you want integers in the range 0 to 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3155529 help.text]
note: JZ7gV
en: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, click the <emph>Color</emph> button and then select a background color. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, click the <emph>Colour</emph> button and then select a background colour. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3152889 help.text]
note: 4bRZa
en: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background color for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").
en_GB: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background colour for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3156016 help.text]
note: xCigs
en: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialog using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"><item type="menuitem">Shrink</item></link> icon.
en_GB: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialogue box using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"><item type="menuitem">Shrink</item></link> icon.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3153801 help.text]
note: p7dEG
en: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional - Condition</emph> command to open the corresponding dialog.
en_GB: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional - Condition</emph> command to open the corresponding dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3147298 help.text]
note: zDCnK
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
note: 9Zqdi
en: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colors for negative numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colours;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colours for negative numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp par_id3153878 help.text]
note: YGxpk
en: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colors.
en_GB: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colours.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp hd_id892056 help.text]
note: GyvFB
en: To Combine Cell Contents
en_GB: To Combine Contents of Cells

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3154513 help.text]
note: 77VUk
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3149209 help.text]
note: CvGP2
en: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor appears. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor will appear. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3147250 help.text]
note: BSAXP
en: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog to display additional settings:
en_GB: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box to display additional settings:

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3156400 help.text]
note: DEEPq
en: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulas that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.
en_GB: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulae that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp bm_id892361 help.text]
note: wBHVA
en: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>csv files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text csv files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CSV files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10880 help.text]
note: e4NjR
en: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as a tabulator character.
en_GB: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as semicolon or tab characters.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10886 help.text]
note: TG3zV
en: If the field or cell contains a comma, the field or cell <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").
en_GB: If the field or cell contains a comma, its content <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10834 help.text]
note: rUWLQ
en: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108BB help.text]
note: azv5J
en: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog.
en_GB: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108E2 help.text]
note: SAMDV
en: Check the text delimiter box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.
en_GB: Mark the text delimiter check box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN106FC help.text]
note: pyPuY
en: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulas and formatting, is lost.
en_GB: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulae and formatting, is omitted.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN107ED help.text]
note: VXtFE
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialog, select the options that you want.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialogue box, select the options that you want.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp bm_id3153726 help.text]
note: AzAKW
en: <bookmark_value>csv files;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; importing/exporting as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exporting;formulas as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;csv files with formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>CSV files;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; importing/exporting as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting;formulae as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;CSV files with formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3153726 help.text]
note: HJThG
en: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149402 help.text]
note: 7kmDr
en: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the cell contents of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.
en_GB: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the contents of cells of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3155445 help.text]
note: iPsQg
en: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognized.
en_GB: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognised.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149565 help.text]
note: U4nRf
en: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149255 help.text]
note: adhCg
en: If the csv file contains formulas, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box.
en_GB: If the CSV file contains formulae, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3154022 help.text]
note: JTAdg
en: To Export Formulas and Values as CSV Files
en_GB: To Export Formulae and Values as CSV Files

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150342 help.text]
note: fWwZt
en: Click the sheet to be written as a csv file.
en_GB: Click the sheet to be written as a CSV file.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3166423 help.text]
note: nJJjE
en: If you want to export the formulas as formulas, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to export the formulae as formulae, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150200 help.text]
note: 4oXKB
en: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3154484 help.text]
note: iwN9i
en: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulas, do not mark <emph>Formulas</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulae, do not mark <emph>Formulae</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3148702 help.text]
note: a5ChK
en: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3153912 help.text]
note: wc7Fy
en: In the               <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3152869 help.text]
note: Z69Sc
en: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialog that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialogue box that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150050 help.text]
note: yPP3a
en: If necessary, after you have saved, clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.
en_GB: If necessary, after you have saved, unmark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: UWxwb
en: Exchanging of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.
en_GB: Exchanging <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: 7Kq8i
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euros in another country and does not become dollars.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euro in another country and does not become dollars.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3151075 help.text]
note: fBUBn
en: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select the currency symbol and its position.
en_GB: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for currency symbol, decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select possible variations from the default format for the language.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: 7b98J
en: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a german locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A point is used before the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box , you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.
en_GB: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a German locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A dot-on-the-line is used after the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box, you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.

[ctx: database_define.xhp bm_id3154758 help.text]
note: vjEu6
en: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_define.xhp par_idN10648 help.text]
note: 7A9DZ
en: To define a database range
en_GB: To Define a Database Range

[ctx: database_filter.xhp bm_id3153541 help.text]
note: DERXE
en: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_filter.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: Hxxpj
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, specify the filter options that you want.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, specify the filter options that you want.

[ctx: database_sort.xhp bm_id3150767 help.text]
note: qvJdv
en: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_sort.xhp par_id121020081121547 help.text]
note: t46AF
en: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colors.
en_GB: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colours.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: X3qFY
en: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.
en_GB: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyse large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: pUGwe
en: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
en_GB: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarised according to different points of view.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: LA3ux
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Filters", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Filters", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: VnALH
en: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3153714 help.text]
note: ADpWF
en: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialog.
en_GB: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147338 help.text]
note: RVAdg
en: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialog to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.
en_GB: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialogue box to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: iXULx
en: Exit the Pivot Table dialog by pressing OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Filters</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.
en_GB: Exit the Pivot Table dialogue box by clicking OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Filters</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.

[ctx: datapilot_deletetable.xhp par_id141525148751543 help.text]
note: oFygT
en: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialog box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.
en_GB: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialogue box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id1648915 help.text]
note: Yrb6G
en: In the Pivot Table dialog, you can drag a button to the <emph>Filters</emph> area to create a button and a listbox on top of the pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.
en_GB: In the Pivot Table dialogue box, you can drag a button to the <emph>Filters</emph> area to create a button and a list box on top of the pivot table. The list box can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: vbqKe
en: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you find the command <emph>Properties</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialog for the current pivot table.
en_GB: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you find the command <emph>Properties</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialogue box for the current pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id3150441 help.text]
note: Dr4qw
en: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialog for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialog appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialogue box for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialogue box appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344449 help.text]
note: y6PoC
en: Enable or disable a checkbox to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.
en_GB: Enable or disable a check box to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344493 help.text]
note: SW9yB
en: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> checkbox to show all or none of the field members.
en_GB: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> check box to show all or none of the field members.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_idN1066E help.text]
note: JwFoj
en: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogs, either for numeric values, or for date values.
en_GB: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogue boxes, either for numeric values, or for date values.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_id3328653 help.text]
note: smas8
en: The pivot table must be organized in a way that grouping can be applied.
en_GB: The pivot table must be organised in a way that grouping can be applied.

[ctx: datapilot_tipps.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: kikhM
en: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. The dialog will be extended.
en_GB: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box will be extended.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10756 help.text]
note: J3aQ5
en: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulas and formatting are lost when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains a collection of files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulae and formatting are not transferred when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10730 help.text]
note: WQGdy
en: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10786 help.text]
note: VtptA
en: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog, enter a name for the database.
en_GB: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the database.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN1079A help.text]
note: Bz2eB
en: In the <emph>Database type </emph>box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialog, select "dBASE".
en_GB: In the <emph>Database type</emph> box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialogue box, select "dBASE".

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3154757 help.text]
note: ZD2hJ
en: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: yEAwo
en: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog appears. This dialog lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles window lists the custom styles for specific cells.
en_GB: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box appears. This lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles window lists the custom styles for specific cells.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: BgEap
en: In the <emph>Theme Selection </emph>dialog, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.
en_GB: In the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3150201 help.text]
note: QfPpn
en: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.
en_GB: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: 4sMCm
en: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.
en_GB: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulae that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3153768 help.text]
note: Z4D7x
en: Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still gray at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.
en_GB: Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still grey at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.

[ctx: filters.xhp bm_id3153896 help.text]
note: vAkUj
en: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: filters.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: mbcRS
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect the conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect up to three conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.

[ctx: finding.xhp bm_id3769341 help.text]
note: qSAcB
en: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulas/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulae/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id9363689 help.text]
note: uzefv
en: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulas, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.
en_GB: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulae, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id3610644 help.text]
note: xm5HB
en: The Find & Replace dialog
en_GB: The Find & Replace dialogue box

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id2423780 help.text]
note: tbVVd
en: To find formulas or values
en_GB: To find formulae or values

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2569658 help.text]
note: zstCf
en: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialog either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.
en_GB: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialogue box either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6394238 help.text]
note: C6cDQ
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id7214270 help.text]
note: cAUtG
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
note: wX8ZD
en: Select "Formulas" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.
en_GB: Select "Formulae" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id1331217 help.text]
note: nWDYw
en: With "Formulas" you will find all parts of the formulas.
en_GB: With "Formulae" you will find all parts of the formulae.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
note: uf8Kc
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2394482 help.text]
note: TcnxV
en: If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialog.
en_GB: If you closed the dialogue box, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialogue box.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3155268 help.text]
note: dcUPy
en: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.
en_GB: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: 8qkZC
en: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.
en_GB: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3154733 help.text]
note: PpEbj
en: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item>. In this dialog, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.
en_GB: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item>. In this dialogue box, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.

[ctx: format_value.xhp bm_id3145367 help.text]
note: vXT2D
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;formatting decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers; formatting decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: 3AGec
en: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3153157 help.text]
note: 6rPBs
en: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialog you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.
en_GB: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialogue box you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3149256 help.text]
note: RuWXz
en: If you only want to modify the number of the decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.
en_GB: If you only want to modify the number of decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp tit help.text]
note: 4h8BG
en: User-defined Number Formats
en_GB: User-Defined Number Formats

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp bm_id3143268 help.text]
note: GcvLD
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp hd_id3143268 help.text]
note: ATTjD
en: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp">User-defined Number Formats</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp">User-Defined Number Formats</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp tit help.text]
note: chVng
en: Copying Formulas
en_GB: Copying Formulae

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp bm_id3151113 help.text]
note: AKeo5
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp hd_id3151113 help.text]
note: LVG2x
en: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp">Copying Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp">Copying Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3153728 help.text]
note: BTcCF
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3156385 help.text]
note: Ajamz
en: If you do not want values and texts to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulas, however, are always adjusted accordingly.
en_GB: If you do not want values to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulae, however, are always adjusted accordingly.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp tit help.text]
note: MrTXu
en: Entering Formulas
en_GB: Entering Formulae

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: N8kvv
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp hd_id3150868 help.text]
note: pfDFF
en: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp">Entering Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp">Entering Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id6848353 help.text]
note: H3w2m
en: You can enter formulas in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.
en_GB: You can enter formulae in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
note: jtUAV
en: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to input the formula.
en_GB: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to enter the formula.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: b4AH4
en: You can also enter the values and the formulas directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulas must always begin with an equals sign.
en_GB: You can also enter the values and the formulae directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulae must always begin with an equals sign.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id4206976 help.text]
note: qLCxa
en: You can also press the + or - key on the numerical keyboard to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:
en_GB: You can also press the + or - key on the numeric keypad to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id8171330 help.text]
note: pADVE
en: You see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.
en_GB: You will see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3155764 help.text]
note: H7Gc5
en: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same color. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in color</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.
en_GB: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same colour. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in colour</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3149210 help.text]
note: G2WDH
en: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area.</variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp tit help.text]
note: a5yvD
en: Displaying Formulas or Values
en_GB: Displaying Formulae or Values

[ctx: formula_value.xhp bm_id3153195 help.text]
note: CSD33
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulas/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulas display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulas instead of results</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulae/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulae display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulae instead of results</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp hd_id3153195 help.text]
note: mHXkN
en: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp">Displaying Formulas or Values</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp">Displaying Formulae or Values</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: MeZFx
en: If you want to display the formulas in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to display the formulae in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3146120 help.text]
note: 6tdYB
en: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> box. Click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click OK.

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: Q5PPt
en: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulas box.
en_GB: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulae check box.

[ctx: formulas.xhp tit help.text]
note: xBkFL
en: Calculating With Formulas
en_GB: Calculating With Formulae

[ctx: formulas.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
note: 5J8TF
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formulas.xhp hd_id3155411 help.text]
note: snrES
en: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp">Calculating With Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp">Calculating With Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: iVVxK
en: All formulas begin with an equals sign. The formulas can contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators, or functions.
en_GB: All formulae begin with an equals sign. The formulae may contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators or functions. Other data is also possible, such as format details.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3145272 help.text]
note: VMHDP
en: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulas using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.
en_GB: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulae using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: pr9Zq
en: Parentheses can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result than =1+2*3.
en_GB: Parentheses (round brackets) can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result from =1+2*3.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156285 help.text]
note: xyGTS
en: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulas:
en_GB: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulae:

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3152890 help.text]
note: a744P
en: =SUM(B8;SUM(B10:B14))
en_GB: =SUM(B8; SUM(B10:B14))

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3150109 help.text]
note: nPTep
en: It is also possible to nest functions in formulas, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.
en_GB: It is also possible to nest functions in formulae, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
note: AJMeW
en: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: WncaT
en: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells. </emph>Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.
en_GB: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells</emph>. Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: UBFDH
en: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of $15,000.
en_GB: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of £15,000.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155960 help.text]
note: E8wVE
en: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">$100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.
en_GB: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">£100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: ETmjE
en: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3146978 help.text]
note: JPSHu
en: A dialog appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.
en_GB: A dialogue box appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: kqPoV
en: Enter the number as text. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as text. Because it is in text format, however, you cannot calculate with this number.
en_GB: Enter the number as a text string. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as a text string. Because it is a text string, however, you cannot calculate with this number.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: jQBnH
en: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if less than three digits".
en_GB: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if fewer than three digits".

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: 9RanL
en: If you want to apply a numerical format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:
en_GB: If you want to apply a numeric format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3149018 help.text]
note: 2e4FS
en: Check <emph>Regular expressions</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Regular expressions</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3156382 help.text]
note: Ek4jF
en: Check <emph>Current selection only</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Current selection only</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146916 help.text]
note: noLgp
en: Click <emph>Replace All</emph>
en_GB: Click the <emph>Replace All</emph> button

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: YBDA2
en: In a text box that has a button to minimize the dialog, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialog.
en_GB: In a text box that has a button to minimise the dialogue box, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialogue box.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3154022 help.text]
note: wegGK
en: Entering Values and Formulas
en_GB: Entering Values and Formulae

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp bm_id3153361 help.text]
note: uhRQX
en: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp par_id3149959 help.text]
note: smrDt
en: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag and drop.
en_GB: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag-and-drop.

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp tit help.text]
note: AU6FR
en: Entering Matrix Formulas
en_GB: Entering Matrix Formulae

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp bm_id3153969 help.text]
note: 2goEn
en: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp hd_id3153969 help.text]
note: vKCkN
en: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp">Entering Matrix Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp">Entering Matrix Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp par_id3144767 help.text]
note: JQGTN
en: Press the (+) key from the numerical keypad.
en_GB: Press the (+) key on the numeric keypad.

[ctx: move_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3155686 help.text]
note: CoB5w
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag and drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;moving by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells, rows and columns by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;moving by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells, rows and columns by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp tit help.text]
note: fEsX4
en: Navigating Through Sheets Tabs
en_GB: Navigating Through Sheet Tabs

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: cF9mG
en: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forward and backward through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.
en_GB: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forwards and backwards through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id4123966 help.text]
note: GgvB4
en: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range where you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range in which you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: wW4Vg
en: In the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:
en_GB: In the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3153189 help.text]
note: 7GHff
en: You produce toys which you sell for $10 each. Each toy costs $2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of $10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?
en_GB: You produce toys which you sell for £10 each. Each toy costs £2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of £10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3146888 help.text]
note: nCki4
en: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit=Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.
en_GB: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit = Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3157875 help.text]
note: 4zUKz
en: In column D enter given annual sales, one below the other; for example, 500 to 5000, in steps of 500.
en_GB: In column D enter a number of annual sales values, one below the other; for example, in steps of 500 from 500 to 5000.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3159115 help.text]
note: vABD4
en: Select the range D2:E11, and thus the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.
en_GB: Select the range D2:E11, i.e. the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: p8VjP
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas </emph>field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149009 help.text]
note: SyPmA
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You see the profits for the different quantities in column E.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the profits for the different quantities in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp hd_id3148725 help.text]
note: CqtUM
en: Calculating with Several Formulas Simultaneously
en_GB: Calculating with Several Formulae Simultaneously

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3154846 help.text]
note: vVE2F
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3150862 help.text]
note: mfN9d
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3148584 help.text]
note: 3abTJ
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell has to refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialog. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> fields are used to enter the reference to the corresponding cells of the formula.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell must refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialogue box. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> field is used to enter the reference to the first cell of the range arranged in rows, and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> field the first cell of the range arranged in columns.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149981 help.text]
note: uv9gg
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149141 help.text]
note: YEQAH
en: Close the dialog with OK. You see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with OK. You will see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id05092009140203598 help.text]
note: 6pGCA
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: K9EAh
en: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are gray when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.
en_GB: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are grey when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.

[ctx: note_insert.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
note: kwi8z
en: Format each comment by specifying background color, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.
en_GB: Format each comment by specifying background colour, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.

[ctx: numbers_text.xhp par_id090820090126540 help.text]
note: N4xE3
en: Strings inside formulas are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localized dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localized date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.
en_GB: Strings inside formulae are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localised dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localised date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.

[ctx: numbers_text.xhp par_id111567772433803 help.text]
note: 9NL9J
en: The text to number conversion can be customized in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp">Detailed Calculation Settings</link> option.
en_GB: The text to number conversion can be customised in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/detailedcalculation.xhp">Detailed Calculation Settings</link> option.

[ctx: pivotchart_delete.xhp par_id141525148751543 help.text]
note: izc4D
en: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialog box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.
en_GB: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialogue box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.

[ctx: print_details.xhp bm_id3154346 help.text]
note: qrcho
en: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: BRFB5
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3147340 help.text]
note: 4sJjb
en: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3146916 help.text]
note: iLHHD
en: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print </emph>area mark the details to be printed and click OK.
en_GB: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print</emph> area mark the details to be printed and click OK.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp bm_id3153418 help.text]
note: rEKGF
en: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150089 help.text]
note: BTD2G
en: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150885 help.text]
note: Ffpa2
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3149404 help.text]
note: naUGC
en: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialog in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:
en_GB: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialogue box, in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: SggEJ
en: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3145800 help.text]
note: CMsDN
en: The dialog shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.
en_GB: The dialogue box shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3154018 help.text]
note: 3qAdo
en: In the shrunk dialog you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.
en_GB: In the shrunken dialogue box you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: RsCa5
en: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialog is restored again.
en_GB: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialogue box is restored again.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN108FB help.text]
note: sD9qE
en: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.
en_GB: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Microsoft Excel file format.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1077A help.text]
note: HkA7y
en: For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.
en_GB: For files opened in Microsoft Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behaviour occurs when you export the Microsoft Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1093E help.text]
note: fA865
en: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.
en_GB: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centred page number in grey. Non-printing areas have a grey background.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1082A help.text]
note: d3cdC
en: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.
en_GB: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: 8A4F3
en: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulas.
en_GB: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulae.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3153963 help.text]
note: MaL7p
en: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example, you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in color. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example, you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in colour. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147346 help.text]
note: VRg9u
en: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulas in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.
en_GB: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulae in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: eMTKy
en: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).
en_GB: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume that you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).

[ctx: remove_duplicates.xhp par_id31630021517873 help.text]
note: WA3SF
en: Go to <menuitem>Data - More Filters - Standard Filter</menuitem>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp"> Standard Filter</link> dialog.
en_GB: Go to <menuitem>Data - More Filters - Standard Filter</menuitem>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp"> Standard Filter</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rename_table.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
note: fuPJn
en: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: rename_table.xhp par_id3146976 help.text]
note: 99JMV
en: Double-click the sheet tab or open its context menu and choose <menuitem>Rename Sheet</menuitem>. A dialog box appears where you can enter a new name.
en_GB: Double-click the sheet tab or open its context menu and choose <menuitem>Rename Sheet</menuitem>. A dialogue box appears where you can enter a new name.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153876 help.text]
note: AvcBP
en: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: po5bu
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3146920 help.text]
note: fDDJv
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3154017 help.text]
note: NXeZU
en: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialog.
en_GB: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialogue box.

[ctx: row_height.xhp hd_id3154659 help.text]
note: sQvjf
en: Using the dialog to change the row height or column width
en_GB: Using the dialogue box to change the row height or column width

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3150519 help.text]
note: FZCG8
en: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialog.
en_GB: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialogue box.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3150364 help.text]
note: Jfmm4
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3166426 help.text]
note: BhQQD
en: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialog with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.
en_GB: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialogue box with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154256 help.text]
note: 86uVD
en: In the Navigator, you see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.
en_GB: In the Navigator, you will see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
note: jUVxh
en: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for each scenario that affects the cells and clear the Display border checkbox. Hiding the border also removes the listbox on the sheet where you can choose the scenarios.
en_GB: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for each scenario that affects the cells and unmark the Display border check box. Hiding the border also removes the list box on the sheet from which you can choose the scenarios.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154368 help.text]
note: jtQWC
en: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.
en_GB: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You will see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.

[ctx: sorted_list.xhp bm_id3150870 help.text]
note: tWAqX
en: <bookmark_value>filling;customized lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customized lists</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filling;customised lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customised lists</bookmark_value>

[ctx: specialfilter.xhp par_id3153142 help.text]
note: 73DhZ
en: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialog by choosing <menuitem>Data - More Filters - Advanced Filter</menuitem>, and define the filter conditions.
en_GB: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialogue box by choosing <menuitem>Data - More Filters - Advanced Filter</menuitem>, and define the filter conditions.

[ctx: subtotaltool.xhp par_id301585177069332 help.text]
note: FEwcj
en: Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp#Section12">SUBTOTAL function</link>. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labeled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand.
en_GB: Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp#Section12">SUBTOTAL function</link>. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labelled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand.

[ctx: subtotaltool.xhp par_id421585177574387 help.text]
note: QiBqE
en: Choose <menuitem>Data - Subtotals</menuitem> to open the Subtotals dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Data - Subtotals</menuitem> to open the Subtotals dialogue box.

[ctx: super_subscript.xhp par_id3149260 help.text]
note: HfLPV
en: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id6424146 help.text]
note: 6VxQA
en: Or, choose <menuitem>Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</menuitem>
en_GB: Or, choose <menuitem>Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</menuitem>

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id961632012538771 help.text]
note: sHLpi
en: The cells will be merged and the content will be centered in the merged cell.
en_GB: The cells will be merged and the content will be centred in the merged cell.

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id561632820960500 help.text]
note: HJEzN
en: Or, toggle <menuitem>Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</menuitem>
en_GB: Or, toggle <menuitem>Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</menuitem>

[ctx: table_rotate.xhp par_id3144764 help.text]
note: cAADF
en: In the dialog, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.

[ctx: text_numbers.xhp par_id3144765 help.text]
note: 4qFEu
en: If you decide to enter a number directly as text, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognized as a text. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or postal code that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the start of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.
en_GB: If you decide to enter a number directly as a text string, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognised as text and not as a number. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or bank account number that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the beginning of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp bm_id3151112 help.text]
note: 6VCJA
en: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp par_id3155133 help.text]
note: sDWLN
en: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3145232 help.text]
note: Lm54u
en: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog you clicked on <emph>Edit </emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.
en_GB: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box you clicked on <emph>Edit</emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3150304 help.text]
note: FiJEi
en: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - Basic</menuitem>.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - Basic</menuitem>.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3150517 help.text]
note: rYyws
en: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - Basic</menuitem> .
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - Basic</menuitem> .

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp hd_id3153305 help.text]
note: AkZ68
en: Applying a User-defined Function in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Applying a User-Defined Function in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: validity.xhp tit help.text]
note: Un4f7
en: Validity of Cell Contents
en_GB: Validity of Cell Content

[ctx: validity.xhp bm_id3156442 help.text]
note: N5T5g
en: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3156442 help.text]
note: GAC8Q
en: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp">Validity of Cell Contents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp">Validity of Cell Content</link></variable>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3155603 help.text]
note: vExqw
en: Using Cell Contents Validity
en_GB: Using Cell Content Validity

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3159208 help.text]
note: 6t74m
en: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, select an option.
en_GB: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, choose from one of the other options listed to place a condition on a cell entry.  "All Values" is selected by default.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3153011 help.text]
note: xDJjD
en: If you select "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text only.
en_GB: If you choose "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed, even if they satisfy the other conditions. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text strings only.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3151389 help.text]
note: KD7kV
en: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create message boxes:
en_GB: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create input help and error/invalid entry message boxes:

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3147416 help.text]
note: JDuqF
en: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell contents are retained.
en_GB: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell content is retained.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3150033 help.text]
note: FeWnd
en: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialog in which the entry can either be canceled or accepted.
en_GB: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialogue box in which the entry can either be cancelled (the cell value will be retained) or accepted (even if the new value violates the validity rule).

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3148586 help.text]
note: VTfnE
en: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialog with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.
en_GB: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialogue box with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
note: DGAwD
en: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp hd_id1226233 help.text]
note: ci2B9
en: Naming cells and formulas
en_GB: Naming cells and formulae

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5489364 help.text]
note: FPo7Y
en: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulas legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.
en_GB: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulae legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id953398 help.text]
note: aZZC8
en: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for sales tax if you can write "= Amount * Tax_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "Tax_rate."
en_GB: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for value-added tax if you can write "= Amount * VAT_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "VAT_rate."

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id4889675 help.text]
note: LViNz
en: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog to define names for formulas or parts of formulas you need more often. In order to specify range names,
en_GB: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box to define names for formulae or parts of formulae you need more often. In order to specify range names,

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3153954 help.text]
note: UNzu6
en: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3156283 help.text]
note: XRBXG
en: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialog.
en_GB: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5774101 help.text]
note: wehKd
en: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialog by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.
en_GB: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialogue box by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.

[ctx: webquery.xhp hd_id3146976 help.text]
note: kNB42
en: Inserting by Dialog
en_GB: Inserting by Dialogue Box

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3145750 help.text]
note: SCn3P
en: Choose <emph>Sheet - External Links</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Sheet - External Links</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149958 help.text]
note: AGj3g
en: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to open a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to open a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: 5b5MC
en: In the large list box of the dialog, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.
en_GB: In the large list box of the dialogue box, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3154650 help.text]
note: xJkAV
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External data dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External data dialogue box</link>

[ctx: wildcards.xhp par_id571629155308959 help.text]
note: yqMKw
en: Wildcards are special characters that can be used in search strings that are passed as arguments to some Calc functions. They can also be used to define search criteria in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. The use of wildcards enables the definition of more advanced search parameters with a single search string.
en_GB: Wildcards are special characters that can be used in search strings that are passed as arguments to some Calc functions. They can also be used to define search criteria in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box. The use of wildcards enables the definition of more advanced search parameters with a single search string.

[ctx: wildcards.xhp par_id551629156504794 help.text]
note: GVpD7
en: To make sure wildcards are supported, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> and check if the option <emph>Enable wildcards in formulas</emph> is selected. Note that you can use this dialog to switch to regular expressions by choosing <emph>Enable regular expressions in formulas</emph> or choose to support neither wildcards nor regular expressions.
en_GB: To make sure wildcards are supported, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> and check if the option <emph>Enable wildcards in formulas</emph> is selected. Note that you can use this dialogue box to switch to regular expressions by choosing <emph>Enable regular expressions in formulae</emph> or choose to support neither wildcards nor regular expressions.

[ctx: year2000.xhp par_id3151116 help.text]
note: DeEcT
en: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 1/1/99 to 1/1/01, the result will correctly be two years.
en_GB: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 01/01/99 to 01/01/01, the result will correctly be two years.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3155854 help.text]
note: Eiafx
en: Character in a formula is not valid.
en_GB: Character in a formula is not valid, for example, "=1Eq" instead of "=1E2".

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3153108 help.text]
note: cf6oh
en: The formula yields a value that does not correspond to the definition; or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains text instead of a number.
en_GB: The formula yields a value that does not corresponds to the definition, or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains a text string instead of a number.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3150272 help.text]
note: T3NrF
en: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum steps that are set.
en_GB: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum number of steps set.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id5844294 help.text]
note: BC4Gt
en: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDIZE with stdev=0<br/>NORMDIST with stdev=0
en_GB: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDISE with StandardDeviation=0<br/>NORMDIST with StandardDeviation=0

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id2733542 help.text]
note: FKFTK
en: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric anymore, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.
en_GB: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric any more, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153967 help.text]
note: RYfUJ
en: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as what you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.
en_GB: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as that which you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3146978 help.text]
note: GeePj
en: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp">Delete Contents</link> dialog, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialog, press the Delete key.
en_GB: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp">Delete Contents</link> dialogue box, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialogue box, press the Delete key.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id541630625783264 help.text]
note: dAv3b
en: If the clipboard contains cell contents and no editing has been done in the file, then <keycode>Shift+Enter</keycode> has the same behavior as <keycode>Enter</keycode> and pastes clipboard contents to the current cursor position.
en_GB: If the clipboard contains cell contents and no editing has been done in the file, then <keycode>Shift+Enter</keycode> has the same behaviour as <keycode>Enter</keycode> and pastes clipboard contents to the current cursor position.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id6407055 help.text]
note: ZParU
en: Displays or hides the formulas instead of the values in all cells.
en_GB: Displays or hides the formulae instead of the values in all cells.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id461629750358215 help.text]
note: Dzhco
en: Some dialog boxes have input fields with a <emph>Shrink</emph> button. Pressing F2 with the cursor inside such field causes the <emph>Shrink</emph> command to be executed.
en_GB: Some dialogue boxes have input fields with a <emph>Shrink</emph> button. Pressing F2 with the cursor inside such field causes the <emph>Shrink</emph> command to be executed.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155929 help.text]
note: uPqcZ
en: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> where you can enter a formula for the current cell.
en_GB: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> in which you can enter a formula for the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145245 help.text]
note: FiJzq
en: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3163827 help.text]
note: gHTre
en: Recalculates changed formulas in the current sheet.
en_GB: Recalculates all of the formulae in the current sheet.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1729178 help.text]
note: iEeQr
en: Recalculates all formulas in all sheets.
en_GB: Recalculates all formulae in all sheets.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3159180 help.text]
note: rBzCH
en: Optimizes the column width or row height based on the current cell.
en_GB: Optimises the column width or row height based on the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149197 help.text]
note: NoxhF
en: Open Format Cells dialog
en_GB: Open Format Cells dialogue box

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id631581375238556 help.text]
note: iDg7S
en: The shortcut keys below are for the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The shortcut keys below are for the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147511 help.text]
note: EyvCk
en: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155362 help.text]
note: ESR2E
en: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149152 help.text]
note: jWNGS
en: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3158424 help.text]
note: g3pGx
en: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153238 help.text]
note: dEqdi
en: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3166458 help.text]
note: DKiGb
en: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153742 help.text]
note: 2myZF
en: Selects the first item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the first item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153684 help.text]
note: RhFGF
en: Selects the last item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the last item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
note: oK8fx
en: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp bm_id3154514 help.text]
note: FRSZz
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; canceling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; canceling input icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; cancelling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; cancelling input icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 08080000.xhp bm_id3147335 help.text]
note: fFadm
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;status bar</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;status bar</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3155061 help.text]
note: eCfVn
en: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulas are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.
en_GB: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulae are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.

[ctx: 18020000.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: iTWkf
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells </emph>toolbar, where you can insert cells, rows, and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells</emph> toolbar, with which you can insert cells, rows and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_idN10A96 help.text]
note: oUWEB
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariomenu/edit">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariomenu/edit">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialogue box, where you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3157876 help.text]
note: 8F7ZG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3880733 help.text]
note: 8ewhC
en: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save the document before you can use the hyperlink.
en_GB: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save that document before you can use the hyperlink.

[ctx: 02120100.xhp hd_id3148648 help.text]
note: 3yeo5
en: Center Area
en_GB: Centre Area

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: B4XrB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3150717 help.text]
note: n8HuZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT">Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Attributes</emph> dialog contains the tab pages <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp"><emph>Font</emph></link>, <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp"><emph>Font Effects</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp"><emph>Font Position</emph></link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT">Opens a dialogue box to assign formats to new or selected text.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Attributes</emph> dialog contains the tab pages <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp"><emph>Font</emph></link>, <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp"><emph>Font Effects</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp"><emph>Font Position</emph></link>.

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: Nh3vd
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the submenu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the sub-menu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.

[ctx: 02140200.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: vEYiU
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the left most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the leftmost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150793 help.text]
note: o94hh
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottommost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150447 help.text]
note: 44fmK
en: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottom most cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottom most cells are copied into those selected above.
en_GB: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottommost cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottommost cells are copied into those selected above.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: yvAcM
en: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty gray box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.
en_GB: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty grey box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3147436 help.text]
note: medyk
en: Select the command <menuitem>Sheet - Fill Cells - Sheets</menuitem>. In the dialog which appears, the check box <emph>Numbers</emph> must be selected (or <emph>Paste All</emph>) if you want to combine operations with the values. You can also choose the desired operation here.
en_GB: Select the command <menuitem>Sheet - Fill Cells - Sheets</menuitem>. In the dialogue box which appears, the check box <emph>Numbers</emph> must be selected (or <emph>Paste All</emph>) if you want to combine operations with the values. You can also choose the desired operation here.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3156283 help.text]
note: d5MJG
en: This dialog is similar to the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp"><emph>Paste Special</emph></link> dialog, where you can find additional tips.
en_GB: This dialogue box is similar to the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp"><emph>Paste Special</emph></link> dialogue box, where you can find additional tips.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: c5WSy
en: <variable id="reihenfuellentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillSeries">Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="reihenfuellentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillSeries">Automatically generate series with the options in this dialogue box. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3145748 help.text]
note: JjBdD
en: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3156288 help.text]
note: FSwFS
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/autofill">Forms a series directly in the sheet.</ahelp> The <emph>AutoFill</emph> function takes account of customized lists. For example, by entering <emph>January</emph> in the first cell, the series is completed using the list defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/autofill">Forms a series directly in the sheet.</ahelp> The <emph>AutoFill</emph> function takes account of customised lists. For example, by entering <emph>January</emph> in the first cell, the series is completed using the list defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3154739 help.text]
note: tDdAp
en: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.
en_GB: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp bm_id2308201416102526759 help.text]
note: 6dhgD
en: <bookmark_value>fill range;random numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random rumbers;fill range</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random rumbers;distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fill range;random numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;fill range</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431990992 help.text]
note: S3iFU
en: The mean and standard deviation of the numbers generated may not equal the Mean and Standard Deviation inserted in the dialog.
en_GB: The mean and standard deviation of the numbers generated may not equal the Mean and Standard Deviation supplied in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431971536 help.text]
note: TK69f
en: The median and sigma of the generated numbers may not equal the data inserted in the dialog.
en_GB: The median and sigma of the generated numbers may not equal the data supplied in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431985648 help.text]
note: 56yTY
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-Squared

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431834837 help.text]
note: RHkXg
en: <ahelp hid=".">Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialise (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
note: p6TKW
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content; deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3159154 help.text]
note: yEdEu
en: This dialog is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: C9sed
en: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialog or changing formats.
en_GB: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialogue box or changing formats.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3153951 help.text]
note: RNYYe
en: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete contents and formats without the dialog.
en_GB: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete content and formats without the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3154015 help.text]
note: gKiqT
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148405 help.text]
note: LXFBY
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3149567 help.text]
note: uKDWV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp hd_id3154703 help.text]
note: EmUKs
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148485 help.text]
note: FSnPJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: 5FoZA
en: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialog is next called.
en_GB: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialogue box is next called.

[ctx: 03070000.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: BJB5U
en: To hide the column and row headers, unmark this menu entry.
en_GB: To hide the column and row headers unmark this menu entry.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3154366 help.text]
note: vS5Bm
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays cell content in different colours, depending on type.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145785 help.text]
note: waDQG
en: Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Text cells are formatted in black, formulae in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: GGawQ
en: These colors can be customized in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.
en_GB: These colours can be customised in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colours</item>.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3153188 help.text]
note: FMFKK
en: If this function is active, colors that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colors are displayed again.
en_GB: If this function is active, colours that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colours are displayed again.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp bm_id3147264 help.text]
note: d4DHd
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar;spreadsheets</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; formula bar</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar;spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; formula bar</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: ALATw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulae. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155417 help.text]
note: 6kPfT
en: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downward.
en_GB: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downwards.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155068 help.text]
note: YpLqF
en: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns are shifted to the right.
en_GB: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns is shifted to the right.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: TDcPV
en: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet, or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149262 help.text]
note: EUjuC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3159267 help.text]
note: pZ7Eo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a dialog for selecting a file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN105F7 help.text]
note: HiYLL
en: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialog to locate the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialogue box to locate the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN10609 help.text]
note: kEz82
en: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialog, select the sheet that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialogue box, select the sheet that you want to insert.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3159153 help.text]
note: mM4AA
en: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulas, and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.
en_GB: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulae and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3149566 help.text]
note: faHCg
en: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/array">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.</ahelp> Array formulas operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/array">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.</ahelp> Array formulae operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155959 help.text]
note: FCzWG
en: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph>+Shift+Enter</emph> command, which is used to enter and confirm formulas in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: <emph>{ }</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph>+Shift+Enter</emph> command, which is used to enter and confirm formulae in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: <emph>{ }</emph>.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145587 help.text]
note: KiDVp
en: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp"><emph>date entries</emph></link>, make sure you use the correct format. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the result into the spreadsheet.
en_GB: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialogue box. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialogue box. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp"><emph>date entries</emph></link>, make sure you use the correct format. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the result into the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: S2CCy
en: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold print.
en_GB: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3153064 help.text]
note: nEQBZ
en: f(x) (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: f(x) (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3145076 help.text]
note: GSRgn
en: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147402 help.text]
note: zwoBc
en: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/cancel">Closes the dialog without implementing the formula.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/cancel">Closes the dialogue box without implementing the formula.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3153122 help.text]
note: Egchi
en: On this page, you can view the structure of the function.
en_GB: In this page you can view the structure of the function.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148886 help.text]
note: debaD
en: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as text, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.
en_GB: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as a text string, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.

[ctx: 04060100.xhp bm_id3148575 help.text]
note: VZrAg
en: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3145173 help.text]
note: RGkxy
en: <variable id="datenbanktext">The twelve functions in the Database category help you to analyze a simple database that occupies a rectangular spreadsheet area comprising columns and rows, with the data organized as one row for each record.</variable> The header cell of each column displays the name of the column and that name usually reflects the contents of each cell in that column.
en_GB: <variable id="datenbanktext">The twelve functions in the Database category help you to analyse a simple database that occupies a rectangular spreadsheet area comprising columns and rows, with the data organized as one row for each record.</variable> The header cell of each column displays the name of the column and that name usually reflects the contents of each cell in that column.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id401615893095178 help.text]
note: 7p3hk
en: Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the <menuitem>Enable wildcards in formulas</menuitem> option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialog. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
en_GB: Criteria can be created using wildcards, providing that wildcards have been enabled via the <menuitem>Enable wildcards in formulas</menuitem> option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialogue box. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id921615893158111 help.text]
note: HnAyF
en: Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the <menuitem>Enable regular expressions in formulas</menuitem>  option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialog.
en_GB: Even more powerful criteria can be created using regular expressions, providing that regular expressions have been enabled via the <menuitem>Enable regular expressions in formulae</menuitem>  option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id881615893236930 help.text]
note: 8WGaA
en: Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the <menuitem>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</menuitem>  option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialog. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.
en_GB: Another setting that affects how the search criteria are handled is the <menuitem>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</menuitem>  option on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</menuitem></link> dialogue box. This option controls whether the search criteria you set for the Database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When interoperability with Microsoft Excel is important for your spreadsheet, this option should be enabled.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3153713 help.text]
note: hyFuY
en: The following table provides an example database table that is utilized to demonstrate how to use the functions in the Database category. The cell range A1:E10 contains fictitious information about the guests invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each guest - name, school grade, age in years, distance to school in meters, and weight in kilograms.
en_GB: The following table provides an example database table that is utilised to demonstrate how to use the functions in the Database category. The cell range A1:E10 contains fictitious information about the guests invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each guest - name, school grade, age in years, distance to school in metres, and weight in kilograms.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id3150654 help.text]
note: q4au5
en: When entering dates as part of formulas, slashes or dashes used as date separators are interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not recognized as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulas use the DATE function, for example, DATE(1954;7;20), or place the date in quotation marks and use the ISO 8601 notation, for example, "1954-07-20". Avoid using locale dependent date formats such as "07/20/54", the calculation may produce errors if the document is loaded under different locale settings.
en_GB: When entering dates as part of formulas, slashes or dashes used as date separators are interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not recognised as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulas use the DATE function, for example, DATE(1954;7;20), or place the date in quotation marks and use the ISO 8601 notation, for example, "1954-07-20". Avoid using locale dependent date formats such as "07/20/54", the calculation may produce errors if the document is loaded under different locale settings.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
note: rSCCE
en: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>amortizations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153366 help.text]
note: BdkzB
en: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3147434 help.text]
note: fBvm7
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortization.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortisation.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144765 help.text]
note: SUg7W
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153765 help.text]
note: UCPgp
en: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3159264 help.text]
note: fLHJR
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortization. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortisation. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146920 help.text]
note: PsFjE
en: <emph>Cost</emph> means the acquisition costs.
en_GB: <emph>Cost</emph> is the acquisition costs.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: MRvkz
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148599 help.text]
note: E3h2Z
en: A security is issued on 2001-02-28. First interest is set for 2001-08-31. The settlement date is 2001-05-01. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 28/02/2001. First interest is set for 31/08/2001. The settlement date is 01/05/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148840 help.text]
note: jBwEn
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("2001-02-28";"2001-08-31";"2001-05-01";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("28/02/2001";"31/08/2001";"01/05/2001";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151240 help.text]
note: E9GDu
en: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154541 help.text]
note: nB5zK
en: A security is issued on 2001-04-01. The maturity date is set for 2001-06-15. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 01/04/2001. The maturity date is set for 15/06/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149128 help.text]
note: o9DWG
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("2001-04-01";"2001-06-15";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("01/04/2001";"15/06/2001";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3145753 help.text]
note: FGQ9q
en: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154735 help.text]
note: qHDE6
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: May 15 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 15th May 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147556 help.text]
note: swwMY
en: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153301 help.text]
note: ajegN
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present (current) value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153023 help.text]
note: ZPxL2
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146323 help.text]
note: vxMVB
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the regular payment made per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment made each period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150536 help.text]
note: e3Wbc
en: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final installment has been made.
en_GB: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final instalment has been made.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3152978 help.text]
note: zBFE6
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146142 help.text]
note: YMhcv
en: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulas available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:
en_GB: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulae available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155998 help.text]
note: VPF6C
en: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost, and so on.
en_GB: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost and so on.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3155104 help.text]
note: GbgAo
en: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148834 help.text]
note: L2mPe
en: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3) how long is the duration?
en_GB: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3), what is the duration?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145417 help.text]
note: NAfJ9
en: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in installments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.
en_GB: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in instalments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147241 help.text]
note: AW6uV
en: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155118 help.text]
note: GYnim
en: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NPerY)
en_GB: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154274 help.text]
note: ZTPAc
en: <emph>NPerY </emph>is the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149998 help.text]
note: AFSQ8
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149736 help.text]
note: iCYRp
en: <emph>Period</emph> states the period for which the value is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> defines the length of the period over which the value is to be calculated. The period must be entered in the same time unit as Life.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154106 help.text]
note: vLiEt
en: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2) </item>= 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation in the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2)</item> = 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation during the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149962 help.text]
note: ZAtCs
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153948 help.text]
note: fWK6h
en: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3143282 help.text]
note: E6fyi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments), and at least one value must be positive (income).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments) and at least one value must be positive (income).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144758 help.text]
note: o9R77
en: <emph>Values</emph> represents an array containing the values.
en_GB: <emph>Values</emph> is an array containing the values.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150630 help.text]
note: G9Z4Q
en: Under the assumption that cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11,33%.
en_GB: Under the assumption that the cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11.33%.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151012 help.text]
note: PxBBB
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148693 help.text]
note: RvDrn
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortization installments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortisation instalments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145777 help.text]
note: RpvJ5
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of installments for calculation of interest.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of instalments for calculation of interest.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153678 help.text]
note: DUuGo
en: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of installment periods.
en_GB: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of instalment periods.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149558 help.text]
note: z6Bag
en: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly installments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.
en_GB: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly instalments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1491134 help.text]
note: WyTya
en: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localized into %PRODUCTNAME language)
en_GB: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localised into %PRODUCTNAME language)

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
note: E9799
en: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localized values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the English values.
en_GB: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localised values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the US English values.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id2873622 help.text]
note: DTRsf
en: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operation system type.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operating system type.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3157975 help.text]
note: zPadK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3150688 help.text]
note: sMe8w
en: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulas in other cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>displaying;formulas at any position</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulae in other cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>displaying;formulae at any position</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146152 help.text]
note: YGA2X
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested, to determine whether it is a reference.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested to determine whether it is a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id9728072 help.text]
note: 2BeJJ
en: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text can never be a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text string can never be a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3626819 help.text]
note: iJ4DD
en: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text, although it looks like a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text string, although it looks like a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149282 help.text]
note: x5VGW
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Tests for error conditions, except the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value except #N/A, FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146857 help.text]
note: CmaCg
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to see whether an error value other than #N/A is present.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to determine whether an error value other than #N/A is present.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3147081 help.text]
note: sA5v6
en: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing;general errors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising;general errors</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156316 help.text]
note: GeByF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Tests for error conditions, including the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value (including #N/A), FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154047 help.text]
note: Usvv4
en: <emph>Value</emph> is or refers to the value to be tested. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is, or refers to, the value to be tested to determine whether it is an error value. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31540471 help.text]
note: wJRYc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if it is not equal or results in an error.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if it does not equal or result in an error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31540472 help.text]
note: YndHN
en: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> is equal or results in an error.
en_GB: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> does equal or result in an error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153618 help.text]
note: DUDkY
en: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing formula cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising formula cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3147253 help.text]
note: uhPW4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns 1 if the number divided by 2 returns a whole number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns TRUE (1) if the number returns a whole number when divided by 2.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3154692 help.text]
note: 3GMzN
en: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;no text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;no text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155330 help.text]
note: D3ZKU
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell contents are text or numbers, and returns FALSE if the contents are text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell content is text or numbers and returns FALSE if the content is text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146992 help.text]
note: NUkLc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text or numbers or a Boolean value.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text string or numbers or a Boolean value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3159148 help.text]
note: ChFkR
en: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank cell contents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty cells; recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank cell content</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty cells; recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3148800 help.text]
note: fVZgm
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the content of a cell is empty. A cell with a formula inside is not empty.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the cell is empty. A cell containing a formula is not empty.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146946 help.text]
note: nzMeE
en: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE), and returns FALSE otherwise.
en_GB: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) and returns FALSE otherwise.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3166442 help.text]
note: njbrg
en: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE, because 99 is a number, not a logical value.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE as 99 is a number, not a logical value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153685 help.text]
note: kDVar
en: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154852 help.text]
note: UyzSk
en: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE as a result.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31528841 help.text]
note: 6oj7E
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if it is not equal or results in an #N/A error.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if it does not equal or result in an #N/A error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31528842 help.text]
note: CM9Ds
en: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> is equal or results in an #N/A error.
en_GB: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> does equal or result in an #N/A error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3149426 help.text]
note: fAgB3
en: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3145368 help.text]
note: tkiro
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell contents refer to text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3151375 help.text]
note: ScQLv
en: ISODD(value)
en_GB: ISODD(Value)

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3148688 help.text]
note: 42hVr
en: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154618 help.text]
note: hYfMi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154670 help.text]
note: AaBho
en: <item type="input">=N("abc")</item> returns 0
en_GB: <item type="input">=N("abc") </item>returns 0

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153196 help.text]
note: vL4Bk
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or contents of a cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or content of a cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154716 help.text]
note: wjBKt
en: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the character string that specifies the type of information. The character string is always in English. Upper or lower case is optional.
en_GB: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the text string that specifies the type of information. The text string is always in English. Upper- or lower-case is optional.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149169 help.text]
note: bPZDC
en: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3159198 help.text]
note: wPMW4
en: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155344 help.text]
note: umGSc
en: Returns the type of cell contents.
en_GB: Returns the type of cell content.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154920 help.text]
note: jwaDG
en: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text and the default size.
en_GB: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text with the default size.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149038 help.text]
note: ffq7b
en: ^ = centered
en_GB: ^ = centred

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3150220 help.text]
note: PjRCh
en: Returns a character string that indicates the number format.
en_GB: Returns a text string that indicates the number format.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153375 help.text]
note: 2VcnA
en: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in color
en_GB: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in colour

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3152922 help.text]
note: PWRH8
en: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in color, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in colour, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156072 help.text]
note: a4fCE
en: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening bracket (, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening round bracket (, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156090 help.text]
note: LZnbE
en: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is missing, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is omitted, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp bm_id3153484 help.text]
note: TuHEK
en: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153959 help.text]
note: WJGWL
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns the FALSE value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153123 help.text]
note: 3exzA
en: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12, and 7<6 are to be checked:
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12 and 7<6 are to be checked:

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3149890 help.text]
note: DC6FT
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3150132 help.text]
note: JEAat
en: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will evaluate FALSE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will return FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3156060 help.text]
note: m726z
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE, if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154870 help.text]
note: oFKWj
en: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22, and 45=45 are to be checked.
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22 and 45=45 are to be checked.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3155985 help.text]
note: HfJge
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value TRUE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083285 help.text]
note: umEDX
en: <item type="input">=AND(A;B)</item> returns FALSE
en_GB: <item type="input">=AND(A; B)</item> returns FALSE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083444 help.text]
note: vAGKt
en: <item type="input">=OR(A;B)</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=OR(A; B)</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154314 help.text]
note: BcGUg
en: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A;B))</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A; B))</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154943 help.text]
note: UNxJE
en: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc.</variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.
en_GB: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc. </variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148438 help.text]
note: dVNFx
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3145163 help.text]
note: SAD26
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine (arc cosine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159134 help.text]
note: 6MmkA
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is Number. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id6393932 help.text]
note: kCQGj
en: Number must be greater than or equal to 1.
en_GB: Number must be greater than or equal to +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155818 help.text]
note: VGWou
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse cotangent (the arccotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent (arc cotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154948 help.text]
note: Y6Tnv
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is Number. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5818659 help.text]
note: Dr5j2
en: An error results if Number is between -1 and 1 inclusive.
en_GB: An error results if Number is in the range -1.0 to +1.0 inclusive.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156296 help.text]
note: JA9Fz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine (arc sine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3150964 help.text]
note: DqsfM
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and +PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is Number. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3149985 help.text]
note: 6PEyf
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent (arc tangent) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147267 help.text]
note: AngFp
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is Number. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3001800 help.text]
note: NBEVV
en: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value of the x coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152798 help.text]
note: zoAbN
en: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value of the y coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9357280 help.text]
note: QHNfx
en: Number must obey the condition -1 < number < 1.
en_GB: Number must obey the condition -1.0 < Number < +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147525 help.text]
note: Bu95p
en: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1 (by definition).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156172 help.text]
note: JdDPP
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for elements without repetition.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for a given number of objects (without repetition).</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id1997131 help.text]
note: ZkcAF
en: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AA, AB, AC, BB, BC and CC.
en_GB: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AB, BA, AC, CA, BC and CB.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155297 help.text]
note: MCdjX
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose natural logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the natural logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144746 help.text]
note: Eiqiq
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3157790 help.text]
note: n5WEA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979, the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979..., the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152370 help.text]
note: fdmnV
en: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979... as a rounded value.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159495 help.text]
note: eo9hr
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns a number raised to another number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns the result of a number raised to a power.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159526 help.text]
note: tfGiC
en: POWER(Base; Exponent)
en_GB: POWER(Base; Power) or Base ^ Power

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159540 help.text]
note: mvLqV
en: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Exponent</emph>.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Power</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144357 help.text]
note: iCF77
en: <emph>M</emph> is the increment to increase N
en_GB: <emph>M</emph> is the increment by which to increase N

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158276 help.text]
note: URQsi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder when one integer is divided by another.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder after a number is divided by a divisor.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158341 help.text]
note: BF5sT
en: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> , and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.
en_GB: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144627 help.text]
note: FdxeA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer part of a division operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer result of a division operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144687 help.text]
note: t9grg
en: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158150 help.text]
note: dn5Gv
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Rounds a number to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Returns a number rounded to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143606 help.text]
note: 4EoDE
en: <emph>Range</emph> is the range whose cells are included.
en_GB: <emph>Range</emph> is the range of cells included.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp bm_id3143672 help.text]
note: sSyEg
en: <bookmark_value>Euro; converting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Euro; converting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143763 help.text]
note: 4KJUc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount of the currency to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount in the currency to be converted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143782 help.text]
note: NRLg7
en: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per Euro) were set by the European Commission.
en_GB: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per euro) were set by the European Commission.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143837 help.text]
note: F3QB8
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into Euros.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into euro.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143853 help.text]
note: 55HyN
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 Euros into German Marks.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 euro into German Marks.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id581631900947319 help.text]
note: de7Xa
en: We recommend using the more flexible EUROCONVERT function for converting between these currencies. CONVERT_OOO is not a standardized function and is not portable.
en_GB: We recommend using the more flexible EUROCONVERT function for converting between these currencies. CONVERT_OOO is not a standardised function and is not portable.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164115 help.text]
note: QdGjV
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns 1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns +1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164164 help.text]
note: fCQTV
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose sign is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the number of which the sign is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164654 help.text]
note: kMDdF
en: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the squareroot of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the square root of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id2091433 help.text]
note: BtCGn
en: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function, and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulas</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).
en_GB: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulae</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164785 help.text]
note: bfcug
en: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer of between 20 and 30.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer in the range 20 to 30.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164829 help.text]
note: AXnAh
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number between 0 and 1.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9569078 help.text]
note: BLkte
en: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155355 help.text]
note: EBQsz
en: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulas is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.
en_GB: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulae is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166456 help.text]
note: eFkfc
en: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulas <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.
en_GB: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulae <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3150713 help.text]
note: rDSKx
en: When do you use array formulas?
en_GB: When do you use array formulae?

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149787 help.text]
note: iQ9Nx
en: Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">make the required change to the array formula</link>.
en_GB: Use array formulae if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">make the required change to the array formula</link>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149798 help.text]
note: vRLSR
en: Array formulas are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different math functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.
en_GB: Array formulae are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different maths functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3155588 help.text]
note: BU7BQ
en: Using Array Formulas in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Using Array Formulae in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3151271 help.text]
note: EcJu6
en: Creating Array Formulas
en_GB: Creating Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3151120 help.text]
note: iGmCa
en: Array formulas appear in braces in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulas by manually entering the braces.
en_GB: Array formulae are displayed in braces { } in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulae by manually entering the braces.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id8834803 help.text]
note: 2tDZj
en: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulas
en_GB: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id985747 help.text]
note: fuAHa
en: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulas. An inline array is surrounded by curly braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.
en_GB: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulae. An inline array is enclosed with braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id936613 help.text]
note: CYxYN
en: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language and locale dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.
en_GB: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language- and locale-dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3148660 help.text]
note: PDitA
en: Editing Array Formulas
en_GB: Editing Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150628 help.text]
note: AKFjm
en: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font color. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.
en_GB: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font colour. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id61633516164519 help.text]
note: QeAAF
en: Press <keycode>Delete</keycode> to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press <keycode>Backspace</keycode> and this brings up the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp">Delete Contents</link> dialog box. Select <emph>Formula</emph> or <emph>Delete All</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Press <keycode>Delete</keycode> to delete the array contents, including the array formula, or press <keycode>Backspace</keycode> and this brings up the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp">Delete Contents</link> dialogue box. Select <emph>Formula</emph> or <emph>Delete All</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3145608 help.text]
note: dEcVJ
en: Copying Array Formulas
en_GB: Copying Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154352 help.text]
note: NCyy5
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the reference to the values to be counted.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of or reference to the set of values to be counted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3148402 help.text]
note: b3WxQ
en: <emph>Classes</emph> represents the array of the limit values.
en_GB: <emph>Classes</emph> is the array of limit values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155904 help.text]
note: h7yjC
en: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.
en_GB: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit that you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text that you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150312 help.text]
note: tVPA4
en: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency according to the class limits. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Select the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.
en_GB: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency for values that are greater than the upper class limit. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Mark the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150290 help.text]
note: GEptz
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array in which the determinants are defined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array in which the determinants are defined.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3157849 help.text]
note: ajEGo
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array that is to be inverted.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array that is to be inverted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3153857 help.text]
note: FHbAX
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152853 help.text]
note: M2QFp
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y coordinates in a set of data points.
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y-coordinates in a set of data points.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154428 help.text]
note: pKKLj
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x coordinates. If <emph>data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x-coordinates. If <emph>Data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>Data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id0811200804502119 help.text]
note: BWBpx
en: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1x1 + b2x2 ... + bnxn</item>.
en_GB: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1*x1 + b2*x2 ... + bn*xn</item>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154176 help.text]
note: 7ckGM
en: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>Data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155468 help.text]
note: 3ywaF
en: The results returned by the system (if <emph>stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the Y axis. If <emph>stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.
en_GB: The results returned by the system (if <emph>Stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the y-axis. If <emph>Stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3159483 help.text]
note: fiuYc
en: -<item type="input">3,48</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">-3,48</item>

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144687 help.text]
note: cGjuz
en: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the Y values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):
en_GB: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the y-values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158020 help.text]
note: KgyyZ
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is C2:C8
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is C2:C8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158039 help.text]
note: 8CjXP
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is A2:B8
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is A2:B8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158058 help.text]
note: thfEv
en: <emph>linearType</emph> and <emph>stats</emph> are both set to 1.
en_GB: <emph>LinearType</emph> and <emph>Stats</emph> are both set to 1.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158146 help.text]
note: 7D7bJ
en: E2 and F2: Slope m of the regression line y=b+m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.
en_GB: E2 and F2: Slope m of the regression line y = b + m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158184 help.text]
note: 4Fhak
en: G2: Intersection b with the y axis.
en_GB: G2: Intersection b with the y-axis.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145880 help.text]
note: WZ6Hb
en: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the Y value.
en_GB: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the y-value.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145937 help.text]
note: jx7yp
en: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y values from their linear mean.
en_GB: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-values from their linear mean.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145952 help.text]
note: EGBLt
en: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y value from the given Y values.
en_GB: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-value from the given y-values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163137 help.text]
note: 8jgzC
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163155 help.text]
note: NHd3Q
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163174 help.text]
note: AF5ez
en: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If Function_Type = 0, functions in the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If FunctionType = 0, functions of the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144916 help.text]
note: ChfSA
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144936 help.text]
note: Rcya8
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163417 help.text]
note: T2CCC
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163437 help.text]
note: Dqpab
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163601 help.text]
note: 3BKpm
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163621 help.text]
note: pyDnE
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166137 help.text]
note: qeK4r
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166156 help.text]
note: LGjJL
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166176 help.text]
note: PzdoS
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the array of the X data, which are used for recalculating values.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the array of the x-data, which are used for recalculating values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166392 help.text]
note: CA3qD
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166411 help.text]
note: 64L8f
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3173797 help.text]
note: eabdW
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the X data array, in which the values are recalculated.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array for which the values are recalculated.

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3153551 help.text]
note: PeXDp
en: x value
en_GB: x-value

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: b9ACz
en: y value
en_GB: y-value

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148522 help.text]
note: WoHfE
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155762 help.text]
note: EDZCM
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as text, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as a text string, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147505 help.text]
note: FyoLc
en: <emph>Row</emph> represents the row number for the cell reference
en_GB: <emph>Row</emph> is the row number for the cell reference

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3145323 help.text]
note: AEorU
en: <emph>Column</emph> represents the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)
en_GB: <emph>Column</emph> is the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153962 help.text]
note: R2QXf
en: <emph>Sheet</emph> represents the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Sheet</emph> is the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id061020090307073 help.text]
note: cvDFN
en: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them into additional parentheses. Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.
en_GB: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them within additional parentheses (round brackets). Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153118 help.text]
note: fJLtE
en: Reference represents the reference to a cell or cell range.
en_GB: Reference is the reference to a cell or cell range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153775 help.text]
note: PEbpW
en: Data are retrieved as text; no conversion to numbers
en_GB: Data are retrieved as text strings; no conversion to numbers

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148595 help.text]
note: igC59
en: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;  1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: cZG9F
en: <emph>Ref</emph> represents a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3083286 help.text]
note: UbprA
en: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell with the address defined by row 1 and column 3. This means that area A1:C1 is totaled.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell whose address is defined by row 1 and column 3. Thhis means that area A1:C1 is totalled.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153152 help.text]
note: G5anB
en: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154129 help.text]
note: fJQRf
en: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighboring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">Sorted</item> parameter is not necessary.
en_GB: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighbouring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">Sorted</item> parameter is not necessary.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149200 help.text]
note: oY9FV
en: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a nonexistent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a nonexistent number is entered.
en_GB: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a non-existent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a non-existent number is entered.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153905 help.text]
note: BPHvz
en: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148829 help.text]
note: 7ZBfD
en: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147239 help.text]
note: Z4dMn
en: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is missing, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column in sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is omitted, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column is sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3152360 help.text]
note: 3Q5gL
en: <emph>Reference</emph> is the reference from which the function searches for the new reference.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is the cell from which the function searches for the new reference.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149809 help.text]
note: 36TJv
en: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell are returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).
en_GB: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number that you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell is returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3143270 help.text]
note: ynNz9
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of up to 30 values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of 1 to 30 values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3144755 help.text]
note: CNK7e
en: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number between 1 and 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.
en_GB: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number in the range 1 to 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148688 help.text]
note: XtZrs
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function verifies if the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns then the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function tests whether the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155942 help.text]
note: SDyoR
en: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area whose total number of rows is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area for which the total number of rows is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154725 help.text]
note: vLpxF
en: <item type="input">=Rows(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROWS(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id6454969 help.text]
note: swvQC
en: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfills all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarizes all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.
en_GB: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfils all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarises all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id7928708 help.text]
note: AJ8oP
en: If no constraint for a filter is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a filter is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Filters are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Filters" area of the pivot table layout dialog. From each filter, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.
en_GB: If no constraint for a filter is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a filter is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Filters are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Filters" area of the pivot table layout dialogue box. From each filter, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id5616626 help.text]
note: GUofE
en: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed in quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.
en_GB: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed by quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: ZJXKa
en: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th of February 1968 in your locale setting.
en_GB: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th February 1968 in your locale setting.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_idN107EA help.text]
note: EDqrB
en: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(2/29/68), because this would first evaluate 2 divided by 29 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.
en_GB: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(29/02/68), because this would first evaluate 29 divided by 2 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3152893 help.text]
note: eBu53
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150111 help.text]
note: 5HCGD
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3146781 help.text]
note: MPeWE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a character string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a text string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153249 help.text]
note: 5gMJ8
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the character string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3143220 help.text]
note: cyjpz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153803 help.text]
note: 68qrS
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149316 help.text]
note: M8J3o
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days of the month in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days in the month in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147501 help.text]
note: bgX8N
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147410 help.text]
note: Xs58F
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149946 help.text]
note: wB2Qe
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3149211 help.text]
note: qyzrA
en: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognized by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognised by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3148604 help.text]
note: ECARD
en: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, a change of these values is basically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.
en_GB: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, changing these values is theoretically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150112 help.text]
note: GFgFB
en: Libraries can be reloaded during runtime and their contents can be analyzed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.
en_GB: Libraries can be reloaded during run-time and their contents can be analysed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3152981 help.text]
note: QCZLG
en: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.
en_GB: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number in the range 0 to nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3155929 help.text]
note: Fx75T
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp bm_id3150014 help.text]
note: 6Prkx
en: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing;equal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising;equal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3149537 help.text]
note: 95P9e
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3153221 help.text]
note: TKcz6
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3152587 help.text]
note: tGXUB
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3145074 help.text]
note: iQYW6
en: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3146942 help.text]
note: eSq58
en: IMDIV("Numerator"; "Denominator")
en_GB: IMDIV("ComplexNumerator"; "ComplexDenominator")

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3150741 help.text]
note: fNy9h
en: <emph>Numerator</emph>, <emph>Denominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".
en_GB: <emph>ComplexNumerator</emph>, <emph>ComplexDenominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3144741 help.text]
note: MCPAH
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e and the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e to the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149253 help.text]
note: AFJGa
en: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j") </item>returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).
en_GB: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j")</item> returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149135 help.text]
note: cYq6E
en: <emph>INum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.
en_GB: <emph>ImagNum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155103 help.text]
note: gkMhR
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3152791 help.text]
note: EGVvV
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155391 help.text]
note: BhDCE
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3147096 help.text]
note: G7UNe
en: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3158440 help.text]
note: xDdCW
en: Returns <emph>Number</emph>            <emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Number</emph><emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
note: RBRAf
en: 2*4*6*8* ... *n
en_GB: 2*4*6*8* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: kmuXq
en: 1*3*5*7* ... *n
en_GB: 1*3*5*7* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3150539 help.text]
note: BDj64
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148888 help.text]
note: jDLHR
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149726 help.text]
note: A2eCP
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3152999 help.text]
note: zebpV
en: Settlement date: February 7 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 7th February 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3155622 help.text]
note: YpBEE
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145350 help.text]
note: LkjYW
en: Settlement date: April 20 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 20th April 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: rDDFo
en: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor = 2 is double rate depreciation.
en_GB: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor=2 is double rate depreciation.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154865 help.text]
note: JaZEz
en: <emph>NoSwitch</emph>is an optional parameter. NoSwitch = 0 (default) means a switch to linear depreciation. In NoSwitch = 1 no switch is made.
en_GB: <emph>NoSwitch</emph>is an optional parameter. NoSwitch = 0 (default) means a switch to linear depreciation. If NoSwitch = 1 no switch is made.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3150525 help.text]
note: ZQrZE
en: Calculation of the net present value for the above-mentioned five payments for a national internal rate of return of 6%.
en_GB: Calculation of the net present value for the above-mentioned five payments for a notional internal rate of return of 6%.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148910 help.text]
note: kkBfr
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148925 help.text]
note: whqfg
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145313 help.text]
note: Lziex
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3146126 help.text]
note: Zizx8
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154620 help.text]
note: 6wB6A
en: <emph>Frequency </emph>is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp bm_id3149339 help.text]
note: qxhyC
en: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>periodic amortizement rates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>periodic amortisement rates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154522 help.text]
note: sF2CK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortisation for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145158 help.text]
note: X2APK
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the period, for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NPER if compound interest for the last period is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the period for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NumPeriods if compound interest for the last period is calculated.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147577 help.text]
note: ywM9B
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149438 help.text]
note: PZLFX
en: What is the interest rate during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.
en_GB: What is the interest during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3156029 help.text]
note: gh3CB
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3151322 help.text]
note: HpKNK
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the annuity paid regularly per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148638 help.text]
note: 9FnDp
en: 1000 currency units have been invested in for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?
en_GB: 1000 currency units have been invested for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149042 help.text]
note: 7FVrB
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant annuity paid in each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151341 help.text]
note: ABzgU
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148887 help.text]
note: RZqLF
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortizement period. P = 1 for the first and P = NPer for the last period.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortisation period. P = 1 for the first and P = NumPeriods for the last period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148436 help.text]
note: yFB4e
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3146139 help.text]
note: DYXBe
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortization installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisation instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148733 help.text]
note: cZFVU
en: CUMPRINC(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3166052 help.text]
note: tfiiZ
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150007 help.text]
note: ZeD58
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153570 help.text]
note: PptaD
en: What are the payoff amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The payoff amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.
en_GB: What are the instalment amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The instalment amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149884 help.text]
note: uZpa6
en: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The payoff amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The instalment amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3157970 help.text]
note: AzC4f
en: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151017 help.text]
note: 8drNo
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155620 help.text]
note: A6Wgj
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155512 help.text]
note: CyBfE
en: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3155370 help.text]
note: 7VMrh
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: ZgAXB
en: CUMIPMT(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153921 help.text]
note: AmB5k
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153186 help.text]
note: Fc69n
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147478 help.text]
note: BGZdj
en: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a payment period of monthly payments for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th period. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.
en_GB: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a monthly payment period for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149819 help.text]
note: BSssC
en: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for between the 4th and 6th period are 57.54 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for the 4th to 6th periods are 57.54 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145087 help.text]
note: dJSwR
en: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149270 help.text]
note: ZBF3X
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152967 help.text]
note: Fyd98
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147566 help.text]
note: FKKBw
en: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NPER = 30 * 12 = 360), Pv: 125000 currency units.
en_GB: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NumPeriods = 30 * 12 = 360), PV: 125000 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151272 help.text]
note: xBJmd
en: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150260 help.text]
note: w5B9t
en: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0, the price is as follows:
en_GB: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0 the price is as follows:

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3154289 help.text]
note: fiNQN
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: April 13 1999, issue date: November 11 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 13th April 1999, issue date: 11th November 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152769 help.text]
note: C7tsK
en: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156334 help.text]
note: hQuGX
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156157 help.text]
note: 6DdxN
en: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150409 help.text]
note: 6hEH3
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3159408 help.text]
note: J42GD
en: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph>:the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)
en_GB: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph> is the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148641 help.text]
note: yz8oV
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the number of periods in which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the number of periods in which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156434 help.text]
note: krZrE
en: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type=1 is payment at the beginning and Type=0 is payment at the end of each period.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type = 1 is payment at the beginning and Type = 0 is payment at the end of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153173 help.text]
note: tCoCK
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155542 help.text]
note: fGMCF
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145178 help.text]
note: vRYFV
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3146762 help.text]
note: 37Fny
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148728 help.text]
note: tFVF3
en: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y value and C3:C9 as the x value from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:
en_GB: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y-values and C3:C9 as the x-values from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149953 help.text]
note: VBCGA
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154508 help.text]
note: QKY5C
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154949 help.text]
note: iGuy8
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called determination coefficient) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called the coefficient of determination) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3155991 help.text]
note: hCmTw
en: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the determination coefficient for both data sets in columns A and B.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the coefficient of determination for both data sets in columns A and B.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id2956096 help.text]
note: J4qKJ
en: <bookmark_value>BETA.DIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>BETA.DIST function</bookmark_value>   <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2919200902421449 help.text]
note: sweX9
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS">Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS">Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149906 help.text]
note: sgKAu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3150777 help.text]
note: 8jxkV
en: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.
en_GB: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times respectively (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3153062 help.text]
note: S98CF
en: The Chi square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a Chi square value of 13.27.
en_GB: The chi-square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a chi-square value of 13.27.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148806 help.text]
note: 3XCGW
en: If the (observed) Chi square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) Chi square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed Chi square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.
en_GB: If the (observed) chi-square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) chi-square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed chi-square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2953062 help.text]
note: USHh6
en: The Chi square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a Chi square value of 13.27.
en_GB: The chi-square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a chi-square value of 13.27.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2948806 help.text]
note: vp33a
en: If the (observed) Chi square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) Chi square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed Chi square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.
en_GB: If the (observed) chi-square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) chi-square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed chi-square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3151052 help.text]
note: sytmD
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-squared distribution of the data.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-square test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-square distribution of the data.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148925 help.text]
note: xV9Ae
en: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the Chi square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.
en_GB: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the chi-square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149481 help.text]
note: rEABj
en: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical Chi-square distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical chi-square distribution.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2948925 help.text]
note: Uf7CA
en: The probability determined by CHISQ.TEST can also be determined with CHISQ.DIST, in which case the Chi square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.
en_GB: The probability determined by CHISQ.TEST can also be determined with CHISQ.DIST, in which case the Chi-square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2949481 help.text]
note: CCSNU
en: <item type="input">=CHISQ.TEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.0209708029. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical Chi-square distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHISQ.TEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.0209708029. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical chi-square distribution.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156338 help.text]
note: QHbpD
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the Chi square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical Chi square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated chi-square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the chi-square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical chi-square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156141 help.text]
note: ED5xr
en: If the Chi square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.
en_GB: If the chi-square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2956338 help.text]
note: BqVBu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS">Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHISQ.DIST.RT compares the Chi square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical Chi square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS">Returns the probability value from the indicated chi-square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHISQ.DIST.RT compares the chi-square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical chi-square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2956141 help.text]
note: C7m4A
en: If the Chi square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.
en_GB: If the chi-square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3150603 help.text]
note: QBYrD
en: <bookmark_value>EXPONDIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>EXPON.DIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3145388 help.text]
note: dGFBq
en: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3155089 help.text]
note: GG7mb
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution.</ahelp> The F distribution is used for F tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F-distribution.</ahelp> The F-distribution is used for F-tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146866 help.text]
note: KFEHp
en: <emph>Number</emph> is probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3153914 help.text]
note: P3kD7
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3148607 help.text]
note: cEo5Q
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3155758 help.text]
note: U6XBd
en: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150534 help.text]
note: 4CuRA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F test.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F-test.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3152981 help.text]
note: ZWskN
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F-distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150461 help.text]
note: AUqZB
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150029 help.text]
note: TGtxW
en: <emph>degreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146877 help.text]
note: idJAF
en: <emph>degreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3154806 help.text]
note: qXs2u
en: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3157972 help.text]
note: 99H9a
en: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3150272 help.text]
note: 6mr63
en: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3148425 help.text]
note: nrdNQ
en: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152966 help.text]
note: orW9n
en: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3156130 help.text]
note: WTT6h
en: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, without taking into consideration the 5 percent of the values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of the values representing the lowest ones. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, excluding the 5 percent of values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of values representing the lowest values. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
note: Cd5VE
en: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3154904 help.text]
note: WUiB6
en: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and hit the floor with the buttered side first, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81%, that both will strike buttered side first.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and land on the floor buttered side down, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81% that both will land buttered side down.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3147501 help.text]
note: 8K2G5
en: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StDev; Size)
en_GB: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StandardDeviation; Size)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145324 help.text]
note: CBEqd
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id2945324 help.text]
note: bQwaZ
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id2845324 help.text]
note: NxWTM
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp bm_id3150928 help.text]
note: jEGQr
en: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of lognormal distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of log-normal distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145297 help.text]
note: LWoHA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the log-normal distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3155991 help.text]
note: zUAQh
en: <emph>StDev</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150363 help.text]
note: F49oQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. In opposite to MAX, here you can enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MAX, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145078 help.text]
note: bDCXJ
en: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns 9 as the median value.
en_GB: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns the middle value, 9, as the median value.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3149126 help.text]
note: QNHLS
en: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, thus 7.
en_GB: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, i.e. 7.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147249 help.text]
note: WeECE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Here you can also enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MIN, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145138 help.text]
note: V5nBj
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153044 help.text]
note: dW6yF
en: <emph>X</emph> represents the value returned for unsuccessful tests.
en_GB: <emph>X</emph> is the value returned for unsuccessful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151018 help.text]
note: rC3qD
en: <emph>R</emph> represents the value returned for successful tests.
en_GB: <emph>R</emph> is the value returned for successful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953044 help.text]
note: psrpQ
en: <emph>X</emph> represents the value returned for unsuccessful tests.
en_GB: <emph>X</emph> is the value returned for unsuccessful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2951018 help.text]
note: ERFSu
en: <emph>R</emph> represents the value returned for successful tests.
en_GB: <emph>R</emph> is the value returned for successful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147534 help.text]
note: AUvBi
en: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154950 help.text]
note: pMv7B
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150690 help.text]
note: u5DeA
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the mean value in the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the mean value in the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148594 help.text]
note: Q8iRM
en: <emph>StDev</emph> represents the standard deviation of the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153921 help.text]
note: TUXfC
en: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63 grams with a standard deviation of 5, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g grams.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63g with a standard deviation of 5g, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150386 help.text]
note: VQBJ4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the normal density function or the normal cumulative distribution function.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3156295 help.text]
note: iK99R
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145080 help.text]
note: bzaMQ
en: <emph>C</emph> is optional. <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional). <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the cumulative distribution function.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2916295 help.text]
note: eEsVo
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151272 help.text]
note: QbvS2
en: <emph>Data1</emph> represents the array of the first data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data1</emph> is the array of the first data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153279 help.text]
note: sQXYA
en: <emph>Data2</emph> represents the array of the second data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data2</emph> is the array of the second data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147253 help.text]
note: mZnNF
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151177 help.text]
note: HEia5
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the middle value of the Poisson distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the middle value of the Poisson distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154940 help.text]
note: fxFVH
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile means the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile yields the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153054 help.text]
note: ErPqf
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154212 help.text]
note: Ysdg6
en: <emph>Alpha</emph> represents the percentage of the scale between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <emph>Alpha</emph> is the percentage of the scale between 0.0 and 1.0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2853054 help.text]
note: tVAsL
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953054 help.text]
note: QcWDU
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154266 help.text]
note: hPEyS
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148475 help.text]
note: pmEDN
en: <emph>Value</emph> represents the value whose percentile rank must be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value for which the percentile rank must be determined.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2854266 help.text]
note: paUED
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2954266 help.text]
note: QmR4b
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153387 help.text]
note: BypuU
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155589 help.text]
note: aSRpW
en: <emph>Type</emph> represents the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953387 help.text]
note: SBw8d
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155071 help.text]
note: REYKA
en: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149051 help.text]
note: FjxMm
en: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153290 help.text]
note: KY2tt
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x- and y-values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148743 help.text]
note: zesAB
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the x value, for which the y value on the linear regression is to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be returned.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157874 help.text]
note: m7ZE7
en: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1;B50)</item> returns the Y value expected for the X value of 50 if the X and Y values in both references are linked by a linear trend.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1:B50)</item> returns the y-value expected for the x-value of 50 if the x- and y-values in both references are linked by a linear trend.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149052 help.text]
note: JSFnA
en: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST.LINEAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>FORECAST.LINEAR function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153291 help.text]
note: NYDH5
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x- and y-values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148744 help.text]
note: r8Ho6
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the x value, for which the y value on the linear regression is to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be returned.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3146326 help.text]
note: VCGCW
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or range of known y's.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or range of known y-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150537 help.text]
note: ZWBNi
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or range of known x's.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or range of known x-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157875 help.text]
note: 7gAyL
en: <item type="input">=FORECAST.LINEAR(50;A1:A50;B1;B50)</item> returns the Y value expected for the X value of 50 if the X and Y values in both references are linked by a linear trend.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1:B50)</item> returns the y-value expected for the x-value of 50 if the x- and y-values in both references are linked by a linear trend.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149143 help.text]
note: WvmVF
en: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149734 help.text]
note: mwhG2
en: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155928 help.text]
note: jUrA3
en: <bookmark_value>STANDARDIZE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalized values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STANDARDISE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalised values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp hd_id3155928 help.text]
note: W8n8M
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149883 help.text]
note: pu4sF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalized value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalised value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150132 help.text]
note: zo3zn
en: STANDARDIZE(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: STANDARDISE(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3159139 help.text]
note: 3ZHHv
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardized.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardised.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148874 help.text]
note: RaXy4
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156067 help.text]
note: vQ7nD
en: <item type="input">=STANDARDIZE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=STANDARDISE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3157986 help.text]
note: 7Zaup
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3147538 help.text]
note: tBCoG
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155984 help.text]
note: EiEpA
en: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of X value 1 is 84% of the total area.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of x-value 1 is 84% of the total area.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150386 help.text]
note: Bwv8X
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y and x values.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y- and x-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3083446 help.text]
note: PSLgv
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3152375 help.text]
note: hdC8w
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155836 help.text]
note: CERq4
en: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149446 help.text]
note: 3thQX
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y value for each x in the regression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x-value in the regression.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3147313 help.text]
note: 9dbR7
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156097 help.text]
note: Lygxn
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3150873 help.text]
note: TwYFw
en: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149579 help.text]
note: LAUht
en: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id2849579 help.text]
note: KBp4a
en: <bookmark_value>T.INV.2T function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>inverse of two tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>T.INV.2T function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>inverse of two-tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2843232 help.text]
note: Q2L6M
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TINV_2T">Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's T Distribution </ahelp>, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TINV_2T">Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's t-distribution </ahelp>, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2953903 help.text]
note: MtzXe
en: <emph>Mode</emph> = 1 calculates the one-tailed test, <emph>Mode</emph> = 2 the two- tailed test.
en_GB: <emph>Mode</emph> = 1 calculates the one-tailed test, <emph>Mode</emph> = 2 the two-tailed test.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154930 help.text]
note: ftBBR
en: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2853372 help.text]
note: BQQUu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T">Calculates the two-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T">Calculates the two-tailed Student's t distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id274930 help.text]
note: 3URdT
en: <bookmark_value>T.DIST.RT function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>right tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>T.DIST.RT function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>right-tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2753372 help.text]
note: R6F8r
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT">Calculates the right-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT">Calculates the right-tailed Student's t-distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3153828 help.text]
note: FiZJG
en: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154599 help.text]
note: Z4X2Z
en: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153949 help.text]
note: AD2BB
en: How often can 2 objects be selected from a total of 11 objects?
en_GB: How often can 2 objects be selected from a set of 11 objects?

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3151107 help.text]
note: y4tix
en: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval whose probabilities are to be summed.
en_GB: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval over which the probabilities are to be summed.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153666 help.text]
note: jAigD
en: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the limits between 50 and 60. Every value within the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the given limits of 50 to 60. Every value in the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3154825 help.text]
note: SFYGY
en: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function. If C=0 the probability density function is calculated, if C=1 the cumulative distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2954825 help.text]
note: N73Gk
en: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function. If C=0 the probability density function is calculated, if C=1 the cumulative distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp hd_id3153066 help.text]
note: DVBCe
en: Arithmetical Operators
en_GB: Arithmetic Operators

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3148601 help.text]
note: BCT76
en: These operators return numerical results.
en_GB: These operators return numeric results.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3155438 help.text]
note: qVCHs
en: The operator combines separate texts into one text.
en_GB: The operator combines separate text strings into one text string.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154366 help.text]
note: cVATk
en: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: 5Tu5M
en: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name </emph>dialog fields.
en_GB: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name</emph> dialogue box fields.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3163712 help.text]
note: UoygM
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.</ahelp> All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field above. If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different colored frames.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.</ahelp> All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field above. If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different coloured frames.

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: Jeuvx
en: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialog, from which you can select the naming options that you want.
en_GB: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialogue box, from which you can select the naming options that you want.

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: sTpBB
en: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3155411 help.text]
note: 5KVaz
en: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulas - $[officename] recognizes these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.
en_GB: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulae - $[officename] recognises these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: Fnwpz
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/browse" visibility="hidden">Open a file dialog to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/browse" visibility="hidden">Open a file dialogue box to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3145366 help.text]
note: UPCaZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url">Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.</ahelp> Alternatively, click <emph>Browse</emph> button to select the file name from a file dialog that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url">Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.</ahelp> Alternatively, click <emph>Browse</emph> button to select the file name from a file dialogue box that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id621519313666202 help.text]
note: UBArX
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp">A dialog for CSV data import</link> appears when linking to external CSV file.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp">A dialogue box for CSV data import</link> appears when linking to external CSV file.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp bm_id3148663 help.text]
note: zwHsD
en: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3153768 help.text]
note: dFkaQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3154510 help.text]
note: sj8G9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulas in the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulae in the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3150792 help.text]
note: RDpzd
en: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: JF3vh
en: You can also open the<emph> Rename Sheet </emph>dialog through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You can also open the <emph>Rename Sheet</emph> dialogue box through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 7WL8E
en: Merge and Center Cells
en_GB: Merge and Centre Cells

[ctx: 05060000.xhp bm_id501632012952361 help.text]
note: yCXuu
en: <bookmark_value>toggle merge and center cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>toggle merge and centre cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp hd_id3149785 help.text]
note: d2c5B
en: <variable id="togglemergecells"><link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp">Merge and Center Cells</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="togglemergecells"><link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp">Merge and Centre Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3151246 help.text]
note: 8qb5f
en: <ahelp hid=".">This is a toggleable control that joins all cells in a rectangular selection into a single cell, or returns merged cells to the original individual cells. When merging it will format the merged cell as center aligned.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This is a toggleable control that joins all cells in a rectangular selection into a single cell, or returns merged cells to the original individual cells. When merging it will format the merged cell as centre-aligned.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3153718 help.text]
note: MiEGm
en: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.
en_GB: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulae in the table.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id491632804983642 help.text]
note: 86yef
en: Merge and Center Cells
en_GB: Merge and Centre Cells

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id581632979766784 help.text]
note: Dybs6
en: Merging a cell selection that partially includes merged cells is generally possible with <emph>Unmerge Cells</emph> followed by <emph>Merge Cells</emph>, without altering the initial selection. The result will be largely depend on previous choices when merging cells made with the <emph>Merge Cells Dialog</emph> options described below.
en_GB: Merging a cell selection that partially includes merged cells is generally possible with <emph>Unmerge Cells</emph> followed by <emph>Merge Cells</emph>, without altering the initial selection. The result will be largely depend on previous choices when merging cells made with the <emph>Merge Cells</emph> dialogue box options described below.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id271632985709781 help.text]
note: XRBDv
en: If more than one cell to be merged has content the <emph>Merge Cells</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: If more than one cell to be merged has content the <emph>Merge Cells</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id391632360383197 help.text]
note: QWjJw
en: Merge Cells Dialog Options
en_GB: Merge Cells Dialogue Box Options

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155879 help.text]
note: hJHeB
en: <emph>Move the contents of the hidden cells into the first cell</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The actual contents of the hidden cells are concatenated to the first cell, and hidden cells are emptied; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells or the first cell will be updated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Move the contents of the hidden cells into the first cell</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The actual contents of the hidden cells are concatenated to the first cell, and hidden cells are emptied; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells or the first cell will be updated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155878 help.text]
note: BJLJD
en: <emph>Keep the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are kept; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells will not change.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Keep the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are kept; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells will not change.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155877 help.text]
note: BkGrN
en: <emph>Empty the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are removed; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells will be updated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Empty the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are removed; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells will be updated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3156023 help.text]
note: 4vJrN
en: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp hd_id3150330 help.text]
note: 3CToK
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3153715 help.text]
note: FTV55
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
note: KGfGD
en: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be less than specified.
en_GB: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be fewer than specified.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3159488 help.text]
note: JfwDe
en: <variable id="printrangestext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.
en_GB: <variable id="printrangestext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialogue box where you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3147426 help.text]
note: gtouh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155418 help.text]
note: FoPy6
en: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155602 help.text]
note: Lym3n
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: NURpc
en: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: uDEz3
en: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation </emph>command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation</emph> command calls the dialogue box for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
note: DWP9n
en: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.
en_GB: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: EyCsS
en: Each time you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A check mark shows the current status.
en_GB: Each time that you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A tick mark shows the current status.

[ctx: 06030100.xhp par_id3154321 help.text]
note: 2t8KL
en: This function is based on a principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.
en_GB: This function is based on the principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.

[ctx: 06030300.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: 6eErV
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulae that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: BfwsW
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulae modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3151041 help.text]
note: xpA7W
en: If <emph>Tools - Detective - AutoRefresh</emph> is turned on, every time formulas are changed in the document.
en_GB: If <emph>Tools - Detective - AutoRefresh</emph> is turned on, every time formulae are changed in the document.

[ctx: 06031000.xhp bm_id3154515 help.text]
note: KcDEQ
en: <bookmark_value>cells; autorefreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; autorefreshing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; auto-refreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; auto-refreshing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: YJAAa
en: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialog with the results opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.
en_GB: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialogue box with the result opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3151073 help.text]
note: hRLSj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3154942 help.text]
note: nFScH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_idN1075E help.text]
note: ZM4gZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3153362 help.text]
note: wQUat
en: The <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> or <emph>Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.
en_GB: The <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> or <emph>Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. You can optionally define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3153188 help.text]
note: apWXt
en: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If you were assigned a password, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialog appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the check mark specifying that protection is active.
en_GB: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If a password has been assigned, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialogue box appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the check mark specifying that protection is active.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3155412 help.text]
note: k6oA7
en: <ahelp hid="SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC">You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorized or accidental modifications.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC">You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorised or accidental modifications.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3150717 help.text]
note: kNtVq
en: You can completely protect your work by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password </emph>and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialog appears. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.
en_GB: You can completely protect your work by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password </emph>and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialogue box appears. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: Wyyhf
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulae in the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
note: QN44M
en: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulas in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculate;all formulas in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; recalculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulae in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculate;all formulae in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; recalculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: PEGiD
en: When typing formulas using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.
en_GB: When typing formulae using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.

[ctx: 07080000.xhp hd_id3163800 help.text]
note: yDiQC
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp">Split Window</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp">Split</link>

[ctx: 12020000.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: apcCM
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030000.xhp par_id3155922 help.text]
note: BHBgn
en: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognizes and selects database ranges.
en_GB: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognises and selects database ranges.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3154014 help.text]
note: dHpeV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialog defines the name and function of this check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialogue box defines the name and function of this check box.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3149378 help.text]
note: tDCyT
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/naturalsort">Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.</ahelp> For instance, let's assume you have a series of values such as, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, ..., A19, A20, A21. When you put these values into a range of cells and run the sort, it will become A1, A11, A12, A13, ..., A19, A2, A20, A21, A3, A4, A5, ..., A9. While this sorting behavior may make sense to those who understand the underlying sorting mechanism, to the rest of the population it seems completely bizarre, if not outright inconvenient. With the natural sort feature enabled, values such as the ones in the above example get sorted "properly", which improves the convenience of sorting operations in general.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/naturalsort">Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numeric element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.</ahelp> For instance, let's assume you have a series of values such as, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, ..., A19, A20, A21. When you put these values into a range of cells and run the sort, it will become A1, A11, A12, A13, ..., A19, A2, A20, A21, A3, A4, A5, ..., A9. While this sorting behaviour may make sense to those who understand the underlying sorting mechanism, to the rest of the population it seems completely bizarre, if not outright inconvenient. With the natural sort feature enabled, values such as the ones in the above example get sorted "properly", which improves the convenience of sorting operations in general.

[ctx: 12040100.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: cTu3x
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes with which you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040100.xhp hd_id271621534120995 help.text]
note: s5KFC
en: Text color
en_GB: Text colour

[ctx: 12040100.xhp par_id691621544414646 help.text]
note: CCGqV
en: Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the text color of the cell in the current column matches the color selected.
en_GB: Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the text colour of the cell in the current column matches the colour selected.

[ctx: 12040100.xhp hd_id151621534125831 help.text]
note: pdme8
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 12040100.xhp par_id491621544410605 help.text]
note: dzEhB
en: Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the background color of the cell in the current column matches the color selected.
en_GB: Displays only the rows of the cell range for which the background colour of the cell in the current column matches the colour selected.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp hd_id3154138 help.text]
note: tx9YS
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: 7ATH4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/case">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/case">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: sEek9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edcopyarea">Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edcopyarea">Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: khYZz
en: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is selected, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is marked, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3153876 help.text]
note: 6GK49
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique">Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique">Excludes duplicate rows from the list of filtered data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149123 help.text]
note: GJBPo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/destpers">Select the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click into the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/destpers">Mark the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click within the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: 2jiYA
en: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labeled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognizes a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.
en_GB: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labelled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognises a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3153896 help.text]
note: gjGHV
en: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postal code based on data from a client database.
en_GB: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postcode based on data from a client database.

[ctx: 12050100.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: fu9Cf
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotalgrppage/group_by">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotalgrppage/group_by">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: QbmVy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp hd_id3146985 help.text]
note: xcM2E
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: Ym9vh
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12060000.xhp hd_id3154492 help.text]
note: 8DXhj
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 12060000.xhp par_id3151073 help.text]
note: Poqcs
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/formulas">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/formulas">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3147341 help.text]
note: dCxgK
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea">Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea">Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: WGuCv
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: oEssG
en: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data arranged is arranged differently.
en_GB: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data is arranged differently.

[ctx: 12080500.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: X6uK6
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulae or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_idN105FB help.text]
note: XJkrB
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3145647 help.text]
note: SiBBE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_idN10670 help.text]
note: EuF2E
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: MXt7X
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type">Click the source type of for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type">Click the source type for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3147348 help.text]
note: TAGLQ
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: cpHDx
en: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp">Data Field</link> dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.
en_GB: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp">Data Field</link> dialogue box. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108B2 help.text]
note: nG8PA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108CD help.text]
note: ToMtU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108F1 help.text]
note: CaxVm
en: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialog opens:
en_GB: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialogue box opens:

[ctx: 12090104.xhp hd_id3153662 help.text]
note: WeRpj
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3145673 help.text]
note: fiseB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: qracJ
en: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is selected, you can use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) also in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is marked, you can also use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_id3154124 help.text]
note: Gpmda
en: The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot Table</link> dialog.
en_GB: The contents of this dialogue box is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot Table</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F0 help.text]
note: ZU8Ck
en: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialog. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F7 help.text]
note: 9SdDd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialog. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for filters and column or row fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialogue box. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for filters and column or row fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10708 help.text]
note: pTDtv
en: If the dialog is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialog:
en_GB: If the dialogue box is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialogue box:

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN1074C help.text]
note: RNBV5
en: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is the result where the item in the base field is replaced by the specified base item.
en_GB: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is obtained by replacing the item in the base field with the specified base item.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10754 help.text]
note: btRFU
en: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is the result for the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.
en_GB: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is taken as the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10780 help.text]
note: 6suFA
en: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to get each result.
en_GB: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to obtain each result.

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
note: jNcNE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10569 help.text]
note: NFuB8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090400.xhp par_idN10551 help.text]
note: mgrFq
en: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialog for either values or dates.
en_GB: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialogue box for either values or dates.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150718 help.text]
note: KEYyq
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3155066 help.text]
note: wiBwp
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_idN10728 help.text]
note: FcnYF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/sortascend">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/sortascend">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153266 help.text]
note: XJbsF
en: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.
en_GB: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153199 help.text]
note: 3DsgJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150089 help.text]
note: MxLDy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120200.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: ve5GE
en: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialog, and then select and clear this check box, the text will be lost.
en_GB: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialogue box, and then mark and unmark this check box, the text will be lost.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3150768 help.text]
note: iEPGj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If enabled, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If unmarked, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3146984 help.text]
note: TXcNJ
en: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is reentered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogs by clicking the <emph>Cancel </emph>button. If you close the dialogs with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.
en_GB: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is re-entered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogue boxes by clicking the <emph>Cancel</emph> button. If you close the dialogue boxes with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: eDPY4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialogue box that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialogue box that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3153160 help.text]
note: NHAMn
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id221512503284514 help.text]
note: BDary
en: To be effective, the Calc data table should have a header row, where each cell contents is the label of the column. The header cells contents become the label of each data field in the form.
en_GB: To be effective, the Calc data table should have a header row, where the content of each cell is the label of the column. The content of header cells become the label of each data field in the form.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id981512503964001 help.text]
note: ZgLzp
en: <emph>New</emph>: fill the record (table row cells) with the form fields contents and jump to the next record or add a new record in the bottom of the table.
en_GB: <emph>New</emph>: fill the record (table row cells) using the content of form fields and jump to the next record or add a new record in the bottom of the table.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id351512558748321 help.text]
note: G3cSB
en: Use the <item type="input">Tab</item> and <item type="input">Shift-Tab</item> keys to jump forth and back between text boxes of the form dialog.
en_GB: Use the <item type="input">Tab</item> and <item type="input">Shift-Tab</item> keys to jump forward and backward between text boxes of the form dialog.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id181512558987528 help.text]
note: CKgpJ
en: To reopen the form dialog, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialog is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.
en_GB: To reopen the form dialogue box, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialogue box is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp hd_id551610558198954 help.text]
note: dtrcK
en: Bar Colors
en_GB: Bar Colours

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp par_id611610558381528 help.text]
note: AYuC9
en: Set the color for positive values. It is set to blue be default.
en_GB: Set the colour for positive values. It is set to blue be default.

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp par_id451610558525398 help.text]
note: DqVgR
en: Set the color for negative values. It is set to red by default.
en_GB: Set the colour for negative values. It is set to red by default.

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp par_id221610558585001 help.text]
note: GRWdV
en: Choose between color and gradient for the fill.
en_GB: Choose between colour and gradient for the fill.

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp hd_id591610569865757 help.text]
note: Up8nD
en: Color of vertical axis:
en_GB: Colour of vertical axis:

[ctx: databar_more_options.xhp par_id601610560622213 help.text]
note: 2cZEy
en: Choose the color of the vertical axis.
en_GB: Choose the colour of the vertical axis.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id040320161859459 help.text]
note: WvyAv
en: <emph>values (mandatory):</emph> A numeric array or range. <emph>values</emph> are the historical values, for which you want to forecast the next points.
en_GB: <emph>values (mandatory):</emph> A numeric array or range. <emph>values</emph> are the historical values for which you want to forecast the next points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0403201618594513 help.text]
note: AbNWD
en: <emph>data_completion (optional):</emph> a logical value TRUE or FALSE, a numeric 1 or 0, default is 1 (TRUE). A value of 0 (FALSE) will add missing data points with zero as historical value. A value of 1 (TRUE) will add missing data points by interpolating between the neighboring data points.
en_GB: <emph>data_completion (optional):</emph> a logical value TRUE or FALSE, a numeric 1 or 0, default is 1 (TRUE). A value of 0 (FALSE) will add missing data points with zero as historical value. A value of 1 (TRUE) will add missing data points by interpolating between the neighbouring data points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0403201618594678 help.text]
note: ifpzB
en: Although the time line requires a constant step between data points, the function support up to 30% missing data points, and will add these data points.
en_GB: Although the time line requires a constant step between data points, the function supports up to 30% missing data points, and will add these data points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0503201619582693 help.text]
note: YBhSu
en: <emph>stat_type (mandatory)</emph>: A numerical value from 1 to 9. A value indicating which statistic will be returned for the given values and x-range.
en_GB: <emph>stat_type (mandatory)</emph>: A numeric value from 1 to 9 that indicates which statistic will be returned for the given values and x-range.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201609412399 help.text]
note: SMBbD
en: A value of 1 indicates that Calc is to determine the number of samples in a period automatically. <br/>A value of 0 indicates no periodic effects, a forecast is calculated with EDS algorithms. <br/>For all other positive values, forecasts are calculated with ETS algorithms.<br/>For values that not being a positive whole number, the functions will return the #NUM! Error.
en_GB: A value of 1 indicates that Calc is to determine the number of samples in a period automatically. <br/>A value of 0 indicates no periodic effects, a forecast is calculated with EDS algorithms. <br/>For all other positive values, forecasts are calculated with ETS algorithms.<br/>For values not being a positive whole number, the functions will return the #NUM! Error.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201608440579 help.text]
note: eCBMo
en: forecast = basevalue + trend * ∆x + periodical_aberration.
en_GB: forecast = basevalue + trend * ∆x + periodical_abberation.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201608440675 help.text]
note: gvP3t
en: forecast = ( basevalue + trend * ∆x ) * periodical_aberration.
en_GB: forecast = ( basevalue + trend * ∆x ) * periodical_abberation.

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id2209201514174453 help.text]
note: swMHB
en: AGGREGATE function is applied to vertical ranges of data with activated AutoFilter. If AutoFilter is not activated, automatic recalculation of the function result does not work for newly hidden rows. It is not supposed to work with horizontal ranges, however it can be applied to them as well, but with limitations. In particular, the AGGREGATE function applied to a horizontal data range does not recognize hiding columns, however correctly omits errors and results of SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE functions embedded into the row.
en_GB: AGGREGATE function is applied to vertical ranges of data with activated AutoFilter. If AutoFilter is not activated, automatic recalculation of the function result does not work for newly hidden rows. It is not supposed to work with horizontal ranges, however it can be applied to them as well, but with limitations. In particular, the AGGREGATE function applied to a horizontal data range does not recognise hiding columns, however correctly omits errors and results of SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE functions embedded into the row.

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id2309201520064118 help.text]
note: GPwbY
en: <item type="input">=AGGREGATE(9;5;B2:B9)</item><br/>Returns sum of the column B = 115. If any row is hidden, the function omit its value, for example if the 7th row is hidden, the function returns 95.
en_GB: <item type="input">=AGGREGATE(9;5;B2:B9)</item><br/>Returns sum of the column B = 115. If any row is hidden, the function omits its value, for example if the 7th row is hidden, the function returns 95.

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id196152404026557 help.text]
note: eyn5c
en: If you need to apply the function with a 3D range, this example shows how to do it.
en_GB: If you need to apply the function with a 3-D range, this example shows how to do it.

[ctx: func_averageif.xhp par_id2412836525208 help.text]
note: tiu8M
en: The function searches what values from the range B2:B6 are greater than the least value in the B2:B6 range, and calculates the average of corresponding values from the C2:C6 range. Returns 113.3, because the fourth row (where there is the least value in the range B2:B6) does not participate in the calculation.
en_GB: The function searches which values from the range B2:B6 are greater than the least value in the B2:B6 range, and calculates the average of the corresponding values from the C2:C6 range. Returns 113.3, because the fourth row (where there is the least value in the range B2:B6) does not participate in the calculation.

[ctx: func_averageifs.xhp par_id2930764965983 help.text]
note: 7jj4X
en: Calculates the average for values of the range C2:C6 that are greater than 70 and correspond to cells of B2:B6 with values  greater than or equal to 20. Returns 137.5, because the second and fifth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Calculates the average for values of the range C2:C6 that are greater than 70 and correspond to cells of B2:B6 with values greater than or equal to 20. Returns 137.5, because the second and fifth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_color.xhp tit help.text]
note: GuEcB
en: COLOR function
en_GB: COLOUR function

[ctx: func_color.xhp bm_id1102201617201921 help.text]
note: N8CUu
en: <bookmark_value>colors;numerical values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors;calculating in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>COLOR function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours;numeric values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours;calculating in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>COLOR function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: func_color.xhp hd_id456845684568 help.text]
note: qjPSR
en: <variable id="color_head"><link href="text/scalc/01/func_color.xhp">COLOR</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="color_head"><link href="text/scalc/01/func_color.xhp">COLOUR</link></variable>

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201617001848 help.text]
note: HXh5E
en: <ahelp hid=".">Return a numeric value calculated by a combination of three colors (red, green and blue) and the alpha channel, in the RGBA color system.</ahelp> The result depends on the color system used by your computer.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Return a numeric value calculated by a combination of three colours (red, green and blue) and the alpha channel, in the RGBA colour system.</ahelp> The result depends on the colour system used by your computer.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id27421466710275 help.text]
note: 3ubzF
en: COLOR(Red; Green; Blue [; Alpha])
en_GB: COLOUR(Red; Green; Blue [; Alpha])

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id242131304318587 help.text]
note: ASLWJ
en: <emph>Red, Green and Blue</emph> – required arguments. The value for the red, green and blue components of the color. The values must be between 0 and 255. Zero means no color component and 255 means full color component.
en_GB: <emph>Red, Green and Blue</emph> – required arguments. The value for the red, green and blue components of the colour. The values must be between 0 and 255. Zero means no colour component and 255 means full colour component.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id242131304315587 help.text]
note: GoCn2
en: <emph>Alpha</emph> – optional argument. The value for the alpha channel or alpha composite. Alpha is a integer value between 0 and 255. The value of zero for alpha means the color is fully transparent, whereas a value of 255 in the alpha channel gives a fully opaque color.
en_GB: <emph>Alpha</emph> – optional argument. The value for the alpha channel or alpha composite. Alpha is a integer value between 0 and 255. The value of zero for alpha means the colour is fully transparent, whereas a value of 255 in the alpha channel gives a fully opaque colour.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201617001888 help.text]
note: fb2sj
en: <item type="input">COLOR(255;255;255;1)</item> returns 33554431
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(255;255;255;1)</item> returns 33554431

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618185378 help.text]
note: gxbF2
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;255;0)</item> returns 255
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;255;0)</item> returns 255

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618185326 help.text]
note: f8bh7
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;255;255)</item> returns 4278190335
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;255;255)</item> returns 4278190335

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618188326 help.text]
note: JAYa2
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;400;0)</item> returns Err:502 (Invalid argument) because the blue value is greater than 255.
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;400;0)</item> returns Err:502 (Invalid argument) because the blue value is greater than 255.

[ctx: func_convert.xhp par_id761620414839890 help.text]
note: FLrPC
en: The measurement units recognized by <literal>CONVERT</literal> fall into 13 groups, which are listed <link href="text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp#Unit_Groups">below</link>. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups.
en_GB: The measurement units recognised by <literal>CONVERT</literal> fall into 13 groups, which are listed <link href="text/scalc/01/func_convert.xhp#Unit_Groups">below</link>. CONVERT will perform conversions between any two units within one group but reject any request to convert between units in different groups.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id109622995127628 help.text]
note: AyFxS
en: Counts the amount of rows that contain simultaneously values greater than 70 in the C2:C6 range and values greater than or equal to 20 in the B2:B6 range. Returns 2, because the second, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows that contain simultaneously values greater than 70 in the C2:C6 range and values greater than or equal to 20 in the B2:B6 range. Returns 2, because the second, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id22137303324873 help.text]
note: yiHkH
en: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range that contain only alphabet symbols. Returns 1, because only sixth row meets the criterion.
en_GB: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range that contain only alphabet symbols. Returns 1, because only the sixth row meets the criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id1105320769334 help.text]
note: 72QET
en: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range excluding rows with minimum and maximum values of this range. Returns 2, because the third, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows of the B2:B6 range excluding rows with minimum and maximum values of this range. Returns 2, because the third, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id111252614832220 help.text]
note: L6af2
en: Counts the amount of rows that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range with exception of its maximum. Returns 1, because only second row meets all criteria.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range with exception of its maximum. Returns 1, because only second row meets all criteria.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3152815 help.text]
note: zExSG
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9957 or between 0 and 99.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153222 help.text]
note: WVjaD
en: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - $[officename] - General </item>you can set from which year a two-digit number entry is recognized as 20xx.
en_GB: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - $[officename] - General </item>you can set from which year a two-digit number entry is recognised as 20xx.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3155817 help.text]
note: uuZQH
en: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer indicating the month.
en_GB: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 12 indicating the month.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153183 help.text]
note: gKdnj
en: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer indicating the day of the month.
en_GB: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 31 indicating the day of the month.

[ctx: func_day.xhp par_id3147584 help.text]
note: e3R7o
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer between 1 and 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.

[ctx: func_days360.xhp par_id3151064 help.text]
note: GD4Dc
en: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is missing, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.
en_GB: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is omitted, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.

[ctx: func_eastersunday.xhp par_id3938413 help.text]
note: DqDwB
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.

[ctx: func_eomonth.xhp par_id3154829 help.text]
note: AgbKk
en: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after September 14 2001?
en_GB: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after 14th September 2001?

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id280533214928308 help.text]
note: XYAAM
en: Returns 7, because 7 is the index number of the error value #N/A.
en_GB: Returns 7, which is the index number of the error value #N/A.

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id24308515918391 help.text]
note: 8UJpP
en: If A3 contains an expression equivalent to the division by zero, the function returns 2, because 2 is the index number of the error value #DIV/0!
en_GB: If A3 contains an expression equivalent to division by zero, the function returns 2, which is the index number of the error value #DIV/0!

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id90121141327448 help.text]
note: PP59Q
en: If in division A1 by A2, A2 can turn to zero, you can handle the situation as follows:
en_GB: If in division A1 by A2, A2 can become zero, you can handle the situation as follows:

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id16083887218317 help.text]
note: uvFET
en: <item type="input">=IF(ISERROR(A1/A2);IF(ERROR.TYPE(A1/A2)=2;"the denominator can't be equal to zero");A1/A2)</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">=IF(ISERROR(A1/A2);IF(ERROR.TYPE(A1/A2)=2;"the denominator can not be equal to zero");A1/A2)</item>

[ctx: func_forecastetsadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: 2CDcv
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetspiadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: J3FRt
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetspimult.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: LDRam
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsseason.xhp par_id0603201617510446 help.text]
note: hmYGz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_SEA">Returns the number of samples in period as calculated by Calc in case of FORECAST.ETS functions when argument <emph>period_length</emph> equals 1. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_SEA">Returns the number of samples in period as calculated by Calc in case of FORECAST.ETS functions when argument <emph>period_length</emph> equals 1.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_forecastetsseason.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: EUN8o
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: dnDvk
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: LBeXF
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_fourier.xhp par_id121556227727948 help.text]
note: qwF2T
en: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Computes the  Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.</ahelp></variable> The  function is an <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">array formula</link>.
en_GB: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.</ahelp></variable> The  function is an <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">array formula</link>.

[ctx: func_hour.xhp par_id3149747 help.text]
note: nYeAv
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer between 0 and 23.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer in the range 0 to 23.

[ctx: func_minute.xhp par_id3148988 help.text]
note: kGsA6
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_month.xhp par_id3153538 help.text]
note: on6C8
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer between 1 and 12.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 12.

[ctx: func_now.xhp par_id3148829 help.text]
note: o7Wxp
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time a cell value is modified.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time that a cell value is modified.

[ctx: func_opt_prob_hit.xhp par_id591575063908364 help.text]
note: fWecm
en: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.
en_GB: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modelled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.

[ctx: func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp par_id941575063929083 help.text]
note: QDryb
en: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.
en_GB: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modelled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.

[ctx: func_regex.xhp par_id621542232197446 help.text]
note: VbMmQ
en: <emph>Text</emph>: A text or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph>: A text string or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied.

[ctx: func_roundsig.xhp par_id921519154702177 help.text]
note: jJKBA
en: <variable id="roundsig"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROUNDSIG">Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalized floating point notation.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="roundsig"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROUNDSIG">Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalised floating point notation.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: func_second.xhp par_id3148974 help.text]
note: cKTfS
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_sumifs.xhp par_id15342189586295 help.text]
note: u7CDd
en: Calculates the sum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range except its maximum. Returns 65, because only second row meets all criteria.
en_GB: Calculates the sum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range except its maximum. Returns 65, because only the second row meets all criteria.

[ctx: func_textjoin.xhp par_id121556227727948 help.text]
note: oLfX2
en: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Concatenates one or more strings, and uses delimiters between them.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Concatenates one or more strings, and inserts delimiters between them.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: func_textjoin.xhp par_id321556228557611 help.text]
note: ByVAF
en: If there are less delimiters than strings to be joined, the delimiters will be used again from the start.
en_GB: If there are fewer delimiters than strings to be joined, the delimiters will be used again from the start.

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3148502 help.text]
note: BKBh2
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text string enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3150794 help.text]
note: Awj4V
en: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used under $[officename] to calculate date entries.
en_GB: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used by $[officename] to calculate date entries.

[ctx: func_today.xhp par_id3153759 help.text]
note: dzt93
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify the values of the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify values in the document.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3149893 help.text]
note: HC2v5
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>workdays</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>working days</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3147469 help.text]
note: 35EG5
en: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from when the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a workday, the day is included in the calculation.
en_GB: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from which the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a working day, the day is included in the calculation.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3153038 help.text]
note: rQ2hM
en: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of workdays. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.
en_GB: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of working days. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3150693 help.text]
note: HNeMW
en: <emph>Holidays</emph> is a list of optional holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.
en_GB: <emph>Holidays</emph> (optional) is a list of holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3152782 help.text]
note: 25DRr
en: What date came 17 workdays after 1 December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of workdays in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".
en_GB: What date came 17 working days after 1st December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of working days in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".

[ctx: live_data_stream.xhp par_id221641995264796 help.text]
note: aV8Lc
en: Data streaming is the continuous flow of data generated by various sources. In %PRODUCTNAME Calc, data streams can be processed, stored, analyzed, and acted upon as it's generated in real-time.
en_GB: Data streaming is the continuous flow of data generated by various sources. In %PRODUCTNAME Calc, data streams can be processed, stored, analysed, and acted upon as it's generated in real-time.

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id9210486 help.text]
note: JGk9s
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Solver dialogue box. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id8538773 help.text]
note: EsgHG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimised.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp hd_id441589913036601 help.text]
note: 9j2m7
en: Optimize results to
en_GB: Optimise results to

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id1939451 help.text]
note: eyxy9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the Shrink button to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the Shrink button to shrink or restore the dialogue box. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2423780 help.text]
note: 5aZF7
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp#solveroptionsh1">Solver Options</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp#solveroptionsh1">Solver Options</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id221589917833431 help.text]
note: jDGPG
en: The <emph>Solver Options</emph> dialog let you select the different solver algorithms for either linear and non-linear problems and set their solving parameters.
en_GB: The <emph>Solver Options</emph> dialogue box lets you select the different solver algorithms for either linear and non-linear problems and set their solving parameters.

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2569658 help.text]
note: jFwTt
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to solve the problem with the current settings. The dialog settings are retained until you close the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to solve the problem with the current settings. The dialogue box settings are retained until you close the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
note: HMiDW
en: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimized value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.
en_GB: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimised value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id0603200910430845 help.text]
note: UTzzV
en: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to <menuitem>Tools - Solver</menuitem> and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimization, maximization) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp">parameters</link>.
en_GB: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to <menuitem>Tools - Solver</menuitem> and set the Cell to be optimised, the direction to go (minimisation, maximisation) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="text/scalc/01/solver_options.xhp">parameters</link>.

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id0603200910430821 help.text]
note: gJGz2
en: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalize certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).
en_GB: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalise certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id3163853 help.text]
note: LHgS8
en: Use the Options dialog to configure the solver engine.
en_GB: Use the Options dialogue box to configure the solver engine.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
note: mFtPo
en: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialog.
en_GB: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
note: ncgjf
en: Configure the current solver. In the Settings box, check all settings that you want to use for the current goal seeking operation. If the current option offers different values, the Edit button is enabled. Click <emph>Edit</emph> to open a dialog where you can change the value.
en_GB: Configure the current solver. In the Settings box, check all settings that you want to use for the current goal seeking operation. If the current option offers different values, the Edit button is enabled. Click <emph>Edit</emph> to open a dialogue box where you can change the value.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id6531266 help.text]
note: XZbDB
en: <ahelp hid=".">If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If the current entry in the Settings list box allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialogue box opens where you can change the value.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver_options_algo.xhp par_id0523200917103832 help.text]
note: na8Ee
en: <variable id="enhstatusdesc">If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialog is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="enhstatusdesc">If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialogue box is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.</variable>

[ctx: solver_options_algo.xhp par_id681590165847694 help.text]
note: tqkJh
en: Social Cognitive Optimization takes into account the human behavior of learning and sharing information. Each individual has access to a common library with knowledge shared between all individuals.
en_GB: Social Cognitive Optimisation takes into account the human behaviour of learning and sharing information. Each individual has access to a common library with knowledge shared between all individuals.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp hd_id911654177186844 help.text]
note: FhUrj
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id11654177765370 help.text]
note: sq3di
en: <emph>Series</emph>: select the main color for the sparklines.
en_GB: <emph>Series</emph>: select the main colour for the sparklines.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id421654177770032 help.text]
note: ZAZbq
en: <emph>Negative points</emph>: check and select the color for negative points.
en_GB: <emph>Negative points</emph>: check and select the colour for negative points.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id231654177773798 help.text]
note: vJjrw
en: <emph>High points</emph>: check and select the color for high points.
en_GB: <emph>High points</emph>: check and select the colour for high points.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id371654177777479 help.text]
note: XGDyn
en: <emph>Low points</emph>: check and select the color for low points.
en_GB: <emph>Low points</emph>: check and select the colour for low points.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id521654177784536 help.text]
note: wkzjv
en: <emph>Marker</emph>: check and select the color for data points (line type only).
en_GB: <emph>Marker</emph>: check and select the colour for data points (line type only).

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id181654177788533 help.text]
note: xJA6Q
en: <emph>First point</emph>: check and select the color for first point.
en_GB: <emph>First point</emph>: check and select the colour for first point.

[ctx: sparklines.xhp par_id241654177793144 help.text]
note: 2BLQa
en: <emph>Last point</emph>: check and select the color for last point.
en_GB: <emph>Last point</emph>: check and select the colour for last point.

[ctx: stat_data.xhp par_id1000010 help.text]
note: NEiJ8
en: <emph>Input Range</emph>: The reference of the range of the data to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Input Range</emph>: The reference of the range of the data to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_f.xhp par_id1003280 help.text]
note: jtjaQ
en: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_f.xhp par_id1003290 help.text]
note: qzYBv
en: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_t.xhp par_id1002860 help.text]
note: aU9k6
en: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_t.xhp par_id1002870 help.text]
note: 27zQ4
en: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_t.xhp par_id1002930 help.text]
note: da77D
en: Hypothesized Mean Difference
en_GB: Hypothesised Mean Difference

[ctx: statistics_test_z.xhp par_id1003670 help.text]
note: G5qUC
en: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 1 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the first data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_z.xhp par_id1003680 help.text]
note: 6sDZb
en: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Variable 2 range</emph>: The reference of the range of the second data series to analyse.

[ctx: statistics_test_z.xhp par_id1003740 help.text]
note: S4FZC
en: Hypothesized Mean Difference
en_GB: Hypothesised Mean Difference

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id655232 help.text]
note: pvPPw
en: <variable id="text2columns">Opens the Text to Columns dialog, where you enter settings to expand the contents of selected cells to multiple cells.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text2columns">Opens the Text to Columns dialogue box, where you enter settings to expand the contents of selected cells to multiple cells.</variable>

[ctx: text2columns.xhp hd_id9599597 help.text]
note: YwdL2
en: To expand cell contents to multiple cells
en_GB: To expand cell content to multiple cells

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id6334116 help.text]
note: RLZ5H
en: You see the Text to Columns dialog.
en_GB: You will see the Text to Columns dialogue box.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id9276406 help.text]
note: BpH4f
en: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell contents will be transformed into multiple cells.
en_GB: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell content will be transformed into multiple cells.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id1517380 help.text]
note: DjifN
en: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the resulting cell contents.
en_GB: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the contents of the resulting cells.

[ctx: xml_source.xhp hd_id801521494731764 help.text]
note: m8sWR
en: XML Source Dialog
en_GB: XML Source Dialogue Box

[ctx: xml_source.xhp par_id291521494762812 help.text]
note: MZB9H
en: The dialog consists of four parts.
en_GB: The dialogue box consists of four parts.

[ctx: xml_source.xhp par_id131521553077261 help.text]
note: LrH8y
en: Pressing the Import button starts the import process based on the link definitions that the user has provided. Once the import finishes, the dialog will close.
en_GB: Pressing the Import button starts the import process based on the link definitions that the user has provided. Once the import finishes, the dialogue box will close.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id9751884 help.text]
note: wbSXk
en: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250), and hence may not be portable.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250) and hence may not be portable.</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3154516 help.text]
note: SG8FW
en: <variable id="onthestandardbar">On <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="onthestandardbar">On the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3147558 help.text]
note: 6GiyL
en: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3145118 help.text]
note: GACGc
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_array.xhp par_id671582558126025 help.text]
note: bYzRV
en: Count the number of dimensions of an array. The result can be greater than two.    <br/>If the argument is not an array, returns -1    <br/>If the array is not initialized, returns 0.
en_GB: Count the number of dimensions of an array. The result can be greater than two.    <br/>If the argument is not an array, returns -1    <br/>If the array is not initialised, returns 0.

[ctx: sf_array.xhp par_id441582648204012 help.text]
note: WmxAd
en: Initialize a new zero-based array with numeric values.
en_GB: Initialise a new zero-based array with numeric values.

[ctx: sf_base.xhp par_id351619100723505 help.text]
note: aLKLw
en: If form documents are organized in folders, it is necessary to include the folder name to specify the form document to be opened, as illustrated in the following examples:
en_GB: If form documents are organised in folders, it is necessary to include the folder name to specify the form document to be opened, as illustrated in the following examples:

[ctx: sf_base.xhp par_id351619100327505 help.text]
note: ACLqQ
en: If form documents are organized in folders, it becomes necessary to include the folder name to specify the form document to be opened, as illustrated in the following example:
en_GB: If form documents are organised in folders, it becomes necessary to include the folder name to specify the form document to be opened, as illustrated in the following example:

[ctx: sf_basic.xhp par_id451618678389887 help.text]
note: Jvd3v
en: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes. Use this method to estimate time in milliseconds:
en_GB: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimise certain processes. Use this method to estimate time in milliseconds:

[ctx: sf_basic.xhp par_id231618922407948 help.text]
note: ogocf
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns an optional value.<br/>MB_xx constants help specify the dialog type, the number and type of buttons to display, plus the icon type. By adding their respective values they form bit patterns, that define the <literal>MsgBox</literal> dialog appearance.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns an optional value.<br/>MB_xx constants help specify the dialogue box type, the number and type of buttons to display, plus the icon type. By adding their respective values they form bit patterns, that define the <literal>MsgBox</literal> dialogue box appearance.

[ctx: sf_basic.xhp par_id621619448293385 help.text]
note: vBVsk
en: Returns an integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components.
en_GB: Returns an integer colour value consisting of red, green, and blue components.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id361652271022647 help.text]
note: 8sYWa
en: For example, suppose range <emph>A1:J200</emph> is selected (height = 200), so the default formula is <emph>=(COUNTBLANK(A1:A200)=200)</emph>. This means that if all 200 cells are empty in the first column (Column A), then the column is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first column only. Internally the <literal>CompactLeft</literal> method will generalize this formula for all the remaining columns.
en_GB: For example, suppose range <emph>A1:J200</emph> is selected (height = 200), so the default formula is <emph>=(COUNTBLANK(A1:A200)=200)</emph>. This means that if all 200 cells are empty in the first column (Column A), then the column is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first column only. Internally the <literal>CompactLeft</literal> method will generalise this formula for all the remaining columns.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id361652271022681 help.text]
note: 2DsWD
en: For example, suppose range <emph>A1:J200</emph> is selected (width = 10), so the default formula is <emph>=(COUNTBLANK(A1:J1)=10)</emph>. This means that if all 10 cells are empty in the first row (Row 1), then the row is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first row only. Internally the <literal>CompactUp</literal> method will generalize this formula for all the remaining rows.
en_GB: For example, suppose range <emph>A1:J200</emph> is selected (width = 10), so the default formula is <emph>=(COUNTBLANK(A1:J1)=10)</emph>. This means that if all 10 cells are empty in the first row (Row 1), then the row is deleted. Note that the formula is expressed with respect to the first row only. Internally the <literal>CompactUp</literal> method will generalise this formula for all the remaining rows.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id211591632192379 help.text]
note: 8sSno
en: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the copied sheet. This argument is optional and the default behavior is to add the copied sheet at the last position.
en_GB: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the copied sheet. This argument is optional and the default behaviour is to add the copied sheet at the last position.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id601591714614407 help.text]
note: 2niVz
en: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the copied sheet. This argument is optional and the default behavior is to add the copied sheet at the last position.
en_GB: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the copied sheet. This argument is optional and the default behaviour is to add the copied sheet at the last position.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id791593686300499 help.text]
note: TYXKD
en: All columns are presumed to be texts, except if recognized as valid numbers.
en_GB: All columns are presumed to be texts, except if recognised as valid numbers.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id84159169847269 help.text]
note: XbXNM
en: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the new sheet. This argument is optional and the default behavior is to insert the sheet at the last position.
en_GB: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which to insert the new sheet. This argument is optional and the default behaviour is to insert the sheet at the last position.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id9159169890334 help.text]
note: fevuS
en: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which the original sheet will be placed. This argument is optional and the default behavior is to move the sheet to the last position.
en_GB: <emph>beforesheet</emph>: The name (string) or index (numeric, starting from 1) of the sheet before which the original sheet will be placed. This argument is optional and the default behaviour is to move the sheet to the last position.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id61611768400376 help.text]
note: AgdZe
en: This method has the same behavior as the homonymous Calc's <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp">Offset function</link>.
en_GB: This method has the same behaviour as the homonymous Calc's <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp">Offset function</link>.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id51592233506021 help.text]
note: GwPQh
en: Opens a non-modal dialog that can be used to select a range in the document and returns a string containing the selected range.
en_GB: Opens a non-modal dialogue box that can be used to select a range in the document and returns a string containing the selected range.

[ctx: sf_calc.xhp par_id301637936295380 help.text]
note: CWn2A
en: This method opens the same dialog that is used by %PRODUCTNAME when the Shrink button is pressed. For example, the <menuitem>Tools - Goal Seek</menuitem> dialog has a Shrink button to the right of the <menuitem>Formula cell</menuitem> field.
en_GB: This method opens the same dialogue box that is used by %PRODUCTNAME when the Shrink button is pressed. For example, the <menuitem>Tools - Goal Seek</menuitem> dialogue box has a Shrink button to the right of the <menuitem>Formula cell</menuitem> field.

[ctx: sf_chart.xhp par_id91600788076674 help.text]
note: m224E
en: Specifies how much pie segments are offset from the chart center as a percentage of the radius. Applicable to pie and donut charts only.
en_GB: Specifies how much pie segments are offset from the chart centre as a percentage of the radius. Applicable to pie and doughnut charts only.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id831598110550771 help.text]
note: vxEvV
en: A dialog box can be displayed in modal or in non-modal modes.
en_GB: A dialogue box can be displayed in modal or in non-modal modes.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id981598110463521 help.text]
note: FFTSj
en: In non-modal mode, the dialog box is "floating" on the user desktop and the execution of the macro process continues normally. A non-modal dialog closes when it is terminated with the <literal>Terminate()</literal> method or when the %PRODUCTNAME session ends. The window close button is inactive in non-modal dialogs.
en_GB: In non-modal mode, the dialogue box is "floating" on the user desktop and the execution of the macro process continues normally. A non-modal dialogue box closes when it is terminated with the <literal>Terminate()</literal> method or when the %PRODUCTNAME session ends. The window close button is inactive in non-modal dialogue boxes.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id721598110472337 help.text]
note: GrpyR
en: A dialog box disappears from memory after its explicit termination.
en_GB: A dialogue box disappears from memory after its explicit termination.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id111583839767195 help.text]
note: 3Rypn
en: Specify the height of the dialog box.
en_GB: Specify the height of the dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id451583839920858 help.text]
note: ABrxD
en: Specifies if the dialog box is currently in execution in modal mode.
en_GB: Specifies if the dialogue box is currently in execution in modal mode.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id251588334016874 help.text]
note: 3sRE5
en: Specify if the dialog box is visible on the desktop. By default it is not visible until the Execute() method is run and visible afterwards.
en_GB: Specify if the dialogue box is visible on the desktop. By default it is not visible until the Execute() method is run and visible afterwards.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id111583839717695 help.text]
note: G6Qsw
en: Specify the width of the dialog box.
en_GB: Specify the width of the dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id391651225506119 help.text]
note: 7VrwE
en: Centers the current dialog instance in the middle of a parent window. Without arguments, the method centers the dialog in the middle of the current window.
en_GB: Centres the current dialogue box instance in the middle of a parent window. Without arguments, the method centres the dialogue box in the middle of the current window.

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id771651236675564 help.text]
note: ApqA8
en: <emph>Height</emph>: the height of the rectangle containing the dialog
en_GB: <emph>Height</emph>: the height of the rectangle containing the dialogue box

[ctx: sf_dialog.xhp par_id951620300687150 help.text]
note: CgAYf
en: Below Basic and Python examples open <literal>DlgConsole</literal> and <literal>dlgTrace</literal> non-modal dialogs. They are respectively stored in <literal>ScriptForge</literal> and <literal>Access2Base</literal> shared libraries. Dialog close buttons are disabled and explicit termination is performed at the end of a running process.
en_GB: Below Basic and Python examples open <literal>DlgConsole</literal> and <literal>dlgTrace</literal> non-modal dialogue boxes. They are respectively stored in <literal>ScriptForge</literal> and <literal>Access2Base</literal> shared libraries. Dialogue box close buttons are disabled and explicit termination is performed at the end of a running process.

[ctx: sf_dialogcontrol.xhp par_id701598191157426 help.text]
note: 7dDgL
en: The focus is set on getting and setting the values displayed by the controls of the dialog box. Formatting is accessible via the <literal>XControlModel</literal> and <literal>XControlView</literal> properties.
en_GB: The focus is set on getting and setting the values displayed by the controls of the dialogue box. Formatting is accessible via the <literal>XControlModel</literal> and <literal>XControlView</literal> properties.

[ctx: sf_dialogcontrol.xhp par_id281612628879819 help.text]
note: 2A2Ex
en: Description as labeled in the Basic IDE
en_GB: Description as labelled in the Basic IDE

[ctx: sf_dialogcontrol.xhp par_id1001584541257007 help.text]
note: AEGq3
en: <emph>alignments</emph>: Defines the alignment in each column as a string in which each character can be "L" (Left), "C" (Center), "R" (Right) or " " (whitespace, default, meaning left for strings and right for numeric values). If the length of the string is shorter than the number of columns in the table, then the last character in the string is used to define the alignment of the remaining columns.
en_GB: <emph>alignments</emph>: Defines the alignment in each column as a string in which each character can be "L" (Left), "C" (Centre), "R" (Right) or " " (whitespace, default, meaning left for strings and right for numeric values). If the length of the string is shorter than the number of columns in the table, then the last character in the string is used to define the alignment of the remaining columns.

[ctx: sf_dictionary.xhp pyc_id61626869417128 help.text]
note: bnDdK
en: # Initialize myDict as an empty dict object
en_GB: # Initialise myDict as an empty dict object

[ctx: sf_dictionary.xhp pyc_id201626869185236 help.text]
note: ymvAC
en: # Initialize myDict with the content of dico
en_GB: # Initialise myDict with the content of dico

[ctx: sf_document.xhp par_id421611148353046 help.text]
note: qcuXA
en: This method is useful when one needs to give focus for a document that is minimized or hidden.
en_GB: This method is useful when one needs to give focus for a document that is minimised or hidden.

[ctx: sf_document.xhp par_id191611153511038 help.text]
note: m9AyA
en: Each %PRODUCTNAME component has its own set of commands available. One easy way to learn commands is going to <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>. When you position your mouse over a function in the <emph>Function</emph> list, a tooltip will appear with the corresponding UNO command.
en_GB: Each %PRODUCTNAME component has its own set of commands available. One easy way to learn commands is going to <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>. When you position your mouse over a function in the <emph>Function</emph> list, a tooltip will appear with the corresponding UNO command.

[ctx: sf_exception.xhp par_id251621034725811 help.text]
note: NrY9C
en: Use the <literal>DebugPrint</literal> method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualized in a dialog window.
en_GB: Use the <literal>DebugPrint</literal> method to add any relevant information to the console. Console entries can be dumped to a text file or visualised in a dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_exception.xhp par_id1001587224839900 help.text]
note: LuTSJ
en: This method has exactly the same syntax, arguments and behavior as the <literal>Raise()</literal> method.
en_GB: This method has exactly the same syntax, arguments and behaviour as the <literal>Raise()</literal> method.

[ctx: sf_filesystem.xhp par_id471584113432231 help.text]
note: YUAQ3
en: <emph>filename</emph>: A string with the file or folder name to be analyzed.
en_GB: <emph>filename</emph>: A string with the file or folder name to be analysed.

[ctx: sf_filesystem.xhp par_id521583671701777 help.text]
note: HkwaR
en: Opens a dialog box to select a folder.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select a folder.

[ctx: sf_form.xhp par_id81616858956290 help.text]
note: 9qj5F
en: The behavior of the <literal>Activate</literal> method depends on the type of document where the form is located:
en_GB: The behaviour of the <literal>Activate</literal> method depends on the type of document where the form is located:

[ctx: sf_formcontrol.xhp par_id271616942739359 help.text]
note: Sukx9
en: Specifies the default value used to initialize a control in a new record.
en_GB: Specifies the default value used to initialise a control in a new record.

[ctx: sf_formcontrol.xhp par_id281612628879819 help.text]
note: RXoDM
en: Description as labeled in the Basic IDE
en_GB: Description as labelled in the Basic IDE

[ctx: sf_intro.xhp par_id631623365667011 help.text]
note: DzGf6
en: If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/en/extensions/show/apso-alternative-script-organizer-for-python">APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python) extension</link>. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE.
en_GB: If you plan to run scripts from inside the %PRODUCTNAME process, it is recommended to install the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/en/extensions/show/apso-alternative-script-organizer-for-python">APSO (Alternative Script Organiser for Python) extension</link>. However, to develop Python scripts from outside %PRODUCTNAME, you can choose your preferred Python IDE.

[ctx: sf_intro.xhp par_id681623365892513 help.text]
note: GAQwg
en: The easiest way to get started with Python scripting in %PRODUCTNAME is by installing the APSO extension. After installing it, open any %PRODUCTNAME component and go to <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organize Python Scripts</menuitem>.
en_GB: The easiest way to get started with Python scripting in %PRODUCTNAME is by installing the APSO extension. After installing it, open any %PRODUCTNAME component and go to <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organise Python Scripts</menuitem>.

[ctx: sf_intro.xhp par_id501623369002537 help.text]
note: Lyyxc
en: First open APSO by going to <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organize Python Scripts</menuitem>.
en_GB: First open APSO by going to <menuitem>Tools - Macros - Organise Python Scripts</menuitem>.

[ctx: sf_intro.xhp par_id621623370871360 help.text]
note: SB5LE
en: Note that the previous example opens %PRODUCTNAME start center. If you want to open a specific component, for instance Writer, you can add the --writer flag to the command, as follows.
en_GB: Note that the previous example opens %PRODUCTNAME start centre. If you want to open a specific component, for instance Writer, you can add the --writer flag to the command, as follows.

[ctx: sf_l10n.xhp par_id291585843652438 help.text]
note: supr5
en: PO files have long been promoted in the free software community as a means to providing multilingual user interfaces. This is accomplished through the use of human-readable text files with a well defined structure that specifies, for any given language, the source language string and the localized string.
en_GB: PO files have long been promoted in the free software community as a means to providing multilingual user interfaces. This is accomplished through the use of human-readable text files with a well defined structure that specifies, for any given language, the source language string and the localised string.

[ctx: sf_l10n.xhp par_id1001585843659821 help.text]
note: rWt7U
en: Automatically extracts strings from a dialog and adds them to the list of localizable text strings. The following strings are extracted:
en_GB: Automatically extracts strings from a dialog and adds them to the list of localisable text strings. The following strings are extracted:

[ctx: sf_l10n.xhp par_id621637863440015 help.text]
note: bS7ZL
en: The title of the dialog.
en_GB: The title of the dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_popupmenu.xhp par_id531636493797707 help.text]
note: K8FAQ
en: It is also possible to associate a popup menu with events triggered by %PRODUCTNAME applications, form and dialog controls. Events such as "Mouse button pressed" and "Mouse button released" are commonly associated with popup menus.
en_GB: It is also possible to associate a pop-up menu with events triggered by %PRODUCTNAME applications, form and dialog controls. Events such as "Mouse button pressed" and "Mouse button released" are commonly associated with pop-up menus.

[ctx: sf_popupmenu.xhp par_id201636724575911 help.text]
note: xbEsC
en: This folder contains a series of ZIP files containing the image files of each available icon set. The images inside these ZIP files are organized into folders. To use an icon, specify the icon file with the path to its location inside the ZIP file.
en_GB: This folder contains a series of ZIP files containing the image files of each available icon set. The images inside these ZIP files are organised into folders. To use an icon, specify the icon file with the path to its location inside the ZIP file.

[ctx: sf_session.xhp par_id111582816585087 help.text]
note: pbmij
en: Returns the current PDF export settings defined in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialog, which can be accessed by choosing <menuitem>File - Export as - Export as PDF</menuitem>.
en_GB: Returns the current PDF export settings defined in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialogue box, which can be accessed by choosing <menuitem>File - Export as - Export as PDF</menuitem>.

[ctx: sf_session.xhp par_id931638383270026 help.text]
note: K7j2q
en: Export options set with the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialog are kept for future use. Hence <literal>GetPDFExportOptions</literal> returns the settings currently defined. In addition, use <literal>SetPDFExportOptions</literal> to change current PDF export options.
en_GB: Export options set with the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialogue box are kept for future use. Hence <literal>GetPDFExportOptions</literal> returns the settings currently defined. In addition, use <literal>SetPDFExportOptions</literal> to change current PDF export options.

[ctx: sf_session.xhp par_id111582816583005 help.text]
note: g7zLC
en: Modifies the PDF export settings defined in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialog, which can be accessed by choosing <menuitem>File - Export as - Export as PDF</menuitem>.
en_GB: Modifies the PDF export settings defined in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialogue box, which can be accessed by choosing <menuitem>File - Export as - Export as PDF</menuitem>.

[ctx: sf_session.xhp par_id181638385131806 help.text]
note: T2DkW
en: Calling this method changes the actual values set in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialog, which are used by the <literal>ExportAsPDF</literal> method from the <literal>Document</literal> service.
en_GB: Calling this method changes the actual values set in the <menuitem>PDF Options</menuitem> dialogue box, which are used by the <literal>ExportAsPDF</literal> method from the <literal>Document</literal> service.

[ctx: sf_session.xhp par_id771582816585233 help.text]
note: JhhXU
en: <emph>pdfoptions</emph>: <literal>Dictionary</literal> object that defines the PDF export settings to be changed. Each key-value pair represents an export option and the value that will be set in the dialog.
en_GB: <emph>pdfoptions</emph>: <literal>Dictionary</literal> object that defines the PDF export settings to be changed. Each key-value pair represents an export option and the value that will be set in the dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id791611946942340 help.text]
note: ePyj2
en: The <literal>String</literal> service recognizes the following line breaks:
en_GB: The <literal>String</literal> service recognises the following line breaks:

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id401611948279056 help.text]
note: mFfbq
en: The <literal>String</literal> service recognizes the following whitespaces:
en_GB: The <literal>String</literal> service recognises the following whitespaces:

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id63158659509728 help.text]
note: e2Gty
en: The following code snippets show the three ways to call methods from the <literal>String</literal> service (the <literal>Capitalize</literal> method is used as an example):
en_GB: The following code snippets show the three ways to call methods from the <literal>String</literal> service (the <literal>Capitalise</literal> method is used as an example):

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id151611951803163 help.text]
note: TFfR3
en: The first argument of most methods is the string to be considered. It is always passed by reference and left unchanged. Methods such as <literal>Capitalize</literal>, <literal>Escape</literal>, etc return a new string after their execution.
en_GB: The first argument of most methods is the string to be considered. It is always passed by reference and left unchanged. Methods such as <literal>Capitalise</literal>, <literal>Escape</literal>, etc return a new string after their execution.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id271579683706571 help.text]
note: jaBZR
en: Capitalizes the first character from each word in the input string.
en_GB: Capitalises the first character from each word in the input string.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id941582304592013 help.text]
note: ibgky
en: <emph>inputstr</emph>: The string to be capitalized.
en_GB: <emph>inputstr</emph>: The string to be capitalised.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id271579868053137 help.text]
note: ADN8M
en: Replaces Tab characters <literal>Chr(9)</literal> by space characters to replicate the behavior of tab stops.
en_GB: Replaces Tab characters <literal>Chr(9)</literal> by space characters to replicate the behaviour of tab stops.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id891580133307100 help.text]
note: 7EBbA
en: Returns the input string center-justified.
en_GB: Returns the input string centre-justified.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id911580133391827 help.text]
note: 4uuQT
en: <emph>inputstr</emph>: The string to be center-justified. If empty, the method returns an empty string.
en_GB: <emph>inputstr</emph>: The string to be centre-justified. If empty, the method returns an empty string.

[ctx: sf_string.xhp par_id511612381090109 help.text]
note: A3qof
en: If the specified length is shorter than the center-justified input string, then the returned string is truncated.
en_GB: If the specified length is shorter than the centre-justified input string, then the returned string is truncated.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id24158798644169 help.text]
note: CYsyC
en: Maximizes the active window or the given window.
en_GB: Maximises the active window or the given window.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id951587986441954 help.text]
note: 7aoe6
en: <emph>windowname</emph>: see the definitions <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp#WindowName">above</link>. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximized.
en_GB: <emph>windowname</emph>: see the definitions <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp#WindowName">above</link>. If this argument is absent, the active window is maximised.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id871587986592696 help.text]
note: vzDdG
en: Minimizes the active window or the given window.
en_GB: Minimises the active window or the given window.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id751587986592626 help.text]
note: QXVTt
en: <emph>windowname</emph>: see the definitions <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp#WindowName">above</link>. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimized.
en_GB: <emph>windowname</emph>: see the definitions <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03/sf_ui.xhp#WindowName">above</link>. If this argument is absent, the active window is minimised.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id751587986945965 help.text]
note: qMTrj
en: Resizes and/or moves the active window. Absent and negative arguments are ignored. If the window is minimized or maximized, calling <literal>Resize</literal> without arguments restores it.
en_GB: Resizes and/or moves the active window. Absent and negative arguments are ignored. If the window is minimized or maximised, calling <literal>Resize</literal> without arguments restores it.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id191611153511038 help.text]
note: Em5in
en: Each %PRODUCTNAME component has its own set of commands available. One easy way to learn commands is going to <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>. When you position your mouse over a function in the <emph>Function</emph> list, a tooltip will appear with the corresponding UNO command.
en_GB: Each %PRODUCTNAME component has its own set of commands available. One easy way to learn commands is going to <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>. When you position your mouse over a function in the <emph>Function</emph> list, a tooltip will appear with the corresponding UNO command.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id571598864255776 help.text]
note: oQfWc
en: Displays a non-modal dialog box. Specify its title, an explicatory text and a percentage of progress to be represented on a progressbar. The dialog will remain visible until a call to the method without arguments or until the user manually closes the dialog.
en_GB: Displays a non-modal dialogue box. Specify its title, an explanatory text and a percentage of progress to be represented on a progress bar. The dialogue box will remain visible until a call to the method without arguments or until the user manually closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: sf_ui.xhp par_id441598864535695 help.text]
note: drhV6
en: <emph>title</emph> : The title appearing on top of the dialog box. Default = "ScriptForge".
en_GB: <emph>title</emph> : The title appearing on top of the dialogue box. Default = "ScriptForge".

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3159158 help.text]
note: CLAjp
en: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window, and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.
en_GB: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp tit help.text]
note: kfzBw
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11090000.xhp hd_id3153255 help.text]
note: ThBAt
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp">Object Catalog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp">Object Catalogue</link>

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: AVf2T
en: Double click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.
en_GB: Double-click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double-click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3154515 help.text]
note: EtHDn
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11100000.xhp par_id3147399 help.text]
note: 5C9pN
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11110000.xhp par_id3156414 help.text]
note: knaPi
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp tit help.text]
note: D3G7x
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11120000.xhp hd_id3149497 help.text]
note: fQkDR
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp">Find Parentheses</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp">Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)</link>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3155150 help.text]
note: Kkd6M
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket, and then click this icon.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket and then click this icon.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3147276 help.text]
note: Y8mTx
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11140000.xhp par_id3150445 help.text]
note: vDwRJ
en: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text, and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert and then click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3152363 help.text]
note: XqJ6C
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialog to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialogue box to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3154897 help.text]
note: k7KJF
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id3152363 help.text]
note: XBChu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialog to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialogue box to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505360 help.text]
note: n6QpJ
en: Dialogs can contain localization data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localization status can occur.
en_GB: Dialogs can contain localisation data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localisation status can occur.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505320 help.text]
note: DecXa
en: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localized at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.
en_GB: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localised at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505383 help.text]
note: mGc9E
en: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localized at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localised at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp bm_id3150402 help.text]
note: F2psp
en: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numerical field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numeric field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3157958 help.text]
note: 5qZGJ
en: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp">properties dialog</link>.
en_GB: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp">properties dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3148538 help.text]
note: eo4TR
en: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy, and paste command.
en_GB: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy and paste command.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3156181 help.text]
note: XA4Aw
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text, and not for entering text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text and not for entering text.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3153712 help.text]
note: ruGZ2
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box where you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box in which you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3155176 help.text]
note: CZ7M5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box where you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box in which you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3154199 help.text]
note: Vdn74
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click, and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read only".
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read-only".

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: DBqW6
en: If you assign the "dropdown" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.
en_GB: If you assign the "drop-down" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3146320 help.text]
note: QAd5c
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box where you can define the formatting for text that is inputted or outputted as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box in which you can define the formatting for text that is input or output as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3145632 help.text]
note: 9GHDa
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3151105 help.text]
note: DToMk
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialog where you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialogue box with which you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id1261940 help.text]
note: adqA5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialog</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialogue box</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id9961854 help.text]
note: XzXwf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a table control that can show a table data. You can populate the data by your program, using API calls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a table control that can show table data. You can populate the data by your program, using API calls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3152886 help.text]
note: Knnfd
en: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153190 help.text]
note: VGm8h
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149961 help.text]
note: oo9tG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149124 help.text]
note: XzjjH
en: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: Bpdkd
en: To delete a macro, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.
en_GB: To delete a macro, select it and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp hd_id3153764 help.text]
note: caLtQ
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3148405 help.text]
note: upvjA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153234 help.text]
note: 7LWSS
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3156169 help.text]
note: bfokw
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new module, dialog, or library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new module, dialog or library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3155126 help.text]
note: fE5qD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate the $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130100.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: bhiTx
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Repeat the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Re-enter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3154840 help.text]
note: NxEyN
en: Locate that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: Locate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3155892 help.text]
note: q3kaa
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: ks9tn
en: The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp">IsNumeric</link>.
en_GB: The behaviour has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp">IsNumeric</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp hd_id3155854 help.text]
note: 2zeFJ
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145366 help.text]
note: rdtxx
en: In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB function</link>.
en_GB: In $[officename] Basic, colours are treated as long integer value. The return value of colour queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colours can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB function</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3168612 help.text]
note: iUcFZ
en: The most common usage of URLs is on the internet when specifying web pages. Example for protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph>, or <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.
en_GB: The most common usage of URLs is on the Internet when specifying web pages. Example protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph> and <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: 3P4FS
en: The color values of the 16 basic colors are as follows:
en_GB: The colour values of the 16 basic colours are as follows:

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3153091 help.text]
note: 8hbC4
en: <emph>Color Value</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Value</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: QQwAi
en: <emph>Color Name</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Name</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3149817 help.text]
note: UJkGm
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id631529990528928 help.text]
note: aGCSR
en: Open <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organize Dialogs</item> and select <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Dialogs</item> container.
en_GB: Open <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organise Dialogs</item> and select <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Dialogs</item> container.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id81621427048241 help.text]
note: A6VSZ
en: This method requires the installation of the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/en/extensions/show/apso-alternative-script-organizer-for-python">APSO (Alternative Script Organizer for Python)</link> extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs.
en_GB: This method requires the installation of the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/en/extensions/show/apso-alternative-script-organizer-for-python">APSO (Alternative Script Organiser for Python)</link> extension. In turn APSO requires the presence of %PRODUCTNAME Python scripting framework. If APSO or Python are missing, an error occurs.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: 3bNDt
en: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling sub or function, for example:
en_GB: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A Sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling Sub or Function, for example:

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: ovUK9
en: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue,MySecondValue)
en_GB: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue, MySecondValue)

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: kXGbg
en: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.
en_GB: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first Sub or Function starts.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: dKN75
en: Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.
en_GB: Variables that you declare within a Sub or Function are valid only inside this Sub or Function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate Subs or Functions.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3152578 help.text]
note: jEXBk
en: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialog.
en_GB: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: eybR7
en: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed in square brackets if they do.
en_GB: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed by square brackets if they do.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3155072 help.text]
note: mmoKC
en: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement has to be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement must be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id141619553442668 help.text]
note: FmCC2
en: A <emph>Variant</emph> variable is initialized with the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03040000.xhp#objectconstants">Empty</link> special data type. You can use the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp">IsEmpty function</link> to test if a variable is an <emph>Empty Variant</emph>.
en_GB: A <emph>Variant</emph> variable is initialised with the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03040000.xhp#objectconstants">Empty</link> special data type. You can use the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp">IsEmpty function</link> to test if a variable is an <emph>Empty Variant</emph>.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp hd_id3145645 help.text]
note: ZeR9D
en: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalog</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalogue</link></variable>

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: DXDBg
en: The object catalog provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].
en_GB: The object catalogue provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3147346 help.text]
note: kJFfX
en: Click the <emph>Object Catalog</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Object Catalogue</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: L84og
en: The dialog shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.
en_GB: The dialogue box shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: bYrDX
en: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double click on the corresponding entry.
en_GB: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double-click on the corresponding entry.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3150011 help.text]
note: GA9nr
en: Libraries serve as a tool for organizing modules, and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.
en_GB: Libraries serve as a tool for organising modules and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: GTorM
en: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog box properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".
en_GB: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".

[ctx: 01030100.xhp par_id3154686 help.text]
note: ekYQq
en: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.
en_GB: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id59816 help.text]
note: YrvUy
en: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.
en_GB: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you will see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp hd_id3153190 help.text]
note: jwC6n
en: The Object Catalog
en_GB: The Object Catalogue

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3150327 help.text]
note: cyk4a
en: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3147343 help.text]
note: 88Jh5
en: Select the module where you want to import the source code from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module from which you want to import the source code from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3155805 help.text]
note: Jhx92
en: The <emph>single step </emph>execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.
en_GB: The <emph>single step</emph> execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: 8pxBr
en: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialog where you can specify other breakpoint options.
en_GB: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box in which you can specify other breakpoint options.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vMioe
en: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at run-time, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.
en_GB: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at runtime, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp tit help.text]
note: DTrbM
en: Organizing Libraries and Modules
en_GB: Organising Libraries and Modules

[ctx: 01030400.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
note: Kq6sz
en: <bookmark_value>libraries;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>libraries;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3148797 help.text]
note: ToKAi
en: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organizing Libraries and Modules</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organising Libraries and Modules</link></variable>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3150868 help.text]
note: bGzjL
en: Organizing Libraries
en_GB: Organising Libraries

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154705 help.text]
note: 6HMTM
en: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialog. The dialog displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.
en_GB: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3163807 help.text]
note: fahSC
en: If you want to insert the library as a reference only check the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.
en_GB: If you want to insert the library as a reference only mark the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> check box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145228 help.text]
note: Rrk55
en: Check the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> check box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3147070 help.text]
note: v2QTY
en: Organizing Modules and Dialogs
en_GB: Organising Modules and Dialogs

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159206 help.text]
note: UFNnu
en: Select the library where the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Select the library into which the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: L9iaA
en: Click the module to be renamed twice, with a pause between the clicks. Enter the new name.
en_GB: Click the module to be renamed twice, pausing between the clicks. Enter the new name.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3151392 help.text]
note: JqaG6
en: Organizing Projects among Documents or Templates
en_GB: Organising Projects among Documents or Templates

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id471600180505705 help.text]
note: kDap2
en: ...after the Print dialog is closed, but before the actual print process begins. This event occurs for each copy printed.
en_GB: ...after the Print dialogue box is closed, but before the actual print process begins. This event occurs for each copy printed.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147244 help.text]
note: 37TrA
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146098 help.text]
note: AgVEM
en: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147414 help.text]
note: jtkJ7
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146883 help.text]
note: UGGUT
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3155909 help.text]
note: BCPRn
en: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149351 help.text]
note: zrhkb
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: 9iQHn
en: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: hyyPe
en: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multiline fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog:
en_GB: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multi-line fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3146971 help.text]
note: wyG3u
en: Inserts a line break in multiline fields.
en_GB: Inserts a line break in multi-line fields.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3155307 help.text]
note: avCAy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: DYYEL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background color for the current control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background colour for the current control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154663 help.text]
note: xBWQF
en: Date max.
en_GB: Date latest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152778 help.text]
note: fLYMV
en: Date min.
en_GB: Date earliest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3166426 help.text]
note: LAnBF
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numerical or currency control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numeric or currency control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3151278 help.text]
note: jFKSh
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155113 help.text]
note: Cip9s
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the dropdown option for list or combo box controls. A dropdown control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the drop-down option for list or combo box controls. A drop-down control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150517 help.text]
note: t4GJD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is grayed out in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is greyed out in the dialog.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3157983 help.text]
note: yEwjE
en: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159204 help.text]
note: Q86Zu
en: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151304 help.text]
note: tuUGC
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155071 help.text]
note: urwGP
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154707 help.text]
note: SxFCq
en: All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: All printable characters can be entered. If a lower-case letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id6591082 help.text]
note: ExcDe
en: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is canceled and changes are lost.
en_GB: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is cancelled and changes are discarded.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149143 help.text]
note: YBUsT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the dropdown option is enabled. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the drop-down option is enabled. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149893 help.text]
note: BdKPT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multiline controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multi-line controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154675 help.text]
note: fWJry
en: Multiline Input
en_GB: Multi-line Input

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3146144 help.text]
note: CWHWy
en: To switch between dialog pages at run time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.
en_GB: To switch between dialog pages at run-time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id4974822 help.text]
note: TC8mj
en: The handles are dotted lines that visualize the hierarchy of the tree control.
en_GB: The handles are dotted lines that visualise the hierarchy of the tree control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN10EEB help.text]
note: jwSUy
en: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145298 help.text]
note: iEFns
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numerical, currency, date, or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numeric, currency, date or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153042 help.text]
note: Z3Rvf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numerical, currency, date, or time control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numeric, currency, date or time control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3149538 help.text]
note: VCDfj
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148543 help.text]
note: s9gEA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behavior of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behaviour of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155085 help.text]
note: eDAbP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numerical and currency controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numeric and currency controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153716 help.text]
note: USyCT
en: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labeling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.
en_GB: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labelling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152594 help.text]
note: LAsn8
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149825 help.text]
note: uxGB3
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (checked, unchecked, and grayed out) instead of two (checked and unchecked).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (marked, unmarked and greyed out) instead of two (marked and unmarked).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3148608 help.text]
note: gGKsK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify text in an input field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155097 help.text]
note: FdEFB
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from checked to unchecked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from marked to unmarked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: A5xZH
en: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogs for the input and output of user entries.
en_GB: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogue boxes for the input and output of user entries.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: 27uTq
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149410 help.text]
note: dTHCd
en: Display Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons.
en_GB: Display Abort, Retry and Ignore buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151075 help.text]
note: ACrFj
en: Display Yes, No, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: Display Yes, No and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151278 help.text]
note: MLAG9
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool")

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149034 help.text]
note: z8NvW
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas",1)
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",1)

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3166424 help.text]
note: aZFFV
en: sVar = MsgBox( "Las Vegas",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog title")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog Title")

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id051220170242005479 help.text]
note: ubeYB
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas", MB_DEFBUTTON2 + MB_ICONSTOP + MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE, "Dialog title")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas", MB_DEFBUTTON2 + MB_ICONSTOP + MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE, "Dialogue box title")

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151262 help.text]
note: S674v
en: Displays a prompt in a dialog at which the user can input text. The input is assigned to a variable.
en_GB: Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text. The input is assigned to a variable.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151100 help.text]
note: 4BWtp
en: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialog. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialog with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").
en_GB: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialogue box. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialogue box with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153311 help.text]
note: fcMCj
en: <emph>prompt</emph>: String expression displayed as the message in the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>prompt</emph>: String expression displayed as the message in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: kqAw6
en: <emph>title</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>title</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3147573 help.text]
note: GUFBE
en: <emph>xpostwips</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>xpostwips</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialogue box. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: RY7kB
en: <emph>ypostwips</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>ypostwips</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialogue box. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153897 help.text]
note: 5EWrw
en: If <literal>xpostwips</literal> and <literal>ypostwips</literal> are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips">twips</link>.
en_GB: If <literal>xpostwips</literal> and <literal>ypostwips</literal> are omitted, the dialogue box is centred on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips">twips</link>.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3154367 help.text]
note: ebNwP
en: sText = InputBox ("Please enter a phrase:","Dear User")
en_GB: sText = InputBox("Please enter a phrase:", "Dear User")

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151042 help.text]
note: jh8wZ
en: MsgBox ( sText , 64, "Confirmation of phrase")
en_GB: MsgBox(sText, 64, "Confirmation of phrase")

[ctx: 03010300.xhp tit help.text]
note: jZhUQ
en: Color Functions
en_GB: Colour Functions

[ctx: 03010300.xhp hd_id3157896 help.text]
note: T8VAz
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp">Color Functions</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp">Colour Functions</link>

[ctx: 03010300.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: RNMp9
en: This section describes Runtime functions used to define colors.
en_GB: This section describes Runtime functions used to define colours.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3156343 help.text]
note: G3QmN
en: Returns the blue component of the specified composite color code.
en_GB: Returns the blue component of the specified composite colour code.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: qNGaq
en: Blue (Color As Long)
en_GB: Blue (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: JY6Z8
en: <emph>Color value</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the blue component.
en_GB: <emph>Colour value</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any composite colour code for which to return the blue component.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id671639922129017 help.text]
note: Hmk8k
en: Under VBA compatibility mode (<link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp"><literal>Option VBASupport 1</literal></link>), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp"><literal>function RGB [VBA]</literal></link> is passed.
en_GB: Under VBA compatibility mode (<link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp"><literal>Option VBASupport 1</literal></link>), the function Blue() is incompatible with VBA colours, when colour from previous call to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp"><literal>function RGB [VBA]</literal></link> is passed.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: a3s7N
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3147319 help.text]
note: DLwMd
en: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: bmBSR
en: Returns the Green component of the given composite color code.
en_GB: Returns the Green component of the given composite colour code.

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153969 help.text]
note: yGCYn
en: Green (Color As Long)
en_GB: Green (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: YKcLU
en: <emph>Color</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies a composite color code for which to return the Green component.
en_GB: <emph>Colour</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies a composite colour code for which to return the Green component.

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3151117 help.text]
note: 6vcEb
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: h2ujx
en: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3149656 help.text]
note: UCdBi
en: Returns the Red component of the specified composite color code.
en_GB: Returns the Red component of the specified composite colour code.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: 3nHCU
en: Red (ColorNumber As Long)
en_GB: Red (ColourNumber As Long)

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3150440 help.text]
note: 8TeVm
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any composite color code for which to return the Red component.
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any composite colour code for which to return the Red component.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id671639922129017 help.text]
note: LGAYK
en: Under VBA compatibility mode (<link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp"><literal>Option VBASupport 1</literal></link>), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colors, when color from previous call to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp"><literal>function RGB [VBA]</literal></link> is passed.
en_GB: Under VBA compatibility mode (<link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103350.xhp"><literal>Option VBASupport 1</literal></link>), the function Red() is incompatible with VBA colours, when colour from previous call to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010306.xhp"><literal>function RGB [VBA]</literal></link> is passed.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id961588421825749 help.text]
note: upYaQ
en: The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">color picker dialog</link> details the red, green and blue components of a composite color code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. <link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the color of text</link> and selecting <emph>Custom color</emph> displays the color picker dialog.
en_GB: The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">colour picker dialogue box</link> details the red, green and blue components of a composite colour code, as well as its hexadecimal expression. <link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the colour of text</link> and selecting <emph>Custom colour</emph> displays the colour picker dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147435 help.text]
note: 4txDN
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147397 help.text]
note: DACGk
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: 3CXBy
en: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB</link> color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB</link> colour code of the colour passed as a colour value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3151042 help.text]
note: scoHN
en: QBColor (ColorNumber As Integer)
en_GB: QBColor (ColourNumber As Integer)

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3161832 help.text]
note: pTA5y
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the color value of the color passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the colour value of the colour passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3147318 help.text]
note: Xo2Ue
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3153877 help.text]
note: jynzJ
en: 8 : Gray
en_GB: 8 : Grey

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3146914 help.text]
note: juTQ3
en: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above color codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the color to be used in the $[officename] IDE.
en_GB: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above colour codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the colour to be used in the $[officename] IDE.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3149566 help.text]
note: GPDgr
en: MsgBox stext,0,"Color " & iColor
en_GB: MsgBox stext,0,"Colour " & iColour

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3150447 help.text]
note: iRBsy
en: Returns a <literal>Long</literal> integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components.
en_GB: Returns a <literal>Long</literal> integer colour value consisting of red, green, and blue components.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3152597 help.text]
note: QM73e
en: <emph>red</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>red</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: H7yGv
en: <emph>green</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>green</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3151113 help.text]
note: t8P2M
en: <emph>blue</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>blue</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id211587653651037 help.text]
note: Fo6ZS
en: The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">color picker dialog</link> helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite color. <link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the color of text</link> and selecting <emph>Custom color</emph> displays the color picker dialog.
en_GB: The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp">colour picker dialogue box</link> helps computing red, green and blue components of a composite colour. <link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the colour of text</link> and selecting <emph>Custom colour</emph> displays the color picker dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3145647 help.text]
note: GWhFy
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3150716 help.text]
note: 9oLnG
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010306.xhp par_id3150447 help.text]
note: ZMjZi
en: Returns a <literal>Long</literal> integer color value consisting of red, green, and blue components, according to VBA color formula.
en_GB: Returns a <literal>Long</literal> integer colour value consisting of red, green, and blue components, according to VBA colour formula.

[ctx: 03020102.xhp par_id3155854 help.text]
note: 3yGe9
en: This function can only be used immediately in front of an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.
en_GB: This function can only be used immediately before an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3153418 help.text]
note: mvgxB
en: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message appears.
en_GB: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020104.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: iLCKn
en: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the harddisk.
en_GB: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the hard disc.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3148576 help.text]
note: dUyzK
en: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file where you want to start writing.
en_GB: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file from which you want to start writing.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3155855 help.text]
note: RNpLH
en: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position, and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.
en_GB: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.

[ctx: 03020301.xhp par_id3153990 help.text]
note: PynGw
en: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> Any integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.
en_GB: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> An integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.

[ctx: 03020302.xhp par_id3153363 help.text]
note: YZBFZ
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.

[ctx: 03020409.xhp par_id3155415 help.text]
note: WNBqB
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03020410.xhp par_id3151211 help.text]
note: gJGP8
en: Deletes a file from a disk.
en_GB: Deletes a file from a disc.

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: KEaAA
en: ' Example for functions of the file organization
en_GB: ' Example for functions of the file organisation

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: BQuXv
en: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()),0,"Current directory"
en_GB: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()), 0, "Current directory"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149484 help.text]
note: 5QDiw
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen( sFile ),0,"File length"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen(sFile), 0, "File length"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3152885 help.text]
note: AnYG5
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr( sFile ),0,"File attributes"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr(sFile), 0, "File attributes"

[ctx: 03020413.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: 3SCF3
en: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message appears.
en_GB: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020414.xhp par_id3148645 help.text]
note: CUAJR
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3147229 help.text]
note: 8SLdR
en: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values between 0 and 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.
en_GB: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values in the range 0 to 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3161832 help.text]
note: cFoY9
en: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between December 30,1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.
en_GB: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between 30th December 1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.

[ctx: 03030102.xhp bas_id461643047301827 help.text]
note: aGJzN
en: ' Prints the localized date
en_GB: ' Prints the localised date

[ctx: 03030104.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: SHhrH
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030105.xhp par_id3148576 help.text]
note: bR8LQ
en: ' Return And display the day of the week
en_GB: ' Return and display the day of the week

[ctx: 03030106.xhp par_id3152596 help.text]
note: iJ8tY
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function, and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030120.xhp par_idN1071B help.text]
note: 65vhA
en: Week 1 is the week with January, 1st (default)
en_GB: Week 1 is the week that includes 1st January (default)

[ctx: 03030201.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: TbDJr
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030202.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: tsS7A
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030204.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: cDKEG
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue </emph>functions. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue</emph> functions. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3156344 help.text]
note: 6jATi
en: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute and second parameters that are passed as numeric values. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3153193 help.text]
note: QdZBT
en: <emph>hour:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Valid values: 0-23.
en_GB: <emph>hour:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Values in the range 0 to 23 are valid.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3159252 help.text]
note: 8phRD
en: <emph>minute:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.
en_GB: <emph>minute:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3161831 help.text]
note: vL4Lc
en: <emph>second:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.
en_GB: <emph>second:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3155308 help.text]
note: jiELn
en: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.
en_GB: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: F7fEy
en: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: cmNEY
en: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date), and stores this value internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999.
en_GB: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date) and stores this value internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999.

[ctx: 03040000.xhp par_id05172017082409622 help.text]
note: wFRg7
en: The <emph>Empty</emph> value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
en_GB: The <emph>Empty</emph> value indicates that the variable is not initialised.

[ctx: 03040000.xhp hd_id941628842567829 help.text]
note: XSqq4
en: VBA Color Named Constants
en_GB: VBA Colour Named Constants

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: rDQuJ
en: The Erl function only returns a line number, and not a line label.
en_GB: The Erl function only returns a line number and not a line label.

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3155416 help.text]
note: EcCgF
en: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "In Line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"An error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & error$ + chr(13) + "In line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"An error occurred"

[ctx: 03050200.xhp par_id3145646 help.text]
note: sUZwU
en: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"an error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"an error occurred"

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: ovB8C
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that records the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3150541 help.text]
note: Fqpsu
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: kRzbt
en: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise And combination of both arguments
en_GB: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise AND combination of both arguments

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: DCU3B
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the comparison.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the comparison.

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: YrAyQ
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3154910 help.text]
note: pDyKZ
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the implication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the implication.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: Xb3AG
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: d8L7N
en: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is deleted in the second expression.
en_GB: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is clear in the second expression.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: c36TE
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the negation.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the negation.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3154124 help.text]
note: jmwgd
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to negate.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that you want to negate.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: fJhHL
en: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False, and the value False changes to True.
en_GB: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False and the value False changes to True.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: m55rD
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the disjunction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the disjunction.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3147229 help.text]
note: 6mSjB
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3159414 help.text]
note: kbfD6
en: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions.
en_GB: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or (Xor) combination of two expressions.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: VY7za
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: uu2Z7
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3147560 help.text]
note: KfUCm
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the subtraction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the subtraction.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3150398 help.text]
note: Es2mR
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to subtract.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to subtract.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: 3dkvD
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric expression that records the result of a multiplication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of a multiplication.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: VCa9p
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to multiply.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to multiply.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: xuUCC
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the addition.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the addition.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: Pz34B
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to combine or to add.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine or to add.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3154141 help.text]
note: CxSog
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical value that contains the result of the division.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the division.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: eAqi3
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to divide.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to divide.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: 6MQEB
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the number raised to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the number raised to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: RCCzV
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numerical value that you want to raise to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric value that you want to raise to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: tfoeE
en: <emph>Exponent:</emph> The value of the power that you want to raise the expression to.
en_GB: <emph>Exponent:</emph> Numeric value of the power to which you want to raise the expression.

[ctx: 03070600.xhp bm_id3150669 help.text]
note: t5HBD
en: <bookmark_value>MOD  operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>MOD operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: XNbA4
en: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, instead of operators that return a result by combining two numeric expressions.
en_GB: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, whereas operators return a result by combining two numeric expressions.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3149346 help.text]
note: yugFQ
en: Trigonometric function that returns the arctangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.
en_GB: Trigonometric function that returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: qhMAk
en: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi. To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3147230 help.text]
note: GEpFX
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: GYxEc
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: gatE3
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159 Is a predefined constant
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined constant

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: EEVjg
en: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: jbCKb
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians that you want to calculate the cosine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the cosine.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: FBGNA
en: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: X68Fu
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3146985 help.text]
note: f9EAD
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: xAVHq
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3149456 help.text]
note: fEasV
en: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: VeDqk
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians that you want to calculate the sine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians for which you want to calculate the sine.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3150011 help.text]
note: C6oyE
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a predefined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: BJjuJ
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the tangent for (in radians).
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the tangent.

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: 7CDv8
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a pre-defined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: Zu9Dr
en: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power.
en_GB: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.71828182845904...) raised to a power.

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3150793 help.text]
note: xUmuE
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3151041 help.text]
note: a6Cte
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the natural logarithm for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want to calculate the natural logarithm.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: XGZnf
en: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. Base e is a constant with an approximate value of 2.718282...
en_GB: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. The constant e has an value of approximately 2.71828182845904...

[ctx: 03080301.xhp bm_id3150616 help.text]
note: cBbQM
en: <bookmark_value>Randomize statement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Randomise statement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145090 help.text]
note: rWksA
en: Initializes the random-number generator used by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function.
en_GB: Initialises the random-number generator used by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: Kn22q
en: Randomize [Number]
en_GB: Randomise [Number]

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3149670 help.text]
note: uRn8G
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value. Used as seed to initialize the random-number generator. Equal seeds result in equal random-number sequences by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function. If the parameter is omitted, the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement will be ignored.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value. Used as seed to initialise the random-number generator. Equal seeds result in equal random-number sequences by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function. If the parameter is omitted, the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement will be ignored.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id110520161656428611 help.text]
note: sowvF
en: Unless a predictable sequence of numbers is desired, there is no need to use the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement, as the random-number generator will be initialized automatically at first use – it will be seeded using a system-provided random-number generator that produces uniformly-distributed, non-deterministic random numbers. If no such generator is available on the system, the system time will be used as seed.
en_GB: Unless a predictable sequence of numbers is desired, there is no need to use the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement, as the random-number generator will be initialised automatically at first use – it will be seeded using a system-provided random-number generator that produces uniformly-distributed, non-deterministic random numbers. If no such generator is available on the system, the system time will be used as seed.

[ctx: 03080302.xhp par_id3149669 help.text]
note: CgGQF
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: R6bxE
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the square root for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression of which you want the square root.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: NNhxY
en: A square root is the number that you multiply by itself to produce another number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.
en_GB: The square root of a number is the number which multiplied by itself produces the first number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: T274X
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression that you want to return the integer value for.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression for which you want to return the integer part.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3156214 help.text]
note: RmArT
en: Print Fix(3.14159) ' returns 3.
en_GB: Print Fix(3.1415926) ' returns 3.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: 5j2Di
en: Print Fix(-3.14159) ' returns -3.
en_GB: Print Fix(-3.1415926) ' returns -3.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: byiBG
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any valid numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A valid numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3153143 help.text]
note: 9Wc46
en: Print Int(-3.14159) ' returns the value -4
en_GB: Print Int(-3.1415926) ' returns the value -4

[ctx: 03080503.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: PjX9r
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any valid numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A valid numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080601.xhp par_id3154347 help.text]
note: CaBaR
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to return the absolute value for. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, whereas negative numbers are converted to positive numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want the absolute value. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, negative numbers being converted to positive numbers of the same magnitude.

[ctx: 03080701.xhp par_id3148686 help.text]
note: 7BADP
en: Returns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero.
en_GB: Returns an integer number +1, 0 or -1 indicating whether the number that is passed to the function is positive, zero or negative respectively.

[ctx: 03080800.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: ZRJWv
en: The following functions convert numbers from one number format to another.
en_GB: The following functions convert numbers from one format to another.

[ctx: 03080801.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: eJLYR
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: 03080802.xhp par_id3150768 help.text]
note: FUayo
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3153951 help.text]
note: VEFva
en: The following example enables you to enter the expiration date of a product, and determines if the expiration date has passed.
en_GB: The following example enables you to enter the expiry date of a product and determines if the expiry date has passed.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3155601 help.text]
note: GNXEn
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3146912 help.text]
note: DrRyf
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has not yet passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has not yet passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3154754 help.text]
note: wS36Y
en: MsgBox "The expiration date is today"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date is today"

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3155306 help.text]
note: 73dKb
en: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated continuously.
en_GB: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated for ever.

[ctx: 03090303.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: eqUXk
en: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub </emph>conventions are valid.
en_GB: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub</emph> conventions are valid.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: zVwji
en: <emph>Aliasname</emph>: Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.
en_GB: <emph>Aliasname:</emph> Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: TQqWz
en: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time the function is used.
en_GB: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time that the function is used.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3148452 help.text]
note: U3izx
en: <emph>Argumentlist:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.
en_GB: <emph>ArgumentList:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3152939 help.text]
note: x3YcB
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3155601 help.text]
note: aVKdf
en: ' Return value Is the index of the entry Or 0 (Null)
en_GB: ' Return value is the index of the entry or 0 (Null)

[ctx: 03090410.xhp par_id3153894 help.text]
note: QNsjq
en: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right, and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a runtime error occurs.
en_GB: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a runtime error occurs.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153143 help.text]
note: UFcUy
en: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure, and must not be confused with the End statement.
en_GB: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure and must not be confused with the End statement.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: J6bT4
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03100060.xhp par_idN105F8 help.text]
note: nmGXD
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100070.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: Gupyn
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
note: 3B8u2
en: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub type "Error".
en_GB: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub-type "Error".

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: bubLW
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100300.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: 3E4Gd
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100400.xhp par_id3149233 help.text]
note: EwDaU
en: Converts any numerical expression or string expression to a double type.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression or string expression to a double type.

[ctx: 03100500.xhp par_id3159416 help.text]
note: UnfBB
en: If the argument is string, the function trims the leading white space; then it tries to recognize a number in following characters. The syntax below are recognized:
en_GB: If the argument is string, the function trims the leading white space; then it tries to recognise a number in following characters. The syntax below are recognised:

[ctx: 03100500.xhp par_id61638383582794 help.text]
note: ypDkR
en: The rest of the string is ignored. If the string is not recognized, e.g. when after trimming leading whitespace it doesn't start with plus, minus, a decimal digit, or "&", or when the sequence after "&O" is longer than 11 characters or contains an alphabetic character, the numeric value of expression is 0.
en_GB: The rest of the string is ignored. If the string is not recognised, e.g. when after trimming leading whitespace it doesn't start with plus, minus, a decimal digit, or "&", or when the sequence after "&O" is longer than 11 characters or contains an alphabetic character, the numeric value of expression is 0.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3147574 help.text]
note: 3CEMW
en: Converts any numeric expression to a string expression.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression to a string expression.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: f8VgF
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3148916 help.text]
note: kBUDz
en: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32768 - 32767)
en_GB: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32,768 - 32,767)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3150045 help.text]
note: DNHMA
en: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2.147.483.648 - 2.147.483.647)
en_GB: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2,147,483,648 - 2,147,483,647)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3155937 help.text]
note: iBZ3a
en: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3,402823 x 10E38 - 1,401298 x 10E-45).
en_GB: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3.402823 x 10E+38 - 1.401298 x 10E-45).

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3149924 help.text]
note: JkDDD
en: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indexes, which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.
en_GB: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indices which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3153782 help.text]
note: C4SQS
en: Const sDim As String = " Dimension:"
en_GB: Const sDim as String = " Dimension:"

[ctx: 03102200.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: fjqGh
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False </emph>is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03102300.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: HiTfE
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.

[ctx: 03102400.xhp par_id3163045 help.text]
note: CvCEz
en: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
en_GB: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialised.

[ctx: 03102600.xhp par_idN1062A help.text]
note: PFSkn
en: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub type without valid contents.
en_GB: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub-type without valid contents.

[ctx: 03102700.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: CCj4C
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any expression that you want to test.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> An expression that you want to test.

[ctx: 03102800.xhp par_id441575886284392 help.text]
note: MCx37
en: Data structures return <literal>True</literal> even when empty. Object defined variables return <literal>True</literal> even if uninitialized.
en_GB: Data structures return <literal>True</literal> even when empty. Object defined variables return <literal>True</literal> even if uninitialised.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3148451 help.text]
note: ZCswn
en: As in most BASIC dialects, the keyword <emph>Let</emph> is optional.
en_GB: As in most BASIC dialects, the key word <emph>Let</emph> is optional.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3152939 help.text]
note: JwK2U
en: MsgBox Len(sText) ' returns 9
en_GB: MsgBox Len(sText) ' Returns 9

[ctx: 03103350.xhp par_id941552915528262 help.text]
note: x5mKt
en: When VBA support is enabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic function arguments and return values are the same as their VBA functions counterparts. When the support is disabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic functions may accept arguments and return values different of their VBA counterparts.
en_GB: When VBA support is enabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic function arguments and return values are the same as their VBA functions counterparts. When the support is disabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic functions may accept arguments and return values different from their VBA counterparts.

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: HD5Sa
en: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size.
en_GB: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified as a fixed size.

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: HEZbp
en: ' Function for initialization of the static variable
en_GB: ' Function for initialisation of the static variable

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id1057161 help.text]
note: yjFGH
en: Const iMinimum As Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function
en_GB: Const iMinimum as Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id580462 help.text]
note: fFSff
en: If iInit = 0 Then ' check if initialized
en_GB: if iInit = 0 then ' check if initialised

[ctx: 03103800.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: fAtEE
en: <emph>ObjName: </emph>String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.
en_GB: <emph>ObjName:</emph> String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.

[ctx: 03104100.xhp par_id3146795 help.text]
note: QD4Cn
en: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing.
en_GB: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is omitted.

[ctx: 03104500.xhp par_idN10644 help.text]
note: LCwgD
en: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess Is NO struct
en_GB: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess is NO struct

[ctx: 03104700.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
note: xqtMK
en: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays, and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.
en_GB: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.

[ctx: 03110100.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: 4F32A
en: Dim sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output
en_GB: DIM sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: CF7UG
en: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit unicode characters.
en_GB: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit Unicode characters.

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3163800 help.text]
note: raPFD
en: Print ASC("Las Vegas") ' returns 76, since only the first character is taken into account
en_GB: Print ASC("Blackpool") ' returns 66, since only the first character is taken into account

[ctx: 03120102.xhp par_id3145174 help.text]
note: iCsGw
en: ' The printout appears in the dialog as: A "short" trip.
en_GB: ' The printout appears in the dialogue box as: A "short" trip.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3163713 help.text]
note: A8QmE
en: The use of a period as a thousands and decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a period as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.
en_GB: The use of a period (dot) as a decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3155411 help.text]
note: L4LbT
en: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, period), and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).
en_GB: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, dot-on-the-line) and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3150113 help.text]
note: fkPvC
en: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_idN107A2 help.text]
note: ZsNPC
en: ' always use a period as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.
en_GB: ' always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: dkB32
en: Converts all uppercase letters in a string to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts all upper-case letters in a string to lower-case.

[ctx: 03120305.xhp par_id3145316 help.text]
note: mFiGU
en: Removes all leading spaces at the start of a string expression.
en_GB: Removes all leading spaces at the beginning of a string expression.

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154924 help.text]
note: nsDVT
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String that you want to right-align in the string variable.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String that you want to right-align in the string variable.

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154140 help.text]
note: ZikcS
en: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated, and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.
en_GB: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.

[ctx: 03120309.xhp par_id3151380 help.text]
note: UW5Fx
en: <emph>Text: </emph>Any string expression.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression.

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3155420 help.text]
note: vSKnv
en: Converts lowercase characters in a string to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts lower-case characters in a string to upper-case.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3148451 help.text]
note: yn6fB
en: The focus is on the minimized program window.
en_GB: The focus is on the minimised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3146921 help.text]
note: FkVik
en: focus is on the maximized program window.
en_GB: focus is on the maximised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3152938 help.text]
note: iPXGx
en: Minimized program window, focus remains on the active window.
en_GB: Minimised program window, focus remains on the active window.

[ctx: 03130700.xhp par_id3153750 help.text]
note: 3fFGL
en: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes.
en_GB: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimise certain processes.

[ctx: 03131600.xhp par_idN1062B help.text]
note: WENTD
en: fName = FileOpenDialog ("Please select a file")
en_GB: fName = FileOpenDialog("Please select a file")

[ctx: 03131900.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: Jz8ET
en: Basic source code and dialogs are organized in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.
en_GB: Basic source code and dialogs are organised in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.

[ctx: 03132100.xhp par_id3152459 help.text]
note: 2DTJG
en: Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.
en_GB: Returns a numeric value that specifies the graphical user interface.

[ctx: 03140002.xhp par_id3151384 help.text]
note: NhJBQ
en: Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.
en_GB: Calculates the periodic amortisement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.

[ctx: 03140006.xhp par_id230720172234199811 help.text]
note: UaBkD
en: Print p ' returns 174,894967305331
en_GB: Print p ' returns 174.894967305331

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172341443986 help.text]
note: dThEC
en: <emph>Per</emph> The period number for which you want to calculate the principal payment (must be an integer between 1 and Nper).
en_GB: <emph>Per</emph> The period number for which you want to calculate the principal payment (must be an integer between 1 and NPer).

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: yNqFG
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172348086687 help.text]
note: wEVUq
en: print ppMth4 ' ppMth4 is calculated to be -1044,94463903636.
en_GB: print ppMth4 ' ppMth4 is calculated to be -1044.94463903636.

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172348086456 help.text]
note: YE9wi
en: print ppMth5' ppMth5 is calculated to be -1053,65251102833.
en_GB: print ppMth5' ppMth5 is calculated to be -1053.65251102833.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: SNnA8
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id240720170007446775 help.text]
note: 4D5EZ
en: ' Calculate the present value of an annuity that pays $1,000 per month over 6 years.
en_GB: ' Calculate the present value of an annuity that pays £1,000 per month over 6 years.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id240720170007455988 help.text]
note: DMzHG
en: print pv1 ' pv1 is calculated to be 53978,6654781073.
en_GB: print pv1 ' pv1 is calculated to be 53978.6654781073.

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: dGUHn
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id240720170039056654 help.text]
note: FCE3H
en: ' Calculate the interest rate required to pay off a loan of $100,000 over
en_GB: ' Calculate the interest rate required to pay off a loan of £100,000 over

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id240720170039057978 help.text]
note: X5UsC
en: ' 6 years, with payments of $1,500, due at the end of each month.
en_GB: ' 6 years, with payments of £1,500, due at the end of each month.

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id240720170117395610 help.text]
note: gEFms
en: <emph>Life </emph>is the depreciation period determining the number of periods in the depreciation of the asset.
en_GB: <emph>Life</emph> is the depreciation period determining the number of periods in the depreciation of the asset.

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id24072017011739366 help.text]
note: wwJAA
en: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost $10,000 at
en_GB: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost £10,000 at

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id240720170117398814 help.text]
note: JeAG8
en: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of $1,000 after 5 years.
en_GB: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of £1,000 after 5 years.

[ctx: 03140012.xhp par_id240720170144225698 help.text]
note: Mcu4F
en: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost $10,000 at
en_GB: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost £10,000 at

[ctx: 03140012.xhp par_id240720170144223210 help.text]
note: u9ABj
en: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of $1,000 after 5 years.
en_GB: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of £1,000 after 5 years.

[ctx: 03150002.xhp par_id3151384 help.text]
note: zW82k
en: The MonthName function returns the localized month name of a specified month number.
en_GB: The MonthName function returns the localised month name of a specified month number.

[ctx: 03150002.xhp par_id240720170117391741 help.text]
note: GWDMF
en: <emph>Month</emph>: Value from 1 to 12, January to December, whose localized month name need to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Month</emph>: Value from 1 to 12, January to December, whose localised month name needs to be returned.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: ZcEaC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialog, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialogue box, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3151131 help.text]
note: SoxKg
en: Nonprinting characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.
en_GB: Non-printing characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.

[ctx: calc_functions.xhp par_id191632673837838 help.text]
note: BcaTk
en: REM Cell A1 displays the localized function name
en_GB: REM Cell A1 displays the localised function name

[ctx: calc_functions.xhp par_id191632673867838 help.text]
note: Q6BTa
en: REM Cell A1 displays the localized function name
en_GB: REM Cell A1 displays the localised function name

[ctx: compatibilitymode.xhp N0125 help.text]
note: KLkKY
en: Changing behavior of Basic <literal>Dir</literal> command. The directory flag (16) for the <literal>Dir</literal> command means that only directories are returned in %PRODUCTNAME Basic, while in VBA normal files and directories are returned.
en_GB: Changing behaviour of Basic <literal>Dir</literal> command. The directory flag (16) for the <literal>Dir</literal> command means that only directories are returned in %PRODUCTNAME Basic, while in VBA normal files and directories are returned.

[ctx: compatibilitymode.xhp par_id901639929393688 help.text]
note: u6HCV
en: Color components calculation with the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp"><literal>Red</literal></link> and <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp"><literal>Blue</literal></link> functions which <emph>are interchanged</emph> (The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp"><literal>Green</literal></link> function is not affected).
en_GB: Colour components calculation with the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010303.xhp"><literal>Red</literal></link> and <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010301.xhp"><literal>Blue</literal></link> functions which <emph>are interchanged</emph> (The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010302.xhp"><literal>Green</literal></link> function is not affected).

[ctx: compatibilitymode.xhp par_id411561647797398 help.text]
note: TcWG2
en: Modifying <literal>Dir</literal> behavior
en_GB: Modifying <literal>Dir</literal> behaviour

[ctx: enum.xhp N0030 help.text]
note: EYqEn
en: Enumerated values are rendered to <emph>Long</emph> datatype. Basic functions are public accessors to enumerations. Enumeration names and value names must be unique within a library and across modules.
en_GB: Enumerated values are rendered to <emph>Long</emph> data type. Basic functions are public accessors to enumerations. Enumeration names and value names must be unique within a library and across modules.

[ctx: fragments.xhp par_id391587571321063 help.text]
note: X2WBz
en: When using <link href="text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp">Option VBASupport 1</link>, <literal>Optional</literal> arguments with no default value (<emph>= expression</emph>) are initialized according to their data type, except if <literal>Variant</literal>.
en_GB: When using <link href="text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp">Option VBASupport 1</link>, <literal>Optional</literal> arguments with no default value (<emph>= expression</emph>) are initialised according to their data type, except if <literal>Variant</literal>.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3148455 help.text]
note: pBuAE
en: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped before.
en_GB: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: FETWh
en: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognize this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.
en_GB: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognise this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.

[ctx: main0211.xhp par_id3147288 help.text]
note: ukJ8n
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar </emph>contains commands to create, edit, and run macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar</emph> contains commands to create, edit and run macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: property.xhp N0183 help.text]
note: CxW74
en: A property, also called field or attribute, characterizes a given object or piece of information. Properties can be used to control access to data. It is common use to include instructions at setting or reading time of properties. Code can vary from simple assignment to complex context dependent routines. Using <emph>Get</emph>, <emph>Let</emph> or <emph>Set</emph> accessors enforces properties' consistency when necessary.
en_GB: A property, also called field or attribute, characterises a given object or piece of information. Properties can be used to control access to data. It is common use to include instructions at setting or reading time of properties. Code can vary from simple assignment to complex context dependent routines. Using <emph>Get</emph>, <emph>Let</emph> or <emph>Set</emph> accessors enforces properties' consistency when necessary.

[ctx: vbasupport.xhp par_id051720170350147298 help.text]
note: CFxLB
en: Choose  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph> and mark the <emph>Executable code</emph> checkbox. Then load or open your document.
en_GB: Choose  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph> and mark the <emph>Executable code</emph> check box. Then load or open your document.

[ctx: python_2_basic.xhp N0336 help.text]
note: fDXhz
en: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and forth across calls, provided that they represent primitive data types that both languages recognize, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and forth across calls, provided that they represent primitive data types that both languages recognise, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.

[ctx: python_dialogs.xhp N0337 help.text]
note: X8omL
en: %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp">Dialog editor</link> and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other <link href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME supported language</link> for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalization are omitted for clarity.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME static dialogs are created with the <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp">Dialog editor</link> and are stored in varying places according to their personal (My Macros), shared (Application Macros) or document-embedded nature. In reverse, dynamic dialogs are constructed at runtime, from Basic or Python scripts, or using any other <link href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME supported language</link> for that matter. Opening static dialogs with Python is illustrated herewith. Exception handling and internationalisation are omitted for clarity.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp par_id461630582396782 help.text]
note: Tror9
en: Control the processing of document save, document copy, print or mailmerge requests.
en_GB: Control the processing of document save, document copy, print or mail-merge requests.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0530 help.text]
note: VwSwW
en: Monitoring is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using object-oriented programming. Assigning <literal>OnLoad</literal> script, to the <menuitem>Open Document</menuitem> event, suffices to initiate and terminate document event monitoring. <menuitem>Tools - Customize</menuitem> menu <menuitem>Events</menuitem> tab is used to assign either scripts.
en_GB: Monitoring is illustrated herewith for Basic and Python languages using object-oriented programming. Assigning <literal>OnLoad</literal> script, to the <menuitem>Open Document</menuitem> event, suffices to initiate and terminate document event monitoring. <menuitem>Tools - Customise</menuitem> menu <menuitem>Events</menuitem> tab is used to assign either scripts.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0650 help.text]
note: D5Lsi
en: Using <menuitem>Tools - Customize</menuitem> menu <menuitem>Events</menuitem> tab, the <menuitem>Open document</menuitem> event fires a <literal>ConsoleLogger</literal> initialisation. <literal>_documentEventOccured</literal> routine - set by <literal>ConsoleLogger</literal> - serves as a unique entry point to trap all document events.
en_GB: Using <menuitem>Tools - Customise</menuitem> menu <menuitem>Events</menuitem> tab, the <menuitem>Open document</menuitem> event fires a <literal>ConsoleLogger</literal> initialisation. <literal>_documentEventOccured</literal> routine - set by <literal>ConsoleLogger</literal> - serves as a unique entry point to trap all document events.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0701 help.text]
note: cBx2G
en: ''' Initialize document events logging '''
en_GB: ''' Initialise document events logging '''

[ctx: python_ide.xhp bm_id761543349138561 help.text]
note: ETCU9
en: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organizer</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organiser</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0463 help.text]
note: VHAM5
en: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavors, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavours, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0468 help.text]
note: NAJzP
en: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.
en_GB: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run-time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0535 help.text]
note: AUzGt
en: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.
en_GB: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run-time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.

[ctx: python_listener.xhp N0388 help.text]
note: Dd2YW
en: Graphical artifacts, keyboard inputs, mouse moves and other man/machine interactions can be controlled using UNO listeners that watch for the user’s behavior. Listeners are dynamic program code alternatives to macro assignments. One may create as many UNO listeners as events to watch for. A single listener can also handle multiple user interface controls.
en_GB: Graphical artefacts, keyboard inputs, mouse moves and other man/machine interactions can be controlled using UNO listeners that watch for the user’s behaviour. Listeners are dynamic program code alternatives to macro assignments. One may create as many UNO listeners as events to watch for. A single listener can also handle multiple user interface controls.

[ctx: python_listener.xhp N0419 help.text]
note: XVRK7
en: MsgBox("The user canceled the dialog.")
en_GB: MsgBox("The user cancelled the dialog.")

[ctx: python_locations.xhp tit help.text]
note: GC8Ny
en: Python Scripts Organization
en_GB: Python Scripts Organisation

[ctx: python_locations.xhp hd_id391543358231021 help.text]
note: ENGH2
en: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link></variable>

[ctx: python_locations.xhp par_id801636114790638 help.text]
note: dbwvM
en: The containers are accessible in all %PRODUCTNAME programs through the user interface. Go to <menuitem>Tools > Macros > Organize Macros > Python</menuitem>, to open the Python Macros dialog.
en_GB: The containers are accessible in all %PRODUCTNAME programs through the user interface. Go to <menuitem>Tools > Macros > Organise Macros > Python</menuitem>, to open the Python Macros dialogue box.

[ctx: python_locations.xhp par_id181544209916707 help.text]
note: 24e7J
en: Python macros can be organized in libraries, modules and macros. Use the Macro Library hierarchy as a guide when creating or installing new macros in module files, new module files in library folders or new library folders in containers.
en_GB: Python macros can be organised in libraries, modules and macros. Use the Macro Library hierarchy as a guide when creating or installing new macros in module files, new module files in library folders or new library folders in containers.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0234 help.text]
note: rAVfx
en: The component context which the script can use to create other uno components.
en_GB: The component context which the script can use to create other UNO components.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0241 help.text]
note: FxPgc
en: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organise modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0248 help.text]
note: 7prVF
en: Returns an absolute file url from the given urls.
en_GB: Returns an absolute file URL from the given URLs.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0260 help.text]
note: qAbMv
en: Returns the UNO component context used to initialize the Python runtime.
en_GB: Returns the UNO component context used to initialise the Python runtime.

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0467 help.text]
note: EB2zZ
en: """ Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value."""
en_GB: """ Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0473 help.text]
note: nUtxt
en: """ Displays a prompt in a dialog box at which the user can enter text."""
en_GB: """ Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0479 help.text]
note: MFz5D
en: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialog box."""
en_GB: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialogue box."""

[ctx: python_session.xhp N0342 help.text]
note: CBvZv
en: Unlike Basic, pathname normalization is performed with Python inside Session class.
en_GB: Unlike Basic, pathname normalisation is performed with Python inside Session class.

[ctx: calc_borders.xhp par_id71630538211142 help.text]
note: 6Tv9V
en: <emph>newColor</emph> is an integer value corresponding to a color defined using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB</link> function.
en_GB: <emph>newColour</emph> is an integer value corresponding to a colour defined using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp">RGB</link> function.

[ctx: calc_borders.xhp par_id11630542436346 help.text]
note: vukYu
en: Range objects have a property named <literal>TableBorder2</literal> that can be used to format range borders as it is done in the <menuitem>Format - Cells - Borders</menuitem> dialog in the <emph>Line Arrangement</emph> section.
en_GB: Range objects have a property named <literal>TableBorder2</literal> that can be used to format range borders as it is done in the <menuitem>Format - Cells - Borders</menuitem> dialogue box in the <emph>Line Arrangement</emph> section.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: Es8Xy
en: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime.
en_GB: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the colour, name and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at run-time.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vFBh4
en: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3163802 help.text]
note: xBcR4
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Dialogs</emph>, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Dialogs</emph> and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
note: qFeYH
en: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens and contains a blank dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens, containing a blank dialog.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3153726 help.text]
note: To7nC
en: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls </emph>icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.
en_GB: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls</emph> icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.

[ctx: insert_control.xhp par_id3146797 help.text]
note: rCdw2
en: Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox </emph>of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.
en_GB: Use the tools in the <emph>Toolbox</emph> of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: GwPP9
en: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1", and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".
en_GB: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1" and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3154141 help.text]
note: bfDTG
en: Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.
en_GB: Be consistent with upper-case and lower-case letter when you attach a control to an object variable.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3145387 help.text]
note: EFJQU
en: Add an Entry to a ListBox
en_GB: Add an Entry to a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: JUfaR
en: REM adds a new entry to the ListBox
en_GB: REM adds a new entry to the List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3144504 help.text]
note: A2XGR
en: oListbox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)
en_GB: oListBox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3147071 help.text]
note: FKzdb
en: Remove an Entry from a ListBox
en_GB: Remove an Entry from a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
note: CmCcv
en: REM remove the first entry from the ListBox
en_GB: REM remove the first entry from the List Box

[ctx: translation.xhp bm_id8915372 help.text]
note: 76okP
en: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localizing dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localising dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id4601940 help.text]
note: FsUBB
en: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localizable dialogs.
en_GB: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localisable dialogs.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9538560 help.text]
note: eGsqR
en: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localized strings according to the user's language settings.
en_GB: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localised strings according to the user's language settings.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2924283 help.text]
note: gGdez
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id5781731 help.text]
note: VtLMy
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localizable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localisable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id6596881 help.text]
note: Aa3HD
en: To enable localizable dialogs
en_GB: To enable localisable dialogs

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
note: df3mU
en: If the current library already contains a localizable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.
en_GB: If the current library already contains a localisable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
note: MHDVd
en: You see the Manage User Interface Language dialog. The dialog manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.
en_GB: You will see the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box. The dialogue box manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
note: AbvXT
en: Click Add in the dialog to add a language entry.
en_GB: Click Add in the dialogue box to add a language entry.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
note: xFFkk
en: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localizable string resources.
en_GB: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localisable string resources.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
note: 3FvoR
en: The first time you click Add, you see the Set Default User Interface Language dialog. The following times you click Add, this dialog has the name Add User Interface Language.
en_GB: The first time that you click Add, you will see the Set Default User Interface Language dialogue box. Subsequently, this dialogue box has the name Add User Interface Language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
note: iPpFn
en: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialog.
en_GB: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box.

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id631733 help.text]
note: B5tJ2
en: To edit localizable controls in your dialog
en_GB: To edit localisable controls in your dialog

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
note: hrvxW
en: Once you have added the resources for localizable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language listbox on the Language toolbar.
en_GB: Once you have added the resources for localisable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language list box on the Language toolbar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
note: igvyu
en: Switch the Current Language listbox to display the default language.
en_GB: Switch the Current Language list box to display the default language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
note: CWNb6
en: Select another language in the Current Language listbox.
en_GB: Select another language in the Current Language list box.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
note: x82BH
en: Using the control's property dialogs, edit all strings to the other language.
en_GB: Using the control's property dialogue boxes, edit all strings to the other language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3050325 help.text]
note: ckw8S
en: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localizable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.
en_GB: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localisable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.

[ctx: mailmergetoolbar.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: Qm2ty
en: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customized as needed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customised as needed.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3149569 help.text]
note: b6Ayw
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
note: DunBb
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3149593 help.text]
note: 5SXPT
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#FontColor">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#FontColor">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3147229 help.text]
note: MAqKS
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0208.xhp par_id291603808357876 help.text]
note: YLVnp
en: Choose <menuitem>More</menuitem> to open the character formatting dialog with more options.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>More</menuitem> to open the character formatting dialogue box with more options.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id641649334677475 help.text]
note: E9beE
en: Open the Print dialog.
en_GB: Open the Print dialogue box.

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3154239 help.text]
note: BLa7m
en: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.
en_GB: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialogue box and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.

[ctx: main0215.xhp hd_id3151285 help.text]
note: pDxUm
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154263 help.text]
note: DVNHm
en: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardised OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3147768 help.text]
note: puGo7
en: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">faxes</link>, letters, CVs and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145610 help.text]
note: bGD8q
en: $[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">tables</link>, and other objects.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">tables</link> and other objects.

[ctx: main0105.xhp par_id3149018 help.text]
note: DXDBJ
en: This menu contains commands needed to format formulas.
en_GB: This menu contains commands needed to format formulae.

[ctx: main0106.xhp par_id3155959 help.text]
note: Y7EE7
en: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalog, or import an external formula as a data file or via clipboard. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.
en_GB: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalogue, or import an external formula as a data file or via clipboard. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3145385 help.text]
note: 8HWG3
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3147338 help.text]
note: oxgE6
en: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customize the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.
en_GB: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customise the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148486 help.text]
note: CBatK
en: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulas. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp">samples</link> contained in the Help.
en_GB: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulae. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp">samples</link> contained in the Help.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145386 help.text]
note: A6AtR
en: As with charts and images, formulas are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.
en_GB: As with charts and images, formulae are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146325 help.text]
note: 5HQmG
en: Formulas cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulas) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulas, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.
en_GB: Formulae cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulae) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulae, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3153001 help.text]
note: H9URC
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulas. As you make entries in the Commands window, you see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulas, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulae. As you make entries in the Commands window, you will see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulae, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145246 help.text]
note: NLLoA
en: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalog of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogs. Numerous special characters are also available.
en_GB: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalogue of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogues. Numerous special characters are also available.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3148392 help.text]
note: DGZdm
en: Formulas in Context
en_GB: Formulae in Context

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148774 help.text]
note: a7dCq
en: To make working with formulas easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements pane, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.
en_GB: To make working with formulae easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements pane, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3150012 help.text]
note: ESALm
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3150250 help.text]
note: yn72z
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3151391 help.text]
note: RDafD
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: xykEF
en: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialog window.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialogue box window.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3153963 help.text]
note: r9DKG
en: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as gray double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as grey double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: tPZfC
en: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab marker to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab stop marker to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN10783 help.text]
note: Jmer7
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp">Gluepoints</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN10793 help.text]
note: BY9EA
en: Enables you to edit gluepoints on your drawing.
en_GB: Enables you to edit glue points on your drawing.

[ctx: main0214.xhp par_id3150543 help.text]
note: m65F6
en: Use the <emph>Image</emph> bar to set the color, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).
en_GB: Use the <emph>Image</emph> bar to set the colour, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).

[ctx: main_slide.xhp par_id111615494747246 help.text]
note: GaTGo
en: Displays a dialog box where the following elements from the master slide can be enabled or disabled:
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box where the following elements from the master slide can be enabled or disabled:

[ctx: main_slide.xhp par_id901615495187958 help.text]
note: GpHBE
en: Opens a dialog box where a name can be set for the current slide.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where a name can be set for the current slide.

[ctx: main0108.xhp hd_id4153881 help.text]
note: sWFkG
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: main0108.xhp par_id4144510 help.text]
note: NagBg
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the <emph>Licensing and Legal information</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the <emph>Licensing and Legal information</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3153062 help.text]
note: X4S8m
en: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).
en_GB: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialogue box. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3151248 help.text]
note: xJMxs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The<emph> Split Curve </emph>icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The <emph>Split Curve</emph> icon splits a curve. Select the point or points at which you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3148420 help.text]
note: DNKmR
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time that you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.

[ctx: main0650.xhp par_id3154751 help.text]
note: Bwg5V
en: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java 2 Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.
en_GB: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: tFQeA
en: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, submenus and their dialogs.
en_GB: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, sub-menus and their dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0213.xhp hd_id3149018 help.text]
note: 6f45H
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp">Helplines While Moving</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp">Helplines When Moving</link>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: VMQj3
en: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulas and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.
en_GB: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulae and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3154320 help.text]
note: RETRQ
en: Creating 3D Objects
en_GB: Creating 3-D Objects

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: vdToT
en: You can create simple 3D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.
en_GB: You can create simple 3-D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149124 help.text]
note: jDxCD
en: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to gluepoints on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organization charts and technical diagrams.
en_GB: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to glue points on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organization charts and technical diagrams.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3149398 help.text]
note: KegMF
en: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.
en_GB: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialogue box <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3150443 help.text]
note: m5TnG
en: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialog.
en_GB: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: X2NF9
en: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the<emph> Missing Element </emph>dialog appears. This dialog names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.
en_GB: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the <emph>Missing Element</emph> dialogue box appears. This dialogue box names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3156329 help.text]
note: 9hCbd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialog button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialogue box button.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148799 help.text]
note: 5y4VZ
en: When you open the query design for the first time, you see a dialog in which you must first select the table or query that will be the basis for your new query.
en_GB: When you open the query design for the first time, you see a dialogue box in which you must first select the table or query that will be the basis for your new query.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3154791 help.text]
note: Js8Ga
en: If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of relation in the <link href="text/sdatabase/02010101.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of relation in the <link href="text/sdatabase/02010101.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150715 help.text]
note: 3UCig
en: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.
en_GB: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148481 help.text]
note: 2kWoA
en: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar to save the query. You will see a dialog that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema name.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar to save the query. You will see a dialogue box that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema name.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3149134 help.text]
note: sxYQF
en: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't interpret this strictly).
en_GB: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between upper-case and lower-case letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't interpret this strictly).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3159385 help.text]
note: dyXYc
en: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in gray).
en_GB: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in grey).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3153596 help.text]
note: BisCF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or typing <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialogue box asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or typing <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010101.xhp par_id3151205 help.text]
note: MzpBt
en: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialog appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.
en_GB: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialogue box appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.

[ctx: 04000000.xhp par_id3156156 help.text]
note: CyFwA
en: The Form Controls toolbar provides the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing, or presentation document.
en_GB: The Form Controls toolbar provides the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing or presentation document.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154948 help.text]
note: 4AXt6
en: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click on <emph>More</emph>, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp>
en_GB: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click on <emph>More</emph>, a dialogue box displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3148520 help.text]
note: BLUEn
en: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user name in this dialog.
en_GB: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user name in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: 6wJxw
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword">Enter the old password here.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have opened the dialog via <emph>Change password</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword">Enter the old password here.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have opened the dialogue box via <emph>Change password</emph>.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3154146 help.text]
note: CJJuJ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp"><emph>Format Field</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp"><emph>Format Field</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3166460 help.text]
note: 98zvT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design </emph>dialog allows you to define and edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design</emph> dialogue box allows you to define and edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3155342 help.text]
note: JQ5ws
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST">Displays a list of available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST">Displays a list of available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154758 help.text]
note: AkcRe
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialogue box was started.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: whVGR
en: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed on to the data source. You can only leave the dialog, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.
en_GB: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed on to the data source. You can only leave the dialogue box, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154190 help.text]
note: NuXdU
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149235 help.text]
note: 5A2ec
en: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp">Add Tables</link> dialog opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation.
en_GB: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp">Add Tables</link> dialogue box opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149984 help.text]
note: WVZxo
en: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/sdatabase/05020100.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/sdatabase/05020100.xhp"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3155856 help.text]
note: bnCjW
en: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations </emph>dialog opens.
en_GB: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations </emph>dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153880 help.text]
note: P78bc
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3154047 help.text]
note: 4UCC7
en: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.
en_GB: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3155535 help.text]
note: n82rc
en: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.
en_GB: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3148539 help.text]
note: CzRJq
en: With the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog you can:
en_GB: With the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box you can:

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3149264 help.text]
note: sBC76
en: You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog appears.
en_GB: You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3156117 help.text]
note: 5PMDH
en: Match the data field names in the<emph> Copy Table</emph> dialog on the <link href="text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp">Apply Columns</link> page.
en_GB: Match the data field names in the<emph> Copy Table</emph> dialogue box on the <link href="text/sdatabase/05030400.xhp">Apply Columns</link> page.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: toArF
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialog whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialog with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialogue box whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialogue box with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3147143 help.text]
note: 6b9Li
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns </emph>dialog is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns</emph> dialogue box is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: EkSPG
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The<emph> Type formatting </emph>dialog is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The<emph> Type formatting </emph>dialogue box is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153561 help.text]
note: KTPFP
en: $[officename] can automatically recognize field contents when you copy database tables by drag and drop.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically recognise field contents when you copy database tables by drag and drop.

[ctx: 05030400.xhp par_id3156027 help.text]
note: EkAFg
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the <emph>Attach data </emph>check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog, the <emph>Assign columns </emph>dialog opens as the second window. You can use this dialog to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the <emph>Attach data </emph>check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table </emph>dialogue box, the <emph>Assign columns </emph>dialogue box opens as the second window. You can use this dialogue box to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: HaYKD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorized user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorised user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp par_id3161656 help.text]
note: fxLDW
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton">Opens the <link href="text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton">Opens the <link href="text/sdatabase/11030100.xhp"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialogue box, where you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030100.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: DmGsN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes </emph>tab page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organise dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes </emph>tab page.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3154288 help.text]
note: BtQ2b
en: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3147275 help.text]
note: jhBMm
en: You can only enter administration commands in this dialog, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.
en_GB: You can only enter administration commands in this dialogue box, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.

[ctx: dabadoc.xhp par_idN10554 help.text]
note: XWsT6
en: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organizes the tables, views, queries, and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organises the tables, views, queries, and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
note: EuWB8
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialogue box, where you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10803 help.text]
note: 4UxAN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialogue box.

[ctx: dabapropcon.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
note: htEBY
en: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognized by an installed database.
en_GB: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognised by an installed database.

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
note: hERNG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN105FD help.text]
note: SrmuV
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN10633 help.text]
note: 9WBfN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialogue box to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02access.xhp par_idN1054F help.text]
note: k4EM5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp par_idN1058C help.text]
note: xmZQB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02dbase.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
note: VHbhH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp par_idN10549 help.text]
note: JfUMC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: LkFcD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognised as files of the text database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN10576 help.text]
note: tU8mG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105C4 help.text]
note: qTva3
en: Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/sdatabase/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialog.
en_GB: Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/sdatabase/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105D9 help.text]
note: LDiQh
en: Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog, select a path and file name to save.
en_GB: Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box, select a path and file name to save.

[ctx: menufilesave.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
note: BGNgM
en: In this dialog, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/sdatabase/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialog opens automatically when you save a form the first time.
en_GB: In this dialogue box, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/sdatabase/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialogue box opens automatically when you save a form the first time.

[ctx: menuinsert.xhp par_idN1060F help.text]
note: KMLGR
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN1058E help.text]
note: bBBaA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialogue box if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: koDKE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Table Filter dialogue box where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN105C0 help.text]
note: nwpGA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialogue box where you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>

[ctx: password.xhp par_idN10587 help.text]
note: KYrgJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without any further dialogue box, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_datetime.xhp par_id8638874 help.text]
note: DrUB4
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialog of the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialogue box of the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_insertfield.xhp par_id141540563922693 help.text]
note: BqWBD
en: Select the field in the Add Field dialog and click <emph>Insert</emph>. You can select multiple fields pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking on the fields name or using the Shift key while pressing the mouse button. Click <emph>Insert</emph> in the toolbar to add the fields to the report.
en_GB: Select the field in the Add Field dialogue box and click <emph>Insert</emph>. You can select multiple fields pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking on the fields name or using the Shift key while pressing the mouse button. Click <emph>Insert</emph> in the toolbar to add the fields to the report.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7138889 help.text]
note: XYvED
en: Click in the Details area. Then in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background color.
en_GB: Click in the Details area. Then in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background colour.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
note: ZgBCK
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id399182 help.text]
note: gBGNE
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7599108 help.text]
note: dLiAY
en: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialog. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.
en_GB: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
note: oPnyT
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialogue box of the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id4441663 help.text]
note: GxdrQ
en: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centered between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.
en_GB: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centred between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id2561723 help.text]
note: hPUHN
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background colour for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_sort.xhp par_id3068636 help.text]
note: DCbhT
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box of <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: MKzCA
en: <variable id="chart">$[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart, so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings, and presentations.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="chart">$[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings and presentations.</variable>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4727011 help.text]
note: pkLtG
en: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialog (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)
en_GB: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialogue box (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4194769 help.text]
note: Ft8G5
en: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, color, and more.
en_GB: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, colour, and more.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200912061033 help.text]
note: dk7i6
en: In chart edit mode, you see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.
en_GB: In chart edit mode, you will see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200903545159 help.text]
note: 7Gexq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904063239 help.text]
note: AdNa8
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert chart titles.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233047 help.text]
note: fZZ6J
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233058 help.text]
note: CzaFt
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233089 help.text]
note: x9jBK
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis title.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id081020090443142 help.text]
note: WBA6w
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300479 help.text]
note: eYgyC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialogue box for the selected element.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300539 help.text]
note: BSwBH
en: Opens the properties dialog for the selected element.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box for the selected element.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300594 help.text]
note: Q4Sap
en: Opens the Chart Type dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300699 help.text]
note: c6Act
en: Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
en_GB: Opens the Data Table dialogue box in which you can edit the chart data.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300630 help.text]
note: uTeV8
en: The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.
en_GB: The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: DR7Ma
en: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualize.
en_GB: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualise.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: imCSX
en: Choose from a variety of 3D charts and 2D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.
en_GB: Choose from a variety of 3-D charts and 2-D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
note: AuSKr
en: You can customize individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.
en_GB: You can customise individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.

[ctx: main0000.xhp hd_id3154659 help.text]
note: SBdpw
en: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars, and Keys
en_GB: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars and Keys

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: yvzAm
en: This submenu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets. This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: This sub-menu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets. This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3155064 help.text]
note: XzJxt
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Align Center Horizontally</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Align Centre Horizontally</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3153306 help.text]
note: tYBsN
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Align Center Vertically</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Align Centre Vertically</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3153417 help.text]
note: MXcwv
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3147338 help.text]
note: QEYq6
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3148575 help.text]
note: jnWok
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3155337 help.text]
note: Mkhar
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp">Centered</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp">Centred</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3150400 help.text]
note: dnFAk
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460929 help.text]
note: cEsD4
en: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460939 help.text]
note: YZA55
en: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, too.
en_GB: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box, too.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: ztyoG
en: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyze, and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyse and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: p3tZu
en: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulas to perform complex calculations on your data.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulae to perform complex calculations on your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145271 help.text]
note: QbkGw
en: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulas.
en_GB: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulae.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154011 help.text]
note: 99gbx
en: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store, and filter your data.
en_GB: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store and filter your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: Bo5vg
en: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganize your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.
en_GB: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganise your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3157867 help.text]
note: Xz6yr
en: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">formats</link>.
en_GB: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Microsoft Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">formats</link>.

[ctx: scalc.tree 0813 node.text]
note: VFHig
en: Formulas and Calculations
en_GB: Formulae and Calculations

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1103 node.text]
note: 9ojH7
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1107 node.text]
note: fd9tS
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: simpress.tree 0407 node.text]
note: RX5V8
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: smath.tree 03 help_section.text]
note: m5CkC
en: Formulas (Math)
en_GB: Formulae (Math)

[ctx: smath.tree 0303 node.text]
note: CGoih
en: Working with Formulas
en_GB: Working with Formulae

[ctx: swriter.tree 0216 node.text]
note: 2FPcB
en: Spellchecking, Thesaurus, and Languages
en_GB: Spell Checking, Thesaurus and Languages

[ctx: extended_tip|tablecontainer]
note: gdF9q
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertDetails]
note: JXgjT
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|box1]
note: wAmPG
en: The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
en_GB: The General page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays basic information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|signatures]
note: Dunt9
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|status]
note: YTTCA
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertPage]
note: vAj7M
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|view]
note: sTgVK
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|sign]
note: FsG4K
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|DigitalSignaturesDialog]
note: znY8A
en: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
en_GB: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.

[ctx: extended_tip|viewcert]
note: c3ydP
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box for the selected certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|addfile]
note: 9bJoL
en: Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
en_GB: Opens a folder selection dialogue box. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.

[ctx: extended_tip|locations]
note: yZBo6
en: Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
en_GB: Trusted file locations are used only if the security level is set to "very high". With this setting, document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.

[ctx: selectcertificatedialog|extended_tip|viewcert]
note: zqWDZ
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.

[ctx: exportepub|customizeft]
note: yFjyH
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_COMMON_0 property.text]
note: 8UKfi
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_30 property.text]
note: xPoaP
en: According to which fields do you want to sort the data?
en_GB: Which fields do you want to sort the data by?

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_68 property.text]
note: LujCA
en: Labeling fields
en_GB: Labelling fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_72 property.text]
note: agw3x
en: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or exist under the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.
en_GB: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or have the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_3 property.text]
note: BCBCd
en: A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse subforms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.
en_GB: A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse sub-forms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_4 property.text]
note: h4XzG
en: ~Add Subform
en_GB: ~Add Sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_5 property.text]
note: GSiwE
en: ~Subform based on existing relation
en_GB: ~Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_7 property.text]
note: 2BEab
en: Subform based on ~manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on ~manual selection of fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_9 property.text]
note: yGGuc
en: Fields in the ~subform
en_GB: Fields in the ~sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_20 property.text]
note: 9uFd2
en: ~First joined subform field
en_GB: ~First joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_21 property.text]
note: NfpyC
en: ~Second joined subform field
en_GB: ~Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_22 property.text]
note: 5F4nf
en: ~Third joined subform field
en_GB: ~Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_23 property.text]
note: BJBzR
en: ~Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: ~Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_30 property.text]
note: hk9Xa
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_42 property.text]
note: BEN4F
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_81 property.text]
note: AspWz
en: Set up a subform
en_GB: Set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_82 property.text]
note: YayFB
en: Add subform fields
en_GB: Add sub-form fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_91 property.text]
note: s6xRo
en: Decide if you want to set up a subform
en_GB: Decide if you want to set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_92 property.text]
note: 4pHsF
en: Select the fields of your subform
en_GB: Select the fields of your sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_26 property.text]
note: iWG72
en: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables, and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.
en_GB: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_49 property.text]
note: CSsZM
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties STEP_ZERO_4 property.text]
note: tGJBz
en: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulas cannot be converted.
en_GB: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulae cannot be converted.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_7 property.text]
note: uNexF
en: ZIP/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_25 property.text]
note: BkAJF
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties ReeditMacro property.text]
note: rWgBN
en: Document macro has to be revised.
en_GB: Document macro must be revised.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties LogfileHelpText property.text]
note: pzBG4
en: A log file will be created in your work directory
en_GB: A log file will be created in your working directory

[ctx: RID_COMMON_START_0]
note: gbiMx
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_6]
note: PEsFA
en: ~Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements
en_GB: ~Use paper with pre-printed letterhead elements

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_45]
note: g6UXt
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_49]
note: C9EDv
en: To create another new letter out of the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.
en_GB: To create another new letter using the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_21]
note: EFPdr
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_24]
note: 58yuF
en: To create another new fax out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create another new fax using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_17]
note: WdYDt
en: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace placeholders with text later.
en_GB: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace them with text later.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_20]
note: TUJyC
en: To create a new agenda out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create a new agenda using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_26]
note: ufPrd
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Minute taker

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_31]
note: jrfhT
en: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholder with the appropriate names.
en_GB: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholders with the appropriate names.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_64]
note: Es3Fq
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_89]
note: 7DoeB
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: RID_STR_PAPERNAMES]
note: heERi
en: User Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MINIMIZE]
note: FinRN
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MAXIMIZE]
note: wNV6G
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: RID_STR_ACC_PANEL_DESCRIPTION]
note: DNmVr
en: Please press enter to go into child control for more operations
en_GB: Please press Enter to go into child control for more operations

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_CPCT]
note: eFooQ
en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_PCAP]
note: 7sRp3
en: Lowercase to Petite Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Petite Capitals

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_SMCP]
note: iWL8L
en: Lowercase to Small Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Small Capitals

[ctx: openlockedquerybox|questionmark]
note: LCYux
en: Question mark icon for dialog box.
en_GB: Question mark icon for dialogue box.

[ctx: openlockedquerybox|ReadOnlyMessage]
note: sq7go
en: You can open it read only  and
    receive a notification if ready.
en_GB: You can open it read-only  and
    receive a notification if ready.

[ctx: printdialog|extended_tip|setup]
note: 89CRC
en: Opens the Printer Properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Properties dialogue box. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label11]
note: e9E5A
en: Color _depth:
en_GB: Colour _depth:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label10]
note: U29RG
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: WXFof
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: VGAv4
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 5MfGQ
en: The data associated with the partnership is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: fKMdA
en: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: AqFh4
en: Please insert disk $(ARG1).
en_GB: Please insert disc $(ARG1).

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: CUbSR
en: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME repair the file?
en_GB: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME attempt to repair the file?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: JCpTn
en: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: QCACp
en: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 4gRCA
en: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?
en_GB: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?

[ctx: masterpassworddlg|extended_tip|password]
note: bRcP4
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|newpassEntry]
note: XDzCT
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: setmasterpassworddlg|label4]
note: aNzdJ
en: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case sensitive.
en_GB: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case-sensitive.

[ctx: launcher.ulf calc_Comment LngText.text]
note: Ropmz
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets.

[ctx: launcher.ulf math_Comment LngText.text]
note: NRFDd
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations.

[ctx: launcher.ulf startcenter_Comment LngText.text]
note: dLjP3
en: Launch applications to create text documents, spreadsheets, presentations, drawings, formulas, and databases, or open recently used documents.
en_GB: Launch applications to create text documents, spreadsheets, presentations, drawings, formulae, and databases, or open recently used documents.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id4277169 help.text]
note: a43c7
en: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big listbox. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big list box. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id2381969 help.text]
note: v3JN9
en: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogs inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.
en_GB: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogue boxes inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id3751640 help.text]
note: 5xi4b
en: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item>, and restart the software.
en_GB: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item> and restart the software.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id9533677 help.text]
note: CCnbF
en: Open a Writer document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: Open a Writer document and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id368968 help.text]
note: fGcyZ
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, click <emph>Add</emph>.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialogue box, click <emph>Add</emph>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id6962187 help.text]
note: pkAFV
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, enter the account information for the wiki.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, enter the account information for the wiki.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id389416 help.text]
note: xc4AX
en: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the textbox.
en_GB: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the text box.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id228278 help.text]
note: 6jREj
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, specify the settings for your entry.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, specify the settings for your entry.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id4571672 help.text]
note: kXBwS
en: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialog to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.
en_GB: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id9046601 help.text]
note: M6uYF
en: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialog, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.
en_GB: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialogue box, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id376598 help.text]
note: Gdu22
en: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centered, and right alignment of text.
en_GB: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centred, and right alignment of text.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3541673 help.text]
note: G3qA6
en: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e. g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.
en_GB: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e.g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3037202 help.text]
note: w8BUf
en: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colors is ignored.
en_GB: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colours is ignored.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
note: F4YJF
en: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialog, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.
en_GB: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id823999 help.text]
note: 6dCeT
en: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Check this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1188390 help.text]
note: 39jox
en: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialog by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialogue box by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id9786065 help.text]
note: 5JhsD
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id3386333 help.text]
note: Q2kSq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1029084 help.text]
note: mi2NR
en: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: ZQK5A
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: DGeQh
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: nM8CX
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: hTMFo
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: d9nJo
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: RID_SW_ERRHDL]
note: FCni4
en: Cells cannot be further split.
en_GB: Cells cannot be split further.

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: YUbUQ Format names
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: BB8yt
en: Char Back Color
en_GB: Char Back Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: AxVck
en: Char Color
en_GB: Char Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: GBMFT
en: Char Overline Color
en_GB: Char Overline Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: 5y7T3
en: Char Overline Has Color
en_GB: Char Overline Has Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: yGPLz
en: Char Underline Color
en_GB: Char Underline Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: HmfPF
en: Char Underline Has Color
en_GB: Char Underline Has Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: Fd28G
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: neFA2
en: Fill Color2
en_GB: Fill Colour2

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: WHaym
en: Para Back Color
en_GB: Para Back Colour

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ujBVU
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: a9SsD
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 2RuJU
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: s4zrG
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: SGXPk
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 3kDJD
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: Z9v2E
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ngFw4
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: C2njC
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: STR_STANDARD_TOOLTIP]
note: FRWsF
en: Values on this tab specified in “Contains” in Organizer are removed.
en_GB: Values on this tab specified in “Contains” in Organiser are removed.

[ctx: STR_STANDARD_EXTENDEDTIP]
note: 9BAeq
en: Values in this tab are set to the corresponding values of the style specified in “Inherit from” in Organizer. In all cases, also when “Inherit from” is “None”, the current tab values specified in “Contains” are removed.
en_GB: Values in this tab are set to the corresponding values of the style specified in “Inherit from” in Organiser. In all cases, also when “Inherit from” is “None”, the current tab values specified in “Contains” are removed.

[ctx: STR_RESET_EXTENDEDTIP]
note: Sju8m
en: Revert any changes made on the current tab to the settings that were present when this dialog was opened, or after the last use of “Apply”.
en_GB: Revert any changes made on the current tab to the settings that were present when this dialogue box was opened, or after the last use of “Apply”.

[ctx: STR_APPLY_TOOLTIP]
note: BFf9A
en: Applies modifications on all tabs without closing dialog. Cannot be reverted with Reset.
en_GB: Applies modifications on all tabs without closing dialogue box. Cannot be reverted with Reset.

[ctx: STR_APPLY_EXTENDEDTIP]
note: FbPXG
en: Applies all modifications without closing dialog. Values are saved and cannot be reverted with Reset.
en_GB: Applies all modifications without closing dialogue box. Values are saved and cannot be reverted with Reset.

[ctx: STR_READONLY_PATH]
note: QRU4j
en: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialog?
en_GB: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_STATSTR_SPELL]
note: LuH5F
en: Spellcheck...
en_GB: Spell check...

[ctx: STR_MULT_INTERACT_HYPH_WARN]
note: iD3WQ
en: The interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document
en_GB: Interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document

[ctx: STR_PRINTOPTUI_COLOR]
note: X8Bfu
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS]
note: ZB7Go
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_COMPLETED]
note: gE7CA
en: The spellcheck is complete.
en_GB: The spell check is complete.

[ctx: FLD_EU_VORNAME]
note: WWxTK
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: FLD_EU_NAME]
note: 4tdAc
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: FLD_EU_PLZ]
note: ESbkx
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: FLD_EU_ORT]
note: WDAc2
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: FLD_EU_STATE]
note: 6GBRm
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: STR_WORDCOUNT_HINT]
note: XWMSH
en: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialog.
en_GB: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT]
note: xBHUG
en: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialog or right-click for bookmark list.
en_GB: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialogue box or right-click for bookmark list.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT_EXTENDED]
note: XaF3v
en: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialog.
en_GB: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_TMPLCTRL_HINT]
note: EWtd2
en: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialog.
en_GB: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_VERT_CENTER]
note: GPTAu
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: STR_LINE_CENTER]
note: MU7hC
en: Line centered
en_GB: Line centred

[ctx: STR_HORI_CENTER]
note: wzGK7
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: STR_DRAWMODE_GREY]
note: kbALJ
en: Grayscales
en_GB: Greyscales

[ctx: STR_IMGBTN_SRCH_REP_DOWN]
note: gbnwp
en: Continue search forward
en_GB: Continue search forwards

[ctx: STR_FRMUI_CENTER_BASE]
note: sdyVF
en: Base line ~centered
en_GB: Base line ~centred

[ctx: STR_SENDER_TOKENS]
note: yAAPM
en: COMPANY;CR;FIRSTNAME; ;LASTNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;CITY; ;STATEPROV; ;POSTALCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;
en_GB: COMPANY;CR;FORENAME; ;SURNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;POSTTOWN; ;COUNTY; ;POSTCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;

[ctx: insertcaption|extended_tip|auto]
note: eNMYS accessibility descriptions that use %PRODUCTNAME, we set these explicitly because querying a11y descs in order to change %PRODUCTNAME at runtime is expensive, so limit doing that as much as possible.
en: Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Opens the Caption dialogue box. It has the same information as the dialogue box you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: JBCDA
en: Capitalize first letter of sentences
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of sentences

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: rpT9U
en: Add non breaking space
en_GB: Add non-breaking space

[ctx: addressblockdialog|customft]
note: pAsvT
en: 2. Customi_ze salutation
en_GB: 2. Customise salutation

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: tCRU9
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|ok]
note: V6Tpf
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|AutoFormatTableDialog]
note: DFUNM
en: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
en_GB: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading and borders.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|replace]
note: DDAC8
en: Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.
en_GB: Replaces the content of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|macro]
note: Eum5k
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|import]
note: 9KgvM
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|path]
note: JzGXV
en: Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Paths dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|AutoTextDialog]
note: 2FEex
en: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.
en_GB: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|new]
note: XnbFd
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|edit]
note: xHxhn
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box where you can edit the selected bibliography record.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|close]
note: zo8CS
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: bulletsandnumbering|customize]
note: nFfDs
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: businessdatapage|countryft]
note: AgVpM
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/County:

[ctx: businessdatapage|icityft]
note: Po3B3
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: businessdatapage|izip-atkobject]
note: ytCQe
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: characterproperties|extended_tip|reset]
note: tLVfC
en: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|visitedlb]
note: CqHA6
en: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|unvisitedlb]
note: w7Cdu
en: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: columnpage|lineposlb]
note: MKcWL
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: columnpage|linecolorft]
note: kkGNR
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: columnpage|extended_tip|applytolb]
note: F7MQT
en: Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.
en_GB: Select the item to which you want to apply the column layout.

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|FIND]
note: hiYxd
en: Opens the Find Entry dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.
en_GB: Opens the Find Entry dialogue box. You can leave the dialogue box open while you edit the entries.

[ctx: createaddresslist|CUSTOMIZE]
note: rTdBt
en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise...

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|CUSTOMIZE]
note: Y965L
en: Opens the Customize Address List dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.
en_GB: Opens the Customise Address List dialogue box in which you can rearrange, rename, add and delete fields.

[ctx: customizeaddrlistdialog|CustomizeAddrListDialog]
note: 7dr3i
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: dropdownfielddialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Ct7px
en: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
en_GB: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialogue box, where you can edit the Input list.

[ctx: editsectiondialog|extended_tip|password]
note: PYhAa
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenterl|tooltip_text]
note: EqZR7
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenterl|tooltip_text]
note: HKeFF
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenteru|tooltip_text]
note: tdktA
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenteru|tooltip_text]
note: NPzAL
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|extended_tip|setup]
note: 4GuQN
en: Opens the Printer Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Setup dialogue box where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.

[ctx: exchangedatabases|label7]
note: ZgGFH
en: Use this dialog to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: AYDUA
en: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the Close button.
en_GB: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialogue box, click the Close button.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AVAfz
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: floatingsync|FloatingSync]
note: b5iXT
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: floatingsync|sync]
note: ooBrL
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: footnoteareapage|label7]
note: myPFY
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: footnoteareapage|position]
note: dqnpa
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: footnoteareapage|extended_tip|color]
note: aHwK5
en: Select the color of the separator line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the separator line.

[ctx: formattablepage|center]
note: kMsAJ
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: formattablepage|extended_tip|center]
note: j2nPx
en: Centers the table horizontally on the page.
en_GB: Centres the table horizontally on the page.

[ctx: frmaddpage|liststore]
note: Mz6Ss
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relwidth]
note: H3kKU
en: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relheight]
note: 6BmoJ
en: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: indexentry|new|tooltip_text]
note: goQoK
en: New User-defined Index
en_GB: New User-Defined Index

[ctx: inputfielddialog|extended_tip|text]
note: c3zXj
en: This box displays the name that you entered in the Reference box on the Functions or Variables tab of the Fields dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.
en_GB: This box displays the name that you entered in the Reference box on the Functions or Variables tab of the Fields dialogue box. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.

[ctx: inputwinmenu|leq]
note: 9y6jk
en: Less Than or Equal
en_GB: Less Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|geq]
note: mDjkK
en: Greater Than or Equal
en_GB: Greater Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|asin]
note: PUrKG
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|acos]
note: 4VKJB
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|atan]
note: QB8fF
en: Arctangent
en_GB: Arc tangent

[ctx: insertbookmark|extended_tip|delete]
note: 2XZ5g
en: To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark and click the Delete button. No confirmation dialog will follow.
en_GB: To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark and click the Delete button. No confirmation dialogue box will follow.

[ctx: insertbreak|columnrb-atkobject]
note: poiJj
en: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.
en_GB: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new column.

[ctx: insertbreak|pagerb-atkobject]
note: G7e9T
en: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.
en_GB: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new page.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|tableformat]
note: s2Yfx
en: Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
en_GB: Opens the Table Format dialogue box, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|autoformat]
note: uc3tJ
en: Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
en_GB: Opens the AutoFormat dialogue box, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.

[ctx: insertfootnote|extended_tip|choosecharacter]
note: XDgLr
en: Inserts a special character as a footnote or endnote anchor.
en_GB: Inserts a special character  as a footnote or endnote anchor.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|ok]
note: AzYkF
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: M4Bgm
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|synchronize]
note: dPmJF
en: Synchroni_ze contents
en_GB: Synchroni_se contents

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|setup]
note: eBLwT
en: Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Setup dialogue box.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|LabelOptionsPage]
note: BxCVt
en: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
en_GB: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.

[ctx: extended_tip|serverauthentication]
note: iERhR
en: Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure email.
en_GB: Opens the Server Authentication dialogue box where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure email.

[ctx: extended_tip|test]
note: tezBK
en: Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
en_GB: Opens the Test Account Settings dialogue box to test the current settings.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|pathpb]
note: JFCAP
en: Opens the Select Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|MailmergeDialog]
note: sQ3GC
en: The Mail Merge dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.
en_GB: The Mail Merge dialogue box helps you in printing and saving form letters.

[ctx: mergeconnectdialog|label2]
note: NEDKH
en: Fields are used to personalize form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.
en_GB: Fields are used to personalise form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|addresslist]
note: 7vUgG
en: Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address List dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: seTsD
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: irYyv
en: Opens the Select Address Block dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address Block dialogue box.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|general]
note: fB4pf
en: Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.
en_GB: Select the default greeting to use if a personalised salutation cannot be created.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: FUyzo
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a female recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newmale]
note: MPBju
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a male recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|female]
note: qEdFG
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|male]
note: 6Fqxk
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|personalized]
note: K6a9E
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|personalized]
note: vyKar
en: Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|letterft]
note: Zqr7R
en: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|emailft]
note: 8KmNe
en: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmresultemaildialog|extended_tip|copyto]
note: RsFBa
en: Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
en_GB: Opens the Copy To dialogue box in which you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.

[ctx: mmresultemaildialog|extended_tip|sendassettings]
note: ebnCM
en: Opens the E-Mail Message dialog where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.
en_GB: Opens the E-Mail Message dialogue box where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: TdGGG
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|general]
note: 7Snab
en: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.
en_GB: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalised salutation.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: iQETJ
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newmale]
note: ACYDN
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|female]
note: fAUfC
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|male]
note: 9oaEY
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|personalized]
note: AXiog
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|personalized]
note: YZcw2
en: Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|edit]
note: phQFB
en: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialog is opened.
en_GB: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialogue box is opened.

[ctx: newuserindexdialog|NewUserIndexDialog]
note: mYVYE
en: Create New User-defined Index
en_GB: Create New User-Defined Index

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: cbMTW
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3DButton]
note: rDBLq
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|ColorButton]
note: hpbGC
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylegray]
note: 6WNhQ
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorred]
note: FHkoR
en: Colorize Red
en_GB: Colorise Red

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorblue]
note: d62Cu
en: Colorize Blue
en_GB: Colorise Blue

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorgreen]
note: wEHYw
en: Colorize Green
en_GB: Colorise Green

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolororange]
note: b6DBd
en: Colorize Orange
en_GB: Colorise Orange

[ctx: extended_tip|hyphens]
note: D9auF
en: Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
en_GB: Specifies whether soft hyphens (also called optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.

[ctx: extended_tip|nonbreak]
note: jd36B
en: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
en_GB: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|standardizedpageshow]
note: 9pDAg
en: Show standardized page count
en_GB: Show standardised page count

[ctx: optgeneralpage|labelstandardpages]
note: qJ4Fr
en: Characters per standardized page:
en_GB: Characters per standardised page:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor_label]
note: AdCLY
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: sDgMx
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: LqieQ
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: NPD8e
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor-atkobject]
note: mGEfK
en: Color of Insertions
en_GB: Colour of Insertions

[ctx: extended_tip|insertcolor]
note: sMFHo
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor_label]
note: CzQcF
en: Col_or:
en_GB: Col_our:

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor-atkobject]
note: P2XbL
en: Color of Deletions
en_GB: Colour of Deletions

[ctx: extended_tip|deletedcolor]
note: 62sfZ
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor_label]
note: 3pALq
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor-atkobject]
note: QUmdP
en: Color of Changed Attributes
en_GB: Colour of Changed Attributes

[ctx: extended_tip|changedcolor]
note: Zdx7m
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by Writer, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor-atkobject]
note: E9g4Y
en: Color of Mark
en_GB: Colour of Mark

[ctx: extended_tip|markcolor]
note: RrcPw
en: Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor_label]
note: paCGy
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: extended_tip|numformatting]
note: 8Bg9h
en: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
en_GB: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.

[ctx: opttablepage|label10]
note: LhnNT
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: opttablepage|label14]
note: KcBp8
en: Insert cell
en_GB: In‌sert cell

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|liststore1]
note: W4eDj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: CPWPU
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|numberingwidthmf]
note: bBUvA
en: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.
en_GB: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, centre, or right in this area.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|indentatmf]
note: VgG4o
en: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
en_GB: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: rhrGW
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: paradialog|extended_tip|reset]
note: Gw9vR
en: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: printeroptions|extended_tip|pagebackground]
note: v2Vzp
en: Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page, which you have specified under Format - Page - Background.
en_GB: Specifies whether to print colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page, which you have specified under Format - Page - Background.

[ctx: printeroptions|label5]
note: uFDfh
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printmergedialog|extended_tip|PrintMergeDialog]
note: LyE96
en: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.
en_GB: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialogue box asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialogue box opens in which you can select the database records to print.

[ctx: printoptionspage|extended_tip|background]
note: DAfze
en: Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page style (Format - Page Style - Area) in the printed document.
en_GB: Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page style (Format - Page Style - Area) in the printed document.

[ctx: extended_tip|textplaceholder]
note: QfL9u
en: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
en_GB: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Unmark this check box to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.

[ctx: extended_tip|rtl]
note: bjysC
en: Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
en_GB: Mark this check box to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.

[ctx: extended_tip|blankpages]
note: fT4kP
en: If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, Writer inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd-numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, Writer inserts an even-numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even-numbered page or not.

[ctx: privateuserpage|nameft]
note: APhFB
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: First/Last _name/Initials:

[ctx: privateuserpage|countryft]
note: DzXD5
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/county:

[ctx: privateuserpage|icityft]
note: LGHpW
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: privateuserpage|izip-atkobject]
note: AZwKD
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: sectionpage|extended_tip|selectpassword]
note: nBQLQ
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|create]
note: Q7aPs
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can create a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can create a new address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|filter]
note: MByRg
en: Opens the Standard Filter dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.
en_GB: Opens the Standard Filter dialogue box, in which you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Kp7hn
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can edit the selected address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|changetable]
note: WDUAW
en: Opens the Select Table dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.
en_GB: Opens the Select Table dialogue box, in which you can select another table to use for mail merge.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: HAcMA
en: Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can define a new address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the New Address Block dialogue box in which you can define a new address block layout.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TauiG
en: Opens the Edit Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Address Block dialogue box where you can edit the selected address block layout.

[ctx: selecttabledialog|extended_tip|preview]
note: Wo98B
en: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialogue box.

[ctx: sidebartheme|label2]
note: B25Kd
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|delimpb]
note: VhhBB
en: Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
en_GB: Opens the Special Characters dialogue box, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: Nd8XG
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|break]
note: LEfit
en: Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|pagenonf]
note: b8xXZ
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|liststore2]
note: 5Pb5v
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: templatedialog1|extended_tip|reset]
note: gKTob
en: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Revert any changes made on the tab shown here to the settings that were present when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: templatedialog16|customize]
note: g5NQF
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|spinMF_TEXTSIZE]
note: kKNkF
en: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.
en_GB: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in fewer characters per line.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_DISPLAY]
note: rB5ty
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_PRINT]
note: kvaYD
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|labelFT_COLOR]
note: qBUXt
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|listLB_COLOR]
note: Gcv2C
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|edit]
note: Dzkip
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the selected character style.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|tabstop]
note: 28QwC
en: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or select the Align right check box.
en_GB: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or mark the Align right check box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|addstylescb]
note: mDsDx
en: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.
en_GB: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialogue box as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|casesens]
note: GfaT4
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|casesens]
note: sNHCm
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in otherwise identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters in otherwise identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tocindexpage|initcaps]
note: e35vc
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|initcaps]
note: CLSou
en: Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.
en_GB: Automatically capitalises the first letter of an index entry.

[ctx: extended_tip|helplines]
note: ChPAo
en: Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
en_GB: Displays snap lnes around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.

[ctx: extended_tip|comments]
note: PYSxn
en: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
en_GB: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comment's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|ColorLabel]
note: LGwjR
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Angle]
note: CAaVN
en: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.
en_GB: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in anticlockwise direction.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Color]
note: tFkYv
en: Select a color from the drop-down box.
en_GB: Select a colour from the drop-down box.

[ctx: wordcount-mobile|standardizedpages]
note: mfBEG
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: wordcount|standardizedpages]
note: dZmso
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREELINE]
note: FQeae
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREELINE]
note: c8gFR
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREEFILL]
note: GSmPG
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREEFILL]
note: 8k7tC
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulCube3d]
note: LYyRP
en: 3D cube
en_GB: 3-D cube

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralCube3d]
note: ZsF4T
en: 3D cubes
en_GB: 3-D cubes

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulObj3d]
note: CE5Gk
en: 3D object
en_GB: 3-D object

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralObj3d]
note: pECo3
en: 3D objects
en_GB: 3-D objects

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulScene3d]
note: Wuqvb
en: 3D scene
en_GB: 3-D scene

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralScene3d]
note: tH8BD
en: 3D scenes
en_GB: 3-D scenes

[ctx: STR_EditMovToTop]
note: AweBA
en: Move %1 forward
en_GB: Move %1 forwards

[ctx: STR_EditPutToTop]
note: B83UQ
en: Move %1 to front
en_GB: Move %1 to the front

[ctx: STR_EditPutToBtm]
note: aHzgz
en: Move %1 to back
en_GB: Move %1 to the back

[ctx: STR_EditSetPointsSmooth]
note: sE8PU
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditSetSegmentsKind]
note: CzVVY
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignVCenter]
note: SyXzE
en: Horizontally center %1
en_GB: Horizontally centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignHCenter]
note: apfuW
en: Vertically center %1
en_GB: Vertically centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignCenter]
note: ttEmT
en: Center %1
en_GB: Centre %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeWidthMarkedObjects]
note: CnGYu
en: Equalize Width %1
en_GB: Equalise Width %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeHeightMarkedObjects]
note: zBTZe
en: Equalize Height %1
en_GB: Equalise Height %1

[ctx: STR_DragInsertGluePoint]
note: G3DCW
en: Insert gluepoint to %1
en_GB: Insert glue point to %1

[ctx: STR_ViewMarkedGluePoint]
note: YxpLB
en: Gluepoint from %1
en_GB: Glue point from %1

[ctx: STR_ViewMarkedGluePoints]
note: qCFmV
en: %2 gluepoints from %1
en_GB: %2 glue points from %1

[ctx: STR_ViewMarkGluePoints]
note: BLEE8
en: Mark gluepoints
en_GB: Mark glue points

[ctx: STR_ViewMarkMoreGluePoints]
note: eH9Vs
en: Mark additional gluepoints
en_GB: Mark additional glue points

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTVADJCENTER]
note: 3Cde5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTHADJCENTER]
note: bDPBk
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValMEASURETEXT_VERTICALCEN]
note: WL8XG
en: centered
en_GB: centred

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINECOLOR]
note: NuJkv
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINESTARTCENTER]
note: FcHDB
en: Center arrowhead
en_GB: Centre arrowhead

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINEENDCENTER]
note: KnFtT
en: Center arrowend
en_GB: Centre arrowend

[ctx: SIP_XA_FILLCOLOR]
note: RDcH6
en: Fillcolor
en_GB: Fillcolour

[ctx: SIP_XA_FORMTXTSHDWCOLOR]
note: oDiYn
en: Fontwork shadow color
en_GB: Fontwork shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOWCOLOR]
note: dSwen
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOW3D]
note: sDFuG
en: 3D shadow
en_GB: 3-D shadow

[ctx: SIP_EE_CHAR_COLOR]
note: kpiTD
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_GLOW_COLOR]
note: 3hvai
en: Color of glow effect
en_GB: Colour of glow effect

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR]
note: mrTdk
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CENTERED]
note: X4EFw
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NOTCENTERED]
note: FFe8m
en: Not centered
en_GB: Not centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRAFMODE_GREYS]
note: DdAzc
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLORBAR]
note: ZWz8Y
en: Left click to apply as background color, right click to set line color
en_GB: Left click to apply as background colour, right click to set line colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_GREY]
note: PwGvV
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: wVMiq Light variants of the standard color palette
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_DARKGRAY]
note: J6DDx Dark variants of the standard color palette
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_GRAY_A]
note: BZGUS Elements of the Material color palette
en: Gray A
en_GB: Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY_A]
note: RA8KB
en: Blue Gray A
en_GB: Blue Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY]
note: yXhED
en: Blue Gray
en_GB: Blue Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_BLUEGREY]
note: CWbzY
en: Blue gray
en_GB: Blue grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_3D]
note: 4gHhZ 16 old AutoFormat Table Styles
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_3D]
note: sQpNL
en: Currency 3D
en_GB: Currency 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_GRAY]
note: ACACr
en: Currency Gray
en_GB: Currency Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_GRAY]
note: a8AGf
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_LINEJOINT_MITER]
note: EtQJT
en: Line joint miter
en_GB: Line joint mitre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT8]
note: hi3tb
en: Ellipsoid blue gray/light blue
en_GB: Ellipsoid blue grey/light blue

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT59]
note: S3bJ9 gradients of unknown provenience
en: Gray Gradient
en_GB: Grey Gradient

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT73]
note: ZAj48
en: Blank with Gray
en_GB: Blank with Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP10]
note: bAE9x
en: Colorful Pebbles
en_GB: Colourful Pebbles

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP16]
note: AVGfC
en: Color Stripes
en_GB: Colour Stripes

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DASH23]
note: mWMXG
en: Dash (Rounded)
en_GB: Dot (Rounded)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIBRE_GREEN_1]
note: hGytB
en: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Color)
en_GB: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Colour)

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_ROTATE]
note: Heqmn
en: Rotate 3D object
en_GB: Rotate 3-D object

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_BREAK_LATHE]
note: EL9V9
en: Split 3D object
en_GB: Split 3-D object

[ctx: RID_GALLERYSTR_THEME_3D]
note: 5uYha
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLORS]
note: xqzJj
en: Document colors
en_GB: Document colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_THEME_COLORS]
note: aVTAG
en: Theme colors
en_GB: Theme colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLOR_PREFIX]
note: 6BoWp
en: Document Color
en_GB: Document Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_UNDO_APPLY_EXTRUSION_COLOR]
note: DFEZP
en: Change Extrusion Color
en_GB: Change Extrusion Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_LM]
note: CznfN
en: Left center
en_GB: Left centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_MM]
note: jvzC7
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_RM]
note: HPtYD
en: Right center
en_GB: Right centre

[ctx: RID_STR_DELETECONFIRM]
note: zSJQe
en: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation.
    Do you want to continue anyway?
en_GB: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation!
    Do you want to continue?

[ctx: RID_STR_NOCONTROLS_FOR_EXTERNALDISPLAY]
note: 6RPtu
en: Valid bound controls which can be used in the table view do not exist in the current form.
en_GB: No valid bound controls which can be used in the table view exist in the current form.

[ctx: RID_STR_SVT_SQL_SYNTAX_ACCESS_DAT_NO_VALID]
note: tzFv5
en: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RULER_TAB_CENTER]
note: MhfuC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ZOOMTOOL_HINT]
note: Bc5Sg
en: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialog.
en_GB: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_PALETTE]
note: ihDqY
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_TITLE]
note: sDL47
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_FLOAT3D_STR_TITLE]
note: 7FcWA
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_3]
note: k3LBG
en: Uppercase Roman number I. II. III.
en_GB: Upper-case Roman number I. II. III.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_4]
note: BPgDJ
en: Uppercase letter A) B) C)
en_GB: Upper-case letter A) B) C)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_5]
note: GooHz
en: Lowercase letter a) b) c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter a) b) c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_6]
note: k6waJ
en: Lowercase letter (a) (b) (c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter (a) (b) (c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_7]
note: ZiWKK
en: Lowercase Roman number i. ii. iii.
en_GB: Lower-case Roman number i. ii. iii.

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_CHR_LOWER]
note: DuQGP
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_UPPER]
note: nWQ7R
en: Uppercase Roman
en_GB: Upper-case Roman

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_LOWER]
note: PxkPZ
en: Lowercase Roman
en_GB: Lower-case Roman

[ctx: STR_COLORTABLE]
note: Deknh
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SUBSETMAP]
note: WLLAP
en: Kangxi Radicals
en_GB: Kanxi Radicals

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: TtzX2
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: A7wEV
en: Character set color
en_GB: Character set colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: DPZws
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: RWGZH
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: Uy6BJ
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: ej2m5
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: EFSC2
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: pcGHS
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: 5a3Dq
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: zpCki
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: aTBVj
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCTX]
note: fpWGL
en: $(ERR) executing the spellcheck.
en_GB: $(ERR) executing the spell check.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: JhrPu
en: Spellcheck is not available.
en_GB: Spell check is not available.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: YAuTf
en: A language has not been fixed for the selected term.
en_GB: A language has not been specified for the selected term.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: 4CPe7
en: Password protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password protection?
en_GB: Password-protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password-protection?

[ctx: RID_SVXSW_FRAMEPOSITIONS]
note: zLzw8
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: addconditiondialog|extended_tip|AddConditionDialog]
note: obZQs
en: Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
en_GB: Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.

[ctx: adddataitemdialog|extended_tip|requiredcond]
note: ZmXJi
en: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.
en_GB: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialogue box where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.

[ctx: adddataitemdialog|extended_tip|constraintcond]
note: HFeZa
en: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.
en_GB: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialogue box where you can specify the constraint condition.

[ctx: adddataitemdialog|extended_tip|calculatecond]
note: F6JBe
en: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter the calculation.
en_GB: The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialogue box where you can enter the calculation.

[ctx: asianphoneticguidedialog|adjustlb]
note: AoQvC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: evrE6
en: Add to favorites
en_GB: Add to favourites

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: XPhLz
en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

[ctx: chineseconversiondialog|extended_tip|editterms]
note: RpF9A
en: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit the list of conversion terms.

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: fG6PM
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: HbNRg
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: classificationdialog|extended_tip|signButton]
note: zGuTE
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog to select a digital certificate for paragraph signature.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box to select a digital certificate for paragraph signature.

[ctx: classificationdialog|label-PartNumber]
note: cDs9q
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: colorwindow|color_picker_button]
note: 5MZ3i
en: Custom Color…
en_GB: Custom Colour…

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesadd]
note: MFX47
en: Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesedit]
note: cJYQx
en: Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsadd]
note: QMNcJ
en: Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
en_GB: Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsbutton]
note: VnGCB
en: Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
en_GB: Adds, renames and removes XForms models.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instances]
note: VtqeQ
en: This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
en_GB: This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.

[ctx: defaultshapespanel|label10]
note: cibWf
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: deletefooterdialog|DeleteFooterDialog]
note: EthWp
en: All contents of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.
en_GB: All content of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|diagonal]
note: Mk8WM
en: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|scaleddepth]
note: W4Agm
en: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|angle]
note: zHDZb
en: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|depth]
note: 8x6QY
en: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
en_GB: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3-D object. This option is not valid for 3-D rotation objects.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|veri]
note: eECGL
en: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
en_GB: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|hori]
note: zDoUt
en: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objspecific]
note: 6Eqby
en: Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|flat]
note: MgFbn
en: Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface as polygons.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|spherical]
note: Ant38
en: Renders a smooth 3D surface.
en_GB: Renders a smooth 3-D surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|doublesided]
note: KhQUE
en: Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
en_GB: Closes the shape of a 3-D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3-D).

[ctx: docking3deffects|to3d|tooltip_text]
note: XjqvC
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|to3d]
note: jGHSC
en: Use this icon to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D object.
en_GB: Use this icon to convert a selected 2-D object to a 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|tolathe]
note: 3tj7D
en: Click here to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Click here to convert a selected 2-D object to a 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|preview-atkobject]
note: S27FV
en: 3D Preview
en_GB: 3-D Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightpreview-atkobject]
note: c86Xg
en: Color Light Preview
en_GB: Colour Light Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|mode]
note: oq9Aj
en: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
en_GB: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.

[ctx: docking3deffects|shadow|tooltip_text]
note: 4yMr6
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|shadow]
note: uPZTo
en: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|distance]
note: QDWn9
en: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
en_GB: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton1|tooltip_text]
note: DNnED
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton1]
note: fbmBv
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|ambientcolor]
note: yWUfc
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton2|tooltip_text]
note: nSELF
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light1]
note: 9QFz2
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light2]
note: jwgPB
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light3]
note: sCqw6
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light4]
note: Vus8w
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light5]
note: dESZk
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light6]
note: CgMts
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light7]
note: LJ3Lp
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light8]
note: 7GZgb
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor1|tooltip_text]
note: FN3e6
en: Light 1 color
en_GB: Light 1 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|lightcolor1]
note: djVxQ
en: Select a color for the current light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current light source.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor2|tooltip_text]
note: EBVTG
en: Light 2 color
en_GB: Light 2 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor3|tooltip_text]
note: wiDjj
en: Light 3 color
en_GB: Light 3 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor4|tooltip_text]
note: zZSLi
en: Light 4 color
en_GB: Light 4 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor5|tooltip_text]
note: bPGBH
en: Light 5 color
en_GB: Light 5 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor6|tooltip_text]
note: mCg85
en: Light 6 color
en_GB: Light 6 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor7|tooltip_text]
note: Lj2HV
en: Light 7 color
en_GB: Light 7 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor8|tooltip_text]
note: aNZDv
en: Light 8 color
en_GB: Light 8 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|texcolor|tooltip_text]
note: rfdVf
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texcolor]
note: dkTiY
en: Converts the texture to color.
en_GB: Converts the texture to colour.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texmodulate]
note: 3g4zG
en: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
en_GB: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialogue box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|label26]
note: fYX37
en: _Favorites
en_GB: _Favourites

[ctx: docking3deffects|label27]
note: mNa7V
en: _Object color
en_GB: _Object colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|label29]
note: rGGJC
en: _Illumination color
en_GB: _Illumination colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objcolor]
note: UmpFS
en: Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|illumcolor]
note: 8ufuo
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|favorites]
note: KDxBg
en: Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
en_GB: Select a predefined colour scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom colour scheme.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton3|tooltip_text]
note: AndqG
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton3]
note: BT3GD
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton4|tooltip_text]
note: tsEoC
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|label30]
note: wY3tE
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|speccolor]
note: TAoRf
en: Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton5|tooltip_text]
note: 8fdJB
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|material]
note: xN7Sr
en: Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Changes the colouring of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texture]
note: DVwWG
en: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3-D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light]
note: 9WEJD
en: Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Define the light source for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|representation]
note: HF3KP
en: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|geometry]
note: h4c39
en: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
en_GB: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3-D object. You can only modify the shape of a -3D object that was created by converting a 2-D object. To convert a 2-D object to 3-D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3-D, or Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|Docking3DEffects]
note: 4D9WF
en: Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document or converts a 2D object to 3D.
en_GB: Specifies the properties of 3-D object(s) in the current document or converts a 2-D object to 3-D.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label2]
note: dzpTm
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx2-atkobject]
note: 7BFw2 This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 2
en_GB: Source Colour 2

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx2]
note: PQMJr
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx3-atkobject]
note: 8kZuj This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 3
en_GB: Source Colour 3

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx3]
note: N86Pu
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx4-atkobject]
note: 3asCq This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 4
en_GB: Source Colour 4

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx4]
note: LBfJA
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx1-atkobject]
note: 5MXBc This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 1
en_GB: Source Colour 1

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx1]
note: QFJGw
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx5]
note: GTTDs
en: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
en_GB: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol1]
note: 5yRXd
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol2]
note: meE29
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol3]
note: TFmby
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol4]
note: PBa9G
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color1]
note: HHM3q
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color2]
note: Xov5N
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color3]
note: n4BEe
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color4]
note: 2jmAc
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color5]
note: JaAwK
en: Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
en_GB: Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label1]
note: EeBXP
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|replace]
note: 8uHoS
en: Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
en_GB: Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the Replace with boxes.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|pipette]
note: CQGvD
en: Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
en_GB: Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|toolgrid]
note: ErWSB
en: Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
en_GB: Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Colour Replacer tool is selected.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|DockingColorReplace]
note: gbska
en: Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
en_GB: Opens the Colour Replacer dialogue box, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|center]
note: QvAnd
en: Centers the text on the text baseline.
en_GB: Centres the text on the text baseline.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|contour]
note: hwZ5Q
en: Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
en_GB: Shows or hides the text baseline or the edges of the selected object.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|color|tooltip_text]
note: MDpHx
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|color]
note: bNpUP
en: Select a color for the text shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the text shadow.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|indent]
note: nQpqX
en: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
en_GB: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline and the beginning of the text.

[ctx: findreplacedialog-mobile|calcsearchin]
note: vHG2V
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: mMSX7
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|layout]
note: JEwqr
en: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
en_GB: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this check box, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|similarity]
note: 9Div9
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|soundslike]
note: 2Sw86
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|notes]
note: z68pk
en: In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
en_GB: In Writer, you can select to include the comment text strings in your searches.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|calcsearchin]
note: GGhEA
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: floatingareastyle|left|tooltip_text]
note: JjgJw
en: Rotate counterclockwise by 45 degrees.
en_GB: Rotate counter-clockwise by 45 degrees.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label2]
note: hrDvA
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label3]
note: 2edDC
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centerx|tooltip_text]
note: C7FRC
en: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal center.
en_GB: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal centre.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centery|tooltip_text]
note: eBXEr
en: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical center.
en_GB: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical centre.

[ctx: floatingcontour|statuscolor]
note: kFDBb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|TBI_PIPETTE]
note: A6v7a
en: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.
en_GB: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same colour. Click here, and then click a colour in the bitmap. To increase the colour range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.

[ctx: floatingcontour|spinbutton|tooltip_text]
note: vRR3B
en: Color Tolerance
en_GB: Colour Tolerance

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|spinbutton]
note: o4Dxq
en: Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.
en_GB: Enter the colour tolerance for the Colour Replacer as a percentage. To increase the colour range that the Colour Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.

[ctx: fontworkalignmentcontrol|RID_SVXSTR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: Dt4xu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: imapdialog|extended_tip|TBI_FREEPOLY]
note: jqx5a
en: Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
en_GB: Draws a hotspot that is based on a free-form polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a free-form line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawx]
note: GhA8G
en: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawy]
note: ViHxf
en: Defines the grid points spacing in the currently selected unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Defines the grid points spacing in the currently selected unit of measurement on the y-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisionx]
note: QBM3z
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisiony]
note: hNLHu
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the y-axis.

[ctx: passwd|oldpass]
note: FkYnV
en: Old Password
en_GB: Old password

[ctx: passwd|extended_tip|confirmpassEntry]
note: QF45Y
en: Reenter the new password for the selected library.
en_GB: Re-enter the new password for the selected library.

[ctx: rulermenu|mm]
note: xHAu7
en: Millimeter
en_GB: Millimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|cm]
note: wvJrk
en: Centimeter
en_GB: Centimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|m]
note: 9CXyh
en: Meter
en_GB: Metre

[ctx: rulermenu|km]
note: BuJwF
en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

[ctx: safemodedialog|label4]
note: C6Drd
en: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bugreport (be aware it might contain personal data).
en_GB: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bug report (be aware it might contain personal data).

[ctx: sidebararea|color|tooltip_text]
note: egzhb
en: Select the color to apply.
en_GB: Select the colour to apply.

[ctx: sidebarglow|color]
note: bEFFC
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: sidebargraphic|colorlmodelabel]
note: 6cABJ
en: Color _mode:
en_GB: Colour _mode:

[ctx: sidebargraphic|setcolormode-atkobject]
note: Rj5UQ
en: Color mode
en_GB: Colour mode

[ctx: sidebarline|colorlabel]
note: hqTEs
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: sidebarline|color|tooltip_text]
note: oEqwH
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarline|setcolor|tooltip_text]
note: JbEBs
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarparagraph|backgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: aFsx7
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_GRAYSCALE]
note: D5EAR
en: 8-bit grayscale
en_GB: 8-bit greyscale

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_COLOR_PALETTE]
note: HFbrr
en: 8-bit color
en_GB: 8-bit colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_24BIT_TRUE_COLOR]
note: Rh5LR
en: 24-bit true color
en_GB: 24-bit true colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_INITIALIZING]
note: nyGEq
en: Initializing
en_GB: Initialising

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_OFFLINE]
note: BMWJx
en: Offline
en_GB: Off-line

[ctx: STR_FIELD_FIRSTNAME]
note: LXmyi
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: STR_FIELD_LASTNAME]
note: 2MkxF
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: STR_FIELD_ZIPCODE]
note: tAg9k
en: ZIP Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: STR_FIELD_CITY]
note: UYGgj
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: STR_FIELD_STATE]
note: H3ygA
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: printersetupdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: BAnmG accessibility descriptions that use %PRODUCTNAME, we set these explicitly because querying a11y descs in order to change %PRODUCTNAME at runtime is expensive, so limit doing that as much as possible.
en: Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Options dialogue box where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_WORD_DOC]
note: E2Kzj
en: MS Word document
en_GB: Microsoft Word document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_DOC]
note: Xcec2
en: MS Excel document
en_GB: Microsoft Excel document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_TEMPLATE_DOC]
note: FWiWT
en: MS Excel template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY_VOLUME]
note: MEF3h
en: Disk drive
en_GB: Disc drive

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT]
note: 3CBfJ
en: MS PowerPoint Document
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_TEMPLATE]
note: DS7CP
en: MS PowerPoint Template
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_SHOW]
note: syag8
en: MS PowerPoint Show
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Show

[ctx: RID_ERRCTX]
note: HRZZ7
en: $(ERR) copying or moving document contents
en_GB: $(ERR) copying or moving document content

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: cmB26
en: Nonexistent object
en_GB: Non-existent object

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: GKKn5
en: Nonexistent file.
en_GB: Non-existent file.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: FXGgZ
en: An unknown I/O error has occurred.
en_GB: The file name contains invalid characters.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: 4BfhE
en: An invalid attempt was made to access the file.
en_GB: An unknown I/O error has occurred.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: Bxx3u
en: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not be activated.
en_GB: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not been activated.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: BCqFD
en: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You need to close one or more documents before you can open a new document.
en_GB: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You must close one or more documents before you can open a new document.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: mfmpc
en: Could not create backup copy.
en_GB: Could not create a backup copy.

[ctx: graphicexport|liststore1]
note: iMZW3
en: pixels/meter
en_GB: pixels/metre

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|colordepthlb]
note: Dc5fy
en: Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.
en_GB: Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|label2]
note: hFaPC
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|compressionjpgwebpnf]
note: 5Gv5x
en: Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size.
en_GB: Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and large file size.

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|savetransparencycb]
note: kZ3uW
en: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
en_GB: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.

[ctx: graphicexport|color1rb]
note: Jfbgx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color1rb]
note: LNHEi
en: Exports the file in color.
en_GB: Exports the file in colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|color2rb]
note: VeZFK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color2rb]
note: TWEx8
en: Exports the file in grayscale tones.
en_GB: Exports the file in greyscale tones.

[ctx: graphicexport|label18]
note: BbSGF
en: Color Format
en_GB: Colour Format

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|level2rb]
note: wiWrE
en: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
en_GB: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.

[ctx: RID_XEQY_HELP]
note: DcpN2
en: Is Equal
en_GB: Is Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNEQY_HELP]
note: 67oaU
en: Is Not Equal
en_GB: Is Not Equal To

[ctx: RID_XAPPROXY_HELP]
note: PiF9E
en: Is Approximately Equal
en_GB: Is Approximately Equal To

[ctx: RID_XSIMEQY_HELP]
note: Yu5EU
en: Is Similar Or Equal
en_GB: Is Similar Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XTOWARDY_HELP]
note: kKBBK
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETY_HELP]
note: ToVZV
en: Subset
en_GB: Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: ERo34
en: Subset Or Equal To
en_GB: Subset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETY_HELP]
note: Ut5XD
en: Superset
en_GB: Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: BCHWL
en: Superset Or Equal To
en_GB: Superset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETY_HELP]
note: K67nF
en: Not Subset
en_GB: Not Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: FsuYX
en: Not Subset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Subset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETY_HELP]
note: 7LJYb
en: Not Superset
en_GB: Not Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: 2Z4St
en: Not Superset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Superset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_ARCSINX_HELP]
note: DsTBd
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: RID_ARCCOSX_HELP]
note: FPzbg
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLACK_HELP]
note: EGfMH
en: Color Black
en_GB: Colour Black

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLUE_HELP]
note: GrXZS
en: Color Blue
en_GB: Colour Blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GREEN_HELP]
note: DRFYB
en: Color Green
en_GB: Colour Green

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RED_HELP]
note: MJhTE
en: Color Red
en_GB: Colour Red

[ctx: RID_COLORX_AQUA_HELP]
note: dDDvs
en: Color Aqua
en_GB: Colour Aqua

[ctx: RID_COLORX_FUCHSIA_HELP]
note: 6zGQ2
en: Color Fuchsia
en_GB: Colour Fuchsia

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GRAY_HELP]
note: em3aA
en: Color Gray
en_GB: Colour Grey

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LIME_HELP]
note: 8Pn5t
en: Color Lime
en_GB: Colour Lime

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MAROON_HELP]
note: xGjXA
en: Color Maroon
en_GB: Colour Maroon

[ctx: RID_COLORX_NAVY_HELP]
note: Cmhuj
en: Color Navy
en_GB: Colour Navy

[ctx: RID_COLORX_OLIVE_HELP]
note: XL3XB
en: Color Olive
en_GB: Colour Olive

[ctx: RID_COLORX_PURPLE_HELP]
note: yZ9RF
en: Color Purple
en_GB: Colour Purple

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SILVER_HELP]
note: 2zE5Z
en: Color Silver
en_GB: Colour Silver

[ctx: RID_COLORX_TEAL_HELP]
note: vMBoD
en: Color Teal
en_GB: Colour Teal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_YELLOW_HELP]
note: U7bEA
en: Color Yellow
en_GB: Colour Yellow

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGB_HELP]
note: 6mDX7
en: Color RGB
en_GB: Colour RGB

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGBA_HELP]
note: FHLCx
en: Color RGBA
en_GB: Colour RGBA

[ctx: RID_COLORX_HEX_HELP]
note: UxFDW
en: Color hexadecimal
en_GB: Colour hexadecimal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CORAL_HELP]
note: MGdCv
en: Color Coral
en_GB: Colour Coral

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CRIMSON_HELP]
note: gPCCe
en: Color Crimson
en_GB: Colour Crimson

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MIDNIGHT_HELP]
note: oDRbR
en: Color Midnight blue
en_GB: Colour Midnight blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_VIOLET_HELP]
note: 4aCMu
en: Color Violet
en_GB: Colour Violet

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGE_HELP]
note: Qivdb
en: Color Orange
en_GB: Colour Orange

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGERED_HELP]
note: CVygm
en: Color Orangered
en_GB: Colour Orangered

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SEAGREEN_HELP]
note: LbfRK
en: Color Seagreen
en_GB: Colour Seagreen

[ctx: RID_COLORX_INDIGO_HELP]
note: DKivY
en: Color Indigo
en_GB: Colour Indigo

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LAVENDER_HELP]
note: GHgTB
en: Color Lavender
en_GB: Colour Lavender

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SNOW_HELP]
note: HQmw7
en: Color Snow
en_GB: Colour Snow

[ctx: RID_ALIGNCX_HELP]
note: BpAbA
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: STR_GRAY]
note: fZKES
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: STR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: dBczP
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: RID_ERR_COLOREXPECTED]
note: HLZNK
en: Color required
en_GB: Colour required

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|default]
note: RK3fb
en: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.
en_GB: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulae.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|center]
note: v8DVF
en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|center]
note: Cppmw
en: Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.
en_GB: Aligns the elements of a formula to the centre.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|AlignmentDialog]
note: qV2H7
en: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.
en_GB: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulae as well as formulae with several elements in one line.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TZoCR
en: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog.
en_GB: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: w4mRB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|symbolset]
note: UA5cZ
en: All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.
en_GB: All symbols are organised into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|CatalogDialog]
note: DSYgZ
en: Opens the Symbols dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.
en_GB: Opens the Symbols dialogue box, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|bold]
note: XACty
en: Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the bold attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|italic]
note: W4VUL
en: Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the italic attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|FontDialog]
note: pwqjH
en: Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialog.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialogue box.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: BywFC
en: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulae.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|spinB_index]
note: AqFSQ
en: Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.
en_GB: Select the relative size for the indices in a formula in proportion to the base size.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|FontSizeDialog]
note: 5Tw56
en: Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|modify]
note: uQCNw
en: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.
en_GB: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialogue box, in which you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: gAvNx
en: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulae.

[ctx: savedefaultsdialog|SaveDefaultsDialog]
note: 7oNeH
en: These changes will apply for all new formulas.
en_GB: These changes will apply for all new formulae.

[ctx: extended_tip|saveonlyusedsymbols]
note: BkZLa
en: Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
en_GB: Saves only those symbols which each formula that are used in that formula.

[ctx: symdefinedialog|extended_tip|EditSymbols]
note: zBbJC
en: Use this dialog to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.

[ctx: STR_XMLSEC_ODF12_EXPECTED]
note: W5PzH
en: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools-Options-Load/Save-General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).
en_GB: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).

[ctx: STR_QRYTEMPL_MESSAGE]
note: iFaMb
en: The template '$(ARG1)' on which this document is based, has been modified. Do you want to update the styles of the current document, using the modified template?
en_GB: The template '$(ARG1)', on which this document is based, has been modified. Do you want to update the styles of the current document using the modified template?

[ctx: STR_INFO_NOSEARCHTEXTFOUND]
note: 9D6Ze
en: The text you entered was not found.
en_GB: The text that you entered was not found.

[ctx: RID_HELP_ONSTARTUP_TEXT]
note: qLPDs
en: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Startup
en_GB: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Start-up

[ctx: STR_QUICKSTART_STARTCENTER]
note: c6wAB
en: Startcenter
en_GB: Startcentre

[ctx: RID_CNT_STR_WAITING]
note: m9FCm
en: The templates are being initialized for first-time usage.
en_GB: The templates are being initialised for first-time usage.

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ATTRIBUTE_REMOVABLE]
note: dBQEu
en: removeable
en_GB: removable

[ctx: charmapcontrol|label1]
note: WGFBK
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: custominfopage|extended_tip|properties]
note: kSFdB
en: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
en_GB: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.

[ctx: helpmanual|hidedialog]
note: B2Wzh
en: Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue box again

[ctx: licensedialog|show]
note: yLwba
en: _Show License
en_GB: _Show Licence

[ctx: optprintpage|reducegradcolor]
note: W8LE7
en: Intermediate _color
en_GB: Intermediate _colour

[ctx: extended_tip|reducegradcolor]
note: TUbxx
en: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
en_GB: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.

[ctx: optprintpage|converttogray]
note: wm7C7
en: Con_vert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Con_vert colours to greyscale

[ctx: extended_tip|converttogray]
note: UNSqH
en: Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass1ed]
note: yVorz
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass2ed]
note: EkHiq
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: tabbar|customization]
note: hEmHk
en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

[ctx: templatedlg|hidedialogcb]
note: rhuYP
en: Show this dialog at startup
en_GB: Show this dialogue box at startup

[ctx: versioncommentdialog|extended_tip|VersionCommentDialog]
note: T5AY5
en: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
en_GB: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialogue box, you cannot edit the comment.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|save]
note: gTR6x
en: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
en_GB: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialogue box before you save the new version.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|VersionsOfDialog]
note: 5BdCA
en: Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.
en_GB: Saves and organises multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: peBEn
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: hoEiK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: STR_UNDO_DRAGDROP]
note: eh6CM
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: STR_AUTOLAYOUT_ONLY_TEXT]
note: yEaXc
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING]
note: SDm68
en: Spellcheck of entire document has been completed.
en_GB: Spell check of entire document has been completed.

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING_OBJ]
note: gefTJ
en: The spellcheck for the selected objects has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check for the selected objects has been completed.

[ctx: STR_EYEDROPPER]
note: B6jDL
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: STR_UNDO_APPLY_3D_FAVOURITE]
note: wXCu2
en: Apply 3D favorite
en_GB: Apply 3-D favourite

[ctx: STR_STATUSBAR_MASTERPAGE]
note: DEEG3
en: Slide Master name. Right-click for list or click for dialog.
en_GB: Slide Master name. Right-click for list or click for dialogue box.

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_PAGES]
note: m8crC
en: Drag and Drop Pages
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Pages

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_SLIDES]
note: CAGzA
en: Drag and Drop Slides
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Slides

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_MPNOTESTEXT]
note: CuXWS
en: Click to edit the notes format
en_GB: Click to edit the notes' format

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_ORGCHART]
note: eKgCA
en: Double-click to add an Organization Chart
en_GB: Double-click to add an Organisation Chart

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FIRST_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: eJ4qZ
en: First color:
en_GB: First colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_SECOND_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: CSbCE
en: Second color:
en_GB: Second colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FILL_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: cZUiD
en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FONT_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: Fdsks
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_LINE_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: nAqeR
en: Line color:
en_GB: Line colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: wiQPZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: AvNV8
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: P5gKe
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: KGmdL
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: oEn6r
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY]
note: CSUbC
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: pPiWM
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: buKAC
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: iiE2i
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: RAhiP
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|default]
note: BCDCG
en: Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
en_GB: Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: ELfL6
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AiFRo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: copydlg|label5]
note: 27j9Q
en: _X axis:
en_GB: _x-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|label6]
note: G5trD
en: _Y axis:
en_GB: _y-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|x]
note: a63ej
en: Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|y]
note: qPCGk
en: Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.
en_GB: Enter the vertical distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|start]
note: ULShA
en: Choose a color for the selected object.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the selected object.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|end]
note: AAoBa
en: Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this colour is applied to the last copy.

[ctx: copydlg|label3]
note: F3A93
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dlgsnap|extended_tip|SnapObjectDialog]
note: hGNY5
en: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.
en_GB: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as a guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: vxJf8
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|extended_tip|originalcolors]
note: 4hoE9
en: Specifies to print in original colors.
en_GB: Specifies to print in original colours.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: 5FsHB
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|extended_tip|grayscale]
note: 2TphV
en: Specifies to print colors as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies to print colours as greyscale.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|extended_tip|blackandwhite]
note: Et9Qj
en: Specifies to print colors as black and white.
en_GB: Specifies to print colours as black and white.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|label5]
note: MGAFs
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: drawprtldialog|RID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS]
note: ANGDj
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: insertslidesdialog|extended_tip|links]
note: c7yDj
en: Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.
en_GB: Inserts a file, or some file elements, as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.

[ctx: draw_notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: TCPHC
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: vectorize|label2]
note: 4LBUQ
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|colors]
note: KBsVD
en: Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. A polygon is generated for each occurrence of a color in the image.
en_GB: Enter the number of colours to be displayed in the converted image. A polygon is generated for each occurrence of a colour in the image.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|points]
note: enFzr
en: Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.
en_GB: Removes colour polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|fillholes]
note: AF6Bf
en: Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.
en_GB: Fills the colour gaps caused by applying a point reduction.

[ctx: vectorize|label6]
note: HYpvA
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: clientboxfragment|STR_DEAUTHORISE_CLIENT]
note: bCCCX
en: Remove Client Authorization
en_GB: Remove Client Authorisation

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|dim_color_label]
note: DUrNg
en: Di_m color:
en_GB: Di_m colour:

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|dim_color_list]
note: EwZ9F
en: Select the dim color.
en_GB: Select the dim colour.

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|aeffect_list]
note: Aj8J7
en: Dim with color
en_GB: Dim with colour

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|aeffect_list]
note: PZg2D
en: Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list
en_GB: Select a colour to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list

[ctx: customanimationfragment|counterclock]
note: eoS4e
en: Counter-clockwise
en_GB: Anticlockwise

[ctx: customslideshows|extended_tip|ok]
note: jiFoQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: dockinganimation|alignment]
note: 7NwKN
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: rA69H
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|extended_tip|originalcolors]
note: XqwZg
en: Specifies to print in original colors.
en_GB: Specifies to print in original colours.

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: Hp6An
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|extended_tip|grayscale]
note: udszJ
en: Specifies to print colors as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies to print colours as greyscale.

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|extended_tip|blackandwhite]
note: fKqNu
en: Specifies to print colors as black and white.
en_GB: Specifies to print colours as black and white.

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|label5]
note: G3CZp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: masterlayoutdlg|extended_tip|MasterLayoutDialog]
note: 2iPYT
en: Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.
en_GB: Adds or removes header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|shapes]
note: EUeae
en: In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.
en_GB: In the sub-menu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you move the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormMenuButton]
note: pA8DH
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormLabel]
note: xwrog
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormButton]
note: 4f9xG
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormLabel]
note: ntfL7
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3Db]
note: fNGFB
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|colorb]
note: DDTxx
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|layout05]
note: PAqPF
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: presentationdialog|extended_tip|manualslides]
note: 2PEAj
en: Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.
en_GB: Slides never change automatically when this check box is marked.

[ctx: extended_tip|defaultrb]
note: pjmw3
en: Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print in original colours.

[ctx: prntopts|grayscalerb]
note: sFK9C
en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

[ctx: extended_tip|grayscalerb]
note: 85Da5
en: Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.

[ctx: slidecontextmenu|color]
note: 222Gq
en: _Change Pen Color...
en_GB: _Change Pen Colour...

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|load]
note: KDCjh
en: Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.
en_GB: Displays the Load Master Slide dialogue box, where you can select additional slide designs.

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|SlideDesignDialog]
note: SRRvK
en: Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
en_GB: Displays the Available Master Slides dialogue box, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|rb_auto_after]
note: rJJQy
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|auto_after_value]
note: YctZb
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: folderitem_math.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_MATH LngText.text]
note: hBjNe
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: module_math.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_MATH LngText.text]
note: AhgCA
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using %PRODUCTNAME Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using %PRODUCTNAME Math.

[ctx: folderitem_impress.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_IMPRESS LngText.text]
note: MaeYG
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: module_impress.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_IMPRESS LngText.text]
note: 44gb8
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.

[ctx: folderitem_draw.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_DRAW LngText.text]
note: V3A3J
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: module_draw.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_DRAW LngText.text]
note: Sm97Z
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.

[ctx: registryitem_draw.ulf STR_REG_VAL_PORTABLE_GRAYMAP_FORMAT LngText.text]
note: nwwUC
en: Portable Graymap Format File
en_GB: Portable Greymap Format File

[ctx: folderitem_calc.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_CALC LngText.text]
note: yfZ8B
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: module_calc.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_CALC LngText.text]
note: erCpE
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: folderitem_base.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_BASE LngText.text]
note: cbtbu
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: module_base.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_BASE LngText.text]
note: AGMBG
en: Create and edit databases by using %PRODUCTNAME Base.
en_GB: Create and edit databases using %PRODUCTNAME Base.

[ctx: RID_PROPERTY_ALGORITHM]
note: bYUbE
en: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimization)
en_GB: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimisation)

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: i8Y7Z
en: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays
en_GB: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of working days

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: EPJV2
en: The number of workdays before or after the start date
en_GB: The number of working days before or after the start date

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: EzTEV
en: Number 1
en_GB: Number1

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: H7EGL
en: Number 2
en_GB: Number2

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Gestep]
note: ckg2G
en: The threshold value
en_GB: The threshhold value

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Effect]
note: VADwy
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Nominal]
note: s2F7k
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: DATE_FUNCDESC_Rot13]
note: U4M9a
en: Encrypts or decrypts a text using the ROT13 algorithm
en_GB: Encrypts or decrypts a text string using the ROT13 algorithm

[ctx: STR_MSSG_MAKEAUTOFILTER_0]
note: BC4uB
en: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column header?
en_GB: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column headers?

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SPELLING]
note: R2KAi
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_ILL_FPO]
note: MMr4E ERROR.TYPE( #NUM! ) == 6
en: Error: Invalid numeric value
en_GB: Error: Invalid floating point operation

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_SYNTAX]
note: NnSBz
en: Internal syntactical error
en_GB: Internal syntax error

[ctx: STR_FORMULAS]
note: FYZA4
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_BEGIN_TAB]
note: EMMdQ
en: Should the spellcheck be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?
en_GB: Should the spell check be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_STOP_OK]
note: 8M6Nx
en: The spellcheck of this sheet has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check of this sheet has been completed.

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 8soVt
en: Color Tab
en_GB: Colour Tab

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_MULTI_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 3DXsa
en: Color Tabs
en_GB: Colour Tabs

[ctx: STR_SCATTR_PAGE_FORMULAS]
note: opCNb
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_QUICKHELP_DELETE]
note: pH5Pf
en: Delete contents
en_GB: Delete content

[ctx: STR_CHANGED_MOVE_REJECTION_WARNING]
note: UCv9m
en: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulas.
en_GB: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulae.

[ctx: STR_COND_COLORSCALE]
note: E8yxG
en: ColorScale
en_GB: ColourScale

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: UbTaD
en: The document contains information not recognized by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!
en_GB: The document contains information not recognised by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: Bxz6s
en: Not all cell contents could be saved in the specified format.
en_GB: Not all cell content could be saved in the specified format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_COUNT_2]
note: DFDyC
en: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range where the content corresponds to the search criteria.
en_GB: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range for which the cell content corresponds to the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_MIN]
note: e9z3D
en: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range where the contents correspond to the search criteria.
en_GB: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_PRODUCT]
note: 8hsR2
en: Multiplies all cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_SUM]
note: rFsPm
en: Adds all the cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Adds all the cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR]
note: ucdoS
en: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR_P]
note: m7qTy
en: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range where contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: 6BwEu
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: DymKU
en: An integer between 1 and 12 representing the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 12 representing the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: McM2X
en: An integer between 1 and 31 representing the day of the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 31 representing the day of the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: RCsfH
en: Returns an internal number for a text having a possible date format.
en_GB: Returns an internal number for a text string having a possible date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: yTX6f
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: BSYE2
en: Returns a sequential number for a text shown in a possible time entry format.
en_GB: Returns a sequential number for a text string shown in a possible time entry format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: efjBJ
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EASTERSUNDAY]
note: oBcHn
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956, or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956, or 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: xeEfA
en: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortization rates.
en_GB: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortisation rates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: Q35Lv
en: Interest rate for a single amortization rate.
en_GB: Interest rate for a single amortisation rate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: CqKcE
en: Number of amortization periods for the calculation of the interest.
en_GB: Number of amortisation periods for the calculation of the interest.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: iYD4K
en: Sum total of amortization periods.
en_GB: Sum total of amortisation periods.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CELL]
note: VP7rD
en: Determines information about address, formatting or contents of a cell.
en_GB: Determines information about address, formatting or content of a cell.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: WAWLC
en: The base a of the power a^b.
en_GB: The number that is to be raised to the power of another.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: iUBVy
en: Exponent
en_GB: Power

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: baWUA
en: The exponent b of the power a^b.
en_GB: The power by which the number is to be raised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUM_IFS]
note: 9qDvh
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_IFS]
note: wvbDq
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COUNT_IFS]
note: 8GRAv
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SQRT]
note: c7XVK
en: A positive value for which the square root is to be calculated.
en_GB: A positive value, for which the square root is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RANDOM]
note: KJ7e9
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: QPAG9
en: Returns the arccosine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc cosine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: 3DWTM
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arccosine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: tAK2r
en: Returns the arcsine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc sine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: qLmmB
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arcsine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc sine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: EmMe7
en: Returns the arctangent of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: CShfM
en: The value for which the arctangent is to be returned.
en_GB: The value for which the arc tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COT_HYP]
note: DoCMo
en: A value smaller than -1 or greater than 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value smaller than -1.0 or greater than +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_HYP]
note: aJFAn
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COS]
note: jghqr
en: The angle in the radians for which the cosine is to be returned.
en_GB: The angle in radians for which the cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: 8U6yM
en: Returns the arctangent for the specified coordinates.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent for the specified coordinates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: WsSq4
en: The value for the X coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: TRECx
en: The value for the Y coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: dnE9t
en: Converts a radian to degrees
en_GB: Converts an angle in radians to degrees

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: GoxCo
en: The angle in a radian
en_GB: The angle in radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RAD]
note: RGeKe
en: Converts degrees to radians
en_GB: Converts an angle in degrees to radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: fyrtU
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: aKFRR
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: qwCCT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: kMYqN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: XBTHe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: LhqAb
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: JedWB
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: 4kBWF
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: iGU4n
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: kFxgD
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_QUARTILE_INC]
note: SytHE
en: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50%, 3 = 75%, 4 = MAX).
en_GB: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50 %, 3 = 75 %, 4 =MAX).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_B]
note: K7rEA
en: Returns the probability of a trial result using binomial distribution.
en_GB: Returns the probability of a trial result using the binomial distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FISHER]
note: D9FC4
en: The value to be transformed (-1 < VALUE < 1).
en_GB: The value to be transformed (-1.0 < VALUE < +1.0).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BINOM_DIST]
note: ZLkQt
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: iDXnR
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: mwMAz
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: ekGoh
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: JvuRB
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: ZgdzP
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: 88B3n
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: qNMyM
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: DkbJX
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: vGkMb
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: mLwp6
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: PMBtZ
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: 2GWhL
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: T4N5D
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: 3dBqA
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: mhYEa
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: ae6FC
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST]
note: HUSCi
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST_MS]
note: CHL5y
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL]
note: o2XuL
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL_MS]
note: tQDCB
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_HYP_GEOM_DIST]
note: 5WYBD
en: Cumulated. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.
en_GB: Cumulative. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: kxECY
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: KYyaV
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: 9uERz
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: HGZbw
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: oMuVC
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: NKz4T
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: wtiPo
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: rGfRz
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: XkzrA
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YvZEM
en: Values of the inverse F distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: wzbhN
en: The probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: cddNQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YnBhQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: bAmiD
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: GvYvE
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: W5XD8
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: pHY8v
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: aLsFJ
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: fp4Bb
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: pocbP
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: HkQSM
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: QWfxh
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: jdv4f
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: fv25C
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: TBGPq
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: vA5pq
en: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x;DegreesOfFreedom;TRUE()).
en_GB: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x; DegreesOfFreedom; TRUE()).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: x8dMV
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: 5nK9R
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: Ux2Ly
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: NXEiP
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: ycGVn
en: Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
en_GB: Converts a random variable to a normalised value.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: 8yf6s
en: The value to be standardized.
en_GB: The value to be standardised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST]
note: msJXN
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST_MS]
note: 34jxF
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST]
note: CfCjB
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST_MS]
note: xAyB8
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: cDSEe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: hcEaB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: EeGGQ
en: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the Y axis.
en_GB: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the y-axis.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: WXipw
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: T4PDz
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: uaECq
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: xFSqB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: iURZt
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: o5k38
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: vQ4CY
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 5dSvW
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 2EEKK
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: 2SBHF
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: peRhT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: mBkBN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHOOSE]
note: 3cXEF
en: Value 1, value 2,... The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30: The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SHEET]
note: GJdEA
en: The reference to a cell or a range or the character string of a sheet name.
en_GB: The reference to a cell or a range or the text string of a sheet name.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INDIRECT]
note: AAABU
en: Returns the contents of a cell that is referenced in text form.
en_GB: Returns the content of a cell that is referenced in text form.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_JIS]
note: EUW4G
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ASC]
note: s8JfK
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CODE]
note: S4kqK
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: 3fTcT
en: Removes all nonprintable characters from text.
en_GB: Removes all non-printable characters from text.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: EArbN
en: The text from which nonprintable characters are to be removed.
en_GB: The text string from which non-printable characters are to be removed.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CONCAT]
note: ESNqo
en: Text for the concatenation.
en_GB: A text string for concatenation.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: e5Dg2
en: Specifies whether two texts are identical.
en_GB: Specifies whether two text strings are identical.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: d9DGd
en: The first text to be used for comparing texts.
en_GB: The first text string to be used for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: yVwcJ
en: The second text for comparing texts.
en_GB: The second text string for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 8sCqL
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive)
en_GB: Looks for a text string within another (case-sensitive)

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: CCsnG
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 9qGoG
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 3MHVV
en: The position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: XLB5s
en: Looks for one text value within another (not case-sensitive).
en_GB: Looks for one text string within another (not case-sensitive).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wdv9o
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wKr3q
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: kK7Aw
en: The position in the text where the search is started.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search is started.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TRIM]
note: nPCDu
en: The text in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.
en_GB: The text string in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: NBR7q
en: Capitalizes the first letter in all words.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter in all words.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: tyvcU
en: The text in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.
en_GB: The text string in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: qhYws
en: Converts text to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to upper-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: PFrYF
en: The text in which lower case letters are to be converted to capitals.
en_GB: The text string in which lower-case letters are to be converted to capitals.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: CqaAp
en: Converts text to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to lower-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: BQTkH
en: The text in which capitals are converted to lower case letters.
en_GB: The text string in which capitals are converted to lower-case letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: tCABh
en: Converts text to a number.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: AND3E
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: P9VnF
en: Converts a number to text according to a given format.
en_GB: Converts a number to a text string according to a given format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: iuGqF
en: The text that describes the format.
en_GB: The text string that describes the format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: mhLYu
en: The text in which some characters are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which some characters are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: AzPGB
en: The text to be inserted.
en_GB: The text string to be inserted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEN]
note: BYoYq
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: Ec5G6
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: yDAgS
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: NK7tc
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: FkF2R
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: Q5J4W
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: RCSNC
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: eDWjF
en: Returns a partial text string of a text.
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: YHAni
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: A6Bii
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: vAoTX
en: Repeats text a given number of times.
en_GB: Repeats a text string a given number of times.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: b4GkF
en: The text to be repeated.
en_GB: The text string to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: GTWVn
en: The number of times the text is to be repeated.
en_GB: The number of times the text string is to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: ZxnGj
en: The text in which partial words are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: x5fUC
en: The text which is to replace the text string.
en_GB: The text string which is to replace the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BASE]
note: yHJT7
en: If the text is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the string.
en_GB: If the resulting text string is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: xDzRi
en: Converts a text of a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.
en_GB: Converts a text string in a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: wiCrE
en: The text to be converted.
en_GB: The text string to be converted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARABIC]
note: SY8fF
en: The text that represents a Roman numeral.
en_GB: The text string that represents a Roman numeral.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INFO]
note: X9hTy
en: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile", and "recalc".
en_GB: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile" and "recalc".

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UNICODE]
note: cyj3B
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: wEFTA
en: Converts a value from one to another Euro currency.
en_GB: Converts a value from one to another old European national currency or euro.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: QyJhX
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency from which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted from.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: CUkEB
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency into which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted to.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: upY2X
en: Converts text to a number, in a locale-independent way.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number, in a locale-independent way.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: CLoEY
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LENB]
note: jDBmj
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: KQzBT
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string, with DBCS

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: PXhin
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: sWFUo
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: smAs2
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: gWnk6
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: DMhmF
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: KUfM8
en: Returns a partial text string of a text, with DBCS
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: obJfT
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: QR8KJ
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COLOR]
note: ifSEQ
en: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA color
en_GB: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA colour

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ERFC_MS]
note: RdZKS
en: Returns the complementary error function.
en_GB: Returns the complementary error function

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FINDB]
note: TuGn8
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCHB]
note: VS3cd
en: Looks for a string of text within another (not case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (not case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SCSTR_FILTER_COLOR]
note: iWBcu
en: Filter by Color
en_GB: Filter by Colour

[ctx: STANDARDFILTERDIALOG_COND]
note: PWtxn This must match the translation of the same strings of standardfilterdialog|cond
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: STANDARDFILTERDIALOG_COND]
note: sGJCz
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: SCSTR_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: EEcgV
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: STR_ACC_CENTERAREA_NAME]
note: RA4AS
en: Center area
en_GB: Centre area

[ctx: STR_ACC_EDITLINE_DESCR]
note: ejFak
en: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulas.
en_GB: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulae.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLROW]
note: YFnCS
en: Neither row or column specified.
en_GB: Neither row nor column specified.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLFORMULA]
note: G8KPr
en: Formulas don't form a column.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a column.

[ctx: STR_NOROWFORMULA]
note: uSxCb
en: Formulas don't form a row.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a row.

[ctx: STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_MSG]
note: KCDoJ
en: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFormat?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFomat?

[ctx: STR_DISTRIBUTION_CHI_SQUARED]
note: zzpmN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-Squared

[ctx: STR_HYPOTHESIZED_MEAN_DIFFERENCE_LABEL]
note: LU4CC
en: Hypothesized Mean Difference
en_GB: Hypothesised Mean Difference

[ctx: STR_LABEL_XVARIABLES_COUNT]
note: ACsNA
en: Count of X variables
en_GB: Count of x-variables

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_COLUMN]
note: ZdyQs
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 column.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 column.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_ROW]
note: UpZqC
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 row.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 row.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_UNIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: DrsBe
en: Univariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Univariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_MULTIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: KuttF
en: Multivariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Multivariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_LABEL_PREDICTEDY]
note: oa4Cm
en: Predicted Y
en_GB: Predicted y

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|lbuserdef]
note: T5A7R
en: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
en_GB: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

[ctx: extended_tip|annot]
note: gbz6Y
en: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uNEJE
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: aXv3t
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: jDQ63
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: eGGuc
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: cF6mB
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: 9cmpi
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: H5KNf
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: xpgDS
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uEBed
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: fUxef
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: gzGAU
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbfilterarea]
note: v3B8V
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|case]
note: HBUJA
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: VewXr
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: tx6QF
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: KpECC
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: CqSuV
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: mXpt4
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: YCsyS
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|rename]
note: zy4WL
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideFormula]
note: jCAZ4
en: Hides formulas in the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae in the selected cells.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideAll]
note: 5v3YW
en: Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|columns]
note: orYEB
en: Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
en_GB: Select the Columns option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.

[ctx: extended_tip|rows]
note: CCfoS
en: Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
en_GB: Select the Rows option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.

[ctx: condformatmanager|extended_tip|CondFormatManager]
note: yDqGa
en: This dialog allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: vgneU
en: Color Scale (2 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (2 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: U3CvE
en: Color Scale (3 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (3 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: uC7X4
en: 3 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 3 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: UFw2i
en: 3 Colored Smileys
en_GB: 3 Coloured Smileys

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 4kGKQ
en: 4 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 4 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 7EuvV
en: 5 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 5 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PYsX2
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: zqDuf
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: hZBzt
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: HqCsB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EHBqo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdataarea]
note: N6jCs
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|lbdestarea]
note: ziYLq
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|eddestarea]
note: BPrCM
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdestarea]
note: HUuw6
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: databaroptions|extended_tip|positive_colour]
note: E95Qc
en: Select the color for the positive values
en_GB: Select the colour for the positive values

[ctx: datbaroptions|extended_tip|negative_colour]
note: fHCLy
en: Select the color for the negative values
en_GB: Select the colour for the negative values

[ctx: databaroptions|fill_type]
note: NArFG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: databaroptions|extended_tip|fill_type]
note: HCRXq
en: Select if the fill in color is solid or gradient.
en_GB: Select if the fill in colour is solid or gradient.

[ctx: databaroptions|label2]
note: cA4CB
en: Bar Colors
en_GB: Bar Colours

[ctx: databaroptions|label9]
note: 4oGae
en: Color of vertical axis:
en_GB: Colour of vertical axis:

[ctx: datbaroptions|extended_tip|axis_colour]
note: eBCGQ
en: Set the color of the vertical axis
en_GB: Set the colour of the vertical axis

[ctx: datafielddialog|extended_tip|expander]
note: mk9vJ
en: Expands or reduces the dialog. The More button is visible for data fields only.
en_GB: Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The More button is visible for data fields only.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|ascending]
note: u8pkE
en: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|descending]
note: qyGGy
en: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: CyzxS
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: djkZd
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: phDVh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assignrb]
note: ySCS4
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definename|extended_tip|DefineNameDialog]
note: gBKqi
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: deletecontents|DeleteContentsDialog]
note: VWjSF
en: Delete Contents
en_GB: Delete Content

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|text]
note: BzXFc
en: Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.
en_GB: Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|numbers]
note: HdAdi
en: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|datetime]
note: uYNYA
en: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|formulas]
note: igEyD
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|formulas]
note: XTY3K
en: Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.

[ctx: erroralerttabpage|extended_tip|browseBtn]
note: pWEXG
en: Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
en_GB: Opens the Macro dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.

[ctx: externaldata|extended_tip|browse]
note: jrW22
en: Open a file dialog to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.
en_GB: Open a file dialogue box to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|increment]
note: LMokQ
en: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.
en_GB: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|FillSeriesDialog]
note: AvMwH
en: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.
en_GB: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialogue box. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.

[ctx: filtersubdropdown|background]
note: bXw6N
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: filtersubdropdown|textcolor]
note: ca9FH
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: fourieranalysisdialog|extended_tip|FourierAnalysisDialog]
note: CAw2k
en: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.
en_GB: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the  Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: fiWse
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: fKq27
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|formulabutton]
note: hVQYj
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|varbutton]
note: phzQE
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|GoalSeekDialog]
note: Aguih
en: Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelFT_CENTER]
note: wFDyu
en: _Center area
en_GB: _Centre area

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|textviewWND_CENTER]
note: yHbZN
en: Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.
en_GB: Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|buttonBTN_TEXT]
note: VHkhc
en: Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to assign formats to new or selected text.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelSTR_HF_CUSTOMIZED]
note: CASF2
en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

[ctx: imoptdialog|extended_tip|asshown]
note: kWBhB
en: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
en_GB: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.

[ctx: imoptdialog|formulas]
note: Fn8ts
en: Save cell fo_rmulas instead of calculated values
en_GB: Save cell fo_rmulae instead of calculated values

[ctx: inputstringdialog|extended_tip|InputStringDialog]
note: MwM2i
en: This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|down]
note: FA4mZ
en: Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.
en_GB: Moves the contents of the selected range downwards when cells are inserted.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|InsertCellsDialog]
note: g2sxi
en: Opens the Insert Cells dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.
en_GB: Opens the Insert Cells dialogue box, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|new]
note: CyX37
en: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.
en_GB: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|browse]
note: LnzZX
en: Opens a dialog for selecting a file.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: RcgP4
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ftVCr
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: EJrBk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ManageNamesDialog]
note: j3EMw
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: mergecellsdialog|extended_tip|MergeCellsDialog]
note: ufnGZ
en: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.
en_GB: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centred.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: DsuEQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EEze8
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|formulasft]
note: aQNVa
en: _Formulas:
en_GB: _Formulae:

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulas]
note: 5RfAg
en: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.
en_GB: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulasref]
note: uQeAG
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|rowref]
note: qdF79
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|colref]
note: pzEjo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: ABAZQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: jkh7A
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: JXXhm
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign2]
note: PvBUo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|NameRangesDialog]
note: aDbLN
en: Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|dragmode]
note: qBchV
en: Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|formatb]
note: scY66
en: F_ont
en_GB: St_yles

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|centerb]
note: c27x6
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|vcenterb]
note: QSVEb
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case]
note: XyA9j
en: Case se_nsitive
en_GB: Case-se_nsitive

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case|tooltip_text]
note: FF8Nh
en: Disable case sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel
en_GB: Disable case-sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel

[ctx: extended_tip|case]
note: fGMgy
en: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper- and lower-case in text strings when comparing cell content.

[ctx: extended_tip|iterate]
note: pBKcn
en: Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
en_GB: Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulawildcards]
note: Hd6CV
en: Enable w_ildcards in formulas
en_GB: Enable w_ildcards in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formularegex]
note: Gghyb
en: Enable r_egular expressions in formulas
en_GB: Enable r_egular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulaliteral]
note: gg3Am
en: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|label5]
note: XEPCe
en: Formulas Wildcards
en_GB: Formulae Wildcards

[ctx: extended_tip|changes]
note: BiCsr
en: Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for changes of cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|deletions]
note: NGpxf
en: Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight deletions in a document.

[ctx: extended_tip|entries]
note: XXK7D
en: Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight moved cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|insertions]
note: 67CPn
en: Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight insertions in a document.

[ctx: optchangespage|label1]
note: AYxhD
en: Colors for Changes
en_GB: Colours for Changes

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChangesPage]
note: GyGpz
en: The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
en_GB: The Changes dialogue box specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.

[ctx: extended_tip|printCB]
note: Cqsrk
en: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
en_GB: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialogue box or in the Format - Print Ranges dialogue box. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.

[ctx: extended_tip|copy]
note: FprUE
en: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
en_GB: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialogue box appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue box to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.

[ctx: extended_tip|OptSortLists]
note: L7EBD
en: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
en_GB: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialogue box. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|paste_values_only]
note: tDknw
en: Pastes numbers, text, dates and the results of formulas.
en_GB: Pastes numbers, text, dates, and the results of formulae.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|paste_values_formats]
note: FjJPU
en: Pastes cell values, formula results and formats applied to cells.
en_GB: Pastes cell values, formula results, and formats applied to cells.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|paste_all]
note: Labin
en: Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.
en_GB: Pastes all cell content, comments, formats and objects into the current document.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|objects]
note: DZsnr
en: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
en_GB: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects or drawing objects.

[ctx: pastespecial|formulas]
note: 2wYuG
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|none]
note: 7GKDG
en: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
en_GB: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The content of the clipboard will replace existing cell content.

[ctx: pivotfielddialog|extended_tip|options]
note: dtMEN
en: Opens the Data Field Options dialog. The Options button is visible for filters and column or row fields only.
en_GB: Opens the Data Field Options dialogue box. The Options button is visible for filters and column or row fields only.

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|case]
note: ckB2T
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: nENeC
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: FCKww
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ieEKA
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|check-drill-to-details]
note: EVPJi
en: Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.
en_GB: Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|destination-button]
note: WEQjx
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: 9SYaB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: BftEK
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbprintarea]
note: DrnyM
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatrow]
note: J22Vh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatcol]
note: MG6GD
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|PrintAreasDialog]
note: jpB5m
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the print range.

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|distribution-liststore]
note: NBPGN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-squared

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|extended_tip|seed-spin]
note: sB7kk
en: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.
en_GB: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialise (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable1-range-label]
note: NuoZN
en: Independent variable(s) (X) range:
en_GB: Independent variable(s) (x) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable2-range-label]
note: NGXXg
en: Dependent variable (Y) range:
en_GB: Dependent variable (y) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|withlabels-check]
note: SougG
en: Both X and Y ranges have labels
en_GB: Both x- and y-ranges have labels

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|copyback]
note: AFrxj
en: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|preventchanges]
note: QJLrA
en: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|showframe]
note: NuN3J
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|bordercolor]
note: cTLu7
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariomenu|edit]
note: ZnKYh
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: scenariomenu|extended_tip|edit]
note: nAdtF
en: Opens the Edit scenario dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.
en_GB: Opens the Edit scenario dialogue box, where you can edit the scenario properties.

[ctx: searchresults|ShowBox]
note: KSm3x
en: _Show this dialog
en_GB: _Show this dialogue box

[ctx: selectdatasource|extended_tip|type]
note: jZRBA
en: Click the source type of for the selected data source.
en_GB: Click the source type for the selected data source.

[ctx: selectrange|extended_tip|treeview]
note: LTKjo
en: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click OK.
en_GB: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click OK.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|external]
note: S9LNt
en: Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.
en_GB: Opens the External Source dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|SelectSourceDialog]
note: JV3gr
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.

[ctx: sharedocumentdlg|warning]
note: xpXCL
en: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sharedwarningdialog|SharedWarningDialog]
note: 9e6DK
en: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_PAGENO]
note: SDefG
en: Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: ideQb
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: 9PVBj
en: Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.
en_GB: Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.

[ctx: showdetaildialog|extended_tip|dimsTreeview]
note: GJu4j
en: Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
en_GB: Choose the field for which you want to view details.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: bjHWc
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackground|tooltip_text]
note: wCWut
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor|tooltip_text]
note: D2TVi
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|linecolor|tooltip_text]
note: GqfZD
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor-atkobject]
note: 8AUBs
en: Border Line Color
en_GB: Border Line Colour

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroeslabel]
note: 4h3mG
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes|tooltip_text]
note: 35pSE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display before the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display before the decimal point.

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes-atkobject]
note: UFTBa
en: Leading Zeroes
en_GB: Leading Zeros

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|negativenumbersred|tooltip_text]
note: apRL8
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: solverdlg|result]
note: CgmTB
en: Optimize result to
en_GB: Optimise result to

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|targetedit]
note: qsQDn
en: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.
en_GB: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimised.

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|SolverDialog]
note: bXYQB
en: Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.
en_GB: Opens the Solver dialogue box. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|engine]
note: pTBRt
en: Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.
en_GB: Select a solver engine. The list box is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: YPbhC
en: If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.
en_GB: If the current entry in the Settings list box allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialogue box opens where you can change the value.

[ctx: sortoptionspage|extended_tip|naturalsort]
note: VH4tV
en: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.
en_GB: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numeric element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.

[ctx: sortwarning|sorttip]
note: Ny8FF
en: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighboring non-empty cells will then be sorted.
en_GB: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighbouring non-empty cells will then be sorted.

[ctx: SparklineDialog|label_Colors]
note: mP9Uy
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: SparklineDialog|checkBox_DisplayX]
note: EMPn4
en: Display X axis
en_GB: Display x-Axis

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: kFyDu
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: JEsDB
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|cond]
note: 3PahC
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|cond]
note: 5Wa7m
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|case]
note: L6LRF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: juNCs
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: vapFg
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: rSZi5
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: ETDiJ
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: om6jr
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: WSVsk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: subtotalgrppage|extended_tip|group_by]
note: 9SJx9
en: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.
en_GB: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|pagebreak]
note: LRtCo
en: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.
en_GB: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|case]
note: vAGGF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: textimportcsv|evaluateformulas]
note: vqmGs
en: If enabled, cells starting with '=' will be evaluated as formulas.
en_GB: If enabled, cells starting with '=' will be evaluated as formulae.

[ctx: texttransformation_type|capitalize]
note: ZsHz4
en: Capitalize
en_GB: Capitalise

[ctx: tpviewpage|formula]
note: D7zk3
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: extended_tip|formula]
note: NZfqW
en: Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
en_GB: Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|value]
note: Ve6Bg
en: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colours, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.

[ctx: tpviewpage|rangefind]
note: aqEWS
en: _Show references in color
en_GB: _Show references in colour

[ctx: extended_tip|rangefind]
note: hSxKG
en: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
en_GB: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.

[ctx: tpviewpage|synczoom]
note: g4FQY
en: S_ynchronize sheets
en_GB: S_ynchronise sheets

[ctx: extended_tip|synczoom]
note: C5GAq
en: If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
en_GB: If marked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not marked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.

[ctx: tpviewpage|grid]
note: GXPYd
en: Show on colored cells
en_GB: Show on coloured cells

[ctx: extended_tip|grid]
note: vFtNT
en: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
en_GB: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background colour. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background colour, or to hide them.

[ctx: validationcriteriapage|extended_tip|sortascend]
note: zejAE
en: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.
en_GB: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.

[ctx: RID_STR_TYPE_CONST]
note: kGCKF
en: User defined Function
en_GB: User-defined Function

[ctx: RID_STR_PARAADJUST_CONST]
note: zsB3C
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKCOLOR]
note: AAcyy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem4]
note: XeLfz
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem5]
note: bF2Nt
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: navigatormenu|properties]
note: iunNU
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: pagenumberdialog|alignment]
note: s4C48
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: readme.xrm A11 readmeitem.text]
note: ThKSG
en: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the license text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.
en_GB: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the licence text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.

[ctx: readme.xrm s2we10 readmeitem.text]
note: GGBmC
en: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Center, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.
en_GB: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Centre, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.

[ctx: readme.xrm Precautions readmeitem.text]
note: bSQER
en: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation process.
en_GB: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation.

[ctx: readme.xrm rpminstall7a readmeitem.text]
note: GKgVu
en: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the toplevel directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the top-level directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackA readmeitem.text]
note: EQqhF
en: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialog box, click on "Languages and Locales" and then click on "General". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".
en_GB: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialogue box, click on "Languages and Locales" and then click on "General". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackB readmeitem.text]
note: ntGdw
en: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialog box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).
en_GB: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialogue box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).

[ctx: readme.xrm naso01 readmeitem.text]
note: dzpfA
en: Problems During Program Startup
en_GB: Problems During Program Start-up

[ctx: readme.xrm pji76w0 readmeitem.text]
note: dDsXM
en: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use Anti-Aliasing' may help.
en_GB: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use anti-aliasing' may help.

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoRightBlockSel Label value.text]
note: J2Btn
en: Select to Page Right
en_GB: Select to Right of Page

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog Label value.text]
note: YFKd7
en: Conditional Formatting: Color Scale
en_GB: Conditional Formatting: Colour Scale

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog ContextLabel value.text]
note: bkSZz
en: Color Scale...
en_GB: Colour Scale...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ClearContents Label value.text]
note: UZKmr
en: Clear Contents
en_GB: Clear Content

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertRowsAfter Label value.text]
note: AGNAm
en: Insert ~Rows Below
en_GB: Insert Rows Below

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToggleMergeCells Label value.text]
note: qJGdH
en: M~erge and Center Cells
en_GB: M~erge and Centre Cells

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToggleMergeCells TooltipLabel value.text]
note: ET4vB
en: Merge and center or unmerge cells depending on the current toggle state
en_GB: Merge and centre or unmerge cells depending on the current toggle state

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor Label value.text]
note: XX6G4
en: Sheet ~Tab Color...
en_GB: Sheet ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor PopupLabel value.text]
note: Rdaez
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TabBgColor Label value.text]
note: DC47Y
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: ZfFDD
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVCenter Label value.text]
note: RyD35
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PrintRangesMenu Label value.text]
note: G3E3Q
en: Prin~t Ranges
en_GB: Pri~nt Ranges

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog Label value.text]
note: 4DJpG
en: Use Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Use Text Import Dialogue box

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yombs
en: Use text import dialog
en_GB: Use text import dialogue box

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: oUWGo
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: ftDWy
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:View3D Label value.text]
note: akKXG
en: ~3D View...
en_GB: ~3-D View...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XTitle Label value.text]
note: gsNEn
en: ~X Axis Title...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:YTitle Label value.text]
note: eST6v
en: ~Y Axis Title...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ZTitle Label value.text]
note: cd8w5
en: ~Z Axis Title...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryXTitle Label value.text]
note: EWdrC
en: S~econdary X Axis Title...
en_GB: S~econdary x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryYTitle Label value.text]
note: cJiBZ
en: Se~condary Y Axis Title...
en_GB: Se~condary y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisX Label value.text]
note: prCG9
en: ~X Axis...
en_GB: ~x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisY Label value.text]
note: C8kZz
en: ~Y Axis...
en_GB: ~y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisZ Label value.text]
note: fRb43
en: ~Z Axis...
en_GB: ~z-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisA Label value.text]
note: CDKTV
en: ~Secondary X Axis...
en_GB: ~Secondary x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisB Label value.text]
note: GLSFt
en: S~econdary Y Axis...
en_GB: S~econdary y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXMain Label value.text]
note: BvQXG
en: ~Y Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYMain Label value.text]
note: UVzSR
en: ~X Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZMain Label value.text]
note: ipSdj
en: ~Z Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXHelp Label value.text]
note: cFuTY
en: Y Axis Minor ~Grid...
en_GB: x-Axis Minor ~Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYHelp Label value.text]
note: QKj5D
en: X Axis ~Minor Grid...
en_GB: y-Axis ~Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZHelp Label value.text]
note: hnT6X
en: Z Ax~is Minor Grid...
en_GB: z-Ax~is Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: EBknj
en: Format X Error Bars...
en_GB: Format x-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: CGHWA
en: Format Y Error Bars...
en_GB: Format y-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DefaultColors Label value.text]
note: E2A7Q
en: Default Colors for Data Series
en_GB: Default Colours for Data Series

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SlideMoveMenu Label value.text]
note: ymWCh
en: Move
en_GB: Mode

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Dia Label value.text]
note: nZWiy
en: SlideTransition
en_GB: Slide Transition

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Objects3DToolbox Label value.text]
note: Vk5pz
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueEditMode Label value.text]
note: hm5KB
en: ~Gluepoints
en_GB: ~Glue Points

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueEditMode TooltipLabel value.text]
note: pDA5L
en: Show Gluepoint Functions
en_GB: Show Glue Point Functions

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueInsertPoint Label value.text]
note: KvopQ
en: Insert Gluepoint
en_GB: Insert Glue Point

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GluePercent Label value.text]
note: nBGfU
en: Gluepoint Relative
en_GB: Glue Point Relative

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: qkKD2
en: Gluepoint Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignLeft Label value.text]
note: JxbE3
en: Gluepoint Horizontal Left
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Left

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignRight Label value.text]
note: QrYe6
en: Gluepoint Horizontal Right
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Right

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: vAMar
en: Gluepoint Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignTop Label value.text]
note: Fu3Kk
en: Gluepoint Vertical Top
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Top

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignBottom Label value.text]
note: rBrUL
en: Gluepoint Vertical Bottom
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Bottom

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:HalfSphere Label value.text]
note: Jo8he
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityColor Label value.text]
note: iTs8m
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: 9Fuwt
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityColor Label value.text]
note: vAqSN
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: LW7Du
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3D Label value.text]
note: wTvxC
en: To 3~D
en_GB: To 3-~D

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLatheFast Label value.text]
note: 2vbYM
en: To 3D ~Rotation Object
en_GB: To 3-D ~Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLathe Label value.text]
note: pQhVJ
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: tCZBQ
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: rLZwB
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DisplayQualityMenu Label value.text]
note: UFyrk
en: ~Color/Grayscale
en_GB: ~Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: Bvk8Q
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PresentationMinimizer Label value.text]
note: DpnDu
en: Minimize ~Presentation...
en_GB: Minimise ~Presentation...

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AssignLayout?WhatLayout:long=32 Label value.text]
note: qvYwy
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: ESt3w
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: w2Yft
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: B35BF
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/gluepoint UIName value.text]
note: 8ZAuc
en: Gluepoint
en_GB: Glue Point

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: K4ToC
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: GcRwy
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: TaytU
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: tWhJG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Bcmob
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: LNvgE
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: az5un
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: uxyk9
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: BoY2f
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-fill-color Label value.text]
note: sTUkR
en: Change Fill Color
en_GB: Change Fill Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-font-color Label value.text]
note: JBD8E
en: Change Font Color
en_GB: Change Font Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-line-color Label value.text]
note: bSamY
en: Change Line Color
en_GB: Change Line Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-word Label value.text]
note: NsVhi
en: Color Over by Word
en_GB: Colour Over by Word

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-blend Label value.text]
note: QjBuA
en: Color Blend
en_GB: Colour Blend

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-letter Label value.text]
note: SYSWG
en: Color Over by Letter
en_GB: Colour Over by Letter

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color Label value.text]
note: 67n3e
en: Complementary Color
en_GB: Complementary Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color-2 Label value.text]
note: jkkkv
en: Complementary Color 2
en_GB: Complementary Colour 2

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-contrasting-color Label value.text]
note: yDSCQ
en: Contrasting Color
en_GB: Contrasting Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-grow-with-color Label value.text]
note: 6cN6B
en: Grow With Color
en_GB: Grow With Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: C8Tks
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: 2LF7j
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: iofaA
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: P8vzc
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-4-point-star Label value.text]
note: B9Gox
en: 4 Point Star
en_GB: 4 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-5-point-star Label value.text]
note: mPQvT
en: 5 Point Star
en_GB: 5 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-6-point-star Label value.text]
note: KMNtM
en: 6 Point Star
en_GB: 6 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-8-point-star Label value.text]
note: Uk8EG
en: 8 Point Star
en_GB: 8 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-right-triangle Label value.text]
note: vtoZC
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-buzz-saw Label value.text]
note: YA7yB
en: Buzz Saw
en_GB: Circular Saw

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-figure-8-four Label value.text]
note: dpY44
en: Figure 8 Four
en_GB: Figure-of-8 Four

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-horizontal-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: LakaC
en: Horizontal Figure 8
en_GB: Horizontal Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-loop-de-loop Label value.text]
note: WpR5n
en: Loop de Loop
en_GB: Loop-the-loop

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-vertical-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: UX33U
en: Vertical Figure 8
en_GB: Vertical Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.out-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: BEqPM
en: Out from screen center
en_GB: Out from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.in-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: MRuxL
en: In from screen center
en_GB: In from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-clockwise Label value.text]
note: id9hr
en: From center clockwise
en_GB: From centre clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-counter-clockwise Label value.text]
note: iCXKC
en: From center counter-clockwise
en_GB: From centre counter-clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionSets.venetian-blinds-3d Label value.text]
note: 3CeRi
en: 3D Venetian
en_GB: 3-D Venetian

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-1-spoke Label value.text]
note: 6UJix
en: Counterclockwise 1 Spoke
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 1 Spoke

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-2-spoke Label value.text]
note: eS9ZY
en: Counterclockwise 2 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 2 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-3-spoke Label value.text]
note: vBA4C
en: Counterclockwise 3 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 3 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-4-spoke Label value.text]
note: EwATi
en: Counterclockwise 4 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 4 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-8-spoke Label value.text]
note: FRtBZ
en: Counterclockwise 8 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 8 Spokes

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BasicShapes.right-triangle Label value.text]
note: mNDxE
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star4 Label value.text]
note: TAZww
en: 4-Point Star
en_GB: 4-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star5 Label value.text]
note: tcEaw
en: 5-Point Star
en_GB: 5-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star6 Label value.text]
note: q6DGv
en: 6-Point Star
en_GB: 6-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star8 Label value.text]
note: oDwYr
en: 8-Point Star
en_GB: 8-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star12 Label value.text]
note: 3B8DB
en: 12-Point Star
en_GB: 12-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star24 Label value.text]
note: h6F6Y
en: 24-Point Star
en_GB: 24-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.doorplate Label value.text]
note: YQuHj
en: Doorplate
en_GB: Door-plate

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharacterBackgroundPattern Label value.text]
note: Lo2Sc
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ObjectCatalog Label value.text]
note: c9PFU
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FindText TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 9rvmc
en: Find text in values, to search in formulas use the dialog
en_GB: Find text in values, to search in formulae use the dialogue box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Color Label value.text]
note: CdRTm
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara Label value.text]
note: yanFA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yMjYF
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop Label value.text]
note: GEk5Z
en: Crop Image Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Image Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop ContextLabel value.text]
note: RNGxu
en: Crop Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignCenter Label value.text]
note: GMmgk
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToLower Label value.text]
note: BBSDG
en: ~lowercase
en_GB: ~lower-case

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToUpper Label value.text]
note: CDDzb
en: ~UPPERCASE
en_GB: ~UPPER-CASE

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToTitleCase Label value.text]
note: m4BD7
en: ~Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: ~Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseRotateCase TooltipLabel value.text]
note: pvCBX
en: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPERCASE, lowercase)
en_GB: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPER-CASE, lower-case)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc Label value.text]
note: vFVep
en: Read Only Mode
en_GB: Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc TooltipLabel value.text]
note: WAXps
en: Toggle Read Only Mode
en_GB: Toggle Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FillColor Label value.text]
note: uSipB
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XLineColor Label value.text]
note: Ra3DV
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertObject TooltipLabel value.text]
note: zKjoT
en: Open dialog to insert OLE object
en_GB: Open dialogue box to insert OLE object

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: emKjD
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharBackColor Label value.text]
note: ARiD2
en: Character Highlighting Color
en_GB: Character Highlighting Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TestMode Label value.text]
note: iED4L
en: Preview Dialog
en_GB: Preview Dialogue Box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FrameLineColor Label value.text]
note: Dm83E
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeWidth Label value.text]
note: aJNVZ
en: Equalize ~Width
en_GB: Equalise ~Width

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeHeight Label value.text]
note: N6bdq
en: Equalize ~Height
en_GB: Equalise ~Height

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatPaintbrush TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 7uXaL
en: Clone Formatting (double click for multi-selection)
en_GB: Clone Formatting (double-click for multi-selection)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Delete Label value.text]
note: nWivr
en: Delete C~ontents...
en_GB: Delete C~ontent...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BmpMask Label value.text]
note: MwAJH
en: Color ~Replacer
en_GB: Colour ~Replacer

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfData Label value.text]
note: x9HFM
en: To File End
en_GB: To End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStart Label value.text]
note: wKTWE
en: To File Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRow Label value.text]
note: FdWxo
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRow Label value.text]
note: ctFGn
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartSel Label value.text]
note: Ebx9J
en: Select to File Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDataSel Label value.text]
note: Kv7Tf
en: Select to File End
en_GB: Select to End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: CEEQU
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: KYsD4
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorControl Label value.text]
note: ytQvA
en: ~Color Bar
en_GB: ~Colour Bar

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GetColorTable Label value.text]
note: BgCJp
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline Label value.text]
note: QjB43
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline_Unfilled Label value.text]
note: siUBw
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterPoster Label value.text]
note: ocuEh
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSepia Label value.text]
note: ruAbz
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSolarize Label value.text]
note: sFRqu
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SpellOnline Label value.text]
note: povdp
en: Auto Spellcheck
en_GB: Auto Spell Check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TipOfTheDay TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 6VUAq
en: Show the Tip of the Day dialog
en_GB: Show the Tip of the Day dialogue box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ExportDirectToPDF?IsRedactMode:bool=true Label value.text]
note: LrSFu
en: Sanitized PDF
en_GB: Sanitised PDF

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureDialog Label value.text]
note: zvurM
en: ~Customize...
en_GB: ~Customise...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible Label value.text]
note: ycsFJ
en: Customi~ze...
en_GB: Customi~se...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ShowLicense Label value.text]
note: 77umd
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MacroOrganizer?TabId:short=1 Label value.text]
note: 6NozA
en: Organize ~Dialogs...
en_GB: Organise ~Dialogs...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ScriptOrganizer Label value.text]
note: jjjAC
en: ~Organize Macros
en_GB: ~Organise Macros

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Window3D Label value.text]
note: LS6dC
en: ~3D Effects
en_GB: ~3-D Effects

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:NumericField Label value.text]
note: Wwm3D
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertToNumeric Label value.text]
note: S8pxN
en: Replace with Numerical Field
en_GB: Replace with Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Extrusion3DColor Label value.text]
note: iYu9s
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: wwKZj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignVerticalCenter Label value.text]
note: RdudW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter Label value.text]
note: mBAKp
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter TooltipLabel value.text]
note: jcBjW
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:SpellingMenu Label value.text]
note: sDSy9
en: ~Spellcheck
en_GB: ~Spell check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:ColorSettings Label value.text]
note: yxPe5
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:MacroOrganizer Label value.text]
note: 5xbCG
en: Basic Macro Organizer...
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter Label value.text]
note: BBazW
en: Distribute Horizontally Center
en_GB: Distribute Horizontally Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter ContextLabel value.text]
note: SqFTB
en: Horizontally ~Center
en_GB: Horizontally ~Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeVertCenter Label value.text]
note: FAkxM
en: Distribute Vertically Center
en_GB: Distribute Vertically Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeVertCenter ContextLabel value.text]
note: PaLDT
en: Vertically C~enter
en_GB: Vertically C~entre

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: uaVMn
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: rC35Y
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: FjxFA
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/gluepoint UIName value.text]
note: 5eXvx
en: Gluepoint
en_GB: Glue Point

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: FHq6o
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: 8duBL
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: pvbBN
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: DyQpY
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: XgwBZ
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SubReportInNewWindow Label value.text]
note: ff2NT
en: ~Subreport in New Window...
en_GB: ~Sub-report in New Window...

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: suBJb
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SectionAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: v9uDK
en: Centered on Section
en_GB: Centred on Section

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DBBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ECNvB
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: xXBbQ
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:UseHeaderFooterMenu TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 3nEko
en: Use the advanced popup menu to create header/footer on the fly
en_GB: Use the advanced pop-up menu to create header/footer on the fly

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfLineSel Label value.text]
note: UhbFc
en: Select to Begin of Line
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: FaJ34
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: a2oDG
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPageSel Label value.text]
note: x39iC
en: Select to Begin of Next Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPageSel Label value.text]
note: kBWu3
en: Select to Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: w5B5i
en: Select to Page Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: 4wZZS
en: Select to Page End
en_GB: Select to End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: PVdFq
en: Select to Paragraph Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: DJq7D
en: Select to Paragraph End
en_GB: Select to End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:WordLeftSel Label value.text]
note: bpBoC
en: Select to Begin of Word
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: fnKt6
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: tu7ic
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: CDTJM
en: To Line Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: DGAud
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 8o3AU
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPage Label value.text]
note: jzcmc
en: To Begin of Next Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPage Label value.text]
note: PRoBm
en: To Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPage Label value.text]
note: 2GyQ4
en: To Page Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPage Label value.text]
note: AZTvP
en: To Page End
en_GB: To End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfColumn Label value.text]
note: jeWSo
en: To Column Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfColumn Label value.text]
note: 8u4SF
en: To Column End
en_GB: To End of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: GCegb
en: To Paragraph Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPara Label value.text]
note: JF2Ui
en: To Paragraph End
en_GB: To End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfSentence Label value.text]
note: NXWwC
en: Delete to Start of Sentence
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Sentence

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfWord Label value.text]
note: PjXYE
en: Delete to Start of Word
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: yeEJu
en: Delete to Start of Line
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: wqEPB
en: Delete to Start of Paragraph
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfTable Label value.text]
note: QDGj5
en: To Table Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEnd Label value.text]
note: hDDiz
en: To Table End
en_GB: To End of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextColumn Label value.text]
note: 5eq7D
en: To Begin of Next Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevColumn Label value.text]
note: jB3Hi
en: To Begin of Previous Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalRowCenter Label value.text]
note: ToUn4
en: Align to Vertical Center of Line
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalCharCenter Label value.text]
note: qUGXr
en: Align to Vertical Center of Character
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Character

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MergeTable Label value.text]
note: rqtkS
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: FXGYX
en: Directly to Document Begin
en_GB: Directly to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 6hFDS
en: Directly to Document End
en_GB: Directly to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharColorExt Label value.text]
note: oyqdt
en: Font Color Fill
en_GB: Font Colour Fill

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackColor Label value.text]
note: oB6iJ
en: Character Highlighting Color
en_GB: Character Highlighting Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatPaintbrush TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 59EAt
en: Clone Formatting (double click and Ctrl or Cmd to alter behavior)
en_GB: Clone Formatting (double click and Ctrl or Cmd to alter behaviour)

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:NavigateForward Label value.text]
note: u6dob
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:TableCellBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ZABPA
en: Table Cell Background Color
en_GB: Table Cell Background Colour

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: BXuPM
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: nCSvk
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: C8x4W
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: VQgMG
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: v45LV
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: G8oEo
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: huJTA
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: 5GFnw
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: FFtmB
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: Rq9Jx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: d7F2G
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Tgtuj
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: BUnXb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: f7dfz
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: URXoj
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: 8v2jp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: FormWizard.xcu ..FormWizard.FormWizard.Styles.style3 Name value.text]
note: 2czcY
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_SUN_OPTIMIZATION_WIZARD2 value.text]
note: fKWLD
en: Presentation Minimizer
en_GB: Presentation Minimiser

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: KtW4F
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_NO_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: fFJ5e
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains no OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains no OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZE_IMAGES value.text]
note: LSpri
en: Optimize %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.
en_GB: Optimise %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZING_GRAPHICS value.text]
note: D7FLS
en: Optimizing images...
en_GB: Optimising images...

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_FILENAME_SUFFIX value.text]
note: xFFrL
en: (minimized)
en_GB: (minimised)

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_WARN_UNSAVED_PRESENTATION value.text]
note: ZSqeK
en: Do you want to minimize presentation without saving?
en_GB: Do you want to minimise presentation without saving?

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.LastUsedSettings Name value.text]
note: pYxGc
en: Projector optimized
en_GB: Projector optimised

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template1 Name value.text]
note: MJBbc
en: Email (96 DPI): minimize document size for sharing
en_GB: Email (96 DPI): minimise document size for sharing

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: XTvFe
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: vcsBD
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: KrX2M
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: KvC6p
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: Pb9ix
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: L2kTq
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Gw8CM
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PCZTC
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame Name value.text]
note: Es6Cc
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame ShortName value.text]
note: bmrdH
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.organizationname Name value.text]
note: 838Ju
en: OrganizationName
en_GB: OrganisationName

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: DBVEv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: AMmBg
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: CT9yB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: QTTRM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: gVzBX
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: bCtze
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount Name value.text]
note: mLczE
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount ShortName value.text]
note: QxGp6
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate Name value.text]
note: fzG4p
en: DuesPaidDate
en_GB: SubsPaidDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate ShortName value.text]
note: XGFHH
en: DuesPdDate
en_GB: SubsPdDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: EMQyK
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PF3mA
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: LvTCD
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: px2EF
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: PCBxF
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: 4sWQ9
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ohf7B
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: tLicM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: AMJLh
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: FmUCY
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Cdh9H
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: JT9WV
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: chDCN
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: G5sBB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: EH4Ca
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: NU3wM
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: DscYP
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: WwSrS
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: BanEt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: EzF6m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: X64YR
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: RD45c
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: RCBHM
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: vgGDB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber Name value.text]
note: inu4c
en: SocialSecurityNumber
en_GB: NationalInsuranceNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber ShortName value.text]
note: xXS3F
en: SocSecNo
en_GB: NatInsNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: CSboC
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: XGP5v
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: eW7CG
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: Py8dr
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: EzmFt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: BaA5m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity Name value.text]
note: dEC6G
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity ShortName value.text]
note: 5sLAQ
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince Name value.text]
note: ChHem
en: ShipStateOrProvince
en_GB: ShipCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: h96Fc
en: ShpStatPro
en_GB: ShpCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode Name value.text]
note: DRUyL
en: ShipPostalCode
en_GB: ShipPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode ShortName value.text]
note: RxAGo
en: ShipPostlC
en_GB: ShipPstCde

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate Name value.text]
note: FE5wE
en: SalesTaxRate
en_GB: VATRate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate ShortName value.text]
note: KBygT
en: SalesTaxRt
en_GB: VATRt

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax Name value.text]
note: qTtxh
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax ShortName value.text]
note: AKELU
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID Name value.text]
note: 3xXjt
en: WorkorderID
en_GB: PurchaseOrderID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID ShortName value.text]
note: sFych
en: WorkordrID
en_GB: PurcOrdrID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber Name value.text]
note: SNAyD
en: CheckNumber
en_GB: ChequeNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber ShortName value.text]
note: oVMj9
en: CheckNo
en_GB: ChequeNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.creditcardauthorizationnumber Name value.text]
note: rJ97T
en: CreditCardAuthorizationNumber
en_GB: CreditCardAuthorisationNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: NYjdp
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: LGmQk
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: N9czS
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: u8DoC
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime Name value.text]
note: XVAwB
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime ShortName value.text]
note: tDDXf
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity Name value.text]
note: nNvQC
en: DestinationCity
en_GB: DestinationPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity ShortName value.text]
note: Efxpf
en: DestinCity
en_GB: DestPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince Name value.text]
note: DACJL
en: DestinationStateProvince
en_GB: DestinationCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince ShortName value.text]
note: uLVeW
en: DestStaPro
en_GB: DestCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationpostalcode Name value.text]
note: aiGn2
en: DestinationPostalCode
en_GB: DestinationPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: 6cMXP
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: dV44B
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: qjHe3
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: hyxKi
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: fHkKv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: fhAem
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ZAzFd
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: fkJuB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: P6hgT
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: LfFya
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.plants.Fields.fertilizefrequency Name value.text]
note: vYL3g
en: FertilizeFrequency
en_GB: FertiliseFrequency

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm Name value.text]
note: YX7D7
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm ShortName value.text]
note: aU8uu
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.filmexpirationdate Name value.text]
note: pSE2y
en: FilmExpirationDate
en_GB: FilmExpiryDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle Name value.text]
note: FikLW
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle ShortName value.text]
note: edszQ
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: A9ZG3
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: Ac8Hy
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: cYKDC
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: TFspR
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.exerciselog.Fields.distancetraveled Name value.text]
note: nTuBB
en: DistanceTraveled
en_GB: DistanceTravelled

[ctx: UI.xcu ..UI.FilterClassification.GlobalFilters.Classes.com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties DisplayName value.text]
note: bzq3F
en: Formulas (Math)
en_GB: Formulae (Math)

[ctx: Options.xhp par_id0503200917103832 help.text]
note: zmkYh
en: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialog is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.
en_GB: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialogue box is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430845 help.text]
note: 8YjMm
en: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to <menuitem>Tools - Solver</menuitem> and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimization, maximization) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.
en_GB: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to <menuitem>Tools - Solver</menuitem> and set the Cell to be optimised, the direction to go (minimisation, maximisation) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430821 help.text]
note: iuEnw
en: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalize certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).
en_GB: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalise certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_33 LngText.text]
note: vZ6wb
en: Installing system catalog
en_GB: Installing system catalogue

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_93 LngText.text]
note: h9m6Z
en: Initializing ODBC directories
en_GB: Initialising ODBC directories

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_37 LngText.text]
note: acbEy
en: &Organization:
en_GB: &Organisation:

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_58 LngText.text]
note: WcE8h
en: Multiline description of the currently selected item
en_GB: Multi-line description of the currently selected item

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_73 LngText.text]
note: JoCqE
en: Will have some subfeatures installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has subfeatures.)
en_GB: Will have some sub-features installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has sub-features.)

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_96 LngText.text]
note: ESR8Q
en: The disk space required for the installation of the selected features.
en_GB: The disc space required for the installation of the selected features.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_97 LngText.text]
note: Gb3dX
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_132 LngText.text]
note: NXHtk
en: Please read the following license agreement carefully.
en_GB: Please read the following licence agreement carefully.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_143 LngText.text]
note: nxx6Q
en: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialog in which you can change the way features are installed.
en_GB: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialogue box in which you can change the way features are installed.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_144 LngText.text]
note: asaNV
en: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts, and registry entries.
en_GB: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts and registry entries.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_153 LngText.text]
note: HFHZY
en: Disk space required for the installation exceeds available disk space.
en_GB: Disc space required for the installation exceeds available disc space.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_154 LngText.text]
note: 6HE5N
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_275 LngText.text]
note: BYWZ6
en: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.
en_GB: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double-click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_309 LngText.text]
note: PmFh2
en: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unchecked.
en_GB: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unmarked.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_6 LngText.text]
note: WabjJ
en: {{Disk full: }}
en_GB: {{Disc full: }}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_27 LngText.text]
note: azxrB
en: Please insert the disk: [2]
en_GB: Please insert the disc: [2]

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_32 LngText.text]
note: cBCXk
en: There is not enough disk space to install the file [2].  Free some disk space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.
en_GB: There is not enough disc space to install the file [2].  Free some disc space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_53 LngText.text]
note: KrRDX
en: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means, and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}
en_GB: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_65 LngText.text]
note: sDFYT
en: Error accessing secured data. Please make sure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.
en_GB: Error accessing secured data. Please ensure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_68 LngText.text]
note: 4y8CN
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disk space and retry.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disc space and retry.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_86 LngText.text]
note: nbuxg
en: An error occurred while writing installation information to disk.  Check to make sure enough disk space is available, and click Retry, or Cancel to end the installation.
en_GB: An error occurred while writing installation information to disc.  Ensure that sufficient disc space is available and click Retry, or click Cancel to end the installation.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_92 LngText.text]
note: 3yp9Y
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_93 LngText.text]
note: TnfBJ
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialog and select a different volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialogue box and select a different volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_103 LngText.text]
note: bKEyX
en: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts, and that the system supports this font.
en_GB: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts and that the system supports this font.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_129 LngText.text]
note: PAdiR
en: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please make sure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.
en_GB: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please ensure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_6 LngText.text]
note: WaaRd
en: I &do not accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &do not accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_7 LngText.text]
note: uqyYS
en: I &accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_7 LngText.text]
note: 26Mpo
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the CD.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_8 LngText.text]
note: bCeK7
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed on local hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_9 LngText.text]
note: pDASu
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the network.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_24 LngText.text]
note: KLMrs
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from CD.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_36 LngText.text]
note: ryj7R
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from the network.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_40 LngText.text]
note: hVVmF
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_41 LngText.text]
note: kQxfM
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_42 LngText.text]
note: 8N7Ea
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_43 LngText.text]
note: LTMBw
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_48 LngText.text]
note: KqFNu
en: Disk Size
en_GB: Disc Size

[ctx: STR_TOOLBAR_CUSTOMIZE_TOOLBAR]
note: 342Pc
en: ~Customize Toolbar...
en_GB: ~Customise Toolbar...

[ctx: STR_FULL_DISC_MSG]
note: Cu3Ch
en: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disk space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disk space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disk space to retry saving the data.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disc space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disc space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disc space to retry saving the data.

[ctx: STR_SVT_NOREMOVABLEDEVICE]
note: o5hFk
en: No removable storage device detected.
    Make sure it is plugged in properly and try again.
en_GB: No removable storage device detected.
    Ensure it is plugged in properly and try again.

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: tpAGN
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: KNiFR
en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

[ctx: formuladialog|RB_REF|tooltip_text]
note: Bdgot
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: functionpage|extended_tip|FunctionPage]
note: jY887
en: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
en_GB: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulae.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONTROL_SUBSTITUTED_EPXPLAIN]
note: CHLAP
en: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was therefore replaced with a placeholder.
en_GB: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was, therefore, replaced with a placeholder.

[ctx: RID_STR_INVALID_VALIDATOR]
note: KkC2w
en: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You need to revoke the value binding, before you can set a new validator.
en_GB: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You must revoke the value binding before you can set a new validator.

[ctx: pgm_Import.xcu pgm_Import UIName value.text]
note: QnjZy
en: PGM - Portable Graymap
en_GB: PGM - Portable Greymap

[ctx: PowerPoint3.xcu PowerPoint 3 UIName value.text]
note: YffjT
en: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95's
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95s

[ctx: pdfgeneralpage|extended_tip|watermark]
note: 2uMoT
en: Add a centered, vertical, light green watermark text to the page background. The watermark is not part of the source document.
en_GB: Add a centred, vertical, light green watermark text to the page background. The watermark is not part of the source document.

[ctx: pdfgeneralpage|extended_tip|emptypages]
note: Drp3w
en: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, then an even numbered blank page is normally automatically inserted. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the PDF file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, then an even numbered blank page is normally automatically inserted. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|convert]
note: FEokC
en: Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
en_GB: Enable this check box to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|exporturl]
note: RcdUF
en: Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
en_GB: Enable this check box to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|setpassword]
note: C9DhC
en: Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
en_GB: Click to open a dialogue box where you enter the passwords.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|printlow]
note: kB7dx
en: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
en_GB: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honour this setting.

[ctx: pdfsignpage|extended_tip|select]
note: UCtFh
en: Opens the Select X.509 Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select X.509 Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|center]
note: 92sua
en: _Center window on screen
en_GB: _Centre window on screen

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|extended_tip|center]
note: fGFCM
en: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
en_GB: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|currentdocument]
note: GRXCc
en: The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
en_GB: The frontmost open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|importbrowse]
note: eR68F
en: Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfile]
note: 2vFnT
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfilename]
note: RHRHL
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|help]
note: x9LGg
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|close]
note: CmVSC
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|new]
note: upKZD
en: Opens a dialog for creating a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for creating a new filter.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|edit]
note: GMxC8
en: Opens a dialog for editing the selected filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for editing the selected filter.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|test]
note: mWGrq
en: Opens a dialog for testing the selected filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for testing the selected filter.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|delete]
note: bDixG
en: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
en_GB: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|save]
note: tPh4b
en: Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays a Save as dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|open]
note: D3FRp
en: Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays an Open dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|XMLFilterSettingsDialog]
note: bC6ha
en: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
en_GB: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialogue box, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|filtername]
note: rYNyn
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|interfacename]
note: fZvBA
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogue boxes.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseexport]
note: QLd25
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseimport]
note: TecWL
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browsetemp]
note: Dce3n
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|help]
note: bCZh2
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|XSLTFilterDialog]
note: WkALr
en: Opens a dialog for creating a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for creating a new filter.

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ONE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕜 (U+1F55C), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji t7XEN
en: 1.30
en_GB: 1:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWO-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕝 (U+1F55D), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji ac4Kx
en: 2.30
en_GB: 2:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_THREE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕞 (U+1F55E), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji sd7EA
en: 3.30
en_GB: 3:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FOUR-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕟 (U+1F55F), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji CZwtb
en: 4.30
en_GB: 4:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FIVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕠 (U+1F560), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji VunGj
en: 5.30
en_GB: 5:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SIX-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕡 (U+1F561), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji WgH9r
en: 6.30
en_GB: 6:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕢 (U+1F562), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji HfCBL
en: 7.30
en_GB: 7:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_EIGHT-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕣 (U+1F563), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji GGeBZ
en: 8.30
en_GB: 8:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_NINE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕤 (U+1F564), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji DCtfy
en: 9.30
en_GB: 9:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕥 (U+1F565), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji tJG5J
en: 10.30
en_GB: 10:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ELEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕦 (U+1F566), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji g55YB
en: 11.30
en_GB: 11:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWELVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕧 (U+1F567), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji PGjbq
en: 12.30
en_GB: 12:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf MAXIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗖 (U+1F5D6), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji Cqs44
en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

[ctx: emoji.ulf MINIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗕 (U+1F5D5), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji KeAPT
en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_BORDER_TYPE]
note: ozfAi
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_ALIGNMENT]
note: GdfD5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_VISUALEFFECT]
note: GLuPa
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: j3mHa
en: Left centered
en_GB: Left centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: t54wS
en: Right centered
en_GB: Right centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: dmgVh
en: Above centered
en_GB: Above centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: 4JdJh
en: Below centered
en_GB: Below centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: GBHDS
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_STR_TRISTATE]
note: G8AE8
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: Lnf24
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_MULTILINE]
note: BtyAC
en: Multiline input
en_GB: Multi-line input

[ctx: RID_STR_TABSTOP]
note: hKt8F
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: RID_STR_DROPDOWN]
note: jY5NK
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: RID_STR_FILLCOLOR]
note: bDeXi
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: RID_STR_LINECOLOR]
note: g8XyV
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ESCAPE_PROCESSING]
note: fDtsB
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: RID_STR_SYMBOLCOLOR]
note: MkadC
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: RID_STR_XSD_WHITESPACES]
note: jtrXQ
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: RID_STR_BORDERCOLOR]
note: wwWir
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: RID_STR_GRIDLINECOLOR]
note: DNLCM
en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: todcc
en: Header background color
en_GB: Header background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERTEXTCOLOR]
note: fkCyv
en: Header text color
en_GB: Header text colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: oFyqF
en: Active selection background color
en_GB: Active selection background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: PQiGr
en: Inactive selection background color
en_GB: Inactive selection background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONTEXTCOLOR]
note: p46Zf
en: Inactive selection text color
en_GB: Inactive selection text colour

[ctx: STR_DETAIL_FORM]
note: LyDfr
en: Sub Form
en_GB: Sub-form

[ctx: STR_COULD_NOT_BE_INIT]
note: gBtAM
en: The SANE interface could not be initialized. Scanning is not possible.
en_GB: The SANE interface could not be initialised. Scanning is not possible.

[ctx: datasourcepage|extended_tip|browse]
note: apVFE
en: Specifies the location using a file dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the location using a file dialogue box.

[ctx: datasourcepage|warning]
note: iHrkL
en: Another data source already has this name. As data sources have to have globally unique names, you need to choose another one.
en_GB: Another data source already has this name. As data sources must have globally unique names, you must choose another name.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|label2]
note: XXEB7
en: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialog where you can enter the settings for your data source.
en_GB: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialogue box where you can enter the settings for your data source.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: 94fxb
en: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialogue box.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|FieldAssignPage]
note: CuPoK
en: Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box that allows you to specify the field assignment.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|label2]
note: 3dtcD
en: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialog in which you then enter the necessary information.
en_GB: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialogue box in which you then enter the necessary information.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: GNt8z
en: Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
en_GB: Calls a dialogue box in which you can enter additional settings.

[ctx: generalpage|organization]
note: vsfLN
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organi_sation

[ctx: generalpage|extended_tip|GeneralPage]
note: x9s9K
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: mappingdialog|label17]
note: KVHpY
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: toolbar|extended_tip|toolbar]
note: 8s8QS
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: sanedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: a4hC3
en: Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document and closes the dialog.
en_GB: Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document and closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: sanedialog|extended_tip|advancedcheckbutton]
note: yXnEA
en: Mark this checkbox to display more configuration options for the scanner device.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display more configuration options for the scanner device.

[ctx: multiline|tooltip]
note: 8EkFC
en: Multiline Editing
en_GB: Multi-line Editing

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HORJUST_CENTER]
note: icuN2
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_VERJUST_CENTER]
note: UjmWt
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: spellmenu|check]
note: MFssd
en: _Spellcheck...
en_GB: _Spell check...

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_GRAY]
note: QUDGM
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: a44zF
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_CASEMAP_GEMEINE]
note: DngZG
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_ADJUST_CENTER]
note: PDyMM
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_EMBOSSED]
note: RmYEL
en: 3D embossed
en_GB: 3-D embossed

[ctx: RID_ENGRAVED]
note: BXK8h
en: 3D engraved
en_GB: 3-D engraved

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_OFF]
note: ziURW
en: No hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: No hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_ON]
note: SgFE5
en: Hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: Hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: pt_BR_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
note: KTKVL
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: pt_BR_en_US.properties cap property.text]
note: czHGi
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: pt_BR_en_US.properties hlp_composto property.text]
note: nJ4AT
en: Compound words written separatedly: "auto escola", "sub contratado".
en_GB: Compound words written separately: "auto escola", "sub contratado".

[ctx: hu_HU_en_US.properties cap property.text]
note: DrGWV
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: en_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
note: XLAkL
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: en_en_US.properties cap property.text]
note: rBBKG
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
note: 7uDkD
en: Turkish Spellcheck Dictionary
en_GB: Turkish Spell-check Dictionary

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
note: DG9ET
en: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules and thesaurus
en_GB: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules, and thesaurus

[ctx: RID_STR_SYNCHRONIZING_REPOSITORY]
note: wzGYv
en: Synchronizing repository for %NAME extensions
en_GB: Synchronising repository for %NAME extensions

[ctx: RID_STR_ACCEPT_LICENSE]
note: GjgyB
en: Accept license for %EXTENSION_NAME
en_GB: Accept licence for %EXTENSION_NAME

[ctx: RID_STR_NO_ADMIN_PRIVILEGE]
note: AEv5h
en: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and need to be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and must be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:

[ctx: RID_STR_ERROR_MISSING_LICENSE]
note: X4uSy
en: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the license yet.
en_GB: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the licence yet.

[ctx: RID_STR_SHOW_LICENSE_CMD]
note: ky6LA
en: Show license
en_GB: Show licence

[ctx: RID_DLG_UPDATE_INSTALL_ERROR_LIC_DECLINED]
note: DNwGS
en: The license agreement for extension %NAME was refused.
en_GB: The licence agreement for extension %NAME was refused.

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOTENOUGHDISKSPACE]
note: Cy4Wz
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disk space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disc space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOACCESSRIGHTS]
note: 2o5XG
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please make sure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please ensure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_1]
note: uigQN
en: Extension Software License Agreement of $NAME:
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement of $NAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_2]
note: DEkAo
en: Read the complete License Agreement displayed above. Accept the License Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement displayed above. Accept the Licence Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONCURRENTINSTANCE]
note: aCY73
en: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it is already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:
en_GB: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it as already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|extensions]
note: BAVdg
en: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
en_GB: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|optionsbtn]
note: DbuQS
en: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
en_GB: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.

[ctx: licensedialog|LicenseDialog]
note: feAcg
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: licensedialog|label4]
note: 5h4GZ
en: Read the complete License Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialog to view the entire license text.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialogue box to view the entire licence text.

[ctx: licensedialog|label5]
note: oyoCK
en: Accept the License Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.
en_GB: Accept the Licence Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|extended_tip|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: x4PCF
en: Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
en_GB: Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: qquCs
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|UPDATE_ALL]
note: ihAhY
en: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
en_GB: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|DESCRIPTIONS]
note: UEHCd
en: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
en_GB: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.

[ctx: updateinstalldialog|extended_tip|UpdateInstallDialog]
note: vg6DP
en: Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialog to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
en_GB: Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialogue box to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONFLICTING_NAMES]
note: anFDx
en: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, make sure they have distinct names.
en_GB: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, ensure they have distinct names.

[ctx: RID_STR_RESULT_IS_READONLY]
note: 9BUGj
en: Result set is read only.
en_GB: Result set is read-only.

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_MOVETABWIN]
note: DUDsr
en: Move table window
en_GB: Move Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZETABWIN]
note: 9Uu5p
en: Resize table window
en_GB: Resize Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_TABFIELDMOVED]
note: srRyA
en: Move column
en_GB: Move Column

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZE_COLUMN]
note: 79APm
en: Adjust column width
en_GB: Adjust Column Width

[ctx: STR_STATEMENT_WITHOUT_RESULT_SET]
note: pH2Jv
en: The query does not create a result set, and thus cannot be part of another query.
en_GB: The query does not create a result set and thus cannot be part of another query.

[ctx: RID_STR_FORMS_HELP_TEXT]
note: e4rD6
en: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_REPORT_HELP_TEXT]
note: WMRFD
en: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_TABLES_HELP_TEXT_WIZARD]
note: ctDmY
en: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customize to create a table.
en_GB: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customise to create a table.

[ctx: STR_SUB_DOCS_WITH_SCRIPTS_DETAIL]
note: v33uG
en: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools / Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.
en_GB: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools - Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.

[ctx: STR_HELP_AUTOINCREMENT]
note: Y5q39
en: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (resulting from the increment of the previous record).
en_GB: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (by incrementing the previous record).

[ctx: STR_MSACCESS_FILTERNAME]
note: dyCvN
en: MS Access file
en_GB: Microsoft Access file

[ctx: STR_DIRECTSQL_CONNECTIONLOST]
note: BhFXv
en: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialog will be closed.
en_GB: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialogue box will be closed.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_COUNT]
note: 7pnvE
en: Illegal number of initialization parameters.
en_GB: Illegal number of initialisation parameters.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ERROR_DURING_INITIALIZATION]
note: z3h9J
en: An error occurred during initialization.
en_GB: An error occurred during initialisation.

[ctx: choosedatasourcedialog|organize]
note: jctjv
en: Or_ganize...
en_GB: Or_ganise...

[ctx: dbwizmysqlintropage|directly]
note: 3haAx
en: Connect directly (using MariaDB C connector)
en_GB: Connect directly (using MariaDB Connector)

[ctx: generalpagewizard|extended_tip|openExistingDatabase]
note: qBi4U
en: Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: generalpagewizard|extended_tip|openDatabase]
note: 6A3Fu
en: Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialogue box to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.

[ctx: odbcpage|useCatalogCheckbutton]
note: siTp3
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: querypropertiesdialog|extended_tip|QueryPropertiesDialog]
note: GoEm9
en: In the Query Properties dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
en_GB: In the Query Properties dialogue box you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.

[ctx: savedialog|catalogft]
note: oiUCs
en: _Catalog:
en_GB: _Catalogue:

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usesql92]
note: WKnRX
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: specialsettingspage|extended_tip|usesql92]
note: d8pYB
en: Only allows characters that conform to the SQL92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lowercase letter, an uppercase letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.
en_GB: Only allows characters that conform to the SQL92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lower-case letter, an upper-case letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usecatalogname]
note: JqBdc
en: Use catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: specialsettingspage|comparison]
note: NhGDH
en: MS Access
en_GB: Microsoft Access

[ctx: userdetailspage|usecatalog]
note: rEGAs
en: _Use catalog
en_GB: _Use catalogue

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADD_SUBMENU]
note: KbZFf
en: Add Submenu
en_GB: Add Sub-menu

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SUBMENU_NAME]
note: w2qNv
en: Submenu name
en_GB: Sub-menu name

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE]
note: XEFrB
en: Do you really want to delete the color scheme?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the colour scheme?

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE_TITLE]
note: ybdED
en: Color Scheme Deletion
en_GB: Colour Scheme Deletion

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_SAVE2]
note: tFrki
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CAPITAL_WORDS]
note: zbEv9
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NUM_MIN_WORDLEN]
note: f6v3L
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation:
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DESC_COLOR]
note: QgAFH
en: Please enter a name for the new color:
en_GB: Please enter a name for the new colour:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CPTL_STT_SENT]
note: p5h3s
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DEL_SPACES_BETWEEN_LINES]
note: R9Kke
en: Delete spaces and tabs at end and start of line
en_GB: Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR1]
note: AD8QJ
en: You can only delete user-defined colors
en_GB: You can only delete user-defined colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR2]
note: 4LWGV
en: Please select the color to delete
en_GB: Please select the colour to delete

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADDITIONS_PALETTES]
note: AqGWn
en: Extensions: Color Palette
en_GB: Extensions: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: m8rYd
en: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorize changes.
en_GB: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorise changes.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 3JyGD
en: Optimize your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.
en_GB: Optimise your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: hr7ym
en: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colors: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.
en_GB: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colours: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 8x8QZ
en: Construct your own 2D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.
en_GB: Construct your own 2-D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: f6Lan
en: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customizations? See:
en_GB: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customisations? See:

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: muc5F
en: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slideshow to the needs of your viewers.
en_GB: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slide show to the needs of your viewers.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: oTX4L
en: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialog’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.
en_GB: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialogue box’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: J853i
en: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slideshow from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slide show from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: XDhNo
en: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometer.
en_GB: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometre.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: E7GZz
en: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.
en_GB: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press Escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: eRzRG
en: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favorite and recent characters to insert.
en_GB: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favourite and recent characters to insert.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cCnpG
en: You would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.
en_GB: To view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: y8B2s
en: Want to get a math object into Writer quickly? Type your formula, select it, and use Insert ▸ OLE Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.
en_GB: Want to get a Math object into Writer quickly? Type your formula, select it, and use Insert ▸ OLE Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: eAcm7 online help is different https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.html#hd_id3148675
en: You can customize the middle mouse button by going to Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Mouse ▸ Middle button.
en_GB: You can customise the middle mouse button by going to Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Mouse ▸ Middle button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7CjmG https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/autotext.html
en: Play music throughout a slideshow by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.
en_GB: Play music throughout a slide show by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: e3dfT local help missing
en: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slideshow from the outline.
en_GB: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slide show from the outline.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qyyJ4 local help missing
en: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronize sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.
en_GB: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronise sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qK7Xz
en: You can set a color for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Color.
en_GB: You can set a colour for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Colour.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: mJ6Gu local help missing
en: Insert and number your formulas in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.
en_GB: Insert and number your formulae in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: MZyXB
en: Want to export formulas to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulas” in the next dialog.
en_GB: Want to export formulae to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulae” in the next dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: DBfad local help missing
en: Use Format ▸ Align Objects in Impress or Shape ▸ Align Objects in Draw (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects: it centers on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.
en_GB: Use Format ▸ Align Objects in Impress or Shape ▸ Align Objects in Draw (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects: it centres on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 6GtGH
en: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customize ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.
en_GB: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customise ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: PBjFr
en: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialog. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.
en_GB: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialogue. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: rxTGc
en: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeroes” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.
en_GB: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeros” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cPNVv
en: Want to center cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.
en_GB: Want to centre cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7dGQR
en: %PRODUCTNAME has a template center to create good looking documents—check it out.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has a template centre to create good looking documents—check it out.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: tvpFN
en: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: eg. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.
en_GB: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: e.g. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BiSJM local help missing
en: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulas of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).
en_GB: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulae of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: gqs9W
en: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialog box opens, just enter the name of the new style.
en_GB: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialogue box opens, just enter the name of the new style.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: C7Ya2
en: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialog boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.
en_GB: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialogue boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: q5M6P
en: Don’t like the position of some icons on your toolbar? Change it with Tools ▸ Customize ▸ Toolbars tab ▸ Target.
en_GB: Don’t like the position of some icons on your toolbar? Change it with Tools ▸ Customise ▸ Toolbars tab ▸ Target.

[ctx: SID_SCH_EDITOPTIONS_RES]
note: XAhzo
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: Z7SA5
en: Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to edit the preference.

[ctx: extended_tip|reset]
note: 95seU
en: Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
en_GB: Undo changes done so far in this dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|preferences]
note: A9J9F
en: List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
en_GB: List the preferences organised hierarchically in a tree layout.

[ctx: accelconfigpage|extended_tip|reset]
note: stv4J
en: Revert any changes made to keyboard shortcuts to the assignments that were present when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Revert any changes made to keyboard shortcuts to the assignments that were present when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|abbrev]
note: 3zZvu
en: Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents automatic capitalization of the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
en_GB: Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents automatic capitalisation of the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autoabbrev]
note: 7qDG3
en: Adds autocorrected abbreviations to the list of exceptions, if the autocorrection is immediately undone. This feature is only effective when Capitalize first letter of every sentence option is selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Adds auto-corrected abbreviations to the list of exceptions, if the auto-correction is immediately undone. This feature is only effective when Capitalise first letter of every sentence option is selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|autodouble]
note: Cqrp5
en: Automatically add to the exception list if autocorrection is immediately undone.
en_GB: Automatically add to the exception list if auto-correction is immediately undone.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autodouble]
note: 7u9Af
en: Adds autocorrected words that start with two capital letters to the list of exceptions, if the autocorrection is immediately undone. This feature is only effective if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option is selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Adds auto-corrected words that start with two capital letters to the list of exceptions, if the auto-correction is immediately undone. This feature is only effective if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option is selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: A8e8L
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|AgingDialog]
note: pciJf
en: All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
en_GB: All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.

[ctx: areatabpage|btncolor]
note: AiEuM
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: areatabpage|extended_tip|btncolor]
note: xhtbg
en: Fills the object with a color selected on this page.
en_GB: Fills the object with a colour selected on this page.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PbHCG
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: Qqmqp
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|localized]
note: TCyBg
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: baselinksdialog|extended_tip|TB_LINKS]
note: 7k36Q
en: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
en_GB: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue box in which you can select another object for this link.

[ctx: borderpage|label17]
note: Dweon
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: borderpage|sync]
note: M8CGp
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: borderpage|shadowcolorft]
note: gEF6E
en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|colorft]
note: Cv7BZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|extended_tip|color]
note: XqDTh
en: Select the color of the list characters for ordered and unordered lists.
en_GB: Select the colour of the list characters for ordered and unordered lists.

[ctx: bulletandposition|extended_tip|center]
note: zC5eX
en: Align bullet on the center of the list element.
en_GB: Align bullet on the centre of the list element.

[ctx: calloutpage|position]
note: W5B2V
en: Center
en_GB: Middle

[ctx: cellalignment|liststoreHorzAlign]
note: RGwHA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxHorzAlign]
note: 8xDX2
en: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxVertAlign]
note: MH9tT
en: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|CellAlignPage]
note: U4vgj
en: Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
en_GB: Sets the alignment options for the content of the current cell, or the selected cells.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|westlanglb-cjk]
note: zCCrx
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|eastlanglb]
note: KLJQT
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|ctllanglb]
note: zCKxL
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: colorpage|btnMoreColors]
note: 3L3VG
en: Add color palettes via extension
en_GB: Add colour palettes via extension

[ctx: colorpage|label20]
note: fKSac
en: Recent Colors
en_GB: Recent Colours

[ctx: colorpage|label1]
note: 5jjvt
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: colorpage|oldpreview-atkobject]
note: CvMfT
en: Old Color
en_GB: Old Colour

[ctx: colorpage|newpreview-atkobject]
note: AwBVq
en: New Color
en_GB: New Colour

[ctx: colorpickerdialog|ColorPicker]
note: MnQ4Q
en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

[ctx: extended tip | preview]
note: fMFDR
en: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
en_GB: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialogue box is visible.

[ctx: extended tip | previous]
note: 7jLV5
en: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
en_GB: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original colour from the parent tab, Colours.

[ctx: extended tip | colorField]
note: yEApx
en: Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
en_GB: Click in the big colour area on the left to select a new colour. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the colour as represented in the RGB or HSB colour models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialogue box.

[ctx: extended tip | colorSlider]
note: N8gjc
en: With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
en_GB: With the vertical colour component slider you can modify the value of each component of the colour.

[ctx: extended tip | redRadiobutton]
note: yWDJE
en: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenRadiobutton]
note: 3YZDt
en: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueRadiobutton]
note: gSvva
en: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | redSpinbutton]
note: c5MTh
en: Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Red colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenSpinbutton]
note: 2yY2G
en: Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Green colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueSpinbutton]
note: UREX7
en: Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Blue colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | hexEntry]
note: zPsRu
en: Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: Displays and sets the colour value in the RGB colour model expressed as a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: extended tip | hueRadiobutton]
note: qnLnB
en: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satRadiobutton]
note: wGdN5
en: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightRadiobutton]
note: KkBQX
en: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | hueSpinbutton]
note: BCvUX
en: Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Set the Hue directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satSpinbutton]
note: TcDh8
en: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightSpinbutton]
note: hucEE
en: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | cyanSpinbutton]
note: bNiCN
en: Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Cyan colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | magSpinbutton]
note: mMXFr
en: Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Magenta colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | yellowSpinbutton]
note: EEgiy
en: Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Yellow colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | keySpinbutton]
note: UAAnZ
en: Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Black colour value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | ColorPicker]
note: HuUmH
en: Define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
en_GB: Define custom colours using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Colour dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|enablepooling]
note: b26rn
en: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
en_GB: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver check box in order to pool its connection.

[ctx: cuiimapdlg|extended_tip|frameCB]
note: 2uSg3
en: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
en_GB: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.

[ctx: customizedialog|CustomizeDialog]
note: 8LR3s
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: YPWDd
en: Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box in which you can select the database file.

[ctx: extended_tip|new]
note: AFdvd
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to create a new entry.

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: fAwt9
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to edit the selected entry.

[ctx: EditDictionaryDialog]
note: 35DN3
en: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.
en_GB: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.

[ctx: effectspage|liststore1]
note: CqAwB
en: Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|underlinecolorlb]
note: qtErr
en: Select the color for the underlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the underlining.

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|overlinecolorlb]
note: vuxpt
en: Select the color for the overlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the overlining.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft]
note: fMFiW
en: _Font color:
en_GB: _Font colour:

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|fontcolorlb]
note: ttwFt
en: Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
en_GB: Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.

[ctx: effectspage|a11ywarning]
note: aAbzm
en: Accessibility option "Use automatic font color for screen display" is active. Font color attributes are not currently used to display text.
en_GB: Accessibility option "Use automatic font colour for screen display" is active. Font colour attributes are not currently used to display text.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft3]
note: vELSr
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: embossdialog|extended_tip|EmbossDialog]
note: AuuQ6
en: Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box for creating reliefs.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: 9gcWy
en: Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit the office suite.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit the office suite.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|SoundsLikeCJK]
note: m2QkD
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbApprox]
note: zDTS6
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|pbApproxSettings]
note: PtuHs
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbCase]
note: Gdo9i
en: Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
en_GB: Specifies that upper- and lower-case are taken into consideration during the search.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbStartOver]
note: y83im
en: Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
en_GB: Restarts the search. A forwards search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.

[ctx: gradientpage|centerft]
note: LAhqj
en: Center ( X / Y ):
en_GB: Centre ( X / Y ):

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerxmtr]
note: mP62s
en: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerymtr]
note: AP27S
en: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|bordermtr]
note: iZbnF
en: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint colour on the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortomtr]
note: fwB6f
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the To Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the To Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortolb]
note: C6iys
en: Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|colortoft]
note: tFEUh
en: _To Color:
en_GB: _To Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfromlb]
note: RnucA
en: Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfrommtr]
note: B9z2L
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the From Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the From Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|colorfromft]
note: TQFE8
en: _From Color:
en_GB: _From Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_x]
note: RNhur
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_y]
note: qkLcz
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_from]
note: VX2bJ
en: From color percentage
en_GB: From colour percentage

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_to]
note: 3qVyC
en: To color percentage
en_GB: To colour percentage

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|ignore]
note: db8Nj
en: _Ignore
en_GB: Ignore

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|extended_tip|options]
note: GVqQg
en: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialogue box.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: hNjua
en: Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: NKvWY
en: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.

[ctx: hatchpage|linecolorft]
note: VyTto
en: Line _color:
en_GB: Line _colour:

[ctx: hatchpage|extended_tip|linecolorlb]
note: AwxCA
en: Select the color of the hatch lines.
en_GB: Select the colour of the hatch lines.

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|reset]
note: 3B8Aq
en: Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
en_GB: Resets the entries in the dialogue box to their original state.

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: CS6kG
en: Closes the dialog without saving.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box without saving.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|fileopen]
note: mJQ7c
en: Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
en_GB: Opens the Open dialogue box, where you can select a file.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|browse]
note: wnXzL
en: Opens the Target in Document dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Target in Document dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: EbFym
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkDocPage]
note: 789Vi
en: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkinternetpage|extended_tip|script]
note: sYWVn
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|script]
note: rukYs
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkMailPage]
note: SvyDu
en: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
en_GB: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialogue box you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.

[ctx: hyperlinkmarkdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: CLEQK
en: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
en_GB: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|create]
note: FPajM
en: Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box, where you can select a path.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: MikBD
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkNewDocPage]
note: ztAbs
en: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
en_GB: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.

[ctx: imagetabpage|positionlb]
note: PubBY
en: Top Center
en_GB: Top Centre

[ctx: imagetabpage|positionlb]
note: ZhRbM
en: Center Left
en_GB: Centre Left

[ctx: imagetabpage|positionlb]
note: aZCeF
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: imagetabpage|positionlb]
note: bifby
en: Center Right
en_GB: Centre Right

[ctx: imagetabpage|positionlb]
note: G34X6
en: Bottom Center
en_GB: Bottom Centre

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaron]
note: qobGp
en: Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Displays the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaroff]
note: pdYYk
en: Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Hides the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbarauto]
note: xEruo
en: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
en_GB: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scroll bar when needed.

[ctx: insertoleobject|extended_tip|linktofile]
note: FDCFK
en: Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.
en_GB: Mark this check box to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this check box is not marked, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.

[ctx: extended_tip|editbtn]
note: 5FP58
en: Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.

[ctx: lineendstabpage|extended_tip|BTN_ADD]
note: 3vvkz
en: To add a new Arrow Style, first select the shape in the document to be added, then open this dialog and press Add. If the selected shape is not permitted as an Arrow Style, then the Add button is not active.
en_GB: To add a new Arrow Style, first select the shape in the document to be added, then open this dialogue box and press Add. If the selected shape is not permitted as an Arrow Style, then the Add button is not active.

[ctx: linetabpage|FT_COLOR]
note: WBP2J
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_START]
note: aZYyn
en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

[ctx: linetabpage|CBX_SYNCHRONIZE]
note: pQfyE
en: Synchroni_ze ends
en_GB: S_ynchronise ends

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_END]
note: g2gLY
en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: HZoVf
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: RjDyz
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: menuassignpage|insertsubmenu]
note: RNPyo
en: Insert Submenu
en_GB: Insert Sub-menu

[ctx: menuassignpage|gear_rename]
note: iRLgG
en: _Rename...
en_GB: _Rename…

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|toplevellist]
note: 2HL6E
en: Select the menu where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.
en_GB: Select the menu where the customisation is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.

[ctx: menuassignpage|customizelabel]
note: AZQ8V
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|MenuAssignPage]
note: w3brP
en: Lets you customize the office suite menus for all modules.
en_GB: Lets you customise the office suite menus for all modules.

[ctx: mosaicdialog|extended_tip|MosaicDialog]
note: LGB8f
en: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
en_GB: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: xFCHr
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: LCieM
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/multipathdialog/add]
note: yfofV
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|leadzerosed]
note: zG6sE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display in front of the decimal point.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|leadzerosft]
note: EXEbk
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|negnumred]
note: 8SFwc
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: YgzFa
en: Center of baseline
en_GB: Centre of baseline

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: 5z7jX
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: UoEug
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|extended_tip|color]
note: nSL3K
en: Select a color for the current numbering scheme.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current numbering scheme.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|colorft]
note: 6r484
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|numberingwidth]
note: bt7Fj
en: Width of numbering:
en_GB: Width of numbering

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numberingwidthmf]
note: V6FF5
en: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.
en_GB: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, centre or right in this area.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|liststore1]
note: FzFuR
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: 2cBQp
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: mLBFy
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|autofontcolor]
note: Sc8Cq
en: Use automatic font _color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font _colour for screen display

[ctx: extended_tip|autofontcolor]
note: BAnK4
en: Displays fonts in the office suite using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
en_GB: Displays fonts in the office suite using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: n24Cd
en: _Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: _Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: extended_tip|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: DRkNv
en: Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
en_GB: Applies the high-contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.

[ctx: extended_tip|parameters]
note: DJxvJ
en: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|classpath]
note: qDrtT
en: Opens the Class Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Class Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|expertconfig]
note: upAQw
en: Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration.
en_GB: Opens the Expert Configuration dialogue box for advanced settings and configuration.

[ctx: extended_tip|colors]
note: VXGYT
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label20]
note: vTZjC
en: Chart Colors
en_GB: Chart Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|default]
note: mpSKB
en: Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
en_GB: Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label1]
note: KoHHw
en: Color Table
en_GB: Colour Table

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChartColorsPage]
note: xxtZE
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: extended_tip|movementlogical]
note: W9NrD
en: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
en_GB: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the beginning of the current text.

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: Vs69j
en: Opens a file dialog to select the email program.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box to select the email program.

[ctx: extended_tip|checklbcontainer]
note: 7h7h8
en: The [L] and [S] checkbox displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loaded from a Microsoft format [L] and/or when saved to to a Microsoft format [S].
en_GB: The [L] and [S] check box displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loaded from a Microsoft format [L] and/or when saved to to a Microsoft format [S].

[ctx: extended_tip|mso_lockfile]
note: qc4GD
en: Mark this checkbox to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to this office suite's own lock file.
en_GB: Mark this check box to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to this office suite's own lock file.

[ctx: extended_tip|wo_exec]
note: DrWP3
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip|ex_exec]
note: qvcsz
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip | checklb]
note: MN8PJ
en: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
en_GB: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace both the screen font and the printer font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.

[ctx: extended_tip | replacements]
note: k4PCs
en: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
en_GB: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution only replaces a font when it is displayed on screen or during printing. It does not change the font specified in your document formatting.

[ctx: extended_tip | nonpropfontonly]
note: aUYNh
en: Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|TipOfTheDayCheckbox]
note: YUaEz
en: Show "Tip of the Day" dialog on start-up
en_GB: Show "Tip of the Day" dialogue box on start-up

[ctx: optgeneralpage|filedlg]
note: aqdMJ
en: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs
en_GB: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|label2]
note: ySSsA
en: Open/Save Dialogs
en_GB: Open/Save Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: extended_tip | year]
note: huNG6
en: Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
en_GB: Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.

[ctx: extended_tip|unknowntag]
note: HUFPp
en: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by Writer/Web to be imported as fields.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognised by Writer/Web to be imported as fields.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|revert]
note: 5UNGW
en: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: optionsdialog|apply]
note: xvVsW
en: Save all modifications without closing dialog. Cannot be reverted with Reset.
en_GB: Save all modifications without closing dialogue box. Cannot be reverted with Reset.

[ctx: optionsdialog|ok]
note: isfxZ
en: Save all changes and close dialog.
en_GB: Save all changes and close dialogue box.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: r2pWX
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: optionsdialog|cancel]
note: QVDXj
en: Discard all unsaved changes and close dialog.
en_GB: Discard all unsaved changes and close dialogue box.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: mVmUq
en: Closes dialog and discards all unsaved changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all unsaved changes.

[ctx: extended_tip|userinterface]
note: rj5UD
en: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack.
en_GB: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogue boxes, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack.

[ctx: extended_tip|westernlanguage]
note: E3UQs
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in western alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|asianlanguage]
note: oP5CC
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in Asian alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|complexlanguage]
note: cZNNA
en: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spelling check.

[ctx: extended_tip|datepatterns]
note: eNFJn
en: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
en_GB: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognised as a valid date.

[ctx: lingudictsnew]
note: 9ozFQ
en: Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
en_GB: Opens the New Dictionary dialogue box, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.

[ctx: lingudictsedit]
note: Y2AmA
en: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
en_GB: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialogue box, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.

[ctx: linguoptions]
note: sE9tc
en: Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
en_GB: Defines the options for the spell-check and hyphenation.

[ctx: optonlineupdatepage|extrabits|tooltip_text]
note: b95Sc
en: This information lets us make optimizations for your hardware and operating system.
en_GB: This information lets us make optimisations for your hardware and operating system.

[ctx: edit]
note: LTD6T
en: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
en_GB: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialogue box.

[ctx: load_docprinter]
note: 69Rzq
en: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
en_GB: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialogue box. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.

[ctx: docinfo]
note: LSD3v
en: Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
en_GB: Specifies that the Properties dialogue box will appear every time you select the Save As command.

[ctx: optsavepage|relative_inet]
note: ctAxA
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: optsavepage|backup]
note: YsjVX
en: Al_ways create backup copy
en_GB: Al_ways create a backup copy

[ctx: warnalienformat]
note: zGBEu
en: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: saveas]
note: 69GMF
en: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
en_GB: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|tsas]
note: Wzygs
en: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|cert]
note: GFX6B
en: Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Certificate Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|macro]
note: eGAGp
en: Opens the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|connections]
note: GLEjB
en: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
en_GB: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|masterpassword]
note: w3TQo
en: Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|options]
note: pepKZ
en: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
en_GB: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialogue box.

[ctx: optuserpage|nameft]
note: 33C7p
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: Forename/sur_name/initials:

[ctx: optuserpage|firstname-atkobject]
note: ZYaYQ
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: lastname-atkobject]
note: kW7rP
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: state-atkobject]
note: CnJ3K
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: zip-atkobject]
note: ADpC7
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: ruslastname-atkobject]
note: 9GPga
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: izip-atkobject]
note: Hdniz
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: extended tip | encrypttoself]
note: FaxaF
en: Mark this checkbox to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.

[ctx: extended_tip | useaa]
note: fUKV9
en: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
en_GB: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with fewer artifacts.

[ctx: optviewpage|aafont]
note: 2FKuk
en: Screen font antialiasin_g
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasin_g

[ctx: extended_tip | aanf]
note: nLvZy
en: Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing to.
en_GB: Enter the smallest font size to apply anti-aliasing to.

[ctx: paragalignpage|radioBTN_CENTERALIGN]
note: anEQu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: paragalignpage|liststoreLB_LASTLINE]
note: d23Ct
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: paratabspage|radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER]
note: fDVEt
en: C_entered
en_GB: C_entred

[ctx: patterntabpage|label5]
note: BvHTn
en: Foreground Color:
en_GB: Foreground Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_COLOR]
note: EkYFZ
en: Set the color of the activated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the activated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|label6]
note: S8mpk
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR]
note: h8fmT
en: Set the color of the deactivated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the deactivated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|PatternTabPage]
note: zmVMN
en: Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
en_GB: Fills the object with a simple two colour pattern selected on this page.

[ctx: posterdialog|PosterDialog]
note: BydCX
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: ySBCG
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: posterdialog|label2]
note: 2ncug
en: Poster colors:
en_GB: Poster colours:

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|PosterDialog]
note: DoLFC
en: Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to determine the number of poster colours.

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: 3eai8
en: Delete Color?
en_GB: Delete Colour?

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: RUXnG
en: Do you really want to delete the chart color?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the chart colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: tDhhU
en: Delete color?
en_GB: Delete colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: mULEd
en: Do you want to delete the color?
en_GB: Do you want to delete the colour?

[ctx: scriptorganizer|extended_tip|rename]
note: D6WNC
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected script.

[ctx: extended_tip|savesenddocs]
note: nPLGw
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whensigning]
note: zPKQY
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenprinting]
note: fYdUd
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenpdf]
note: jVm3C
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|password]
note: kWgcV
en: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
en_GB: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogue boxes. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.

[ctx: extended_tip|blockuntrusted]
note: Zm9kD
en: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: R45hT
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: 2rXGN
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add]
note: dUWC3
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|extended_tip|LB_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: BEyDS
en: Select a color for the shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the shadow.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|FT_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: 5ZBde
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_can_add_comments]
note: Gonpf
en: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature.
en_GB: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box at time of signature.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_show_sign_date]
note: QnaFT
en: Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|edit_instructions]
note: AdqtN
en: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature.
en_GB: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box, at the time of signature.

[ctx: signsignatureline|extended_tip|btn_select_certificate]
note: uJ9EC
en: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.
en_GB: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialogue box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.

[ctx: similaritysearchdialog|extended_tip|SimilaritySearchDialog]
note: TBNnx
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx1]
note: 2e5NJ
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly1]
note: ozMHB
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx2]
note: nvSvt
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly2]
note: zAyqa
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: smarttagoptionspage|extended_tip|SmartTagOptionsPage]
note: dUASA
en: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
en_GB: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you will see the Smart Tags page.

[ctx: solarizedialog|SolarizeDialog]
note: xAH4y
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|value]
note: GEGrA
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|invert]
note: owmYE
en: Specifies to also invert all pixels.
en_GB: Specifies whether the pixels to be solarised are also to be inverted.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|SolarizeDialog]
note: Vec6B
en: Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn]
note: UAnec
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn|symboltext2]
note: LQZ7q
en: Favorite Characters:
en_GB: Favourite Characters:

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: CTnCk
en: Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box, in which you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for checking spelling.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|sentence]
note: fsyKA
en: Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
en_GB: Displays the sentence with the misspelt word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|change]
note: m7FFp
en: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
en_GB: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelt word, the entire sentence is replaced.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignore]
note: M5qZF
en: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spell check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignoreall]
note: zS3Wm
en: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current office suite session and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current office suite session and continues with the spelling check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|SpellingDialog]
note: GSZVa
en: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
en_GB: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue box also checks for grammar errors.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_ENDLESS]
note: RBFeu
en: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
en_GB: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, unmark this check box, and enter a number in the Continuous box.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_AUTO]
note: xq5Sb
en: Automatically determine the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
en_GB: Automatically determine the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this check box, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineEnd]
note: c6KN2
en: C_haracters at line end
en_GB: C_haracters at end of line

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineBegin]
note: AGfNV
en: Cha_racters at line begin
en_GB: Cha_racters at beginning of line

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkInsert]
note: Zje9t
en: Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkPageStyle]
note: RFwGc
en: Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinPageNumber]
note: tX6ag
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkOrphan]
note: zADSo
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkWidow]
note: SmFT5
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinOrphan]
note: mb9LZ
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinWidow]
note: 3cNEP
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: thesaurus|extended_tip|ThesaurusDialog]
note: VGEXu
en: Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_OFF]
note: vysNZ
en: Turns off color transparency.
en_GB: Turns off colour transparency.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_LINEAR]
note: RpVxj
en: Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
en_GB: Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT]
note: 6WDfQ
en: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
en_GB: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|MTR_TRANSPARENT]
note: FBxYk
en: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
en_GB: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_X]
note: kfKen
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_Y]
note: Nsx4p
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: wordcompletionpage|extended_tip|entries]
note: GCXAm
en: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
en_GB: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, unmark "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".

[ctx: STR_QUERY_LIKE_WILDCARD]
note: AaZzs
en: The query cannot be executed. The “LIKE” condition contains wildcard in the middle.
en_GB: The query cannot be executed. The “LIKE” condition contains a wildcard in the middle.

[ctx: STR_NO_CONNECTION]
note: F6ygP
en: The connection could not be created. Maybe the necessary data provider is not installed.
en_GB: The connection could not be created. Maybe the necessary data provider is not installed?

[ctx: STR_INVALID_DBASE_FILE]
note: DijyA
en: The file “$filename$” is an invalid (or unrecognized) dBASE file.
en_GB: The file “$filename$” is an invalid (or unrecognised) dBASE file.

[ctx: STR_TABLE_READONLY]
note: mnc5r
en: The table cannot be changed. It is read only.
en_GB: The table cannot be changed. It is read-only.

[ctx: STR_PARSER_CYCLIC_SUB_QUERIES]
note: VEbfy
en: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more subqueries.
en_GB: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more sub-queries.

[ctx: STR_PAGE_XERROR_BARS]
note: EvFoA
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_PAGE_YERROR_BARS]
note: NKDFm
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_X]
note: jNgVd
en: X Axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Y]
note: cA4xe
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Z]
note: ZXErW
en: Z Axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: qkJUd
en: Secondary X Axis
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: YHCbM
en: Secondary Y Axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_X]
note: pEwe5
en: X Axis Major Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Y]
note: ETsPn
en: Y Axis Major Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Z]
note: SonFW
en: Z Axis Major Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_X]
note: sBgvb
en: X Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Y]
note: 3YcEK
en: Y Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Z]
note: hkZQA
en: Z Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_X_AXIS]
note: eZE2v
en: X Axis Title
en_GB: x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Y_AXIS]
note: uqBii
en: Y Axis Title
en_GB: y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Z_AXIS]
note: 37EU5
en: Z Axis Title
en_GB: z-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: QmoDH
en: Secondary X Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: F7NWG
en: Secondary Y Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_X]
note: apx4j
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Y]
note: BUEbq
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Z]
note: tQCpv
en: Z Error Bars
en_GB: z-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_ACTION_EDIT_3D_VIEW]
note: RmtWN
en: Edit 3D view
en_GB: Edit 3-D view

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X]
note: ozAB8
en: X-Values
en_GB: x-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y]
note: FgGiW
en: Y-Values
en_GB: y-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR]
note: pMGL4
en: X-Error-Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: c9oCh
en: Positive X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: uTsVM
en: Negative X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR]
note: RZaBP
en: Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: ZFFKK
en: Positive Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: pZ3af
en: Negative Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_EDITOR_INCORRECT_INPUT]
note: EDFdH
en: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialog?
en_GB: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_FILLCOLOR]
note: GtGu4
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_BORDERCOLOR]
note: bzDDY
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: STR_CONTROLTEXT_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA]
note: TuRxr
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: STR_DONUT_EXPLODED]
note: gxFtf
en: Exploded Donut Chart
en_GB: Exploded Doughnut Chart

[ctx: STR_DONUT]
note: nsoQ2
en: Donut
en_GB: Doughnut

[ctx: STR_TYPE_XY]
note: Miu8E
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: STR_LINES_3D]
note: AAEA2
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: 3dviewdialog|3DViewDialog]
note: VVVyQ
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveLeftColumn]
note: V7UUB
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour at the left.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveRightColumn]
note: JxZC8
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveUpRow]
note: DnZTt
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor above.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour above.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveDownRow]
note: u8jmj
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|ChartDataDialog]
note: rRJDK
en: Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
en_GB: Opens the Data Table dialogue box where you can edit the chart data.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: yHa5z
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: Wj42y
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: CFGTS
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|dlg_DataLabel]
note: 2cE35
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|dlg_DataLabels]
note: bt7D7
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: SUBEs
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: JYk3c
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: DTR5D
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: mEwUr
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryX]
note: 4Drc8
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: QyAAw
en: Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryY]
note: XeWVu
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 8ZzUp
en: Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryZ]
note: FoAXW
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: DgjxB
en: Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryX]
note: WEUFf
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: JGQhE
en: Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
en_GB: Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryY]
note: 598Gk
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: trDFK
en: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in.
en_GB: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryZ]
note: CAFjD
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryX]
note: adEgJ
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: TeVcH
en: Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryY]
note: FEBZW
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 6SmKJ
en: Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryZ]
note: XEXTu
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: bF4Eb
en: Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryX]
note: wqXds
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: cfAUn
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryY]
note: PkzaY
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: a3asH
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryZ]
note: CcCG8
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryZ]
note: hcj99
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|InsertGridDialog]
note: URB9E
en: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
en_GB: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: y8KiH
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: RhsUT
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: ypJFt
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryXaxis]
note: qz8WP
en: Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryYaxis]
note: 3m5Dk
en: Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryZaxis]
note: PY2EU
en: Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: 8XRFP
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: Tq7G9
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryXaxis]
note: EsHDi
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryYaxis]
note: bnwti
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|InsertTitleDialog]
note: Y96AE
en: Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis]
note: Am6Gz
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis]
note: iMXPp
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis]
note: A35cf
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis]
note: GoJDH
en: 2nd X axis
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis]
note: bGsCM
en: 2nd Y axis
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis_title]
note: P5gxx
en: X axis title
en_GB: x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis_title]
note: vF4oS
en: Y axis title
en_GB: y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis_title]
note: RZFAU
en: Z axis title
en_GB: z-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis_title]
note: nsoDZ
en: 2nd X axis title
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis_title]
note: yDNuy
en: 2nd Y axis title
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarseries|comboboxtext_label]
note: CWwzt
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_y_error]
note: bXUND
en: Y error bars
en_GB: y-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_x_error]
note: zK6DE
en: X error bars
en_GB: x-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_primary_axis]
note: vhdnt
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_secondary_axis]
note: VPWVq
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebartype|3dlook]
note: mZfrk
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: sidebartype|sort]
note: xW9CQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: steppedlinesdlg|extended_tip|step_center_y_rb]
note: S528C
en: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
en_GB: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.

[ctx: titlerotationtabpage|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: VGDph
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneAppearance|extended_tip|LB_SCHEME]
note: raML6
en: Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
en_GB: Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|CBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES]
note: QxmLn
en: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
en_GB: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_X_ROTATION]
note: y8Tyg
en: _X rotation
en_GB: _x-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Y_ROTATION]
note: TJ2Xp
en: _Y rotation
en_GB: _y-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Z_ROTATION]
note: UTAG5
en: _Z rotation
en_GB: _z-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION]
note: PP8jT
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION]
note: AyMWn
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_X_ROTATION]
note: EGS4B
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_LIGHTSOURCE]
note: DwEDc
en: Select a color for the selected light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the selected light source.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: cAvJJ
en: Select a color using the Pick a Color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the Pick a Colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR]
note: D3Udo
en: Select a color using the Pick a Color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the Pick a Colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_AMBIENTLIGHT]
note: WssJA
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: GcwLA
en: Select a color using the Pick a Color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the Pick a Colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR]
note: YbFV8
en: Select a color using the Pick a color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the Pick a Colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|tp_3D_SceneIllumination]
note: tQBhd
en: Set the light sources for the 3D view.
en_GB: Set the light sources for the 3-D view.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_ON]
note: FaKJZ
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_BETWEEN]
note: BSx2x
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|subtype]
note: wBFXQ
en: Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
en_GB: Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|3dlook]
note: FSf6b
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dlook]
note: EB95g
en: Enables a 3D look for the data values.
en_GB: Enables a 3-D look for the data values.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dscheme]
note: zZxWG
en: Select the type of 3D look.
en_GB: Select the type of 3-D look.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|properties]
note: EnymX
en: Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|sort]
note: KzGZQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|sort]
note: tbgi3
en: Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
en_GB: Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: nzq24
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: 3wD3x
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: ba7eW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|tp_DataLabel]
note: iDheE
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_RANGE]
note: M2BSw
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_MAIN]
note: CwKet
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_CATEGORIES]
note: ogTbE
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_CAT]
note: EYFEo
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|FT_CAPTION_FOR_WIZARD]
note: YwALA
en: Customize Data Ranges for Individual Data Series
en_GB: Customise Data Ranges for Individual Data Series

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: D5XCD
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: QYRko
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: S8d3Y
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: oEACZ
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CB_CLOCKWISE]
note: GikR7
en: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
en_GB: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the Clockwise direction check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CT_ANGLE_DIAL]
note: mEJCE
en: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
en_GB: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|NF_STARTING_ANGLE]
note: EEVTg
en: Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
en_GB: Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|ED_RANGE]
note: WKLi7
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|IB_RANGE]
note: FVivY
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATAROWS]
note: w6DuB
en: Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATACOLS]
note: RfFZF
en: Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS]
note: HviBv
en: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS]
note: tTAhH
en: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_REVERSE]
note: DNJFK
en: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
en_GB: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN]
note: Z35M3
en: You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
en_GB: You must first unmark the Automatic option in order to modify the values.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: YK66G
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: ApXPx
en: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
en_GB: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: aZ7G8
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: nTQUy
en: Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
en_GB: Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RB_CONTINUE_LINE]
note: 2HArG
en: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
en_GB: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|CB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS]
note: vEDHo
en: Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label6]
note: 99kQL
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Xname]
note: Fz8b3
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label9]
note: 2PBW3
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Yname]
note: WHNXu
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_axisLabel|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: ra62A
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: tCfsY
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: LtEdA
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: tVeNC
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: GJ7pJ
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: bBRgE
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|Axe]
note: REBEt
en: Choose Titles, Legend, and Grid Settings
en_GB: Choose Titles, Legend and Grid Settings

[ctx: wizelementspage|x]
note: wp2DC
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|y]
note: KPGMU
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|z]
note: G65v4
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: EnLKw
en: Disk or hard drive full.
en_GB: Disc or hard drive full.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: WcKob
en: Disk not ready.
en_GB: Disc not ready.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: DnKBx
en: Timeout while waiting for DDE response.
en_GB: Time-out while waiting for DDE response.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: ScKEy
en: This property is write only.
en_GB: This property is write-only.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: tC47t
en: For loop not initialized.
en_GB: For loop not initialised.

[ctx: RID_STR_TRANSLATION_NOTLOCALIZED]
note: Tho9k
en: <Not localized>
en_GB: <Not localised>

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|libraries]
note: 8Bfcg
en: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
en_GB: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|macrotoft]
note: Qth4v
en: Save Macro In
en_GB: Save macro in

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: qEaMG
en: Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
en_GB: Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|organize]
note: Gh52t
en: Organizer...
en_GB: Organiser...

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|organize]
note: 3L2hk
en: Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Organiser dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogue boxes, and libraries.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|BasicMacroDialog]
note: gMDg9
en: Opens a dialog to organize macros.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to organise macros.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|location]
note: JAxWt
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|LibPage]
note: dfZKj
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: managelanguages|label2]
note: eDZBN
en: The default language is used if no localization for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.
en_GB: The default language is used if no localisation for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.

[ctx: organizedialog|OrganizeDialog]
note: uVgXz
en: Basic Macro Organizer
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser

en: Script initialization failed
en_GB: Script initialisation failed

en: Low color background image for widgets
en_GB: Low colour background image for widgets

en: Low color background image for panels
en_GB: Low colour background image for panels

en: Low color background for graphing widgets
en_GB: Low colour background for graphing widgets

en: Low color background image for tooltips
en_GB: Low colour background image for tooltips

note: Tooltip for the "Softness" brush setting
en: Soften brush-circle from center to edge (setting to 1.0 will draw nothing).
en_GB: Soften brush-circle from centre to edge (setting to 1.0 will draw nothing).

note: Tooltip for the "Change color lightness (HSL)" brush setting
en: Change the color lightness using the HSL color model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter
en_GB: Change the colour lightness using the HSL colour model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter

note: #-#-#-#-#  1551 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the "Change color value (HSV)" brush setting
en: Change the color value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher
en_GB: Change the colour value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV colour model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher

note: Tooltip for the "Pigment" brush setting - If this string is difficult to translate, feel free to change it to something more descriptive. Just try to be succinct and consistent.
en: Subtractive spectral color mixing mode.
    0.0 no spectral mixing
    1.0 only spectral mixing
en_GB: Subtractive spectral colour mixing mode.
    0.0 no spectral mixing
    1.0 only spectral mixing

note: Brush setting
en: Smudge length multiplier
en_GB: Smudge length

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge length multiplier" brush setting
en: Logarithmic multiplier for the "Smudge length" value.
    Useful to correct for high-definition/large brushes with lots of dabs.
    The longer the smudge length the more a color will spread and will also boost performance dramatically, as the canvas is sampled less often
en_GB: Logarithmic multiplier for the "Smudge length" value.
    Useful to correct for high-definition/large brushes with lots of dabs.
    The longer the smudge length the more a colour will spread and will also boost performance dramatically, as the canvas is sampled less often

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge bucket" brush setting
en: There are 256 buckets that each can hold a color picked up from the canvas.
    You can control which bucket to use to improve variability and realism of the brush.
    Especially useful with the "Custom input" setting to correlate buckets with other settings such as offsets.
en_GB: There are 256 buckets that each can hold a colour picked up from the canvas.
    You can control which bucket to use to improve variability and realism of the brush.
    Especially useful with the "Custom input" setting to correlate buckets with other settings such as offsets.

note: Tooltip for the "Colorize" brush setting
en: Colorize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush color while retaining its value and alpha.
en_GB: Colourize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush colour while retaining its value and alpha.

note: Tooltip for the "Posterize" brush setting
en: Strength of posterization, reducing number of colors based on the "Posterization levels" setting, while retaining alpha.
en_GB: Strength of posterisation, reducing number of colours based on the "Posterisation levels" setting, while retaining alpha.

note: Brush setting
en: Posterization levels
en_GB: Posterisation levels

note: Tooltip for the "Posterization levels" brush setting
en: Number of posterization levels (divided by 100).
    0.05 = 5 levels, 0.2 = 20 levels, etc.
    Values above 0.5 may not be noticeable.
en_GB: Number of posterisation levels (divided by 100).
    0.05 = 5 levels, 0.2 = 20 levels, etc.
    Values above 0.5 may not be noticeable.

note: Tooltip for the "Snap to pixel" brush setting
en: Snap brush dab's center and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.
en_GB: Snap brush dab's centre and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.

note: A county capital in Romania
en: Bacău
en_GB: Bacau

note: A city in Switzerland
en: Zürich
en_GB: Zurich

en: The unit to use for visibility. Values: 'meters', 'km' ,'miles'.
en_GB: The unit to use for visibility. Values: 'metres', 'km' ,'miles'.

en: Location coordinates
en_GB: Location co-ordinates

note: #-#-#-#-#  1549 (libmateweather 1.27.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this is a format string for strftime *             see `man 3 strftime` for more details
en: %a, %b %d / %H:%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %l:%M %P

en: Center Speaker
en_GB: Centre Speaker

en: Load exotic, rarely used layouts and options
en_GB: Load exotic, rarely-used layouts and options

en: Show keyboard leds indicator
en_GB: Show keyboard LEDs indicator

en: The foreground color
en_GB: The foreground colour

en: The background color
en_GB: The background colour

en: Superseeding
en_GB: Superseding

en: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to
en_GB: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload

en: Several URL's could not be added because they are malformed:
en_GB: Several URLs could not be added because they are malformed:

en: Stop all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Stop all selected torrents

en: Remove all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Remove all selected torrents

en: Start all torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Start all torrents

en: Total size of the torrent, excluded files are not included
en_GB: Total torrent size, excluding unselected files

en: File prioritization and some other patches
en_GB: File prioritisation and some other patches

en: Patch to fix a crash in ChunkDownloadView
en_GB: Patch to fix a ChunkDownloadView crash

en: A couple of bugfixes
en_GB: A couple of bug fixes

en: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialog
en_GB: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionDelete), group (general)
en: Delete action checked.
en_GB: Delete action ticked.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionMove), group (general)
en: Move action checked.
en_GB: Move action ticked.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_2)
en: Seasons && Episodes
en_GB: Series && Episodes

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_use_se_matching)
en: Use season and episode matching
en_GB: Use series and episode matching

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Seasons:
en_GB: Series:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, m_seasons)
en: Specify the seasons to download, multiple seasons can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download seasons 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9
en_GB: Specify the series to download, multiple series can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download series 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_se_no_duplicates)
en: Do not download multiple items with the same season and episode
en_GB: Do not download multiple items with the same series and episode

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the average on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the average on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from leecher on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgToLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg to leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg to leecher on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from seeds on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected leechers on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected leechers on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers in swarms on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected seeds on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected seeds on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds in swarms on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtNodesColor), group (general)
en: Color of the nodes on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the nodes on DHT chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtTasksColor), group (general)
en: Color of the tasks on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the tasks on DHT chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: File Priority Colors
en_GB: File Priority Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Schedule background color:
en_GB: Schedule background colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleBackgroundColor)
en: Color of the schedule background.
en_GB: Colour of the schedule background.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Schedule line color:
en_GB: Schedule line colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleLineColor)
en: Color of all lines on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of all lines on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Schedule Item color:
en_GB: Schedule Item colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_itemColor)
en: Color of each normal item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each normal item on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Suspended schedule item color:
en_GB: Suspended schedule item colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_suspendedColor)
en: Color of each suspended item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each suspended item on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_utpEnabled)
en: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimized to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.
en_GB: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimised to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_onlyUseUtp)
en: Don't use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, seeing that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.
en_GB: Do not use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, as that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1440 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_startDownloadsOnLowDiskSpace)
en: Don't start torrents
en_GB: Do not start torrents

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use sensor color:
en_GB: Use sensor colour:

[ctx: KScreen::GetConfigOperationPrivate|]
en: Failed to deserialize backend response
en_GB: Failed to deserialise backend response

[ctx: KScreen::SetConfigOperationPrivate|]
en: Failed to serialize request
en_GB: Failed to serialise request

[ctx: KScreen::SetConfigOperationPrivate|]
en: Failed to deserialize backend response
en_GB: Failed to deserialise backend response

en: Open scan dialog
en_GB: Open scan dialogue

en: Gamma-correction table. In color mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).
en_GB: Gamma-correction table. In colour mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).

en: Separate color intensity tables
en_GB: Separate colour intensity tables

[ctx: SpinBox parameter unit (seconds)]
en:  s |  s
en_GB[0]:  s
en_GB[1]:  µs

en: Enables batch mode scanning. Continues scanning after a delay until canceled.
en_GB: Enables batch mode scanning. Continues scanning after a delay until cancelled.

en: Invert the colors of the scanned image.
en_GB: Invert the colours of the scanned image.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1338 (kompare)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_LargeFilesCB)
en: Optimize for large files
en_GB: Optimise for large files

en: Organizational unit
en_GB: Organisational unit

en: The gpgconf tool used to provide the information for this dialog does not seem to be installed properly. It did not return any components. Try running "%1" on the command line for more information.
en_GB: The gpgconf tool used to provide the information for this dialogue does not seem to be installed properly. It did not return any components. Try running "%1" on the command line for more information.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Click this button to add a directory service to the list of services. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Click this button to add a directory service to the list of services. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Click this button to edit the settings of the currently selected directory service. The changes will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Click this button to edit the settings of the currently selected directory service. The changes will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Click this button to remove the currently selected directory service. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Click this button to remove the currently selected directory service. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Use a TLS secured connection through which the connection to the LDAP server is tunneled. <b>(Not recommended)</b>
en_GB: Use a TLS secured connection through which the connection to the LDAP server is tunnelled. <b>(Not recommended)</b>

en: <qt><p>If you check this box your choice will be stored and you will not be asked again.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>If you tick this box your choice will be stored and you will not be asked again.</p></qt>

en: The name must be in the format required by your organization and it must not include <, >, and @.
en_GB: The name must be in the format required by your organisation and it must not include <, >, and @.

[ctx: text for screen readers]
en: The name must be in the format required by your organization and it must not include less-than sign, greater-than sign, and at sign.
en_GB: The name must be in the format required by your organisation and it must not include less-than sign, greater-than sign, and at sign.

en: Enter an email address in the correct format required by your organization.
en_GB: Enter an email address in the correct format required by your organisation.

[ctx: date format suitable for screen readers; d: day as a number without a leading zero, MMMM: localized month name, yyyy: year as a four digit number]
en: MMMM d, yyyy
en_GB: d MMMM, yyyy

en: Don't confirm identity and integrity
en_GB: Do not confirm identity and integrity

[ctx: KGAPI2::Job|]
en: Requested resource does not exist anymore.
    
    Google replied '%1'
en_GB: Requested resource does not exist any more.
    
    Google replied '%1'

en: Latin 'caesius' for 'heaven blue'.
en_GB: Latin 'cæsius' for 'heaven blue'.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open detailed progress dialog
en_GB: Open detailed progress dialogue

en: Synchronize Random
en_GB: Synchronise Random

en: Humor
en_GB: Humour

en: Centering policy
en_GB: Centring policy

en: The policy to horizontally align the center widget
en_GB: The policy to horizontally align the centre widget

en: Navigatable
en_GB: Navigable

en: Whether or not swipe gesture can be used to switch from a subpage to the preferences
en_GB: Whether or not swipe gesture can be used to switch from a sub-page to the preferences

en: Swipeable
en_GB: Swipe-able

en: The swipeable the swipe tracker is attached to
en_GB: The swipe-able the swipe tracker is attached to

en: Narrow ellipsize
en_GB: Narrow ellipsise

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the narrow mode label does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to ellipsise the string, if the narrow mode label does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
en_GB: Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)

note: A city in India. The local name in Telugu is "విజయవాడ".
en: Vijayawada
en_GB: Vijayawada/Gannavaram

en: %a, %b %d / %H∶%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %H:%M

en: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are “ms” (meters per second), “kph” (kilometers per hour), “mph” (miles per hour), “knots” and “bft” (Beaufort scale).
en_GB: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are “ms” (metres per second), “kph” (kilometres per hour), “mph” (miles per hour), “knots” and “bft” (Beaufort scale).

en: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are “kpa” (kilopascal), “hpa” (hectopascal), “mb” (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), “mm-hg” (millimeters of mercury), “inch-hg” (inches of mercury), “atm” (atmospheres).
en_GB: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are “kpa” (kilopascal), “hpa” (hectopascal), “mb” (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), “mm-hg” (millimetres of mercury), “inch-hg” (inches of mercury), “atm” (atmospheres).

note: TRANSLATORS: pick a default location to use in the weather applet. This should usually be the largest city or the capital of your country. If you're not picking a <location> in the database, don't forget to set name and coordinates. Do NOT change or localize the quotation marks!
en: ('', 'KNYC', nothing)
en_GB: ('', 'EGLL', nothing)

note: type: textblock
en: When the guest OS is virtualized, the host operating system and hypervisor may prefer accesses aligned to one of:
en_GB: When the guest OS is virtualised, the host operating system and hypervisor may prefer accesses aligned to one of:

note: type: textblock
en: The fields are normally space-separated.  Filenames are B<not> quoted, so you cannot use the output in another program (because filenames can contain spaces and other unsafe characters).  If the guest was untrusted and someone knew you were using C<virt-ls> to analyze the guest, they could play tricks on you by creating filenames with embedded newline characters.  To B<safely> parse the output in another program, use the I<--csv> (Comma-Separated Values) option.
en_GB: The fields are normally space-separated.  Filenames are B<not> quoted, so you cannot use the output in another program (because filenames can contain spaces and other unsafe characters).  If the guest was untrusted and someone knew you were using C<virt-ls> to analyse the guest, they could play tricks on you by creating filenames with embedded newline characters.  To B<safely> parse the output in another program, use the I<--csv> (Comma-Separated Values) option.

note: type: textblock
en: Virt tools (website: L<http://virt-tools.org>) are a whole set of virtualization management tools aimed at system administrators.  Some of them come from libguestfs, some from libvirt and many others from other open source projects.  So virt tools is a superset of libguestfs.  However libguestfs comes with many important tools.  See L<http://libguestfs.org> for a full list.
en_GB: Virt tools (website: L<http://virt-tools.org>) are a whole set of virtualisation management tools aimed at system administrators.  Some of them come from libguestfs, some from libvirt and many others from other open source projects.  So virt tools is a superset of libguestfs.  However libguestfs comes with many important tools.  See L<http://libguestfs.org> for a full list.

note: type: textblock
en: Another method we have considered is to place a snapshot over the original disk image, so that the original data is untouched and only differences are recorded in the snapshot.  You can do this today using C<qemu-img create> + C<virt-resize>, but qemu currently isn't smart enough to recognize when the same block is written back to the snapshot as already exists in the backing disk, so you will find that this doesn't save you any space or time.
en_GB: Another method we have considered is to place a snapshot over the original disk image, so that the original data is untouched and only differences are recorded in the snapshot.  You can do this today using C<qemu-img create> + C<virt-resize>, but qemu currently isn't smart enough to recognise when the same block is written back to the snapshot as already exists in the backing disk, so you will find that this doesn't save you any space or time.

note: type: textblock
en: Language bindings should come with tests.  Previously testing of language bindings was rather ad-hoc, but we have been trying to formalize the set of tests that every language binding should use.
en_GB: Language bindings should come with tests.  Previously testing of language bindings was rather ad-hoc, but we have been trying to formalise the set of tests that every language binding should use.

note: type: =head2
en: INTERNATIONALIZATION (I18N) SUPPORT
en_GB: INTERNATIONALISATION (I18N) SUPPORT

note: type: =item
en: Initialize the appliance
en_GB: Initialise the appliance

note: type: textblock
en: The appliance itself now initializes itself.  This involves starting certain processes like C<udev>, possibly printing some debug information, and finally running the daemon (C<guestfsd>).
en_GB: The appliance itself now initialises itself.  This involves starting certain processes like C<udev>, possibly printing some debug information, and finally running the daemon (C<guestfsd>).

note: type: textblock
en: Three main areas are covered. Libguestfs runs an appliance (a small Linux distribution) inside qemu/KVM.  The first two areas are: minimizing the time taken to start this appliance, and the number of times the appliance has to be started.  The third area is shortening the time taken for inspection of VMs.
en_GB: Three main areas are covered. Libguestfs runs an appliance (a small Linux distribution) inside qemu/KVM.  The first two areas are: minimising the time taken to start this appliance, and the number of times the appliance has to be started.  The third area is shortening the time taken for inspection of VMs.

note: type: textblock
en: Hardware virt is not usually available inside VMs, and libguestfs will run slowly inside another virtual machine whatever you do.  Nested virtualization does not work well in our experience, and is certainly no substitute for running libguestfs on baremetal.
en_GB: Hardware virt is not usually available inside VMs, and libguestfs will run slowly inside another virtual machine whatever you do.  Nested virtualisation does not work well in our experience, and is certainly no substitute for running libguestfs on baremetal.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - A series of protocol fixes has fixed the old bug RHBZ#576879
       which used to cause errors during the upload command to lose
       protocol synchronization.
en_GB:  - A series of protocol fixes has fixed the old bug RHBZ#576879
       which used to cause errors during the upload command to lose
       protocol synchronisation.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - is-zero, is-zero-device APIs: optimize these so zero detection is
       faster.
en_GB:  - is-zero, is-zero-device APIs: optimise these so zero detection is
       faster.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - 822490 virt-ls error: "libguestfs: error: checksum: path: parameter cannot be NULL"
     - 816839 data overflow error when debug progress -1
     - 816098 virt-make-fs fails to make a btrfs filesystem because it doesn't allocate enough space
     - 811872 inspection fails on ubuntu 10.04 guest with encrypted swap
     - 811650 guestfs_last_error not set when qemu fails early during launch
     - 811649 libguestfs cannot open disk images which are symlinks to files that contain ':' (colon) character
     - 811117 [RFE][virt-sysprep] net-hwaddr not removed from "ifcfg-*" files on rhel
     - 811112 [RFE][virt-sysprep] hostname can not be changed on rhel system
     - 809361 inspection doesn't recognize Fedora 18 (grub2 + GPT)
     - 807905 mkfs blocksize option breaks when creating btrfs
     - 805070 virt-filesystems should show 'parents' of LV and RAID devices
     - 804464 libguestfs cannot be built when LINGUAS is different then ja or uk
     - 803664 libguestfs inspection fails on Windows XP: libguestfs: error: hivex: could not locate HKLM\SYSTEM\MountedDevices
     - 803533 guestfish: write error
     - 802389 event handlers for 'close' event doesn't work in remote mode
     - 802109 libguestfs uses putc on stderr, results in many individual 1 byte writes of debug messages
     - 801640 [RFE] the error reported by resize2fs-M need to be more clear
     - 801298 Possible null dereference and resource leaks
     - 801273 Document for set-pgroup need to be updated
     - 798196 virt-resize confuses format and output_format variables; using --output-format sets the input format
     - 797986 virt-resize on Windows XP in sysprep state causes "UNMOUNTABLE_BOOT_VOLUME" BSOD
     - 796520 [RFE] Prevent user from running some appliance configure commands after appliance boot up
     - 790721 multiprovider build error: RuntimeError: link: /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel.10139: File exists
     - 789960 guestfsd crash when try to mount non-exist disk
     - 789504 virt-df (other tools?) should not give up if a guest disk is missing
     - 788641 virt-edit doesn't preserve file permissions
     - 786215 libguestfs inspection does not recognize FreeDOS operating system
     - 786188 libguestfs inspection does not recognize FreeDOS install CD
     - 785668 aug-defnode: daemon crash
     - 784647 Libguestfs uses deprecated net-tools
     - 769304 virt-resize on RHEL 6 kernel fails to re-read the partition table
     - 755729 Error message for resize2fs-M needs tweaking
     - 701814 virt-win-reg fails on a libvirt guest that has no defined disk format: "format parameter is empty or contains disallowed characters"
     - 679737 libguestfs: improve error message when zerofree is not available in the appliance
     - 635971 glob mkfs ext2 /dev/vd[b-t]1 does not expand
en_GB:  - 822490 virt-ls error: "libguestfs: error: checksum: path: parameter cannot be NULL"
     - 816839 data overflow error when debug progress -1
     - 816098 virt-make-fs fails to make a btrfs filesystem because it doesn't allocate enough space
     - 811872 inspection fails on ubuntu 10.04 guest with encrypted swap
     - 811650 guestfs_last_error not set when qemu fails early during launch
     - 811649 libguestfs cannot open disk images which are symlinks to files that contain ':' (colon) character
     - 811117 [RFE][virt-sysprep] net-hwaddr not removed from "ifcfg-*" files on rhel
     - 811112 [RFE][virt-sysprep] hostname can not be changed on rhel system
     - 809361 inspection doesn't recognise Fedora 18 (grub2 + GPT)
     - 807905 mkfs blocksize option breaks when creating btrfs
     - 805070 virt-filesystems should show 'parents' of LV and RAID devices
     - 804464 libguestfs cannot be built when LINGUAS is different then ja or uk
     - 803664 libguestfs inspection fails on Windows XP: libguestfs: error: hivex: could not locate HKLM\SYSTEM\MountedDevices
     - 803533 guestfish: write error
     - 802389 event handlers for 'close' event doesn't work in remote mode
     - 802109 libguestfs uses putc on stderr, results in many individual 1 byte writes of debug messages
     - 801640 [RFE] the error reported by resize2fs-M need to be more clear
     - 801298 Possible null dereference and resource leaks
     - 801273 Document for set-pgroup need to be updated
     - 798196 virt-resize confuses format and output_format variables; using --output-format sets the input format
     - 797986 virt-resize on Windows XP in sysprep state causes "UNMOUNTABLE_BOOT_VOLUME" BSOD
     - 796520 [RFE] Prevent user from running some appliance configure commands after appliance boot up
     - 790721 multiprovider build error: RuntimeError: link: /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel.10139: File exists
     - 789960 guestfsd crash when try to mount non-exist disk
     - 789504 virt-df (other tools?) should not give up if a guest disk is missing
     - 788641 virt-edit doesn't preserve file permissions
     - 786215 libguestfs inspection does not recognise FreeDOS operating system
     - 786188 libguestfs inspection does not recognise FreeDOS install CD
     - 785668 aug-defnode: daemon crash
     - 784647 Libguestfs uses deprecated net-tools
     - 769304 virt-resize on RHEL 6 kernel fails to re-read the partition table
     - 755729 Error message for resize2fs-M needs tweaking
     - 701814 virt-win-reg fails on a libvirt guest that has no defined disk format: "format parameter is empty or contains disallowed characters"
     - 679737 libguestfs: improve error message when zerofree is not available in the appliance
     - 635971 glob mkfs ext2 /dev/vd[b-t]1 does not expand

note: type: textblock
en: new I<--firstboot> parameter allowing firstboot scripts for customizing guests
en_GB: new I<--firstboot> parameter allowing firstboot scripts for customising guests

note: type: textblock
en: guestfish printed paths are not canonicalized
en_GB: guestfish printed paths are not canonicalised

note: type: textblock
en: guestfish unrecognized mount option gives confusing error message
en_GB: guestfish unrecognised mount option gives confusing error message

note: type: textblock
en: Ubuntu install CDs from oneiric onwards are not recognized: "multi-boot operating systems are not supported"
en_GB: Ubuntu install CDs from oneiric onwards are not recognised: "multi-boot operating systems are not supported"

note: type: textblock
en: libguestfs doesn't recognize Windows Dynamic disks in some configurations, eg. spanned
en_GB: libguestfs doesn't recognise Windows Dynamic disks in some configurations, eg. spanned

note: type: textblock
en: C<guestmount --no-fork> flag prevents guestmount from daemonizing.
en_GB: C<guestmount --no-fork> flag prevents guestmount from daemonising.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - Localization now works for all the libguestfs tools (RHBZ#559963).
en_GB:  - Localisation now works for all the libguestfs tools (RHBZ#559963).

note: type: verbatim
en:  - 612178 guestfish: using -m option in conjunction with --listen option causes appliance to die
     - 610880 libguestfs should set broader read perms on tmpdir, so works in some situations when executed with umask 077
     - 604691 OCaml bindings are not thread safe
     - 603870 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 602592 [RFE] expose guestfs_close in perl bindings
     - 600977 virt-df -h --csv "Argument .. isn't numeric in printf"
     - 599464 mkfs-b does not support vfat/ntfs
     - 598807 add_cdrom does not work in RHEL 6
     - 598309 part-list and several other cmd failed on libguestfs on RHEL5
     - 597145 guestfish 'help' command should indicate error in exit status with an unknown command
     - 597135 guestfish write-file cmd does not check "size" parameter
     - 597118 A warning should be given in the help of mke2journal-L for the length of label
     - 597112 get-e2uuid should use blkid instead of "tune2fs -l" to get filesystem UUID
     - 596776 virt-inspector doesn't discover modprobe aliases on RHEL 3 guests
     - 596763 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 593292 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 592883 can not edit files on  images mounted with guestmount cmd
     - 592360 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 591250 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if the archive is compressed or not in the right format
     - 591155 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if a disk image is not writable
     - 591142 virt-inspector should give an error for unrecognized disk images
     - 590167 virt-inspector and other virt tools should be able to handle filesystem-on-image VMs
     - 589039 guestfish read-file cmd will cause daemon hang when read large files
     - 588851 guestfs_launch() returns -1, but guestfs_last_error() == NULL
     - 588763 libguestfs should use non-public or link-local addresses for appliance network
     - 588733 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 588651 guestfish 'strings-e' cmd does not give proper error message or hint
     - 587484 lvresize can't reduce size of a volumn
     - 585961 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 585223 ntfsresize should support shrinking filesystems
     - 585222 pvresize should support shrinking PVs
     - 585221 resize2fs should support shrinking filesystems
     - 584038 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 583554 [FEAT] mknod-mode command is needed to set mode explicitly
     - 583242 [RFE] guestfish should print outputs in a suitable base (eg. octal for modes)
     - 582993 guestfish eats words when tab completing case (in)sensitive paths
     - 582953 Misleading help information about lvcreate command
     - 582948 mknod command doesn't make block, character or FIFO devices
     - 582929 mknod doesn't check for invalid mode
     - 582901 guestfish chmod/umask commands do not check invalid mode value
     - 582899 guestfish:sparse is missed from command autocomplete list
     - 582891 [Feature Request] behavior and return value of guestfish umask cmd should be changed
     - 582548 [mknod] umask shouldn't take effect when mode is set explicitly
     - 582484 some guestfish sub commands can not handle special files properly
     - 582252 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 581501 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 580650 virt-inspector warns "No grub default specified at /usr/lib/perl5/Sys/Guestfs/Lib.pm at [...]"
     - 580556 request for libguestfs to support .txz tarballs
     - 580246 tar-in command hangs if uploading more than available space
     - 580016 aug-ls in guestfish does not take augeas variable as argument
     - 579664 guestfish doesn't report error when there is not enough space for image allocation
     - 579608 multiple commands in guestfish can not work for symbol links
     - 579155 libguestfs hangs if qemu doesn't start (in null vmchannel mode)
     - 578407 the prefix '-' in sub-command isn't handled by guestfish in remote control mode
     - 576879 libguestfs protocol loses synchronization if you 'upload' before mounting disks
     - 559963 libguestfs Perl programs do set locale, but still localization doesn't work
     - 521674 Perl modules are unversioned, but should carry version numbers
     - 516096 Race condition in test_swapon_label_0: /sbin/blockdev: BLKRRPART: Device or resource busy
     - 507810 guestfish -i / virt-inspector cannot handle spaces in filenames
     - 502533 Updated Polish translation of libguestfs
     - 501894 Some String parameters should be OptString
     - 501893 String parameters should be checked for != NULL
     - 501889 write-file does not support strings containing ASCII NUL
     - 484986 grub-install fails on virtio disk
en_GB:  - 612178 guestfish: using -m option in conjunction with --listen option causes appliance to die
     - 610880 libguestfs should set broader read perms on tmpdir, so works in some situations when executed with umask 077
     - 604691 OCaml bindings are not thread safe
     - 603870 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 602592 [RFE] expose guestfs_close in perl bindings
     - 600977 virt-df -h --csv "Argument .. isn't numeric in printf"
     - 599464 mkfs-b does not support vfat/ntfs
     - 598807 add_cdrom does not work in RHEL 6
     - 598309 part-list and several other cmd failed on libguestfs on RHEL5
     - 597145 guestfish 'help' command should indicate error in exit status with an unknown command
     - 597135 guestfish write-file cmd does not check "size" parameter
     - 597118 A warning should be given in the help of mke2journal-L for the length of label
     - 597112 get-e2uuid should use blkid instead of "tune2fs -l" to get filesystem UUID
     - 596776 virt-inspector doesn't discover modprobe aliases on RHEL 3 guests
     - 596763 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 593292 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 592883 can not edit files on  images mounted with guestmount cmd
     - 592360 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 591250 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if the archive is compressed or not in the right format
     - 591155 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if a disk image is not writable
     - 591142 virt-inspector should give an error for unrecognised disk images
     - 590167 virt-inspector and other virt tools should be able to handle filesystem-on-image VMs
     - 589039 guestfish read-file cmd will cause daemon hang when read large files
     - 588851 guestfs_launch() returns -1, but guestfs_last_error() == NULL
     - 588763 libguestfs should use non-public or link-local addresses for appliance network
     - 588733 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 588651 guestfish 'strings-e' cmd does not give proper error message or hint
     - 587484 lvresize can't reduce size of a volumn
     - 585961 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 585223 ntfsresize should support shrinking filesystems
     - 585222 pvresize should support shrinking PVs
     - 585221 resize2fs should support shrinking filesystems
     - 584038 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 583554 [FEAT] mknod-mode command is needed to set mode explicitly
     - 583242 [RFE] guestfish should print outputs in a suitable base (eg. octal for modes)
     - 582993 guestfish eats words when tab completing case (in)sensitive paths
     - 582953 Misleading help information about lvcreate command
     - 582948 mknod command doesn't make block, character or FIFO devices
     - 582929 mknod doesn't check for invalid mode
     - 582901 guestfish chmod/umask commands do not check invalid mode value
     - 582899 guestfish:sparse is missed from command autocomplete list
     - 582891 [Feature Request] behaviour and return value of guestfish umask cmd should be changed
     - 582548 [mknod] umask shouldn't take effect when mode is set explicitly
     - 582484 some guestfish sub commands can not handle special files properly
     - 582252 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 581501 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 580650 virt-inspector warns "No grub default specified at /usr/lib/perl5/Sys/Guestfs/Lib.pm at [...]"
     - 580556 request for libguestfs to support .txz tarballs
     - 580246 tar-in command hangs if uploading more than available space
     - 580016 aug-ls in guestfish does not take augeas variable as argument
     - 579664 guestfish doesn't report error when there is not enough space for image allocation
     - 579608 multiple commands in guestfish can not work for symbol links
     - 579155 libguestfs hangs if qemu doesn't start (in null vmchannel mode)
     - 578407 the prefix '-' in sub-command isn't handled by guestfish in remote control mode
     - 576879 libguestfs protocol loses synchronisation if you 'upload' before mounting disks
     - 559963 libguestfs Perl programs do set locale, but still localisation doesn't work
     - 521674 Perl modules are unversioned, but should carry version numbers
     - 516096 Race condition in test_swapon_label_0: /sbin/blockdev: BLKRRPART: Device or resource busy
     - 507810 guestfish -i / virt-inspector cannot handle spaces in filenames
     - 502533 Updated Polish translation of libguestfs
     - 501894 Some String parameters should be OptString
     - 501893 String parameters should be checked for != NULL
     - 501889 write-file does not support strings containing ASCII NUL
     - 484986 grub-install fails on virtio disk

note: type: verbatim
en:  - Excluded packages in the appliance are now listed in a separate
       file appliance/excludelist.in, and can be customized per-distro.
en_GB:  - Excluded packages in the appliance are now listed in a separate
       file appliance/excludelist.in, and can be customised per-distro.

note: type: textblock
en: Before 2010 libguestfs did not have official release notes or a formalized version numbering system.  However these are links to historically significant versions.
en_GB: Before 2010 libguestfs did not have official release notes or a formalised version numbering system.  However these are links to historically significant versions.

note: type: textblock
en: Now try to load this into your favorite spreadsheet or database.  Are the results reproduced faithfully in the spreadsheet/database?
en_GB: Now try to load this into your favourite spreadsheet or database.  Are the results reproduced faithfully in the spreadsheet/database?

note: type: textblock
en: Buildroot-derived distro, but not one we specifically recognize.
en_GB: Buildroot-derived distro, but not one we specifically recognise.

note: type: textblock
en: The display name of the application, sometimes localized to the install language of the guest operating system.
en_GB: The display name of the application, sometimes localised to the install language of the guest operating system.

note: type: textblock
en: Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command with the I<-d> option on the host to analyze ISO files, instead of going through libguestfs.
en_GB: Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command with the I<-d> option on the host to analyse ISO files, instead of going through libguestfs.

note: type: textblock
en: This creates an ext2/3/4 filesystem on C<device> with an external journal on the journal labeled C<label>.
en_GB: This creates an ext2/3/4 filesystem on C<device> with an external journal on the journal labelled C<label>.

note: type: textblock
en: L</mkmountpoint> and L</rmmountpoint> are specialized calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.
en_GB: L</mkmountpoint> and L</rmmountpoint> are specialised calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.

note: type: textblock
en: The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably Windows) to determine which partition to boot from.  It is by no means universally recognized.
en_GB: The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably Windows) to determine which partition to boot from.  It is by no means universally recognised.

note: type: textblock
en: Return the canonicalized absolute pathname of C<path>.  The returned path has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements.
en_GB: Return the canonicalised absolute pathname of C<path>.  The returned path has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize two directories under the same libguestfs handle.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise two directories under the same libguestfs handle.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem on the host or on a remote computer with the filesystem within libguestfs.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise the filesystem on the host or on a remote computer with the filesystem within libguestfs.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem within libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise the filesystem within libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: If C<autosync> is true, this enables autosync.  Libguestfs will make a best effort attempt to make filesystems consistent and synchronized when the handle is closed (also if the program exits without closing handles).
en_GB: If C<autosync> is true, this enables autosync.  Libguestfs will make a best effort attempt to make filesystems consistent and synchronised when the handle is closed (also if the program exits without closing handles).

note: type: textblock
en: This is the opposite of L</launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronized.
en_GB: This is the opposite of L</launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronised.

note: type: textblock
en: This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on labeled swap partition.
en_GB: This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on labelled swap partition.

note: type: textblock
en: This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.  See L</swapon-device> for other notes.
en_GB: This command enables swap to a labelled swap partition.  See L</swapon-device> for other notes.

note: type: textblock
en: Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected.  Possible values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.  In practice these options don't really make any difference, particularly for write errors.
en_GB: Change the behaviour of the kernel code when errors are detected.  Possible values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.  In practice these options don't really make any difference, particularly for write errors.

note: type: textblock
en: If the filesystem is unlabeled, this returns the empty string.
en_GB: If the filesystem is unlabelled, this returns the empty string.

note: type: textblock
en: When L<guestunmount(1)>/L<fusermount(1)> exits, guestmount may still be running and cleaning up the mountpoint.  The disk image will not be fully finalized.
en_GB: When L<guestunmount(1)>/L<fusermount(1)> exits, guestmount may still be running and cleaning up the mountpoint.  The disk image will not be fully finalised.

note: type: textblock
en: Guestunmount never daemonizes itself.
en_GB: Guestunmount never daemonises itself.

note: type: textblock
en: In brief, E<lt>nameE<gt> is the class of operating system (something like C<linux> or C<windows>), E<lt>distroE<gt> is the distribution (eg. C<fedora> but many other distros are recognized) and E<lt>archE<gt> is the guest architecture.  The other fields are fairly self-explanatory, but because these fields are taken directly from the libguestfs inspection API you can find precise information from L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION>.
en_GB: In brief, E<lt>nameE<gt> is the class of operating system (something like C<linux> or C<windows>), E<lt>distroE<gt> is the distribution (eg. C<fedora> but many other distros are recognised) and E<lt>archE<gt> is the guest architecture.  The other fields are fairly self-explanatory, but because these fields are taken directly from the libguestfs inspection API you can find precise information from L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION>.

note: type: textblock
en: C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> and C<guestfs_rmmountpoint> are specialized calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.
en_GB: C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> and C<guestfs_rmmountpoint> are specialised calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.

note: type: textblock
en: This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronized.
en_GB: This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronised.

note: type: textblock
en: This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.  See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.
en_GB: This command enables swap to a labelled swap partition.  See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.

note: type: verbatim
en:  /* Synchronize the disk.  This is the opposite of guestfs_launch. */
     guestfs_shutdown (g);
en_GB:  /* Synchronise the disk.  This is the opposite of guestfs_launch. */
     guestfs_shutdown (g);

note: type: textblock
en: Libguestfs provides access to a large part of the LVM2 API, such as L</guestfs_lvcreate> and L</guestfs_vgremove>.  It won't make much sense unless you familiarize yourself with the concepts of physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.
en_GB: Libguestfs provides access to a large part of the LVM2 API, such as L</guestfs_lvcreate> and L</guestfs_vgremove>.  It won't make much sense unless you familiarise yourself with the concepts of physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.

note: type: textblock
en: Then call L</guestfs_inspect_os>.  This function uses other libguestfs calls and certain heuristics, and returns a list of operating systems that were found.  An empty list means none were found.  A single element is the root filesystem of the operating system.  For dual- or multi-boot guests, multiple roots can be returned, each one corresponding to a separate operating system.  (Multi-boot virtual machines are extremely rare in the world of virtualization, but since this scenario can happen, we have built libguestfs to deal with it.)
en_GB: Then call L</guestfs_inspect_os>.  This function uses other libguestfs calls and certain heuristics, and returns a list of operating systems that were found.  An empty list means none were found.  A single element is the root filesystem of the operating system.  For dual- or multi-boot guests, multiple roots can be returned, each one corresponding to a separate operating system.  (Multi-boot virtual machines are extremely rare in the world of virtualisation, but since this scenario can happen, we have built libguestfs to deal with it.)

note: type: textblock
en: A new stable branch starts when we think the new features in development are substantial and compelling enough over the current stable branch to warrant it.  When that happens we create new stable and development versions 1.N.0 and 1.(N+1).0 [N is even].  The new dot-oh release won't necessarily be so stable at this point, but by backporting fixes from development, that branch will stabilize over time.
en_GB: A new stable branch starts when we think the new features in development are substantial and compelling enough over the current stable branch to warrant it.  When that happens we create new stable and development versions 1.N.0 and 1.(N+1).0 [N is even].  The new dot-oh release won't necessarily be so stable at this point, but by backporting fixes from development, that branch will stabilise over time.

note: type: textblock
en: Adding a partition can make the disk image more compatible with certain virtualized operating systems which don't expect to see a filesystem directly located on a block device (Linux doesn't care and will happily handle both types).
en_GB: Adding a partition can make the disk image more compatible with certain virtualised operating systems which don't expect to see a filesystem directly located on a block device (Linux doesn't care and will happily handle both types).

note: type: textblock
en: Unlike formats such as tar and squashfs, a filesystem does not "just fit" the files that it contains, but might have extra space.  Depending on how you are going to use the output, you might think this extra space is wasted and want to minimize it, or you might want to leave space so that more files can be added later.  Virt-make-fs defaults to minimizing the extra space, but you can use the I<--size> flag to leave space in the filesystem if you want it.
en_GB: Unlike formats such as tar and squashfs, a filesystem does not "just fit" the files that it contains, but might have extra space.  Depending on how you are going to use the output, you might think this extra space is wasted and want to minimise it, or you might want to leave space so that more files can be added later.  Virt-make-fs defaults to minimising the extra space, but you can use the I<--size> flag to leave space in the filesystem if you want it.

note: type: textblock
en: Remove email from the local mail spool directory.
en_GB: Remove e-mail from the local mail spool directory.

note: type: textblock
en: virt-sysprep - Reset, unconfigure or customize a virtual machine so clones can be made
en_GB: virt-sysprep - Reset, unconfigure or customise a virtual machine so clones can be made

note: type: textblock
en: Virt-sysprep can reset or unconfigure a virtual machine so that clones can be made from it.  Steps in this process include removing SSH host keys, removing persistent network MAC configuration, and removing user accounts.  Virt-sysprep can also customize a virtual machine, for instance by adding SSH keys, users or logos.  Each step can be enabled or disabled as required.
en_GB: Virt-sysprep can reset or unconfigure a virtual machine so that clones can be made from it.  Steps in this process include removing SSH host keys, removing persistent network MAC configuration, and removing user accounts.  Virt-sysprep can also customise a virtual machine, for instance by adding SSH keys, users or logos.  Each step can be enabled or disabled as required.

note: type: textblock
en: You may want to run virt-sysprep twice, once to reset the guest (to make a template) and a second time to customize the guest for a specific user:
en_GB: You may want to run virt-sysprep twice, once to reset the guest (to make a template) and a second time to customise the guest for a specific user:

note: type: textblock
en: C<virt-tar> is a general purpose archive tool for downloading and uploading parts of a guest filesystem.  There are many possibilities: making backups, uploading data files, snooping on guest activity, fixing or customizing guests, etc.
en_GB: C<virt-tar> is a general purpose archive tool for downloading and uploading parts of a guest filesystem.  There are many possibilities: making backups, uploading data files, snooping on guest activity, fixing or customising guests, etc.

en: add a CD-ROM disk image to examine
en_GB: add a CD-ROM disc image to examine

en: add the disk(s) from a named libvirt domain
en_GB: add the disc(s) from a named libvirt domain

en: allocate and add a disk file
en_GB: allocate and add a disc file

en: Unable to initialize BZ2 library
en_GB: Unable to initialise BZ2 library

en: %s: Failed to recognize %s as an archive
en_GB: %s: Failed to recognise %s as an archive

en: Foreground color of the title
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title

en: Title Foreground Color
en_GB: Title Foreground Colour

en: Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor

en: Title Foreground color set
en_GB: Title Foreground colour set

en: Foreground color of the title is set
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title is set

en: Background color set
en_GB: Background colour set

en: Background color is set
en_GB: Background colour is set

en: Contents Background Color
en_GB: Contents Background Colour

en: Contents Background color
en_GB: Contents Background colour

en: Contents Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Contents Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Contents Background color set
en_GB: Contents Background colour set

en: Contents Background color is set
en_GB: Contents Background colour is set

en: Logo Background Color
en_GB: Logo Background Colour

en: Logo Background color
en_GB: Logo Background colour

en: Logo Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Logo Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Logo Background color set
en_GB: Logo Background colour set

en: Logo Background color is set
en_GB: Logo Background colour is set

en: Browse Dialog Title
en_GB: Browse Dialogue Title

en: Title for the Browse file dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse file dialogue.

en: Color used to draw the link
en_GB: Colour used to draw the link

en: Title for the Browse icon dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse icon dialogue.

en: Picker dialog
en_GB: Picker dialogue

en: Icon picker dialog.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.
en_GB: Icon picker dialogue.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.

en: Icon selection dialog
en_GB: Icon selection dialogue

en: This dialog box lets you select an icon.
en_GB: This dialogue box lets you select an icon.

note: TRANSLATORS NOTE: Date format used when showing scores in games. * Please refer to manpage of strftime(3) for complete reference.
en: %a %b %d %T %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b %T %Y

en: Disable Crash Dialog
en_GB: Disable Crash Dialogue

en: The background color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The background colour for the layout indicator

en: The foreground color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The foreground colour for the layout indicator

en: Text color, as string
en_GB: Text colour, as string

en: Text color, as a GdkColor
en_GB: Text colour, as a GdkColor

en: Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer
en_GB: Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer

en: The content must be encoded with the UTF-8 character encoding.
en_GB: The content must use UTF-8 character encoding.

en: Some invalid characters have been detected while saving “%s”.
en_GB: Some invalid characters where been detected while saving “%s”.

en: If you continue saving this file you can corrupt the document. Save anyway?
en_GB: If you continue saving this file you may corrupt it. Save anyway?

note: Translators: %s is the application name.
en: Open a file recently used with %s
en_GB: Open a recently used file with %s

en: Item behavior
en_GB: Item behaviour

en: General behavior for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's locked, etc.)
en_GB: General behaviour for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's locked, etc.)

note: Translators: the parameter is the invalid value of visibility variable
en: Invalid visibility: unrecognized value ‘%s’
en_GB: Invalid visibility: unrecognised value ‘%s’

en: The content type of the supplied document (‘%s’) could not be recognized.
en_GB: The content type of the supplied document (‘%s’) could not be recognised.

en: My colors
en_GB: My colours

en: Color accent
en_GB: Colour accent

en: Color swap
en_GB: Colour swap

en: Center-weighted average
en_GB: Centre-weighted average

en: My color data
en_GB: My colour data

en: Center-right
en_GB: Centre-right

en: Left-center
en_GB: Left-centre

en: Color Information
en_GB: Colour Information

note: #-#-#-#-#  517 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# This refers to the amount of ambient light on the sensor
en: Color Temperature
en_GB: Colour Temperature

en: Image Stabilization
en_GB: Image Stabilisation

en: Color Tone
en_GB: Colour Tone

en: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can get corrupted.
en_GB: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can be corrupted.

en: One-chip color area sensor
en_GB: One-chip colour area sensor

en: Two-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Two-chip colour area sensor

en: Three-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Three-chip colour area sensor

en: Color sequential area sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential area sensor

en: Color sequential linear sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential linear sensor

en: Center-weight
en_GB: Centre-weight

en: Normal program
en_GB: Normal programme

en: Creative program (biased toward fast shutter speed)
en_GB: Creative programme (biased towards fast shutter speed)

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GPSAltitude tag. The reference unit is meters. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GPSAltitude tag. The reference unit is metres. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is metres.

en: Indicates the unit used to express the distance to the destination point. 'K', 'M' and 'N' represent kilometers, miles and nautical miles.
en_GB: Indicates the unit used to express the distance to the destination point. 'K', 'M' and 'N' represent kilometres, miles and nautical miles.

en: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitizer or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitiser or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Color Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Colour Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centered); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centered) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centered and co-sited positioning.
en_GB: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centred); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centred) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centred and co-sited positioning.

en: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.
en_GB: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.

en: Indicates the color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: Indicates the colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: Date and Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (Digitised)

en: The distance to the subject, given in meters.
en_GB: The distance to the subject, given in metres.

en: Sub-second Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Sub-second Time (Digitised)

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.

en: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.
en_GB: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place, by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.

en: Program AE
en_GB: Programme AE

en: FinePix Color
en_GB: FinePix Colour

en: 2 Mpixel basic
en_GB: 2M pixel basic

en: 2 Mpixel normal
en_GB: 2M pixel normal

en: 2 Mpixel fine
en_GB: 2M pixel fine

en: %2.2f meters
en_GB: %2.2f metres

en: AF position: center
en_GB: AF position: centre

en: Color Mode (?)
en_GB: Colour Mode (?)

en: Optimize Image
en_GB: Optimise Image

en: Color Matrix Number
en_GB: Colour Matrix Number

en: Color Control
en_GB: Colour Control

en: Light Value Center
en_GB: Light Value Centre

en: Color Adjustment Mode
en_GB: Colour Adjustment Mode

en: Synchro sound record
en_GB: Sync sound record

en: Fixed center
en_GB: Fixed centre

en: Top-center
en_GB: Top-centre

en: Bottom-center
en_GB: Bottom-centre

en: Couldn't change keyring password
en_GB: Couldn't change keyring password.

en: Deleting item...
en_GB: Deleting item…

en: Deleting keyring...
en_GB: Deleting keyring…

en: Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values
en_GB: Lazy mode doesn't normalise entered date and time values

en: Used to encrypt email and files
en_GB: Used to encrypt e-mail and files

en: <b>Email:</b>
en_GB: <b>E-mail:</b>

en: Encrypt files and email to the key's owner
en_GB: Encrypt files and e-mail to the key's owner

en: _Sync and Publish Keys...
en_GB: _Sync and Publish Keys…

en: Synchronizing keys
en_GB: Synchronising keys

en: Configure Key for _Secure Shell...
en_GB: Configure Key for _Secure Shell…

en: <i>Use your email address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>
en_GB: <i>Use your e-mail address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>

en: If there is already a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognize your key now.
en_GB: If there is already a computer with which you want to use this key, you can set up that computer to recognise your key now.

en: Couldn't change authorization for key.
en_GB: Couldn't change authorisation for key.

note: Show the progress window if necessary
en: Configuring Secure Shell Keys...
en_GB: Configuring Secure Shell Keys…

en: <i>eg: fileserver.example.com:port</i>
en_GB: <i>e.g.: fileserver.example.com:port</i>

en:          array  - array of variables,
en_GB:          array  - array of variables (same scalar type),

en: Customi_ze
en_GB: Customi_se

en: Could not initialize Bonobo UI
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo UI

en: I could not initialize Bonobo
en_GB: I could not initialise Bonobo

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Rape or other violent sexual behavior
en_GB: Rape or other violent sexual behaviour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Graphic sexual behavior
en_GB: Graphic sexual behaviour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Slapstick humor
en_GB: Slapstick humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Vulgar or bathroom humor
en_GB: Vulgar or bathroom humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Mature or sexual humor
en_GB: Mature or sexual humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: No sharing of social network usernames or email addresses
en_GB: No sharing of social network usernames or e-mail addresses

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Sharing social network usernames or email addresses
en_GB: Sharing social network usernames or e-mail addresses

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: No sexualized characters
en_GB: No sexualised characters

note: #-#-#-#-#  1491 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description #-#-#-#-#  80 (appstream)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Overtly sexualized human characters
en_GB: Overtly sexualised human characters

en: XXXShow extra debugging information
en_GB: XXXShow extra debugging informations

en: Unable to fetch url for %1
en_GB: Unable to fetch URL for %1

en: Timeout exceeded on fetching url for %1
en_GB: Timeout exceeded on fetching URL for %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_GHNSConfigLabel)
en: GHNS config file
en_GB: GHNS configuration file

en: New Quote Source
en_GB: New quote source

en: System Supports Color Schemes
en_GB: System Supports Colour Schemes

en: Preferred Color Scheme
en_GB: Preferred Colour Scheme

en: Accent Color
en_GB: Accent Colour

en: System Supports Accent Colors
en_GB: System Supports Accent Colours

en: Preferred Accent Color
en_GB: Preferred Accent Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_BackgroundColor), group (editor)
en: The background color.
en_GB: The background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_ThickLineColor), group (editor)
en: The color of the editors thick lines.
en_GB: The colour of the editors thick lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_ThinLineColor), group (editor)
en: The color of the editors thin lines.
en_GB: The colour of the editors thin lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Renderer_ColorHilight), group (renderer)
en: Enable color highlighting mode
en_GB: Enable colour highlighting mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Renderer_RenderStitchHints), group (renderer)
en: Render stitch hints for colored blocks
en_GB: Render stitch hints for coloured blocks

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Import_UseMaximumColors), group (import)
en: Use a maximum number of colors
en_GB: Use a maximum number of colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Import_MaximumColors), group (import)
en: Maximum number of colors
en_GB: Maximum number of colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Alphabet_UseCapsLock), group (alphabet)
en: Should character selection honor the caps lock key
en_GB: Should character selection honour the caps lock key

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PatternElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_BorderColor), group (printer)
en: The color of the border
en_GB: The colour of the border

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PatternElement_SelectedAreaColor), group (printer)
en: The color used to represented already selected areas in existing pattern elements
en_GB: The colour used to represented already selected areas in existing pattern elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_BackgroundColor), group (printer)
en: The color of the background
en_GB: The colour of the background

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_SymbolColumnColor), group (printer)
en: Show the key element symbol column in color
en_GB: Show the key element symbol column in colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorCombo, BorderColor)
en: The border color
en_GB: The border colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextElement_TextColor), group (printer)
en: The text color
en_GB: The text colour

en: Center Pattern
en_GB: Centre Pattern

en: Replace Color
en_GB: Replace Colour

en: Default (Centimeters)
en_GB: Default (Centimetres)

en: Canceled: Insufficient symbols available
en_GB: Cancelled: Insufficient symbols available

en: The following floss color has had its symbol
    replaced because it did not exist in the symbol library.
    
     | The following floss colors have had their symbols
    replaced because they did not exist in the symbol library.
en_GB[0]: The following floss colour has had its symbol
    replaced because it did not exist in the symbol library.
en_GB[1]: The following floss colours have had their symbols
    replaced because they did not exist in the symbol library.

en: The following floss color has had an empty symbol assigned.
    
     | The following floss colors have had an empty symbol assigned.
en_GB[0]: The following floss colour has had an empty symbol assigned.
en_GB[1]: The following floss colours have had an empty symbol assigned.

en: Colors limited to %1 due to the number of symbols available
en_GB: Colours limited to %1 due to the number of symbols available

en: The file does not appear to be a recognized cross stitch file.
en_GB: The file does not appear to be a recognised cross stitch file.

en: Color Mask
en_GB: Colour Mask

en: Replace Colors
en_GB: Replace Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, Rende
en: Color Symbols
en_GB: Colour Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, Rende
en: Color Blocks
en_GB: Colour Blocks

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs)
en: Color Blocks & Symbols
en_GB: Colour Blocks & Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderBackstitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderBackstitchesAs)
en: Color Lines
en_GB: Colour Lines

en: Color Highlight
en_GB: Colour Highlight

en: The floss name %1 is already used.
    Overwrite with the description and color selected.
en_GB: The floss name %1 is already used.
    Overwrite with the description and colour selected.

en: Color value is invalid
en_GB: Colour value is invalid

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, SelectedColorName)
en: Currently selected color
en_GB: Currently selected colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, ResetColor)
en: Reset Color
en_GB: Reset Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Thick line color
en_GB: Thick line colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Thin line color
en_GB: Thin line colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Renderer_ColorHilight)
en: Color highlight
en_GB: Colour highlight

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs)
en: Color Blocks and Symbols
en_GB: Colour Blocks and Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QScrollArea, PreviewFrame)
en: <html><head/><body>Click and drag to select the area of the pattern to be displayed.<br />Grayed out areas have already been selected on this or other pages.</body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body>Click and drag to select the area of the pattern to be displayed.<br />Greyed out areas have already been selected on this or other pages.</body></html>

[ctx: Label for color value]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Import_UseMaximumColors) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UseMaximumColors)
en: Maximum colors
en_GB: Maximum colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, IgnoreColor)
en: Ignore color
en_GB: Ignore colour

[ctx: Color chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_29)
en: Selected area color
en_GB: Selected area colour

[ctx: Background color]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_20) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_25)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Border color]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_18) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_23)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, FillBackground)
en: Fill the background with a color
en_GB: Fill the background with a colour

[ctx: @label]
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

en: &Text color:
en_GB: &Text colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, quickMaximizeLabel)
en: &Maximize:
en_GB: &Maximise:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, remainActiveOnFullscreen)
en: Remain active when windows are fullscreen
en_GB: Remain active when windows are full-screen

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_CornerBarrier)
en: Here you can enable or disable the virtual corner barrier between screens. The barrier prevents the cursor from moving to another screen when it is already touching a screen corner. This makes it easier to trigger user interface elements like maximized windows' close buttons when using multiple screens.
en_GB: Here you can enable or disable the virtual corner barrier between screens. The barrier prevents the cursor from moving to another screen when it is already touching a screen corner. This makes it easier to trigger user interface elements like maximised windows' close buttons when using multiple screens.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_1)
en: You can trigger an action by swiping from the screen edge towards the center of the screen.
en_GB: You can trigger an action by swiping from the screen edge towards the centre of the screen.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KMessageWidget, windowThumbnailWarning)
en: Keeping the window thumbnail always interferes with the minimized state of windows. This can result in windows not suspending their work when minimized.
en_GB: Keeping the window thumbnail always interferes with the minimised state of windows. This can result in windows not suspending their work when minimised.

en: Author: %1
    License: %2
en_GB: Author: %1
    Licence: %2

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, orderMinimized)
en: Order minimized windows after unminimized windows
en_GB: Order minimised windows after non-minimised windows

note: #-#-#-#-#  1477  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, filterMinimization) #-#-#-#-#  1465  #-#-#-#-#
en: Minimization
en_GB: Minimisation

en: Select a position for color picking with left click or enter.
    Escape or right click to cancel.
en_GB: Select a position for colour picking with left click or enter.
    Escape or right click to cancel.

en: Invert Screen Colors
en_GB: Invert Screen Colours

[ctx: Note this is a KRunner keyword]
en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

[ctx: Note this is a KRunner keyword]
en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

en: (Un)minimize running window on %1
en_GB: (Un)minimise running window on %1

en: Maximize/restore running window on %1
en_GB: Maximise/restore running window on %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button1_label)
en: Left Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Left Mouse Button Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button2_label)
en: Middle Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Middle Mouse Button Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button3_label)
en: Right Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Right Mouse Button Colour:

en: Color Temperature Preview
en_GB: Colour Temperature Preview

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Ignore minimized windows:
en_GB: Ignore minimised windows:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Organize windows in the Grid View:
en_GB: Organise windows in the Grid View:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, dialogs_label)
en: Dialogs:
en_GB: Dialogues:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_IgnoreMinimized)
en: Ignore &minimized windows
en_GB: Ignore &minimised windows

en: Move Mouse to Center
en_GB: Move Mouse to Centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  1473 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizevert), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber)) #-#-#-#-#  1461 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximized vertically
en_GB: Maximised vertically

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizevertrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized vertically rule type
en_GB: Maximised vertically rule type

note: #-#-#-#-#  1473 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizehoriz), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber)) #-#-#-#-#  1461 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximized horizontally
en_GB: Maximised horizontally

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizehorizrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized horizontally rule type
en_GB: Maximised horizontally rule type

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (minimizerule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Minimized rule type
en_GB: Minimised rule type

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (decocolor), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Titlebar color and scheme
en_GB: Titlebar colour and scheme

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (decocolorrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Titlebar color rule type
en_GB: Titlebar colour rule type

en: Maximize Window Vertically
en_GB: Maximise Window Vertically

en: Maximize Window Horizontally
en_GB: Maximise Window Horizontally

en: Move Window to the Center
en_GB: Move Window to the Centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  107 (aurorae)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, PlastikConfigDialog)
en: Config Dialog
en_GB: Config Dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  107 (aurorae)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_coloredBorder)
en: Colored window border
en_GB: Coloured window border

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow1)
en: In this row you can customize left click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise left click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow2)
en: In this row you can customize middle click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise middle click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow3)
en: In this row you can customize right click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise right click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindowWheel)
en: In this row you can customize behavior when scrolling into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise behaviour when scrolling into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll1)
en: In this row you can customize left click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise left click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll2)
en: In this row you can customize middle click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise middle click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll3)
en: In this row you can customize right click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise right click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandAllWheel)
en: Here you can customize KDE's behavior when scrolling with the mouse wheel in a window while pressing the modifier key.
en_GB: Here you can customise KDE's behaviour when scrolling with the mouse wheel in a window while pressing the modifier key.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandAllWheel) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandTitlebarWheel)
en: Maximize/restore
en_GB: Maximise/restore

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_Placement)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The placement policy determines where a new window will appear on the desktop.</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Smart</span> will try to achieve a minimum overlap of windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Maximizing</span> will try to maximize every window to fill the whole screen. It might be useful to selectively affect placement of some windows using the window-specific settings.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Random</span> will use a random position</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Centered</span> will place the window centered</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Zero-cornered</span> will place the window in the top-left corner</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Under mouse</span> will place the window under the pointer</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The placement policy determines where a new window will appear on the desktop.</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Smart</span> will try to achieve a minimum overlap of windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Maximising</span> will try to maximise every window to fill the whole screen. It might be useful to selectively affect placement of some windows using the window-specific settings.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Random</span> will use a random position</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Centred</span> will place the window centred</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Zero-cornered</span> will place the window in the top-left corner</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Under mouse</span> will place the window under the pointer</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, activationDesktopPolicyLabel)
en: Virtual Desktop behavior:
en_GB: Virtual Desktop behaviour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, multiscreenBehaviorLabel)
en: Multiscreen behavior:
en_GB: Multiscreen behaviour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>double</em> click into the titlebar.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>double</em> click into the titlebar.

note: i18n: @item:inlistbox behavior on double click i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMi
en: Vertically maximize
en_GB: Vertically maximise

note: i18n: @item:inlistbox behavior on double click i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMi
en: Horizontally maximize
en_GB: Horizontally maximise

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandTitlebarWheel)
en: Behavior on <em>mouse wheel</em> scroll over the titlebar.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>mouse wheel</em> scroll over the titlebar.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar3)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>active</em> window.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>active</em> window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar3)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>inactive</em> window.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>inactive</em> window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Maximize Button Actions
en_GB: Maximise Button Actions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_8) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_9) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMiddleClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>middle</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>middle</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_10) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonRightClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>right</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>right</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, centerSnaplabel)
en: &Center snap zone:
en_GB: &Centre snap zone:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_CenterSnapZone)
en: Here you can set the snap zone for the screen center, i.e. the 'strength' of the magnetic field which will make windows snap to the center of the screen when moved near it.
en_GB: Here you can set the snap zone for the screen centre, i.e. the 'strength' of the magnetic field which will make windows snap to the centre of the screen when moved near it.

en: <em>Click to focus:</em> A window becomes active when you click into it. This behavior is common on other operating systems and likely what you want.
en_GB: <em>Click to focus:</em> A window becomes active when you click into it. This behaviour is common on other operating systems and likely what you want.

en: <em>Focus follows mouse:</em> Moving the mouse onto a window will activate it. Eg. windows randomly appearing under the mouse will not gain the focus. <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> takes place as usual. Think as <em>Click to focus</em> just without having to actually click.
en_GB: <em>Focus follows mouse:</em> Moving the mouse onto a window will activate it. E.g. windows randomly appearing under the mouse will not gain the focus. <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> takes place as usual. Think as <em>Click to focus</em> just without having to actually click.

en: This is mostly the same as <em>Focus follows mouse</em>. If an active window has to be chosen by the system (eg. because the currently active one was closed) the window under the mouse is the preferred candidate. Choose this, if you want a hover controlled focus.
en_GB: This is mostly the same as <em>Focus follows mouse</em>. If an active window has to be chosen by the system (e.g. because the currently active one was closed) the window under the mouse is the preferred candidate. Choose this, if you want a hover controlled focus.

en: <em>Focus strictly under mouse:</em> The focus is always on the window under the mouse (in doubt nowhere) very much like the focus behavior in an unmanaged legacy X11 environment.<br/><strong>Warning:</strong> <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> and the <em>tabbox ('Alt+Tab')</em> contradict the activation policy and will not work. You very likely want to use <em>Focus follows mouse (mouse precedence)</em> instead!
en_GB: <em>Focus strictly under mouse:</em> The focus is always on the window under the mouse (in doubt nowhere) very much like the focus behaviour in an unmanaged legacy X11 environment.<br/><strong>Warning:</strong> <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> and the <em>tabbox ('Alt+Tab')</em> contradict the activation policy and will not work. You very likely want to use <em>Focus follows mouse (mouse precedence)</em> instead!

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Some applications can set their own geometry, overriding the window manager preferences. Setting this property overrides their placement requests.<nl/><nl/>This affects <interface>Size</interface> and <interface>Position</interface> but not <interface>Maximized</interface> or <interface>Fullscreen</interface> states.<nl/><nl/>Note that the position can also be used to map to a different <interface>Screen</interface>
en_GB: Some applications can set their own geometry, overriding the window manager preferences. Setting this property overrides their placement requests.<nl/><nl/>This affects <interface>Size</interface> and <interface>Position</interface> but not <interface>Maximised</interface> or <interface>Fullscreen</interface> states.<nl/><nl/>Note that the position can also be used to map to a different <interface>Screen</interface>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Some apps like video players or terminals can ask KWin to constrain them to certain aspect ratios or only grow by values larger than the dimensions of one character. Use this property to ignore such restrictions and allow those windows to be resized to arbitrary sizes.<nl/><nl/>This can be helpful for windows that can't quite fit the full screen area when maximized.
en_GB: Some apps like video players or terminals can ask KWin to constrain them to certain aspect ratios or only grow by values larger than the dimensions of one character. Use this property to ignore such restrictions and allow those windows to be resized to arbitrary sizes.<nl/><nl/>This can be helpful for windows that can't quite fit the full screen area when maximised.

en: Titlebar color scheme
en_GB: Titlebar colour scheme

[ctx: find action "whats this" text]
en: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.
en_GB: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.

en: Unable to fetch timezone information
en_GB: Unable to fetch time-zone information

en: Creator of the Help/About dialog
en_GB: Creator of the Help/About dialogue

[ctx: menu: /Fx/Normalize]
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

en: Initializing toolbar...
en_GB: Initialising toolbar...

en: Lists the name of the person or organization
    that commissioned the subject of the file.
en_GB: Lists the name of the person or organisation
    that commissioned the subject of the file.

en: License information, e.g., 'All Rights Reserved',
    'Any Use Permitted', an URL to a license or the
    EFF Open Audio License ('distributed under the
    terms of the Open Audio License.
    See http://www.eff.org/IP/Open_licenses/eff_oal.html
    for details'), etc.
en_GB: Licence information, e.g., 'All Rights Reserved',
    'Any Use Permitted', an URL to a licence or the
    EFF Open Audio Licence ('distributed under the
    terms of the Open Audio Licence.
    See http://www.eff.org/IP/Open_licenses/eff_oal.html
    for details'), etc.

en: Name of the organization producing the track
    (i.e. the 'record label')
en_GB: Name of the organisation producing the track
    (i.e. the 'record label')

en: Format used for storing the digitized audio samples.
    Example: '32-bit IEEE floating-point'
en_GB: Format used for storing the digitised audio samples.
    Example: '32-bit IEEE floating-point'

en: Identifies the name of the person or organization
    who supplied the original subject of the file.
    Example: 'Chaotic Sound Research'
en_GB: Identifies the name of the person or organisation
    who supplied the original subject of the file.
    Example: 'Chaotic Sound Research'

en: Identifies the original form of
    the material that was digitized.
    Examples: 'Record/Vinyl/90RPM', 'Audio DAT', 'tape/CrO2/60min'
en_GB: Identifies the original form of
    the material that was digitised.
    Examples: 'Record/Vinyl/90RPM', 'Audio DAT', 'tape/CrO2/60min'

en: Identifies the technician who digitized the subject file.
    Example: 'Torvalds, Linus'
en_GB: Identifies the technician who digitised the subject file.
    Example: 'Torvalds, Linus'

en: Synchronization lost
en_GB: Synchronisation lost

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, btSelectDate)
en: Opens a dialog for selecting a date from the calendar.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue for selecting a date from the calendar.

en: Analyzing volume level...
en_GB: Analysing volume level...

en: Normalizing (%1 dB) ...
en_GB: Normalising (%1 dB) ...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, spinbox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, slider)
en: center frequency
en_GB: centre frequency

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, spinbox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSlider, slider)
en: <b>center frequency</b>
    Determines the center of the frequency range that
    should be removed.
en_GB: <b>centre frequency</b>
    Determines the centre of the frequency range that
    should be removed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, rbColor)
en: Use different colors for amplitude
en_GB: Use different colours for amplitude

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbColor)
en: Use colors
en_GB: Use colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, rbGreyScale)
en: Use grayscale only for amplitude
en_GB: Use greyscale only for amplitude

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox2)
en: Close Behavior
en_GB: Close Behaviour

[ctx: KUserFeedback::FeedbackConfigUiController|]
en: Don't share anything
en_GB: Do not share anything

[ctx: KUserFeedback::FeedbackConfigUiController|]
en: Don't participate in usability surveys
en_GB: Do not participate in usability surveys

[ctx: KUserFeedback::FeedbackConfigUiController|]
en: Don't participate in usability surveys about %1
en_GB: Do not participate in usability surveys about %1

[ctx: KUserFeedback::StyleInfoSource|]
en: The widget style used by the application, and information about the used color scheme.
en_GB: The widget style used by the application, and information about the used colour scheme.

[ctx: KUserFeedback::Console::ChartExportDialog|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: KUserFeedback::Console::MainWindow|]
en: Analyze product telemetry.
en_GB: Analyse product telemetry.

en: Unregister application from push notifications
en_GB: Deregister application from push notifications

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

en: No learned functions
en_GB: No learnt functions

en: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing parenthesis, ')'
en_GB: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing bracket, ')'

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'Center' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'PenColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: pencolor
en_GB: pencolour

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'CanvasColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: canvascolor
en_GB: canvascolour

en: Specifies the localization language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)
en_GB: Specifies the localisation language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)

en: Shows the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Shows the direction chooser dialogue

en: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialogue

en: &Color Picker...
en_GB: &Colour Picker...

en: Shows the color picker dialog
en_GB: Shows the colour picker dialogue

en: Color Picker: Show the color picker dialog
en_GB: Colour Picker: Show the colour picker dialogue

en: parenthesis
en_GB: bracket

[ctx: NOTE TO THE TRANSLATORS]
en: The translators have the opportunity to translate the
    sounds spoken in the game.
    See the technical reference section in ktuberling's
    documentation for more information on how to do that.
    (translate this message as "DONE" when you have translated
    the sounds; otherwise leave it untranslated as a reminder)
en_GB: DONE

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FingerColor$(Index)), group (Colors)
en: The keyboard tinting color to highlight keys for each finger.
en_GB: The keyboard tinting colour to highlight keys for each finger.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FingerOpacity), group (Colors)
en: How transparent finger colors should be shown.
en_GB: How transparent finger colours should be shown.

en: No visualization available for your keyboard layout.
en_GB: No visualisation available for your keyboard layout.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_default_location_enabled) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_location)
en: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the download location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the download location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_move_on_completion_location)
en: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_only_new)
en: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialog or the torrent creation dialog.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.
en_GB: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialogue or the torrent creation dialogue.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.

en: Feature to disable authentication in the webinterface
en_GB: Feature to disable authentication in the web interface

en: Bugfixes, cleanups and optimizations
en_GB: Bugfixes, clean-ups and optimisations

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_cpuUsage)
en: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on an 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>
en_GB: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on a 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeAudio)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeVideo)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_stalledTorrentColor)
en: Color to use for torrents when they are stalled or checking data.
en_GB: Colour to use for torrents when they are stalled or checking data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_okTorrentColor)
en: Color to use for torrents while seeding or downloading.
en_GB: Colour to use for torrents while seeding or downloading.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_errorTorrentColor)
en: Color to use for torrents with error status.
en_GB: Colour to use for torrents with error status.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_okTrackerConnectionColor)
en: Color to use when at least one tracker is connected and replied no errors or warnings.
en_GB: Colour to use when at least one tracker is connected and replied no errors or warnings.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_warningsTrackerConnectionColor)
en: Color to use when the best attempt to connect to tracker results in warning.
en_GB: Colour to use when the best attempt to connect to tracker results in warning.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_timeoutTrackerConnectionColor)
en: Color to use when the best attempt to connect to tracker results in timeout. Connection will be attempted again later.
en_GB: Colour to use when the best attempt to connect to tracker results in timeout. Connection will be attempted again later.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_lowShareRatioColor)
en: Color to display share ratio below minimal good value.
en_GB: Colour to display share ratio below minimal good value.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_goodShareRatioColor)
en: Color to display share ratio above minimal good value.
en_GB: Colour to display share ratio above minimal good value.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, btnResetColors)
en: Reset colors to their default values (other settings won't change).
en_GB: Reset colours to their default values (other settings won't change).

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_alwaysMinimizeToSystemTray)
en: Whether or not to always minimize to system tray on startup.
en_GB: Whether or not to always minimise to system tray on startup.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_alwaysMinimizeToSystemTray)
en: Always minimize to system tray on startup
en_GB: Always minimise to system tray on startup

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, kcfg_greenRatio)
en: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green color. Lower ratios will be displayed in red. Colors can be changed in color settings.
en_GB: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green colour. Lower ratios will be displayed in red. Colours can be changed in colour settings.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (alwaysMinimizeToSystemTray), group (downloads)
en: Always minimize to system tray on startup.
en_GB: Always minimise to system tray on startup.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_firstColor)
en: Color to use for first priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for first priority files.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_lastColor)
en: Color to use for last priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for last priority files.

en: Normalized Subject
en_GB: Normalised Subject

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_loop) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_loop)
en: Check this box if you want your countdown to start over after it finishes
en_GB: Tick this box if you want your countdown to start again after it finishes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_one)
en: Check this box if you only want to open one copy of your program
en_GB: Tick this box if you only want to open one copy of your program

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_one)
en: Check this box if you only want one instance to open
en_GB: Tick this box if you only want one instance to open

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_consecutive) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_consecutive)
en: Check this box if you want to execute this task after the previous one finishes
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to execute this task after the previous one finishes

en: Impossible to access to url: %1
en_GB: Impossible to access to URL: %1

en: Api Key:
en_GB: API Key:

en: Server needs Api Key.
en_GB: Server needs API Key.

en: Server required Api Key
en_GB: Server required API Key

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use Free License Key
en_GB: Use Free Licence Key

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Server required Api Key
en_GB: Server required API Key

[ctx: @action]
en: Clear Recents
en_GB: Clear Recent

en: No backend available for spell checking. Do you want to send the email anyways?
en_GB: No backend available for spell checking. Do you want to send the email anyway?

[ctx: @action]
en: KMail/Calligra Autocorrection
en_GB: KMail/Calligra Auto-correction

en: Do not attempt optimization of generated instructions.
en_GB: Do not attempt optimisation of generated instructions.

en: Comparison operator in '%1' is not recognized
en_GB: Comparison operator in '%1' is not recognised

en: Internal issue: Optimization has not finished in %1 iterations.
en_GB: Internal issue: Optimisation has not finished in %1 iterations.

en: Simulation Initializing
en_GB: Simulation Initialising

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowVoltageColor), group (General)
en: Show Voltage as Color
en_GB: Show Voltage as Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_no_xinit_opt), group (SDCC)
en: Do not memcpy initialized data from code space to xdata space
en_GB: Do not memcpy initialised data from code space to xdata space

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_nogcse), group (SDCC)
en: Disable the GCSE optimization
en_GB: Disable the GCSE optimisation

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_nolabelopt), group (SDCC)
en: Do not optimize labels
en_GB: Do not optimise labels

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_noinvariant), group (SDCC)
en: Disable optimization of invariants
en_GB: Disable optimisation of invariants

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_no_peep), group (SDCC)
en: Disable peep-hole optimization
en_GB: Disable peep-hole optimisation

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_noloopreverse), group (SDCC)
en: Do not do loop reversal optimization
en_GB: Do not do loop reversal optimisation

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_opt_code_size), group (SDCC)
en: Optimize for compact code
en_GB: Optimise for compact code

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_opt_code_speed), group (SDCC)
en: Optimize for fast code
en_GB: Optimise for fast code

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_peep_asm), group (SDCC)
en: Pass inline assembler code through peep hole optimizer
en_GB: Pass inline assembler code through peep hole optimiser

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_fstack), group (SDCC)
en: Enable stack optimizations
en_GB: Enable stack optimisations

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SDCC_optimize_cmp), group (SDCC)
en: Try to optimize some compares
en_GB: Try to optimise some compares

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (gplink_link_shared), group (Gplink)
en: Check this if SDCC uses shared libs for compiling (newer SDCC does so)
en_GB: Tick this if SDCC uses shared libs for compiling (newer SDCC does so)

en: Analog-Digital
en_GB: Analogue-Digital

en: Digital-Analog
en_GB: Digital-Analogue

en: The processor for cod file "%1" is unrecognized.
en_GB: The processor for cod file "%1" is unrecognised.

en: Unrecognized Processor
en_GB: Unrecognised Processor

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: The grid color in the work area.
en_GB: The grid colour in the work area.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowVoltageColor)
en: Color the wires to match the voltage
en_GB: Colour the wires to match the voltage

en: This dialog allows editing of the initial properties of the PIC
en_GB: This dialogue allows editing of the initial properties of the PIC

en: Edit the initial value of the variables here.<br><br>Note that the value of the variable can only be in the range 0->255. These variables will be initialized before any other code is executed.
en_GB: Edit the initial value of the variables here.<br><br>Note that the value of the variable can only be in the range 0->255. These variables will be initialised before any other code is executed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Initialization:
en_GB: Initialisation:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1424 (ktechlab)  #-#-#-#-# i18n("Align Center"),	Qt::AlignHCenter );
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  1424 (ktechlab)  #-#-#-#-# i18n("Text Color..."), pm, 0, this, SLOT(textColor()), ac, "format_color" );
en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_no_xinit_opt)
en: Will not memcpy initialized data from code space into xdata space. This saves a few bytes in code space if you do not have initialized data.
en_GB: Will not memcpy initialised data from code space into xdata space. This saves a few bytes in code space if you do not have initialised data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_no_xinit_opt)
en: Do not memcpy initialized &xram from code (--no-xinit-opt)
en_GB: Do not memcpy initialised &xram from code (--no-xinit-opt)

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, optimization)
en: &Optimization
en_GB: &Optimisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_nogcse)
en: Disable the GCSE optimization (--nogcse)
en_GB: Disable the GCSE optimisation (--nogcse)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_nolabelopt)
en: Will not optimize labels (makes the dumpfiles more readable).
en_GB: Will not optimise labels (makes the dumpfiles more readable).

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_nolabelopt)
en: Disable label optimi&zation (--nolabelopt)
en_GB: Disable label optimi&sation (--nolabelopt)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_noinvariant)
en: Disable optimization of invariants (--noinvariant)
en_GB: Disable optimisation of invariants (--noinvariant)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_no_peep)
en: Disable peep-hole optimization.
en_GB: Disable peep-hole optimisation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_no_peep)
en: Disable peep-hole optimization (--&no-peep)
en_GB: Disable peep-hole optimisation (--&no-peep)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_noloopreverse)
en: Will not do loop reversal optimization.
en_GB: Will not do loop reversal optimisation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_noloopreverse)
en: Disable loop reverse optimization (--noloopreverse)
en_GB: Disable loop reverse optimisation (--noloopreverse)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_opt_code_size)
en: The compiler will optimize code generation towards compact code, possibly at the expense of code speed.
en_GB: The compiler will optimise code generation towards compact code, possibly at the expense of code speed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_opt_code_size)
en: Opti&mize for compact code (--opt-code-size)
en_GB: Opti&mise for compact code (--opt-code-size)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_opt_code_speed)
en: The compiler will optimize code generation towards fast code, possibly at the expense of code size.
en_GB: The compiler will optimise code generation towards fast code, possibly at the expense of code size.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_opt_code_speed)
en: &Optimize for fast code (--opt-code-speed)
en_GB: &Optimise for fast code (--opt-code-speed)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_peep_asm)
en: Pass the inline assembler code through the peep hole optimizer. This can cause unexpected changes to inline assembler code, please go through the peephole optimizer rules defined in the source file tree '<target>/peeph.def' before using this option.
en_GB: Pass the inline assembler code through the peep hole optimiser. This can cause unexpected changes to inline assembler code, please go through the peephole optimiser rules defined in the source file tree '<target>/peeph.def' before using this option.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_peep_asm)
en: Ena&ble inline assembly peephole optimization (--peep-asm)
en_GB: Ena&ble inline assembly peephole optimisation (--peep-asm)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_fstack)
en: Ena&ble stack optimizations (--fstack)
en_GB: Ena&ble stack optimisations (--fstack)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SDCC_optimize_cmp)
en: Try to optimize some compares (--optimize-cmp)
en_GB: Try to optimise some compares (--optimize-cmp)

en: Noninverting Amplifier
en_GB: Non-inverting Amplifier

en: Save changes and close dialog.
en_GB: Save changes and close dialogue.

en: Close dialog without saving changes.
en_GB: Close dialogue without saving changes.

en: Show help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Show help page for this dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, visualizeCheckBox)
en: Visualize progress in icon tray
en_GB: Visualise progress in icon tray

en: Start a new custom tea with the time configured in this dialog.
en_GB: Start a new custom tea with the time configured in this dialogue.

en: Close this dialog without starting a new tea.
en_GB: Close this dialogue without starting a new tea.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorizeLogLines), group (KSystemLogGeneral)
en: Option is true if the log lines are to be colored depending on their log level.
en_GB: Option is true if the log lines are to be coloured depending on their log level.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, DetailDialogBase)
en: This dialog displays detailed information about the currently selected log line.
en_GB: This dialogue displays detailed information about the currently selected log line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, closeButton)
en: Close the Detail dialog.
en_GB: Close the Detail dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, closeButton)
en: Closes this Detail dialog.
en_GB: Closes this Detail dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: This option allows log lines to be colored depending on their log level.
en_GB: This option allows log lines to be coloured depending on their log level.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: This option allows log lines to be colored depending on their log level. For example, errors will be shown in red, warnings in orange, and so on. This will help you to see problems more easily.
en_GB: This option allows log lines to be coloured depending on their log level. For example, errors will be shown in red, warnings in orange, and so on. This will help you to see problems more easily.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: &Colored log lines
en_GB: &Coloured log lines

en: Choose which log levels you wish to print in color.
en_GB: Choose which log levels you wish to print in colour.

en: This action will open a dialog which lets you send a message to the log system.
en_GB: This action will open a dialogue which lets you send a message to the log system.

en: Displays a dialog box which contains details on the selected line. You are able to navigate through the logs from this dialog box with the <b>Previous</b> and <b>Next</b> buttons.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box which contains details on the selected line. You are able to navigate through the logs from this dialogue box with the <b>Previous</b> and <b>Next</b> buttons.

en: Scrolls or not to the new lines when the log changes. Check this option if you do not want the application to scroll automatically at the bottom of the log each time it is refreshed.
en_GB: Scrolls or not to the new lines when the log changes. Tick this option if you do not want the application to scroll automatically at the bottom of the log each time it is refreshed.

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Acpid log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Acpid log</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Apache log</b> and the <b>Apache Access log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Apache log</b> and the <b>Apache Access log</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Audit logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Audit logs</b>.</p>

en: You can type or choose here the authentication log file. This file will be analyzed when you select the <b>Authentication log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>/var/log/auth.log</i>
en_GB: You can type or choose here the authentication log file. This file will be analysed when you select the <b>Authentication log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>/var/log/auth.log</i>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, add)
en: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Opens a dialog box to choose a new file to be added to the list.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Opens a dialogue box to choose a new file to be added to the list.</p></body></html>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Cron Logs</b> (i.e. planned tasks logs). <a href='man:/cron'>More information...</a></p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Cron Logs</b> (i.e. planned tasks logs). <a href='man:/cron'>More information...</a></p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Cups log</b> and the <b>Cups Web Access log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Cups log</b> and the <b>Cups Web Access log</b>.</p>

en: Job Id
en_GB: Job ID

en: Job Id:
en_GB: Job ID:

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Daemons' Logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Daemons' Logs</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Postfix Logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Postfix Logs</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show <b>Samba log</b>, <b>Samba Access log</b> and <b>Netbios log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show <b>Samba log</b>, <b>Samba Access log</b> and <b>Netbios log</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>System logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>System logs</b>.</p>

en: Displays the system log in the current tab. This log is generally used by non-specialized processes (like "sudo" or "fsck" commands)
en_GB: Displays the system log in the current tab. This log is generally used by non-specialised processes (like "sudo" or "fsck" commands)

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>X.org log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>X.org log</b>.</p>

en: Displays the X.org log in the current tab. X.org is the service which displays on screen your desktop and manage your graphical hardware. See this log if you want to know why you do not have 3D accelerations or why your input device is not recognized.
en_GB: Displays the X.org log in the current tab. X.org is the service which displays on screen your desktop and manage your graphical hardware. See this log if you want to know why you do not have 3D accelerations or why your input device is not recognised.

en: You can type or choose here the X Session log file. This file will be analyzed when you select the <b>X Session log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>~/.xsession-errors</i>
en_GB: You can type or choose here the X Session log file. This file will be analysed when you select the <b>X Session log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>~/.xsession-errors</i>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreXorgErrors) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreXorgErrors)
en: Check this option to remove Xorg errors
en_GB: Tick this option to remove Xorg errors

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, xorgErrorsDescription)
en: <p><b>Note:</b> Check this option to remove X.org errors.</p><p style="margin-bottom:0px">The following lines will be ignored:</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Note:</b> Tick this option to remove X.org errors.</p><p style="margin-bottom:0px">The following lines will be ignored:</p>

en: Mathdoku puzzles can have any size from 3x3 up to 9x9. The solution is a grid in which every row and every column contains the available digits (1-3 up to 1-9) exactly once. The grid is covered with irregularly shaped cages.
    
    Cages of size 1 are starting-values or clues, but there are not many of them. Cages of larger size have a target value and an arithmetic operator (+-x/). The digits in the cage must combine together, using the operator, to reach the target value, e.g. '12x' means that the digits must multiply together to make 12. A digit can occur more than once in a cage, provided it occurs in different rows and columns.
    
    In general, larger Mathdokus are more difficult and so are larger cages. You can select the puzzle size in KSudoku's Settings dialog and the maximum cage-size by using KSudoku's Difficulty button.
en_GB: Mathdoku puzzles can have any size from 3x3 up to 9x9. The solution is a grid in which every row and every column contains the available digits (1-3 up to 1-9) exactly once. The grid is covered with irregularly shaped cages.
    
    Cages of size 1 are starting-values or clues, but there are not many of them. Cages of larger size have a target value and an arithmetic operator (+-x/). The digits in the cage must combine together, using the operator, to reach the target value, e.g. '12x' means that the digits must multiply together to make 12. A digit can occur more than once in a cage, provided it occurs in different rows and columns.
    
    In general, larger Mathdokus are more difficult and so are larger cages. You can select the puzzle size in KSudoku's Settings dialogue and the maximum cage-size by using KSudoku's Difficulty button.

en: This will enable all the dialogs that you had disabled by marking the 'Do not show this message again' option.
    
    Do you want to continue?
en_GB: This will enable all the dialogues that you had disabled by marking the 'Do not show this message again' option.
    
    Do you want to continue?

[ctx: use default color scheme]
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

en: Local color scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Reverse colors of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.
en_GB: Reverse colours of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.

en: Recenters the XPlanet image once it has been moved
en_GB: Recentre the XPlanet image once it has been moved

en: Lets you change the units for the timestep in the animation
en_GB:                                   time-step

en: Resets the animation to 0 timesteps from the current XPlanet Time
en_GB: Resets the animation to 0 time-stepss from the current XPlanet Time

en: Catalog with that ID already exists.
en_GB: Catalogue with that ID already exists.

en: Catalog could not be found.
en_GB: Catalogue could not be found.

en: Catalog with id=%1 not found.
en_GB: Catalogue with id=%1 not found.

en: Catalog is immutable!
en_GB: Catalogue is immutable!

en: The object is already in the catalog!
en_GB: The object is already in the catalogue!

en: Output file is not writable.
en_GB: Output file is not writeable.

en: Could not copy catalog to output file.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not copy catalogue to output file.<br>%1

en: Could not create catalog registry in output file.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not create catalogue registry in output file.<br>%1

en: Could not insert catalog into registry in output file.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not insert catalogue into registry in output file.<br>%1

en: Catalog file is not readable.
en_GB: Catalogue file is not readable.

en: Invalid catalog file.
en_GB: Invalid catalogue file.

en: Could not migrate old catalog format.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not migrate old catalogue format.<br>%1

en: Could read the catalog id.<br>%1
en_GB: Could read the catalogue id.<br>%1

en: Catalog already exists in the database!
en_GB: Catalogue already exists in the database!

en: Could not import the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not import the catalogue.<br>%1

en: Could not refresh the master catalog.<br>
en_GB: Could not refresh the master catalogue.<br>

en: Removing the user catalog is not allowed.
en_GB: Removing the user catalogue is not allowed.

en: Could not remove the catalog from the registry.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not remove the catalogue from the registry.<br>%1

en: Both catalogs have to exist!
en_GB: Both catalogues have to exist!

en: Destination catalog has to be mutable!
en_GB: Destination catalogue has to be mutable!

en: Cannot update nonexisting catalog.
en_GB: Cannot update non-existent catalogue.

en: Explore Catalogs
en_GB: Explore Catalogues

en: Messier Catalog
en_GB: Messier Catalogue

en: NGC Catalog
en_GB: NGC Catalogue

en: IC Catalog
en_GB: IC Catalogue

en: Sharpless Catalog
en_GB: Sharpless Catalogue

en: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalog, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.
en_GB: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalogue, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or Wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Some catalog specific identifier, like the NGC number.
en_GB: Some catalogue specific identifier, like the NGC number.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Catalog identifier:
en_GB: Catalogue identifier:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, DataURL)
en: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data.
en_GB: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalogue file with a valid header, but no data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: <b>Catalog fields:</b>
en_GB: <b>Catalogue fields:</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, Epoch)
en: The coordinate epoch for the catalog
en_GB: The coordinate epoch for the catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Catalog name prefix:
en_GB: Catalogue name prefix:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_4)
en: Symbol color:
en_GB: Symbol colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, CatalogURL)
en: Enter the filename for the output catalog file
en_GB: Enter the filename for the output catalogue file

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Catalog name:
en_GB: Catalogue name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Save catalog as:
en_GB: Save catalogue as:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, CatalogName)
en: Enter a name for the catalog
en_GB: Enter a name for the catalogue

en: Catalog with id %1 not found.
en_GB: Catalogue with id %1 not found.

en: Could not insert new colors.<br>
en_GB: Could not insert new colours.<br>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CatalogColorEditor)
en: Catalog Colors
en_GB: Catalogue Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Click on a color to change it...
en_GB: Click on a colour to change it...

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Import Catalog
en_GB: Import Catalogue

en: Could not open the csv file.<br>It does not exist.
en_GB: Could not open the CSV file.<br>It does not exist.

en: Could not load the catalog with id=%1
en_GB: Could not load the catalogue with id=%1

en: Could not update the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not update the catalogue.<br>%1

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CatalogDetails)
en: Catalog Details
en_GB: Catalogue Details

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, edit)
en: Edit Catalog Meta...
en_GB: Edit Catalogue Meta...

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CatalogsUInewCatalog)
en: Create/Edit Catalog
en_GB: Create/Edit Catalogue

en: Could not enable/disable the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not enable/disable the catalogue.<br>%1

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Export Catalog
en_GB: Export Catalogue

en: Could not export the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not export the catalogue.<br>%1

en: Could not remove the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not remove the catalogue.<br>%1

en: Could not create the catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not create the catalogue.<br>%1

en: Could not copy the objects to the new catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not copy the objects to the new catalogue.<br>%1

en: Could not clean up and remove the new catalog.<br>%1
en_GB: Could not clean up and remove the new catalogue.<br>%1

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CatalogsDBUI)
en: DSO Catalogs
en_GB: DSO Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, importButton)
en: Import Catalog...
en_GB: Import Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, createButton)
en: Create Catalog...
en_GB: Create Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CatalogLabel)
en: Catalog:
en_GB: Catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center in Map
en_GB: Centre in Map

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, ScopeButton)
en: Center in Telescope
en_GB: Centre in Telescope

en: Gaseous Nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous Nebulæ

en: 1000 meters
en_GB: 1000 metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, NewButton)
en: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and color of the new symbol.
en_GB: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and colour of the new symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, EditButton)
en: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and color.
en_GB: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Telescope focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Telescope focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Eyepiece focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Eyepiece focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeW) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeH) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, WaveLength)
en: Size of chip or film, in millimeters
en_GB: Size of chip or film, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select color for the field-of-view symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the field-of-view symbol

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select a color for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.
en_GB: Select a colour for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalog</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalogue</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, DownloadText)
en: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>
en_GB: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalogue. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, syncR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, slewR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, FocalLengthOut)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Calculated telescope (effective) focal length in millimeters. The effective focal length is measured from plate-solving.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Calculated telescope (effective) focal length in millimetres. The effective focal length is measured from plate-solving.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, alignUseCurrentFilter)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, the currently selected filter will be used for alignment. </p><p>If you want to use a certain (fixed) filter for alignment, leave unchecked and select the filter manually.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, the currently selected filter will be used for alignment. </p><p>If you want to use a certain (fixed) filter for alignment, leave unticked and select the filter manually.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, autoScaleGraphB)
en: Auto scale and center the Solution Results graph.
en_GB: Auto scale and centre the Solution Results graph.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, helpLabel)
en: <html><head/><body><p>To disable rotation validation, uncheck the &quot;Automatic and Manual Rotator Control&quot; in &quot;StellarSolver Options&quot;.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>To disable rotation validation, untick the &quot;Automatic and Manual Rotator Control&quot; in &quot;StellarSolver Options&quot;.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, findAlignB)
en: Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.
en_GB: Open the Find Object dialogue so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, sortAlignB)
en: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew.
en_GB: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimise the distance between each slew.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_22)
en: Tycho2/Gaia Catalog
en_GB: Tycho2/Gaia Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_21)
en: 2Mass Catalog
en_GB: 2Mass Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Local Sextractor Program
en_GB: Local SExtractor Program

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_19)
en: sextractor binary:
en_GB: SExtractor binary:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_SextractorBinary)
en: Path to Sextractor binary file
en_GB: Path to SExtractor binary file

en: PAA: Failed to find RA Axis center.
en_GB: PAA: Failed to find RA Axis centre.

en: <p>Adjust mount's <i>Altitude knob</i> to move the star along the yellow line, then adjust the <i>Azimuth knob</i> to move it along the Green line until the selected star is centered within the crosshair.</p><p>Click <i>Stop</i> when the star is centered.</p>
en_GB: <p>Adjust mount's <i>Altitude knob</i> to move the star along the yellow line, then adjust the <i>Azimuth knob</i> to move it along the Green line until the selected star is centred within the crosshair.</p><p>Click <i>Stop</i> when the star is centred.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, pAHRefreshAlgorithm)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Select polar-alignment correction algorithm:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Plate Solve</span>: Uses plate solving to track what the corrected alignment error is during the Refresh process. User should try to reduce the error in the Updated Err line below and minimize the size of the arrows. This is the only scheme that can fully correct an error larger than the image field-of-view, but depends on reliable plate solving. </li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Move Star</span>: A triangle is overlayed on the above captured image. User selects a star and moves the star along the triangle to improve the polar alignment. Corrected polar-alignment error is not estimated during the process. If the alignment error is larger than the image field-of-view, this scheme must be used iteratively.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Move Star and Calc Error</span>: Like Move Star, but Ekos attempts to track the star being moved and estimates the current alignment error when it can.</li></ul><p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Select polar-alignment correction algorithm:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Plate Solve</span>: Uses plate solving to track what the corrected alignment error is during the Refresh process. User should try to reduce the error in the Updated Err line below and minimise the size of the arrows. This is the only scheme that can fully correct an error larger than the image field-of-view, but depends on reliable plate solving. </li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Move Star</span>: A triangle is overlayed on the above captured image. User selects a star and moves the star along the triangle to improve the polar alignment. Corrected polar-alignment error is not estimated during the process. If the alignment error is larger than the image field-of-view, this scheme must be used iteratively.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Move Star and Calc Error</span>: Like Move Star, but Ekos attempts to track the star being moved and estimates the current alignment error when it can.</li></ul><p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, cursorTimeOut)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The number of seconds from the start of the log to the statistics cursor. If there is no cursor and latest is checked, then it is the time at the right-side of the plot.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The number of seconds from the start of the log to the statistics cursor. If there is no cursor and latest is ticked, then it is the time at the right-side of the plot.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, cursorClockTimeOut)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The clock-time for the statistics plot cursor. If there is no cursor and latest is checked, then it is the clock time at the right-side of the plot.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The clock-time for the statistics plot cursor. If there is no cursor and latest is ticked, then it is the clock time at the right-side of the plot.</p></body></html>

en: Save. Check to save the New Offset for the associated Filter.
en_GB: Save. Tick to save the New Offset for the associated Filter.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, buildOffsetsAdaptFocus)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to apply Adaptive focus to Autofocus runs.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to apply Adaptive focus to Autofocus runs.</p></body></html>

en: Optical train doesn't exist for id %1
en_GB: Optical train does not exist for id %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, dustCapLlabel)
en: Select a mechanized dust cap if any (e.g. FlipFlat).
en_GB: Select a mechanised dust cap if any (e.g. FlipFlat).

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, focusLabel)
en: Select a mechanized focuser if any.
en_GB: Select a mechanised focuser if any.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, rotatorLabel)
en: Select a mechanized rotator if any.
en_GB: Select a mechanised rotator if any.

en: Profile optimized for source extraction of smaller stars.
en_GB: Profile optimised for source extraction of smaller stars.

en: Profile optimized for source extraction of medium sized stars.
en_GB: Profile optimised for source extraction of medium sized stars.

en: Profile optimized for source extraction of larger stars.
en_GB: Profile optimised for source extraction of larger stars.

en: Profile optimized for source extraction of stars including Donuts.
en_GB: Profile optimised for source extraction of stars including Donuts.

en: Default profile. Generic and not optimized for any specific purpose.
en_GB: Default profile. Generic and not optimised for any specific purpose.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, sextractorOptions)
en: Sextractor Parameters
en_GB: SExtractor Parameters

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cleanCheckBox)
en: Attempts to 'clean' the image to remove artifacts caused by bright objects
en_GB: Attempts to 'clean' the image to remove artefacts caused by bright objects

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, radius)
en: Only search in indexes within 'radius' of the field center given by RA and DEC
en_GB: Only search in indexes within 'radius' of the field centre given by RA and DEC

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_7)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Target is the name of the targetted object.</p><p>It is available to be used in the filename Format via the %t or %type placeholder tag.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Target is the name of the targeted object.</p><p>It is available to be used in the filename Format via the %t or %type placeholder tag.</p></body></html>

en: Editing job canceled.
en_GB: Editing job cancelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QWidget, skyQualityColor)
en: Bortle Zone Color
en_GB: Bortle Zone Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, enforceAutofocusOnTemperature)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to force an Autofocus when the change in temperature since last focus exceeded this value.  Reference temperature is reset at each Autofocus.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to force an Autofocus when the change in temperature since last focus exceeded this value.  Reference temperature is reset at each Autofocus.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, refocusAfterMeridianFlip)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to force an Autofocus after a Meridian Flip.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to force an Autofocus after a Meridian Flip.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, enforceRefocusEveryN)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to force an Autofocus every N minutes.  Timer is reset at each Autofocus.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to force an Autofocus every N minutes.  Timer is reset at each Autofocus.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, enforceAutofocusHFR)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to perform an HFR Check between Subframes.  The Check may result in an Autofocus.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to perform an HFR Check between Subframes.  The Check may result in an Autofocus.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_13)
en: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilize the guiding performance before capture.
en_GB: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilise the guiding performance before capture.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRoundProgressBar, paGauge)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The rotator gauge displays the actual camera position angle (yellow) and the raw rotator angle (gray). Calibrate the rotator by plate solving in the Align module.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The rotator gauge displays the actual camera position angle (yellow) and the raw rotator angle (grey). Calibrate the rotator by plate solving in the Align module.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRoundProgressBar, rotatorGauge)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The rotator gauge displays the actual camera position angle (yellow) and the raw rotator angle (gray). To calibrate the rotator, capture and solve an image in the Align module.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The rotator gauge displays the actual camera position angle (yellow) and the raw rotator angle (grey). To calibrate the rotator, capture and solve an image in the Align module.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, CameraOffset)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Camera offset angle</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>You are almost done...</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsShowLabels)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to show labels on the graph.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to show labels on the graph.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsShowCFZ)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to show the Critical Focus Zone on the graph.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to show the Critical Focus Zone on the graph.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, abInsTheme)
en: Primary Colors
en_GB: Primary Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsLabels)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to display mosaic tile sensor labels.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to display mosaic tile sensor labels.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsSensor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to display the Sensor.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to display the Sensor.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsPetzvalWire)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to display the Petzval surface mesh.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to display the Petzval surface mesh.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, abInsPetzvalSurface)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to display the Petzval surface.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to display the Petzval surface.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, advisorB)
en: Advisor
en_GB: Adviser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, forceInSeqAF)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to force an ad-hoc In-Sequence Autofocus at the completion of the current subframe.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to force an ad-hoc In-Sequence Autofocus at the completion of the current subframe.</p></body></html>

en: Focus Advisor: another focus action in progress. Please try again.
en_GB: Focus Adviser: another focus action in progress. Please try again.

en: Focus Advisor cannot run with current params.
en_GB: Focus Advisor cannot run with current parameters.

en: Focus Advisor cannot run with current params
en_GB: Focus Advisor cannot run with current parameters

en: Stars detected, range center %1
en_GB: Stars detected, range centre %1

en: Focus Advisor Find Stars completed
en_GB: Focus Adviser Find Stars completed

en: Stars detected, centering range
en_GB: Stars detected, centring range

en: Focus Advisor Find Stars run %1: failed to move focuser
en_GB: Focus Adviser Find Stars run %1: failed to move focuser

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment aborted after %1 runs
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment aborted after %1 runs

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment failed to move focuser
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment failed to move focuser

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment: exceeded max iterations %1
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment: exceeded max iterations %1

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment Run %1: insufficient data to proceed
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment Run %1: insufficient data to proceed

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment completed.
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment completed.

en: Focus Advisor Coarse Adjustment: data quality too poor to continue
en_GB: Focus Adviser Coarse Adjustment: data quality too poor to continue

en: Focus Advisor Fine Adjustment completed
en_GB: Focus Adviser Fine Adjustment completed

en: Focus Advisor Result (%1): Run: %2 startPos: %3 stepSize: %4 overscan: %5
en_GB: Focus Adviser Result (%1): Run: %2 startPos: %3 stepSize: %4 overscan: %5

en: Focus Advisor Result Update: %1
en_GB: Focus Adviser Result Update: %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusAdvFindStars)
en: Check to have Focus Advisor search for stars. If you are close enough to Focus to see stars in the Focus frame then this step is not neccessary.
en_GB: Check to have Focus Advisor search for stars. If you are close enough to Focus to see stars in the Focus frame then this step is not necessary.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusAdvCoarseAdj)
en: Check to have Focus Advisor find coarse focus. This will find an approximate focus position good enough to run Autofocus.
en_GB: Tick to have Focus Advisor find coarse focus. This will find an approximate focus position good enough to run Autofocus.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusAdvFineAdj)
en: Check to have Focus Advisor run Autofocus to make fine adjustments to focus parameters.
en_GB: Tick to have Focus Advisor run Autofocus to make fine adjustments to focus parameters.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusAdvHelpOnlyChanges)
en: Check to display only recommended changes
en_GB: Tick to display only recommended changes

en: Solution lies outside max travel.
en_GB: Solution lies outside maximum travel.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusUseWeights)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to use the standard deviation of the star HFR or FWHM as a weighting to the curve fitting algorithm. If unchecked, all data points are given equal weighting. Currently only available when using Full Field (multiple stars) and a Curve Fit of Hyperbola or Parabola under the Linear 1 Pass algorithm. </p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Check to use the standard deviation of the star HFR or FWHM as a weighting to the curve fitting algorithm. If unticked, all data points are given equal weighting. Currently only available when using Full Field (multiple stars) and a Curve Fit of Hyperbola or Parabola under the Linear 1 Pass algorithm. </p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusRefineCurveFit)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to run an outlier pass when all datapoints have been taken. The pass uses Peirce's Criteria for outlier threshold detection. If there are outliers, these are removed and curve fitting rerun. If the R² is improved by the process then this new dataset is used and outliers highlighted on the v-curve. </p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to run an outlier pass when all datapoints have been taken. The pass uses Peirce's Criteria for outlier threshold detection. If there are outliers, these are removed and curve fitting rerun. If the R² is improved by the process then this new dataset is used and outliers highlighted on the v-curve. </p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, focusGaussianKernelSize)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, focusGaussianSigma)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, focusDonut)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable Donut Busting functionality. Use on telescopes with a central obstruction that create donut shaped stars when defocused.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick to enable Doughnut Busting functionality. Use on telescopes with a central obstruction that create doughnut shaped stars when defocused.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, focusDonut)
en: Donut Buster
en_GB: Doughnut Buster

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusScanAlwaysOn)
en: Check to always run Scan for Start Position, uncheck to only run after a failed Autofocus.
en_GB: Tick to always run Scan for Start Position, untick to only run after a failed Autofocus.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, focusAutoStarEnabled)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This option is only active when Sub Frame is selected.  Check to allow Ekos to select a single star for focus; uncheck to allow the user to select the star to use in FitsViewer.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This option is only active when Sub Frame is selected.  Check to allow Ekos to select a single star for focus; untick to allow the user to select the star to use in FitsViewer.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, focusSubFrame)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Select Sub Frame to make focus to use a single star (note: Full Field uses multiple stars).  In this mode the Auto Select Star checkbox becomes active to allow either Ekos to select a star (when checked) or to allow the user to manually select the star in FitsViewer (when unchecked).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Select Sub Frame to make focus to use a single star (note: Full Field uses multiple stars).  In this mode the Auto Select Star tick box becomes active to allow either Ekos to select a star (when ticked) or to allow the user to manually select the star in FitsViewer (when not ticked).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, focusMosaicMaskRB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Aberration inspector style mask with a 3x3 mosaic formed with tiles from the center, the corners and the edges.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Aberration inspector style mask with a 3x3 mosaic formed with tiles from the centre, the corners and the edges.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, focusFullFieldInnerRadius)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Diameter of the inner circle to be excluded from focusing (e.g. a centered galaxy or star cluster). The diameter is given as percentage of the image diagonal. Set to zero to include the centre of the sensor.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Diameter of the inner circle to be excluded from focusing (e.g. a centred galaxy or star cluster). The diameter is given as percentage of the image diagonal. Set to zero to include the centre of the sensor.</p></body></html>

en: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unchecked.  Unchecking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding
en_GB: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unticked.  Unticking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, rAGuideEnabled)
en: Guide Right Ascention Axis
en_GB: Guide Right Ascension Axis

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start.

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start point.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start point.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResetGuideCalibration)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked,  always re-calibrate when guiding is started. This is often not necessary when a good quality calibration has previously been done and the guide camera has not been rotated or re-installed.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked,  always re-calibrate when guiding is started. This is often not necessary when a good quality calibration has previously been done and the guide camera has not been rotated or re-installed.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_DitherWithOnePulse)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, dithering amount is randomly generated, pulses are sent, but the resultant pixel dithering amount is not enforced so only the one dither pulse is sent. This is quicker, and recommended as dither amount is random anyway. It is necessary when 2-D dither is required but guiding is only done in one axis.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, dithering amount is randomly generated, pulses are sent, but the resultant pixel dithering amount is not enforced so only the one dither pulse is sent. This is quicker, and recommended as dither amount is random anyway. It is necessary when 2-D dither is required but guiding is only done in one axis.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7105398"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">The Gaussian Process Guider</span></a>, <span style=" font-style:italic;">(c) 2014-2017 Max Planck Society</span>, is used for RA guiding only. Most parameters <br/>can stay at their defaults. <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Enable GPG</span> with the checkbox below. It can be used with all Guide star-detection<br/>algorithms but has been tested most and is recommended with <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">SEP MultiStar</span>. It combines a reactive<br/>correction whose aggressiveness is controlled with <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Control Gain</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Minimum Move</span>, with a predictive<br/>correction controlled by <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Prediction Gain</span>.</p><p>The most important parameter is <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Major Period</span>. If you can determine it for your mount, it's much <br/>better to set it yourself and uncheck <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Estimate Period.</span></p><hr/></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7105398"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">The Gaussian Process Guider</span></a>, <span style=" font-style:italic;">(c) 2014-2017 Max Planck Society</span>, is used for RA guiding only. Most parameters <br/>can stay at their defaults. <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Enable GPG</span> with the tick box below. It can be used with all Guide star-detection<br/>algorithms but has been tested most and is recommended with <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">SEP MultiStar</span>. It combines a reactive<br/>correction whose aggressiveness is controlled with <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Control Gain</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Minimum Move</span>, with a predictive<br/>correction controlled by <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Prediction Gain</span>.</p><p>The most important parameter is <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Major Period</span>. If you can determine it for your mount, it's much <br/>better to set it yourself and untick <span style=" font-weight:600; color:#8ae234;">Estimate Period.</span></p><hr/></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_gpgs1a) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_GPGEstimatePeriod)
en: If checked, the GPG estimates the mount's major period. Otherwise, it uses the entry above.
en_GB: If ticked, the GPG estimates the mount's major period. Otherwise, it uses the entry above.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_gpgas7a)
en: Num Periods for Inference
en_GB: Number Periods for Inference

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_gpgas8a) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_GPGMinPeriodsForPeriodEstimate)
en: The min number of periods that must be sampled before GPG fully estimates the period.
en_GB: The minimum number of periods that must be sampled before GPG fully estimates the period.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_gpgas8a)
en: Num Periods for Period Estimate
en_GB: Number Periods for Period Estimate

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AlwaysInventGuideStar)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked we try to be more resilient to double stars by inventing a guide star position from the multi-star references.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked we try to be more resilient to double stars by inventing a guide star position from the multi-star references.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_MinDetectionsSEPMultistar) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_22) i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinDetectionsSEPMultistar), group (Guide)
en: Minimum number of stars detected for SEP MultiStar to initialize.
en_GB: Minimum number of stars detected for SEP MultiStar to initialise.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1419 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, analyzeTab)
en: Analyze
en_GB: Analyse

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, enableAltitudeLimitsTrackingOnly)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Use altitude limits only while the mount tracking. This is necessary for some mounts that intentionally pass this limit, e.g. for parking.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">WARNING</span>: leave unchecked if unsure, use only if you know what you are doing.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Use altitude limits only while the mount tracking. This is necessary for some mounts that intentionally pass this limit, e.g. for parking.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">WARNING</span>: leave unticked if unsure, use only if you know what you are doing.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useTimeUpdate)
en: Enable time synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable time synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useGeographicUpdate)
en: Enable geographic location synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable geographic location synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

en: Dome is moving counter clockwise...
en_GB: Dome is moving anticlockwise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, motionCCWButton)
en: Rotate counter clockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: opening
en_GB: Opening

en: counter clockwise
en_GB: anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, recenterB)
en: Reset mosaic center to sky map center
en_GB: Reset mosaic centre to sky map centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Adjust Grid center by manually entering the J2000 center or by dragging the center of the mosaic on the sky map.
en_GB: Adjust Grid centre by manually entering the J2000 centre or by dragging the centre of the mosaic on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, goSolveB)
en: Go and plate solve mosaic center
en_GB: Go and plate solve mosaic centre

en: Import must contain center coordinates.
en_GB: Import must contain centre coordinates.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_RealignAfterCalibrationFailure)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recentre the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_GreedyScheduling)
en: <html><head/><body><p>When checked the scheduler tries to run lower priority jobs when no higher priority job can run. Recommended.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>When ticked the scheduler tries to run lower priority jobs when no higher priority job can run. Recommended.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, leadTimeLabel)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early excution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take pronolged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>

en: Reset state and force reevaluation of all observation jobs.
en_GB: Reset state and force re-evaluation of all observation jobs.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, copySkyCenterB)
en: Fill coordinates with Sky Map center
en_GB: Fill coordinates with Sky Map centre

en: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Preemptive Shutdown.
en_GB: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Pre-emptive Shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, filterPB)
en: Launches the Catalog Object Filter dialog
en_GB: Launches the Catalogue Object Filter dialog

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CatalogObjectTypeFilterUI)
en: Catalog Object Type Filter
en_GB: Catalogue Object Type Filter

en: Catalog Objects
en_GB: Catalogue Objects

en: Catalog Object
en_GB: Catalogue Object

en: Object distance in arcmins from the search center
en_GB: Object distance in arcmins from the search centre

en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Center Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*

en: Center Telescope
    *Ready*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *Ready*

en: Center Telescope
    *No WCS Info*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No WCS Info*

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_LimitedResourcesMode)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only greyscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only greyscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoWCS)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behaviour resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Select a catalog to use to identify objects in the image. The default is the internal Sky Map. External catalogs require WCS and internet access.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Querying external catalogs can be slow on slow machines.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Select a catalogue to use to identify objects in the image. The default is the internal Sky Map. External catalogues require WCS and internet access.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Querying external catalogues can be slow on slow machines.</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Object Catalog:
en_GB: Object Catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, UpdatePosition)
en: Set the approximate RA/DEC positions using the center position of the SkyMap.
en_GB: Set the approximate RA/DEC positions using the centre position of the SkyMap.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FitsSolverLinear)
en: Check for linear (unstretched) images.  This is the default setting.  Uncheck for non-linear (stretched) images which will help with the star extraction part of plate solving.
en_GB: Check for linear (unstretched) images.  This is the default setting.  Untick for non-linear (stretched) images which will help with the star extraction part of plate solving.

en: Couldn't initialize the OpenGL context.
en_GB: Could not initialise the OpenGL context.

en: Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cutoff
en_GB: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cut-off

en: Sets the Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Sets the Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centres in the frame

en: Shows the peak values of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the peak values of star centres in the frame

en: Changes the color scheme
en_GB: Changes the colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, colourLabel)
en: Select color for the Element
en_GB: Select colour for the Element

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, colourButton)
en: Select a color for the Collimation Overlay Element.
en_GB: Select a colour for the Collimation Overlay Element.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, offsetLabel)
en: Set the Element's offset from its Anchor. For an Anchor Element this is from the center of the image.
en_GB: Set the Element's offset from its Anchor. For an Anchor Element this is from the centre of the image.

en: Moving counter clockwise
en_GB: Moving anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_messageNotificationINDI) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
en: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs.
en_GB: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogues.

en: Center && Track
en_GB: Centre && Track

en: Remove From Local Catalog
en_GB: Remove From Local Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: Filenames of defined custom object catalogs.
en_GB: Filenames of defined custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: List of the filenames of custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of the filenames of custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed).
en_GB: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalogue (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalogue will be displayed).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed.
en_GB: List of names for which custom catalogues are to be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
en: Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.
en_GB: Names of objects entered into the find dialogue are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSOCatalogFilename), group (Catalogs)
en: The filename of the DSO catalog.
en_GB: The filename of the DSO catalogue.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSODefaultCatalogFilename), group (Catalogs)
en: The filename of the default DSO catalog (OpenNGC).
en_GB: The filename of the default DSO catalogue (OpenNGC).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
en: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters.
en_GB: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in metres.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: Fade planet trails to background color?
en_GB: Fade planet trails to background colour?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color.
en_GB: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
en: The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.
en_GB: The name of the object that should be centred and tracked on startup. If no object should be centred, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SimulateDaytime), group (View)
en: If checked, sky will be bright during the daytime.
en_GB: If ticked, sky will be bright during the daytime.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
en: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map.
en_GB: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labelled in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarsOverHIPS), group (View) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarsOverHIPS), group (View)
en: Display catalog stars when HIPS is shown.
en_GB: Display catalogue stars when HIPS is shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names?
en_GB: Use localised constellation names?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names).
en_GB: Use localised constellation names (if localised names are not available, default to Latin names).

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred object automatically gets a name label attached.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?
en_GB: Automatically add trail to centred solar system body?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centred.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerShowKeyword), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Show the objects that have the keyword in their notes (and don't show those that don't).
en_GB: Show the objects that have the keyword in their notes (and don't show those that do not).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerShowNotKeyword), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Show the objects that don't have the keyword in their notes (and don't show those that do).
en_GB: Show the objects that don't have the keyword in their notes (and do not show those that do).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerDontCareKeyword), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Object display doesn't depend on whether or not objects have the keyword in their notes.
en_GB: Object display does not depend on whether or not objects have the keyword in their notes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerShowAdded), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Show the objects that have been added (and don't show those that have not been added).
en_GB: Show the objects that have been added (and do not show those that have not been added).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerShowNotAdded), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Show the objects that have not been added (and don't show those that have been added.
en_GB: Show the objects that have not been added (and do not show those that have been added.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerDontCareAdded), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Object display doesn't depend on whether objects have been added or not.
en_GB: Object display does not depend on whether objects have been added or not.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerShowIgnored), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: Show the objects that have been ignored (and don't show those that have not been ignored).
en_GB: Show the objects that have been ignored (and do not show those that have not been ignored).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImagingPlannerCatalogPath), group (ImagingPlanner)
en: File path to the most recent catalog loaded by the Imaging Planner.
en_GB: File path to the most recent catalogue loaded by the Imaging Planner.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
en: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map.
en_GB: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a coloured name label in the map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
en: Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list
en_GB: Prefer Digitised Sky Survey imagery in the observing list

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
en: Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.
en_GB: Tick this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counter-intuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This tick box makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
en: The name of the color scheme
en_GB: The name of the colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
en: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colors"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colors"
en_GB: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colours"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colours"

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: Saturation level of star colors
en_GB: Saturation level of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: The color saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colors" mode).
en_GB: The colour saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colours" mode).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of angular distance ruler
en_GB: Colour of angular distance ruler

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the angular-distance measurement ruler.
en_GB: The colour for the angular-distance measurement ruler.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: Background color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Background colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: The background color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The background colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: The text color for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.
en_GB: The text colour for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: The normal text color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The normal text colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation boundary lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation boundary lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of highlighted constellation boundary
en_GB: Colour of highlighted constellation boundary

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation figure lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation figure lines.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation names.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation names.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of cardinal compass labels along horizon
en_GB: Colour of cardinal compass labels along horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the cardinal compass point labels.
en_GB: The colour for the cardinal compass point labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of ecliptic line
en_GB: Colour of ecliptic line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the ecliptic line.
en_GB: The colour for the ecliptic line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equator line
en_GB: Colour of equator line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equator line.
en_GB: The colour for the equator line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equatorial coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of equatorial coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizontal coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of horizontal coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of objects with extra links available
en_GB: Colour of objects with extra links available

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for objects which have extra URL links available.
en_GB: The colour for objects which have extra URL links available.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizon line
en_GB: Colour of horizon line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizon line and opaque ground.
en_GB: The colour for the horizon line and opaque ground.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of local meridian line
en_GB: Colour of local meridian line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the local meridian line.
en_GB: The colour for the local meridian line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of Milky Way contour
en_GB: Colour of Milky Way contour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the Milky Way contour.
en_GB: The colour for the Milky Way contour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of star name labels
en_GB: Colour of star name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for star name labels.
en_GB: The colour for star name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of deep-sky object name labels
en_GB: Colour of deep-sky object name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for deep-sky object name labels.
en_GB: The colour for deep-sky object name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet name labels
en_GB: Colour of planet name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object labels.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet trails
en_GB: Colour of planet trails

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object trails.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object trails.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of sky
en_GB: Colour of sky

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the sky background.
en_GB: The colour for the sky background.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColorDaytime), group (Colors)
en: Color of sky during the daytime
en_GB: Colour of sky during the daytime

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColorDaytime), group (Colors)
en: The color for the sky background during daytime.
en_GB: The colour for the sky background during daytime.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color Artificial Horizon
en_GB: Colour Artificial Horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the artificial horizon region.
en_GB: The colour for the artificial horizon region.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of telescope symbols
en_GB: Colour of telescope symbols

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for telescope target symbols.
en_GB: The colour for telescope target symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels.
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernovae
en_GB: Colour of supernovae

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernova
en_GB: Colour of supernova

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsteroidColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of asteroids
en_GB: Colour of asteroids

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AsteroidColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of asteroid
en_GB: Colour of asteroid

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of user-added labels
en_GB: Colour of user-added labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for user-added object labels.
en_GB: The colour for user-added object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of RA Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of RA Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of DEC Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of DEC Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of solver FOV box
en_GB: Colour of solver FOV box

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.
en_GB: The colour for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Label color
en_GB: Label colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Set the color for the label.
en_GB: Set the colour for the label.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied.
en_GB: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A colour may also be supplied.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a color as the background.
en_GB: Use a colour as the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
en: The color of the background.
en_GB: The colour of the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetConfigFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use a config file.
en_GB: If ticked, use a configuration file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerFile), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetMarkerFile)
en: If checked, use the specified marker file.
en_GB: If ticked, use the specified marker file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerBounds), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.
en_GB: If ticked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetStarmap), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetStarmap)
en: If checked, use star map file to draw the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use star map file to draw the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites)
en: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small colored square.
en_GB: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small coloured square.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuickHFR), group (FITSViewer)
en: Compute the HFRs of normal images quickly by looking at the center 25% only.
en_GB: Compute the HFRs of normal images quickly by looking at the centre 25% only.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FitsCatalog), group (FITSViewer)
en: Which catalog to pull display objects from.
en_GB: Which catalogue to pull display objects from.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ManualCoverTimeout), group (Capture)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds.
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (focusScanStepSizeFactor), group (Focus)
en: Factor to apply to Initial Step Size during scan when focusScanStartPos is checked.
en_GB: Factor to apply to Initial Step Size during scan when focusScanStartPos is ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusSextractorType), group (StellarSolver)
en: Internal or External Sextractor for Focusing.
en_GB: Internal or External SExtractor for Focusing.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSextractorType), group (StellarSolver)
en: Internal or External Sextractor for Guiding.
en_GB: Internal or External SExtractor for Guiding.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolveSextractorType), group (StellarSolver)
en: Internal, External, or BuiltIn Sextractor for Solving.
en_GB: Internal, External, or BuiltIn SExtractor for Solving.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
en: Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67.
en_GB: Do not sanitise FITS. This option should only be ticked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Untick for any versions greater than 0.67.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SextractorBinary), group (Align)
en: Path to the Sextractor executable.
en_GB: Path to the SExtractor executable.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
en: Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)
en_GB: Which guider process to utilise for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerParkDome), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for parking dome on shutdown.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for parking dome on shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerParkMount), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for parking mount on shutdown.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for parking mount on shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerCloseDustCover), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for closing dust cover on shutdown.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for closing dust cover on shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerWarmCCD), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for warming the CCD on shutdown.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for warming the CCD on shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerUnparkDome), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for unparking dome on startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for unparking dome on startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerUnparkMount), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for unparking mount on startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for unparking mount on startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerOpenDustCover), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for opening dust cover on startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for opening dust cover on startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerTrackStep), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for starting mount tracking on job startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for starting mount tracking on job startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerFocusStep), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for running autofocus on job startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for running autofocus on job startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerGuideStep), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for starting guiding on job startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for starting guiding on job startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerAlignStep), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for aligning on job startup.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for aligning on job startup.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerAltitude), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for job altitude constraints.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for job altitude constraints.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerHorizon), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for job artificial horizon constraints.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for job artificial horizon constraints.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SchedulerTwilight), group (Scheduler)
en: Default scheduler checkbox for job twilight constraints.
en_GB: Default scheduler tick box for job twilight constraints.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeHFR), group (Analyze)
en: Display HFR on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display HFR on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeNumCaptureStars), group (Analyze)
en: Display number of stars detected in the capture on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display number of stars detected in the capture on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeMedian), group (Analyze)
en: Display median sample value for the capture on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display median sample value for the capture on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeEccentricity), group (Analyze)
en: Display the median eccentricity for the stars in the capture on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display the median eccentricity for the stars in the capture on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeTemperature), group (Analyze)
en: Display the ambient temperature on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display the ambient temperature on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeNumStars), group (Analyze)
en: Display NumStars on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display NumStars on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeSkyBg), group (Analyze)
en: Display SkyBackground on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display SkyBackground on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeSNR), group (Analyze)
en: Display SNR on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display SNR on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeRA), group (Analyze)
en: Display RA on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display RA on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeDEC), group (Analyze)
en: Display DEC on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display DEC on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeRAp), group (Analyze)
en: Display RA Pulses on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display RA Pulses on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeDECp), group (Analyze)
en: Display DEC Pulses on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display DEC Pulses on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeDrift), group (Analyze)
en: Display Drift on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Drift on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeRMS), group (Analyze)
en: Display RMS Error on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display RMS Error on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeTargetDistance), group (Analyze)
en: Display the arc-seconds distance between the target position and the plate-solved captured image on the Analyze plot.
en_GB: Display the arc-seconds distance between the target position and the plate-solved captured image on the Analyse plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeRMSC), group (Analyze)
en: Display RMS Error (during capture) on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display RMS Error (during capture) on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeMountRA), group (Analyze)
en: Display Mount RA on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Mount RA on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeMountDEC), group (Analyze)
en: Display Mount DEC on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Mount DEC on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeMountHA), group (Analyze)
en: Display Mount Hour Angle on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Mount Hour Angle on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeAz), group (Analyze)
en: Display Azimuth on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Azimuth on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzeAlt), group (Analyze)
en: Display Altitude on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display Altitude on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AnalyzePierSide), group (Analyze)
en: Display PierSide on the Analyze Statistics Plot.
en_GB: Display PierSide on the Analyse Statistics Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AnalyzeStatsYAxis), group (Analyze)
en: Stored Y-axis upper and lower limits for the Analyze Stats Plot.
en_GB: Stored Y-axis upper and lower limits for the Analyse Stats Plot.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
en: HIPS source catalog title.
en_GB: HIPS source catalogue title.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TerrainDownsampling), group (Terrain)
en: Speed quality tradeoff for rendering the terrain image.
en_GB: Speed quality trade-off for rendering the terrain image.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowImageOverlaysBelowCatalogs), group (ImageOverlay) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowImageOverlaysBelowCatalogs), group (ImageOverlay) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowImageOverlaysBelowCatalogs)
en: Display Image Overlays below catalogs.
en_GB: Display Image Overlays below catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSelectedImageOverlay), group (ImageOverlay)
en: Center SkyMap over selected image overlay.
en_GB: Centre SkyMap over selected image overlay.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSelectedImageOverlay), group (ImageOverlay)
en: Center SkyMap over the selected overlay image in the image overlay table (if it's solved).
en_GB: Centre SkyMap over the selected overlay image in the image overlay table (if it's solved).

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CAELUM
en_GB: CÆLUM

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CASSIOPEIA
en_GB: CASSIOPOEIA

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CHAMAELEON
en_GB: CHAMÆLEON

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: ARMORY
en_GB: ARMOURY

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPEROR
en_GB: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPERORS

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVAE)
en_GB: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVÆ)

[ctx: Image/info menu item (should be translated)]
en: The Whole Mars Catalog
en_GB: The Whole Mars Catalogue

[ctx: star name]
en: Praecipula
en_GB: Præcipula

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Popular Catalog Choices
en_GB: Popular Catalogue Choices

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Multiwavelength Catalogs
en_GB: Multiwavelength Catalogues

en: The catalog "%1" is corrupt.
en_GB: The catalogue "%1" is corrupt.

en: The catalog "%1" is corrupt.<br>Expected id=%2 but got id=%3
en_GB: The catalogue "%1" is corrupt.<br>Expected id=%2 but got id=%3

en: Could not import the catalog "%1"<br>%2
en_GB: Could not import the catalogue "%1"<br>%2

en: The selected script contains unrecognized elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?
en_GB: The selected script contains unrecognised elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?

en: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" color scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart color scheme for printing?
en_GB: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" colour scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart colour scheme for printing?

en: Switch to Star Chart Colors?
en_GB: Switch to Star Chart Colours?

en: Switch Color Scheme
en_GB: Switch Colour Scheme

en: Run clock in realtime
en_GB: Run clock in real time

en: C&olor Schemes
en_GB: C&olour Schemes

en: Manage DSO Catalogs
en_GB: Manage DSO Catalogues

[ctx: Toggle the telescope center lock in display]
en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Toggle Lock Telescope Center
en_GB: Toggle Lock Telescope Centre

en: Color Schemes
en_GB: Colour Schemes

en: Center and Track
en_GB: Centre and Track

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Centering
en_GB: Centring

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Deep Sky Catalogs
en_GB: Deep Sky Catalogues

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Star Catalogs
en_GB: Star Catalogues

en: Binary Asteroid List, DSO Database & Catalogs
en_GB: Binary Asteroid List, DSO Database & Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, FocalLength)
en: Official telescope focal length in millimeters without any reducers or barlows
en_GB: Official telescope focal length in millimetres without any reducers or barlows

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseRefraction)
en: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is checked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.
en_GB: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is ticked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Ticking this option causes re-computation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this re-computation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: Show name label of centered object?
en_GB: Show name label of centred object?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: If checked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centered in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.
en_GB: If ticked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centred in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel)
en: Attach label to centered object
en_GB: Attach label to centred object

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAnimatedSlewing)
en: If checked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will center on the new position instantaneously.
en_GB: If ticked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will centre on the new position instantaneously.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideOnSlew)
en: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; check this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.
en_GB: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; tick this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideStars)
en: If checked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HidePlanets)
en: If checked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCLines)
en: If checked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCNames)
en: If checked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowStars)
en: &Star catalogs
en_GB: &Star catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowDeepSky)
en: Deep-sky catalogs
en_GB: Deep-sky catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, manageButton)
en: Manage Deep Sky Catalogs...
en_GB: Manage Deep Sky Catalogues...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResolveNamesOnline)
en: If this checkbox is checked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialog, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalog that is called user, and it can be edited using the "Manage DSO Catalogs" feature.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialog, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalogue that is called user, and it can be edited using the "Manage DSO Catalogues" feature.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowUnknownMagObjects)
en: Many objects do not have known magnitudes in the databases.
    They generally tend to be faint or very diffuse, but this is not always the case.
    Check this checkbox to show such objects which do not have known magnitudes in the database.
en_GB: Many objects do not have known magnitudes in the databases.
    They generally tend to be faint or very diffuse, but this is not always the case.
    Tick this box to show such objects which do not have known magnitudes in the database.

[ctx: use realistic star colors]
en: Real Colors
en_GB: Real Colours

[ctx: show stars as colored circles]
en: Solid Colors
en_GB: Solid Colours

en: New Color Scheme
en_GB: New Colour Scheme

en: Enter a name for the new color scheme:
en_GB: Enter a name for the new colour scheme:

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Current Scheme Colors
en_GB: Current Scheme Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: Current color settings
en_GB: Current colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: The list of all customizable colors in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the color it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its color.
en_GB: The list of all customisable colours in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the colour it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Star color mode:
en_GB: Star colour mode:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: Set the star color mode
en_GB: Set the star colour mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual color.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall color scheme.
en_GB: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual colour.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall colour scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Star color intensity:
en_GB: Star colour intensity:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: Set the intensity of star colors
en_GB: Set the intensity of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: When using the realistic-color star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colors.  A higher value means more intense colors.
en_GB: When using the realistic-colour star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colours.  A higher value means more intense colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Preset Color Schemes
en_GB: Preset Colour Schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of preset color schemes
en_GB: List of preset colour schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of all known color schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.
en_GB: List of all known colour schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: Create a new preset color scheme using current settings
en_GB: Create a new preset colour scheme using current settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: After changing the colors to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colors.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.
en_GB: After changing the colours to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colours.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Remove a preset color scheme
en_GB: Remove a preset colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Press this button to remove the highlighted color scheme.  This will only work on your custom color schemes.
en_GB: Press this button to remove the highlighted colour scheme.  This will only work on your custom colour schemes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCLines)
en: If checked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCNames)
en: If checked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Use Localized constellation names
en_GB: Use Localised constellation names

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Localized
en_GB: Localised

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEcliptic)
en: If checked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.
en_GB: If ticked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FillMilkyWay)
en: If checked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.
en_GB: If ticked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizon)
en: If checked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMilkyWay)
en: If checked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoSelectGrid)
en: If checked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowFlags)
en: If checked, flags will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, flags will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SimulateDaytime) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SimulateDaytime)
en: If checked, sky will be bright during the daytime
en_GB: If ticked, sky will be bright during the daytime

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquatorialGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizontalGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowGround)
en: If checked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquator)
en: If checked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSelectedImageOverlay)
en: Center SkyMap over the selected overlay image in the table below (if it's solved).
en_GB: Centre SkyMap over the selected overlay image in the table below (if it's solved).

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSelectedImageOverlay)
en: Center SkyMap on selection
en_GB: Centre SkyMap on selection

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowImageOverlaysBelowCatalogs)
en: Display Image Overlays below catalogs
en_GB: Display Image Overlays below catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSaturn)
en: If checked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetImages)
en: If checked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map
en_GB: If ticked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMars)
en: If checked, Mars will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mars will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetNames)
en: If checked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon
en_GB: If ticked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowVenus)
en: If checked, Venus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Venus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSun)
en: If checked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowJupiter)
en: If checked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMoon)
en: If checked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMercury)
en: If checked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowNeptune)
en: If checked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowUranus)
en: If checked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroids)
en: If checked, asteroids will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, asteroids will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowComets)
en: If checked, comets will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, comets will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCometNames)
en: If checked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.
en_GB: If ticked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroidNames)
en: If checked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids
en_GB: If ticked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoTrail)
en: If checked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centered in the display.
en_GB: If ticked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centred in the display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trail color into the background?
en_GB: Fade trail colour into the background?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: If checked, the color of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky color.
en_GB: If ticked, the colour of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trails to background color
en_GB: Fade trails to background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: color scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>
en_GB: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: colour scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, switchColorsBox)
en: Use "Sky Chart" color scheme
en_GB: Use "Sky Chart" colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centers sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>
en_GB: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centres sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>

en: Could not load catalog objects in trixel: %1
en_GB: Could not load catalogue objects in trixel: %1

en: Successfully added %1 object to the user catalog. | Successfully added %1 objects to the user catalog.
en_GB[0]: Successfully added %1 object to the user catalogue.
en_GB[1]: Successfully added %1 objects to the user catalogue.

en: Can't show %1. Not plate solved.
en_GB: Cannot show %1. Not plate solved.

en: Can't show %1. Image not loaded.
en_GB: Cannot show %1. Image not loaded.

en: Digitized Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [free for non-commercial use].
en_GB: Digitised Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [free for non-commercial use].

en: Catalog Star
en_GB: Catalogue Star

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centered
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply center the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Center and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centred
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply centre the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Centre and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will center the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centers on the Sun, 3 centers on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will centre the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centres on the Sun, 3 centres on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to center the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to centre the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronize
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronise
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special color (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special colour (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colors.
    			A star's color depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colours.
    			A star's colour depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), check the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), tick the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links, and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogs, select "Import Catalog..." or 
    			"Create Catalog..." from the Catalogs page in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalog file.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogues, select "Import Catalogue..." or 
    			"Create Catalogue..." from the Catalogues page in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalogue file.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogs. You can download many more catalogs from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogs and add them.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogues. You can download many more catalogues from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogues and add them.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalog of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogs (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalogue of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogues (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined color schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Color Schemes" menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined colour schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Colour Schemes" menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialog and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialogue and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Color Schemes.  Adjust the colors
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colors" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colors" button. Your Color Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Colour Schemes.  Adjust the colours
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colours" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colours" button. Your Colour Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape, and the color of your new symbols.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape and the colour of your new symbols.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behavior of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behaviour of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction, and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply center on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply centre on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulae near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulæ near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Messier Catalog is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Messier Catalogue is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialog. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialogue. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-color. The colors are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-color images, try the other image options.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-colour. The colours are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-colour images, try the other image options.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Digitized Sky Survey (DSS) has digitized images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Digitised Sky Survey (DSS) has digitised images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, OptionName)
en: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organized Tree List using the "Browse Tree..." button.
en_GB: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organised Tree List using the "Browse Tree..." button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Opens the Find Object dialog, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.
en_GB: Opens the Find Object dialogue, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, FocusEdit)
en: Select a direction or object to center on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.
en_GB: Select a direction or object to centre on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UsePrintDialog)
en: Show print dialog
en_GB: Show print dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UseChartColors)
en: Use star chart colors
en_GB: Use star chart colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  1419 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Color name:
en_GB: Colour name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Color value:
en_GB: Colour value:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindCityButton)
en: Press this button to open the Set Location dialog, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.
en_GB: Press this button to open the Set Location dialogue, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, CheckTrack)
en: If checked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centered at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unchecked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centered.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).
en_GB: If ticked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centred at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unticked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centred.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).

en: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organized into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>
en_GB: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organised into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Label color:
en_GB: Label colour:

en: No Catalog!
en_GB: No Catalogue!

en: Check Filters to unhide objects.
en_GB: Tick Filters to show objects.

en: Load a Catalog.
en_GB: Load a Catalogue.

en: Loading Catalogs...
en_GB: Loading Catalogues...

en: Center %1 on SkyMap
en_GB: Centre %1 on SkyMap

en: Sorry, couldn't open file: "%1"
en_GB: Sorry, could not open file: "%1"

en: Sorry, catalog file doesn't exist: "%1"
en_GB: Sorry, catalogue file doesn't exist: "%1"

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, hideAltitudeGraphB)
en: Minimize the altitude vs time graph.
en_GB: Minimise the altitude vs time graph.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, showAltitudeGraphB)
en: Maximize the altitude vs time graph.
en_GB: Maximise the altitude vs time graph.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, hideAstrobinDetailsButton)
en: Minimize the Astrobin search details section
en_GB: Minimise the Astrobin search details section

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, showAstrobinDetailsButton) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, showFilterTypesButton)
en: Maximize the Astrobin search details section
en_GB: Maximise the Astrobin search details section

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, hideFilterTypesButton)
en: Minimize the Filters section
en_GB: Minimise the Filters section

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, OpenClusterCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide open clusters if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide open clusters if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, NebulaCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide nebulae if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide nebulae if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, GlobularClusterCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide globular clusters if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide globular clusters if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, PlanetaryCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide planetary nebulae if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide planetary nebulae if no ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, SupernovaRemnantCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide supernova remnants if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide supernova remnants if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, GalaxyCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide galaxies if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide galaxies if not checked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, GalaxyClusterCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide galaxy clusters if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide galaxy clusters if not checked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, DarkNebulaCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide dark nebulae if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide dark nebulae if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, OtherCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Hide other object types if unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Hide other object types if not ticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, pickedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are marked picked (don't show those that are not picked).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are marked picked (do not show those that are not picked).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notPickedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are not marked picked (don't show those that are picked).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are not marked picked (do not show those that are picked).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dontCarePickedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Object display doesn't depend on whether objects are marked picked or not.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Object display does not depend on whether objects are marked picked or not.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, imagedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are marked imaged (and don't show those that are not marked previously imaged).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are marked imaged (and do not show those that are not marked previously imaged).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notImagedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are not marked imaged (and don't show those that are marked previously imaged).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that are not marked imaged (and do not show those that are marked previously imaged).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dontCareImagedCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Object display doesn't depend on whether objects are marked previously imaged or not.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Object display does not depend on whether objects are marked previously imaged or not.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ignoredCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have been ignored (and don't show those that have not been ignored).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have been ignored (and do not show those that have not been ignored).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notIgnoredCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have not been ignored (and don't show those that have been ignored).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have not been ignored (and do not show those that have been ignored).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dontCareIgnoredCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Object display doesn't depend on whether objects have been ignored or not.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Object display does not depend on whether objects have been ignored or not.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, keywordCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have the (case-sensitive) keyword in their notes (and don't show those that don't).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that have the (case-sensitive) keyword in their notes (and do not show those that do not).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notKeywordCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that don't have the (case-sensitive) keyword in their notes (and don't show those that do).</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Show the objects that do not have the (case-sensitive) keyword in their notes (and do not show those that do).</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dontCareKeywordCB)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Object display doesn't depend on whether or not objects have the keyword in their notes.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Object display does not depend on whether or not objects have the keyword in their notes.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTextEdit, keywordEdit)
en: Enter the (case-sensitive) keyword to be used for the checkboxes to the left.
en_GB: Enter the (case-sensitive) keyword to be used for the tickboxes to the left.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, hideImageButton)
en: Minimize the image section
en_GB: Minimise the image section

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ImageFrameLabel) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ImageFrameLabel2)
en: Catalog Image
en_GB: Catalogue Image

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalogButton) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalogButton2)
en: Load a new catalog
en_GB: Load a new catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalogButton) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalogButton2)
en: Load Catalog
en_GB: Load Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, showImageButton)
en: Maximize the image section
en_GB: Maximise the image section

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, CenterOnSkyMapCB)
en: Center selected object on SkyMap
en_GB: Centre selected object on SkyMap

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Catalog Coordinates
en_GB: Catalogue Coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, epochCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLongCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLatCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, decCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolT
en: If checked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box
en_GB: If ticked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, AltGeoLabel)
en: Elevation (meters):
en_GB: Elevation (metres):

en: Batch add to observing wishlist
en_GB: Batch add to observing wish list

en: Could not open the observing wishlist file %1 for writing. Your wishlist changes will not be saved. Check if the location is writable and not full.
en_GB: Could not open the observing wish-list file %1 for writing. Your wish-list changes will not be saved. Check if the location is writeable and not full.

en: Could not save observing wishlist
en_GB: Could not save observing wish-list

en: Please wait while loading observing wishlist...
en_GB: Please wait while loading observing wish list...

en: Canceling this will truncate your wishlist
en_GB: Cancelling this will truncate your wish list

en: If you cancel this operation, your wishlist will be truncated and the following objects will be removed from the wishlist when you exit KStars. Are you sure this is okay?
en_GB: If you cancel this operation, your wish list will be truncated and the following objects will be removed from the wish list when you exit KStars. Are you sure this is okay?

en: Observing wishlist truncated: %1 object not found | Observing wishlist truncated: %1 objects not found
en_GB[0]: Observing wish-list truncated: %1 object not found
en_GB[1]: Observing wish-list truncated: %1 objects not found

en: Customized DSS Download
en_GB: Customised DSS Download

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, WizardButton)
en: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky, and magnitude.
en_GB: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky and magnitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open Find Dialog
en_GB: Open Find Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open the Find Dialog for adding objects to the list
en_GB: Open the Find Dialogue for adding objects to the list

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: Open the WUT dialog
en_GB: Open the WUT dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: What's up Tonight...
en_GB: What is up Tonight...

en: Customized DSS download
en_GB: Customised DSS download

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QListWidget, TypeList)
en: Gaseous nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous nebulæ

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterRALabel)
en: Center RA (in Hours):
en_GB: Centre RA (in Hours):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterDecLabel)
en: Center Dec (in Degrees):
en_GB: Centre Dec (in Degrees):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ObserveOnDateText)
en: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unchecked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, tick the box below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unticked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>

en: Set the color named %1 to the value %2.
en_GB: Set the colour named %1 to the value %2.

en: Load the color scheme specified by name.
en_GB: Load the colour scheme specified by name.

en: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialog.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart color scheme for printing.
en_GB: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialogue.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart colour scheme for printing.

en: Select color for the FOV symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the FOV symbol

en: Automatically attach name label to centered object?
en_GB: Automatically attach name label to centred object?

en: Planet trails fade to sky color? (otherwise color is constant)
en_GB: Planet trails fade to sky colour? (otherwise colour is constant)

note: i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed in" ) << i18n( "double" ); new QTreeWidgetItem( opsLimit, fields ); fields.clear(); fields << "magLimitDrawStarZoomOut" << i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed out" ) << i18n( "double" ); TODO: We have disabled the foll
en: magnitude of faintest star labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest star labelled on map

en: magnitude of faintest asteroid labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest asteroid labelled on map

en: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labeled on map
en_GB: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labelled on map

en: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1.)
en_GB: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1).

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center this object in the sky display
en_GB: Centre this object in the sky display

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Center and Track" item in the popup menu.
en_GB: Centre the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Centre and Track" item in the popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center Object
en_GB: Centre Object

en: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes, and arcseconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes and arcseconds.

en: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes, and seconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes and seconds.

[ctx: seconds]
en: secs
en_GB: seconds

[ctx: second]
en: sec
en_GB: second

[ctx: weeks]
en: wks
en_GB: weeks

[ctx: months]
en: mths
en_GB: months

[ctx: years]
en: yrs
en_GB: years

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetUseFIFO)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not checked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not ticked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_XplanetDateFormat)
en: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.
en_GB: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetLabel)
en: If checked, display a label in the upper right corner.
en_GB: If ticked, display a label in the upper right corner.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetBackground)
en: If checked, use a file or a color as background.
en_GB: If ticked, use a file or a colour as background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetBackgroundColorValue)
en: Set the color for the background.
en_GB: Set the colour for the background.

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list field names AND values!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list field names AND values!

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list units AND values!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list units AND values!

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list field names AND units!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list field names AND units!

[ctx: Kst::AxisTab|]
en: VeryFine
en_GB: Very Fine

[ctx: AxisTab|]
en: Grid line &color:
en_GB: Grid line &colour:

[ctx: AxisTab|]
en: Lin&e color:
en_GB: Lin&e colour:

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Assign Curve Color From File
en_GB: Assign Curve Colour From File

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Assign Colors
en_GB: Assign Colours

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Base Curve Color on:
en_GB: Base Curve Colour on:

[ctx: CircleDimensionsTab|]
en: &Center
en_GB: &Centre

[ctx: DataWizardPageVectors|]
en: Field selection: Checked fields are plotted.
en_GB: Field selection: Ticked fields are plotted.

[ctx: Kst::DifferentiateCurvesDialog|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: ExportGraphicsDialog|]
en: When checked, the image will be repeatedly saved using the indicated period.  This is useful, for example, for live web page images.
en_GB: When ticked, the image will be repeatedly saved using the indicated period.  This is useful, for example, for live web page images.

[ctx: FillTab|]
en: &Color:
en_GB: &Colour:

[ctx: HistogramTab|]
en: Y-axis Normalization
en_GB: Y-axis Normalisation

[ctx: HistogramTab|]
en: The Y axis of the histogram is normalized so that the highest bin is 1.
en_GB: The Y axis of the histogram is normalised so that the highest bin is 1.

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Color m&ap
en_GB: Colour m&ap

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: &Color map and contour map
en_GB: &Colour map and contour map

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Color Map Parameters
en_GB: Colour Map Parameters

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Co&lor:
en_GB: Co&lour:

[ctx: LabelCreator|The color of the object]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Kst::MainWindow|]
en: Assign Curve &Color per File
en_GB: Assign Curve &Colour per File

[ctx: Kst::MainWindow|]
en: Show Kst's Choose Color Dialog
en_GB: Show Kst's Choose Colour Dialog

[ctx: MarkersTab|]
en: Line co&lor:
en_GB: Line co&lour:

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Zoom Mean-centered Y
en_GB: Zoom Mean-centred Y

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Normalize X-axis to Y-axis
en_GB: Normalise X-axis to Y-axis

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Normalize Y-axis to X-axis
en_GB: Normalise Y-axis to X-axis

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Adjust Image Color Scale
en_GB: Adjust Image Colour Scale

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Maximize Plot
en_GB: Maximise Plot

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom X Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom X Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Y Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom Y Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Normalize X to Y
en_GB: Zoom Normalise X to Y

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Normalize Y to X
en_GB: Zoom Normalise Y to X

[ctx: RangeTab|]
en: Mean c&entered,
en_GB: Mean c&entred,

[ctx: RangeTab|]
en: Mean &centered,
en_GB: Mean &centred,

[ctx: Kst::StrokeTab|line join style]
en: Miter Join
en_GB: Mitre Join

[ctx: Kst::StrokeTab|line join style based on SVG files]
en: SVG Miter Join
en_GB: SVG Mitre Join

[ctx: StrokeTab|]
en: Brush &color:
en_GB: Brush &colour:

[ctx: Kst::SvgItem|an svg picture]
en: Svg
en_GB: SVG

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Error creating svg object from Kst file.
en_GB: Error creating SVG object from Kst file.

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Create Svg
en_GB: Create SVG

[ctx: Kst::CSD|]
en: Apodize;
en_GB: Apodise;

[ctx: Kst::Histogram|]
en: Normalized Frequency
en_GB: Normalised Frequency

[ctx: Kst::PSD|]
en: Apodize;
en_GB: Apodise;

[ctx: EffectiveBandwidthConfig|]
en: SamplingFrequency (Hz)
en_GB: Sampling Frequency (Hz)

[ctx: FitLorentzianUnweightedPlugin|]
en: Generates a lorentzian fit for a set of data.
en_GB: Generates a Lorentzian fit for a set of data.

[ctx: FitLorentzianWeightedPlugin|]
en: Generates a lorentzian weighted fit for a set of data.
en_GB: Generates a Lorentzian weighted fit for a set of data.

[ctx: ColorPalette|]
en: C&olor palette:
en_GB: C&olour palette:

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Points" is checked, the selected point type will be drawn at each data point.
en_GB: If "Show Points" is ticked, the selected point type will be drawn at each data point.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Lines" is checked, the selected line style.
en_GB: If "Show Lines" is ticked, the selected line style.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: Check this to cause lines to be drawn between data points.
en_GB: Tick this to cause lines to be drawn between data points.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: Check this to cause the selected points to be drawn at each data point.
en_GB: Tick this to cause the selected points to be drawn at each data point.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Lines" is checked, the selected line width.
en_GB: If "Show Lines" is ticked, the selected line width.

[ctx: CurveSelector|]
en: Select a curve to utilize.
en_GB: Select a curve to utilise.

[ctx: FFTOptions|]
en: Apodi&ze
en_GB: Apodi&se

[ctx: FFTOptions|]
en: The sample rate at which the measurements were acquired, for proper normalization.
en_GB: The sample rate at which the measurements were acquired, for proper normalisation.

[ctx: Kst::LabelBuilder|]
en: <qt><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Scalars &amp; equations</B></FONT><br>Scalars and scalar equations can be displayed live in labels.  When the scalar is updated, the label is updated.  Scalar names are autocompleted.  The format is:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Scalar:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>scalarname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Vector Element:</B><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>vectorName</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>index</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]]</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">, e.g., </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1 (V2)[4]]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Equation:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=</FONT><I>equation</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]/[GYRO1:Sigma (X4)]]</FONT></P><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Supported LaTeX Subset</B></FONT><br>Labels in <i>kst</i> support a derivative subset of LaTeX. For example, to display the equation for the area of a circle, you could set the label to A=2\pir^2.  Unlike LaTeX, it is not necessary to enter math mode using '$'.  Also, unlike LaTeX, variables are not automatically displayed in italic font.  If desired, this must be done explicitly using \textit{}.  Supported sequences are:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Greek letters:</B>  \<I>name</I> or \<I>Name</I>.  e.g.: <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\alpha</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other symbols:</B>  <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\approx</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\cdot</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ge</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\geq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\inf</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\int</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\le</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\leq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ne</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\partial</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\prod</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\pm</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sum</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sqrt</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Font effects:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textcolor{</FONT><I>colorname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}{</FONT><I>colored text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textbf{</FONT><I>bold text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textit{</FONT><I>italicized text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\underline{</FONT><I>underlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\overline{</FONT><I>overlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>.<P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other:</B><I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">^</FONT><I>y</I>,<I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">_</FONT><I>y</I>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\t</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\n</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\[</FONT></P>
en_GB: <qt><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Scalars &amp; equations</B></FONT><br>Scalars and scalar equations can be displayed live in labels.  When the scalar is updated, the label is updated.  Scalar names are autocompleted.  The format is:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Scalar:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>scalarname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Vector Element:</B><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>vectorName</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>index</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]]</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">, e.g., </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1 (V2)[4]]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Equation:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=</FONT><I>equation</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]/[GYRO1:Sigma (X4)]]</FONT></P><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Supported LaTeX Subset</B></FONT><br>Labels in <i>kst</i> support a derivative subset of LaTeX. For example, to display the equation for the area of a circle, you could set the label to A=2\pir^2.  Unlike LaTeX, it is not necessary to enter math mode using '$'.  Also, unlike LaTeX, variables are not automatically displayed in italic font.  If desired, this must be done explicitly using \textit{}.  Supported sequences are:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Greek letters:</B>  \<I>name</I> or \<I>Name</I>.  e.g.: <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\alpha</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other symbols:</B>  <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\approx</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\cdot</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ge</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\geq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\inf</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\int</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\le</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\leq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ne</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\partial</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\prod</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\pm</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sum</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sqrt</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Font effects:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textcolor{</FONT><I>colorname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}{</FONT><I>coloured text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textbf{</FONT><I>bold text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textit{</FONT><I>italicized text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\underline{</FONT><I>underlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\overline{</FONT><I>overlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>.<P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other:</B><I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">^</FONT><I>y</I>,<I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">_</FONT><I>y</I>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\t</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\n</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\[</FONT></P>

[ctx: MatrixSelector|]
en: Select a vector to utilize.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a vector to utilise.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.

[ctx: ScalarSelector|]
en: Select a scalar to utilize.  If you wish to create a new scalar, select the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a scalar to utilise.  If you wish to create a new scalar, select the icon to the right.

[ctx: StringSelector|]
en: Select a string to utilize.  If you wish to create a new string, select the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a string to utilise.  If you wish to create a new string, select the icon to the right.

[ctx: VectorSelector|]
en: Select a vector to utilize.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a vector to utilise.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CenterDotColor), group (Display)
en: Center Dot Color
en_GB: Centre Dot Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FeintLineColor), group (Display)
en: Feint Line Color
en_GB: Faint Line Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (IndicatorLineColor), group (Display)
en: Indicator Line Color
en_GB: Indicator Line Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Settings for colors
en_GB: Settings for colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color of the drawn background
en_GB: Colour of the drawn background

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color of the drawn center dot
en_GB: Colour of the drawn centre dot

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Center dot color:
en_GB: Centre dot colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color of the feintly drawn lines
en_GB: Colour of the faintly drawn lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Feint line color:
en_GB: Faint line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color of the drawn lines
en_GB: Colour of the drawn lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Standard line color:
en_GB: Standard line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color of the indicator lines
en_GB: Colour of the indicator lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Indicator line color:
en_GB: Indicator line colour:

en: Login failed, cannot initialize the SASL library
en_GB: Login failed, cannot initialise the SASL library

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, anchory) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KIntNumInput, anchory)
en: Center of the highlighting y-coordinate
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting y-coordinate

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, anchory) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntNumInput, anchory)
en: Center of the highlighting y-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting y-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, anchorx) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KIntNumInput, anchorx)
en: Center of the highlighting x-coordinate
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting x-coordinate

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, anchorx) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntNumInput, anchorx)
en: Center of the highlighting x-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting x-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Select this country's neighbors
en_GB: Select this country's neighbours

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Click here to select this country's neighbors.
    
    A list of all the world's countries will be shown and you will be able to select the countries using the mouse and the Ctrl and Shift keys.
en_GB: Click here to select this country's neighbours.
    
    A list of all the world's countries will be shown and you will be able to select the countries using the mouse and the Ctrl and Shift keys.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  904 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Neighbors:
en_GB: Neighbours:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, neighbourslist)
en: This country's neighbors
en_GB: This country's neighbours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, neighbourslist)
en: This is the list of countries currently considered as neighbors of this country.
en_GB: This is the list of countries currently considered as neighbours of this country.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, anycontinent) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, anycontinent)
en: Check to let the player choose one of the continents to conquer
en_GB: Tick to let the player choose one of the continents to conquer

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, fgcolorbutton)
en: Foreground color for country names
en_GB: Foreground colour for country names

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, fgcolorbutton)
en: This color will be used to draw the foreground of the country names on the map
en_GB: This colour will be used to draw the foreground of the country names on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, bgcolorbutton)
en: Background color for country names
en_GB: Background colour for country names

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, bgcolorbutton)
en: This color will be used to draw the background of the country names on the map
en_GB: This colour will be used to draw the background of the country names on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTextEdit, descriptionTextEdit)
en: Describe here the skin, its style, its story, the intent of its author(s), etc.
en_GB: Describe here the skin, its style, its story, the intent of its author(s) etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CountriesSelectionDialog)
en: Country Selection Dialog
en_GB: Country Selection Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QScrollArea, mapScrollArea)
en: Shows the map of the skin with all already placed sprites, the country names, and the highlighting anchors.
    
    Drag and drop the sprites, the country names, and the highlighting anchors to change their place.
en_GB: Shows the map of the skin with all already placed sprites, the country names and the highlighting anchors.
    
    Drag and drop the sprites, the country names and the highlighting anchors to change their place.

en: Cannot load center icon<br>Program cannot continue
en_GB: Cannot load centre icon<br>Program cannot continue

en: %1 chooses its defense
en_GB: %1 chooses its defence

en: Cannot save when waiting for a defense.
en_GB: Cannot save when waiting for a defence.

en: Saving canceled
en_GB: Saving cancelled

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Stop Auto-Defense
en_GB: Stop Auto-Defence

en: SSL support could not be initialized for account %1. This is most likely because the QCA TLS plugin is not installed on your system.
en_GB: SSL support could not be initialised for account %1. This is most likely because the QCA TLS plugin is not installed on your system.

en: (Re)send Authorization To
en_GB: (Re)send Authorisation To

en: (Re)request Authorization From
en_GB: (Re)request Authorisation From

en: Remove Authorization From
en_GB: Remove Authorisation From

en: Do you also want to remove user %1's authorization to see your status?
en_GB: Do you also want to remove user %1's authorisation to see your status?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Gravity)
en: <b>Gravity</b><p>Checking this makes the game even harder: If a tile is removed, all tiles lying above it will fall down one step.</p>
en_GB: <b>Gravity</b><p>Ticking this makes the game even harder: If a tile is removed, all tiles lying above it will fall down one step.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Solvable)
en: <b>Create solvable games only</b><p>If checked, you will only be presented with games that are possible to solve.</p><p>Note: Even in solvable games you can fail to complete if you remove the tiles in the wrong order.</p>
en_GB: <b>Create solvable games only</b><p>If ticked, you will only be presented with games that are possible to solve.</p><p>Note: Even in solvable games you can fail to complete if you remove the tiles in the wrong order.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ChineseStyle)
en: <b>Use Chinese style: any flower match any flower, any season match any season</b><p>Use the traditional rules for matching the tiles. Previous version of the game used to allow only exact tiles matches, which is inconsistent with Mah-jongg rules. It is recommended to keep this option checked.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use Chinese style: any flower match any flower, any season match any season</b><p>Use the traditional rules for matching the tiles. Previous version of the game used to allow only exact tiles matches, which is inconsistent with Mah-jongg rules. It is recommended to keep this option ticked.</p>

en: Don't show any lock user interface.
en_GB: Do not show any lock user interface.

en: The global scale factor is limited to multiples of 6.25% to minimize visual glitches in applications using the X11 windowing system.
en_GB: The global scale factor is limited to multiples of 6.25% to minimise visual glitches in applications using the X11 windowing system.

en: 90° Counterclockwise
en_GB: 90° Anticlockwise

en: Center View
en_GB: Centre View

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkEnabled)
en: If checked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.
en_GB: If ticked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.

en: User Action Parameter Dialog
en_GB: User Action Parameter Dialogue

en: Trash bin
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: singularOnly]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?

en: &Trash
en_GB: Was&tebin

en: &Center Map Here
en_GB: &Centre Map Here

en: Move %1 to trash
en_GB: Move %1 to wastebin

en: Move %1 file to trash | Move %1 files to trash
en_GB[0]: Move %1 file to wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 files to wastebin

en: Use the default KDE colors
en_GB: Use the default KDE colours

en: <p>Use KDE's global color configuration.</p><p><i>KDE System Settings -> Application Appearance  -> Colors</i></p>
en_GB: <p>Use KDE's global colour configuration.</p><p><i>KDE System Settings -> Application Appearance  -> Colours</i></p>

en: Use alternate background color
en_GB: Use alternate background colour

en: <p>The <b>background color</b> and the <b>alternate background</b> color alternates line by line.</p><p>When you don't use the <i>KDE default colors</i>, you can configure the alternate colors in the <i>colors</i> box.</p>
en_GB: <p>The <b>background colour</b> and the <b>alternate background</b> colour alternates line by line.</p><p>When you do not use the <i>KDE default colours</i>, you can configure the alternate colours in the <i>colours</i> box.</p>

en: <p>Shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel.</p><p>This option is only available when you don't use the <i>KDE default colors</i>.</p>
en_GB: <p>Shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel.</p><p>This option is only available when you do not use the <i>KDE default colours</i>.</p>

en: Dim the colors of the inactive panel
en_GB: Dim the colours of the inactive panel

en: <p>The colors of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim color and a dim factor.</p>
en_GB: <p>The colours of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim colour and a dim factor.</p>

en: Dim target color:
en_GB: Dim target colour:

en: Synchronizer
en_GB: Synchroniser

en: Import color-scheme
en_GB: Import colour-scheme

en: Export color-scheme
en_GB: Export colour-scheme

en: Select a color-scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour-scheme file

en: Select a color scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour scheme file

en: If checked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode
en_GB: If ticked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode

en: If checked, the Viewer tab bar will hide if only one tab is open
en_GB: If ticked, the Viewer tab bar will hide if only one tab is open

en: Files will be moved to trash when deleted.
en_GB: Files will be moved to the wastebin when deleted.

en: When checked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal.
en_GB: When ticked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal.

en: When checked, whenever terminal working directory is changed (for example, by executing 'cd' or 'popd' command), Krusader changes the current folder of active panel.
en_GB: When ticked, whenever terminal working directory is changed (for example, by executing 'cd' or 'popd' command), Krusader changes the current folder of active panel.

en: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option.
en_GB: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, untick this option.

en: Filter dialog remembers settings
en_GB: Filter dialogue remembers settings

en: The filter dialog is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel.
en_GB: The filter dialogue is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel.

en: If checked, new tab button duplicates a tab, otherwise it opens a tab in home directory.
en_GB: If ticked, new tab button duplicates a tab, otherwise it opens a tab in home directory.

en: Frame Color:
en_GB: Frame Colour:

en: If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style.
en_GB: If ticked, use a mode based on KDE's style.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: If checked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is checked.
en_GB: If ticked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is ticked.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: If checked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is checked.
en_GB: If ticked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is ticked.

en: If checked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.
    Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item.
en_GB: If ticked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.
    Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item.

en: If checked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.
    Otherwise, current item is not changed.
en_GB: If ticked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.
    Otherwise, current item is not changed.

en: If checked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.
    Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.
    Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms.

en: Customize the way Krusader deals with archives
en_GB: Customise the way Krusader deals with archives

en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

en: Trash Popup Menu
en_GB: Wastebin Popup Menu

en: Synchronize Fol&ders...
en_GB: Synchronise Fol&ders...

en: Open trash bin
en_GB: Open wastebin

en: Empty trash bin
en_GB: Empty wastebin

en: <qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b><p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customize Krusader to your needs.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b><p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customise Krusader to your needs.</p></qt>

en: Open selection dialog
en_GB: Open selection dialogue

en: F3 View Dialog
en_GB: F3 View Dialogue

en: Synchronize Selected Files...
en_GB: Synchronise Selected Files...

en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: <p>Skip this one or trash all?</p></qt>
en_GB: <p>Skip this one or bin all?</p></qt>

en: &Trash All
en_GB: &Bin All

en: Synchronize results
en_GB: Synchronise results

en: Krusader::Synchronize
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise

en: Krusader::Synchronizer
en_GB: Krusader::Synchroniser

en: Krusader::Synchronize Folders
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise Folders

en: The left base folder used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The left base folder used during the synchronisation process.

en: The right base folder used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The right base folder used during the synchronisation process.

en: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>
en_GB: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronising Windows filesystems.</p>

en: The compare results of the synchronizer (Ctrl+M).
en_GB: The compare results of the synchroniser (Ctrl+M).

en: &Synchronizer
en_GB: &Synchroniser

en: Synchronize Folders
en_GB: Synchronise Folders

en: Synchronize with &KGet
en_GB: Synchronise with &KGet

en: Synchronizer has nothing to do.
en_GB: Synchroniser has nothing to do.

en: The synchronizer window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?
en_GB: The synchroniser window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?

en: Load a Synchronizer Profile...
en_GB: Load a Synchroniser Profile...

en: Error: unrecognized %%%1%2%% in Expander
en_GB: Error: unrecognised %%%1%2%% in Expander

en: Krarc Password Dialog
en_GB: Krarc Password Dialogue

en: This is a tool to measure pixel distances on the screen. It is useful for working on layouts of dialogs, web pages etc.
en_GB: This is a tool to measure pixel distances on the screen. It is useful for working on layouts of dialogues, web pages etc.

en: Center Origin
en_GB: Centre Origin

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BgColor), group (StoredSettings)
en: Background color of the ruler.
en_GB: Background colour of the ruler.

en: Copy Color
en_GB: Copy Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundColor)
en: Background color of the stopwatch display
en_GB: Background colour of the stopwatch display

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_textColor)
en: Color of the stopwatch display digits
en_GB: Colour of the stopwatch display digits

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Color Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

[ctx: ./krita/data/bundles/Krita_3_Default_Resources.bundle:gradients/GPS-Light-Saber-_Use-FG-color_.ggr]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: GPS Light Saber (Use FG color)
en_GB: GPS Light Saber (Use FG colour)

[ctx: ./krita/data/bundles/Krita_3_Default_Resources.bundle:palettes/swatch-colored-grey.gpl]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: Swatch colored grey
en_GB: Swatch coloured grey

[ctx: ./krita/data/bundles/Krita_4_Default_Resources.bundle:brushes/watercolor.gih]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: Watercolor
en_GB: Watercolour

[ctx: ./krita/data/gradients/GPS-Light-Saber-_Use-FG-color_.ggr]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: GPS Light Saber (Use FG color)
en_GB: GPS Light Saber (Use FG colour)

[ctx: ./krita/data/palettes/animation-color-set.gpl]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: Animation Color Set
en_GB: Animation Colour Set

[ctx: ./krita/data/palettes/swatch-colored-grey.gpl]
note: i18n: Display name of resource, see context: [path-to-resources]/[resource-type]/[resource-filename]
en: Swatch colored grey
en_GB: Swatch coloured grey

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (object_align_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_align_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (object_align_vertical_center), Acti
en: Vertically Center
en_GB: Vertically Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (object_align_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_align_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (object_align_horizontal_center)
en: Horizontally Center
en_GB: Horizontally Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (object_distribute_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute Centers Horizontally
en_GB: Distribute Centres Horizontally

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_distribute_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (object_distribute_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute Centers Vertically
en_GB: Distribute Centres Vertically

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_distribute_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute centers equidistantly vertically
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly vertically

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (object_transform_rotate_90_ccw), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Rotate 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate 90° ACW

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_transform_rotate_90_ccw), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Rotate object 90° counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate object 90° anticlockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (object_split), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Split objects with multiple subpaths into multiple objects
en_GB: Split objects with multiple sub paths into multiple objects

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (show_color_selector), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (show_color_selector), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (show_color_selector), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n:
en: Show color selector
en_GB: Show colour selector

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (show_color_history), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (show_color_history), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (show_color_history), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: co
en: Show color history
en_GB: Show colour history

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (show_common_colors), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (show_common_colors), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (show_common_colors), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Show common colors
en_GB: Show common colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (sample_screen_color), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Sample Screen Color
en_GB: &Sample Screen Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (sample_screen_color), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (svg_sample_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Sample a color from the screen
en_GB: Sample a colour from the screen

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (sample_screen_color), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Sample Screen Color
en_GB: Sample Screen Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (sample_screen_color_real_canvas), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Sample Screen Color (Sample Real Canvas)
en_GB: &Sample Screen Colour (Sample Real Canvas)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (sample_screen_color_real_canvas), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Sample a color from the screen while sampling a real color from the canvas if the cursor is over it
en_GB: Sample a colour from the screen while sampling a real colour from the canvas if the cursor is over it

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (sample_screen_color_real_canvas), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Sample Screen Color (Sample Real Canvas)
en_GB: Sample Screen Colour (Sample Real Canvas)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_lighter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_lighter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_lighter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollec
en: Make brush color lighter
en_GB: Make brush colour lighter

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_darker), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_darker), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_darker), Actions (Painting), ActionCollectio
en: Make brush color darker
en_GB: Make brush colour darker

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_saturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_saturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_saturated), Actions (Painting), Action
en: Make brush color more saturated
en_GB: Make brush colour more saturated

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_desaturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_desaturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_desaturated), Actions (Painting), 
en: Make brush color more desaturated
en_GB: Make brush colour more desaturated

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (shift_brush_color_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (shift_brush_color_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (shift_brush_color_clockwise), Actions (Painting), Act
en: Shift brush color hue clockwise
en_GB: Shift brush colour hue clockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (shift_brush_color_counter_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (shift_brush_color_counter_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (shift_brush_color_counter_clockwise),
en: Shift brush color hue counter-clockwise
en_GB: Shift brush colour hue counter-clockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_redder), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_redder), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_redder), Actions (Painting), ActionCollectio
en: Make brush color more red
en_GB: Make brush colour more red

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_greener), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_greener), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_greener), Actions (Painting), ActionCollec
en: Make brush color more green
en_GB: Make brush colour more green

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_bluer), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_bluer), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_bluer), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (
en: Make brush color more blue
en_GB: Make brush colour more blue

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (make_brush_color_yellower), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (make_brush_color_yellower), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (make_brush_color_yellower), Actions (Painting), ActionCol
en: Make brush color more yellow
en_GB: Make brush colour more yellow

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (mirrorX-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (mirrorX-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (mirrorX-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Move to Canvas Center X
en_GB: Move to Canvas Centre X

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (mirrorY-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (mirrorY-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (mirrorY-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Move to Canvas Center Y
en_GB: Move to Canvas Centre Y

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (reset_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (reset_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Set Foreground and Background Colors to Black and White
en_GB: Set Foreground and Background Colours to Black and White

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (reset_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Set foreground and background colors to black and white
en_GB: Set foreground and background colours to black and white

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (toggle_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (toggle_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Swap Foreground and Background Colors
en_GB: Swap Foreground and Background Colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (toggle_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Swap foreground and background colors
en_GB: Swap foreground and background colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (set_stabilizer_brush_smoothing), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (set_stabilizer_brush_smoothing), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (set_stabilizer_brush_smoothing), Actions (Paint
en: Brush Smoothing: Stabilizer
en_GB: Brush Smoothing: Stabiliser

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counter_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counter_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counter_clockwise), Ac
en: Rotate brush tip counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate brush tip anticlockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counter_clockwise_precise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counter_clockwise_precise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (rotate_brush_tip_counte
en: Rotate brush tip counter-clockwise (precise)
en_GB: Rotate brush tip anticlockwise (precise)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color
en: Fill with Foreground Color (Opacity)
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour (Opacity)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (fill_selection_background_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (fill_selection_background_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (fill_selection_background_color
en: Fill with Background Color (Opacity)
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour (Opacity)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_colortoalpha), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Color to Alpha...
en_GB: &Colour to Alpha...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_colortoalpha), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_colortoalpha), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_indexcolors), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Index Colors...
en_GB: &Index Colours...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_indexcolors), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_indexcolors), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Index Colors
en_GB: Index Colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_perchannel), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Color Adjustment curves...
en_GB: &Colour Adjustment curves...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_perchannel), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_perchannel), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Adjustment curves
en_GB: Colour Adjustment curves

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_pixelize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Pi&xelize...
en_GB: Pi&xelise...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_pixelize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_pixelize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Pixelize
en_GB: Pixelise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_colorbalance), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Colo&r Balance...
en_GB: Colou&r Balance...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_colorbalance), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_colorbalance), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_colortransfer), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color &Transfer...
en_GB: Colour &Transfer...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_colortransfer), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_colortransfer), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Transfer
en_GB: Colour Transfer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_minimize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: M&inimize Channel
en_GB: M&inimise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_minimize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_minimize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Minimize Channel
en_GB: Minimise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_maximize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: M&aximize Channel
en_GB: M&aximise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_maximize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_maximize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Maximize Channel
en_GB: Maximise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_posterize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Posterize...
en_GB: &Posterise...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_posterize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_posterize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (Select Color Burn Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (Select Color Burn Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (Select Color Burn Blending Mode),
en: Select Color Burn Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Burn Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (Select Color Dodge Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (Select Color Dodge Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (Select Color Dodge Blending Mod
en: Select Color Dodge Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Dodge Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (Select Color Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (Select Color Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (Select Color Blending Mode), Actions (Blend
en: Select Color Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (previous_matching_keyframe), Actions (Animation), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Change time to previous keyframe of the same color
en_GB: Change time to previous keyframe of the same colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (next_matching_keyframe), Actions (Animation), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Change time to next keyframe of the same color
en_GB: Change time to next keyframe of the same colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (pin_to_timeline), Actions (Animation), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: If checked, layer becomes pinned to the timeline, making it visible even when inactive.
en_GB: If ticked, layer becomes pinned to the timeline, making it visible even when inactive.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (add_new_colorize_mask), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Add &Colorize Mask
en_GB: Add &Colourise Mask

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (add_new_colorize_mask), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Add a new Colorize Mask
en_GB: Add a new Colourise Mask

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (add_new_colorize_mask), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Colorize Mask
en_GB: Colourise Mask

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (layercolorspaceconversion), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Convert Layer Color Space...
en_GB: &Convert Layer Colour Space...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (layercolorspaceconversion), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (layercolorspaceconversion), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Convert Layer Color Space
en_GB: Convert Layer Colour Space

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (unifylayerscolorspace), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (unifylayerscolorspace), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Unify Layers Color Space
en_GB: Unify Layers Colour Space

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (unifylayerscolorspace), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Convert all the layers into the image color space (if they happen to have a different color space)
en_GB: Convert all the layers into the image colour space (if they happen to have a different colour space)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: &Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (fill_selection_foreground_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (fill_selection_background_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill &with Background Color
en_GB: Fill &with Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (fill_selection_background_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (fill_selection_background_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (gamutCheck), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (gamutCheck), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Turns on warnings for colors out of proofed gamut, needs soft proofing to be turned on.
en_GB: Turns on warnings for colours out of proofed gamut, needs soft proofing to be turned on.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: whatsThis @ Action (view_ruler), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: The rulers show the horizontal and vertical positions of the mouse on the image and can be used to position your mouse at the right place on the canvas. <p>Uncheck this to hide the rulers.</p>
en_GB: The rulers show the horizontal and vertical positions of the mouse on the image and can be used to position your mouse at the right place on the canvas. <p>Untick this to hide the rulers.</p>

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (view_snap_image_center), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (view_snap_image_center), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (view_snap_image_center), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Snap Image Center
en_GB: Snap Image Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (image_color), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Image Background Color and Transparency...
en_GB: &Image Background Colour and Transparency...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (image_color), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Change the background color of the image
en_GB: Change the background colour of the image

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (image_color), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Image Background Color and Transparency
en_GB: Image Background Colour and Transparency

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (imagecolorspaceconversion), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Convert Image Color Space...
en_GB: &Convert Image Colour Space...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (imagecolorspaceconversion), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (imagecolorspaceconversion), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Convert Image Color Space
en_GB: Convert Image Colour Space

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (colorrange), Actions (Select), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: S&elect from Color Range...
en_GB: S&elect from Colour Range...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (colorrange), Actions (Select), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (colorrange), Actions (Select), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Select from Color Range
en_GB: Select from Colour Range

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (color_filters), Actions (Filter), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (color_filters), Actions (Filter), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (color_filters), Actions (Filter), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (dual), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (dual), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (dual), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (chooseForegroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Choose Foreground Color
en_GB: &Choose Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (chooseForegroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (chooseForegroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Choose Foreground Color
en_GB: Choose Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (chooseBackgroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Choose Background Color
en_GB: &Choose Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (chooseBackgroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (chooseBackgroundColor), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Choose Background Color
en_GB: Choose Background Colour

en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

en: Decimeters (dm)
en_GB: Decimetres (dm)

[ctx: The category of color transfer filters, like color to alpha. Noun.]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear.
en_GB: Adds pixels using the colour of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear.

en: Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size.
en_GB: Adds pixels averaging the colour values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size.

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Layer Color Space
en_GB: Convert Layer Colour Space

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Image Color Space
en_GB: Convert Image Colour Space

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Projection Color Space
en_GB: Convert Projection Colour Space

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Unify Layers Color Space
en_GB: Unify Layers Colour Space

en: Color Label
en_GB: Colour Label

en: Show Coloring
en_GB: Show Colouring

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change projection color
en_GB: Change projection colour

[ctx: Layer name for translation of template]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Key Stroke Color
en_GB: Change Key Stroke Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Colorize
en_GB: Colourise

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Prefilter Colorize Mask
en_GB: Prefilter Colourise Mask

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted.
en_GB: The colour model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted.
en_GB: Your image contains layers with a colour model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted.
en_GB: Your image contains layers with the colour model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted.

en: Colorize Mask
en_GB: Colourise Mask

[ctx: description of a file type]
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: description of a file type]
en: Krita Color Palette
en_GB: Krita Colour Palette

en: Anonymizer
en_GB: Anonymiser

en: Undefined operation in the alpha color space
en_GB: Undefined operation in the alpha colour space

en: Undefined operation in the %1 color space
en_GB: Undefined operation in the %1 colour space

en: Simple Color Conversion Engine
en_GB: Simple Colour Conversion Engine

en: Grayscale/Alpha
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha

en: Grayscale (without transparency)
en_GB: Greyscale (without transparency)

[ctx: Blending mode - Darker Color]
en: Darker Color
en_GB: Darker Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color Dodge]
en: Color Dodge
en_GB: Colour Dodge

[ctx: Blending mode - Lighter Color]
en: Lighter Color
en_GB: Lighter Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSY]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSI]
en: Color HSI
en_GB: Colour HSI

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSL]
en: Color HSL
en_GB: Colour HSL

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSV]
en: Color HSV
en_GB: Colour HSV

en: 2. The resource location at %1 is not writable.
en_GB: 2. The resource location at %1 is not writeable.

en: Krita is running for the first time. Initialization will take some time.
en_GB: Krita is running for the first time. Initialisation will take some time.

en: Initializing the resources.
en_GB: Initialising the resources.

en: Preinstalled
en_GB: Pre-installed

en: Tag Url
en_GB: Tag URL

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Can't rename the tag
en_GB: Cannot rename the tag

[ctx: Dialog message]
en: You can't use this name for your custom tags.
en_GB: You cannot use this name for your custom tags.

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Can't create the tag
en_GB: Cannot create the tag

[ctx: nearest neighbor filtering]
en: neighbor
en_GB: neighbour

[ctx: ffmpeg warning checks]
en: Animated GIF images cannot have a framerate higher than 50. The framerate will be reduced to 50 frames per second
en_GB: Animated GIF images cannot have a frame rate higher than 50. The frame rate will be reduced to 50 frames per second

[ctx: video importer: video file statistics]
en: Color Primaries: %1
en_GB: Colour Primaries: %1

[ctx: video importer: video file statistics]
en: Color Transfer: %1
en_GB: Colour Transfer: %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, gifReserveTransparent)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GIF format supports up to 256 colors per frame/image. This option enables transparency at the cost of 1 color, thus only 255 colors will be used for GIFs with this option enabled. Disabling this option gives you the entire 256 colors for your GIF for better quality output.</p><p><span style=" font-style:italic;">Note 1: For transparency to work properly, you need to make sure that the image sequence is exporting with transparency enabled, and that FFMpeg version is at least 4.2+. If your GIF output shows signs of screen tearing, FFMpeg version 4.4+ is highly recommended.</span></p><p><span style=" font-style:italic;">Note 2: GIF format only supports 100% transparency, or 0% transparency. Partial transparency is </span><span style=" font-style:italic; text-decoration: underline;">not</span><span style=" font-style:italic;"> supported. If you need partial transparency, consider APNG or WEBP.</span><br/></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GIF format supports up to 256 colours per frame/image. This option enables transparency at the cost of 1 colour, thus only 255 colours will be used for GIFs with this option enabled. Disabling this option gives you the entire 256 colours for your GIF for better quality output.</p><p><span style=" font-style:italic;">Note 1: For transparency to work properly, you need to make sure that the image sequence is exporting with transparency enabled, and that FFMpeg version is at least 4.2+. If your GIF output shows signs of screen tearing, FFMpeg version 4.4+ is highly recommended.</span></p><p><span style=" font-style:italic;">Note 2: GIF format only supports 100% transparency, or 0% transparency. Partial transparency is </span><span style=" font-style:italic; text-decoration: underline;">not</span><span style=" font-style:italic;"> supported. If you need partial transparency, consider APNG or WEBP.</span><br/></p></body></html>

en: You are activating wrap-around mode, but have not enabled OpenGL.
    To visualize wrap-around mode, enable OpenGL.
en_GB: You are activating wrap-around mode, but have not enabled OpenGL.
    To visualise wrap-around mode, enable OpenGL.

en: Image Center
en_GB: Image Centre

en: <p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalization visit <a href="http://l10n.kde.org">http://l10n.kde.org</a></p>
en_GB: <p>KDE has been converted by the British English (en_GB) team: John Knight, Ken Knight, Aston Clulow, Malcolm Hunter, Dwayne Bailey, Jonathan Riddell, Andrew Cole, Simon Homburg and Steve Allewell.</p><p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalisation visit <a href="http://l10n.kde.org">http://l10n.kde.org</a></p>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: <p>Select filtering mode:
    <ul><li><b>Nearest neighbor</b> for pixel art. Does not produce new color.</li><li><b>Bilinear</b> for areas with uniform color to avoid artifacts.</li><li><b>Bicubic</b> for smoother results.</li><li><b>Lanczos3</b> for sharp results. May produce aerials.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Select filtering mode:
    <ul><li><b>Nearest neighbour</b> for pixel art. Does not produce new colour.</li><li><b>Bilinear</b> for areas with uniform colour to avoid artefacts.</li><li><b>Bicubic</b> for smoother results.</li><li><b>Lanczos3</b> for sharp results. May produce aerials.</li></ul></p>

en: Set color used for warning
en_GB: Set colour used for warning

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Missing Color Profile
en_GB: Missing Colour Profile

en: Install Color Profiles
en_GB: Install Colour Profiles

en: Use tablet driver timestamps for brush speed (may cause severe artifacts when using WinTab tablet API)
en_GB: Use tablet driver timestamps for brush speed (may cause severe artefacts when using WinTab tablet API)

note: i18n: This is meant to be used in a spinbox so keep the {n} in the text and it will be substituted by the number. The text before will be used as the prefix and the text after as the suffix
en: Maximum brush speed: {n} px/ms | Maximum brush speed: {n} px/ms
en_GB[0]: Maximum brush speed: {n} px/ms
en_GB[1]: Maximum brush size:

note: i18n: This is meant to be used in a spinbox so keep the {n} in the text and it will be substituted by the number. The text before will be used as the prefix and the text after as the suffix
en: Brush speed smoothing: {n} sample | Brush speed smoothing: {n} samples
en_GB[0]: Brush Smoothing: Disabled
en_GB[1]: Brush speed smoothing: {n} samples

en: <b>Warning:</b> current display doesn't support HDR rendering
en_GB: <b>Warning:</b> current display does not support HDR rendering

[ctx: Label of color as in Color Management]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblLicense)
en: License/Rights:
en_GB: Licence/Rights:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog.
en_GB: The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, grpRenderIntent)
en: Rendering intent determines the bias in the color conversion.
en_GB: Rendering intent determines the bias in the colour conversion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioPerceptual)
en: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images.
en_GB: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived colour. White point changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for images.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioRelativeColorimetric)
en: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute Colorimetric. White point changed to result in neutral grays.
en_GB: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute Colourimetric. White point changed to result in neutral greys.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioSaturation)
en: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)
en_GB: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for business graphics (make it colourful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)
en_GB: Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ...)

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, useDefColorSpace)
en: Use Default color model for new images
en_GB: Use Default colour model for new images

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2_2)
en: Note: When copying/pasting inside Krita color info is always preserved.
en_GB: Note: When copying/pasting inside Krita colour info is always preserved.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkAllowLCMSOptimization)
en: Allow Little CMS optimizations (uncheck when using linear light RGB or XYZ)
en_GB: Allow Little CMS optimisations (untick when using linear light RGB or XYZ)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkForcePaletteColor)
en: Enforce palette colors: always select the nearest color from the active palette.
en_GB: Enforce palette colours: always select the nearest colour from the active palette.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, cmbMonitorIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbProofingIntent)
en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, cmbMonitorIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbProofingIntent)
en: Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute Colourimetric

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, bnAdvanced)
en: Color Space Browser
en_GB: Colour Space Browser

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbl_descriptionwidget)
en: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space"><span style=" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;">Color Spaces</span></a>  determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space"><span style=" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;">Colour Spaces</span></a>  determine how colours are encoded in your files. Different colour spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgConvertColorSpace)
en: Colorspace Conversion
en_GB: Colourspace Conversion

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioPerceptual)
en: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required),
    lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain
    the perceived color. White point changed to
    result in neutral grays. Intended for images.
en_GB: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required),
    lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain
    the perceived colour. White point changed to
    result in neutral greys. Intended for images.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioRelativeColorimetric)
en: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute
    Colorimetric. White point changed to result in
    neutral grays.
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.
en_GB: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute
    Colourimetric. White point changed to result in
    neutral greys.
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioSaturation)
en: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness
    sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point
    changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for
    business graphics (make it colorful charts,
    graphs, overheads, ...)
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.
en_GB: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness
    sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point
    changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for
    business graphics (make it colourful charts,
    graphs, overheads, ...)
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Best for spot colors
en_GB: Best for spot colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Within the destination device gamut; hue,
    lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside
    the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained,
    saturation is sacrificed. White point for source
    and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot
    colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)
en_GB: Within the destination device gamut; hue,
    lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside
    the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained,
    saturation is sacrificed. White point for source
    and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot
    colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ...)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblCanvasBorderColor)
en: Canvas Border Color:
en_GB: Canvas Border Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_12)
en: Overlay color:
en_GB: Overlay colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkChannelsAsColor)
en: Color channels in color
en_GB: Colour channels in colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkMoving)
en: If checked, the checkers will move when scrolling the canvas.
en_GB: If ticked, the checkers will move when scrolling the canvas.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_21)
en: Eraser Outline Color:
en_GB: Eraser Outline Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_11)
en: Brush Outline Color:
en_GB: Brush Outline Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Background Image (overrides color):
en_GB: Background Image (overrides colour):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_chkConvertOnImport)
en: On importing images as layers, convert to the image colorspace
en_GB: On importing images as layers, convert to the image colourspace

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_chkNativeFileDialog)
en: Warning: if you enable this setting and the file dialogs do weird stuff, do not report a bug.
en_GB: Warning: if you enable this setting and the file dialogues do weird stuff, do not report a bug.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_17)
en: In some Krita versions before 5.0 text size could be dependent on the current display DPI (which was a bug).
    In Krita 5.0 this bug has been fixed, which may cause files created in previous versions look different. 
    
    When loading old files Krita will try to adjust font size to the DPI of the current screen.
    If the file has been created on a different display, try adjusting this value manually.
    
    After saving the file in Krita 5.0 at least once, no conversions will be needed anymore.
en_GB: In some Krita versions before 5.0 text size could be dependent on the current display DPI (which was a bug).
    In Krita 5.0 this bug has been fixed, which may cause files created in previous versions look different. 
    
    When loading old files Krita will try to adjust font size to the DPI of the current screen.
    If the file has been created on a different display, try adjusting this value manually.
    
    After saving the file in Krita 5.0 at least once, no conversions will be needed any more.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, intForcedFontDPI)
en: In some versions of Krita before 4.4.3 text size could be dependent on the current display DPI (which was a bug).
    In Krita 4.4.3 this bug has been fixed, which may cause files created in previous versions look different.
    To restore the old behavior you can force Krita to use Display DPI for fonts by entering it in this field.
en_GB: In some versions of Krita before 4.4.3 text size could be dependent on the current display DPI (which was a bug).
    In Krita 4.4.3 this bug has been fixed, which may cause files created in previous versions look different.
    To restore the old behaviour you can force Krita to use Display DPI for fonts by entering it in this field.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbOutline)
en: Brush (Background Color)
en_GB: Brush (Background Colour)

[ctx: The background color of the image's projection]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblBgColor)
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, grpMode)
en: Image Color Space
en_GB: Image Colour Space

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkConvertLayers)
en: Convert color space of image layers
en_GB: Convert colour space of image layers

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, sldAdaptationState)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the colour management correct the paper-colour to screen white while using <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ckbBlackPointComp)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest colour of the source device to the darkest colour of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With black point compensation, black is black.</p></body></html>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColorSpaceTitle)
en: Color space:
en_GB: Colour space:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColorLabel)
en: Color label:
en_GB: Colour label:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgMissingColorProfile)
en: Missing Color Profile
en_GB: Missing Colour Profile

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblQuestion)
en: The image data you are trying to paste has no color profile information. How do you want to interpret this data?
en_GB: The image data you are trying to paste has no colour profile information. How do you want to interpret this data?

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblExplanationWeb)
en: Use standard colors that are displayed from computer monitors. This is the most common way that images are stored.
en_GB: Use standard colours that are displayed from computer monitors. This is the most common way that images are stored.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblExplanationMonitor)
en: If you know a bit about color management and want to use your monitor to determine the color profile.
en_GB: If you know a bit about colour management and want to use your monitor to determine the colour profile.

[ctx: Label of Color as color space in Create New Image dialogue]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, grpMode)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColor)
en: Bac&kground Color:
en_GB: Bac&kground Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsRaster)
en: Use background color and opacity to create a background raster layer.
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity to create a background raster layer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsProjection)
en: Use background color and opacity as the base canvas color. This can be reconfigured in `Image > Properties.`
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity as the base canvas colour. This can be reconfigured in `Image > Properties.`

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsProjection)
en: As can&vas color
en_GB: As can&vas colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsFill)
en: Use background color and opacity to create a background fill layer. The color for this layer can be reconfigured in the layer's properties.
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity to create a background fill layer. The colour for this layer can be reconfigured in the layer's properties.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, fillSolid)
en: Fill area with background color
en_GB: Fill area with background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Preserves the original metadata and color profile.
en_GB: Preserves the original metadata and colour profile.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Depending on the source application, it may not have all of the original's metadata or color profile.
en_GB: Depending on the source application, it may not have all of the original's metadata or colour profile.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkDisableAVXOptimizations)
en: Disable AVX vector optimizations
en_GB: Disable AVX vector optimisations

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkDisableVectorOptimizations)
en: Disable all vector optimizations
en_GB: Disable all vector optimisations

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Color Selector:
en_GB: Colour Selector:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowColorHistory)
en: Show Color History Ring
en_GB: Show Colour History Ring

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color adjustment:
en_GB: Colour adjustment:

[ctx: Edit left side of segment in segment editor]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stopLeftLabel)
en: Left Color:
en_GB: Left Colour:

[ctx: Edit right side of segment in segment editor]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stopRightLabel)
en: Right Color:
en_GB: Right Colour:

en: The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it samples a color from the canvas.
en_GB: The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it samples a colour from the canvas.

en: Sample Foreground Color from Current Layer
en_GB: Sample Foreground Colour from Current Layer

en: Sample Background Color from Current Layer
en_GB: Sample Background Colour from Current Layer

en: Sample Foreground Color from Merged Image
en_GB: Sample Foreground Colour from Merged Image

en: Sample Background Color from Merged Image
en_GB: Sample Background Colour from Merged Image

en: &Choose foreground and background colors
en_GB: &Choose foreground and background colours

en: &Open Foreground color selector
en_GB: &Open Foreground colour selector

en: &Open Background color selector
en_GB: &Open Background colour selector

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Add Colorize Mask
en_GB: Add Colourise Mask

en: Could not save to svg: %1
en_GB: Could not save to SVG: %1

[ctx: option category]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Clear color history
en_GB: Clear colour history

en: Click to swap foreground and background colors.
    Right click to set to black and white.
en_GB: Click to swap foreground and background colours.
    Right click to set to black and white.

[ctx: tooltip on statusbar memory reporting button]
en: 
    
    WARNING:	Out of memory! Swapping has been started.
    		Please configure more RAM for Krita in Settings dialog
en_GB: 
    
    WARNING:	Out of memory! Swapping has been started.
    		Please configure more RAM for Krita in Settings dialogue

en: Initializing Globals...
en_GB: Initialising Globals...

en: Cannot add the file layer: no document is open.
    
    You can create a new document using the --new-image option, or you can open an existing file.
    
    If you instead want to add the file layer to a document in an already running instance of Krita, check the "Allow only one instance of Krita" checkbox in the settings (Settings -> General -> Window).
en_GB: Cannot add the file layer: no document is open.
    
    You can create a new document using the --new-image option, or you can open an existing file.
    
    If you instead want to add the file layer to a document in an already running instance of Krita, check the "Allow only one instance of Krita" tickbox in the settings (Settings -> General -> Window).

en: Couldn't open file %1
en_GB: Could not open file %1

en: Create a new image.
    Possible colorspace values are:
        * RGBA
        * XYZA
        * LABA
        * CMYKA
        * GRAY
        * YCbCrA
    Possible channel depth arguments are
        * U8 (8 bits integer)
        * U16 (16 bits integer)
        * F16 (16 bits floating point)
        * F32 (32 bits floating point)
en_GB: Create a new image.
    Possible colourspace values are:
        * RGBA
        * XYZA
        * LABA
        * CMYKA
        * GRAY
        * YCbCrA
    Possible channel depth arguments are
        * U8 (8 bits integer)
        * U16 (16 bits integer)
        * F16 (16 bits floating point)
        * F32 (32 bits floating point)

en: The file format contains unsupported color space.
en_GB: The file format contains unsupported colour space.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will be converted.
en_GB: %1 cannot save images with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be converted or skipped.
en_GB: %1 cannot save layers with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be converted or skipped.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will not be saved.
en_GB: %1 cannot save images with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will not be saved.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be skipped.
en_GB: %1 cannot save layers with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be skipped.

en: Convert image color space on import
en_GB: Convert image colour space on import

en: The Krita LittleCMS color management plugin is not installed. Krita will quit now.
en_GB: The Krita LittleCMS colour management plugin is not installed. Krita will quit now.

[ctx: Shows up when deleting a swatch group]
en: Keep the Colors
en_GB: Keep the Colours

[ctx: Default name for a color swatch]
en: Color %1
en_GB: Colour %1

[ctx: @title:dialog]
en: Add a new Color Swatch
en_GB: Add a new Colour Swatch

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color.
en_GB: A spot colour is a colour that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process colour.

en: Color swatch name:
en_GB: Colour swatch name:

[ctx: Color as the Color of a Swatch in a Palette]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Spot color:
en_GB: Spot colour:

en: You cannot drag and drop colors on the selected layer type.
en_GB: You cannot drag and drop colours on the selected layer type.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QListWidget, lstStyleSelector)
en: Color Overlay
en_GB: Colour Overlay

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Layer Style: Source]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbSource)
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Layer Style: Stroke position]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbPosition)
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: OpenColorIO is disabled: image color space is not supported
en_GB: OpenColorIO is disabled: image colour space is not supported

en: The MyPaint Brush Engine is not available for this colorspace
en_GB: The MyPaint Brush Engine is not available for this colourspace

en: Color sampler does not work on this layer.
en_GB: Colour sampler does not work on this layer.

en: Rotate brush tip counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate brush tip anticlockwise

en: Rotate brush tip counter-clockwise (precise)
en_GB: Rotate brush tip anticlockwise (precise)

[ctx: Button to change the gradient stop type to foreground]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: Button to change the gradient stop type to background]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: Button to change the gradient stop type to custom color]
en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

[ctx: Action to center the selected stop in the segment gradient editor]
en: Center stop
en_GB: Centre stop

[ctx: Action to center the selected mid point in the segment gradient editor]
en: Center middle point
en_GB: Centre middle point

[ctx: Button to link both end colors of a stop handle in the segment gradient editor]
en: Link colors
en_GB: Link colours

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: This profile has no colorants.
en_GB: This profile has no colourants.

en: Colorant in d50-adapted xyY.
en_GB: Colourant in d50-adapted xyY.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: This profile has the following xyY colorants:
en_GB: This profile has the following xyY colourants:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The Tone Response Curve of this color space is either sRGB, L* or rec709 TRC.
en_GB: The Tone Response Curve of this colour space is either sRGB, L* or rec709 TRC.

[ctx: If the selected model is RGB]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the colour model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>RGB is an additive colour model: adding colours together makes them brighter. This colour model is the most extensive of all colour models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colour space for HDR editing.

[ctx: If the selected model is CMYK]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colours together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colourants or the TRC for this space.

[ctx: If the selected model is XYZ]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colours, and used to convert colours between profiles. XYZ is an additive colour model, meaning that adding colours together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear.

[ctx: If the selected model is Grayscale]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>Grayscale is useful for inking and grayscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for grey values and transparent values. Greyscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>Greyscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Greyscale and RGB layers in the same image.

[ctx: If the selected model is LAB]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L</b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L</b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent colour channels.<br/>L*a*b is a special model for colour correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for colour correction, but the vast majority of colour maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose colour information. This colour space is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 8]
en: <b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images.
en_GB: <b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colours per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colours of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 16]
en: <b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel.
en_GB: <b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep colour'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimisation when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float]
en: <b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.
en_GB: <b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float]
en: <b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.
en_GB: <b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>
en_GB: <p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Colour Encoding System (ACES) is a colour image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing colour accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>
en_GB: <p>The ACEScg colour space is smaller than the ACES colour space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES colour space it has no negative values and contains only few colours that fall just barely outside the area of real colours humans can see</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 colour space specifications.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 colour gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the colour gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 colour gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p><p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href="https://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p><p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>
en_GB: <p>This profile's colour gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES colour space gamut, and like the ACES colour space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colours. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger colour gamut (to capture some fringe colours that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p><p>Just like the ACES colour space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colours. See the Completely <a href="https://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colours.</p><p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your colour space really does hold all possible real colours.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p><p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>
en_GB: <p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the colour space that was used in the original colour matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference colour space.</p><p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB colour space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>
en_GB: <p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colours, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colours than the ACES and AllColorsRGB colour spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles.<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles.</p><p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally I recommend the Rec.2020 or ACEScg profiles over ProPhotoRGB. But if you have an already well-established workflow using ProPhotoRGB, you might find a shift to another RGB working space a little odd, at least at first, and so you have to weight the pros and cons of changing your workflow.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles.<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) colour gamut to include all printable and most real world colours. It includes some imaginary colours and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles.</p><p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colours, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally I recommend the Rec.2020 or ACEScg profiles over ProPhotoRGB. But if you have an already well-established workflow using ProPhotoRGB, you might find a shift to another RGB working space a little odd, at least at first, and so you have to weight the pros and cons of changing your workflow.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB colour space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB colour space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p><p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p><p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p><p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>
en_GB: <p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the colour gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard colour space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p><p>The sRGB colour gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p><p>Printer colour gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB colour gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colours from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB colour gamut.</p><p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colours fit inside the sRGB colour gamut! The standard sRGB colour space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p><p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p><p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut colour space that uses spectral colours as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting colour space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB colour space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes.  For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>
en_GB: <p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone grey (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Grey is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Greyscale images does save some kilobytes.  For greyscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Grey profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>
en_GB: <p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma colour spaces.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>
en_GB: <p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small colour gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) colour spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 colour space you need to be careful to not cause posterisation. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Colour Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>

en: Uncalibrated color space
en_GB: Uncalibrated colour space

en: Select a Color Space
en_GB: Select a Colour Space

en: Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.
    
    Press "Ok" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or "Cancel" to return to the settings dialog.
en_GB: Linear gamma RGB colour spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colourspace for linear profiles.
    
    Press "Ok" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB colour space or "Cancel" to return to the settings dialogue.

en: Filter by color label...
en_GB: Filter by colour label...

en: Mid-gray level:
en_GB: Mid-grey level:

en: Select regions found from the merging of layers with specific color labels
en_GB: Select regions found from the merging of layers with specific colour labels

[ctx: Output color used for the shadows in auto levels]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Shadows color:
en_GB: Shadows colour:

[ctx: Output color used for the highlights in auto levels]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Highlights color:
en_GB: Highlights colour:

[ctx: Do not perform midtones enhancement in auto levels]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, comboBoxMidtonesMethod)
en: Don't adjust the midtones
en_GB: Do not adjust the midtones

[ctx: Output color used for the midtones in auto levels]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: warning message when changing image color space]
en: <html><body><p><b>WARNING:</b> the image will look different after changing the color profile because it contains either:<ul><li>more than one layer</li><li>one or more layers with transparent pixels</li><li>layers with blending modes other than "Normal"</li></ul></p><p><a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/general_concepts/colors/color_managed_workflow.html">More information</a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><body><p><b>WARNING:</b> the image will look different after changing the colour profile because it contains either:<ul><li>more than one layer</li><li>one or more layers with transparent pixels</li><li>layers with blending modes other than "Normal"</li></ul></p><p><a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/general_concepts/colors/color_managed_workflow.html">More information</a></p></body></html>

en: Foreground color selector
en_GB: Foreground colour selector

en: Set foreground and background colors to black and white
en_GB: Set foreground and background colours to black and white

en: Swap foreground and background colors
en_GB: Swap foreground and background colours

en: Background color selector
en_GB: Background colour selector

en: Change the filling color
en_GB: Change the filling colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, btnSolidFill)
en: Solid color fill
en_GB: Solid colour fill

[ctx: Prefix of a color swatch default name, as in Color 1]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Part of default name for a new group]
en: Color Group
en_GB: Colour Group

en: This is a hexcode input, for webcolors. It can only get colors in the sRGB space.
en_GB: This is a hexcode input, for webcolours. It can only get colours in the sRGB space.

[ctx: This is a list of suggestions for positions an artist can take, comma-separated]
en: Adapter,Animator,Artist,Art Director,Author,Assistant,Editor,Background,Cartoonist,Colorist,Concept Artist,Corrector,Cover Artist,Creator,Designer,Inker,Letterer,Matte Painter,Painter,Penciller,Proofreader,Pixel Artist,Redliner,Sprite Artist,Typographer,Texture Artist,Translator,Writer,Other
en_GB: Adapter,Animator,Artist,Art Director,Author,Assistant,Editor,Background,Cartoonist,Colourist,Concept Artist,Corrector,Cover Artist,Creator,Designer,Inker,Letterer,Matte Painter,Painter,Penciller,Proofreader,Pixel Artist,Red-liner,Sprite Artist,Typographer,Texture Artist,Translator,Writer,Other

en: Add Color To Palette
en_GB: Add Colour To Palette

en: Add/Remove Colors
en_GB: Add/Remove Colours

en: Change the color of the shadow
en_GB: Change the colour of the shadow

en: <html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br /><br />KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href="%1">%1</a> or use the "Report Bug..." dialog from the "Help" menu to report bugs.<br /><br />If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called "Wishlist".</html>
en_GB: <html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br /><br />KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href="%1">%1</a> or use the "Report Bug..." dialogue from the "Help" menu to report bugs.<br /><br />If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called "Wishlist".</html>

en: Do you really want to delete the scheme %1?
    Note that this will not remove any system wide shortcut schemes.
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the scheme %1?
    Note that this will not remove any system-wide shortcut schemes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, globalColorLabel)
en: Global Color:
en_GB: Global Colour:

en: Clear all color history
en_GB: Clear all colour history

en: Advanced Color Selector
en_GB: Advanced Colour Selector

en: Color Hotkeys
en_GB: Colour Hotkeys

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KisColorSelectorSettings)
en: Color Selector Settings
en_GB: Colour Selector Settings

en: Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated color. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated color to white, gray or black.
en_GB: Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black.

en: Lightness goes from black to white, with middle gray being equal to the most saturated color.
en_GB: Lightness goes from black to white, with middle grey being equal to the most saturated colour.

en: Create a list of colors from the image
en_GB: Create a list of colours from the image

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, chkShowColorSelector)
en: Show color selector
en_GB: Show colour selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_5)
en: Color Model Type
en_GB: Colour Model Type

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, useCustomColorForBackground)
en: Use custom color for selector background.
en_GB: Use custom colour for selector background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, useDifferentColorSpaceCheckbox)
en: Color Selector Uses Different Color Space than Ima&ge
en_GB: Colour Selector Uses Different Colour Space than Ima&ge

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, myPaintColorModelLabel)
en: Color model:
en_GB: Colour model:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnBackground) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnForeground)
en: this doesn't include a color change by the shade selector
en_GB: this doesn't include a colour change by the shade selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnBackground)
en: Background color changes
en_GB: Background colour changes

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnForeground)
en: Foreground color changes
en_GB: Foreground colour changes

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, minimalShadeSelectorAsColorPatches)
en: Colo&r Patches
en_GB: Colou&r Patches

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, historyGroupBox) i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_ColorHistory) #-#-#-#-#  431 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# initialize the color history
en: Color History
en_GB: Colour History

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, lastUsedColorsShow)
en: Show Color Histor&y
en_GB: Show Colour Histor&y

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_colorsFromImage)
en: Colors from Image
en_GB: Colours from Image

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, commonColorsShow)
en: Show Colors from the ima&ge
en_GB: Show Colours from the ima&ge

en: Tint color for past frames
en_GB: Tint colour for past frames

en: Tint color for future frames
en_GB: Tint colour for future frames

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, colorFilterGroupbox)
en: Filter Onion Skins by Frame Color
en_GB: Filter Onion Skins by Frame Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblPrevColor)
en: Previous frames
en_GB: Previous frames colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblNextColor)
en: Next frames
en_GB: Next frames colour

en: Artistic Color Selector
en_GB: Artistic Colour Selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, showBgColor)
en: Show background color indicator
en_GB: Show background colour indicator

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Gamut Mask Behavior
en_GB: Gamut Mask Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisPopupButton, bnWheelPrefs)
en: Color wheel preferences
en_GB: Colour wheel preferences

en: Digital Colors Mixer
en_GB: Digital Colours Mixer

[ctx: @item:inmenu Layers Docker settings, checkbox]
en: Checkbox for Selecting Layers
en_GB: Tick-box for Selecting Layers

[ctx: @item:tooltip]
en: Show checkbox to select/unselect layers.
en_GB: Show tick-box to select/unselect layers.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_lblInputColorSpace)
en: Input ColorSpace:
en_GB: Input ColourSpace:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color Engine:
en_GB: Colour Engine:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, m_btnConvertCurrentColor)
en: Lock current color to have the same visual representation when changing OCIO configuration
en_GB: Lock current colour to have the same visual representation when changing OCIO configuration

en: Add a new color swatch
en_GB: Add a new colour swatch

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, bnAdd)
en: Add foreground color
en_GB: Add foreground colour

en: History Behavior:
en_GB: History Behaviour:

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: Greater value will produce a larger file and a better quality. Doesn't affect CPU consumption.
    Values lower than 50 are not recommended due to high artifacts.
en_GB: Greater value will produce a larger file and a better quality. Doesn't affect CPU consumption.
    Values lower than 50 are not recommended due to high artefacts.

en: Small Color Selector
en_GB: Small Colour Selector

en: Specific Color Selector
en_GB: Specific Colour Selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KisPopupButton, colorspacePopupButton)
en: Set color space
en_GB: Set colour space

en: Please choose svg file to specify the layout for exporting.
en_GB: Please choose SVG file to specify the layout for exporting.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Favorite Selector Layouts:
en_GB: Favourite Selector Layouts:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Selection Color Space:
en_GB: Selection Colour Space:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkProofColors)
en: Proof Colors to Painting Color Space
en_GB: Proof Colours to Painting Colour Space

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox) i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tabColorPatches)
en: Color Patches
en_GB: Colour Patches

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Update Base Color When:
en_GB: Update Base Colour When:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkShadeSelUpdateExternal)
en: Color changes externally
en_GB: Colour changes externally

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, commonColorsGroupBox)
en: Colors fro&m Image
en_GB: Colours fro&m Image

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbColorPatches)
en: Color Pa&tches
en_GB: Colour Pa&tches

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: WG Color Selector Actions
en_GB: WG Colour Selector Actions

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (show_wg_color_selector), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Show wide-gamut color selector
en_GB: Show wide-gamut colour selector

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (wgcs_lighten_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (wgcs_lighten_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make color lighter
en_GB: Make colour lighter

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_lighten_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Increase value, lightness, intensity or luma of the selected color, depending on selected color model
en_GB: Increase value, lightness, intensity or luma of the selected colour, depending on selected colour model

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (wgcs_darken_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (wgcs_darken_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make color darker
en_GB: Make colour darker

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_darken_color), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Decreases value, lightness, intensity or luma of the selected color, depending on selected color model
en_GB: Decreases value, lightness, intensity or luma of the selected colour, depending on selected colour model

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (wgcs_increase_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (wgcs_increase_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Increase color saturation
en_GB: Increase colour saturation

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_increase_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Increase saturation of the selected color
en_GB: Increase saturation of the selected colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (wgcs_decrease_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (wgcs_decrease_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Decrease color saturation
en_GB: Decrease colour saturation

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_decrease_saturation), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Decrease saturation of the selected color
en_GB: Decrease saturation of the selected colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_shift_hue_clockwise), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Shift hue of the selected color clockwise
en_GB: Shift hue of the selected colour clockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (wgcs_shift_hue_counterclockwise), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Shift hue of the selected color counter-clockwise
en_GB: Shift hue of the selected colour counter-clockwise

en: Wide Gamut Color Selector
en_GB: Wide Gamut Colour Selector

en: Wide Gamut Color Selector Settings
en_GB: Wide Gamut Colour Selector Settings

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Color Range Selection
en_GB: Colour Range Selection

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3) #-#-#-#-#  431 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# initialize babl fishes
en: Initialization
en_GB: Initialisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Split a layer according to color</span></p><p>Creates a new layer for every color in the active layer.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Split a layer according to colour</span></p><p>Creates a new layer for every colour in the active layer.</p></body></html>

[ctx: EXIF: autofocus - metering mode]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editMeteringMode)
en: Center weighted average
en_GB: Centre weighted average

[ctx: EXIF: misc - sensing method type]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: One-chip color area sensor
en_GB: One-chip colour area sensor

[ctx: EXIF: misc - sensing method type]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Two-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Two-chip colour area sensor

[ctx: EXIF: misc - sensing method type]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Three-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Three-chip colour area sensor

[ctx: EXIF: misc - sensing method type]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Color sequential area sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential area sensor

[ctx: EXIF: misc - sensing method type]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Color sequential linear sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential linear sensor

en: Unexpected error initializing python plugin.
en_GB: Unexpected error initialising python plugin.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, errorLabel)
en: Error: The Python engine could not be initialized
en_GB: Error: The Python engine could not be initialised

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Current color model:
en_GB: Current colour model:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkColors)
en: Output to color, not grayscale
en_GB: Output to colour, not greyscale

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (spen_circle_ccw), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: S-Pen Gesture Circle Counter-Clockwise
en_GB: S-Pen Gesture Circle Anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Circle Counterclockwise
en_GB: Circle Anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblBase)
en: ASC-CDL  color balance
en_GB: ASC-CDL  colour balance

en: &Color to Alpha...
en_GB: &Colour to Alpha...

en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

en: M&aximize Channel
en_GB: M&aximise Channel

en: M&inimize Channel
en_GB: M&inimise Channel

en: Maximize Channel
en_GB: Maximise Channel

en: Minimize Channel
en_GB: Minimise Channel

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, samplerLabel)
en: Color Sampler:
en_GB: Colour Sampler:

en: &Color Balance...
en_GB: &Colour Balance...

en: Cross-channel color adjustment
en_GB: Cross-channel colour adjustment

en: The current configuration was created for a different colorspace and cannot be used. All curves will be reset.
en_GB: The current configuration was created for a different colourspace and cannot be used. All curves will be reset.

en: &Color Adjustment curves...
en_GB: &Colour Adjustment curves...

en: Color Adjustment
en_GB: Colour Adjustment

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkColorize)
en: &Colorize
en_GB: &Colourise

en: Height to Normal Map does not work on this colorspace.
en_GB: Height to Normal Map does not work on this colour space.

en: &Color Transfer...
en_GB: &Colour Transfer...

en: Color Transfer
en_GB: Colour Transfer

en: &Index Colors...
en_GB: &Index Colours...

en: Index Colors
en_GB: Index Colours

[ctx: suffix for a spinbox]
en:  color |  colors
en_GB[0]:  colour
en_GB[1]:  colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color count:
en_GB: Colour count:

en: The current configuration was created for a different colorspace and cannot be used.
    The channels will be reset.
en_GB: The current configuration was created for a different colourspace and cannot be used.
    The channels will be reset.

en: &Normalize
en_GB: &Normalise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_normalize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_normalize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_normalize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Kri
en: Normalize Filter
en_GB: Normalise Filter

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (krita_filter_palettize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (krita_filter_palettize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (krita_filter_palettize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Kri
en: Palettize Filter
en_GB: Palettise Filter

en: &Palettize...
en_GB: &Palettise...

en: Palettize
en_GB: Palettise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorModeComboBox)
en: Nearest Colors
en_GB: Nearest Colours

en: &Pixelize...
en_GB: &Pixelise...

en: &Posterize...
en_GB: &Posterise...

en: Center Dot
en_GB: Centre Dot

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, gbColors)
en: Color Factors
en_GB: Colour Factors

[ctx: Horizontal pixel grid alignment prefix/suffix for spinboxes in screentone generator]
note: i18n: This is meant to be used in a spinbox so keep the {n} in the text and it will be substituted by the number. The text before will be used as the prefix and the text after as the suffix
en: Every {n} cell horizontally | Every {n} cells horizontally
en_GB[0]: Every {n} cell horizontally
en_GB[1]: Sobel horizontally

[ctx: Vertical pixel grid alignment prefix/suffix for spinboxes in screentone generator]
note: i18n: This is meant to be used in a spinbox so keep the {n} in the text and it will be substituted by the number. The text before will be used as the prefix and the text after as the suffix
en: Every {n} cell vertically | Every {n} cells vertically
en_GB[0]: Every {n} cell vertically
en_GB[1]: Flip vertically

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelEqualize)
en: Equalization:
en_GB: Equalisation:

[ctx: SeExpr variable]
en: Normalized X axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner
en_GB: Normalised X axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner

[ctx: SeExpr variable]
en: Normalized Y axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner
en_GB: Normalised Y axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner

en: Expected this script to output color, got '%1'
en_GB: Expected this script to output colour, got '%1'

en: &Solid Color...
en_GB: &Solid Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorAsmask) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorAsMask)
en: Create mask from color
en_GB: Create mask from colour

[ctx: @info]
en: The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/><br/>This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.
en_GB: The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero colour channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/><br/>This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, flatten) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkFlatten) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkLossless)
en: This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly.
en_GB: This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to tick this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly.

en: Color profile was not found in the document.
en_GB: Colour profile was not found in the document.

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The brightness of the image will be at full resolution, while the colorfulness will be halved in both dimensions.
en_GB: The brightness of the image will be at full resolution, while the colourfulness will be halved in both dimensions.

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The brightness of the image will be at full resolution, while the colorfulness will be halved horizontally.
en_GB: The brightness of the image will be at full resolution, while the colourfulness will be halved horizontally.

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: Both brightness and colorfulness of the image will be at full resolution.
en_GB: Both brightness and colourfulness of the image will be at full resolution.

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The image will be converted to Rec 2020 linear first, and then encoded with a perceptual quantizer curve (also known as SMPTE 2048 curve). Recommended for HDR images where the absolute brightness is important.
en_GB: The image will be converted to Rec 2020 linear first, and then encoded with a perceptual quantiser curve (also known as SMPTE 2048 curve). Recommended for HDR images where the absolute brightness is important.

[ctx: Color space option plus transfer function name]
en: Keep colorants, encode PQ
en_GB: Keep colourants, encode PQ

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The image will be linearized first, and then encoded with a perceptual quantizer curve (also known as the SMPTE 2048 curve). Recommended for images where the absolute brightness is important.
en_GB: The image will be linearised first, and then encoded with a perceptual quantiser curve (also known as the SMPTE 2048 curve). Recommended for images where the absolute brightness is important.

[ctx: Color space option plus transfer function name]
en: Keep colorants, encode HLG
en_GB: Keep colourants, encode HLG

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The image will be linearized first, and then encoded with a Hybrid Log Gamma curve. Recommended for images intended for screens which cannot understand PQ
en_GB: The image will be linearised first, and then encoded with a Hybrid Log Gamma curve. Recommended for images intended for screens which cannot understand PQ

[ctx: Color space option plus transfer function name]
en: Keep colorants, encode SMPTE ST 428
en_GB: Keep colourants, encode SMPTE ST 428

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The image will be linearized first, and then encoded with SMPTE ST 428. Krita always opens images like these as linear floating point, this option is there to reverse that
en_GB: The image will be linearised first, and then encoded with SMPTE ST 428. Krita always opens images like these as linear floating point, this option is there to reverse that

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: The image will be converted plainly to 12bit integer, and values that are out of bounds are clipped, the icc profile will be embedded.
en_GB: The image will be converted plainly to 12bit integer, and values that are out of bounds are clipped, the ICC profile will be embedded.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Transparent pixel fill color:
en_GB: Transparent pixel fill colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisColorButton, bnTransparencyFillColor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Background color to replace transparent pixels with.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Background colour to replace transparent pixels with.</p></body></html>

[ctx: Label of Optimize in JPEG Exporting dialogue]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, optimize)
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkAuthor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Add the author nickname and the first contact of the author profile. This is overridden by the anonymizer.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Add the author nickname and the first contact of the author profile. This is overridden by the anonymiser.</p></body></html>

[ctx: JPEG-XL errors]
en: Detected JPEG-XL image with spot color channels, importing flattened image.
en_GB: Detected JPEG-XL image with spot colour channels, importing flattened image.

[ctx: JPEG-XL encoder options]
en: Center-first order
en_GB: Centre-first order

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, flattenLayers)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If this is not enabled, the layers will be rasterized and saved. However, animated exports are always flattened regardless of this setting.</p><p>It is advised to leave this option checked for web delivery and general compatibility with other applications.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If this is not enabled, the layers will be rasterised and saved. However, animated exports are always flattened regardless of this setting.</p><p>It is advised to leave this option checked for web delivery and general compatibility with other applications.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, explanationLabel)
en: Applications like Google Chrome expect HDR images to store their color profile as CICP values. You can adjust the ICC profile conversion below.
en_GB: Applications like Google Chrome expect HDR images to store their colour profile as CICP values. You can adjust the ICC profile conversion below.

[ctx: JPEG-XL encoder options]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblResampling)
en: Color channel resampling
en_GB: Colour channel resampling

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, resampling)
en: Sets resampling option. If enabled, the image's color channels are downsampled before compression, and upsampled to original size in the decoder.
en_GB: Sets resampling option. If enabled, the image's colour channels are downsampled before compression, and upsampled to original size in the decoder.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, keepInvisible)
en: Enables or disables preserving color of invisible pixels.
en_GB: Enables or disables preserving colour of invisible pixels.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblKeepInvisible)
en: Keep color of invisible pixels
en_GB: Keep colour of invisible pixels

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisSliderSpinBox, channelColorsGlobalPercent)
en: Use Global channel palette if the amount of colors is smaller than this percentage of range.
    Use 0-100 to set an explicit percentage, -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.
en_GB: Use Global channel palette if the amount of colours is smaller than this percentage of range.
    Use 0-100 to set an explicit percentage, -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisSliderSpinBox, channelColorsGroupPercent)
en: Use Local (per-group) channel palette if the amount of colors is smaller than this percentage of range.
    Use 0-100 to set an explicit percentage, -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.
en_GB: Use Local (per-group) channel palette if the amount of colours is smaller than this percentage of range.
    Use 0-100 to set an explicit percentage, -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblPaletteColors)
en: Use color palette for ... colors or less
en_GB: Use colour palette for ... colours or less

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, paletteColors)
en: Use color palette if amount of colors is smaller than or equal to this amount, or -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.
en_GB: Use colour palette if amount of colours is smaller than or equal to this amount, or -1 to use the encoder default.
    Used for modular encoding.

en: Image specifies an unsupported color model: %1.
en_GB: Image specifies an unsupported colour model: %1.

en: Layer %1 specifies an unsupported color model: %2.
en_GB: Layer %1 specifies an unsupported colour model: %2.

en: Layer "%1" has blending mode "%2" that has changed its behavior for CMYK color in Krita 5.2. Please check the result and consider enabling legacy "Additive" algorithm in Settings->Configure Krita->General->Tools->CMYK blending mode
en_GB: Layer "%1" has blending mode "%2" that has changed its behaviour for CMYK colour in Krita 5.2. Please check the result and consider enabling legacy "Additive" algorithm in Settings->Configure Krita->General->Tools->CMYK blending mode

[ctx: Saving .kra file error message]
en: Could not save softproofing color profile.
en_GB: Could not save soft-proofing colour profile.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Transparent color:
en_GB: Transparent colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, tryToSaveAsIndexed)
en: Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG.
en_GB: Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analysed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1398 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, alpha)
en: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparency in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can uncheck the box if you are not using transparency and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparency in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can untick the box if you are not using transparency and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains one or more layers with a color model that is different from the image.
en_GB: Your image contains one or more layers with a colour model that is different from the image.

en: Duotone Colormode Block
en_GB: Duotone Colourmode Block

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KisDoubleSliderSpinBox, imageQuality)
en: <p>Adjust image quality. The lower the quality, the more compression artifacts get introduced. <br/>Note: A quality of 100 switches to lossless compression similar to (but often more efficient than) PNG.</p>
en_GB: <p>Adjust image quality. The lower the quality, the more compression artefacts get introduced. <br/>Note: A quality of 100 switches to lossless compression similar to (but often more efficient than) PNG.</p>

[ctx: @option:check]
en: 16 bits color depth
en_GB: 16 bits colour depth

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p><p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>
en_GB: <p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit colour depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Colour Management in this mode.</p><p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit colour depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Interpolate RGB as four colors
en_GB: Interpolate RGB as four colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title><p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p><p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>
en_GB: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colours</title><p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p><p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li></ul></p><p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>
en_GB: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the colour-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of coloured pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or colour reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer colour artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximise a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing colour artifacts.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Colour Differences method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Colour Differences interpolation.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: colour demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimisation interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply colour aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li></ul></p><p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Refine interpolation</title><p>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Refine interpolation</title><p>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colours filter.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective colour interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Temperature</title><p>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</p>
en_GB: <title>Temperature</title><p>Set here the colour temperature in Kelvin.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <p>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</p>
en_GB: <p>Set here the green component to set magenta colour cast removal level.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Level</title><p>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</p>
en_GB: <title>Level</title><p>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favour whites and high values favour colours.</p>

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Correct false colors in highlights
en_GB: Correct false colours in highlights

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Automatic color axis adjustments
en_GB: Automatic colour axis adjustments

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Automatic Chromatic Aberration correction</title><p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>
en_GB: <title>Automatic Chromatic Aberration correction</title><p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually colour factors.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Camera Profile</title><p>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Camera Profile</title><p>Select here the input colour space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input colour profile is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded colour profile from RAW file, if it exists.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input colour space profile.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Workspace</title><p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Workspace</title><p>Select here the output colour space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output colour space is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB colour space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this colour space is an extended RGB colour space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this colour space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB colour space.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this colour space is an RGB colour space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output colour space profile.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @label]
en: Color Management
en_GB: Colour Management

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, kComboBoxPredictor)
en: Using a predictor can improve the compression (mostly for LZW and deflate.)
en_GB: Using a predictor can improve the compression (mostly for LZW and deflate).

en: Color Smudge
en_GB: Colour Smudge

[ctx: Color rate of active Foreground color]
en: Color Rate
en_GB: Colour Rate

en: (required for Color Image, Lightness Map, and Gradient Map brushes)
en_GB: (required for Colour Image, Lightness Map, and Gradient Map brushes)

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbSourcePoint)
en: Move the clone origin with the brush. Uncheck to keep cloning from the selected point.
en_GB: Move the clone origin with the brush. Untick to keep cloning from the selected point.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkCloneProjection)
en: When checked, clone from all visible layers. Otherwise, clone from the active layer.
en_GB: When ticked, clone from all visible layers. Otherwise, clone from the active layer.

[ctx: Rearrange the positions of the pixels under the cursor]
en: Color Deformation
en_GB: Colour Deformation

[ctx: Rearrange the pixels positions under the cursor]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, colorBtn)
en: Color deformation
en_GB: Colour deformation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, opaqueBackgroundCheckBox)
en: Color background
en_GB: Colour background

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorPerParticleCHBox)
en: Color per particle
en_GB: Colour per particle

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, fillBackgroundCHBox)
en: If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent.
en_GB: If ticked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background colour. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mixBgColorCHBox)
en: Mix with background color
en_GB: Mix with background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html>
    <p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p></html>
en_GB: <html>
    <p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up colour while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even colour in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p></html>

en: Set gray value to be considered neutral for lightness mode
en_GB: Set grey value to be considered neutral for lightness mode

en: Plain color
en_GB: Plain colour

en: Color Image
en_GB: Colour Image

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Luminosity of the brush tip image is used as lightness correction for the painting color. Alpha channel of the brush tip image is used as alpha for the final stroke
en_GB: Luminosity of the brush tip image is used as lightness correction for the painting . Alpha channel of the brush tip image is used as alpha for the final stroke

en: (0° is active color)
en_GB: (0° is active colour)

en: (0% is active color)
en_GB: (0% is active colour)

[ctx: Option Category]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Change Color H
en_GB: Change Colour H

en: Change Color L
en_GB: Change Colour L

en: Change Color V
en_GB: Change Colour V

en: Change Color HSL S
en_GB: Change Colour HSL S

en: Change Color HSV S
en_GB: Change Colour HSV S

en: Posterization Levels
en_GB: Posterisation Levels

en: Opaque Linearize
en_GB: Opaque Linearise

en: Select how the particles are distributed as a function of the angle to the center of the spray area.
en_GB: Select how the particles are distributed as a function of the angle to the centre of the spray area.

en: Select how the particles are distributed as a function of the distance from the center of the spray area.
en_GB: Select how the particles are distributed as a function of the distance from the centre of the spray area.

en: Activates the old behavior where the particles are more accumulated towards the center of the spray area.
en_GB: Activates the old behaviour where the particles are more accumulated towards the centre of the spray area.

en: Set the standard deviation for the gaussian distribution.
    Lower values will make the particles concentrate towards the center of the spray area.
en_GB: Set the standard deviation for the gaussian distribution.
    Lower values will make the particles concentrate towards the centre of the spray area.

en: Set how the particles should spread in the spray area.
    Positive values will make the particles concentrate towards the center of the spray area.
    Negative values will make the particles concentrate towards the border of the spray area.
    Values near 0 will make the particles spread more uniformly.
en_GB: Set how the particles should spread in the spray area.
    Positive values will make the particles concentrate towards the centre of the spray area.
    Negative values will make the particles concentrate towards the border of the spray area.
    Values near 0 will make the particles spread more uniformly.

en: Set a custom distribution of the particles.
    The horizontal axis represents the distance from the center to the border of the spray area.
    The vertical axis represents how probable it is for a particle ending at that distance.
    The higher the curve at a given distance, the more particles will end at that distance.
en_GB: Set a custom distribution of the particles.
    The horizontal axis represents the distance from the centre to the border of the spray area.
    The vertical axis represents how probable it is for a particle ending at that distance.
    The higher the curve at a given distance, the more particles will end at that distance.

en: Set how many times should the curve repeat from the center to the border of the spray area.
en_GB: Set how many times should the curve repeat from the centre to the border of the spray area.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, randomRotation)
en: Randomize rotation:
en_GB: Randomise rotation:

[ctx: Check box to indicate that the radial distribution should use the old method where particles are biased towards the center of the spray area in the spray engine]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, centerBiasedPolarDistanceBox)
en: Center-biased spread (legacy)
en_GB: Centre-biased spread (legacy)

en: RGB Colors
en_GB: RGB Colours

en: CMY Colors
en_GB: CMY Colours

en: CMYK Colors
en_GB: CMYK Colours

en: RGB Grayscale levels
en_GB: RGB Greyscale levels

en: CMY Grayscale levels
en_GB: CMY Greyscale levels

en: CMYK Grayscale levels
en_GB: CMYK Greyscale levels

[ctx: Defines how the name for each layer created from the channel is generated.]
en: New layers color name
en_GB: New layers colour name

en: Plugin to change color space of selected documents.
en_GB: Plugin to change colour space of selected documents.

en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

en: Color profile:
en_GB: Colour profile:

en: Text Colors
en_GB: Text Colours

en: Whether the comic is an adaptation of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here.
en_GB: Whether the comic is an adaptation of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website URL should go here.

en: Config cannot be used
en_GB: Configuration cannot be used

en: millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

en: Author of dialog
en_GB: Author of dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cb_enable_script)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita-&gt;Settings menu entry. </p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If this is ticked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita-&gt;Settings menu entry. </p></body></html>

en: Sort Colors
en_GB: Sort Colours

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Brush Smoothing]
en: Stabilizer
en_GB: Stabiliser

en: Stabilize Sensors:
en_GB: Stabilise Sensors:

en: Color Sampler Tool
en_GB: Colour Sampler Tool

en: Fill all regions of a similar color
en_GB: Fill all regions of a similar colour

en: Fill regions similar in color to the clicked region
en_GB: Fill regions similar in colour to the clicked region

en: Fill all regions until a specific boundary color
en_GB: Fill all regions until a specific boundary colour

en: Boundary color
en_GB: Boundary colour

en: Set the color similarity tolerance of the fill. Increasing threshold increases the range of similar colors to be filled.
en_GB: Set the colour similarity tolerance of the fill. Increasing threshold increases the range of similar colours to be filled.

en: Set the extent of the opaque portion of the fill. Decreasing spread decreases opacity of fill areas depending on color similarity.
en_GB: Set the extent of the opaque portion of the fill. Decreasing spread decreases opacity of fill areas depending on colour similarity.

en: Fill regions found from the merging of layers with specific color labels
en_GB: Fill regions found from the merging of layers with specific colour labels

en: Dragging will fill regions of any color
en_GB: Dragging will fill regions of any colour

en: Dragging will fill only regions similar in color to the initial region (useful for filling line-art)
en_GB: Dragging will fill only regions similar in colour to the initial region (useful for filling line-art)

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ColorSamplerOptionsWidget)
en: Color Sampler
en_GB: Colour Sampler

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisSliderSpinBox, blend)
en: <nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is sampled</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value samples colors completely, ignoring brush color.
en_GB: <nobr>Blending controls the percentage of colour that is sampled</nobr> and mixed with your current brush colour. A full blending value samples colours completely, ignoring brush colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbSources)
en: <nobr>Determines whether the color sampler will sample</nobr> colors from all visible layers or only the currently selected layer.
en_GB: <nobr>Determines whether the colour sampler will sample</nobr> colours from all visible layers or only the currently selected layer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbNormaliseValues)
en: Displays per-channel color information below as percentages instead of bytes.
en_GB: Displays per-channel colour information below as percentages instead of bytes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbNormaliseValues)
en: Show colors as percentages
en_GB: Show colours as percentages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisIntParseSpinBox, radius)
en: <nobr>Radius controls the color sampler's sampling area.</nobr> Pixel colors within this radius are mixed together.
en_GB: <nobr>Radius controls the colour sampler's sampling area.</nobr> Pixel colours within this radius are mixed together.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbPalette)
en: <nobr>Checking this box will add a new color swatch</nobr> to a palette each time you sample a color.
en_GB: <nobr>Checking this box will add a new colour swatch</nobr> to a palette each time you sample a colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbUpdateCurrentColor)
en: <nobr>Controls whether the color sampler updates the</nobr> current foreground or not.
en_GB: <nobr>Controls whether the colour sampler updates the</nobr> current foreground or not.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbUpdateCurrentColor)
en: Update color
en_GB: Update colour

en: Left click rotates around center, right click around highlighted position.
en_GB: Left click rotates around centre, right click around highlighted position.

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Rotate Object 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate Object 90° ACW

en: Press CTRL to resize from center.
en_GB: Press CTRL to resize from centre.

en: Select regions similar in color to the clicked region
en_GB: Select regions similar in colour to the clicked region

en: Select all regions until a specific boundary color
en_GB: Select all regions until a specific boundary colour

en: Set the color similarity tolerance of the selection. Increasing threshold increases the range of similar colors to be selected.
en_GB: Set the colour similarity tolerance of the selection. Increasing threshold increases the range of similar colours to be selected.

en: Set the extent of the opaque portion of the selection. Decreasing spread decreases opacity of selection areas depending on color similarity.
en_GB: Set the extent of the opaque portion of the selection. Decreasing spread decreases opacity of selection areas depending on colour similarity.

en: Similar Color Selection
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Select Similar Color
en_GB: Select Similar Colour

en: Similar Color Selection Tool
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection Tool

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (KisToolSelectSimilar), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (KisToolSelectSimilar), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (KisToolSelectSimilar), Actions (tool-shortcuts), Action
en: Similar Color Selection Tool
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection Tool

en: Sample a Color
en_GB: Sample a Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (svg_format_textcolor), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (svg_format_textcolor), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (svg_format_textcolor), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (svg_background_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (svg_font), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Change character size, font, boldface, italics etc.
en_GB: Change character size, font, boldface, italics, etc.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (svg_align_center), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (svg_align_center), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (svg_align_center), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Too
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: iconText @ Action (svg_sample_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (svg_sample_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools) i18n: context: text @ Action (KritaSelected/KisToolColorSampler), Actions (tool-shortcuts), Action
en: Color Sampler
en_GB: Colour Sampler

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Editor text color
en_GB: Editor text colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, boolCenter)
en: Resize keeping center fixed
en_GB: Resize keeping centre fixed

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: Specific color
en_GB: Specific colour

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: Specific color or transparency
en_GB: Specific colour or transparency

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: All, excluding a specific color
en_GB: All, excluding a specific colour

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: All, excluding a specific color or transparency
en_GB: All, excluding a specific colour or transparency

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: Any surrounded by a specific color
en_GB: Any surrounded by a specific colour

[ctx: Region selection method in enclose and fill tool]
en: Any surrounded by a specific color or transparency
en_GB: Any surrounded by a specific colour or transparency

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Colorize Mask Key Stroke
en_GB: Colourise Mask Key Stroke

en: Colorize Mask Editing Tool
en_GB: Colourise Mask Editing Tool

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: text @ Action (KritaShape/KisToolLazyBrush), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (KritaShape/KisToolLazyBrush), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools) i18n: context: iconText @ Action (KritaShape/KisToolLazyBrush), Actions (to
en: Colorize Mask Tool
en_GB: Colourise Mask Tool

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (KritaSelected/KisToolColorSampler), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Sample a color from the image or current layer
en_GB: Sample a colour from the image or current layer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: toolTip @ Action (KritaFill/KisToolFill), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Fill a contiguous area of color with a color, or fill a selection.
en_GB: Fill a contiguous area of colour with a colour, or fill a selection.

en: <html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br /><br />To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>
en_GB: <html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br /><br />To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organisation legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organising conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>

en: Change the color of the line/border
en_GB: Change the colour of the line/border

en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  211  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, numberedEntries)
en: Number entries
en_GB:  Numbered list

note: #-#-#-#-#  211  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Change Visualization Settings
en_GB: Change Visualisation Settings

[ctx: Text alignment]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

note: #-#-#-#-#  211  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, letterSynchronization)
en: Letter Synchronization
en_GB: Letter Synchronisation

en: Set Border Color...
en_GB: Set Border Colour...

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Text Color
en_GB: Set Text Colour

en: Apply color matrix
en_GB: Apply colour matrix

en: Saturate colors
en_GB: Saturate colours

en: Flood color
en_GB: Flood colour

en: Format not recognized
en_GB: Format not recognised

en: Add / Remove Colors...
en_GB: Add / Remove Colours...

en: GRAY/Alpha16 Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha16 Histogram

en: Insert Labeled Footnote
en_GB: Insert Labelled Footnote

en: Insert Labeled Endnote
en_GB: Insert Labelled Endnote

en: Drag to move color stop. Double click to remove color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move colour stop. Double click to remove colour stop.

en: Drag to move color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move colour stop.

en: Drag to move gradient position. Double click to insert color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move gradient position. Double click to insert colour stop.

en: Grayscale/Alpha (16-bit float/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha (16-bit float/channel)

en: Grayscale/Alpha (32-bit float/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha (32-bit float/channel)

en: Grayscale (16-bit integer/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale (16-bit integer/channel)

en: Grayscale (8-bit integer/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale (8-bit integer/channel)

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

note: #-#-#-#-#  431 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# the color label
en: Coloring:
en_GB: Colouring:

en: Grays
en_GB: Greys

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (startMinimized), group (MainWindow)
en: Start minimized
en_GB: Start minimised

en: Do not show the invitations management dialog at startup
en_GB: Do not show the invitations management dialogue at startup

en: Storing passwords in config file is insecure!
en_GB: Storing passwords in configuration file is insecure!

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAllowRemoteControl)
en: If you turn this option on, the remote user can enter keystrokes and use your mouse pointer. This gives them full control over your computer, so be careful. When the option is disabled the remote user can only watch your screen.
en_GB: If you turn this option on, the remote user can enter keystrokes and use your mouse pointer. This gives them full control over your computer, so be careful.  When the option is disabled the remote user can only watch your screen.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Highscores
en_GB: High scores

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Configure Highscores
en_GB: Configure High scores

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseColoredChips), group (Game)
en: Whether to use colored chips instead of black and white ones.
en_GB: Whether to use coloured chips instead of black and white ones.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use Colored Chips
en_GB: Use Coloured Chips

[ctx: KReportItemBarcode|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemLine|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportSectionData|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Millimeters (mm)
en_GB: Millimetres (mm)

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Decimeters (dm)
en_GB: Decimetres (dm)

[ctx: KReportItemCheckBox|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemCheckBox|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkModification)
en: Change &modifcation date && time
en_GB: Change &modification date && time

note: #-#-#-#-#  1391  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblSuffix)
en: &Suffix:
en_GB: Suffix:

en: create a subdfolder
en_GB: create a subfolder

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialog. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.
en_GB: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialogue. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.

en: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalized
en_GB: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalised

[ctx: @label:textbox Border color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognize it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.
en_GB: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognise it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.

[ctx: @item]
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Id
en_GB: ID

en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: Align center]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Categorize
en_GB: Categorise

en: Filter "%1" not recognized.
    Please select one of the provided filters.
en_GB: Filter "%1" not recognised.
    Please select one of the provided filters.

en: Unrecognized Filter
en_GB: Unrecognised Filter

en: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings be checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>
en_GB: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings are checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>

en: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behavior you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.
en_GB: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behaviour you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.

en: centiliter
en_GB: centilitre

en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

en: deciliter
en_GB: decilitre

en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

en: liter
en_GB: litre

en: liters
en_GB: litres

en: milliliter
en_GB: millilitre

en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

en: Customize Formatting
en_GB: Customise Formatting

en: There is currently no localized ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the English ingredients instead?
en_GB: There is currently no localised ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the American English ingredients instead?

en: <p>This dialog will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>

en: <p>In this dialog you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>In this dialogue you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>

en: In this dialog you can adjust SQLite settings.
en_GB: In this dialogue you can adjust SQLite settings.

en: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialize your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialise your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>

en: Yes please, initialize the database with the examples
en_GB: Yes please, initialise the database with the examples

en: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C, etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel)
en: Background color of empty place:
en_GB: Background colour of empty place:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPreferencesForNewConnections)
en: Show the preferences dialog for new connections
en_GB: Show the preferences dialogue for new connections

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResizeOnConnect)
en: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximize the window.
en_GB: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximise the window.

en: Show this dialog again for this host
en_GB: Show this dialogue again for this host

en: Minimize Full Screen Window
en_GB: Minimise Full Screen Window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorDepthLabel)
en: Color &depth:
en_GB: Colour &depth:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color with Alpha (32 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour with Alpha (32 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color (24 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour (24 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: High Color (16 Bit)
en_GB: High Colour (16 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: Low Color (8 Bit)
en_GB: Low Colour (8 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, dont_copy_passwords)
en: Don't copy passwords from supported password managers to remote hosts
en_GB: Do not copy passwords from supported password managers to remote hosts

[ctx: SMART attr name]
en: SSD Wear Leveling Count
en_GB: SSD Wear Levelling Count

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Number of shutdowns without STANDBY IMMEDIATE as the last command (regardless of PLI activity using capacitor power). Normalized value is always 100.
en_GB: Number of shutdowns without STANDBY IMMEDIATE as the last command (regardless of PLI activity using capacitor power). Normalised value is always 100.

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Last test result, saturated at its maximum value. Bytes 0-1: last test result as microseconds to discharge cap in range [25, 5000000], lower indicates specific error code. Bytes 2-3: minutes since last test. Bytes 4-5: lifetime number of tests. Normalized value is set to 1 on test failure or 11 if the capacitor has been tested in an excessive temperature condition, otherwise 100.
en_GB: Last test result, saturated at its maximum value. Bytes 0-1: last test result as microseconds to discharge cap in range [25, 5000000], lower indicates specific error code. Bytes 2-3: minutes since last test. Bytes 4-5: lifetime number of tests. Normalised value is set to 1 on test failure or 11 if the capacitor has been tested in an excessive temperature condition, otherwise 100.

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Amplitude of &quot;thrashing&quot; (distance of repetitive forward/reverse head motion)
en_GB: Amplitude of &quot;thrashing&quot; (distance of repetitive forwards/reverse head motion)

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Count of available reserved blocks as percentage of the total number of reserved blocks
en_GB: Count of available reserved blocks as a percentage of the total number of reserved blocks

[ctx: @info:progress]
en: Maximize file system on <filename>%1</filename> to fill the partition
en_GB: Maximise file system on <filename>%1</filename> to fill the partition

[ctx: @info:status]
en: <warning>Maximizing file system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> to the size of the partition failed.</warning>
en_GB: <warning>Maximising file system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> to the size of the partition failed.</warning>

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  921 (partitionmanager)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (KDE Partition Manager)
en: File system colors
en_GB: File system colours

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: File System Colors
en_GB: File System Colours

en: File System Color Settings
en_GB: File System Colour Settings

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show device properties dialog
en_GB: Show device properties dialogue

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show partition properties dialog
en_GB: Show partition properties dialogue

[ctx: @info the partition is NOT a device path, just a number]
en: Unrecognized partition role "%1" for partition %2 (line %3).
en_GB: Unrecognised partition role "%1" for partition %2 (line %3).

[ctx: @info]
en: <para><warning>You are about to lose all data on partition <filename>%1</filename>.</warning></para><para>Overwriting one partition with another (or with an image file) will destroy all data on this target partition.</para><para>If you continue now and apply the resulting operation in the main window, all data currently stored on <filename>%1</filename> will unrecoverably be overwritten.</para>
en_GB: <para><warning>You are about to lose all data on partition <filename>%1</filename>.</warning></para><para>Overwriting one partition with another (or with an image file) will destroy all data on this target partition.</para><para>If you continue now and apply the resulting operation in the main window, all data currently stored on <filename>%1</filename> will irrecoverably be overwritten.</para>

[ctx: @action]
en: Text &Color…
en_GB: Text &Colour…

[ctx: @action]
en: Checkbox
en_GB: Tick box

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

en: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronization cannot continue.
en_GB: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronisation cannot continue.

en: Full Synchronization
en_GB: Full Synchronisation

en: Could not initialize conduit %1.
en_GB: Could not initialise conduit %1.

en: One of the data proxies could not be initialized.
en_GB: One of the data proxies could not be initialised.

en: Commiting changes to the handheld
en_GB: Committing changes to the handheld

en: Syncing handheld records to pc.
en_GB: Syncing handheld records to PC.

en: Cannot initialize from pilot.
en_GB: Cannot initialise from pilot.

en: Cannot initialize the memo files from disk.
en_GB: Cannot initialise the memo files from disk.

en: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronization was not long enough ago.
en_GB: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronisation was not long enough ago.

en: MAL synchronization failed (no SyncInfo).
en_GB: MAL synchronisation failed (no SyncInfo).

en: MAL Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: MAL Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld
en_GB: Synchronises the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld

en: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialog.
en_GB: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialogue.

en: Time Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: Time Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the Time on the Handheld and the PC
en_GB: Synchronises the Time on the Handheld and the PC

en: Could not read text record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read text record %1 from Database %2

en: Could not read bookmark record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read bookmark record %1 from Database %2

en: Searching for texts and databases to synchronize
en_GB: Searching for texts and databases to synchronise

en: Synchronizing text "%1"
en_GB: Synchronising text "%1"

en: Resolution Dialog
en_GB: Resolution Dialogue

en: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unchecking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialog.
en_GB: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unticking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialogue.

en: KPilot Daemon
en_GB: KPilot Dæmon

en: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronization actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its checkbox. </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronisation actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its tickbox. </p></qt>

en: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialog provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its checkbox. Checked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialogue provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its tickbox. Ticked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>

en: Special behavior during HotSync.
en_GB: Special behaviour during HotSync.

en: Behavior at startup and exit.
en_GB: Behaviour at startup and exit.

en: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2.Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2. Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>

en: Canceled by user.
en_GB: Cancelled by user.

en: Starting the KPilot daemon ...
en_GB: Starting the KPilot dæmon ...

en: Could not start the KPilot daemon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;
en_GB: Could not start the KPilot dæmon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;

en: Daemon started.
en_GB: Dæmon started.

en: Daemon status is `%1'
en_GB: Dæmon status is `%1'

en: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialogue.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.

en: Try to reset the daemon and its connection to the Handheld.
en_GB: Try to reset the dæmon and its connection to the Handheld.

en: Quit KPilot, (and stop the daemon if configured that way).
en_GB: Quit KPilot (and stop the dæmon if configured that way).

en: The daemon has exited.
en_GB: The dæmon has exited.

en: Restart the daemon to HotSync again.
en_GB: Restart the dæmon to HotSync again.

note: i18n: file: conduits/akonadibase/akonadi-setup-widget.ui:65 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, fSelectionWarnLabel)
en: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronizing. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.
en_GB: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronising. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:31 i18n: ectx: label, entry (DatabaseList), group (General)
en: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time.)
en_GB: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time).

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:51 i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncInfo), group (General)
en: Synchronization information
en_GB: Synchronisation information

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QButtonGroup)
en: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronized
en_GB: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronised

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:78 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:103 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:114 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:125 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:263 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box to use a non-standard proxy port.
en_GB: Tick this box to use a non-standard proxy port.

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:36 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1_2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:44 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fTXTDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronize text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronise text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:60 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fkeepPDBLocally)
en: <qt>Check this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:74 i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (Q3ButtonGroup, fSyncDirection)
en: Synchronization Mode
en_GB: Synchronisation Mode

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton3)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:102 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:118 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:144 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fPDBDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is checked as well.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is ticked as well.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:164 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:261 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.
en_GB: Tick this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:167 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Check this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Tick this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:180 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fConvertBookmarks)
en: <qt>Check this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:209 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksInline)
en: Check this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:232 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksEndtags)
en: Check this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:242 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksBmk)
en: <qt>Check this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fNoConversionOfBmksOnly)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:297 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton8)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:313 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton11)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:326 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton9)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:403 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton7)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialog to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialogue to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:413 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: &Always show the resolution dialog
en_GB: &Always show the resolution dialogue

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:416 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: <qt>Check this box to force the resolution dialog to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to force the resolution dialogue to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:264 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you check this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.
en_GB: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you tick this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Check at least one of the bookmark types below.
en_GB: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Tick at least one of the bookmark types below.

note: i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:23 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2) i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:39 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, fSendMode)
en: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialog may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialogue may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, fSpecialSync)
en: <qt>Select in this list the synchronization type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select in this list the synchronisation type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fScreenlockSecure)
en: <qt>Check this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:111 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fFullSyncCheck)
en: <qt>Check this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:134 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fBackupOnlyChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to check the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to tick the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:183 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fSkipDBChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:198 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fRunConduitsWithBackup)
en: <qt>Check this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:18 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:34 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, fPilotDevice)
en: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronize with the handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronise with the handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:28 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fStartDaemonAtLogin)
en: <qt>Check this box to start up the KPilot daemon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to start up the KPilot dæmon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fDockDaemon)
en: <qt>Check this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the daemon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the dæmon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fQuitAfterSync)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot daemon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB daemon.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot dæmon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB dæmon.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fKillDaemonOnExit)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop the KPilot daemon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the daemon itself).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop the KPilot dæmon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the dæmon itself).</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:17 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, fDatabaseList)
en: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are checked will be used for the operation that caused this dialog to appear.
en_GB: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are ticked will be used for the operation that caused this dialogue to appear.

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:24 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPushButton, fRemoveButton)
en: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just uncheck the database.
en_GB: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just untick the database.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>A descriptive text of the image.</para><para>If <emphasis>Use Exif description</emphasis> is enabled under <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|General</interface>, a description embedded in the image Exif information is imported to this field if available.</para>
en_GB: <para>A descriptive text of the image.</para><para>If <emphasis>Use EXIF description</emphasis> is enabled under <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|General</interface>, a description embedded in the image EXIF information is imported to this field if available.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The map widget allows you to view the location of images if GPS coordinates are found in the Exif information.
en_GB: The map widget allows you to view the location of images if GPS coordinates are found in the EXIF information.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>In KPhotoAlbum, images can either have an exact date and time, or a <emphasis>fuzzy</emphasis> date which happened any time during a specified time interval. Images produced by digital cameras do normally have an exact date.</para><para>If you don't know exactly when a photo was taken (e.g. if the photo comes from an analog camera), then you should set <interface>Use Fuzzy Date</interface>.</para>
en_GB: <para>In KPhotoAlbum, images can either have an exact date and time, or a <emphasis>fuzzy</emphasis> date which happened any time during a specified time interval. Images produced by digital cameras do normally have an exact date.</para><para>If you do not know exactly when a photo was taken (e.g. if the photo comes from an analog camera), then you should set <interface>Use Fuzzy Date</interface>.</para>

en: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialog; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialog is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialogue box; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialogue box is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>

en: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimized for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialog</a></p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimised for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialogue box</a></p>

en: OK dialog
en_GB: OK dialogue box

en: <p><b>Can't associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to is not positionable.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, change this in the settings dialog. If this tag shouldn't be in the recognition database anymore, it can be deleted in the settings.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Cannot associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to is not positionable.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, change this in the settings dialogue box. If this tag should not be in the recognition database any more, it can be deleted in the settings.</p>

en: <p><b>Can't associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to does not exist.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, add this category and mark it as positionable. If this tag shouldn't be in the recognition database anymore, it can be deleted in the settings dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Cannot associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to does not exist.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, add this category and mark it as positionable. If this tag should not be in the recognition database any more, it can be deleted in the settings dialogue box.</p>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Rotate counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: <p>Active jobs: %1<br/>Pending jobs: %2<hr/><br/>Color codes:<ul><li><b>blinking green</b>: Active background jobs</li><li><b>gray</b>: No active jobs</li><li><b>solid yellow</b>: Job queue is paused</li><li><b>blinking yellow</b>: Job queue is paused for background jobs, but is executing a foreground job (like extracting a thumbnail for a video file, which is currently shown in the thumbnail viewer)</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Active jobs: %1<br/>Pending jobs: %2<hr/><br/>Colour codes:<ul><li><b>blinking green</b>: Active background jobs</li><li><b>grey</b>: No active jobs</li><li><b>solid yellow</b>: Job queue is paused</li><li><b>blinking yellow</b>: Job queue is paused for background jobs, but is executing a foreground job (like extracting a thumbnail for a video file, which is currently shown in the thumbnail viewer)</li></ul></p>

en: Exif Search
en_GB: EXIF Search

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jan
en_GB: Jan

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: feb
en_GB: Feb

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: mar
en_GB: Mar

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: apr
en_GB: Apr

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: may
en_GB: May

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jun
en_GB: Jun

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jul
en_GB: Jul

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: aug
en_GB: Aug

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: sep
en_GB: Sep

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: oct
en_GB: Oct

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: nov
en_GB: Nov

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: dec
en_GB: Dec

en: <p>Your images/videos are not sorted, which means that navigating using the date bar will only work suboptimally.</p><p>In the <b>Maintenance</b> menu, you can find <b>Display Images with Incomplete Dates</b> which you can use to find the images that are missing date information.</p><p>You can then select the images that you have reason to believe have a correct date in either their Exif data or on the file, and execute <b>Maintenance->Read Exif Info</b> to reread the information.</p><p>Finally, once all images have their dates set, you can execute <b>Maintenance->Sort All by Date & Time</b> to sort them in the database. </p>
en_GB: <p>Your images/videos are not sorted, which means that navigating using the date bar will only work suboptimally.</p><p>In the <b>Maintenance</b> menu, you can find <b>Display Images with Incomplete Dates</b> which you can use to find the images that are missing date information.</p><p>You can then select the images that you have reason to believe have a correct date in either their EXIF data or on the file, and execute <b>Maintenance->Read EXIF Info</b> to reread the information.</p><p>Finally, once all images have their dates set, you can execute <b>Maintenance->Sort All by Date & Time</b> to sort them in the database. </p>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Exif Information and file metadata
en_GB: EXIF Information and file metadata

en: Exif info
en_GB: EXIF info

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Read Exif Info from Files
en_GB: Read EXIF Info from Files

en: Update Exif search database
en_GB: Update EXIF search database

en: Use modification date if Exif not found
en_GB: Use modification date if EXIF not found

en: Update image orientation from Exif information
en_GB: Update image orientation from EXIF information

en: Update image description from Exif information
en_GB: Update image description from EXIF information

en: <p>Be aware that setting the data from Exif may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>Be aware that setting the data from EXIF may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialogue.</p>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Exif Search
en_GB: EXIF Search

en: Not all images in the database have lens information. <note>Recreate the Exif search database to ensure lens data for all images.</note>
en_GB: Not all images in the database have lens information. <note>Recreate the EXIF search database to ensure lens data for all images.</note>

en: Timedout
en_GB: Timed out

en: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may check this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not check this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>
en_GB: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may tick this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not tick this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>

en: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the checkbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which folder to put the images. This folder must of course be contained by the base folder KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>
en_GB: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the tickbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which folder to put the images. This folder must of course be contained by the base folder KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Conflicting commandline options: %1 and %2!
en_GB: Conflicting command line options: %1 and %2!

en: Development, Optimization
en_GB: Development, Optimisation

en: When reading time information of images, their Exif info is used. Exif info may, however, not be supported by your KPhotoAlbum installation, or no valid information may be in the file. As a backup, KPhotoAlbum may use the timestamp of the image - this may, however, not be valid in case the image is scanned in. So the question is, should KPhotoAlbum trust the time stamp on your images?
en_GB: When reading time information of images, their EXIF info is used. EXIF info may, however, not be supported by your KPhotoAlbum installation, or no valid information may be in the file. As a backup, KPhotoAlbum may use the timestamp of the image - this may, however, not be valid in case the image is scanned in. So the question is, should KPhotoAlbum trust the time stamp on your images?

en: <p>There was an error while accessing the Exif search database. The error is likely due to a broken database file.</p><p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p><hr/><p>For debugging: the command that was attempted to be executed was:<br/>%1</p><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%2</p>
en_GB: <p>There was an error while executing the SQL backend command. The error is likely due to a broken database file.</p><p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p><hr/><p>For debugging: the command that was attempted to be executed was:<br/>%1</p><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%2</p>

en: Error in Exif database
en_GB: Error in EXIF database

en: <p>There was an error while opening the Exif search database.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p><hr/><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%1</p>
en_GB: <p>There was an error while opening the EXIF search database.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p><hr/><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%1</p>

en: <p>The Exif search database is corrupted and has no data.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p>
en_GB: <p>The EXIF search database is corrupted and has no data.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p>

en: Patch for making it possible to reread Exif info using a nice dialog.
en_GB: Patch for making it possible to reread EXIF info using a nice dialogue.

en: Patch to sort images in the thumbnail view, plus reading time info out of Exif images for existing images
en_GB: Patch to sort images in the thumbnail view, plus reading time info out of EXIF images for existing images

en: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialog.
en_GB: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialogue box.

en: Move file to Trash | Move %1 files to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move file to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 files to Wastebin

en: <p>Below is a list of all images that are duplicate in your database.<br/>Select which you want merged, and which of the duplicates should be kept.<br/>The tag and description from the deleted images will be transferred to the kept image</p>
en_GB: <p>Below is a list of all images that are duplicated in your database.<br/>Select which you want merged, and which of the duplicates should be kept.<br/>The tag and description from the deleted images will be transferred to the kept image</p>

en: Move to &trash
en_GB: Move to was&tebin

en: <h1><a name="database">SQLite database support</a></h1><p>KPhotoAlbum allows you to search using a certain number of Exif tags. For this KPhotoAlbum needs an SQLite database. In addition the Qt package for SQLite (e.g. qt-sql-sqlite) must be installed.</p>
en_GB: <h1><a name="database">SQLite database support</a></h1><p>KPhotoAlbum allows you to search using a certain number of EXIF tags. For this KPhotoAlbum needs an SQLite database. In addition the Qt package for SQLite (e.g. qt-sql-sqlite) must be installed.</p>

en: SQLite database support (used for Exif searches)
en_GB: SQLite database support (used for EXIF searches)

en: <h1>Description</h1><table><tr><td># of Items</td><td>This is the number of different items in the category</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Total</td><td>This is a count of how many tags was made,<br/>i.e. a simple counting though all the images</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Per Picture</td><td>This tells you how many tags are on each picture on average</td></tr></table><br/><br/>Do not get too attached to this dialog, it has the problem that it counts categories AND subcategories,<br/>so if an image has been taken in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA, then 3 tags are counted for that image,<br/>while it should only be one.<br/>I am not really sure if it is worth fixing that bug (as it is pretty hard to fix),<br/>so maybe the dialog will simply go away again
en_GB: <h1>Description</h1><table><tr><td># of Items</td><td>This is the number of different items in the category</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Total</td><td>This is a count of how many tags was made,<br/>i.e. a simple counting though all the images</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Per Picture</td><td>This tells you how many tags are on each picture on average</td></tr></table><br/><br/>Do not get too attached to this dialogue box, it has the problem that it counts categories AND subcategories,<br/>so if an image has been taken in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA, then 3 tags are counted for that image,<br/>while it should only be one.<br/>I am not really sure if it is worth fixing that bug (as it is pretty hard to fix),<br/>so maybe the dialogue box will simply go away again

en: # of Items
en_GB: No. of Items

en: Run Randomized Slide Show
en_GB: Run Randomised Slide Show

en: Choose Color Scheme
en_GB: Choose Colour Scheme

en: Read Exif Info from Files...
en_GB: Read EXIF Info from Files...

en: Show Exif Info and file metadata
en_GB: Show EXIF Info and file metadata

en: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously checked the do-not-show-again check box?</p>
en_GB: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously ticked the do-not-show-again tick box?</p>

en: Rereading Exif information from all images
en_GB: Rereading EXIF information from all images

en: Exif/IPTC info to show in the viewer
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the viewer

en: Exif/IPTC info to show in the Exif dialog
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the EXIF dialogue

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images. Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image. This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable. If this option is checked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images. Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image. This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable. If this option is ticked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>

en: Use Exif orientation information
en_GB: Use EXIF orientation information

en: Use Exif description
en_GB: Use EXIF description

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum will try to read the image date from Exif information in the image. If that fails it will try to get the date from the file's time stamp.</p><p>However, this information will be wrong if the image was scanned in (you want the date the image was taken, not the date of the scan).</p><p>If you only scan images, in contrast to sometimes using a digital camera, you should reply <b>no</b>. If you never scan images, you should reply <b>yes</b>, otherwise reply <b>ask</b>. This will allow you to decide whether the images are from the scanner or the camera, from session to session.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum will try to read the image date from EXIF information in the image. If that fails it will try to get the date from the file's time stamp.</p><p>However, this information will be wrong if the image was scanned in (you want the date the image was taken, not the date of the scan).</p><p>If you only scan images, in contrast to sometimes using a digital camera, you should reply <b>no</b>. If you never scan images, you should reply <b>yes</b>, otherwise reply <b>ask</b>. This will allow you to decide whether the images are from the scanner or the camera, from session to session.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, uncheck this check box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, untick this tick box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Check this checkbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Tick this tickbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of showing your images on android devices. KPhotoAlbum will automatically pair with the app from android. This, however, requires that KPhotoAlbum on your desktop is listening for multicast messages. Checking this checkbox will make KPhotoAlbum do so automatically on start up. Alternatively, you can click the connection icon in the status bar to start listening.
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of showing your images on android devices. KPhotoAlbum will automatically pair with the app from android. This, however, requires that KPhotoAlbum on your desktop is listening for multicast messages. Ticking this tickbox will make KPhotoAlbum do so automatically on start up. Alternatively, you can click the connection icon in the status bar to start listening.

en: Exif/IPTC Information
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC Information

en: <p>Checking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>

en: <p>Checking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>

en: Insufficient color depth for this filter
en_GB: Insufficient colour depth for this filter

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Rotate counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 10 Forward
en_GB: Skip 10 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 100 Forward
en_GB: Skip 100 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 1000 Forward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 10 Backward
en_GB: Skip 10 Backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 100 Backward
en_GB: Skip 100 Backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 1000 Backward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Backwards

en: tokenizing
en_GB: tokenising

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 minutes backward
en_GB: 10 minutes backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 minute backward
en_GB: 1 minute backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 seconds backward
en_GB: 10 seconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 seconds backward
en_GB: 1 seconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 100 milliseconds backward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 100 milliseconds forward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 seconds forward
en_GB: 1 seconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 seconds forward
en_GB: 10 seconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 minute forward
en_GB: 1 minute forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 minutes forward
en_GB: 10 minutes forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Apply Grayscale Filter
en_GB: Apply Greyscale Filter

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Apply Histogram Equalization Filter
en_GB: Apply Histogram Equalisation Filter

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Annotation Dialog
en_GB: Annotation Dialogue Box

en: Show Exif
en_GB: Show EXIF

[ctx: @item:inmenu build sequence]
en: Alternating Color
en_GB: Alternating Colour

en: Unrecognized game id.
en_GB: Unrecognised game id.

[ctx: OSM::amenity/shop]
en: Arts Center
en_GB: Arts Centre

[ctx: OSM::amenity]
en: Community Center
en_GB: Community Centre

[ctx: OSM::amenity]
en: Conference Center
en_GB: Conference Centre

[ctx: OSM::amenity/shop]
en: Convenience Store
en_GB: Corner Shop

[ctx: OSM::amenity]
en: Coworking Space
en_GB: Co-working Space

[ctx: OSM::leisure]
en: Fitness Center
en_GB: Fitness Centre

[ctx: OSM::amenity]
en: Gas Station
en_GB: Petrol Station

[ctx: OSM::amenity/shop]
en: Garden Center
en_GB: Garden Centre

[ctx: OSM::shop]
en: Hi-fi
en_GB: Hi-Fi

[ctx: OSM::amenity/shop]
en: Jewelry
en_GB: Jewellery

[ctx: OSM::shop]
en: Potery
en_GB: Pottery

[ctx: OSM::amenity]
en: Sports Center
en_GB: Sports Centre

en: Diaper changing table
en_GB: Nappy changing table

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see events occurring on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see events occurring on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see events that start sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see events that start sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateRangeButton)
en: Check this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming events.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see To-dos due on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see To-dos due on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see To-dos that are due sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see To-dos that are due sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideCompletedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have already been completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have already been completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideOpenEndedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see open-ended To-dos.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see open-ended To-dos.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideUnstartedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos with a start date in the future.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos with a start date in the future.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideInProgressBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have been started but are not yet completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have been started but are not yet completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideOverdueBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that are past their due date but have not yet been completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that are past their due date but have not yet been completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see special occasions occurring on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see special occasions occurring on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see special occasions that start sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see special occasions that start sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateRangeButton)
en: Check this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming special occasions.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming special occasions.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the calendar you want to modify. You can change the selected calendar color using the button below.
en_GB: Select the calendar you want to modify. You can change the selected calendar colour using the button below.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose here the color of the calendar selected using the combo box above.
en_GB: Choose here the colour of the calendar selected using the combo box above.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Confirm), group (Save Settings) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display a confirmation dialog when deleting items.
en_GB: Tick this box to display a confirmation dialogue when deleting items.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WorkingHoursStart), group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Enter the start time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with color by KOrganizer.
en_GB: Enter the start time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with colour by KOrganizer.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WorkingHoursEnd), group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Enter the ending time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with color by KOrganizer.
en_GB: Enter the ending time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with colour by KOrganizer.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays.
en_GB: Tick this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Time &amp; Date) i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorBusyDaysEnabled), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  35
en: Color busy days with a different background color
en_GB: Colour busy days with a different background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want month view's background to be filled with a different color on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background color used for this option on the Colors configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background color" setting.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want month view's background to be filled with a different colour on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background colour used for this option on the Colours configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background colour" setting.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display summary tooltips when hovering the mouse over an event or a to-do.
en_GB: Tick this box to display summary tooltips when hovering the mouse over an event or a to-do.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DailyRecur), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing daily recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or uncheck it to give more prominence to other (non daily recurring) events.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing daily recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or untick it to give more prominence to other (non daily recurring) events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WeeklyRecur), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing weekly recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or uncheck it to give more prominence to other (non weekly recurring) events.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing weekly recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or untick it to give more prominence to other (non weekly recurring) events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HighlightJournals), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing journals in bold typeface in the Date Navigator when in journal view.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing journals in bold typeface in the Date Navigator when in journal view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WeekNumbersShowWork), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to select a working week when clicking on the Date Navigator's week numbers, or uncheck it to choose the whole week.
en_GB: Tick this box to select a working week when clicking on the Date Navigator's week numbers, or untick it to choose the whole week.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTodosAgendaView), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display to-dos in the agenda view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display to-dos in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarcusBainsEnabled), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display a line in the day or week view indicating the current-time line (Marcus Bains line).
en_GB: Tick this box to display a line in the day or week view indicating the current-time line (Marcus Bains line).

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarcusBainsShowSeconds), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to show seconds on the current-time line.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to show seconds on the current-time line.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SelectionStartsEditor), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to start the event editor automatically when you select a time range in the daily and weekly view. To select a time range, drag the mouse from the start time to the end time of the event you are about to plan.
en_GB: Tick this box to start the event editor automatically when you select a time range in the daily and weekly view. To select a time range, drag the mouse from the start time to the end time of the event you are about to plan.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Agenda View) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color Usage
en_GB: Colour Usage

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items in their category color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their category colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its category. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its category. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items in their calendar color inside and category color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their calendar colour inside and category colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated category. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated category. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items using their category color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw agenda items using their category colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items using their calendar color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw agenda items using their calendar colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorBusyDaysEnabled), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want agenda's background to be filled with a different color on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background color used for this option on the Colors configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background color" setting.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want agenda's background to be filled with a different colour on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background colour used for this option on the Colours configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background colour" setting.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeInMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display the time in month view items.
en_GB: Tick this box to display the time in month view items.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTodosMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display to-dos in the month view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display to-dos in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJournalsMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display journals in the month view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display journals in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to use the full KOrganizer window when displaying the month view. If this box is checked, you will gain some space for the monthly view, but other widgets, such as the date navigator, the item details and the calendars list, will not be displayed.
en_GB: Tick this box to use the full KOrganizer window when displaying the month view. If this box is ticked, you will gain some space for the monthly view, but other widgets, such as the date navigator, the item details and the calendars list, will not be displayed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items in their category color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their category colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its category.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its category.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items in their calendar color inside and category color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their calendar colour inside and category colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated category.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated category.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items using their category color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw month items using their category colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items using their calendar color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw month items using their calendar colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want all completed to-dos to be always grouped at the bottom of the to-do list.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want all completed to-dos to be always grouped at the bottom of the to-do list.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to see all your to-dos in a flat list instead of being arranged in a hierarchical tree.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see all your to-dos in a flat list instead of being arranged in a hierarchical tree.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to record the completion of a to-do in a new entry of your journal automatically.
en_GB: Tick this box to record the completion of a to-do in a new entry of your journal automatically.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Holiday color
en_GB: Holiday colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the holiday color here. The holiday color will be used for the holiday name in the month view and the holiday number in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the holiday colour here. The holiday colour will be used for the holiday name in the month view and the holiday number in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (AgendaBgColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Agenda view background color
en_GB: Agenda view background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AgendaBgColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the agenda view background color here.
en_GB: Select the agenda view background colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Agenda view current-time line color
en_GB: Agenda view current-time line colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select a color to use for the current-time (Marcus Bains) line.
en_GB: Select a colour to use for the current-time (Marcus Bains) line.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Use this color for the Agenda View current-time (Marcus Bains) line
en_GB: Use this colour for the Agenda View current-time (Marcus Bains) line

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors)
en: Busy days background color
en_GB: Busy days background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: When you have an all day event marked as busy, you can have a different agenda or month view background color for that day. Select the color here.
en_GB: When you have an all day event marked as busy, you can have a different agenda or month view background colour for that day. Select the colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Working hours color
en_GB: Working hours colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the working hours color for the agenda view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours colour for the agenda view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (TodoDueTodayColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: To-do due today color
en_GB: To-do due today colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TodoDueTodayColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the to-do due today color here.
en_GB: Select the to-do due today colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (TodoOverdueColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: To-do overdue color
en_GB: To-do overdue colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TodoOverdueColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the to-do overdue color here.
en_GB: Select the to-do overdue colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the time bar font. The time bar is the widget that shows the hours in the agenda view. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the hour font for the time bar.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the time bar font. The time bar is the widget that shows the hours in the agenda view. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the hour font for the time bar.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the month view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the items in the month view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the month view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the items in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the agenda view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the events in the agenda view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the agenda view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the events in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the current-time line font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the current-time line in the agenda view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the current-time line font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the current-time line in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the highlight color here. The highlight color will be used for marking the currently selected area in your agenda and in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the highlight colour here. The highlight colour will be used for marking the currently selected area in your agenda and in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Month view background color
en_GB: Month view background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the Month view background color here.
en_GB: Select the Month view background colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the highlight color here. The highlight color will be used for marking the currently selected area in your Month and in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the highlight colour here. The highlight colour will be used for marking the currently selected area in your Month and in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the working hours background color for the Month view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours background colour for the Month view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Default event color
en_GB: Default event colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view)
en: Select the default event color here. The default event color will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate color for each event category below.
en_GB: Select the default event colour here. The default event colour will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate colour for each event category below.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mCompletedCheck)
en: If this box is checked, the filter will hide all to-do items from the list, that have been completed. Optionally, only items that have been completed a given number of days are hidden.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the filter will hide all to-do items from the list, that have been completed. Optionally, only items that have been completed a given number of days are hidden.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, mCompletedTimeSpanLabel)
en: This option will allow you to select which completed to-dos should be hidden. When you choose <i>Immediately</i>, it will hide the to-do as soon as you check it. You can increase or decrease the number of days in the spinbox.
en_GB: This option will allow you to select which completed to-dos should be hidden. When you choose <i>Immediately</i>, it will hide the to-do as soon as you tick it. You can increase or decrease the number of days in the spinbox.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideTodosNotAssignedToMeCheck)
en: This option hides all to-dos from your list which are assigned to someone else.<br>
    Only to-dos which have least one attendee will be checked.  If you are not in the list of attendees the to-do will be hidden.
en_GB: This option hides all to-dos from your list which are assigned to someone else.<br>
    Only to-dos which have least one attendee will be ticked.  If you are not in the list of attendees the to-do will be hidden.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, publishEnable)
en: Check this box to upload your Free/Busy information automatically.
    It is possible to skip this option and mail or upload your Free/Busy information using the Schedule menu of KOrganizer.
    Note: If KOrganizer is acting as a KDE Kolab client, this is not required, as the Kolab2 server taking care of publishing your Free/Busy information and manages the access to it from other users.
en_GB: Tick this box to upload your Free/Busy information automatically.
    It is possible to skip this option and mail or upload your Free/Busy information using the Schedule menu of KOrganizer.
    Note: If KOrganizer is acting as a KDE Kolab client, this is not required, as the Kolab2 server taking care of publishing your Free/Busy information and manages the access to it from other users.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, publishSavePassword) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, retrieveSavePassword)
en: Check this box to make KOrganizer remember your password and skip asking you each time it uploads your Free/Busy information, by storing it in the configuration file.
    For security reasons, it is not recommended to store your password in the configuration file.
en_GB: Tick this box to make KOrganizer remember your password and skip asking you each time it uploads your Free/Busy information, by storing it in the configuration file.
    For security reasons, it is not recommended to store your password in the configuration file.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, retrieveEnable)
en: Check this box to retrieve other people's Free/Busy information automatically. Note that you have to fill the correct server information to make this possible.
en_GB: Tick this box to retrieve other people's Free/Busy information automatically. Note that you have to fill the correct server information to make this possible.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fullDomainRetrieval)
en: Check this box to download a free/busy file in the format "user@domain.ifb" (for example joe@company.com.ifb). Otherwise, it will download a free/busy file in the format user.ifb (for example joe.ifb). Ask the server Administrator if you are not sure about how to configure this option.
en_GB: Tick this box to download a free/busy file in the format "user@domain.ifb" (for example joe@company.com.ifb). Otherwise, it will download a free/busy file in the format user.ifb (for example joe.ifb). Ask the server Administrator if you are not sure about how to configure this option.

en: Scroll backward to the previous year
en_GB: Scroll backwards to the previous year

en: Scroll backward to the previous month
en_GB: Scroll backwards to the previous month

en: Scroll forward to the next month
en_GB: Scroll forwards to the next month

en: Scroll forward to the next year
en_GB: Scroll forwards to the next year

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EnableMonthScroll), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display scrollbars when clicking on a cell in the month view; they will only appear when needed though.
en_GB: Tick this box to display scrollbars when clicking on a cell in the month view; they will only appear when needed though.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1014  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mSelectAddressee) #-#-#-#-#  53  #-#-#-#-#
en: Click this button to show another dialog where you will be able to select a recipient from your address book
en_GB: Click this button to show another dialogue where you will be able to select a recipient from your address book

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mIncludeAllEvents) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this option to automatically determine the required time range, so all events will be shown.
en_GB: Tick this option to automatically determine the required time range, so all events will be shown.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mIncludeTodos) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: You should check this option if you want to print to-dos which are due on one of the dates which are in the supplied date range.
en_GB: You should tick this option if you want to print to-dos which are due on one of the dates which are in the supplied date range.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludeTime) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this option to exclude the time in description box
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude the time in description box

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mPrintFooter)
en: Check this box if you want to print a small footer on each page that contains the date of the print.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to print a small footer on each page that contains the date of the print.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: Print in color
en_GB: Print in colour

en: Organizer:
en_GB: Organiser:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mShowDetails) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Detai&ls (visiblility, secrecy, etc.)
en_GB: Detai&ls (visiblility, secrecy etc.)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowAttendees)
en: Check this box if you want the attendees list included on the print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the attendees list included on the print-out.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowAttachments)
en: Check this box if you want the attachment information included on the print-out. The attachments themselves are not printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the attachment information included on the print-out. The attachments themselves are not printed.

en: Opens an editor dialog for this journal entry
en_GB: Opens an editor dialogue for this journal entry

en: Opens a print dialog for this journal entry
en_GB: Opens a print dialogue for this journal entry

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the working hours background color for the agenda view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours background colour for the agenda view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: "No category" color (for "Only category" drawing schemes)
en_GB: "No category" colour (for "Only category" drawing schemes)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select a color to use for the "no category" or "unset category" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This color is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only category" scheme.
en_GB: Select a colour to use for the "no category" or "unset category" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This colour is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only category" scheme.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Use this color when drawing items without a category
en_GB: Use this colour when drawing items without a category

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Save Settings) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to save your calendar file automatically when you exit KOrganizer without asking and periodically, as you work. This setting does not affect the automatic saving of the standard calendar, which is automatically saved after each change.
en_GB: Tick this box to save your calendar file automatically when you exit KOrganizer without asking and periodically, as you work. This setting does not affect the automatic saving of the standard calendar, which is automatically saved after each change.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1035 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mInlineCheck) #-#-#-#-#  666 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Checking this option will cause the attachment to be stored inside your calendar, which can take a lot of space depending on the size of the attachment. If this option is not checked, then only a link pointing to the attachment will be stored.  Do not use a link for attachments that change often or may be moved (or removed) from their current location.
en_GB: Ticking this option will cause the attachment to be stored inside your calendar, which can take a lot of space depending on the size of the attachment. If this option is not ticked, then only a link pointing to the attachment will be stored.  Do not use a link for attachments that change often or may be moved (or removed) from their current location.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1035 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mAddButton) #-#-#-#-#  666 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Shows a dialog used to select an attachment to add to this event or to-do as link or as inline data.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue used to select an attachment to add to this event or to-do as link or as inline data.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1035 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, mOrganizerCombo) #-#-#-#-#  666 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Set the organizer identity
en_GB: Set the organiser identity

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Center on Start
en_GB: Centre on Start

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Center the Gantt chart on the event start date and time
en_GB: Centre the Gantt chart on the event start date and time

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Click this button to center the Gantt chart on the start time and day of this event.
en_GB: Click this button to centre the Gantt chart on the start time and day of this event.

[ctx: @option]
en: You are changing the organizer of this event. Since the organizer is also attending this event, would you like to change the corresponding attendee as well?
en_GB: You are changing the organiser of this event. Since the organiser is also attending this event, would you like to change the corresponding attendee as well?

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialog.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialog.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1035 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mRepeats) #-#-#-#-#  666 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this if you want to the reminder to recur on a periodic interval.
en_GB: Tick this if you want to the reminder to recur on a periodic interval.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling) #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should check this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client).
en_GB: Tick this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should tick this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client).

note: #-#-#-#-#  1014  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling) #-#-#-#-#  53  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to get a copy of all e-mail messages that KOrganizer sends at your request to event attendees.
en_GB: Tick this box to get a copy of all e-mail messages that KOrganizer sends at your request to event attendees.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1014  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FreeBusyFullDomainRetrieval), group (FreeBusy Retrieve) #-#-#-#-#  53  #-#-#-#-#
en: With this setting, you can change the filename that will be fetched from the server. With this checked, it will download a free/busy file called user@domain.ifb, for example nn@kde.org.ifb. Without this set, it will download user.ifb, for example nn.ifb.
en_GB: With this setting, you can change the filename that will be fetched from the server. With this ticked, it will download a free/busy file called user@domain.ifb, for example nn@kde.org.ifb. Without this set, it will download user.ifb, for example nn.ifb.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1032 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings) #-#-#-#-#  146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as "Organizer" in to-dos and events you create.
en_GB: Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as "Organiser" in to-dos and events you create.

en: <qt><p>No URL configured for uploading your free/busy list. Please set it in KOrganizer's configuration dialog, on the "Free/Busy" page.</p><p>Contact your system administrator for the exact URL and the account details.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>No URL configured for uploading your free/busy list. Please set it in KOrganizer's configuration dialogue, on the "Free/Busy" page.</p><p>Contact your system administrator for the exact URL and the account details.</p></qt>

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the event is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the event is cancelled?

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the todo is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the todo is cancelled?

en: Do you want to send a status update to the organizer of this task?
en_GB: Do you want to send a status update to the organiser of this task?

en: Your status as an attendee of this event changed. Do you want to send a status update to the event organizer?
en_GB: Your status as an attendee of this event changed. Do you want to send a status update to the event organiser?

en: You had previously accepted an invitation to this event. Do you want to send an updated response to the organizer declining the invitation?
en_GB: You had previously accepted an invitation to this event. Do you want to send an updated response to the organiser declining the invitation?

en: You are not the organizer of this event. Editing it will bring your calendar out of sync with the organizer's calendar. Do you really want to edit it?
en_GB: You are not the organiser of this event. Editing it will bring your calendar out of sync with the organiser's calendar. Do you really want to edit it?

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Scroll Forward
en_GB: Scroll Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new Event with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new Event with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new To-do with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new To-do with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new Journal entry.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new Journal entry.

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: &Set Folder Color…
en_GB: &Set Folder Colour…

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the tag you want to modify. You can change the selected tag's color using the adjacent color button.
en_GB: Select the tag you want to modify. You can change the selected tag's colour using the adjacent colour button.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose the color of the tag selected in the adjacent combo box.
en_GB: Choose the colour of the tag selected in the adjacent combo box.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General View)
en: To-dos use tag colors
en_GB: To-dos use tag colours

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General View)
en: Check this box so that to-dos will use tag colors and not colors specific to their due, due today or overdue state
en_GB: Tick this box so that to-dos will use tag colours and not colours specific to their due, due today or overdue state

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View)
en: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items using their associated tag color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items using their associated tag colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Draw agenda items with their tag color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items with their tag colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View)
en: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items using their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its tag.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items using their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its tag.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Draw agenda items with their calendar color inside and tag color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items with their calendar colour inside and tag colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) using the color of their associated tag.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) using the colour of their associated tag.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Draw agenda items using their tag color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw agenda items using their tag colour for the inside and border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) using the color of their calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) using the colour of their calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View)
en: Draw month items with their tag color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items with their tag colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View)
en: Draw month items with their calendar color inside and tag color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items with their calendar colour inside and tag colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View)
en: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated tag.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated tag.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View)
en: Draw month items using their tag color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw month items using their tag colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1373 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Use system color
en_GB: Use system colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming)
en: Use system color instead of user defined color. If enabled will ignore all other color settings
en_GB: Use system colour instead of user defined colour. If enabled will ignore all other colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view)
en: Select the default event color here. The default event color will be used for events in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate color for each event tag below.
en_GB: Select the default event colour here. The default event colour will be used for events in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate colour for each event tag below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, eventsCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search for events that match the search pattern and have start dates or end dates in the given date range.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search for events that match the search pattern and have start dates or end dates in the given date range.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, journalsCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search for journal entries that match the search pattern and have start dates in the given date range.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search for journal entries that match the search pattern and have start dates in the given date range.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, todosCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search for to-dos that match the search pattern and have due dates in the given date range.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search for to-dos that match the search pattern and have due dates in the given date range.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, categoryCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match tags against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match tags against your search pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, locationCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match locations against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match locations against your search pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, descriptionCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match descriptions against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match descriptions against your search pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, summaryCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match summaries against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match summaries against your search pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, attendeeCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match attendees against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match attendees against your search pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dateRangeCheckbox)
en: When checked, the search will be limited to the specified date range.
en_GB: When ticked, the search will be limited to the specified date range.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, dateRangeCheckbox)
en: Check this box to search for events within a specified date range. If the box is unchecked, all events will be searched.
en_GB: Tick this box to search for events within a specified date range. If the box is not ticked, all events will be searched.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, inclusiveCheck)
en: Check this box if you only want to find events that occur entirely within the date range specified.  Events that start during the date range but end after it, or end during the date range but start before it, will be excluded from the search results.
en_GB: Tick this box if you only want to find events that occur entirely within the date range specified.  Events that start during the date range but end after it, or end during the date range but start before it, will be excluded from the search results.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, includeUndatedTodos)
en: Check this box to search for to-dos that have a start date, due date, or completion date in the date range specified, or have neither a start date nor an end date.  If the box is unchecked, only to-dos that have a due date in the date range will be displayed.
en_GB: Tick this box to search for to-dos that have a start date, due date, or completion date in the date range specified, or have neither a start date nor an end date.  If the box is not ticked, only to-dos that have a due date in the date range will be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Use a custom color for this account
en_GB: Use a custom colour for this account

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Account are often differentiated by the protocol icon. But if you have severals accounts of the same protocol, you may apply a color filter to that icon to differentiate accounts from the same protocols.
en_GB: Account are often differentiated by the protocol icon. But if you have severals accounts of the same protocol, you may apply a colour filter to that icon to differentiate accounts from the same protocols.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Use &custom color
    for account:
en_GB: Use &custom colour
    for account:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, mColorButton)
en: Account custom color selector
en_GB: Account custom colour selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mConnectNow)
en: If this is checked, the account will be connected right after you clicked on <i>Finished</i>.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the account will be connected right after you clicked on <i>Finished</i>.

note: i18n: ectx: label
en: Emitted when the font and colors settings have changed.
en_GB: Emitted when the font and colours settings have changed.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Text color used when highlighting.
en_GB: Text colour used when highlighting.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Background color used when highlighting.
en_GB: Background colour used when highlighting.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat text color.
en_GB: Chat text colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat background color.
en_GB: Chat background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat link color.
en_GB: Chat link colour.

en: Set Text &Color...
en_GB: Set Text &Colour...

en: Set &Background Color...
en_GB: Set &Background Colour...

en: Reset Font And Color
en_GB: Reset Font And Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor)
en: Set C&olor...
en_GB: Set C&olour...

[ctx: second-person command]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <span style=" font-style:italic;">Check to Include in Global Connection</span>
en_GB: <span style=" font-style:italic;">Tick to Include in Global Connection</span>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor)
en: Set a custom color for this account
en_GB: Set a custom colour for this account

en: Colors && Fonts
en_GB: Colours && Fonts

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: <b>Here you can customize the contact tooltips</b>
en_GB: <b>Here you can customise the contact tooltips</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_trayflashNotifyLeftClickOpensMessage)
en: Left mouse click on flashing system tray opens message instead of restoring/minimizing contact list
en_GB: Left mouse click on flashing system tray opens message instead of restoring/minimising contact list

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_trayflashNotifyLeftClickOpensMessage)
en: A left mouse click on the flashing system tray icon opens the incoming message instead of restoring/minimizing the contact list (e.g. to check who is sending messages). A middle click always opens this message.
en_GB: A left mouse click on the flashing system tray icon opens the incoming message instead of restoring/minimising the contact list (e.g. to check who is sending messages). A middle click always opens this message.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_startDocked)
en: Start with the main window minimized to the system tray
en_GB: Start with the main window minimised to the system tray

en: Here is an incoming colored message.
en_GB: Here is an incoming coloured message.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatTextColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatTextColor)
en: The color of normal text
en_GB: The colour of normal text

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightForegroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightForegroundColor)
en: Foreground color for highlighted messages
en_GB: Foreground colour for highlighted messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatBackgroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatBackgroundColor)
en: Color for the background of the chat window
en_GB: Colour for the background of the chat window

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightBackgroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightBackgroundColor)
en: Background color for highlighted messages
en_GB: Background colour for highlighted messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatLinkColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatLinkColor)
en: Color used for links in chats
en_GB: Colour used for links in chats

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Link color:
en_GB: &Link colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_chatFmtOverride) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_chatFmtOverride)
en: Disregard the colors (background and foreground), and font (size and typeface) of incoming messages
en_GB: Disregard the colours (background and foreground), and font (size and typeface) of incoming messages

en: This contact was not found in the KDE address book. Check that a contact is selected in the properties dialog.
en_GB: This contact was not found in the KDE address book. Check that a contact is selected in the properties dialogue.

en: (contact id)
en_GB: (contact ID)

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbAccountName) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbAccountPhoto)
en: Contact with which to synchronize the displayname.
en_GB: Contact with which to synchronise the displayname.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseCustomIcons)
en: Check to set custom icons for this contact
en_GB: Tick to set custom icons for this contact

en: Force Color ON
en_GB: Force Colour ON

en: Color Filter
en_GB: Colour Filter

note: i18n: off / disable flicker compensation
en: NoFliker
en_GB: NoFlicker

en: Automatic Color Correction
en_GB: Automatic Colour Correction

en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

en: Color Killer
en_GB: Colour Killer

en: Color Effects
en_GB: Colour Effects

en: <qt>You do not have an account configured for <b>%1</b> yet.  Please create an account, connect it, and try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>You do not have an account configured for <b>%1</b> yet.  Please create an account, connect it and try again.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Color used to identify idle contacts.
en_GB: Colour used to identify idle contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Whether to use a different color for idle contacts.
en_GB: Whether to use a different colour for idle contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (ContactList)
en: Color for group name.
en_GB: Colour for group name.

en: You are not authorized to perform the command "%1".
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform the command "%1".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_authorizeCb)
en: Authorize this contact to see my status
en_GB: Authorise this contact to see my status

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mRemembered)
en: Check this and enter your password below if you would like your password to be stored in your wallet, so Kopete does not have to ask you for it each time it is needed.
en_GB: Tick this and enter your password below if you would like your password to be stored in your wallet, so Kopete does not have to ask you for it each time it is needed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, mPassword)
en: Enter your password here. If you would rather not save your password, uncheck the Remember password checkbox above; you will then be prompted for your password whenever it is needed.
en_GB: Enter your password here. If you would rather not save your password, untick the Remember password tickbox above; you will then be prompted for your password whenever it is needed.

[ctx: @info]
en: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialog.
en_GB: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, keyList) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, keyList)
en: Check the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.
en_GB: Tick the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_setBG)
en: Change the background color to:
en_GB: Change the background colour to:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_setFG)
en: Change the foreground color to:
en_GB: Change the foreground colour to:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (History_color), group (History2 Plugin) i18n: ectx: label, entry (History_color), group (History Plugin) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color of messages
en_GB: Colour of messages

en: INFORMATION: Guessed %1 to be one of your buddys nicks.
en_GB: INFORMATION: Guessed %1 to be one of your buddy's nicks.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, colorLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, History_color)
en: Color of history messages in the chat window
en_GB: Colour of history messages in the chat window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorLabel)
en: Color of messages:
en_GB: Colour of messages:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, Number_ChatWindow) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntSpinBox, Number_ChatWindow)
en: The number of message that are shown when borwsing history in the chat window
en_GB: The number of messages that are shown when browsing history in the chat window

en: Cannot find the Magick 'convert' program.
    convert is required to render the LaTeX formulae.
    Please get the software from www.imagemagick.org or from your distribution's package manager.
en_GB: Cannot find the Magick 'convert' program.
    convert is required to render the LaTeX formula.
    Please get the software from www.imagemagick.org or from your distribution's package manager.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: The KopeteTeX plugin allows Kopete to render LaTeX formulas in the chat window. The sender must enclose the formula between two pairs of $ signs. ie: $$formula$$
    This plugin requires that the ImageMagick convert program be installed in order to work.
en_GB: The KopeteTeX plugin allows Kopete to render LaTeX formula in the chat window. The sender must enclose the formula between two pairs of $ signs. ie: $$formula$$
    This plugin requires that the ImageMagick convert program be installed in order to work.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab) #-#-#-#-#  1336 (kolourpaint4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (colors) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: &Colors
en_GB: &Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_fg)
en: Change global text foreground color
en_GB: Change global text foreground colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_char)
en: Change color every letter
en_GB: Change colour every letter

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_words)
en: Change color every word
en_GB: Change colour every word

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OutgoingAsk), group (Translator plugin)
en: Show dialog before sending message
en_GB: Show dialogue before sending message

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_OutgoingAsk)
en: Show dialog before sending
en_GB: Show dialogue before sending

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, restrictPreviews)
en: If checked, only the selected number of pictures are downloaded and displayed as previews.
    Otherwise, an unlimited number of previews are generated.
en_GB: If ticked, only the selected number of pictures are downloaded and displayed as previews.
    Otherwise, an unlimited number of previews are generated.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, enableScaling)
en: If checked, preview images get scaled down to the width specified.
    Otherwise, the images are not scaled at all and appear in their original size.
en_GB: If ticked, preview images get scaled down to the width specified.
    Otherwise, the images are not scaled at all and appear in their original size.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, GaduAwayUI)
en: Away Dialog
en_GB: Away Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notAFriend_) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, notAFriend_)
en: Check if you want to exclude this contact from the "Just for friends" status mode.
en_GB: Tick if you want to exclude this contact from the "Just for friends" status mode.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cacheServersCheck__)
en: This option is used whenever the primary Gadu-Gadu load-balancing server fails.  If this is checked, Kopete will try to connect to the actual servers directly using cached information about them.  This prevents connection errors when the main load-balancing server does not answer. In practice it only helps very rarely.
en_GB: This option is used whenever the primary Gadu-Gadu load-balancing server fails.  If this is ticked, Kopete will try to connect to the actual servers directly using cached information about them.  This prevents connection errors when the main load-balancing server does not answer. In practice it only helps very rarely.

en: Unrecognized error code: %1
en_GB: Unrecognised error code: %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, autoConnect)
en: Check to disable automatic connection.  If checked, you may connect to this account manually using the icon in the bottom of the main Kopete window
en_GB: Tick to disable automatic connection.  If ticked, you may connect to this account manually using the icon in the bottom of the main Kopete window

en: SSL support could not be initialized for account %1. This is most likely because TLS support for QCA is not available.
en_GB: SSL support could not be initialised for account %1. This is most likely because TLS support for QCA is not available.

en: Waiting for authorization
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation

en: Authorization Status
en_GB: Authorisation Status

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAutoConnect) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mAutoConnect) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check to disable automatic connection.  If checked, you can connect manually to this account, using the icon at the bottom of the main Kopete window
en_GB: Tick to disable automatic connection.  If ticked, you can connect manually to this account, using the icon at the bottom of the main Kopete window

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, Libjingle)
en: This enable libjingle voice call
en_GB: This enables libjingle voice call

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbHideSystemInfo)
en: By default, Kopete gives the other users some info about your system and the client. Checking this box will hide that information.
en_GB: By default, Kopete gives the other users some info about your system and the client. Ticking this box will hide that information.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendEvents)
en: Check this box if you always want to send notifications to your contacts.
en_GB: Tick this box if you always want to send notifications to your contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendDeliveredEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Delivered notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is delivered to Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has received the message.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Delivered notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is delivered to Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has received the message.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendDisplayedEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Displayed notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is displayed in Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has displayed the message.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Displayed notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is displayed in Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has displayed the message.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendComposingEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Typing notification</b> to your contacts : when you are composing a message, you might want your contact to know that you are typing so that he/she knows you are answering.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Typing notification</b> to your contacts : when you are composing a message, you might want your contact to know that you are typing so that he/she knows you are answering.</qt>

en: Waiting for Authorization
en_GB: Waiting for Authorisation

en: Request Authorization
en_GB: Request Authorisation

en: Reason for requesting authorization:
en_GB: Reason for requesting authorisation:

en: Please authorize me so I can add you to my contact list
en_GB: Please authorise me so I can add you to my contact list

en: User %1 has granted your authorization request.
    Reason: %2
en_GB: User %1 has granted your authorisation request.
    Reason: %2

en: User %1 has rejected the authorization request.
    Reason: %2
en_GB: User %1 has rejected the authorisation request.
    Reason: %2

en: &Request Authorization
en_GB: &Request Authorisation

en: &Grant Authorization
en_GB: &Grant Authorisation

en: Mail Order Catalog
en_GB: Mail Order Catalogue

en: Non-Government Organization
en_GB: Non-Government Organisation

en: Elementary School
en_GB: Primary School

en: Past Organization
en_GB: Past Organisation

en: Authorization Reply
en_GB: Authorisation Reply

en: <b>%1</b> requested authorization to add you to his/her contact list.
en_GB: <b>%1</b> requested authorisation to add you to his/her contact list.

en: Authorization reply to <b>%1</b>.
en_GB: Authorisation reply to <b>%1</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ICQAuthReplyUI)
en: ICQ Authorization Reply
en_GB: ICQ Authorisation Reply

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblUserReq)
en: %1 requested authorization to add you to his/her contact list.
en_GB: %1 requested authorisation to add you to his/her contact list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbGrant)
en: &Grant authorization
en_GB: &Grant authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbDecline)
en: &Decline authorization
en_GB: &Decline authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: Enable the authorization requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorization from you.
en_GB: Enable the authorisation requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorisation from you.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: Enable the authorization requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorization from you.  Check this box, and you will have to confirm any users who add you to their list before they may see your online status.
en_GB: Enable the authorisation requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorisation from you.  Tick this box, and you will have to confirm any users who add you to their list before they may see your online status.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: &Require authorization before someone can add you to their contact list
en_GB: &Require authorisation before someone can add you to their contact list

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkHideIP)
en: Check this to hide your IP address from people when they view your user info
en_GB: Tick this to hide your IP address from people when they view your user info

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkHideIP)
en: Checking this box prevent people from seeing your IP address if they view your ICQ user details such as name, address, or age.
en_GB: Ticking this box prevent people from seeing your IP address if they view your ICQ user details such as name, address or age.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Check this box to enable Web Aware functionality.
en_GB: Tick this box to enable Web Aware functionality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Check this box to enable ICQ's Web Aware functionality, which allows people to see your online status from ICQ's web page, and send you a message without necessarily having ICQ themselves.
en_GB: Tick this box to enable ICQ's Web Aware functionality, which allows people to see your online status from ICQ's web page, and send you a message without necessarily having ICQ themselves.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Make my status available via &ICQ's unified messaging center
en_GB: Make my status available via &ICQ's unified messaging centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  1372 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, uinLabel) #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: &UIN #:
en_GB: &UIN No.:

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Organization Type
en_GB: Organisation Type

en: Requires Authorization
en_GB: Requires Authorisation

en: Organization & Affiliation Information
en_GB: Organisation & Affiliation Information

en: The user %1 requires authorization before being added to a contact list. Do you want to send an authorization request?
    
    Reason for requesting authorization:
en_GB: The user %1 requires authorisation before being added to a contact list. Do you want to send an authorisation request?
    
    Reason for requesting authorisation:

en: Zipcode
en_GB: Postcode

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autologin)
en: If you check this checkbox, the account will not be connected when you press the "Connect All" button, or at startup when automatic connection at startup is enabled.
en_GB: If you tick this tickbox, the account will not be connected when you press the "Connect All" button, or at startup when automatic connection at startup is enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblZip)
en: Zip code:
en_GB: Postcode:

en: No prefix set for SMSSend, please change it in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: No prefix set for SMSSend, please change it in the configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox)
en: &Enable phone number internationalization
en_GB: &Enable phone number internationalisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalization.
en_GB: Tick if you would like to enable phone number internationalisation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalization.  Without this option, you will only be able to use SMS for accounts within your country.
en_GB: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalisation.  Without this option, you will only be able to use SMS for accounts within your country.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2_2)
en: Com&puter hostname:
en_GB: Com&puter host name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel12)
en: To receive WinPopup messages sent from other machines, the hostname above must be set to this machine's hostname.
en_GB: <i>To receive WinPopup messages sent from other machines, the host name above must be set to this machine's host name.</i>

en: This version of Skype is too old, consider upgrading
en_GB: This version of Skype is too old, consider upgrading.

en: User not authorized by recipient
en_GB: User not authorised by recipient

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, NameLabel)
en: Name of the other participant in the call (or a list of names if it is a conference call.)
en_GB: Name of the other participant in the call (or a list of names if it is a conference call).

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TimeLabel)
en: Total length of the call/<br />(i.e. both time speaking and time on hold.)
en_GB: Total length of the call/<br />(i.e. both time speaking and time on hold).

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel7)
en: Is authorized:
en_GB: Is authorised:

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, excludeCheck)
en: Check this if you do not want to connect with other protocols
en_GB: Tick this if you do not want to connect with other protocols

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, AuthorCheck)
en: &Non-standard authorization
en_GB: &Non-standard authorisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Note that Kopete will freeze while Skype asks you if it can allow Kopete to access it. This is normal, and if you allow it forever (check that "Remember" checkbox in Skype's dialog), it will not happen again.<br /><br />The 'System Bus' option is not yet supported by Skype
en_GB: Note that Kopete will freeze while Skype asks you if it can allow Kopete to access it. This is normal, and if you allow it forever (check that "Remember" checkbox in Skype's dialogue), it will not happen again.<br /><br />The 'System Bus' option is not yet supported by Skype

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, CallCheck)
en: S&how call control (this will also hide Skype client call dialog)
en_GB: S&how call control (this will also hide Skype client call dialogue)

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, LeaveCheck)
en: Do not leave a chat when the chat window is closed. Makes a difference only with multi-user chats: if it is checked, you will continue receiving messages from that chat even after closing the window.
en_GB: Do not leave a chat when the chat window is closed. Makes a difference only with multi-user chats: if it is ticked, you will continue receiving messages from that chat even after closing the window.

en: User %1 has granted your authorization request.
en_GB: User %1 has granted your authorisation request.

en: User %1 has rejected your authorization request.
    %2
en_GB: User %1 has rejected your authorisation request.
    %2

en: Private ZIP
en_GB: Private Postcode

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Italics</span> contacts are not on your contact list.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Italicised</span> contacts are not on your contact list.</p></body></html>

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_reversed)
en: If this box is checked, you are on this user's contact list.
    If not, the user has not added you to their list, or has removed you.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you are on this user's contact list.
    If not, the user has not added you to their list, or has removed you.

en: Select the pen's color
en_GB: Select the pen's colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, addID)
en: The name of the IRC contact or channel you would like to add.  You can type a person's nickname, or a channel name, preceded by a pound sign ('#').
en_GB: The name of the IRC contact or channel you would like to add.  You can type a person's nickname, or a channel name, preceded by a hash sign ('#').

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListView, ctcpList)
en: You can use this dialog to add custom replies for when people send you CTCP requests. You can also use this dialog to override the built-in replies for VERSION, USERINFO, and CLIENTINFO.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to add custom replies for when people send you CTCP requests. You can also use this dialogue to override the built-in replies for VERSION, USERINFO and CLIENTINFO.

note: #-#-#-#-#  892 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useSSL)
en: Check this to enable SSL for this connection
en_GB: Tick this to enable SSL for this connection

en: <b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys</b>: when you import a public key, it is usually marked as untrusted and you cannot use it unless you sign it in order to make it 'trusted'. Checking this box enables you to use any key, even if it has not be signed.
en_GB: <b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys</b>: when you import a public key, it is usually marked as untrusted and you cannot use it unless you sign it in order to make it 'trusted'. Ticking this box enables you to use any key, even if it has not be signed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1236 (kgpg)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AsciiArmor)
en: ASCII armored encryption
en_GB: ASCII armoured encryption

en: no colors allowed
en_GB: no colours allowed

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideUnimportantEventsExcludeActive)
en: If checked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.
en_GB: If ticked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomaticRememberLine)
en: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimize the application.
en_GB: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimise the application.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_InputFieldsBackgroundColor)
en: &Use custom colors for input box, nickname list and tab list
en_GB: &Use custom colours for input box, nickname list and tab list

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_UseColoredNicks)
en: Colored Nicks
en_GB: Coloured Nicks

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Own nick color:
en_GB: &Own nick colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: By enabling this option, color codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as colored text. You can add color codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Color
en_GB: By enabling this option, colour codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as coloured text. You can add colour codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: &Allow Colored Text in IRC Messages
en_GB: &Allow Coloured Text in IRC Messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OSDUseCustomColors)
en: Enable Custom Colors
en_GB: Enable Custom Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Te&xt color:
en_GB: Te&xt colour:

en: Warning Dialogs
en_GB: Warning Dialogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsText)
en: Use colored text
en_GB: Use coloured text

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsLeds)
en: Use colored LEDs
en_GB: Use coloured LEDs

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: If you select this, the colors you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colors for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".
en_GB: If you select this, the colours you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colours for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: Give precedence to chat window highlight colors
en_GB: Give precedence to chat window highlight colours

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Checkbox item, determines whether warning dialog is shown; concludes sentence "Show a warning dialog when..."]
en: ... closing the window will minimize to the system tray
en_GB: ... closing the window will minimise to the system tray

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, dialogListView)
en: Show a warning dialog when...
en_GB: Show a warning dialogue when...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OpenWatchedNicksAtStartup)
en: <qt>When checked, the <b>Watched Nicks</b> window will be automatically opened when starting Konversation.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>When ticked, the <b>Watched Nicks</b> window will be automatically opened when starting Konversation.</qt>

en: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialog.
en_GB: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialogue.

en: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground colour

en: Select a color from the image
en_GB: Select a colour from the image

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_insertRememberLineOnAwayChBox)
en: If you check this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.
en_GB: If you tick this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, automaticAwayGroup)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically set all connections using this Identity away when the screensaver starts or after a period of user inactivity configured below.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically set all connections using this Identity away when the screensaver starts or after a period of user inactivity configured below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_automaticUnawayChBox)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, awayCommandsGroup)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.

en: You set the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: You set the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3 and %4.

en: Unrecognized command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.
en_GB: Unrecognised command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.

en: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognizes "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialog under Behavior -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).
en_GB: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognises "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialogue under Behaviour -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_sslChBox)
en: Check if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.
en_GB: Tick if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoConnectCBox)
en: Check here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.
en_GB: Tick here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.

en: Konversation is a client for the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) protocol.
    
    Meet friends on the net, make new acquaintances and lose yourself in talk about your favorite subject.
en_GB: Konversation is a client for the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) protocol.
    
    Meet friends on the net, make new acquaintances and lose yourself in talk about your favourite subject.

en: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Colored nicks, Nicklist themes
en_GB: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Coloured nicks, Nicklist themes

en: Color configurator, Highlight dialog
en_GB: Colour configurator, Highlight dialogue

en: Option to enable IRC color filtering
en_GB: Option to enable IRC colour filtering

en: Open the channel settings dialog for this tab
en_GB: Open the channel settings dialogue for this tab

en: &IRC Color...
en_GB: &IRC Colour...

en: Set the color of your current IRC message
en_GB: Set the colour of your current IRC message

en: Insert &IRC Color...
en_GB: Insert &IRC Colour...

en: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password.)
en_GB: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password).

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3 and %4.

en: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behavior</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behaviour</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>

en: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialog to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?
en_GB: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialogue to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?

en: IRC Color Chooser
en_GB: IRC Colour Chooser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: This is how your message will look with these colors
en_GB: This is how your message will look with these colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colors.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your color changes.</b>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colours.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your colour changes.</b>
    </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: Fore&ground color:
en_GB: Fore&ground colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text-background color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text-background colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background color of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text color.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background colour of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text colour.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

en: Text past the server limit of %1 bytes is shown in color.
en_GB: Text past the server limit of %1 bytes is shown in colour.

en: This is a list of all topics that have been set for this channel while its tab was open.
    
    If the same topic is set multiple times consecutively by someone, only the final occurrence is shown.
    
    When you select a topic in the list, the edit field below it will receive its text. Once you start modifying the contents of the field, however, the list will switch from the regular entry selection mode to allowing you to perform text selection on the entries in case you may wish to incorporate some of their text into the new topic. To return to entry selection mode and a synchronized edit field, undo back to the original text or close and reopen the dialog.
en_GB: This is a list of all topics that have been set for this channel while its tab was open.
    
    If the same topic is set multiple times consecutively by someone, only the final occurrence is shown.
    
    When you select a topic in the list, the edit field below it will receive its text. Once you start modifying the contents of the field, however, the list will switch from the regular entry selection mode to allowing you to perform text selection on the entries in case you may wish to incorporate some of their text into the new topic. To return to entry selection mode and a synchronised edit field, undo back to the original text or close and reopen the dialogue.

[ctx: @info:credit]
en: SQLite backend for favorite colors
en_GB: SQLite backend for favourite colours

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Favorite Colors
en_GB: Favourite Colours

[ctx: @info:inline]
en: Background color copied to clipboard
en_GB: Background colour copied to clipboard

[ctx: @info:inline]
en: Text color copied to clipboard
en_GB: Text colour copied to clipboard

[ctx: @info:inline]
en: Color copied to clipboard
en_GB: Colour copied to clipboard

en: Contrast is the difference in color between two objects that allows them to be distinguished. In visual perception of the real world, contrast is determined by the difference in the color and brightness of the object and other objects within the same field of view.
en_GB: Contrast is the difference in colour between two objects that allows them to be distinguished. In visual perception of the real world, contrast is determined by the difference in the colour and brightness of the object and other objects within the same field of view.

en: A contrast value of 21 indicates a perfect contrast (usually black on white), and a value of 0 indicate that the two colors are the same.
en_GB: A contrast value of 21 indicates a perfect contrast (usually black on white), and a value of 0 indicate that the two colours are the same.

en: Contrast is the difference in luminance or color that makes an object (or its representation in an image or display) distinguishable. In visual perception of the real world, contrast is determined by the difference in the color and brightness of the object and other objects within the same field of view.
en_GB: Contrast is the difference in luminance or colour that makes an object (or its representation in an image or display) distinguishable. In visual perception of the real world, contrast is determined by the difference in the colour and brightness of the object and other objects within the same field of view.

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Mark as Favorite
en_GB: Mark as Favourite

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceStartupPlugin), group (View)
en: Usually Kontact will come up with the plugin used before shutdown. Check this box if you would like the specified plugin to come up on start instead.
en_GB: Usually Kontact will come up with the plugin used before shutdown. Tick this box if you would like the specified plugin to come up on start instead.

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Start in iconified (minimized) mode
en_GB: Start in iconified (minimised) mode

[ctx: @info:status]
en:  Initializing...
en_GB:  Initialising...

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can configure Kontact.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can configure Kontact.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choosing this will show a dialog where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking.
en_GB: Choosing this will show a dialogue where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new feed.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new feed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  681  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Create a new contact" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create a new contact.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create a new contact.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  681  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Create a new contact group" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create a new contact group.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create a new contact group.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create and send a new email message.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create and send a new email message.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1305 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Synchronize groupware mail" ) );
en: Choose this option to synchronize your groupware email.
en_GB: Choose this option to synchronise your groupware email.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1329 (knotes)  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Create a new popup note" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1329 (knotes)  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Edit popup note" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can modify an existing popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can modify an existing popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1329 (knotes)  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Rename popup note" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can rename an existing popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can rename an existing popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1329 (knotes)  #-#-#-#-# i18nc( "@info:status", "Create new popup note" ) );
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create a new popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create a new popup note.

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1
en_GB: Colour 1

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2
en_GB: Colour 2

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3
en_GB: Colour 3

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4
en_GB: Colour 4

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5
en_GB: Colour 5

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6
en_GB: Colour 6

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7
en_GB: Colour 7

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8
en_GB: Colour 8

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 1 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 2 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 3 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 4 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 5 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 6 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 7 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 8 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 1 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 2 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 3 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 4 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 5 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 6 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 7 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 8 (Faint)

[ctx: @item]
en: Un-named Color Scheme
en_GB: Un-named Colour Scheme

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual colors]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual intense colors]
en: Intense color
en_GB: Intense colour

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual faint colors]
en: Faint color
en_GB: Faint colour

[ctx: @title:window]
en: New Color Scheme
en_GB: New Colour Scheme

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Edit Color Scheme
en_GB: Edit Colour Scheme

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose color
en_GB: Click to choose colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose intense color
en_GB: Click to choose intense colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose Faint color
en_GB: Click to choose Faint colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, randomizedBackgroundCheck)
en: Hue and saturation values of default foreground and background colors are randomized by default. Some color schemes might use different randomization settings.
    To see any effect, set colors with saturation value greater than 0.
en_GB: Hue and saturation values of default foreground and background colours are randomized by default. Some colour schemes might use different randomisation settings.
    To see any effect, set colours with saturation value greater than 0.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, randomizedBackgroundCheck)
en: Randomly adjust colors for each session
en_GB: Randomly adjust colours for each session

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, transparencyLabel)
en: Background color transparency:
en_GB: Background colour transparency:

en: No saved SSH config found. You can add one on Plugins -> SSH Manager
en_GB: No saved SSH configuration found. You can add one on Plugins -> SSH Manager

en: Don't Change
en_GB: Do not Change

en: You can't delete an automatically added entry.
en_GB: You cannot delete an automatically added entry.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, folder)
en: For organizational purposes, this entry will be inside of this folder.
en_GB: For organisational purposes, this entry will be inside of this folder.

en: Linux Colors
en_GB: Linux Colours

en: &Hangup
en_GB: &Hang up

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, enableAllMessagesButton)
en: All dialogs will be shown again
en_GB: All dialogues will be shown again

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, enableAllMessagesButton)
en: Enable all "Don't Ask Again" messages
en_GB: Enable all "Do Not Ask Again" messages

[ctx: @title:tab Tab bar settings]
note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, behaviorTab)
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @action Shortcut entry]
en: Toggle maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle maximise current view

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Toggle maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle maximise current view

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, colorSchemeTab)
en: Color scheme && font
en_GB: Colour scheme && font

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, newColorSchemeButton)
en: Create a new color scheme based upon the selected scheme
en_GB: Create a new colour scheme based upon the selected scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, editColorSchemeButton)
en: Edit the selected color scheme
en_GB: Edit the selected colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, removeColorSchemeButton)
en: Delete the selected color scheme
en_GB: Delete the selected colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, resetColorSchemeButton)
en: Reset the selected color scheme settings to the default values
en_GB: Reset the selected colour scheme settings to the default values

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, boldIntenseButton)
en: Draw intense colors in bold font
en_GB: Draw intense colours in bold font

[ctx: Cursor color options]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, autoCursorColorButton)
en: Set the cursor to match the color of the character underneath it.
en_GB: Set the cursor to match the colour of the character underneath it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, customCursorColorButton)
en: Use a custom, fixed color for the cursor
en_GB: Use a custom, fixed colour for the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, customCursorColorButton)
en: Custom cursor color
en_GB: Custom cursor colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, customColorSelectButton)
en: Select the color used to draw the cursor
en_GB: Select the colour used to draw the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, customTextColorSelectButton)
en: Select the color used to draw the character underneath the cursor
en_GB: Select the colour used to draw the character underneath the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, showTerminalSizeHintButton)
en: Show terminal size in columns and lines in the center of window after resizing
en_GB: Show terminal size in columns and lines in the centre of window after resizing

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, invertSelectionColorsCheckbox)
en: Always invert the colors of selected text
en_GB: Always invert the colours of selected text

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Align to center:
en_GB: Align to centre:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dimWhenInactiveCheckbox)
en: Indicate whether the window is active by dimming the colors
en_GB: Indicate whether the window is active by dimming the colours

en: This color scheme uses a transparent background which does not appear to be supported on your desktop
en_GB: This colour scheme uses a transparent background which does not appear to be supported on your desktop

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, copyTextAsHTMLButton)
en: Copy text as HTML (including formatting, font faces, colors... etc)
en_GB: Copy text as HTML (including formatting, font faces, colours... etc)

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, underlineLinksButton)
en: Text recognized as a link or an email address will be underlined when hovered by the mouse pointer.
en_GB: Text recognised as a link or an email address will be underlined when hovered over by the mouse pointer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, underlineFilesButton)
en: Text recognized as a file will be underlined when hovered by the mouse pointer.
en_GB: Text recognised as a file will be underlined when hovered over by the mouse pointer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, openLinksByDirectClickButton)
en: Text recognized as a file, link or an email address can be opened by direct mouse click.
en_GB: Text recognised as a file, link or an email address can be opened by direct mouse click.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, allowColorFilters)
en: When positioning the mouse over a hexadecimal color it will be displayed in a frame next to the mouse pointer
en_GB: When positioning the mouse over a hexadecimal colour it will be displayed in a frame next to the mouse pointer

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, allowColorFilters)
en: Preview Colors on hover
en_GB: Preview Colours on hover

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Tab Color:
en_GB: Tab Colour:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Maximize terminal
en_GB: Maximise terminal

[ctx: Caption of hover tooltip]
en: Color Preview
en_GB: Colour Preview

[ctx: @action Shortcut entry]
en: Toggle zoom-maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle zoom-maximise current view

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Toggle zoom-maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle zoom-maximise current view

[ctx: Border color options]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, borderLabel)
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, focusBorderColor)
en: Select the color used to draw the border
en_GB: Select the colour used to draw the border

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelMarkerColor)
en: Color of scrollbar markers:
en_GB: Colour of scrollbar markers:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Tab Co&lor:
en_GB: Tab Co&lour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, randomizeMap)
en: &Randomize
en_GB: &Randomise

en: Turn # %1
en_GB: Turn No. %1

en: Browse and restore the trash
en_GB: Browse and restore the wastebin

en: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopedia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.
en_GB: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopædia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, immediatelyCacheData)
en: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialog
en_GB: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialogue

en: Couldn't open the file <tt>%1</tt> containing the user style sheet. The default style sheet will be used
en_GB: Could not open the file <tt>%1</tt> containing the user style sheet. The default style sheet will be used

note: #-#-#-#-#  488 (glaxnimate)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/core/model/assets/bitmap.hpp i18n: Property name
en: url
en_GB: URL

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plugin and helper installation.
en_GB: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plug-in and helper installation.

en: Could not find bookmarks config
en_GB: Could not find bookmarks configuration

en: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilization by using a tree map visualization.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilisation by using a tree map visualisation.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>

[ctx: @action:inmenu File]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: &Empty Trash Bin
en_GB: &Empty Wastebin

en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

en: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialog where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialog also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>
en_GB: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialogue where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialogue also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>

en: Import bookmarks from a file in Internet Explorer's Favorites format
en_GB: Import bookmarks from a file in Internet Explorer's Favourites format

en: Export bookmarks to a file in Internet Explorer's Favorites format
en_GB: Export bookmarks to a file in Internet Explorer's Favourites format

[ctx: The session asked by the user doesn't exist or can't be opened]
en: Session %1 couldn't be opened
en_GB: Session %1 could not be opened

en: You can't pass URLs when using the --preload switch. The URLs will be ignored
en_GB: You cannot pass URLs when using the --preload switch. The URLs will be ignored

en: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialog. Do you want to change proxy settings now?
en_GB: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialogue. Do you want to change proxy settings now?

en: Show proxy configuration dialog
en_GB: Show proxy configuration dialogue

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1346 (kcmkonqhtml)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbEnableCookies) #-#-#-#-#  1065 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <qt>
    <p>Enable cookie support. Normally you will want to have cookie support enabled and customize it to suit your privacy needs.</p><p>
    Please note that disabling cookie support might make many web sites unbrowsable.</p>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <p>Enable cookie support. Normally you will want to have cookie support enabled and customise it to suit your privacy needs.</p><p>
    Please note that disabling cookie support might make many web sites unbrowsable.</p>
    </qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1346 (kcmkonqhtml)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAutoAcceptSessionCookies) #-#-#-#-#  1065 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <p>
    Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p><p><u>NOTE</u> Checking this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>
en_GB: <p>
    Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p><p><u>NOTE</u> Setting this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useUser)
en: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is checked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>
en_GB: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useAccess)
en: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font color with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customize... dialog and pick out your desired options.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font colour with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customise... dialogue and pick out your desired options.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, customize)
en: Custom&ize...
en_GB: Custom&ise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useCustomBackgroundColor)
en: <html><head/><body><p align="justify">Use a custom background color for web pages. This color is used:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">when the background color isn't explicitly set by the page or by a custom stylesheet</li><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">before a web page is loaded</li></ul><p align="justify">Setting a custom background color is mostly useful if you use a custom stylesheet which sets a background color for the page (especially a dark color), to avoid a white flash before the page is loaded</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p align="justify">Use a custom background colour for web pages. This colour is used:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">when the background colour isn't explicitly set by the page or by a custom stylesheet</li><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">before a web page is loaded</li></ul><p align="justify">Setting a custom background colour is mostly useful if you use a custom stylesheet which sets a background colour for the page (especially a dark colour), to avoid a white flash before the page is loaded</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, useCustomBackgroundColor)
en: Use custom &background color
en_GB: Use custom &background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, customBackgroundColor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The custom background color to use for web pages</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The custom background colour to use for web pages</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, addCustomBackgroundToStyleSheet)
en: <html><head/><body><p align="justify">Add to your custom stylesheet (including the accessibility stylesheet) a rule to set all background colors to the custom color you chose above. This avoids the need of setting the background color both in the stylesheet and in the configuration dialog.</p><p align="justify"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Notes:</span></p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">the rule will be overridden by other rules for background colors in your custom stylesheet following the usual CSS rules</li><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">the rule isn't actually added to the file containing your custom stylesheet; it's only inserted in the copy Konqueror keeps in memory. This means that if you use the stylesheet in other browsers, you'll need to manually add the rule to it.</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p align="justify">Add to your custom stylesheet (including the accessibility stylesheet) a rule to set all background colours to the custom colour you chose above. This avoids the need of setting the background colour both in the stylesheet and in the configuration dialog.</p><p align="justify"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Notes:</span></p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">the rule will be overridden by other rules for background colours in your custom stylesheet following the usual CSS rules</li><li align="justify" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">the rule isn't actually added to the file containing your custom stylesheet; it's only inserted in the copy Konqueror keeps in memory. This means that if you use the stylesheet in other browsers, you'll need to manually add the rule to it.</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, addCustomBackgroundToStyleSheet)
en: Add custom background color to stylesheet
en_GB: Add custom background colour to stylesheet

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameFamily)
en: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favor of the base font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favour of the base font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, dontScale)
en: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favor of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favour of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, whiteOnBlack)
en: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse color scheme.</p>
en_GB: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse colour scheme.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, customColor)
en: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom color for the default font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom colour for the default font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtBackground)
en: <b>Background</b><p>This background color is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>
en_GB: <b>Background</b><p>This background colour is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: <b>Use same color for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen color to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same colour for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen colour to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: Use same color for all text
en_GB: Use same colour for all text

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtForeground) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, foregroundColorButton)
en: <b>Foreground color</b><p>The foreground color is the color that the text is drawn in.</p>
en_GB: <b>Foreground colour</b><p>The foreground colour is the colour that the text is drawn in.</p>

en: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own color and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.
en_GB: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own colour and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.

note: i18n("Form Com&pletion"), widget()); m_pFormCompletionCheckBox->setCheckable(true); QFormLayout *laygroup2 = new QFormLayout(m_pFormCompletionCheckBox);
en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.

en: Mouse Beha&vior
en_GB: Mouse Beha&viour

en: If this box is checked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.

en: If this box is checked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.

en: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unchecking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for this change to take effect.)
en_GB: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unticking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for changes to take effect.)

en: <p>Check this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.</p><p><strong>Warning:</strong> this header is considered obsolete, so it will likely be ignored by most web pages.</p>
en_GB: <p>Tick this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.</p><p><strong>Warning:</strong> this header is considered obsolete, so it will likely be ignored by most web pages.</p>

en: Uncheck this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords
en_GB: Untick this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords

en: Uncheck this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings
en_GB: Untick this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings

en: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialog box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.
en_GB: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialogue box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialogue box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, TabsOptions)
en: Tabs Behavior
en_GB: Tabs Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pKonquerorTabforExternalURL)
en: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimized Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.
en_GB: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimised Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: New Tab Behavior
en_GB: New Tab Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pNewTabsInBackground)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This will open a new tab in the background, instead of in the foreground.</p><p>Press <span style=" font-family:'Fira Code';">shift</span> when opening a new tab to reverse this behavior</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This will open a new tab in the background, instead of in the foreground.</p><p>Press <span style=" font-family:'Fira Code';">shift</span> when opening a new tab to reverse this behaviour</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pTabCloseActivatePrevious)
en: When checking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.
en_GB: When ticking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useDefaultUA)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, disable choosing a custom identification and use the default one</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, disable choosing a custom identification and use the default one</p></body></html>

en: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the trashcan
en_GB: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the wastebin

en: Check this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Trash'.
en_GB: Tick this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Wastebin'.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1344 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbShowRoot)
en: If this option is unchecked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If checked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.
en_GB: If this option is unticked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If ticked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.

en: <h1>Proxy</h1><p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p><p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.</p><p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Proxy</h1><p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p><p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam or anything else you want to block.</p><p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1257 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useReverseProxyCheckBox) #-#-#-#-#  1065 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <qt>
    Check this box if you want the above proxy settings to apply only to the addresses listed in the <i>Exceptions</i> list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    Tick this box if you want the above proxy settings to apply only to the addresses listed in the <i>Exceptions</i> list.</qt>

en: <h1>Network Preferences</h1>Here you can define the behavior of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings.
en_GB: <h1>Network Preferences</h1>Here you can define the behaviour of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings.

en: &Foreground color:
en_GB: &Foreground colour:

en: &Set different color depth:
en_GB: &Set different colour depth:

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

en: No favorite talks found for %1
en_GB: No favourite talks found for %1

en: No favorite talks found
en_GB: No favourite talks found

en: Use local timezone
en_GB: Use local time-zone

en: Add reminder to favorite talks
en_GB: Add reminder to favourite talks

en: Already in favorites
en_GB: Already in favourites

en: Talk added to favorites, but it overlaps with existing ones:
    %1
en_GB: Talk added to favourites, but it overlaps with existing ones:
    %1

en: Talk added to favorites
en_GB: Talk added to favourites

[ctx: @infor:whatsthis]
en: If you have entered a file or folder name and a file that contains diff output in the fields in this dialog then this button will be enabled and pressing it will open kompare's main view where the output of the entered file or files from the folder are mixed with the diff output so you can then apply the difference(s) to a file or to the files.
en_GB: If you have entered a file or folder name and a file that contains diff output in the fields in this dialogue then this button will be enabled and pressing it will open kompare's main view where the output of the entered file or files from the folder are mixed with the diff output so you can then apply the difference(s) to a file or to the files.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If you have entered 2 filenames or 2 folders in the fields in this dialog then this button will be enabled and pressing it will start a comparison of the entered files or folders.
en_GB: If you have entered 2 filenames or 2 folders in the fields in this dialogue then this button will be enabled and pressing it will start a comparison of the entered files or folders.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: O&ptimize for large files
en_GB: O&ptimise for large files

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: When this checkbox is enabled, an option to diff is given that will make diff ignore lines that match the regular expression.
en_GB: When this tick box is enabled, an option to diff is given that will make diff ignore lines that match the regular expression.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This can be very useful in situations where code has been reorganized and empty lines have been added or removed to improve legibility.
en_GB: This can be very useful in situations where code has been reorganised and empty lines have been added or removed to improve legibility.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: If this is checked you can enter a shell pattern in the text box on the right or select entries from the list.
en_GB: If this is ticked you can enter a shell pattern in the text box on the right or select entries from the list.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: If this is checked you can enter a filename in the combo box below.
en_GB: If this is ticked you can enter a filename in the combo box below.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Any file you select in the dialog that pops up when you click it will be put in the dialog to the left of this button.
en_GB: Any file you select in the dialogue that pops up when you click it will be put in the dialogue to the left of this button.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Removed color:
en_GB: Removed colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Changed color:
en_GB: Changed colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Added color:
en_GB: Added colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Applied color:
en_GB: Applied colour:

[ctx: @item diff format]
en: Ed
en_GB: `Ed

en: Git client gui for KDE
en_GB: Git client GUI for KDE

en: No repo selected
en_GB: No repository selected

[ctx: @action]
en: Recent repos
en_GB: Recent repositories

en: Init repo
en_GB: Initialise repository

en: The path is not git repo: %1
en_GB: The path is not git repository: %1

en: The repo inited successfully
en_GB: The repository initialised successfully

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (file) i18n: ectx: Menu (repo)
en: Repo
en_GB: Repository

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCommandLinkButton, commandLinkButtonDontExit)
en: Don't exit
en_GB: Do not exit

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Fetch url:
en_GB: Fetch URL:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Push url:
en_GB: Push URL:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (PushButton, pushButtonApply)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Apply stash to top of current working directory</p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-stash#Documentation/git-stash.txt-apply--index-q--quietltstashgt"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;">More information...</span></a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Apply stash to top of current working folder</p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-stash#Documentation/git-stash.txt-apply--index-q--quietltstashgt"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;">More information...</span></a></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (diffAddedColor), group (Preferences)
en: Added color
en_GB: Added colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (diffRemovedColor), group (Preferences)
en: Removed color
en_GB: Removed colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (diffModifiedColor), group (Preferences)
en: Modified color
en_GB: Modified colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (colorForeground), group (Preferences)
en: color of the foreground
en_GB: colour of the foreground

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_openLastRepo) i18n: ectx: label, entry (openLastRepo), group (Preferences)
en: Open last repo at startup
en_GB: Open last repository at startup

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel)
en: Added diff color:
en_GB: Added diff colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel_2)
en: Removed diff color:
en_GB: Removed diff colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel_3)
en: Modified diff color:
en_GB: Modified diff colour:

[ctx: @action]
en: Change url…
en_GB: Change URL

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Change url
en_GB: Change URL

en: Url for remote changed successfully
en_GB: URL for remote changed successfully

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CleanupDialog)
en: Cleanup repo
en_GB: Cleanup repository

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: New directory:
en_GB: New folder:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Old directory:
en_GB: Old folder:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioButtonDirIgnoreFile)
en: .gitignore in the containing directory
en_GB: .gitignore in the containing folder

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, InitDialog)
en: Init git repo
en_GB: Initialise git repository

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, checkBoxRenormalize)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This runs a virtual check-out and check-in of all three stages of a file when resolving a three-way merge. This option is meant to be used when merging branches with different clean filters or end-of-line normalization rules.</p><p><br/></p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-merge#Documentation/git-merge.txt-renormalize"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More information</span></a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This runs a virtual check-out and check-in of all three stages of a file when resolving a three-way merge. This option is meant to be used when merging branches with different clean filters or end-of-line normalisation rules.</p><p><br/></p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-merge#Documentation/git-merge.txt-renormalize"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More information</span></a></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkBoxRenormalize)
en: Renormalize
en_GB: Normalise

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, RepoSettingsDialog)
en: Repo settings
en_GB: Repository settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, comboBoxAutoCrlf)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Change cr/lf or not</p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config#Documentation/git-config.txt-coreautocrlf"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More informations...</span></a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Change cr/lf or not</p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config#Documentation/git-config.txt-coreautocrlf"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More information...</span></a></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, comboBoxFileMode)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree is to be honored. </p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config#Documentation/git-config.txt-corefileMode"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More informations...</span></a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree is to be honoured. </p><p><a href="https://git-scm.com/docs/git-config#Documentation/git-config.txt-corefileMode"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;">More information...</span></a></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, SearchDialog)
en: Search in repo
en_GB: Search in repository

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkBoxHideUnchangeds)
en: Hide unchangeds
en_GB: Hide unchanged

en: Keep their
en_GB: Keep theirs

en: Keep mine before their
en_GB: Keep mine before theirs

en: Keep their before mine
en_GB: Keep theirs before mine

en: Reduce to Grayscale
en_GB: Reduce to Greyscale

en: Reduce to 256 Color (Dithered)
en_GB: Reduce to 256 Colour (Dithered)

en: Reduce to 256 Color
en_GB: Reduce to 256 Colour

en: Histogram Equalizer
en_GB: Histogram Equaliser

en: Reduce Colors
en_GB: Reduce Colours

en: <qt><ul><li><b>Resize</b>: The size of the picture will be increased by creating new areas to the right and/or bottom (filled in with the background color) or decreased by cutting it at the right and/or bottom.</li><li><b>Scale</b>: The picture will be expanded by duplicating pixels or squashed by dropping pixels.</li><li><b>Smooth Scale</b>: This is the same as <i>Scale</i> except that it blends neighboring pixels to produce a smoother looking picture.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><ul><li><b>Resize</b>: The size of the picture will be increased by creating new areas to the right and/or bottom (filled in with the background colour) or decreased by cutting it at the right and/or bottom.</li><li><b>Scale</b>: The picture will be expanded by duplicating pixels or squashed by dropping pixels.</li><li><b>Smooth Scale</b>: This is the same as <i>Scale</i> except that it blends neighbouring pixels to produce a smoother looking picture.</li></ul></qt>

en: Cou&nterclockwise
en_GB: A&nticlockwise

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Color Similarity
en_GB: Colour Similarity

en: &RGB Color Cube Distance
en_GB: &RGB Colour Cube Distance

en: <a href="dummy_to_make_link_clickable">What is Color Similarity?</a>
en_GB: <a href="dummy_to_make_link_clickable">What is Colour Similarity?</a>

en: <qt><p>The <b>%1</b> format may not be able to preserve all of the image's color information.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save in this format?</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The <b>%1</b> format may not be able to preserve all of the image's colour information.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save in this format?</p></qt>

en: <qt><p>Saving the image at the low color depth of %1-bit may result in the loss of color information. Any transparency might also be removed.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save at this color depth?</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Saving the image at the low colour depth of %1-bit may result in the loss of colour information. Any transparency might also be removed.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save at this colour depth?</p></qt>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Low Color Depth
en_GB: Low Colour Depth

en: Could not open color palette "%1".
en_GB: Could not open colour palette "%1".

en: Could not open color palette "%1" - unsupported format.
    The file may be corrupt.
en_GB: Could not open colour palette "%1" - unsupported format.
    The file may be corrupt.

en: Could not open KDE color palette "%1".
en_GB: Could not open KDE colour palette "%1".

en: Could not save color palette as "%1".
en_GB: Could not save colour palette as "%1".

en: Color Box
en_GB: Colour Box

en: The color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it?
en_GB: The colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it?

en: The KDE color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?
en_GB: The KDE colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?

en: The default color palette has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?
en_GB: The default colour palette has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Open Color Palette
en_GB: Open Colour Palette

en: The color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes since you last saved it.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes since you last saved it.
    Are you sure?

en: The KDE color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The KDE colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?

en: The default color palette has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The default colour palette has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?

en: Save Color Palette As
en_GB: Save Colour Palette As

en: Failed to open scanning dialog.
en_GB: Failed to open scanning dialogue.

en: Reduce to &Grayscale
en_GB: Reduce to &Greyscale

en: &Invert Colors
en_GB: &Invert Colours

en: Previous Tool Option (Group #1)
en_GB: Previous Tool Option (Group 1)

en: Next Tool Option (Group #1)
en_GB: Next Tool Option (Group 1)

en: Previous Tool Option (Group #2)
en_GB: Previous Tool Option (Group 2)

en: Next Tool Option (Group #2)
en_GB: Next Tool Option (Group 2)

en: Draw With Color Similarity...
en_GB: Draw With Colour Similarity...

en: Color Eraser
en_GB: Colour Eraser

en: Replaces pixels of the foreground color with the background color
en_GB: Replaces pixels of the foreground colour with the background colour

en: Click or drag to erase pixels of the foreground color.
en_GB: Click or drag to erase pixels of the foreground colour.

en: Lets you select a color from the image
en_GB: Lets you select a colour from the image

en: Click to select a color.
en_GB: Click to select a colour.

en: Selection: Transparency Color
en_GB: Selection: Transparency Colour

en: Selection: Transparency Color Similarity
en_GB: Selection: Transparency Colour Similarity

en: Text: Swap Colors
en_GB: Text: Swap Colours

en: Text: Foreground Color
en_GB: Text: Foreground Colour

en: Text: Background Color
en_GB: Text: Background Colour

en: <qt><p><b>Color Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colors of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any color in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background color will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Color Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose color is <i>similar</i> to the foreground color will be replaced with the background color.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colors to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colors you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colors you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p><p>To configure it, click on the cube.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><b>Colour Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colours of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any colour in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background colour will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Colour Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose colour is <i>similar</i> to the foreground colour will be replaced with the background colour.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colours to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colours you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colours you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p><p>To configure it, click on the cube.</p></qt>

en: <qt><p><b>Color Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colors of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any color in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background color will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Color Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose color is <i>similar</i> to the foreground color will be replaced with the background color.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colors to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colors you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colors you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><b>Colour Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colours of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any colour in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background colour will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Colour Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose colour is <i>similar</i> to the foreground colour will be replaced with the background colour.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colours to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colours you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colours you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p></qt>

en: 256 co&lor
en_GB: 256 co&lour

en: 256 colo&r (dithered)
en_GB: 256 colou&r (dithered)

en: 24-&bit color
en_GB: 24-&bit colour

en: <qt><p>To select the foreground color that tools use to draw, left-click on a filled-in color cell. To select the background color, right-click instead.</p><p>To change the color of a color cell itself, double-click on it.</p><p>You can also swap the color of a filled-in cell with any other cell using drag and drop. Also, if you hold down the <b>Ctrl</b> key, the destination cell's color will be overwritten, instead of being swapped with the color of the source cell.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>To select the foreground colour that tools use to draw, left-click on a filled-in colour cell. To select the background colour, right-click instead.</p><p>To change the colour of a colour cell itself, double-click on it.</p><p>You can also swap the colour of a filled-in cell with any other cell using drag and drop. Also, if you hold down the <b>Ctrl</b> key, the destination cell's colour will be overwritten, instead of being swapped with the colour of the source cell.</p></qt>

en: 256 Color
en_GB: 256 Colour

en: 256 Color (Dithered)
en_GB: 256 Colour (Dithered)

en: 24-bit Color
en_GB: 24-bit Colour

en: &Center of the page
en_GB: &Centre of the page

[ctx: Colors: name_or_url_of_color_palette]
en: Colors: %1
en_GB: Colours: %1

[ctx: Colors: name_or_url_of_color_palette [modified]]
en: Colors: %1 [modified]
en_GB: Colours: %1 [modified]

en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: Help|]
en: Simple color fill application. By selecting a color, the board gets flood filled from top left. The goal is to make the board in one color in as few fills as possible.
en_GB: Simple colour fill application. By selecting a colour, the board gets flood filled from top left. The goal is to make the board in one colour in as few fills as possible.

[ctx: main|]
en: Highscore
en_GB: High score

[ctx: Winner|]
en: You beat the highscore
en_GB: You beat the high score

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Enable All Dialog Boxes
en_GB: Enable All Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: @info]
en: 1 Hole | %1 Holes
en_GB[0]: hole
en_GB[1]: %1 Holes

en: Move selected items to trash
en_GB: Move selected items to the wastebin

en: Restore selected items from trash
en_GB: Restore selected items from waste bin

en: Don't repeat current video
en_GB: Do not repeat current video

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: <qt><p>You can customize command line. You can use:</p><ul><li>%t returns current note title</li><li>%f returns current note text</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You can customise command line. You can use:</p><ul><li>%t returns current note title</li><li>%f returns current note text</li></ul></qt>

en: <qt><p>You can customize title note. You can use:</p><ul><li>%d current date (short format)</li><li>%l current date (long format)</li><li>%t current time</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You can customise title note. You can use:</p><ul><li>%d current date (short format)</li><li>%l current date (long format)</li><li>%t current time</li></ul></qt>

en: Text Background Color...
en_GB: Text Background Colour...

[ctx: @item:valuesuffix]
en:  move |  moves
en_GB[0]: Move
en_GB[1]:  moves

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, colorGroup)
en: Player 1's Color
en_GB: Player 1's Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (askDiscard), group (Notification Messages)
en: whether to show a confirmation dialog before discarding game history
en_GB: whether to show a confirmation dialogue before discarding game history

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (dontAskInternal), group (Notification Messages)
en: internal variable controlling the confirm dialog
en_GB: internal variable controlling the confirm dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color), group (Protocols)
en: the local human player's color in a game against a computer or over the Internet.
en_GB: the local human player's colour in a game against a computer or over the Internet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_askDiscard)
en: Show confirmation dialog before closing
en_GB: Show confirmation dialogue before closing

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTableWidget, offerTable)
en: Your color
en_GB: Your colour

en: User Canceled
en_GB: User Cancelled

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Autolock), group (General)
en: Whether lock cell after rotation.
en_GB: Whether to lock cell after rotation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReverseButtons), group (General)
en: Use left click for clockwise and right click for counter-clockwise.
en_GB: Use left click for clockwise and right click for anticlockwise.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Wrapping), group (Custom)
en: Whether wrap from left to right and from top to bottom is enabled.
en_GB: Whether wrapping from left to right and from top to bottom is enabled.

[ctx: @action]
en: Turn Counterclockwise
en_GB: Turn anticlockwise

en: Dialog Stuff, Client/Server
en_GB: Dialogue Stuff, Client/Server

en: Invalid Statement
en_GB: Invalid statement

en: Statement Importer
en_GB: Statement importer

en: Selecting "Yes" will create the payee, "No" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting "Cancel" aborts the import operation.
    
    If you select "No" here and mark the "Do not ask again" checkbox, the payee information for all following transactions referencing "%1" will be removed.
en_GB: Selecting "Yes" will create the payee, "No" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting "Cancel" aborts the import operation.
    
    If you select "No" here and tick the "Do not ask again" tick box, the payee information for all following transactions referencing "%1" will be removed.

en: Problem adding or matching imported transaction with id '%1': %2
en_GB: Problem adding or matching imported transaction with ID '%1': %2

en: No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialog or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button.
en_GB: No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialogue or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, EditPersonalDataDlg)
en: New File Dialog
en_GB: New File Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_2)
en: Use this dialog to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalize
    your KMyMoney file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalise
    your KMyMoney file.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1325 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel5) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel4)
en: Postal Code:
en_GB: Postcode:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Use this dialog to backup your data.
    
    Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.
    
    Click OK to perform the backup.
en_GB: Use this dialogue to backup your data.
    
    Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.
    
    Click OK to perform the backup.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, txtAutoMount)
en: If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you mark the checkbox below to "mount this directory before backing up."
en_GB: If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you tick the tickbox below to "mount this directory before backing up."

en: This dialog does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KChooseImportExportDlg)
en: Choose Import Type Dialog
en_GB: Choose Import Type Dialogue

en: Choose Export Type Dialog
en_GB: Choose Export Type Dialogue

en: QIF files are created by the popular accounting program Quicken.
    Another dialog will appear, if you choose this type, asking for further
    information relevant to the Quicken format.
en_GB: QIF files are created by the popular accounting program Quicken.
    Another dialogue will appear, if you choose this type, asking for further
    information relevant to the Quicken format.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, m_newButton)
en: Create a new price entry.
en_GB: Create a new price entry

en: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialog</i>.</p>
en_GB: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialogue</i>.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KNewAccountDlg)
en: New Account Dialog
en_GB: New Account Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Last check number:
en_GB: Last cheque number:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_costCenterRequiredCheckBox)
en: Cost Center assignment required
en_GB: Cost Centre assignment required

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: VAT details
en_GB: VAT Details

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_qcheckboxTax)
en: Include on Tax Reports
en_GB: Include on tax reports

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KNewInstitutionDlg)
en: New Institution Dialog
en_GB: New Institution Dialogue

en: This dialog does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_useCustomColors)
en: Custo&m colors
en_GB: Custo&m colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_syncLedgerInvestment)
en: Synchronize account selection of ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account selection of ledger and investment view

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and checkboxes to customize the layout of the home page.
en_GB: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and tick boxes to customise the layout of the home page.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, m_dumpCSVProfile)
en: Dumps CSV profile used for importing downloaded prices, which can be customized by user in CSV Importer.
en_GB: Dumps CSV profile used for importing downloaded prices, which can be customised by user in CSV Importer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoIncCheckNumber) i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoIncCheckNumber), group (General Options)
en: Auto increment check number
en_GB: Auto increment cheque number

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoFillUseMemos)
en: If this option is checked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is autofilled.
en_GB: If this option is ticked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is automatically filled.

en: Couldn't create a new file.
en_GB: Could not create a new file.

en: Couldn't find any plugin for opening storage.
en_GB: Could not find any plugin for opening storage.

en: Couldn't find suitable plugin to save your data.
en_GB: Could not find a suitable plugin to save your data.

en: Couldn't find any plugin for saving data.
en_GB: Could not find any plugin for saving data.

en: Favorite reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

en: language to be used
en_GB: English (GB)

[ctx: Account type]
en: Checking
en_GB: Current

en:   * The parent with id %1 does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The parent with ID %1 does not exist any more.

en:   * Child account with id %1 does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * Child account with ID %1 does not exist any more.

en:   * The payee with id %1 referenced by the loan does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The payee with ID %1 referenced by the loan does not exist any more.

en:   * Payee %1 recreated with fixed id
en_GB:   * Payee %1 recreated with fixed ID

en:   * Payee id updated in split of transaction '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in split of transaction '%1'.

en:   * Payee id updated in split of schedule '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in split of schedule '%1'.

en:   * Removed bankid from split in scheduled transaction '%1'.
en_GB:   * Removed bank ID from split in scheduled transaction '%1'.

en:   * Payee id updated in report '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in report '%1'.

en:   * The account with id %1 referenced by the budget does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The account with ID %1 referenced by the budget does not exist any more.

en: Cyprus Pound
en_GB: Cypriot Pound

en: Fiji Dollar
en_GB: Fijian Dollar

en: Iceland Krona
en_GB: Icelandic Krona

en: Rwanda Franc
en_GB: Rwandan Franc

en: Taiwan Dollar
en_GB: Taiwanese Dollar

en: Turkmenistan Manat
en_GB: Turkmenistani Manat

[ctx: Scheduled Transaction payment type]
en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

en: Cost center
en_GB: Cost centre

en: Print check
en_GB: Print cheque

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (checkTemplateFile), group (General)
en: The check template file which defines the way the printed check will look.
en_GB: The cheque template file which defines the way the printed cheque will look.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (printedChecks), group (General)
en: A list containing the id's of already printed checks.
en_GB: A list containing the IDs of already printed cheques.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CsvExportDlg)
en: Csv Export
en_GB: CSV Export

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2)
en: From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension).  However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below.  Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates,  or just choose to export Categories.
en_GB: From this dialogue you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension).  However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below.  Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates,  or just choose to export Categories.

en: <center>During update of <b>%1</b><br>the profile type for <b>%2</b> could not be recognized.<br>The profile cannot be used because of that.<br>Do you want to delete it?</center>
en_GB: <center>During update of <b>%1</b><br>the profile type for <b>%2</b> could not be recognised.<br>The profile cannot be used because of that.<br>Do you want to delete it?</center>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_feeIsPercentage)
en: Check box if any fee is a percentage figure rather than a value.
en_GB: Tick box if any fee is a percentage figure rather than a value.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KGncImportOptionsDlg)
en: GnuCash Import Options
en_GB: GnuCash import options

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkAnonymize)
en: Anonymize data
en_GB: Anonymise data

en: Imported History
en_GB: Imported history:

en: Loading transactions...
en_GB: Loading transactions

en: Imported Transaction
en_GB: Imported transaction

en: KBanking module not correctly initialized
en_GB: KBanking module not correctly initialised

[ctx: Header for AqBanking account list]
en: Id
en_GB: ID

en: The HTTP request failed.
en_GB: The HTTP request failed

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_invertAmount)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check this if you need to invert the sign of imported transaction amounts, e.g. if you need to reverse charges and payments because your institution provides them inverted.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick this if you need to invert the sign of imported transaction amounts, e.g. if you need to reverse charges and payments because your institution provides them inverted.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_fixBuySellSignage)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check this if the investment transactions after importing have incorrect Buy/Sell type assigned, which may be caused by your institution not applying the correct negative/positive sign to the share amount or quantity value.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick this if the investment transactions after importing have incorrect Buy/Sell type assigned, which may be caused by your institution not applying the correct negative/positive sign to the share amount or quantity value.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2)
en: From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).  Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile).  Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories.  You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date.  Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported.
en_GB: From this dialogue box you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).  Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile).  Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories.  You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date.  Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: <p>From this dialog you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>&trade;</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>
    <p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>
en_GB: <p>From this dialogue you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>&trade;</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>
    <p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>

en: One outstanding charges of | Total of %1 outstanding charges amounting to
en_GB[0]: One outstanding payment of
en_GB[1]: Total of %1 outstanding charges amounting to

en: This job cannot be edited anymore because it was sent already.
en_GB: This job cannot be edited any more because it was sent already.

en: This credit-transfer was sent to your bank at %1 therefore cannot be edited anymore. You may create a copy for editing.
en_GB: This credit-transfer was sent to your bank at %1 therefore cannot be edited any more. You may create a copy for editing.

en: Dividends Reinvested
en_GB: Dividends reinvested

en: Dividends Paid Out
en_GB: Dividends paid out

en: Annualized Return
en_GB: Annualised return

[ctx: Report date range]
en: %1 through %2
en_GB: %1 to %2

en: Report Configuration
en_GB: Report configuration

en: Custom Report
en_GB: Custom report

en: %1 (Customized)
en_GB: %1 (Customised)

en: Delete Report?
en_GB: Delete report?

en: Favorite Reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

en: Old Customized Reports
en_GB: Old customised reports

en: Income and Expenses This Month
en_GB: Income and Expenses this month

en: Income and Expenses This Year
en_GB: Income and Expenses this year

en: Net Worth By Month
en_GB: Net Worth by month

en: Net Worth By Year
en_GB: Net Worth by year

en: Account Balances by Institution
en_GB: Account balances by institution

en: Account Balances by Type
en_GB: Account balances by type

en: Transactions by Account
en_GB: Transactions by account

en: Transactions by Category
en_GB: Transactions by category

en: Transactions by Payee
en_GB: Transaction by payee

en: Transactions by Month
en_GB: Transactions by month

en: Transactions by Week
en_GB: Transactions by week

en: Investment Holdings by Account
en_GB: Investment holding by account

en: Investment Holdings by Type
en_GB: Investment holdings by type

en: Investment Performance by Type
en_GB: Investment performance by type

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabPerformance) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabCapitalGain) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabGeneral)
en: Report Tab
en_GB: Report tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel6)
en: Report Name
en_GB: Report name

[ctx: Convert 'em!!]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCurrency)
en: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unchecked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unticked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkFavorite)
en: <p>Select this option to notate this report as one of your favorites.</p><p>All your favorite reports are grouped in one place on the report list for easy access.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select this option to notate this report as one of your favourites.</p><p>All your favourite reports are grouped in one place on the report list for easy access.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkFavorite)
en: Mark as a favorite report
en_GB: Mark as a favourite report

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColPivot) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColQuery)
en: Rows/Columns Tab
en_GB: Rows/Columns tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColPivot) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColQuery)
en: <p>On this tab, you configure how you would like the rows and columns to be selected and organized.</p>
en_GB: <p>On this tab, you configure how you would like the rows and columns to be selected and organised.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Organize by:
en_GB: Organise by:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTax)
en: <p>Check this box to include only those categories which have been marked to "Include on Tax Reports"</p>
en_GB: <p>Tick this box to include only those categories which have been marked to "Include on Tax Reports"</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTax)
en: Include only Tax categories
en_GB: Include only tax categories

en: Woob plugin failed to fully initialize, most likely due to a missing or a misconfigured Python environment. Please refer to the manual on how to fix it.
en_GB: Woob plugin failed to fully initialise, most likely due to a missing or a misconfigured Python environment. Please refer to the manual on how to fix it.

en: Woob plugin failed to fully initialize, most likely due to a missing or a misconfigured Woob Python module. Please refer to the manual on how to fix it.
en_GB: Woob plugin failed to fully initialise, most likely due to a missing or a misconfigured Woob Python module. Please refer to the manual on how to fix it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KEditListWidget, m_listWidget)
en: Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id, do not forget the leading 0x.
en_GB: Enter the ID of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key ID. In case of the key ID, do not forget the leading 0x.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ledLabel)
en: Keys for all of the above user ids found
en_GB: Keys for all of the above user IDs found

en: <p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p><p><center><b>%1</b></center></p><p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href="https://kmymoney.org/">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with ID</p><p><center><b>%1</b></center></p><p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href="https://kmymoney.org/">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>

en: <p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user-id</p><p><center><b>%1</b>.</center></p><p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user-id was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this user-id. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user ID</p><p><center><b>%1</b>.</center></p><p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user ID was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this userID. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>

en: Unable to open file '%1' for writing.
en_GB: Unable to open file '%1' for writing

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, XMLStorageSettings)
en: This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>.<p>
    Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user.<p>
    The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with id 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring.
en_GB: This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>.<p>
    Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user.<p>
    The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with ID 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KEditListWidget, kcfg_GpgRecipientList)
en: Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id do not forget the leading 0x.
en_GB: Enter the ID of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key ID. In case of the key ID do not forget the leading 0x.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLed, m_userKeysFound)
en: This symbol denotes, if the key for the given user id has been found in your keyring. It is green when found, dark otherwise.
en_GB: This symbol denotes, if the key for the given user ID has been found in your keyring. It is green when found, dark otherwise.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (syncLedgerInvestment), group (General Options)
en: Synchronize account in ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account in ledger and investment view

note: #-#-#-#-#  1325 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (useCustomColors), group (Color Options) #-#-#-#-#  66 (akregator)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseCustomColors)
en: Use custom colors
en_GB: Use custom colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionImportedColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for imported transactions
en_GB: Background colour for imported transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionMatchedColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for matched transactions
en_GB: Background colour for matched transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionErroneousColor), group (Color Options)
en: List color for erroneous transactions
en_GB: List colour for erroneous transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (missingConversionRateColor), group (Color Options)
en: List color for missing conversion rate
en_GB: List colour for missing conversion rate

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (groupMarkerColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for group marker
en_GB: Background colour for group marker

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fieldRequiredColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for required fields
en_GB: Background colour for required fields

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (sortSearchView), group (List Options)
en: Sort order of register in search dialog
en_GB: Sort order of register in search dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifBank), group (QIF Options)
en: additional names for checking account
en_GB: additional names for current account

en: Filetype Error
en_GB: Filetype error

en: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialog are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialog)</p>
en_GB: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialogue are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialogue)</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel4)
en: Tag color:
en_GB: Tag colour:

en: A cost center assignment is required for a transaction in the selected category.
en_GB: A cost centre assignment is required for a transaction in the selected category.

en: The check number used for this transaction.
en_GB: The cheque number used for this transaction.

en: The check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in this account.
en_GB: The cheque number <b>%1</b> has already been used in this account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, costCenterLabel)
en: Costcenter
en_GB: Costcentre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: This page summarizes the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.
en_GB: This page summarises the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyGeneralCombo, m_typeSelection)
en: <p><b>Checking</b>
    Use the checking account type to manage activities on your checking account e.g. payments, checks and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortization loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortization loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortization loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Current</b>
    Use the current account type to manage activities on your current account e.g. payments, cheques and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortisation loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortisation loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortisation loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel14)
en: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Check</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Uncheck</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also uncheck it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.
en_GB: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Tick</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Untick</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also untick it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.

en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_anyPayments)
en: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. Disagio) are not considered as payments in this context.
en_GB: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. an arrangement fee) are not considered as payments in this context.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (AmountEdit, m_loanAmount)
en: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (colored background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.
en_GB: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (coloured background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (AmountEdit, m_balloonAmount)
en: Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel10_4_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a checking account instead.
en_GB: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a current account instead.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_refinanceLoan)
en: Check this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney
en_GB: Tick this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWizardPage, AssetAccountWizardPage) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Asset Account
en_GB: Asset account

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyCategory, m_paymentAccount)
en: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a checking account.
en_GB: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a current account.

en: Amortization
en_GB: Amortisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_3)
en: Online Source
en_GB: Online source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, m_createNewAssetButton)
en: Press this to create a new asset account
en_GB: Lets you create a new asset account

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWizardPage, FinalPaymentWizardPage) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_4_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11_3_2_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (
en: Final amortization payment
en_GB: Final amortisation payment

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel17_2)
en: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel5_2)
en: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortization phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.
en_GB: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortisation phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.

en: Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date "%1" is in the future. Please revisit this dialog when the time has come.
en_GB: Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date "%1" is in the future. Please revisit this dialogue when the time has come.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel22_2_2)
en: 
    This page summarizes the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.
en_GB: 
    This page summarises the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the checkbox below and continue on the next page.
en_GB: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a chequing account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the tick box below and continue on the next page.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_haveCheckingAccountButton)
en: I have a checking account that I want to manage with KMyMoney
en_GB: I have a current account that I want to manage with KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, m_accountNameEdit)
en: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your checking account.
en_GB: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your current account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your checking account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.
en_GB: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your current account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalize KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.
en_GB: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalise KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by checking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.
en_GB: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by ticking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialog. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.
en_GB: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialogue. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalize your KMyMoney file.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalise your KMyMoney file.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax)
en: Customize the maximum plot range
en_GB: Customise the maximum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Check this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.
en_GB: Tick this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Customize the minimum plot range
en_GB: Customise the minimum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative2)
en: If this box is checked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showIntegral)
en: If this box is checked, the integral will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the integral will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if labels are visible
en_GB: Ticked if labels are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if axes are visible
en_GB: Ticked if axes are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if arrows are visible
en_GB: Ticked if arrows are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should have arrows.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should have arrows.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Axis-line color
en_GB: Axis-line colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Enter the color of the axis lines.
en_GB: Enter the colour of the axis lines.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GridColor), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for the grid lines.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 1
en_GB: Colour of function 1

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 1.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 1.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 2
en_GB: Colour of function 2

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 2.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 2.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 3
en_GB: Colour of function 3

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 3.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 3.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 4
en_GB: Colour of function 4

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 4.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 4.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 5
en_GB: Colour of function 5

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 5.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 5.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 6
en_GB: Colour of function 6

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 6.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 6.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 7
en_GB: Colour of function 7

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 7.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 7.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 8
en_GB: Colour of function 8

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 8.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 8.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 9
en_GB: Colour of function 9

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 9.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 9.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 10
en_GB: Colour of function 10

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 10.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 10.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (anglemode), group (General)
en: Check the box if you want to use radians
en_GB: Tick the box if you want to use radians

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (backgroundcolor), group (General)
en: The background color for the graph
en_GB: The background colour for the graph

en: svg icon
en_GB: SVG icon

[ctx: @action:inmenu Help]
en: Predefined &Math Functions
en_GB: Predefined &Mathematical Functions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, editParameterListButton)
en: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove, and change them.
en_GB: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove and change them.

en: Missing parenthesis
en_GB: Missing bracket

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Color for the plot area behind the grid.
en_GB: Colour for the plot area behind the grid.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Click on the button the choose the color of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.
en_GB: Click on the button the choose the colour of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: Select color for the axes.
en_GB: Select colour for the axes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: Specify the color of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: Select color for the grid.
en_GB: Select colour for the grid.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: Specify the color of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: &Default Function Colors
en_GB: &Default Function Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: The default color for function number 2.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 2.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: The default color for function number 2. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 2. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: The default color for function number 5.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 5.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: The default color for function number 5. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 5. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: The default color for function number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: The default color for function number 1. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 1. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: The default color for function number 3.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 3.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: The default color for function number 3. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 3. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: The default color for function number 4.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 4.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: The default color for function number 4. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 4. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: The default color for function number 9.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 9.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: The default color for function number 9. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 9. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: The default color for function number 7.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 7.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: The default color for function number 7. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 7. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: The default color for function number 8.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 8.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: The default color for function number 8. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 8. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: The default color for function number 6.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 6.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: The default color for function number 6. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 6. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: The default color for function number 10.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 10.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: The default color for function number 10. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 10. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowLabel)
en: Check this if the axes' tics should be labeled.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes' tics should be labelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAxes)
en: Check this if the axes should be visible.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should be visible.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowArrows)
en: Check this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton1)
en: Check this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton2)
en: Check this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

en: Optical Disks
en_GB: Optical Discs

en: CDROM - Audio Compact Disk
en_GB: CDROM - Audio Compact Disc

en: VCD - Video Compact Disk
en_GB: VCD - Video Compact Disc

en: DVD - Digital Video Disk
en_GB: DVD - Digital Video Disc

en: Analog Real-Time Synthesizer
en_GB: Analogue Real-Time Synthesizer

en: Enlightened Sound Daemon
en_GB: Enlightened Sound Dæmon

en: Co&lors
en_GB: Co&lours

en: When checked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.
en_GB: When ticked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.

en: When checked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.
en_GB: When ticked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.

en: When checked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.
en_GB: When ticked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.

en: Auto set colors on start
en_GB: Auto set colours on start

en: When a movie starts, the colors will be set according the sliders for colors
en_GB: When a movie starts, the colours will be set according the sliders for colours

en: Opens the configuration dialog
en_GB: Opens the configuration dialogue

en: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesizers
en_GB: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesisers

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, stdInButton)
en: This check box specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.
en_GB: This tickbox specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

en: KDE Text-to-Speech Daemon Configuration
en_GB: KDE Text-to-Speech Dæmon Configuration

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: KMouseTool will run as a background application after you close this dialog. To change the settings again, restart KMouseTool or use the system tray.
en_GB: KMouseTool will run as a background application after you close this dialogue. To change the settings again, restart KMouseTool or use the system tray.

en: 3D-center
en_GB: 3D-centre

[ctx: Channel name]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: Channel name]
en: Rear Center
en_GB: Rear Centre

en: The mixers that are checked here will be shown in the popup volume control.
en_GB: The mixers that are ticked here will be shown in the popup volume control.

[ctx: @action player skip forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek forward
en_GB: Player seek forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek backward
en_GB: Player seek backwards

[ctx: @info]
en: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialog. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:
en_GB: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialogue. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:

[ctx: @info]
en: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialog Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.
en_GB: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialogue Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1317  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/prefs_lyrics.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2) #-#-#-#-#  299  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

note: i18n: file: library/kmid.kcfg:19 i18n: ectx: label, entry (color), group (Settings)
en: Color of the lyrics text, after being played
en_GB: Colour of the lyrics text, after being played

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (userName), group (Transport $(transportId))
en: The user name to send to the server for authorization.
en_GB: The user name to send to the server for authorisation.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (useProxy), group (Transport $(transportId))
en: If checked, the system proxy settings will be used to connect to the mail server.
en_GB: If ticked, the system proxy settings will be used to connect to the mail server.

en: The password to send to the server for authorization.
en_GB: The password to send to the server for authorisation.

en: Delete Dialog settings in file `%1`: Done
en_GB: Delete Dialogue settings in file `%1`: Done

en: Clean Dialog Size in setting file `%1`: Done
en_GB: Clean Dialogue Size in setting file `%1`: Done

en: Synchronizing unified mailbox %1
en_GB: Synchronising unified mailbox %1

en: We can't create transport
en_GB: We cannot create transport

[ctx: @option:check]
en: &Use custom colors
en_GB: &Use custom colours

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Recycle colors on deep &quoting
en_GB: Recycle colours on deep &quoting

[ctx: @option:check]
en: &Do not change color from original HTML mail
en_GB: &Do not change colour from original HTML mail

[ctx: @label]
en: Show favorite folders view:
en_GB: Show favourite folders view:

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Start minimized to tray
en_GB: Start minimised to tray

en: When replying or forwarding, quote the message in the original format it was received. If unchecked, the reply will be as plain text by default.
en_GB: When replying or forwarding, quote the message in the original format it was received. If unticked, the reply will be as plain text by default.

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Recognize any sequence of the following prefixes (entries are case-insensitive regular expressions):
en_GB: Recognise any sequence of the following prefixes (entries are case-insensitive regular expressions):

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Define custom mime header fields:
en_GB: Define custom MIME header fields:

en: 'Content-Type' is not an authorized string. This header will be not saved.
en_GB: 'Content-Type' is not an authorised string. This header will be not saved.

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Recognize any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:
en_GB: Recognise any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:

en: Attachment name can't be empty
en_GB: Attachment name cannot be empty

[ctx: The argument is as PGP fingerprint]
en: Your selected PGP key (%1) doesn't exist in your keyring or is not suitable for encryption.
en_GB: Your selected PGP key (%1) does not exist in your keyring or is not suitable for encryption.

[ctx: The argument is as PGP fingerprint]
en: Your selected PGP signing key (%1) doesn't exist in your keyring or is not suitable for signing.
en_GB: Your selected PGP signing key (%1) does not exist in your keyring or is not suitable for signing.

en: This attachment: <ul><li>%1</li></ul> was added externally. Remove it if it's an error.
en_GB: The attachment <ul><li>%1</li></ul> was added externally. Remove it if this was not intended.

en: These attachments: <ul><li>%1</li></ul> were added externally. Remove them if it's an error.
en_GB: The attachments <ul><li>%1</li></ul> were added externally. Remove them if this was not intended.

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Organi&zation:
en_GB: &Organisation:

en: Some custom folder for identity does not exist (anymore); therefore, default folders will be used.
en_GB: Some custom folder for identity does not exist (any more); therefore, default folders will be used.

en: KMail will send a colored image through the Face header.
en_GB: KMail will send a coloured image through the Face header.

en: KMail will send both a colored and a black-and-white image.
en_GB: KMail will send both a coloured and a black-and-white image.

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Start minimized to tray
en_GB: Start minimised to tray

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Set body of message as html
en_GB: Set body of message as HTML

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Empty Trash
en_GB: Empty Wastebin

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: Moving messages to trash…
en_GB: Moving messages to the wastebin…

en: Deleting and moving messages to trash…
en_GB: Deleting and moving messages to the wastebin…

en: Messages moved to trash or deleted successfully
en_GB: Messages moved to wastebin or deleted successfully

en: Deleting or moving messages to trash failed.
en_GB: Deleting or moving messages to wastebin failed.

en: Deleting or moving messages to trash canceled.
en_GB: Deleting or moving messages to wastebin cancelled.

[ctx: @action]
en: M&ove Thread to Trash
en_GB: M&ove Thread to Wastebin

[ctx: @action]
en: &Clear Akonadi Cache in This Folder and All its Subfolders
en_GB: &Clear Akonadi Cache in This Folder and All its Sub-folders

en: Add Favorite Folder…
en_GB: Add Favourite Folder…

en: Apply Filters on Folder and All its Subfolders
en_GB: Apply Filters on Folder and All its Sub-folders

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Add Favorite Folder
en_GB: Add Favourite Folder

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartInTray), group (General)
en: Start minimized to tray
en_GB: Start minimised to tray

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmptyTrashOnExit), group (General)
en: Empty the local trash folder on program exit
en_GB: Empty the local wastebin folder on program exit

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Whether to ask if users wants to enable Unified Mailboxes if more than one email accounts are detected. We only ever ask once.
en_GB: Whether to ask if users wants to enable Unified Mailboxes if more than one email account is detected. We only ever ask once.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CryptoStoreEncrypted), group (Composer)
en: When check, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form
en_GB: When ticked, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, customizeAccountOrder)
en: Customize accounts order…
en_GB: Customise accounts order…

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders checked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you uncheck a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing.
en_GB: Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders ticked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you untick a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_CryptoStoreEncrypted)
en: <qt>
    <h1>Store Messages Encrypted</h1>
    When this box is checked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.
    <p>
    However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.
    </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <h1>Store Messages Encrypted</h1>
    When this box is ticked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.
    <p>
    However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.
    </p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, enableComboBox)
en: Don't send
en_GB: Do not send

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, enableComboBox)
en: Send color (Face)
en_GB: Send colour (Face)

[ctx: @action]
en: Rotate View Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate View Anticlockwise

en: File format not recognized.
en_GB: File format not recognised.

[ctx: Color-blindness simulation mode]
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

en: Select a mode to simulate various types of color-blindness.
en_GB: Select a mode to simulate various types of colour-blindness.

en: Color-blindness Simulation Mode
en_GB: Colour-blindness Simulation Mode

en: Rework of the user interface, improved selection window, speed optimization, rotation, bug fixes
en_GB: Rework of the user interface, improved selection window, speed optimisation, rotation, bug fixes

en: Color-blindness simulation
en_GB: Colour-blindness simulation

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BgColor), group (Background)
en: The background color to be used.
en_GB: The background colour to be used.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomColorCount), group (CustomGame)
en: The number of colors in the playing field.
en_GB: The number of colours in the playing field.

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Accessible description]
en: Current color "%1"
en_GB: Current colour "%1"

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Print html
en_GB: Print HTML

[ctx: @entry:combobox, alignment name]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @title:dialog]
en: Add Todo
en_GB: Add To-do

[ctx: @placeholderText:textbox]
en: Todo title (required)
en_GB: To-do title (required)

[ctx: @title:dialog]
en: Choose an URL
en_GB: Choose a URL

[ctx: @label:ComboBox]
en: Color theme
en_GB: Colour theme

[ctx: @label, the color in used to fill the shape, can be 'Primary' or 'Secondary']
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Text color:
en_GB: Text colour:

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Title color:
en_GB: Title colour:

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Link color:
en_GB: Link colour:

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Visited Link color:
en_GB: Visited Link colour:

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Code color:
en_GB: Code colour:

[ctx: @label:button]
en: Highlight color:
en_GB: Highlight colour:

[ctx: @label, verb, 'To center something']
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @title:dialog, choose the location of where the file will be saved]
en: Save note as html
en_GB: Save note as HTML

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Add new todo
en_GB: Add new to-do

en: Here you can change the theme for KLettres. A theme consists in the background picture and the font color for the letter displayed.
en_GB: Here you can change the theme for KLettres. A theme consists in the background picture and the font colour for the letter displayed.

en: Romanized Hindi
en_GB: Romanised Hindi

en: Resident gpgme/win wrangler, UI Server commands and dialogs
en_GB: Resident gpgme/win wrangler, UI Server commands and dialogues

en: Key-state dependent colors and fonts in the certificates list
en_GB: Key-state dependent colours and fonts in the certificates list

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Yes, it's mine
en_GB: Yes, it is mine

[ctx: @action:button]
en: No, it's not mine
en_GB: No, it is not mine

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You haven't certified all valid user IDs of this certificate with an exportable certification. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificate.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>
en_GB: <para>You have not certified all valid user IDs of this certificate with an exportable certification. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificate.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You haven't certified all valid user IDs of the certificates listed below with exportable certifications. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>
en_GB: <para>You have not certified all valid user IDs of the certificates listed below with exportable certifications. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You haven't certified all OpenPGP certificates in this group with an exportable certification. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>
en_GB: <para>You have not certified all OpenPGP certificates in this group with an exportable certification. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You haven't certified all OpenPGP certificates in the groups listed below with exportable certifications. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>
en_GB: <para>You have not certified all OpenPGP certificates in the groups listed below with exportable certifications. People relying on your certifications may not be able to verify the certificates.</para><para>Do you want to continue the export?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para><application>Kleopatra</application> uses <application>PaperKey</application> to create a minimized and printable version of your secret key.</para><para>Please make sure it is installed.</para>
en_GB: <para><application>Kleopatra</application> uses <application>PaperKey</application> to create a minimised and printable version of your secret key.</para><para>Please make sure it is installed.</para>

en: A revocation certificate is a kind of "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not anymore be used.  It is not possible
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.
en_GB: A revocation certificate is a kind of "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not be used any more.  It is not possible
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.

[ctx: @info]
en: Import was canceled.
en_GB: Import was cancelled.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>The query result has been truncated.</para><para>Either the local or a remote limit on the maximum number of returned hits has been exceeded.</para><para>You can try to increase the local limit in the configuration dialog, but if one of the configured servers is the limiting factor, you have to refine your search.</para>
en_GB: <para>The query result has been truncated.</para><para>Either the local or a remote limit on the maximum number of returned hits has been exceeded.</para><para>You can try to increase the local limit in the configuration dialogue, but if one of the configured servers is the limiting factor, you have to refine your search.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>Refreshing OpenPGP certificates implies downloading all certificates anew, to check if any of them have been revoked in the meantime.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>
en_GB: <para>Refreshing OpenPGP certificates implies downloading all certificates anew, to check if any of them have been revoked in the meantime.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>Refreshing X.509 certificates implies downloading CRLs for all certificates, even if they might otherwise still be valid.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>
en_GB: <para>Refreshing X.509 certificates implies downloading CRLs for all certificates, even if they might otherwise still be valid.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>

[ctx: @item:valuesuffix]
en: %v day | %v days
en_GB[0]:  day
en_GB[1]: %v days

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Set Text Color...
en_GB: Set Text Colour...

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Set Background Color...
en_GB: Set Background Colour...

en: The preview of colors is disabled because high-contrast mode is active.
en_GB: The preview of colours is disabled because high-contrast mode is active.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, allowMarkTrustedCB)
en: If this option is checked while a root CA certificate is being imported, you will be asked to confirm its fingerprint and to state whether or not you consider this root certificate to be trusted. A root certificate needs to be trusted before the certificates it certified become trusted, but lightly allowing trusted root certificates into your certificate store will undermine the security of the system.
en_GB: If this option is ticked while a root CA certificate is being imported, you will be asked to confirm its fingerprint and to state whether or not you consider this root certificate to be trusted. A root certificate needs to be trusted before the certificates it certified become trusted, but lightly allowing trusted root certificates into your certificate store will undermine the security of the system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fetchMissingCB)
en: If this option is checked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP).

[ctx: @info]
en: The file <filename>%1</filename> contains certificates and can't be decrypted or verified.
en_GB: The file <filename>%1</filename> contains certificates and cannot be decrypted or verified.

en: Encryption canceled.
en_GB: Encryption cancelled.

en: Only show this dialog in case of conflicts (experimental)
en_GB: Only show this dialogue in case of conflicts (experimental)

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>None of the recipients you are encrypting to seems to be your own.</para><para>This means that you will not be able to decrypt the data anymore, once encrypted.</para><para>Do you want to continue, or cancel to change the recipient selection?</para>
en_GB: <para>None of the recipients you are encrypting to seems to be your own.</para><para>This means that you will not be able to decrypt the data any more, once encrypted.</para><para>Do you want to continue, or cancel to change the recipient selection?</para>

en: Text output (ASCII armor)
en_GB: Text output (ASCII armour)

en: Signing canceled.
en_GB: Signing cancelled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Signing and encryption canceled.
en_GB: Signing and encryption cancelled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Signing canceled.
en_GB: Signing cancelled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Encryption canceled.
en_GB: Encryption cancelled.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Subkeys
en_GB: Sub-keys

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this option if you want to upload your certifications to a certificate directory after successful certification.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to upload your certifications to a certificate directory after successful certification.

en: Please select until when the subkey should be valid:
en_GB: Please select until when the sub-key should be valid:

en: Also update the validity period of the subkeys
en_GB: Also update the validity period of the sub-keys

[ctx: @info]
en: Canceled setting PIN.
en_GB: Cancelled setting PIN.

[ctx: @label]
en: Subkeys
en_GB: Sub-keys

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysSearchCardOnKeyserver), group (Smartcard)
en: Searches on keyservers regardless of the protocol for the smartcards key, regardless
            of the keyserver protocol. Default behavior is to only do this for LDAP keyservers.
en_GB: Searches on keyservers regardless of the protocol for the smartcards key, regardless
            of the keyserver protocol. Default behaviour is to only do this for LDAP keyservers.

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Parent Window Id for dialogs
en_GB: Parent Window Id for dialogues

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Open the config dialog
en_GB: Open the configuration dialogue

[ctx: This error message is only shown on Windows when the socket to communicate with Windows Explorer could not be created. This often times means that the whole installation is buggy. e.g. GnuPG is not installed at all.]
en: <qt>The Kleopatra Windows Explorer Module could not be initialized.<br/>The error given was: <b>%1</b><br/>This likely means that there is a problem with your installation. Try reinstalling or contact your Administrator for support.<br/>You can try to continue to use Kleopatra but there might be other problems.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Kleopatra Windows Explorer Module could not be initialised.<br/>The error given was: <b>%1</b><br/>This likely means that there is a problem with your installation. Try reinstalling or contact your Administrator for support.<br/>You can try to continue to use Kleopatra but there might be other problems.</qt>

en: An error occurred during the connection initialization phase.
en_GB: An error occurred during the connection initialisation phase.

en: Could not initialize new TLS context.
en_GB: Could not initialise new TLS context.

en: Cannot initialize the SASL client.
en_GB: Cannot initialise the SASL client.

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Check all servers that should be used:
en_GB: Tick all servers that should be used:

en: Invalid authorization information.
en_GB: Invalid authorisation information.

en: LDAP connection canceled.
en_GB: LDAP connection cancelled.

en: Klavaro - Progress
en_GB: Progress

en: Show the virtual keyboard and the relation between fingers and keys.
en_GB: Show the  relation between fingers and keys.

en: Select the font to be used in the exercise window.
en_GB: Select the font to be used

en: Show local and external scores from other users.
en_GB: Show  scores from other users.

en: Do you confirm?
en_GB: Confirm?

en: Read a text file and add a copy of it here. The file must be encoded in UTF-8.
en_GB: Read a text file and copy here. Must be utf-8

en: Close this window.
en_GB: Close

en: Toggles the shift effect on the keys. Alternates between the upper and lower characters of the keys.
en_GB: Alternates between upper and lower

en: Save the current keyboard layout with the name specified above.
en_GB: Save the layout

en: Klavaro - Main menu
en_GB: Klavaro -Main menu

en: Initial training for your fingers.
en_GB: Initial training

en: Becoming proficient practicing complete paragraphs exercises.
en_GB: Complete paragraph practice

en: Basic course
en_GB: Basics

en: This will OVERWRITE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will OVERWRITE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This will REMOVE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will REMOVE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This is referred to as the home position for the hands. From it the fingers move all over the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and quickly as possible. To reach this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and finger. This relation will be learned gradually as you complete the basic course.
en_GB: This is called the home position for the hands. From here the fingers easily move over all the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and fast as possible. To attain this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and some finger. This relation will be learned gradually in the basic course.

en: When learning the relation between fingers and keys, it is very important that you only move the finger which must press the key and allow all other fingers to remain in the home position.
en_GB: When learning the relationship between fingers and keys, you have to work at this, every time you move to press a key, only the one finger should move toward it, keeping the other fingers over their original position as much as possible.

en: After memorizing this relationship, you can relax the previous rule some, so that you can attain greater speed while typing.
en_GB: After memorizing this relationship between keys and the correct finger to use, you can take the previous rule less strictly, so that it becomes possible to develop more speed and fluidity.

en: You should be prepared to start training with the basic course. It will take effort and patience to be successful as a typist. We trust you have these and look forward to your success!
en_GB: After this explanation, you should start with the basic course. Always remember, touch-typing requires will and patience! We trust you, do not disappoint us, right?

en: Lesson:
en_GB: Lesson

en: Adaptability exercises: automating the fingers responses, typing over all the keyboard.
en_GB: Adaptability. Automating finger responses

en: Velocity exercises: accelerate typing real words.
en_GB: Speed exercises: accelerate typing real words.

en: Klavaro - Fluidness
en_GB: Klavaro - Fluidity

en: Fluidness exercises: accuracy typing good sense paragraphs.
en_GB: Accuracy typing with  sensible paragraphs.

en: ps.: logging not performed for this session: the number of typed characters (%i) must be greater than %i.
en_GB: No logging for this session. Typed characters (%i) must be more than %i.

en: ps.: you have entered the Top 10 list, great!
en_GB: You have entered the Top 10 list, Well done!

en: ps.: the text you just typed doesn't seem to be similar to ordinary texts in the language currently selected: we can't account for it in the 'Top 10' contest.
en_GB: Your text is not like ordinary text. We can't count it in the Top 10.

note: Begin the accuracy
en: STATISTICS
en_GB: Statistics

en: Fluidness:
en_GB: Fluidity:

en:  All right, now you got it!
     Go to the next lesson.
en_GB:  Now you've got it!
     On to the next lesson.

en: Pasted_or_dropped
en_GB: Pasted or dropped

en:  Still away from the highway. You can do better...
     Try to reach at least %.0f WPM.
en_GB:  You can improve. Try for more than 20 WPM.

en:  Excellent. For this course, that is enough.
     Try now the fluidness exercises, OK?
en_GB:  Excellent. Now try the fluidity exercises.

note: Translators: Dvorak here means that infamous ergonomic keyboard layout. Feel free to change the speed mastery analogy.
en:  Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration!
en_GB:  A Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration.

en:  Congratulations!
     It seems to me that you are a professional.
     You don't need this program (me) anymore.
     Hope you have enjoyed. Thanks and be happy!
en_GB:  You seem like a professional! Hope you enjoyed Klavaro.

en:  How can you type so fast?
     You have exceeded all my expectations.
     Are you a machine? Could you teach me?
     I can not help you anymore. Go to an expert!
en_GB:  You have exceeded all my expectations.
     I can't help you anymore!

en: Not able to download files
en_GB: Unable to download files

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color0), group (Game)
en: Color of neutral cubes.
en_GB: Colour of neutral cubes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color1), group (Game)
en: Color of player 1.
en_GB: Colour of player 1.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color2), group (Game)
en: Color of player 2.
en_GB: Colour of player 2.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_4)
en: Players' Colors
en_GB: Players' Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoSave)
en: When "Save changes periodically" is checked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.
en_GB: When "Save changes periodically" is ticked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected note book.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected note book.

en: Add a new bookshelf<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the bookshelf that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new bookshelf<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the bookshelf that shall be added.</p>

en: &Delete Bookshelf | &Delete %1 Bookshelfs
en_GB[0]: &Delete Bookshelf
en_GB[1]: &Delete %1 Bookshelves

en: Delete the selected bookshelfs<p>The currently selected bookshelfs will be deleted, along with all the notes they contain.</p>
en_GB: Delete the selected bookshelves<p>The currently selected bookshelves will be deleted, along with all the notes they contain.</p>

en: Do you really want to delete this bookshelf? | Do you really want to delete %1 bookshelfs?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to delete this bookshelf?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to delete %1 bookshelves?

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Delete Bookshelf? | Delete Bookshelfs?
en_GB[0]: Delete Bookshelf?
en_GB[1]: Delete Bookshelves?

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected bookshelf.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected bookshelf.

en: Update Bookshelf | Update %1 Bookshelfs
en_GB[0]: Update Bookshelf
en_GB[1]: Update %1 Bookshelves

en: Updates the content of all note books of the selected bookshelfs.
en_GB: Updates the content of all note books of the selected bookshelves.

en: Change Note Color...
en_GB: Change Note Colour...

en: Changes the color of a selected notes
en_GB: Changes the colour of a selected notes

en: Change Note Book Color...
en_GB: Change Note Book Colour...

en: Changes the color of a selected note books
en_GB: Changes the colour of a selected note books

[ctx: canceled train/flight/loading reservation]
en: Canceled: %1
en_GB: Cancelled: %1

en: Update canceled.
    Could not read file.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    Could not read file.

en: Update canceled.
    Could not open file.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    Could not open file.

en: Update canceled.
    The update information file has an invalid date.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    The update information file has an invalid date.

en: Initializing Dictionaries
en_GB: Initialising Dictionaries

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: The title can be aligned to all corners or centered with a combination of Qt.Alignment flags.
     When there are too many actions, they go in an overflow menu.
en_GB: The title can be aligned to all corners or centred with a combination of Qt.Alignment flags.
     When there are too many actions, they go in an overflow menu.

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: It's possible to have custom contents overlapping the image, for cases where a more personalized design is needed.
en_GB: It's possible to have custom contents overlapping the image, for cases where a more personalised design is needed.

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: It's possible to customize the look and feel for Cards too, if the no padding behavior for headers is needed. This is usually discouraged in order to have greater consistency, but in some cases the design requires a more fancy layout, as shown in this example of a Card. If a custom header is used, the title and icon in the banner property shouldn't be used. If a custom footer is used (which is discouraged), actions shouldn't be used.
en_GB: It's possible to customise the look and feel for Cards too, if the no padding behaviour for headers is needed. This is usually discouraged in order to have greater consistency, but in some cases the design requires a more fancy layout, as shown in this example of a Card. If a custom header is used, the title and icon in the banner property shouldn't be used. If a custom footer is used (which is discouraged), actions should not be used.

[ctx: ColorsGallery|]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: DialogGallery|]
en: Dialogs
en_GB: Dialogues

[ctx: SelectionControlsGallery|]
en: Checkboxes
en_GB: Tickboxes

en: Can't delete Shared Drives root.
en_GB: Cannot delete Shared Drives root.

en: libsmbclient failed to initialize context
en_GB: libsmbclient failed to initialise context

en: Could not initialize the SFTP session.
en_GB: Could not initialise the SFTP session.

en: Filename too long
en_GB: File name too long

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the trash. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>
en_GB: <para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the wastebin. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to limit the trash to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to limit the wastebin to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the trash.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the wastebin.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the trash, the maximum.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the wastebin, the maximum.</para>

en: Delete oldest files from trash
en_GB: Delete oldest files from the wastebin

en: Delete biggest files from trash
en_GB: Delete biggest files from the wastebin

en: Full trash:
en_GB: Full wastebin:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this box to select the highlighted Web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred Web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.
en_GB: Tick this box to select the highlighted Web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred Web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.

en: Could not change ownership for %1.
en_GB: Could not change permissions for %1.

en: Authorization failed, %1 authentication not supported
en_GB: Authorisation failed, %1 authentication not supported

en: User canceled action
    %1
en_GB: User cancelled action
    %1

en: Unable to Initialize Input/Output Device
en_GB: Unable to Initialise Input/Output Device

en: The requested device could not be initialized ("mounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>
en_GB: The requested device could not be initialised ("mounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>

en: You may not have permissions to initialize ("mount") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialize a device.
en_GB: You may not have permissions to initialise ("mount") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialise a device.

en: Unable to Uninitialize Input/Output Device
en_GB: Unable to Uninitialise Input/Output Device

en: The requested device could not be uninitialized ("unmounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>
en_GB: The requested device could not be uninitialised ("unmounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>

en: You may not have permissions to uninitialize ("unmount") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialize a device.
en_GB: You may not have permissions to uninitialise ("unmount") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialise a device.

en: Could Not Change Ownership of Resource
en_GB: Could Not Alter Ownership Permissions of Resource

en: An attempt to change the ownership of the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed.
en_GB: An attempt to alter the ownership permissions on the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed.

en: You did not select a file to trash.
en_GB: You did not select a file to move to the wastebin.

en: Nothing to Trash
en_GB: Nothing to Move to Wastebin

[ctx: KFile System Bookmarks]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Empty Trash
en_GB: Empty Wastebin

en: More than one folder has been selected and this dialog does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it.
en_GB: More than one folder has been selected and this dialogue does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it.

en: <qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialog. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: <ul><li>how files are sorted in the list</li><li>types of view, including icon and list</li><li>showing of hidden files</li><li>the Places panel</li><li>file previews</li><li>separating folders from files</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialogue. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: <ul><li>how files are sorted in the list</li><li>types of view, including icon and list</li><li>showing of hidden files</li><li>the Places panel</li><li>file previews</li><li>separating folders from files</li></ul></qt>

en: <qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br /><br />These bookmarks are specific to the file dialog, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br /><br />These bookmarks are specific to the file dialogue, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>

en: You are not authorized to execute this file.
en_GB: You are not authorised to execute this file.

en: You are not authorized to select an application to open this file.
en_GB: You are not authorised to select an application to open this file.

[ctx: %1: request type]
en: Access was denied while attempting to %1.
en_GB: Access was denied whilst attempting to %1.

en: Authorization failed.
en_GB: Authorisation failed.

en: Unknown Authorization method.
en_GB: Unknown Authorisation method.

en: This file is already in the trash bin.
en_GB: This file is already in the wastebin.

en: Empty the contents of the trash
en_GB: Empty the contents of the wastebin

en: The trash is full. Empty it or remove items manually.
en_GB: The wastebin is full. Empty it or remove items manually.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1185 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, organizationalUnitTag) #-#-#-#-#  1065 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  871 (kio4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Organizational unit:
en_GB: Organisational unit:

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Trash?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>
en_GB: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Wastebin?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Empty Trash
en_GB: Empty Wastebin

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the Trash?<nl/><filename>%1</filename>
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the Wastebin?<nl/><filename>%1</filename>

en: Do you really want to move this item to the Trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this item to the Wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Wastebin?

note: #-#-#-#-#  1185 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel7) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, filetypeList) #-#-#-#-#  1065 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  871 (kio4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <qt><p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organized by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>
    <p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the "bmp" part that comes after the dot in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>
    <p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organised by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>
    <p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the "bmp" part that comes after the full stop in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>
    <p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p></qt>

en: When this is checked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent folder conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
    Unless you press Skip you will still be prompted in case of a conflict with an existing file in the directory.
en_GB: When this is ticked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent folder conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
    Unless you press Skip you will still be prompted in case of a conflict with an existing file in the directory.

en: When this is checked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
en_GB: When this is ticked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent conflicts for the remainder of the current job.

[ctx: @info]
en: Moving this item to Trash failed as it is too large. Permanently delete it instead?<nl/><nl/><filename>%1</filename><nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>
en_GB: Moving this item to the wastebin failed as it is too large. Permanently delete it instead?<nl/><nl/><filename>%1</filename><nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>

[ctx: @info]
en: Moving this %1 item to Trash failed as it is too large. Permanently delete it instead?<nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis> | Moving these %1 items to Trash failed as they are too large. Permanently delete them instead?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>
en_GB[0]: Moving this %1 item to the wastebin failed as it is too large. Permanently delete it instead?<nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>
en_GB[1]: Moving these %1 items to the wastebin failed as they are too large. Permanently delete them instead?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this %1 item to the Trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this %1 item to the Wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Wastebin?

en: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP KIO worker offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favorite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP KIO worker offers you the ability to customise the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favourite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>

en: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favorite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialog box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favourite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialogue box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>

en: <h1>Enhanced Browsing</h1> In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. <h2>Web Search Keywords</h2>Web Search Keywords are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type "duckduckgo:frobozz" or "dd:frobozz" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for "frobozz". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialog.
en_GB: <h1>Enhanced Browsing</h1> In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. <h2>Web Search Keywords</h2>Web Search Keywords are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type "duckduckgo:frobozz" or "dd:frobozz" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for "frobozz". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialogue.

en: The trash has reached its maximum size!
    Cleanup the trash manually.
en_GB: The wastebin has reached its maximum size!
    Cleanup the wastebin manually.

en: No Media inserted or Media not recognized.
en_GB: No Media inserted or Media not recognised.

en: You are not authorized to execute this service.
en_GB: You are not authorised to execute this service.

[ctx: USB device subclass]
en: Wireless USB Wire Adapter
en_GB: Wireless USB Wire Adaptor

en: <b>Serial #:</b>
en_GB: <b>Serial No.:</b>

en: Login failed, client cannot initialize the SASL library.
en_GB: Login failed, client cannot initialise the SASL library.

en: <h3>Freehandpolygon</h3>Click this to start drawing a freehand polygon.
en_GB: <h3>Freehand Polygon</h3>Click this to start drawing a freehand polygon.

en: Center &X:
en_GB: Centre &X:

en: Center &Y:
en_GB: Centre &Y:

[ctx: @action]
en: Vaporizer
en_GB: Vaporiser

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Destroy all enemies in neighboring cells
en_GB: Destroy all enemies in neighbouring cells

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnemiesAtGameStart), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Number of regular enemies in first round
en_GB: Number of normal enemies in first round

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnemiesAddedEachRound), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Number of regular enemies added in each new round
en_GB: Number of normal enemies added in each new round

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (VaporizerEnabled), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Player can use vaporizer
en_GB: Player can use vaporiser

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CostOfVaporizer), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Cost of using vaporizer
en_GB: Cost of using vaporiser

[ctx: @info:whatsthisp]
en: Opens a dialog listing the values of all internal parameters for the selected game type.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue listing the values of all internal parameters for the selected game type.

en: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forward search capabilities.
en_GB: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forwards search capabilities.

en: PNG previews cannot be used for mathgroups in the bottom preview pane
en_GB: PNG previews cannot be used for maths groups in the bottom preview pane

en: Enter the directory which contains the files you want to search in.
en_GB: Enter the directory which contains the files in which you want to.

en: Check this box to search in all subdirectories.
en_GB: Tick this box to search in all subdirectories.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cb_center)
en: Center picture
en_GB: Centre picture

en: Needs &math mode:
en_GB: Needs &maths mode:

en: Does this environment need math mode?
en_GB: Does this environment need maths mode?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, environments)
en: List of known environments with a lot of additional information that Kile can potentially use. You can add your own environments, which will then be recognized by autocompletion of environments; 'Smart Newline' and 'Smart Tabulator', for example. Note that you can only edit and delete user-defined environments.
en_GB: List of known environments with a lot of additional information that Kile can potentially use. You can add your own environments, which will then be recognised by autocompletion of environments; 'Smart Newline' and 'Smart Tabulator', for example. Note that you can only edit and delete user-defined environments.

en: Math Environments
en_GB: Maths Environments

en: Some environments are only valid in math mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.
en_GB: Some environments are only valid in maths mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_lbBehavior)
en: Select the default &behavior (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.
en_GB: Select the default &behaviour (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.

en: Apply a background color
en_GB: Apply a background colour

en: This wizard can't work, because no tool was found (see help section).
en_GB: This wizard cannot work, because no tool was found (see help section).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_edOutfile)
en: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer checkbox must be checked.
en_GB: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer tickbox must be ticked.

en: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then check this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.
en_GB: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then tick this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.

en: <p>The project folder "(%1)" is not writable.</p><p>Please check the permissions of the project folder.</p>
en_GB: <p>The project folder "(%1)" is not writeable.</p><p>Please check the permissions of the project folder.</p>

en: Aligns formulas on the left side
en_GB: Aligns formulæ on the left side

en: One-line captions are centered, multi-line left-justified
en_GB: One-line captions are centred, multi-line left-justified

en: Slides will use many colors
en_GB: Slides will use many colours

en: Slides will use a restricted set of colors
en_GB: Slides will use a restricted set of colours

en: The color of the background depends on the current style
en_GB: The colour of the background depends on the current style

en: Place text of slides at the (vertical) center of the slides
en_GB: Place text of slides at the (vertical) centre of the slides

en: Headlines, footlines, and sidebars are replaced by gray rectangles
en_GB: Headlines, footlines and sidebars are replaced by grey rectangles

en: Override the math font to be a sans-serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a sans-serif font

en: Override the math font to be a serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a serif font

en: Deactivate internal font replacements for math text
en_GB: Deactivate internal font replacements for mathematical text

en: Special math environments and commands (AMS)
en_GB: Special maths environments and commands (AMS)

en: Collection of fonts and symbols for math mode (AMS)
en_GB: Collection of fonts and symbols for maths mode (AMS)

en: Defines symbol names for all math symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)
en_GB: Defines symbol names for all mathematical symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)

en: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Use Times font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Times font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Extending LaTeX's color facilities
en_GB: Extending LaTeX's colour facilities

en: Adds language specific support
en_GB: Adds language-specific support

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for dvips
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for dvips

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for pdftex
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for pdftex

en: The tabular will be centered.
en_GB: The tabular will be centred.

en: The text will be centered.
en_GB: The text will be centred.

en: Choose a background color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a background colour (needs color package).

en: Choose a text color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a text colour (needs color package).

en: <p>A list of the documentation provided by the installed TeX distribution.</p><p>Double clicking on an item or pressing the space key will open a viewer to show the corresponding file.</p><p>Items that are grayed out are not installed.</p>
en_GB: <p>A list of the documentation provided by the installed TeX distribution.</p><p>Double clicking on an item or pressing the space key will open a viewer to show the corresponding file.</p><p>Items that are greyed out are not installed.</p>

en: TexDoc Dialog
en_GB: TexDoc Dialogue

en: Start a file dialog to choose a local help file.
en_GB: Start a file dialogue to choose a local help file.

en: <p>You can create, change and install a user-defined menu, which will appear as a part of Kile's menu. To create or change this menu, use the six buttons on the left side. Even more possible actions are available in the context menu of already existing menu items.</p><p>Like a standard menu, three different kinds of menu items are available:</p><ul><li><i>standard entries</i>, which are assigned to an action</li><li><i>submenus</i>, which contain more menu items</li><li><i>separators</i>, to get a visible structure of all entries</li></ul><p>Each standard menu item is assigned to one of three action types:</p><ul><li><i>insert text</i>: this action will insert your text at the current cursor position. Some metachars are available: <tt>%M</tt>, <tt>%C</tt>, <tt>%B</tt>, <tt>%E</tt>, <tt>%R</tt>, <tt>%T</tt>, <tt>%S</tt>: see the <i>What's This</i> or <i>Tool Tip</i> feature of this widget to get more information.</li><li><i>file content</i>: inserts the complete contents of a given file (metachars are also available)</li><li><i>run an external program</i>: The output of this program can be inserted into the opened document. Metachar <tt>%M</tt> is also possible in the commandline of this program, as the selected text will be saved in a temporary file. Use <tt>%M</tt> for the filename of this temporary file.</li></ul><p>If some  important information for an action is missing, menu items are colored red. More information is available using the <i>What's this</i> feature of most widgets.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can create, change and install a user-defined menu, which will appear as a part of Kile's menu. To create or change this menu, use the six buttons on the left side. Even more possible actions are available in the context menu of already existing menu items.</p><p>Like a standard menu, three different kinds of menu items are available:</p><ul><li><i>standard entries</i>, which are assigned to an action</li><li><i>submenus</i>, which contain more menu items</li><li><i>separators</i>, to get a visible structure of all entries</li></ul><p>Each standard menu item is assigned to one of three action types:</p><ul><li><i>insert text</i>: this action will insert your text at the current cursor position. Some metachars are available: <tt>%M</tt>, <tt>%C</tt>, <tt>%B</tt>, <tt>%E</tt>, <tt>%R</tt>, <tt>%T</tt>, <tt>%S</tt>: see the <i>What's This</i> or <i>Tool Tip</i> feature of this widget to get more information.</li><li><i>file content</i>: inserts the complete contents of a given file (metachars are also available)</li><li><i>run an external program</i>: The output of this program can be inserted into the opened document. Metachar <tt>%M</tt> is also possible in the commandline of this program, as the selected text will be saved in a temporary file. Use <tt>%M</tt> for the filename of this temporary file.</li></ul><p>If some  important information for an action is missing, menu items are coloured red. More information is available using the <i>What's this</i> feature of most widgets.</p>

en: UserMenu Dialog
en_GB: UserMenu Dialogue

en: Saving failed and quitting canceled.
en_GB: Saving failed and quitting cancelled.

en: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialog (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.
en_GB: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialogue (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.

en: Miscellaneous Math
en_GB: Miscellaneous Maths

en: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in math mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>
en_GB: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in maths mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>

en: Math Group
en_GB: Maths Group

en: Mathgroup
en_GB: Maths group

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (igCenter), group (IncludeGraphics)
en: Center the graphics.
en_GB: Centre the graphics.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncConsoleDirWithTabs), group (User)
en: Whether the current directory shown in the console is kept synchronized with the open tabs
en_GB: Whether the current directory shown in the console is kept synchronised with the open tabs

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
en: Show preview of mathgroups in bottom bar.
en_GB: Show preview of maths groups in bottom bar.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewTool), group (QuickPreview)
en: Conversion tool for preview of mathgroups in bottom bar.
en_GB: Conversion tool for preview of maths groups in bottom bar.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (previewPaneBackgroundColor), group (QuickPreview)
en: The background color of the quick preview pane.
en_GB: The background colour of the quick preview pane.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (synchronizeCursorWithView), group (LivePreview)
en: Synchronize the cursor position with the view.
en_GB: Synchronise the cursor position with the view.

en: The internal structure of Kile is corrupted (probably due to a bug in Kile). Please select Save All from the File menu and close Kile.
    The Kile team apologizes for any inconvenience and would appreciate a bug report.
en_GB: The internal structure of Kile is corrupted (probably due to a bug in Kile). Please select Save All from the File menu and close Kile.
    The Kile team apologises for any inconvenience and would appreciate a bug report.

en: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulae flush left; default is centered.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.
en_GB: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulæ flush left; default is centred.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.

en: Center - \begin{center}
en_GB: Centre - \begin{center}

en: The itemize environment produces a 'bulleted' list.
    Each item of an itemized list begins with an \item command.
en_GB: The itemise environment produces a 'bulleted' list.
    Each item of an itemised list begins with an \item command.

en: The description environment is used to make labeled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.
en_GB: The description environment is used to make labelled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.

en: \textit{italic text}
en_GB: \textit{italicised text}

en: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the center of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centered items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.
en_GB: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centred items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.

en: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centered, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.
en_GB: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centred, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.

en: Customizable File Inclusion - \include{file}
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion - \include{file}

en: Customizable File Inclusion
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion

en: Emphasized - \emph{}
en_GB: Emphasised - \emph{}

en: Emphasized
en_GB: Emphasised

en: \emph{emphasized text}
en_GB: \emph{emphasised text}

en: Math Mode - $...$
en_GB: Maths Mode - $...$

en: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centered 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right
en_GB: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centred 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right

en: Text in Mathmode - \text{}
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode - \text{}

en: Text in Mathmode
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_math)
en: &Math Commands
en_GB: &Maths Commands

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathfontstyles)
en: Math &Font Styles
en_GB: Maths &Font Styles

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathaccents)
en: Math &Accents
en_GB: Maths &Accents

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathspaces)
en: Math &Spaces
en_GB: Maths &Spaces

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathenv)
en: Standard Math &Environments
en_GB: Standard Maths &Environments

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_amsenv_center)
en: &Center Environments
en_GB: &Centre Environments

en: Synchronize Cursor Position with Viewer
en_GB: Synchronise Cursor Position with Viewer

en: &QuickPreview Math
en_GB: &QuickPreview Maths

en: Find-in-Files Dialog
en_GB: Find-in-Files Dialogue

en: There is no surrounding mathgroup.
en_GB: There is no surrounding maths group.

en: This action was canceled by the user.
en_GB: This action was cancelled by the user.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SyncConsoleDirWithTabs)
en: Synchronize the directory shown in the console with the document tabs
en_GB: Synchronise the directory shown in the console with the document tabs

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_compileBehaviorGroupBox)
en: Compilation Behavior
en_GB: Compilation Behaviour

en: &Background Color:
en_GB: &Background Colour:

en: Mathgroup:
en_GB: Maths group:

en: Circle by Center && Line
en_GB: Circle by Centre && Line

en: A circle constructed by its center and tangent to a given line
en_GB: A circle constructed by its centre and tangent to a given line

en: A circle defined by its center and the length of a segment as the diameter
en_GB: A circle defined by its centre and the length of a segment as the diameter

en: Helped a lot with the implementation of the Locus object, there's quite some math involved in doing it right, and Franco wrote the most difficult parts.
en_GB: Helped a lot with the implementation of the Locus object, there's quite some maths involved in doing it right, and Franco wrote the most difficult parts.

en: Domi's brother, who he got to write the algorithm for calculating the center of the circle with three points given.
en_GB: Domi's brother, who he got to write the algorithm for calculating the centre of the circle with three points given.

en: Recenter the screen on the document
en_GB: Recentre the screen on the document

en: Recenter View
en_GB: Recentre View

en: A half-line by its start point, and another point somewhere on it.
en_GB: A half-line by its start point and another point somewhere on it.

en: Circle by Center && Point
en_GB: Circle by Centre && Point

en: A circle constructed by its center and a point that pertains to it
en_GB: A circle constructed by its centre and a point that pertains to it

en: Construct a conic arc with given center through three points.
en_GB: Construct a conic arc with given centre through three points.

en: Arc by Center, Angle && Point
en_GB: Arc by Centre, Angle && Point

en: Construct an arc by its center and a given angle, starting at a given point
en_GB: Construct an arc by its centre and a given angle, starting at a given point

en: Apply a similitude to an object (the sequence of a scaling and rotation around a center)
en_GB: Apply a similitude to an object (the sequence of a scaling and rotation around a centre)

en: The harmonic homology with a given center and a given axis (this is a projective transformation)
en_GB: The harmonic homology with a given centre and a given axis (this is a projective transformation)

en: Regular Polygon with Given Center
en_GB: Regular Polygon with Given Centre

en: Construct a regular polygon with a given center and vertex
en_GB: Construct a regular polygon with a given centre and vertex

en: Construct a regular polygon with this center
en_GB: Construct a regular polygon with this centre

en: Select the center of the new polygon...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new polygon...

en: Center Of Curvature
en_GB: Centre Of Curvature

en: The center of the osculating circle to a curve
en_GB: The centre of the osculating circle to a curve

en: Center of Curvature of This Conic
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Conic

en: Center of Curvature of This Cubic Curve
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Cubic Curve

en: Center of Curvature of This Curve
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Curve

en: Center of Curvature at This Point
en_GB: Centre of Curvature at This Point

en: &Custom Color
en_GB: &Custom Colour

en: Change Object Color
en_GB: Change Object Colour

en: Set Co&lor
en_GB: Set Co&lour

en: Construct an arc with this center
en_GB: Construct an arc with this centre

en: Select the center of the new arc...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new arc...

en: Construct an conic arc with this center
en_GB: Construct an conic arc with this centre

en: Select the center of the new conic arc...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new conic arc...

en: rho = %1   [centered at %2]
en_GB: rho = %1   [centred at %2]

en: Construct a circle with this center
en_GB: Construct a circle with this centre

en: Select the center of the new circle...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new circle...

en: [centered at %1]
en_GB: [centred at %1]

en: Center of Mass of the Vertices
en_GB: Centre of Mass of the Vertices

en: Select the center point of the rotation...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the rotation...

en: Scale with this center
en_GB: Scale with this centre

en: Select the center point of the scaling...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the scaling...

en: Harmonic Homology with this center
en_GB: Harmonic Homology with this centre

en: Select the center point of the harmonic homology...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the harmonic homology...

en: Apply a similitude with this center
en_GB: Apply a similitude with this centre

en: Select the center for the similitude...
en_GB: Select the centre for the similitude...

[ctx: KdeMainWindow|]
en: Preferences dialog
en_GB: Preferences dialogue

[ctx: KdeMainWindow|]
en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: ConfigDialog|]
en: Use native system file &dialogs
en_GB: Use native system file &dialogues

[ctx: Kid3MainWindow|]
en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: Kid3MainWindow|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: @default|]
en: Catalog Number
en_GB: Catalogue Number

[ctx: @default|]
en: Equalization
en_GB: Equalisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: Synchronized Lyrics
en_GB: Synchronised Lyrics

[ctx: @default|]
en: Synchronized Tempo Codes
en_GB: Synchronised Tempo Codes

[ctx: @default|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: @default|]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: Catalog ID
en_GB: Catalogue ID

[ctx: @default|]
en: Number of Colors
en_GB: Number of Colours

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: %1 is not writable
en_GB: %1 is not writeable

[ctx: @default|]
en: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Could not move these files to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move these files to the Wastebin

[ctx: MusicBrainzClient|]
en: Unrecognized
en_GB: Unrecognised

[ctx: MusicBrainzClient|]
en: Recognized
en_GB: Recognised

[ctx: @default|]
en: EQUA - Equalization
en_GB: EQUA - Equalisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: SYLT - Synchronized lyric/text
en_GB: SYLT - Synchronised lyric/text

[ctx: @default|]
en: SYTC - Synchronized tempo codes
en_GB: SYTC - Synchronised tempo codes

[ctx: @default|]
en: USLT - Unsynchronized lyric/text transcription
en_GB: USLT - Unsynchronised lyric/text transcription

[ctx: AboutDialog|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: Main|]
en: SD card is only writable in %1
en_GB: SD card is only writeable in %1

[ctx: Main|]
en: %1 is not writable
en_GB: %1 is not writeable

[ctx: SettingsPage|]
en: WAV files with lowercase id3 chunk
en_GB: WAV files with lowercase ID3 chunk

en: Use co&lor
en_GB: Use co&lour

en: &Solid color:
en_GB: &Solid colour:

en: Color &1:
en_GB: Colour &1:

en: Color &2:
en_GB: Colour &2:

en: Print
    
    Opens a print dialog to let you print the current icon.
en_GB: Print
    
    Opens a print dialogue to let you print the current icon.

en: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialog if you also want to paste transparency.)
en_GB: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialogue if you also want to paste transparency.)

en: &GrayScale
en_GB: &GreyScale

en: Gray scale
    
    Gray scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colors not in the icon palette
en_GB: Grey scale
    
    Grey scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colours not in the icon palette

en: Color Picker
    
    The color of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw color
en_GB: Colour Picker
    
    The colour of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw colour

en: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current color
en_GB: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current colour

en: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same color with the current color
en_GB: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same colour with the current colour

en: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colors
en_GB: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colours

en: Colors: %1
en_GB: Colours: %1

en: Current color
    
    This is the currently selected color
en_GB: Current colour
    
    This is the currently selected colour

en: System colors:
en_GB: System colours:

en: System colors
    
    Here you can select colors from the KDE icon palette
en_GB: System colours
    
    Here you can select colours from the KDE icon palette

en: Custom colors:
en_GB: Custom colours:

en: Custom colors
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colors.
    Double-click on a box to edit the color
en_GB: Custom colours
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colours.
    Double-click on a box to edit the colour

en: Help Center
en_GB: Help Centre

en: KDE Help Center
en_GB: KDE Help Centre

en: Unable to initialize SearchHandler from file '%1'.
en_GB: Unable to initialise SearchHandler from file '%1'.

en: To create an index, check the box in the list and press the
    "Build Index" button.
en_GB: To create an index, tick the box in the list and press the
    "Build Index" button.

en: KHelpCenter Index Builder
en_GB: KHelpCentre Index Builder

en: The KDE Help Center
en_GB: The KDE Help Centre

en: (c) 2003, The KHelpCenter developers
en_GB: (c) 2003, The KHelpCentre developers

[ctx: NOTE_TO_THE_TRANSLATORS]
en: The translators have the opportunity to translate the
    words in the game.
    See the file README.languages in khangman's source directory
    for more information on how to do that.
    (translate this message as "DONE" when you have translated
    the words; otherwise leave it untranslated as a reminder)
en_GB: DONE

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OneLetter), group (General)
en: Check this if you do not want to discover each instance of the same letter.
en_GB: Tick this if you do not want to discover each instance of the same letter.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Sound), group (General)
en: If checked, sounds will be played for New Game and Win Game
en_GB: If ticked, sounds will be played for New Game and Win Game

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Hint), group (General)
en: If checked, hints will always been displayed. If this is not checked (default)
                hints will be displayed only per word when the user chooses to show the hint.
en_GB: If ticked, hints will always been displayed. If this is not ticked (default)
                hints will be displayed only per word when the user chooses to show the hint.

en: [url]
en_GB: [URL]

en: Shows the file open dialog to choose a Graphviz DOT file to open.
en_GB: Shows the file open dialogue to choose a Graphviz DOT file to open.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (backgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Background color of the graph view.
en_GB: Background colour of the graph view.

en: Opens the Page Setup dialog to allow graph printing to be setup
en_GB: Opens the Page Setup dialogue to allow graph printing to be setup

en: <h1>View of the Complete Graph</h1><p>Single clicking somewhere without the red square will move the center of the view to where the mouse was clicked.</p><p>Clicking and dragging within the red square will cause the view to follow the movement.</p>
en_GB: <h1>View of the Complete Graph</h1><p>Single clicking somewhere without the red square will move the centre of the view to where the mouse was clicked.</p><p>Clicking and dragging within the red square will cause the view to follow the movement.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Default background color:
en_GB: Default background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, note)
en: Note: this will be overridden if the graph has its own background color
en_GB: Note: this will be overridden if the graph has its own background colour

en: No mail was sent for the following user id because it belongs to a key without encryption capability: | No mail was sent for the following user ids because they belong to keys without encryption capability:
en_GB[0]: No mail was sent for the following user ID because it belongs to a key without encryption capability:
en_GB[1]: No mail was sent for the following user IDs because they belong to keys without encryption capability:

en: No mail was sent for the following user id because it was already signed: | No mail was sent for the following user ids because they were already signed:
en_GB[0]: No mail was sent for the following user ID because it was already signed:
en_GB[1]: No mail was sent for the following user IDs because they were already signed:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_PgpExtension)
en: <qt><b>Use *.pgp extension for encrypted files:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option will append a .pgp extension to all encrypted files instead of a .gpg extension. This option will maintain compatibility with users of PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) software.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Use *.pgp extension for encrypted files:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option will append a .pgp extension to all encrypted files instead of a .gpg extension. This option will maintain compatibility with users of PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) software.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AllowCustomEncryptionOptions)
en: <qt><b>Custom encryption command:</b><br />
    <p>When activated, an entry field will be shown in the key selection dialog, enabling you to enter a custom command for encryption. This option is recommended for experienced users only.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Custom encryption command:</b><br />
    <p>When activated, an entry field will be shown in the key selection dialogue, enabling you to enter a custom command for encryption. This option is recommended for experienced users only.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_EncryptFilesTo)
en: <qt><b>Encrypt files with:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option and selecting a key will force any file encryption operation to use the selected key. KGpg will not query for a recipient and the default key will be bypassed.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Encrypt files with:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option and selecting a key will force any file encryption operation to use the selected key. KGpg will not query for a recipient and the default key will be bypassed.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AllowUntrustedKeys)
en: <qt><b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys:</b><br />
    <p>When importing a public key, the key is usually marked as untrusted and as such cannot be used unless it is signed by the default key (thus making it 'trusted'). Checking this box enables any key to be used even if it is untrusted.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys:</b><br />
    <p>When importing a public key, the key is usually marked as untrusted and as such cannot be used unless it is signed by the default key (thus making it 'trusted'). Ticking this box enables any key to be used even if it is untrusted.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideUserID)
en: <qt><b>Hide user ID:</b><br /> 
    <p>Checking this option will remove the keyid of the recipient from all encrypted packets. The advantage: traffic analysis of the encrypted packets cannot be performed as easily because the recipient is unknown. The disadvantage: the receiver of the encrypted packets is forced to try all secret keys before being able to decrypt the packets. This can be a lengthy process depending on the number of secret keys the receiver holds.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Hide user ID:</b><br /> 
    <p>Ticking this option will remove the keyid of the recipient from all encrypted packets. The advantage: traffic analysis of the encrypted packets cannot be performed as easily because the recipient is unknown. The disadvantage: the receiver of the encrypted packets is forced to try all secret keys before being able to decrypt the packets. This can be a lengthy process depending on the number of secret keys the receiver holds.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoStart)
en: <qt><b>Start KGpg automatically at KDE startup:</b><br />
    <p>If checked KGpg will start automatically each time that KDE starts up.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Start KGpg automatically at KDE startup:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked KGpg will start automatically each time that KDE starts up.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseMouseSelection)
en: <qt><b>Use mouse selection instead of clipboard:</b><br />
    <p>If checked, clipboard operations in KGpg will use the selection clipboard, that means highlighting a text to copy, and middle button (or right+left together) to paste. If this option is not checked, the clipboard will work with Key shortcuts (Ctrl-c, Ctrl-v).</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Use mouse selection instead of clipboard:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked, clipboard operations in KGpg will use the selection clipboard, that means highlighting a text to copy, and middle button (or right+left together) to paste. If this option is not ticked, the clipboard will work with Key shortcuts (Ctrl-c, Ctrl-v).</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSystray)
en: <qt><b>Show system tray icon:</b><br />
    <p>If checked KGpg will minimize to an icon in the system tray.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Show system tray icon:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked KGpg will minimise to an icon in the system tray.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseProxy)
en: Honor HTTP proxy when available
en_GB: Honour HTTP proxy when available

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab)
en: Key Colors
en_GB: Key Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, checkAttrPhoto)
en: Do &not export attributes (photo ids)
en_GB: Do &not export attributes (photo IDs)

en: <qt>The requested key is not present in the keyring anymore.<br />Perhaps it was deleted by another application</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The requested key is not present in the keyring any more.<br />Perhaps it was deleted by another application</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: <qt><b>Key Server:</b><br /> <p>A Key Server is a centralized repository of PGP/GnuPG keys connected to the Internet which can be conveniently accessed in order to obtain or deposit keys. Select from the drop down list to specify which key server should be used.</p> <p>Often these keys are held by people whom the user has never met and as such the authenticity is dubious at best. Refer to the GnuPG manual covering "Web-of-Trust" relationships to find out how GnuPG works around the problem of verifying authenticity.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Key Server:</b><br /> <p>A Key Server is a centralised repository of PGP/GnuPG keys connected to the Internet which can be conveniently accessed in order to obtain or deposit keys. Select from the drop down list to specify which key server should be used.</p> <p>Often these keys are held by people whom the user has never met and as such the authenticity is dubious at best. Refer to the GnuPG manual covering "Web-of-Trust" relationships to find out how GnuPG works around the problem of verifying authenticity.</p> </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kCBimportks)
en: <b>Key Server Drop Down Dialog:</b>
    Allows the user to select the Key Server which will be used to import PGP/GnuPG keys into the local keyring.
en_GB: <b>Key Server Drop Down Dialogue:</b>
    Allows the user to select the Key Server which will be used to import PGP/GnuPG keys into the local keyring.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: <qt><b>Text to search or ID of the key to import:</b><br />
    <p>There are multiple ways to search for a key, you can use a text or partial text search (example: entering Phil or Zimmerman will bring up all keys in which Phil or Zimmerman shows up) or you can search by the ID's of the key. Key ID's are strings of letters and numbers that uniquely identify a key (example: searching for 0xED7585F4 would bring up the key associated with that ID).</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Text to search or ID of the key to import:</b><br />
    <p>There are multiple ways to search for a key, you can use a text or partial text search (example: entering Phil or Zimmerman will bring up all keys in which Phil or Zimmerman shows up) or you can search by the IDs of the key. Key IDs are strings of letters and numbers that uniquely identify a key (example: searching for 0xED7585F4 would bring up the key associated with that ID).</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cBproxyI) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cBproxyE)
en: Honor HTTP proxy:
en_GB: Honour HTTP proxy:

en: &Key Server Dialog
en_GB: &Key Server Dialogue

en: &Photo ID's
en_GB: &Photo IDs

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete group <b>%1</b> ?</qt>
en_GB: <qt> Are you sure you want to delete group <b>%1</b> ?</qt>

en: All signatures for this key are already in your keyring | All signatures for this keys are already in your keyring
en_GB[0]: All signatures for this key are already in your keyring
en_GB[1]: All signatures for these keys are already in your keyring

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsciiArmor), group (Encryption)
en: Use ASCII armored encryption.
en_GB: Use ASCII armoured encryption.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeftClick), group (User Interface)
en: Choose default left-click behavior
en_GB: Choose default left-click behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorGood), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorRev), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for revoked keys.
en_GB: Colour used for revoked keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorUnknown), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for unknown keys.
en_GB: Colour used for unknown keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorBad), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for untrusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for untrusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorUltimate), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for ultimately trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for ultimately trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMarginal), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for marginally trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for marginally trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorExpired), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for expired keys.
en_GB: Colour used for expired keys.

[ctx: @title]
en: KGpg - simple gui for GnuPG
en_GB: KGpg - simple GUI for GnuPG

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, CBdefault)
en: <qt><b>Set as your default key:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option sets the newly created key pair as the default key pair.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Set as your default key:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option sets the newly created key pair as the default key pair.</p></qt>

en: Drawing on Western movie icons about mummies and Egypt, this set of levels is best run under the Treasure of Egypt theme. You also need to dig while falling sometimes.
    
    To polish your Egyptology, you will find factual tidbits related to each level in the hints, where the facts are drawn from Wikipedia rather than Hollywood.
    
    This Championship game was composed by Steve Mann <smann at cgl uwaterloo ca>, with a few Egyptian ideas and the Red Sea level contributed by Ian Wadham.
en_GB: Drawing on Western film icons about mummies and Egypt, this set of levels is best run under the Treasure of Egypt theme. You also need to dig while falling sometimes.
    
    To polish your Egyptology, you will find factual titbits related to each level in the hints, where the facts are drawn from Wikipedia rather than Hollywood.
    
    This Championship game was composed by Steve Mann <smann at cgl uwaterloo ca>, with a few Egyptian ideas and the Red Sea level contributed by Ian Wadham.

en: The Pyramid of Djoser (Zoser), or step pyramid (kbhw-ntrw in Egyptian) is an archeological remain in the Saqqara necropolis, Egypt, northwest of the city of Memphis.
    
    To complete this level, it is important to proceed in steps: first free the mummy on the left side of the second level (from the bottom), allowing it to drop into and fill the hidden pit on the ground level.
    
    Now enter the right side of the second level and move across the pole, over the mummy, and get the piece of treasure in the middle, being sure to dig out the brick to the left of the middle.
    
    The mummy on the third level is a bit problematic because it will take a piece of treasure and carry it.  You may get lucky and find that it abandons its treasure at some point, but you can also trap him in the one diggable brick on the right with careful timing.
    
    Finally, before getting the last piece of treasure, be sure to open the bottom right of the step pyramid to allow the mummies on the right to enter the pyramid - if there is more than one mummy on the bottom right before the escape ladder appears, you will be unable to reach the exit.
en_GB: The Pyramid of Djoser (Zoser), or step pyramid (kbhw-ntrw in Egyptian) is an archæological remain in the Saqqara necropolis, Egypt, northwest of the city of Memphis.
    
    To complete this level, it is important to proceed in steps: first free the mummy on the left side of the second level (from the bottom), allowing it to drop into and fill the hidden pit on the ground level.
    
    Now enter the right side of the second level and move across the pole, over the mummy, and get the piece of treasure in the middle, being sure to dig out the brick to the left of the middle.
    
    The mummy on the third level is a bit problematic because it will take a piece of treasure and carry it.  You may get lucky and find that it abandons its treasure at some point, but you can also trap him in the one diggable brick on the right with careful timing.
    
    Finally, before getting the last piece of treasure, be sure to open the bottom right of the step pyramid to allow the mummies on the right to enter the pyramid - if there is more than one mummy on the bottom right before the escape ladder appears, you will be unable to reach the exit.

en: Most accepted theories on the construction of the pyramids are based on the idea that it was built by moving huge stones from a quarry and dragging and lifting them into place. The disagreements center on the method by which the stones were conveyed and placed.  Regardless, there were likely many ladders involved in its construction, such as on this level.
    
    This level is mostly a run around.  Picking up the treasure while avoiding mummies is not so hard - but getting treasure away from the mummies is a much harder task.  The three-wide stone platform is a useful killing field, although you'll have to run around a bit to get the mummies carrying treasure to line up properly.  Note also that the middle block of this platform is a fall-through block.
    
    And once you've gotten all the treasure, you'll need to cross over to the escape ladder.  One way to do this is to kill a mummy and cross over on its back when the mummy crosses from the escape ladder to the main pyramid.
en_GB: Most accepted theories on the construction of the pyramids are based on the idea that it was built by moving huge stones from a quarry and dragging and lifting them into place. The disagreements center on the method by which the stones were conveyed and placed.  Regardless, there were likely many ladders involved in its construction, such as on this level.
    
    This level is mostly a run around.  Picking up the treasure while avoiding mummies is not so hard - but getting treasure away from the mummies is a much harder task.  The three-wide stone platform is a useful killing field, although you'll have to run around a bit to get the mummies carrying treasure to line up properly.  Note also that the middle block of this platform is a fall-through block.
    
    And once you've got all the treasure, you'll need to cross over to the escape ladder.  One way to do this is to kill a mummy and cross over on its back when the mummy crosses from the escape ladder to the main pyramid.

en: Get the piece of gold below the left side of the poles shaped like an 11 first, then grab the piece on the base of the left 1 of the central 11.  Now drop to the floor just to the left of the double high wall.  The enemies will drop into different sections.  You now want to do three things: get the gold in the left and center sections, take gold from the enemies to the right of you when on the floor and lure as many enemies as you can into the section to the left of the 11.
    
    The first two tasks are relatively easy: the last task can be accomplished in several ways.  If you run up the center ladder and move over the left, you can wait above the right hand side of the poles (possibly dropping onto the poles) and lure a few enemies at a time from the center section to the left section.  You can also pick up a piece of gold or two while doing this.
    
    Once you have all the gold (except the pieces to the right of the 11), run to the top right of the H of ladders in the middle.  This will cause all the enemies not in the far right section to move into the left section.
en_GB: Get the piece of gold below the left side of the poles shaped like an 11 first, then grab the piece on the base of the left 1 of the central 11.  Now drop to the floor just to the left of the double high wall.  The enemies will drop into different sections.  You now want to do three things: get the gold in the left and center sections, take gold from the enemies to the right of you when on the floor and lure as many enemies as you can into the section to the left of the 11.
    
    The first two tasks are relatively easy: the last task can be accomplished in several ways.  If you run up the centre ladder and move over the left, you can wait above the right hand side of the poles (possibly dropping onto the poles) and lure a few enemies at a time from the centre section to the left section.  You can also pick up a piece of gold or two while doing this.
    
    Once you have all the gold (except the pieces to the right of the 11), run to the top right of the H of ladders in the middle.  This will cause all the enemies not in the far right section to move into the left section.

en: In the beginning, wait on the top of the left (or better, right) branch of the leftmost ladders until the enemies in the middle climb to the middle of the center ladder.  Then drop to the horizontal ladder, move all the way to the right and drop to the floor, thus trapping several enemies.
    
    You have to release most of the enemies from where they are trapped, to get the gold from various places.  In particular, you have to release the enemies trapped on the left half of the floor to get at least one piece of gold.  
    
    Once you pick up the last piece of gold, the enemies will swarm the center ladder, so you will have to decide which piece of gold to pick up last.  A reasonable choice is the one held by the three enemies in the lowest leg of the 3, as is the one in the center arm of the 3.
en_GB: In the beginning, wait on the top of the left (or better, right) branch of the leftmost ladders until the enemies in the middle climb to the middle of the center ladder.  Then drop to the horizontal ladder, move all the way to the right and drop to the floor, thus trapping several enemies.
    
    You have to release most of the enemies from where they are trapped, to get the gold from various places.  In particular, you have to release the enemies trapped on the left half of the floor to get at least one piece of gold.  
    
    Once you pick up the last piece of gold, the enemies will swarm the center ladder, so you will have to decide which piece of gold to pick up last.  A reasonable choice is the one held by the three enemies in the lowest leg of the 3, as is the one in the centre arm of the 3.

en: Four tricks: first, do not dig out the enemies trapped in the 4s on the left until towards the end (likewise if one gets trapped in the middle 4) - this leaves fewer enemies to deal with. 
    
    Second, you will need to ride down on top of an enemy to get the trapped gold in the 4s on the left and the floating piece of gold in the center.
    
    Third, when you release the enemies on the 4s along the right (and possibly the two in the 4s on the left), you may find it easier to double dig and lose those pieces of gold.
    
    Finally, it is easiest to escape at the end if you leave until last a piece of gold in or near the floating 14 at middle right.  Then you can run up the ladder that appears there.
en_GB: Four tricks: first, do not dig out the enemies trapped in the 4s on the left until towards the end (likewise if one gets trapped in the middle 4) - this leaves fewer enemies to deal with. 
    
    Second, you will need to ride down on top of an enemy to get the trapped gold in the 4s on the left and the floating piece of gold in the centre.
    
    Third, when you release the enemies on the 4s along the right (and possibly the two in the 4s on the left), you may find it easier to double dig and lose those pieces of gold.
    
    Finally, it is easiest to escape at the end if you leave until last a piece of gold in or near the floating 14 at middle right.  Then you can run up the ladder that appears there.

en: The column to the left of the 1 requires a quick run down and back up, with careful dodging both ways to avoid the enemies.
    
    To get the gold in the middle of the 6, drop down on the top of the 'O' part of the 6, move right/dig left and immediately move left and dig left to delay the enemy who otherwise is likely to catch you.  However, you may wish to leave this piece of gold to the end so as not to free two additional enemies earlier; it is possible to get two enemies to retrap themselves in that section, though.
    
    To get the gold held by enemies in the bottom right, dig out the blocking square to their left, run up the ladder, dig off the right side of the 6, drop in, run left and dig off a square on the left side of the 6 and drop to the floor.  The timing is tight - only one or two enemies in the bottom right section will be able to move to the next section to the left.  You will still need to dig out the bottom of the 6 to get their gold, but that is straightforward albeit a bit hectic because of the enemies lingering to the left of the 6.
    
    Once you have gotten all the gold, you may find it easiest to exit by passing through the middle false floor on the 1 and exiting via the ladders on the left of the 1.
en_GB: The column to the left of the 1 requires a quick run down and back up, with careful dodging both ways to avoid the enemies.
    
    To get the gold in the middle of the 6, drop down on the top of the 'O' part of the 6, move right/dig left and immediately move left and dig left to delay the enemy who otherwise is likely to catch you.  However, you may wish to leave this piece of gold to the end so as not to free two additional enemies earlier; it is possible to get two enemies to retrap themselves in that section, though.
    
    To get the gold held by enemies in the bottom right, dig out the blocking square to their left, run up the ladder, dig off the right side of the 6, drop in, run left and dig off a square on the left side of the 6 and drop to the floor.  The timing is tight - only one or two enemies in the bottom right section will be able to move to the next section to the left.  You will still need to dig out the bottom of the 6 to get their gold, but that is straightforward albeit a bit hectic because of the enemies lingering to the left of the 6.
    
    Once you have got all the gold, you may find it easiest to exit by passing through the middle false floor on the 1 and exiting via the ladders on the left of the 1.

note: i18n: NOTES: Files 'gamedata/game_*.txt' are KGoldrunner DATA files.  They are installed in $KDEDIR/share/apps/kgoldrunner/system and contain names and descriptions of games, plus names and hints for levels.  You may sometimes need to look at the corresponding game or level graphics to work out a go
en: TRANSLATORS: Please see the notes in the translation comment.
en_GB: TRANSLATORS: Please see the notes in the translation comment. Have seen the comment.  AIC.

en: You are the only human being to survive the Zombie Apocalypse and still you can think of nothing but your gold? Well then, let us see what good it will do you...
    
    First hint: every level has a recorded solution, so when in doubt have a look at it. Second hint: you can easily get stuck if you were not smart enough to prepare an escape route before going after some gold.
    
    In the bottom right corner you need timed digging to prepare that escape route. Dig the highest brick next to the ladder, then wait a little and dig the bricks beneath it, just before the top one refills again. This enables you to walk over the upper brick and run through the lower bricks on your return.
    
    Among the gold pieces in the center there are fall-through bricks (or traps) that can catch you. It is best to collect the outside columns of gold first. In other areas you may need to dig while falling through traps.
    
    The bottom left corner is quite hectic. The escape route for the leftmost gold is on the right where there are two pieces of gold. Leave a hole there before you go over to the left. To collect the leftmost gold and get back in time, try digging holes on both sides of you at once.
    
    Even with this hint the timing will be tight. You can save a little time by digging just the third-highest brick next to the ladder. As you drop back from the left, dig the brick on the right that blocks your exit. This will give you more room for error, because you will not get killed when the brick refills.
en_GB: You are the only human being to survive the Zombie Apocalypse and still you can think of nothing but your gold? Well then, let us see what good it will do you...
    
    First hint: every level has a recorded solution, so when in doubt have a look at it. Second hint: you can easily get stuck if you were not smart enough to prepare an escape route before going after some gold.
    
    In the bottom right corner you need timed digging to prepare that escape route. Dig the highest brick next to the ladder, then wait a little and dig the bricks beneath it, just before the top one refills again. This enables you to walk over the upper brick and run through the lower bricks on your return.
    
    Among the gold pieces in the centre there are fall-through bricks (or traps) that can catch you. It is best to collect the outside columns of gold first. In other areas you may need to dig while falling through traps.
    
    The bottom left corner is quite hectic. The escape route for the leftmost gold is on the right where there are two pieces of gold. Leave a hole there before you go over to the left. To collect the leftmost gold and get back in time, try digging holes on both sides of you at once.
    
    Even with this hint the timing will be tight. You can save a little time by digging just the third-highest brick next to the ladder. As you drop back from the left, dig the brick on the right that blocks your exit. This will give you more room for error, because you will not get killed when the brick refills.

en: You may realize that not all zombies are equally fast. Those that gather in bigger groups are slower than single ones - a small relief at least.
    
    They also take the gold - probably an old instinct from their former lives.
    
    In this case, however, it is useful because they can bring the gold down to you.
    
    Place your traps thoughtfully: you do not have unlimited space to evade them.
    
    Also note that zombies are somehow immortal: they will all reappear somewhere. Given time, some of them will not appear above the bricks and will fall to the floor, which will make this level a bit easier for you.
en_GB: You may realise that not all zombies are equally fast. Those that gather in bigger groups are slower than single ones - a small relief at least.
    
    They also take the gold - probably an old instinct from their former lives.
    
    In this case, however, it is useful because they can bring the gold down to you.
    
    Place your traps thoughtfully: you do not have unlimited space to evade them.
    
    Also note that zombies are somehow immortal: they will all reappear somewhere. Given time, some of them will not appear above the bricks and will fall to the floor, which will make this level a bit easier for you.

en: How do you deal with the first zombie? Next to the ladder there is a false brick into which he will jump as he loops around forever. Your way past him is to drop into the trap at the right time (which is during his climb up the ladder), then quickly go left and down.
    
    Now you will need him to fill the gap to the next ladder. You might have learned by now that zombies can be manipulated to jump into such holes. Unfortunately the brick beneath the gap is a trap, so the hole is two blocks deep. That means you have just a small moment when you can run over his head before he has sunk too deep. You can have more than one try at this if you dig the bricks behind you. Then you can let him out again if you were not fast enough.
    
    The next area is a dig-timing puzzle that should not be too hard to crack.
    
    Clearly the second zombie is to be led into the hole where he cannot do any harm.
    
    You need the third zombie to grab the gold for you. There are two false bricks under the ladders above the box with the gold. One is right next to the left-hand ladder which you can use to get behind the enemy. If you then move down one step he will fall through the trap in the middle and take the gold. Then you have to lure him down by digging him free. Make sure he does not drop the gold on the way!
    
    After this there is only one last zombie for you to worry about. You will realize that he runs towards you when you are one step below the top of the leftmost ladder. Find the right moment to walk over his head and reach the next ladder. Now dig the upper two bricks right next to it, jump to the right to get past the zombie and lure him into the gap on the right by going down the ladder to the same height.
en_GB: How do you deal with the first zombie? Next to the ladder there is a false brick into which he will jump as he loops around forever. Your way past him is to drop into the trap at the right time (which is during his climb up the ladder), then quickly go left and down.
    
    Now you will need him to fill the gap to the next ladder. You might have learned by now that zombies can be manipulated to jump into such holes. Unfortunately the brick beneath the gap is a trap, so the hole is two blocks deep. That means you have just a small moment when you can run over his head before he has sunk too deep. You can have more than one try at this if you dig the bricks behind you. Then you can let him out again if you were not fast enough.
    
    The next area is a dig-timing puzzle that should not be too hard to crack.
    
    Clearly the second zombie is to be led into the hole where he cannot do any harm.
    
    You need the third zombie to grab the gold for you. There are two false bricks under the ladders above the box with the gold. One is right next to the left-hand ladder which you can use to get behind the enemy. If you then move down one step he will fall through the trap in the middle and take the gold. Then you have to lure him down by digging him free. Make sure he does not drop the gold on the way!
    
    After this there is only one last zombie for you to worry about. You will realise that he runs towards you when you are one step below the top of the leftmost ladder. Find the right moment to walk over his head and reach the next ladder. Now dig the upper two bricks right next to it, jump to the right to get past the zombie and lure him into the gap on the right by going down the ladder to the same height.

en: You will realize that zombies move vertically in your direction first before going horizontally. This means that most of the time they will move in a straight line upwards. Use this to descend next to them.
    
    Of course the first wave of zombies is too big to get past with just this trick, so you should lure a few zombies into the little cave first. Then move upwards first to make them climb and then descend. However, descending requires a little zig-zag at the start because the zombies will not form a straight line.
    
    You will need to group the second wave of zombies before you can get past them.
en_GB: You will realise that zombies move vertically in your direction first before going horizontally. This means that most of the time they will move in a straight line upwards. Use this to descend next to them.
    
    Of course the first wave of zombies is too big to get past with just this trick, so you should lure a few zombies into the little cave first. Then move upwards first to make them climb and then descend. However, descending requires a little zig-zag at the start because the zombies will not form a straight line.
    
    You will need to group the second wave of zombies before you can get past them.

en: Mostly straightforward, the only trick here is how to draw off the enemies so as to get past them.  In the beginning, try to lure the top two enemies into the top-center pit.  This gives you enough time to slip past them.  The enemy on the bottom is relatively easy to avoid (twice).  To get past the top two enemies on your way back, lure the first one deep into the maze until you find a way back past him, then lure the second one to the section with the pole near the top.
en_GB: Mostly straightforwards, the only trick here is how to draw off the enemies so as to get past them.  In the beginning, try to lure the top two enemies into the top-centre pit.  This gives you enough time to slip past them.  The enemy on the bottom is relatively easy to avoid (twice).  To get past the top two enemies on your way back, lure the first one deep into the maze until you find a way back past him, then lure the second one to the section with the pole near the top.

en: A straightforward maze: the false brick underneath the ladder near the bottom center may prove useful.
en_GB: A straightforwards maze: the false brick underneath the ladder near the bottom centre may prove useful.

en: The hardest part is when two enemies get in the center of the maze and you need to pass them.  Try to move down and to their left, lure one down, trap it and then go up to trap the other.  Otherwise, clever digging should deal with them.
en_GB: The hardest part is when two enemies get in the centre of the maze and you need to pass them.  Try to move down and to their left, lure one down, trap it and then go up to trap the other.  Otherwise, clever digging should deal with them.

en: Lots of false bricks to trap you, or give you access to different parts of the maze.  Test below the ladders and other places.
    
    The four high trap in the middle is a show stopper: you can only get back past it once you have gathered all the gold.  So stay out of the lower right until you have cleared the rest of the gold.  Then drop through the trap below the top right ladder - there is no other way to get the piece of gold below it.  Once you are down here, there is no getting back to the top right until you have cleared all the gold.  After getting the piece of gold at center right, dig down to get the left of the two adjacent pieces.  The escape from the lower right comes when all the gold is gathered and a small section of ladder appears in the center.
en_GB: Lots of false bricks to trap you, or give you access to different parts of the maze.  Test below the ladders and other places.
    
    The four high trap in the middle is a show stopper: you can only get back past it once you have gathered all the gold.  So stay out of the lower right until you have cleared the rest of the gold.  Then drop through the trap below the top right ladder - there is no other way to get the piece of gold below it.  Once you are down here, there is no getting back to the top right until you have cleared all the gold.  After getting the piece of gold at center right, dig down to get the left of the two adjacent pieces.  The escape from the lower right comes when all the gold is gathered and a small section of ladder appears in the centre.

en: To get through the center, you will have to clear it of enemies, but there is only one diggable brick.  Use it to drop through, race to the right and go up to the row above the dug brick.  There is just enough time to entice the enemy into the closing hole.  Repeat as necessary.
    
    To leave the maze, you need to find a way through the long diagonal barrier of ladders.  Beneath one of them is a false floor to use for your escape route.
en_GB: To get through the centre, you will have to clear it of enemies, but there is only one diggable brick.  Use it to drop through, race to the right and go up to the row above the dug brick.  There is just enough time to entice the enemy into the closing hole.  Repeat as necessary.
    
    To leave the maze, you need to find a way through the long diagonal barrier of ladders.  Beneath one of them is a false floor to use for your escape route.

en: The enemies are paper tigers, although you need a trick to get past the first one.  Stand on top of the ladder to the left of the false brick.  When the enemy moves over the ladder to the right of the false brick, move down your ladder, enticing the enemy to move down into the false brick.  Quickly move up and over the enemy's head.
    
    Otherwise, it is just a matter of maneuvering the enemies to a place where you can trap them or pass by them.  The only real problem occurs if an enemy grabs a piece of gold and gets stuck somewhere and you can not dig him out.  Oh, well, sometimes you lose.
    
    To get out of the center section, search for the double trap on the left.
en_GB: The enemies are paper tigers, although you need a trick to get past the first one.  Stand on top of the ladder to the left of the false brick.  When the enemy moves over the ladder to the right of the false brick, move down your ladder, enticing the enemy to move down into the false brick.  Quickly move up and over the enemy's head.
    
    Otherwise, it is just a matter of maneuvering the enemies to a place where you can trap them or pass by them.  The only real problem occurs if an enemy grabs a piece of gold and gets stuck somewhere and you can not dig him out.  Oh, well, sometimes you lose.
    
    To get out of the centre section, search for the double trap on the left.

en: Mostly straightforward, but beware of a couple of one-way gates, in particular in the section at the top, right of center.  Be sure to clear out all the gold before freeing the trapped enemy at top right, who has a piece of gold.  You will also need to use the false floor on the far right at the top.
en_GB: Mostly straightforward, but beware of a couple of one-way gates, in particular in the section at the top, right of centre.  Be sure to clear out all the gold before freeing the trapped enemy at top right, who has a piece of gold.  You will also need to use the false floor on the far right at the top.

en: When you collect the gold at top left, you may have trouble leaving the section.  The obvious way out (at the foot of the ladder) does not work because of a false brick.  Instead, you need to plan ahead when you dig into this section.  Dig out the piece of wall that blocks your exit to the right, then quickly go up and grab the gold, then back down and out through the missing wall before it reappears.  There is a false brick here, so be sure to dig as you fall into it.
    
    After getting the last piece of gold, you can exit through the center, where a new piece of ladder allows you to dig and re-enter the left of the maze.
en_GB: When you collect the gold at top left, you may have trouble leaving the section.  The obvious way out (at the foot of the ladder) does not work because of a false brick.  Instead, you need to plan ahead when you dig into this section.  Dig out the piece of wall that blocks your exit to the right, then quickly go up and grab the gold, then back down and out through the missing wall before it reappears.  There is a false brick here, so be sure to dig as you fall into it.
    
    After getting the last piece of gold, you can exit through the centre, where a new piece of ladder allows you to dig and re-enter the left of the maze.

en: There is one piece of gold that must be grabbed at the start.
    
    When you go to the lower part of the maze, the enemies will go down and stay there.  This makes it easy to get the gold up high, but it becomes hard to collect the gold in the lower left.  Try to get one or two pieces on your first trip down.
    
    By moving up and down on the bottom right ladder you can persuade the enemies to group on the left or right.  Grouping them to the left makes it easy to get the piece of gold just down and to the right of center.  Getting one enemy on the left and two on the right gives you a chance to get the remaining gold on the lower left, but consider getting it last after grouping all three enemies on the right, because you will then have more choice of ladders when dodging enemies on your way to the top.
en_GB: There is one piece of gold that must be grabbed at the start.
    
    When you go to the lower part of the maze, the enemies will go down and stay there.  This makes it easy to get the gold up high, but it becomes hard to collect the gold in the lower left.  Try to get one or two pieces on your first trip down.
    
    By moving up and down on the bottom right ladder you can persuade the enemies to group on the left or right.  Grouping them to the left makes it easy to get the piece of gold just down and to the right of centre.  Getting one enemy on the left and two on the right gives you a chance to get the remaining gold on the lower left, but consider getting it last after grouping all three enemies on the right, because you will then have more choice of ladders when dodging enemies on your way to the top.

en: The main trick for this level is luring the enemies so that you can get around them, or in one case, so that you can walk over an enemy to collect a piece of gold.  The luring is not so hard, but the distances you have to lure them are long.  Maneuvering the enemy so that you can walk over him to get the piece of gold has timing that is a bit tight, but not too bad.
    
    When you reach the section above your starting point, there are two ways out: one is a false brick under the short ladder.  But if you dig the other square and drop down, there is a path through a false floor that avoids retracing all the early part of the maze.
en_GB: The main trick for this level is luring the enemies so that you can get around them, or in one case, so that you can walk over an enemy to collect a piece of gold.  The luring is not so hard, but the distances you have to lure them are long.  Manoeuvring the enemy so that you can walk over him to get the piece of gold has timing that is a bit tight, but not too bad.
    
    When you reach the section above your starting point, there are two ways out: one is a false brick under the short ladder.  But if you dig the other square and drop down, there is a path through a false floor that avoids retracing all the early part of the maze.

en: The maze is sparser and harder.  The enemies are trickier.  The traps are more wicked.  The maze changes.  May you walk through interesting mazes.
    
    To get the last few gold pieces, you have to enter a section of maze at the left and lower left that is walled off from the rest.  This section is shaped like a large letter 'L'.  Dig two bricks on the right edge of the L (at left of center) and jump in - there is a false brick that lets you through.
    
    After you have gathered all the gold, the maze changes.  You have to drop down to somewhere near the beginning and make your way back through.  At the upper right the exit seems to be blocked.  Dig down two bricks and fall for a while, then you will find the way out.
en_GB: The maze is sparser and harder.  The enemies are trickier.  The traps are more wicked.  The maze changes.  May you walk through interesting mazes.
    
    To get the last few gold pieces, you have to enter a section of maze at the left and lower left that is walled off from the rest.  This section is shaped like a large letter 'L'.  Dig two bricks on the right edge of the L (at left of centre) and jump in - there is a false brick that lets you through.
    
    After you have gathered all the gold, the maze changes.  You have to drop down to somewhere near the beginning and make your way back through.  At the upper right the exit seems to be blocked.  Dig down two bricks and fall for a while, then you will find the way out.

en: Cat's Eyes
en_GB: Cats' Eyes

en: For each side of the terrace structure, run up the outside ladder from the bottom and fall onto the lowest platform. Run up the center ladder and wait at a gap for enemies from the outside ladders to fall. Fall after them to get to the gold.
    After collecting the gold, run right, across the top with enemies in tow, and fall to the right of the outside ladder. As the enemies fall after you, run back up the ladder and fall on top of the enemies to get to the pole.
en_GB: For each side of the terrace structure, run up the outside ladder from the bottom and fall onto the lowest platform. Run up the centre ladder and wait at a gap for enemies from the outside ladders to fall. Fall after them to get to the gold.
    After collecting the gold, run right, across the top with enemies in tow, and fall to the right of the outside ladder. As the enemies fall after you, run back up the ladder and fall on top of the enemies to get to the pole.

en: Run fast and dig well ...
    At the innermost chamber, stand on the leftmost or rightmost brick on top and dig the next brick in towards the center. Fall onto the enemy and run right or left, then dig to trap him.  You will have to be quick!
en_GB: Run fast and dig well ...
    At the innermost chamber, stand on the leftmost or rightmost brick on top and dig the next brick in towards the centre. Fall onto the enemy and run right or left, then dig to trap him.  You will have to be quick!

en: The monster is made almost completely of false bricks.  Analyze the concrete parts of his body, to determine where to fall and where not to fall. All four enemies will have to be trapped above particular concrete pieces, to enable you to reach certain gold pieces.
    Trap the enemies by using KGoldrunner rules to your advantage.
    Wait on the top pole at the point where you want the enemy to fall. As he approaches you, fall onto a lower pole and move left or right to avoid the enemy's fate. This is how he falls into danger while you fall to safety.
en_GB: The monster is made almost completely of false bricks.  Analyse the concrete parts of his body, to determine where to fall and where not to fall. All four enemies will have to be trapped above particular concrete pieces, to enable you to reach certain gold pieces.
    Trap the enemies by using KGoldrunner rules to your advantage.
    Wait on the top pole at the point where you want the enemy to fall. As he approaches you, fall onto a lower pole and move left or right to avoid the enemy's fate. This is how he falls into danger while you fall to safety.

en: Break into the bottom left room, then proceed to the top right. Head left, grab the gold and escape by digging down to the middle floor. Continue all the way down to the bottom right.
    Before collecting the second gold piece, hang from the top pole in the center room of the bottom floor and dig one brick from the two-brick wall at the right. Run left over the enemies' heads, grab the gold and escape back through the dug brick.
    Run up to the top right room, then to the lower left area via the center. Dodge the enemies any way you can and climb up to the top left room. To get out of the building, dig rapidly while falling next to the left wall.
en_GB: Break into the bottom left room, then proceed to the top right. Head left, grab the gold and escape by digging down to the middle floor. Continue all the way down to the bottom right.
    Before collecting the second gold piece, hang from the top pole in the center room of the bottom floor and dig one brick from the two-brick wall at the right. Run left over the enemies' heads, grab the gold and escape back through the dug brick.
    Run up to the top right room, then to the lower left area via the centre. Dodge the enemies any way you can and climb up to the top left room. To get out of the building, dig rapidly while falling next to the left wall.

en: First Chamber. Dig down to collect the top left piece of gold. Fall onto the enemies to get the gold on the right. Dodge them to pick up the rest. Trap the enemies high on the right while you dig out through the bottom of the chamber.
    As you emerge, you must drop straight onto the ladder next to the concrete. Climb down that ladder, under the concrete to the right and then up to the top of the next chamber.
    Second Chamber. Proceed left to right with the shafts, using your digging skills to get the gold. On the rightmost shaft, dig left while falling, then fall left while digging both left and right. In the three-brick platform now remaining, dig the left brick, then the right and the center while falling right. Pick up the gold on the right and fall onto the last gold piece while digging left. Dig left again, fall onto the ladder next to the concrete, as before, and go on up to the next chamber.
    Third Chamber. Dig right, fall on the left gold piece and immediately dig right to trap the enemy, then dig and exit left. Repeat, one brick over, for the gold piece on the right. Now go back to the top and fall into the lower section, on top of the enemy. Take the short pole left and step across the falling enemy to grab the long pole going left. Fall on the gold, dig to trap the enemy, dig again and exit left. Repeat for the other hanging gold piece. This time dig down and out, onto the ladder next to the concrete, and so to the last chamber.
    Fourth Chamber. Trap the enemy, run to the top, dig through to the concrete on the left, wait for the enemy and fall on him to get at more gold on the left. When all the gold in this chamber is gone, run to the bottom and fall through to the floor.
    Now pick up the rest of the gold and get out quick.
en_GB: First Chamber. Dig down to collect the top left piece of gold. Fall onto the enemies to get the gold on the right. Dodge them to pick up the rest. Trap the enemies high on the right while you dig out through the bottom of the chamber.
    As you emerge, you must drop straight onto the ladder next to the concrete. Climb down that ladder, under the concrete to the right and then up to the top of the next chamber.
    Second Chamber. Proceed left to right with the shafts, using your digging skills to get the gold. On the rightmost shaft, dig left while falling, then fall left while digging both left and right. In the three-brick platform now remaining, dig the left brick, then the right and the centre while falling right. Pick up the gold on the right and fall onto the last gold piece while digging left. Dig left again, fall onto the ladder next to the concrete, as before, and go on up to the next chamber.
    Third Chamber. Dig right, fall on the left gold piece and immediately dig right to trap the enemy, then dig and exit left. Repeat, one brick over, for the gold piece on the right. Now go back to the top and fall into the lower section, on top of the enemy. Take the short pole left and step across the falling enemy to grab the long pole going left. Fall on the gold, dig to trap the enemy, dig again and exit left. Repeat for the other hanging gold piece. This time dig down and out, onto the ladder next to the concrete, and so to the last chamber.
    Fourth Chamber. Trap the enemy, run to the top, dig through to the concrete on the left, wait for the enemy and fall on him to get at more gold on the left. When all the gold in this chamber is gone, run to the bottom and fall through to the floor.
    Now pick up the rest of the gold and get out quick.

en: Fall on the enemy, dig below the gap on the right, then quickly go right, over his head. Pick up the gold, fall through a false brick, run up the ladder to the right and go to the right along the lower pole. Dig to the right (which traps the second enemy), get the gold, fall, dig left, fall, collect two gold pieces and go up two ladders.
    Move to the left via a false brick - the second enemy should still be trapped below. Go left to the ladder, down, then left and down through a false brick. Collect one gold, dig on the right, get three gold, dig and go up all the ladders on the right.
    Go left on the pole again, but this time climb upwards. Get one gold and dig right to trap another enemy. Move up to the top, go right, fall and continue to the concrete area at top center.
    Outwit the enemy in the concrete area, then exit by falling on him and moving to the gap on the left and down through two false bricks. Hold onto the pole at center screen, go right and back on up to the top. Move left on the pole and wait for the other enemy to enter the concrete area. Pick up the top gold, fall and exit left again, leaving two enemies trapped in the concrete. Go back up to the top again, but this time continue left towards the top-left corner of the screen.
    When you get up there, dig, fall through onto some gold and dig left twice while falling further. Now fall down the leftmost shaft and dig the brick that blocks the shaft. Wait for the enemy below to step into the shaft, then fall on him in order to collect the gold encased in concrete. Drop onto the remaining gold and fall to the bottom-left corner.
    Run right and up, right again, fall on three gold pieces and move on to the mid-bottom section. Outwit the enemy, go to the topmost ladder on the right, dig twice and fall through one gold and three bricks while digging right. Exit right to get more gold, then climb the ladder, dig and fall to collect another two gold pieces. Climb the ladder again, take the pole left, go up and then right to claim four gold pieces. Dig at the right-hand end and fall through three false bricks.
    Fall into the chamber, going right and digging left. Dig on the lower left to get out, then go back up to the pole and fall to onto the gold in this chamber. Exit right this time, collect some gold and climb up, up, up. 
    Outwit the enemies in the upper-right area. It is possible to lure them into the chamber below by running ahead of them up the ladders. Collect the rightmost mid-level gold second to last and the gold at the bottom right last of all.
    Get out quick!
en_GB: Fall on the enemy, dig below the gap on the right, then quickly go right, over his head. Pick up the gold, fall through a false brick, run up the ladder to the right and go to the right along the lower pole. Dig to the right (which traps the second enemy), get the gold, fall, dig left, fall, collect two gold pieces and go up two ladders.
    Move to the left via a false brick - the second enemy should still be trapped below. Go left to the ladder, down, then left and down through a false brick. Collect one gold, dig on the right, get three gold, dig and go up all the ladders on the right.
    Go left on the pole again, but this time climb upwards. Get one gold and dig right to trap another enemy. Move up to the top, go right, fall and continue to the concrete area at top centre.
    Outwit the enemy in the concrete area, then exit by falling on him and moving to the gap on the left and down through two false bricks. Hold onto the pole at centre screen, go right and back on up to the top. Move left on the pole and wait for the other enemy to enter the concrete area. Pick up the top gold, fall and exit left again, leaving two enemies trapped in the concrete. Go back up to the top again, but this time continue left towards the top-left corner of the screen.
    When you get up there, dig, fall through onto some gold and dig left twice while falling further. Now fall down the leftmost shaft and dig the brick that blocks the shaft. Wait for the enemy below to step into the shaft, then fall on him in order to collect the gold encased in concrete. Drop onto the remaining gold and fall to the bottom-left corner.
    Run right and up, right again, fall on three gold pieces and move on to the mid-bottom section. Outwit the enemy, go to the topmost ladder on the right, dig twice and fall through one gold and three bricks while digging right. Exit right to get more gold, then climb the ladder, dig and fall to collect another two gold pieces. Climb the ladder again, take the pole left, go up and then right to claim four gold pieces. Dig at the right-hand end and fall through three false bricks.
    Fall into the chamber, going right and digging left. Dig on the lower left to get out, then go back up to the pole and fall to onto the gold in this chamber. Exit right this time, collect some gold and climb up, up, up. 
    Outwit the enemies in the upper-right area. It is possible to lure them into the chamber below by running ahead of them up the ladders. Collect the rightmost mid-level gold second to last and the gold at the bottom right last of all.
    Get out quick!

en: There is nowhere to dig, so you must dodge the enemies and avoid falling to the concrete at the wrong time.  Try to keep the enemies together.
    
    If an enemy has gold coloring, he is holding a nugget.  He might drop it as he runs over the concrete or maybe at the top of a ladder ... patience, patience!
en_GB: There is nowhere to dig, so you must dodge the enemies and avoid falling to the concrete at the wrong time.  Try to keep the enemies together.
    
    If an enemy has gold colouring, he is holding a nugget.  He might drop it as he runs over the concrete or maybe at the top of a ladder ... patience, patience!

en: The top of this one is similar to the Head Case level (13).  Trap the enemy to the right near the top of the ladder.  Run down the ladder part way and get him to fall into the first of the pits.  You will need to repeat this a few times.
    
    Now you must get the enemy into the pit at the far bottom left, so that you can run over him as you get the gold from inside the beetle.
    
    Trap the enemy at the end of the row of bricks under the beetle's antennae.  Stand on his head, dig right and drop down.  Step right, dig left and trap him again as he runs in after you.
    
    Run down to the left, dig the brick to the right of the pit  and trap him again.  Collect the nugget, dig left and escape left onto the concrete.  As the enemy climbs out he will fall into the pit.
en_GB: The top of this one is similar to the Head Case level (13).  Trap the enemy to the right near the top of the ladder.  Run down the ladder part way and get him to fall into the first of the pits.  You will need to repeat this a few times.
    
    Now you must get the enemy into the pit at the far bottom left, so that you can run over him as you get the gold from inside the beetle.
    
    Trap the enemy at the end of the row of bricks under the beetle's antennæ.  Stand on his head, dig right and drop down.  Step right, dig left and trap him again as he runs in after you.
    
    Run down to the left, dig the brick to the right of the pit  and trap him again.  Collect the nugget, dig left and escape left onto the concrete.  As the enemy climbs out he will fall into the pit.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Use the Select Game dialog box to choose a different game or level and start playing it
en_GB: Use the Select Game dialogue box to choose a different game or level and start playing it

en: 
    
    When editing game info you only need to choose a game, then you can go to a dialog where you edit the details of the game.
en_GB: 
    
    When editing game info you only need to choose a game, then you can go to a dialogue where you edit the details of the game.

en: The score of the peer. KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to.
en_GB: The score of the peer. KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload.

en: Analyzing torrent....
en_GB: Analysing torrent....

en: Cannot initialize port...
en_GB: Cannot initialise port...

en: Cannot initialize libktorrent. Torrent support might not work.
en_GB: Cannot initialise libktorrent. Torrent support might not work.

en: Verification not possible. Check the entered data, whether gpg-agent is running, or whether you have an Internet connection (for retrieving keys.)
en_GB: Verification not possible. Check the entered data, whether gpg-agent is running, or whether you have an Internet connection (for retrieving keys).

note: #-#-#-#-#  888 (kget)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, fileNameComboBox)
en: Use Normalized Name
en_GB: Use Normalised Name

[ctx: @label number]
en: Nr
en_GB: No

en: Add new bookmark for current map center
en_GB: Add new bookmark for current map centre

en: Assign to map center
en_GB: Assign to map centre

en: (Re-)Assign to map center
en_GB: (Re-)Assign to map centre

en: Timezone detection failed
en_GB: Time zone detection failed

en: <p>The presumably correct timezone for images associated with the loaded GPX file could not be detected.</p><p>Please set the correct timezone manually on the "Fix time drift" page.</p>
en_GB: <p>The presumably correct time zone for images associated with the loaded GPX file could not be detected.</p><p>Please set the correct time zone manually on the "Fix time drift" page.</p>

en: Setting the detected timezone failed
en_GB: Setting the detected time zone failed

en: Timezone adjusted
en_GB: Time zone adjusted

en: <p>The loaded GPX file was presumably recorded in the timezone "%1", as well as the photos to associate with it. This timezone has been selected now.</p><p>You can adjust the timezone setting manually on the "Fix time drift" page.</p>
en_GB: <p>The loaded GPX file was presumably recorded in the time zone "%1", as well as the photos to associate with it. This time zone has been selected now.</p><p>You can adjust the time zone setting manually on the "Fix time drift" page.</p>

en: <p><b>Loading image's Exif header or XMP sidecar file failed</b></p><p>Could not read <kbd>%1</kbd>.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Loading image's EXIF header or XMP sidecar file failed</b></p><p>Could not read <kbd>%1</kbd>.</p>

[ctx: Message with a fraction of processed files added in round braces]
en: <p><b>Loading image's Exif header or XMP sidecar file failed</b></p><p>Could not read <kbd>%2</kbd>.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Loading image's EXIF header or XMP sidecar file failed</b></p><p>Could not read <kbd>%2</kbd>.</p>

en: Can't search for matches:
    No images have been loaded yet.
en_GB: Cannot search for matches:
    No images have been loaded yet.

en: Can't search for matches:
    No GPS tracks have been loaded yet.
en_GB: Cannot search for matches:
    No GPS tracks have been loaded yet.

en: Map center position: %1
en_GB: Map centre position: %1

en: Current map center
en_GB: Current map centre

en: Exif header
en_GB: EXIF header

en: Exif header and XMP sidecar file
en_GB: EXIF header and XMP sidecar file

[ctx: great-britain_counties.kgm]
en: Caernarfonshire
en_GB: Cærnarfonshire

[ctx: great-britain_counties.kgm]
en: Caernarfon
en_GB: Cærnarfon

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: Aegean Sea
en_GB: Ægean Sea

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: North Aegean
en_GB: North Ægean

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: South Aegean
en_GB: South Ægean

[ctx: greece_peripheries.kgm]
en: North Aegean
en_GB: North Ægean

[ctx: greece_peripheries.kgm]
en: South Aegean
en_GB: South Ægean

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Achaea
en_GB: Achæa

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Aetolia-Acarnania
en_GB: Ætolia-Acarnania

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Euboea
en_GB: Eubœa

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Boeotia
en_GB: Bœotia

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Piraeus
en_GB: Piræus

[ctx: israel.kgm]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Maps, flags, translations, etc. are as accurate as their respective authors could achieve, but KGeography should not be taken as an authoritative source.
en_GB: Maps, flags, translations etc. are as accurate as their respective authors could achieve, but KGeography should not be taken as an authoritative source.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (questionPlacingScheme), group (general)
en: Placement alignment of the question
en_GB: Placement and alignment of the question

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (focusFollowsMouse), group (general)
en: Whether press on space while hovering a button should trigger that button
en_GB: Whether pressing on space while hovering a button should trigger that button

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (colorDisguise), group (general)
en: What to do to colors of divisions
en_GB: What to do to colours of divisions

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_colorDisguise)
en: Choose if you want to keep current divisions colors or have random colors.
en_GB: Choose if you want to keep current divisions colours or have random colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_colorDisguise)
en: Map divisions colors
en_GB: Map divisions colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, scrambleColorDisguiseRadio)
en: Use random colors
en_GB: Use random colours

[ctx: @info]
en: You have found a bug in a map. Please contact the author and tell the %1 map has nothing associated to color %2,%3,%4.
en_GB: You have found a bug in a map. Please contact the author and tell the %1 map has nothing associated to colour %2,%3,%4.

en: There is already either a division called %1 or a division with the same colors as %2
en_GB: There is already either a division called %1 or a division with the same colours as %2

en: Mid Gray
en_GB: Mid Grey

[ctx: @label Ask player which color he wants to play]
en: Your color?
en_GB: Your colour?

[ctx: @title:window]
en: KGame Debug Dialog
en_GB: KGame Debug Dialogue

[ctx: Linux]
en: KFloppy supports three file formats under Linux: MS-DOS, Ext2, and Minix
en_GB: KFloppy supports three file formats under Linux: MS-DOS, Ext2 and Minix

en: <qt>Check this if you want the floppy disk to be checked after formatting. Please note that the floppy will be checked twice if you have selected full formatting.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this if you want the floppy disk to be checked after formatting. Please note that the floppy will be checked twice if you have selected full formatting.</qt>

en: <qt>Check this if you want a volume label for your floppy. Please note that Minix does not support labels at all.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this if you want a volume label for your floppy. Please note that Minix does not support labels at all.</qt>

en: <qt>Enter the filename you are looking for. <br />Alternatives may be separated by a semicolon ";".<br /><br />The filename may contain the following special characters:<ul><li><b>?</b> matches any single character</li><li><b>*</b> matches zero or more of any characters</li><li><b>[...]</b> matches any of the characters between the braces</li></ul><br />Example searches:<ul><li><b>*.kwd;*.txt</b> finds all files ending with .kwd or .txt</li><li><b>go[dt]</b> finds god and got</li><li><b>Hel?o</b> finds all files that start with "Hel" and end with "o", having one character in between</li><li><b>My Document.kwd</b> finds a file of exactly that name</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter the filename you are looking for. <br />Alternatives may be separated by a semicolon ";".<br /><br />The filename may contain the following special characters:<ul><li><b>?</b> matches any single character</li><li><b>*</b> matches zero or more of any characters</li><li><b>[...]</b> matches any of the characters between the brackets</li></ul><br />Example searches:<ul><li><b>*.kwd;*.txt</b> finds all files ending with .kwd or .txt</li><li><b>go[dt]</b> finds god and got</li><li><b>Hel?o</b> finds all files that start with "Hel" and end with "o", having one character in between</li><li><b>My Document.kwd</b> finds a file of exactly that name</li></ul></qt>

[ctx: Theme|]
en: Solarized Dark
en_GB: Solarised Dark

[ctx: Theme|]
en: Solarized Light
en_GB: Solarised Light

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Color theme to use for highlighting.
en_GB: Colour theme to use for highlighting.

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Disable ANSI background for the default color.
en_GB: Disable ANSI background for the default colour.

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Select background color role from theme.
en_GB: Select background colour role from theme.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowFoldingMarkers) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, every new view will display marks for folding.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will display marks for folding.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkIconBorder) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <p>If this option is checked, every new view will display an icon border on the left hand side.</p><p>The icon border shows bookmark signs, for instance.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, every new view will display an icon border on the left hand side.</p><p>The icon border shows bookmark signs, for instance.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkLineNumbers) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, every new view will display line numbers on the left hand side.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will display line numbers on the left hand side.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowLineModification) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, a small indicator for modified and saved lines is shown on the left hand side.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, a small indicator for modified and saved lines is shown on the left hand side.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMarks) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <p>If this option is checked, every new view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar.</p><p>These marks will show bookmarks, for instance.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, every new view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar.</p><p>These marks will show bookmarks, for instance.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMiniMap) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, every new view will show a mini map on the vertical scrollbar.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will show a mini map on the vertical scrollbar.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMiniMapAll) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, every new view will show a mini map of the whole document on the vertical scrollbar.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will show a mini map of the whole document on the vertical scrollbar.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, edtSection) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: The section name is used to organize the file types in menus.
en_GB: The section name is used to organise the file types in menus.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblAutoCenterCursor) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: &Autocenter cursor:
en_GB: &Autocentre cursor:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncoding) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialog or by using a command line option.
en_GB: This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialogue or by using a command line option.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncodingDetection) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run.
en_GB: if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialogue, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run.

en: Draw bac&kground color
en_GB: Draw bac&kground colour

en: The line color to use for boxes
en_GB: The line colour to use for boxes

en: Editor Background Colors
en_GB: Editor Background Colours

en: <p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the editing area.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of search results.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of search results.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of replaced text.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of replaced text.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of the icon border.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the icon border.</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of Word Wrap-related markers:</p><dl><dt>Static Word Wrap</dt><dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd><dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt><dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd></dl>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of Word Wrap-related markers:</p><dl><dt>Static Word Wrap</dt><dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd><dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt><dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd></dl>

en: <p>Sets the color of the code folding bar.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the code folding bar.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the tabulator marks.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the vertical indentation lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the vertical indentation lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the bracket matching color. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this color.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the bracket matching colour. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this colour.</p>

en: Marker Colors
en_GB: Marker Colours

en: <p>Sets the background color of mark type.</p><p><b>Note</b>: The marker color is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of mark type.</p><p><b>Note</b>: The marker colour is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>

en: <p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong>&lt;SPACE&gt;</strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p><p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the context menu when appropriate.</p>
en_GB: <p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong>&lt;SPACE&gt;</strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p><p>To edit the colours, click the coloured squares, or select the colour to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colours from the context menu when appropriate.</p>

en: Normal &Color...
en_GB: Normal &Colour...

en: &Selected Color...
en_GB: &Selected Colour...

en: &Background Color...
en_GB: &Background Colour...

en: S&elected Background Color...
en_GB: S&elected Background Colour...

en: Unset Normal Color
en_GB: Unset Normal Colour

en: Unset Selected Color
en_GB: Unset Selected Colour

en: Unset Background Color
en_GB: Unset Background Colour

en: Unset Selected Background Color
en_GB: Unset Selected Background Colour

en: Spell check canceled.
en_GB: Spell check cancelled.

en: Check the document's spelling from the cursor and forward
en_GB: Check the document's spelling from the cursor and forwards

en: <p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualized by a small dot.</p><p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>
en_GB: <p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualised by a small dot.</p><p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>

en: <p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, indentation will be visualized by a vertical dotted line.</p><p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>
en_GB: <p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, indentation will be visualised by a vertical dotted line.</p><p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>

en: <p>date or date <b>format</b></p><p>Inserts a date/time string as defined by the specified format, or the format yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss if none is specified.</p><p>Possible format specifiers are:<table><tr><td>d</td><td>The day as number without a leading zero (1-31).</td></tr><tr><td>dd</td><td>The day as number with a leading zero (01-31).</td></tr><tr><td>ddd</td><td>The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon'..'Sun').</td></tr><tr><td>dddd</td><td>The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday'..'Sunday').</td></tr><tr><td>M</td><td>The month as number without a leading zero (1-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MM</td><td>The month as number with a leading zero (01-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MMM</td><td>The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan'..'Dec').</td></tr><tr><td>yy</td><td>The year as two digit number (00-99).</td></tr><tr><td>yyyy</td><td>The year as four digit number (1752-8000).</td></tr><tr><td>h</td><td>The hour without a leading zero (0..23 or 1..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>hh</td><td>The hour with a leading zero (00..23 or 01..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>The minute without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>mm</td><td>The minute with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>The second without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>ss</td><td>The second with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>z</td><td>The milliseconds without leading zeroes (0..999).</td></tr><tr><td>zzz</td><td>The milliseconds with leading zeroes (000..999).</td></tr><tr><td>AP</td><td>Use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM".</td></tr><tr><td>ap</td><td>Use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm".</td></tr></table></p>
en_GB: <p>date or date <b>format</b></p><p>Inserts a date/time string as defined by the specified format, or the format yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss if none is specified.</p><p>Possible format specifiers are:<table><tr><td>d</td><td>The day as number without a leading zero (1-31).</td></tr><tr><td>dd</td><td>The day as number with a leading zero (01-31).</td></tr><tr><td>ddd</td><td>The abbreviated localised day name (e.g. 'Mon'..'Sun').</td></tr><tr><td>dddd</td><td>The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday'..'Sunday').</td></tr><tr><td>M</td><td>The month as number without a leading zero (1-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MM</td><td>The month as number with a leading zero (01-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MMM</td><td>The abbreviated localised month name (e.g. 'Jan'..'Dec').</td></tr><tr><td>yy</td><td>The year as two digit number (00-99).</td></tr><tr><td>yyyy</td><td>The year as four digit number (1752-8000).</td></tr><tr><td>h</td><td>The hour without a leading zero (0..23 or 1..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>hh</td><td>The hour with a leading zero (00..23 or 01..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>The minute without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>mm</td><td>The minute with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>The second without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>ss</td><td>The second with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>z</td><td>The milliseconds without leading zeroes (0..999).</td></tr><tr><td>zzz</td><td>The milliseconds with leading zeroes (000..999).</td></tr><tr><td>AP</td><td>Use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM".</td></tr><tr><td>ap</td><td>Use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm".</td></tr></table></p>

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the number of autocenter lines.
en_GB: Set the number of autocentre lines.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the document background color.
en_GB: Set the document background colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the icon bar color.
en_GB: Set the icon bar colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the color scheme.
en_GB: Set the colour scheme.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the text selection color.
en_GB: Set the text selection colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the word wrap marker color.
en_GB: Set the word wrap marker colour.

en: Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honoured and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialogue.

en: Capitalize the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected.
en_GB: Capitalise the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected.

en: This command opens a dialog and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to.

en: Use this to indent a selected block of text.<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Use this to indent a selected block of text.<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honoured and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1200 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkViCommandsOverride) #-#-#-#-#  1105 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog).
en_GB: When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialogue).

[ctx: Sonnet::Dialog|]
en: Spell check canceled.
en_GB: Spell check cancelled.

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Please choose the default text editing component that you wish to use in this application. If you choose <B>System Default</B>, the application will honor your changes in the System Settings. All other choices will override that setting.
en_GB: Please choose the default text editing component that you wish to use in this application. If you choose <B>System Default</B>, the application will honour your changes in the System Settings. All other choices will override that setting.

en: You have to restart the dialog for changes to take effect
en_GB: You have to restart the dialogue for changes to take effect

en: Synchronization to disk failed
en_GB: Synchronisation to disk failed

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: @item license (short name)]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: @item license (short name)]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: Q Public License
en_GB: Q Public Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 3

en: Causes the application to install a private color
    map on an 8-bit display
en_GB: Causes the application to install a private colour
    map on an 8-bit display

en: Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
    cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is
    using the QApplication::ManyColor color
    specification
en_GB: Limits the number of colours allocated in the colour
    cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is
    using the QApplication::ManyColor colour
    specification

en: sets the default background color and an
    application palette (light and dark shades are
    calculated)
en_GB: sets the default background colour and an
    application palette (light and dark shades are
    calculated)

en: sets the default foreground color
en_GB: sets the default foreground colour

en: sets the default button color
en_GB: sets the default button colour

en: forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
    an 8-bit display
en_GB: forces the application to use a TrueColour visual on
    an 8-bit display

en: Show license information
en_GB: Show licence information

en: Could not launch the KDE Help Center:
    
    %1
en_GB: Could not launch the KDE Help Centre:
    
    %1

en: Could not Launch Help Center
en_GB: Could not Launch Help Centre

en: request was canceled
en_GB: request was cancelled

[ctx: palette name]
en: * Recent Colors *
en_GB: * Recent Colours *

[ctx: palette name]
en: * Custom Colors *
en_GB: * Custom Colours *

[ctx: palette name]
en: Forty Colors
en_GB: Forty Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Oxygen Colors
en_GB: Oxygen Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Rainbow Colors
en_GB: Rainbow Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Royal Colors
en_GB: Royal Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Web Colors
en_GB: Web Colours

en: Named Colors
en_GB: Named Colours

[ctx: %1 is the number of paths, %2 is the list of paths (with newlines between them)]
en: Unable to read X11 RGB color strings. The following file location was examined:
    %2 | Unable to read X11 RGB color strings. The following file locations were examined:
    %2
en_GB[0]: Unable to read X11 RGB colour strings. The following file location was examined:
    %2
en_GB[1]: Unable to read X11 RGB colour strings. The following file locations were examined:
    %2

en: Default color
en_GB: Default colour

en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

en: <qt>If enabled, any occurrence of <code><b>\N</b></code>, where <code><b>N</b></code> is an integer number, will be replaced with the corresponding capture ("parenthesized substring") from the pattern.<p>To include (a literal <code><b>\N</b></code> in your replacement, put an extra backslash in front of it, like <code><b>\\N</b></code>.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>If enabled, any occurrence of <code><b>\N</b></code>, where <code><b>N</b></code> is an integer number, will be replaced with the corresponding capture ("bracketed substring") from the pattern.<p>To include (a literal <code><b>\N</b></code> in your replacement, put an extra backslash in front of it, like <code><b>\\N</b></code>.</p></qt>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font family settings.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font style settings.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font size settings.

en: %2% of 1 file | %2% of %1 files
en_GB[0]: %2% of 1 file
en_GB[1]: %2 % of %1 files

en: %2/s (%3 remaining) | %2/s (%3 remaining)
en_GB[0]: %2/s (%3 remaining)
en_GB[1]: %2/s ( %3 remaining )

en: Click this to expand the dialog, to show details
en_GB: Click this to expand the dialogue, to show details

en: Click this to collapse the dialog, to hide details
en_GB: Click this to collapse the dialogue, to hide details

en: &Minimize
en_GB: &Minimise

[ctx: @action]
en: Delete Word Forward
en_GB: Delete Word Forwards

[ctx: @action]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @action]
en: Forward Word
en_GB: Forwards Word

en: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialog.
en_GB: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialogue.

en: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialog will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.
en_GB: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialogue will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.

en: Go forward one step
en_GB: Go forwards one step

en: Opens the print dialog to print the current document
en_GB: Opens the print dialogue to print the current document

en: Rotate &Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti&clockwise

en: Initializing Applet "%1"...
en_GB: Initialising Applet "%1"...

en: <qt>Find text<br /><br />Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Find text<br /><br />Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.</qt>

en: This page has attempted to open a popup window but was blocked.
    You can click on this icon in the status bar to control this behavior
    or to open the popup.
en_GB: This page has attempted to open a popup window but was blocked.
    You can click on this icon in the status bar to control this behaviour
    or to open the popup.

en: <qt><p><strong>'Print images'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, images contained in the HTML page will be printed. Printing may take longer and use more ink or toner.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, only the text of the HTML page will be printed, without the included images. Printing will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Print images'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, images contained in the HTML page will be printed. Printing may take longer and use more ink or toner.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, only the text of the HTML page will be printed, without the included images. Printing will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p> </qt>

en: <qt><p><strong>'Print header'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will contain a header line at the top of each page. This header contains the current date, the location URL of the printed page and the page number.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will not contain such a header line.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Print header'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will contain a header line at the top of each page. This header contains the current date, the location URL of the printed page and the page number.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will not contain such a header line.</p> </qt>

en: <qt><p><strong>'Printerfriendly mode'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will be black and white only, and all colored background will be converted into white. Printout will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will happen in the original color settings as you see in your application. This may result in areas of full-page color (or grayscale, if you use a black+white printer). Printout will possibly happen more slowly and will probably use more toner or ink.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Printerfriendly mode'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will be black and white only, and all coloured background will be converted into white. Printout will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will happen in the original colour settings as you see in your application. This may result in areas of full-page colour (or greyscale, if you use a black+white printer). Printout will possibly happen more slowly and will probably use more toner or ink.</p> </qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, KJSErrorDlgBase)
en: This dialog provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at http://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.
en_GB: This dialogue provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at http://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.

en: Error initializing provider.
en_GB: Error initialising provider.

en: Fetching license data from server...
en_GB: Fetching licence data from server...

en: The server does not recognize the category %2 to which you are trying to upload. | The server does not recognize any of the categories to which you are trying to upload: %2
en_GB[0]: The server does not recognise the category %2 to which you are trying to upload.
en_GB[1]: The server does not recognise any of the categories to which you are trying to upload: %2

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Color for links
en_GB: Colour for links

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
en: What color links should be that have not yet been clicked on
en_GB: What colour links should be that have not yet been clicked on

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Color for visited links
en_GB: Colour for visited links

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Recent URLs), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Used for auto-completion in file dialogs, for example
en_GB: Used for auto-completion in file dialogues, for example

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (Show Preview), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Show file preview in file dialog
en_GB: Show file preview in file dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Show Speedbar), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Whether the shortcut icons to the left in the file dialog should be shown
en_GB: Whether the shortcut icons to the left in the file dialogue should be shown

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (Dialog Size), group (KKeyDialog Settings)
en: The size of the dialog
en_GB: The size of the dialogue

en: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically checked because of the dependency of %2 plugin
en_GB: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically ticked because of the dependency of %2 plugin

en: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically unchecked because of its dependency on %2 plugin
en_GB: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically unticked because of its dependency on %2 plugin

en: The ontology files containing the ontologies to be generated, a space separated list (deprecated: use arguments instead.)
en_GB: The ontology files containing the ontologies to be generated, a space separated list (deprecated: use arguments instead).

en: Specify the target folder to store generated files into.
en_GB: Specify the target folder in which to store generated files.

en: Serialization used in the ontology files. Will default to primitive file extension detection.
en_GB: Serialisation used in the ontology files. Will default to primitive file extension detection.

note: #-#-#-#-#  868 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbLog)
en: Check to see logging information about thread activity. Watch the console output to see the log information.
en_GB: Tick to see logging information about thread activity. Watch the console output to see the log information.

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to empty the Trash? All items will be deleted.
en_GB: Do you really want to empty the Wastebin? All items will be deleted.

en: <qt>Do you really want to trash
     <b>'%1'</b>?</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Do you really want to move
     <b>'%1'</b> to the wastebin?</qt>

en: Trash File
en_GB: Move File to Wastebin

en: translators: not called for n == 1 | Do you really want to trash these %1 items?
en_GB[0]: translators: not called for n == 1
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Trash Files
en_GB: Move Files to Wastebin

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: You are not authorized to perform this operation
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: The requested operation has been canceled
en_GB: The requested operation has been cancelled

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: The operation has already been canceled
en_GB: The operation has already been cancelled

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: The authentication prompt was canceled
en_GB: The authentication prompt was cancelled

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en: Device udi
en_GB: Device UDI

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'udi' in a platform neutral fashion.
en_GB:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'UDI' in a platform neutral fashion.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'udi'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).
en_GB:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'UDI'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUdi' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.
en_GB:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUDI' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en: Parent device udi
en_GB: Parent device UDI

[ctx: solid-power|]
en: Tool to know and set the power management state of your device
en_GB: Tool to show and set the power management state of your device

[ctx: @title:window]
en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

[ctx: KCharSelectData|]
en: Symbol, Math
en_GB: Symbol, Maths

[ctx: KFontChooserWidget|]
en: Show only monospaced fonts
en_GB: Show only mono-spaced fonts

[ctx: KPixmapRegionSelectorWidget|@action:inmenu]
en: Rotate &Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate &Anticlockwise

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialog.
en_GB: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialogue.

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialog will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.
en_GB: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialogue will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: Opens the print dialog to print the current document
en_GB: Opens the print dialogue to print the current document

en: The GpgME library failed to initialize for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.
en_GB: The GpgME library failed to initialise for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters per second squared
en_GB: metres per second squared

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: meter per second squared;meters per second squared;m/s²;m/s2;m/s^2
en_GB: metre per second squared;metres per second squared;m/s²;m/s2;m/s^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters per second squared
en_GB: %1 metres per second squared

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter per second squared | %1 meters per second squared
en_GB[0]: %1 metre per second squared
en_GB[1]: %1 metres per second squared

[ctx: unit description in lists]
note: i18n: unit as it will be shown to user wherever units are to be explicitly selected (listbox, radio buttons, checkboxes...). E.g. an application may give option "Unit of wind speed: [unit-list-box]"
en: square yottameters
en_GB: square yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
note: i18n: This is used when a real-valued amount in units is given, such as "0.37 miles".
en: %1 square yottameters
en_GB: %1 square yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
note: i18n: This is used when a integer-valued amount in units is given, such as "1 mile" or "21 miles".
en: %1 square yottameter | %1 square yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square zettameters
en_GB: square zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square zettameters
en_GB: %1 square zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square zettameter | %1 square zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square exameters
en_GB: square exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square exameters
en_GB: %1 square exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square exameter | %1 square exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square petameters
en_GB: square petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square petameters
en_GB: %1 square petametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square petameter | %1 square petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square terameters
en_GB: square terametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square terameters
en_GB: %1 square terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square terameter | %1 square terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square gigameters
en_GB: square gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square gigameters
en_GB: %1 square gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square gigameter | %1 square gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square megameters
en_GB: square megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square megameters
en_GB: %1 square megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square megameter | %1 square megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square kilometers
en_GB: square kilometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square kilometer;square kilometers;sq km;km²;km/-2;km^2;km2
en_GB: square kilometre;square kilometres;sq km;km²;km/-2;km^2;km2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square kilometers
en_GB: %1 square kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square kilometer | %1 square kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square hectometers
en_GB: %1 square hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square hectometer | %1 square hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square decameters
en_GB: square decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square decameters
en_GB: %1 square decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square decameter | %1 square decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square decametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square meters
en_GB: square metres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square meter;square meters;sq m;m²;m/-2;m^2;m2
en_GB: square metre;square metres;sq m;m²;m/-2;m^2;m2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square meters
en_GB: %1 square metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square meter | %1 square meters
en_GB[0]: %1 square metre
en_GB[1]: %1 square metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square decimeters
en_GB: square decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square decimeters
en_GB: %1 square decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square decimeter | %1 square decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square centimeters
en_GB: square centimetres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square centimeter;square centimeters;sq cm;cm²;cm/-2;cm^2;cm2
en_GB: square centimetre;square centimetres;sq cm;cm²;cm/-2;cm^2;cm2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square centimeters
en_GB: %1 square centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square centimeter | %1 square centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square centimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square millimeters
en_GB: square millimetres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square millimeter;square millimeters;sq mm;mm²;mm/-2;mm^2;mm2
en_GB: square millimetre;square millimetres;sq mm;mm²;mm/-2;mm^2;mm2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square millimeters
en_GB: %1 square millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square millimeter | %1 square millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square micrometers
en_GB: square micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square micrometers
en_GB: %1 square micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square micrometer | %1 square micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square nanometers
en_GB: square nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square nanometers
en_GB: %1 square nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square nanometer | %1 square nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square picometers
en_GB: square picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square picometers
en_GB: %1 square picometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square picometer | %1 square picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square femtometers
en_GB: square femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square femtometers
en_GB: %1 square femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square femtometer | %1 square femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square attometers
en_GB: square attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square attometers
en_GB: %1 square attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square attometer | %1 square attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square zeptometers
en_GB: square zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square zeptometers
en_GB: %1 square zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square zeptometer | %1 square zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square yoctometers
en_GB: square yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square yoctometers
en_GB: %1 square yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square yoctometer | %1 square yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 byte | %1 bytes
en_GB[0]: Byte
en_GB[1]: %1 bytes

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 Icelandic krona | %1 Icelandic kronur
en_GB[0]: %1 Icelandic krona
en_GB[1]: %1 Icelandic kronar

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB: kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilogram per cubic meter;kilograms per cubic meter;kg/m³
en_GB: kilogram per cubic metre;kilograms per cubic metre;kg/m³

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB: %1 kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilogram per cubic meter | %1 kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilogram per cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilograms per liter
en_GB: kilograms per litre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilogram per liter;kilograms per liter;kg/l
en_GB: kilogram per litre;kilograms per litre;kilogram per liter;kilograms per liter;kg/l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilograms per liter
en_GB: %1 kilograms per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilogram per liter | %1 kilograms per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilogram per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilograms per litre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: grams per liter
en_GB: grams per litre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gram per liter;grams per liter;g/l
en_GB: gram per litre;grams per litre;gram per liter;grams per liter;g/l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 grams per liter
en_GB: %1 grams per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gram per liter | %1 grams per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 gram per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 grams per litre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: grams per milliliter
en_GB: grams per millilitre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gram per milliliter;grams per milliliter;g/ml
en_GB: gram per millilitre;grams per millilitre;gram per milliliter;grams per milliliter;g/ml

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 grams per milliliter
en_GB: %1 grams per millilitre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gram per milliliter | %1 grams per milliliter
en_GB[0]: %1 gram per millilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 grams per millilitre

en: ElectricalCurrent
en_GB: Electrical Current

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 nanometers
en_GB: %1 nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 nanometer | %1 nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB: litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: liters per 100 kilometers;liters per 100 kilometers;l/100 km;L/100 km
en_GB: litres per 100 kilometres;litres per 100 kilometres;l/100 km;L/100 km

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB: %1 litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 liters per 100 kilometers | %1 liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 litres per 100 kilometres
en_GB[1]: %1 litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers per liter
en_GB: kilometres per litre

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers per liter
en_GB: %1 kilometres per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer per liter | %1 kilometers per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres per litre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yottameters
en_GB: yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yottameters
en_GB: %1 yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yottameter | %1 yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zettameters
en_GB: zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zettameters
en_GB: %1 zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zettameter | %1 zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: exameters
en_GB: exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 exameters
en_GB: %1 exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 exameter | %1 exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: petameters
en_GB: petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 petameters
en_GB: %1 petametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 petameter | %1 petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: terameters
en_GB: terametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 terameters
en_GB: %1 terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 terameter | %1 terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: gigameters
en_GB: gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 gigameters
en_GB: %1 gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gigameter | %1 gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: megameters
en_GB: megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 megameters
en_GB: %1 megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 megameter | %1 megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers
en_GB: kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers
en_GB: %1 kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer | %1 kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: hectometers
en_GB: hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 hectometers
en_GB: %1 hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 hectometer | %1 hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decameters
en_GB: decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decameters
en_GB: %1 decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decameter | %1 decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 decametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters
en_GB: metres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters
en_GB: %1 metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter | %1 meters
en_GB[0]: %1 metre
en_GB[1]: %1 metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decimeters
en_GB: decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decimeters
en_GB: %1 decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decimeter | %1 decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: centimeters
en_GB: centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 centimeters
en_GB: %1 centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 centimeter | %1 centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 centimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 millimeters
en_GB: %1 millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 millimeter | %1 millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: micrometers
en_GB: micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 micrometers
en_GB: %1 micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 micrometer | %1 micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: nanometers
en_GB: nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: picometers
en_GB: picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 picometers
en_GB: %1 picometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 picometer | %1 picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: femtometers
en_GB: femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 femtometers
en_GB: %1 femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 femtometer | %1 femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: attometers
en_GB: attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 attometers
en_GB: %1 attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 attometer | %1 attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zeptometers
en_GB: zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zeptometers
en_GB: %1 zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zeptometer | %1 zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yoctometers
en_GB: yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yoctometers
en_GB: %1 yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yoctometer | %1 yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 yoctometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: squaremicrometers
en_GB: squaremicrometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: Permeability;Pµm²;PSquare µm;squaremicrometers;Pµm^2
en_GB: Permeability;Pµm²;PSquare µm;squaremicrometres;Pµm^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 micrometers²
en_GB: %1 micrometres²

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 micrometer² | %1 micrometers²
en_GB[0]: %1 micrometre²
en_GB[1]: %1 micrometres²

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: millimeters of mercury
en_GB: millimetres of mercury

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: millimeter of mercury;millimeters of mercury;mmHg
en_GB: millimetre of mercury;millimetres of mercury;mmHg

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 millimeters of mercury
en_GB: %1 millimetres of mercury

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 millimeters of mercury | %1 millimeters of mercury
en_GB[0]: %1 millimetres of mercury
en_GB[1]: %1 millimetres of mercury

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per meter kelvin;watt per meter-kelvin;W/mK;W/m.K
en_GB: watt per metre kelvin;watt per metre-kelvin;W/mK;W/m.K

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per meter kelvin
en_GB: %1 watts per metre kelvin

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per meter kelvin | %1 watts per meter kelvin
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per metre kelvin
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per metre kelvin

[ctx: thermal conductivity unit symbol]
en: Btu/ft·hr·°F
en_GB: BTU/ft·hr·°F

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB: BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit;btu per foot hour Fahrenheit;btu per foot-hour-Fahrenheit;Btu/ft-hr-F
en_GB: BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit;BTU per foot hour Fahrenheit;BTU per foot-hour-Fahrenheit;BTU/ft-hr-F

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit | %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: thermal conductivity unit symbol]
en: Btu/ft²·hr·°F/in
en_GB: BTU/ft²·hr·°F/in

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB: BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch;btu per foot squared hour Fahrenheit per inch;btu per sq foot-hour-Fahrenheit per inch;Btu/ft^2-hr-F/in
en_GB: BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch;BTU per foot squared hour Fahrenheit per inch;BTU per sq foot-hour-Fahrenheit per inch;BTU/ft^2-hr-F/in

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch | %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: watt per square meter
en_GB: watt per square metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per square meter;W/m2;W/m^2
en_GB: watt per square metre;W/m2;W/m^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per square meter
en_GB: %1 watts per square metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per square meter | %1 watts per square meter
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per square metre
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per square metre

[ctx: thermal flux unit symbol]
en: Btu/hr/ft²
en_GB: BTU/hr/ft²

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per hour per square foot
en_GB: BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per hour per square foot;Btu/hr/ft2;Btu/hr/ft^2;Btu/ft^2/hr;Btu/ft2/hr
en_GB: BTU per hour per square foot;BTU/hr/ft2;BTU/hr/ft^2;BTU/ft^2/hr;BTU/ft2/hr

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per hour per square foot
en_GB: %1 BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per hour per square foot | %1 btu per hour per square foot
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per hour per square foot
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: watt per cubic meter
en_GB: watt per cubic metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per cubic meter;W/m3;W/m^3
en_GB: watt per cubic metre;W/m3;W/m^3

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per cubic meter
en_GB: %1 watts per cubic metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per cubic meter | %1 watts per cubic meter
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per cubic metre

[ctx: thermal generation unit symbol]
en: Btu/hr/ft³
en_GB: BTU/hr/ft³

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB: BTU per hour per cubic foot

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per hour per cubic foot;Btu/hr/ft3;Btu/hr/ft^3;Btu/ft^3/hr;Btu/ft3/hr
en_GB: BTU per hour per cubic foot;BTU/hr/ft3;Btu/hr/ft^3;BTU/ft^3/hr;BTU/ft3/hr

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per hour per cubic foot | %1 btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters per second
en_GB: metres per second

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters per second
en_GB: %1 metres per second

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter per second | %1 meters per second
en_GB[0]: %1 metre per second
en_GB[1]: %1 metres per second

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers per hour
en_GB: kilometres per hour

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilometer per hour;kilometers per hour;km/h;kmh;kph
en_GB: kilometre per hour;kilometres per hour;km/h;kmh;kph

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers per hour
en_GB: %1 kilometres per hour

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer per hour | %1 kilometers per hour
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre per hour
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres per hour

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic yottameters
en_GB: cubic yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic yottameters
en_GB: %1 cubic yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic yottameter | %1 cubic yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic zettameters
en_GB: cubic zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic zettameters
en_GB: %1 cubic zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic zettameter | %1 cubic zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic exameters
en_GB: cubic exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic exameters
en_GB: %1 cubic exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic exameter | %1 cubic exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic petameters
en_GB: cubic petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic petameters
en_GB: %1 cubic petametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic petameter | %1 cubic petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic terameters
en_GB: cubic terametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic terameters
en_GB: %1 cubic terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic terameter | %1 cubic terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic gigameters
en_GB: cubic gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic gigameters
en_GB: %1 cubic gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic gigameter | %1 cubic gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic megameters
en_GB: cubic megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic megameters
en_GB: %1 cubic megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic megameter | %1 cubic megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic kilometers
en_GB: cubic kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic kilometers
en_GB: %1 cubic kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic kilometer | %1 cubic kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic kilometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic hectometers
en_GB: cubic hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic hectometers
en_GB: %1 cubic hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic hectometer | %1 cubic hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic decameters
en_GB: cubic decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic decameters
en_GB: %1 cubic decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic decameter | %1 cubic decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic decametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic meters
en_GB: cubic metres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic meters
en_GB: %1 cubic metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic meter | %1 cubic meters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic decimeters
en_GB: cubic decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic decimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic decimeter | %1 cubic decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic centimeters
en_GB: cubic centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic centimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic centimeter | %1 cubic centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic centimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic millimeters
en_GB: cubic millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic millimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic millimeter | %1 cubic millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic micrometers
en_GB: cubic micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic micrometers
en_GB: %1 cubic micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic micrometer | %1 cubic micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic nanometers
en_GB: cubic nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic nanometers
en_GB: %1 cubic nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic nanometer | %1 cubic nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic picometers
en_GB: cubic picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic picometers
en_GB: %1 cubic picometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic picometer | %1 cubic picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic femtometers
en_GB: cubic femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic femtometers
en_GB: %1 cubic femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic femtometer | %1 cubic femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic attometers
en_GB: cubic attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic attometers
en_GB: %1 cubic attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic attometer | %1 cubic attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic zeptometers
en_GB: cubic zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic zeptometers
en_GB: %1 cubic zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic zeptometer | %1 cubic zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic yoctometers
en_GB: cubic yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic yoctometers
en_GB: %1 cubic yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic yoctometer | %1 cubic yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic yoctometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yottaliters
en_GB: yottalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: yottaliter;yottaliters;Yl
en_GB: yottalitre;yottalitres;yottaliter;yottaliters;Yl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yottaliters
en_GB: %1 yottalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yottaliter | %1 yottaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 yottalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 yottalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zettaliters
en_GB: zettalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: zettaliter;zettaliters;Zl
en_GB: zettalitre;zettalitres;zettaliter;zettaliters;Zl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zettaliters
en_GB: %1 zettalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zettaliter | %1 zettaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 zettalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 zettalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: exaliters
en_GB: exalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: exaliter;exaliters;El
en_GB: exalitre;exalitres;exaliter;exaliters;El

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 exaliters
en_GB: %1 exalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 exaliter | %1 exaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 exalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 exalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: petaliters
en_GB: petalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: petaliter;petaliters;Pl
en_GB: petalitre;petalitres;petaliter;petaliters;Pl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 petaliters
en_GB: %1 petalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 petaliter | %1 petaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 petalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 petalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: teraliters
en_GB: teralitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: teraliter;teraliters;Tl
en_GB: teralitre;teralitres;teraliter;teraliters;Tl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 teraliters
en_GB: %1 teralitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 teraliter | %1 teraliters
en_GB[0]: %1 teralitre
en_GB[1]: %1 teralitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: gigaliters
en_GB: gigalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gigaliter;gigaliters;Gl
en_GB: gigalitre;gigalitres;gigaliter;gigaliters;Gl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 gigaliters
en_GB: %1 gigalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gigaliter | %1 gigaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 gigalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 gigalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: megaliters
en_GB: megalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: megaliter;megaliters;Ml
en_GB: megalitre;megalitres;megaliter;megaliters;Ml

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 megaliters
en_GB: %1 megalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 megaliter | %1 megaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 megalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 megalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kiloliters
en_GB: kilolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kiloliter;kiloliters;kl
en_GB: kilolitre;kilolitres;kiloliter;kiloliters;kl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kiloliters
en_GB: %1 kilolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kiloliter | %1 kiloliters
en_GB[0]: %1 kilolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: hectoliters
en_GB: hectolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: hectoliter;hectoliters;hl
en_GB: hectolitre;hectolitres;hectoliter;hectoliters;hl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 hectoliters
en_GB: %1 hectolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 hectoliter | %1 hectoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 hectolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 hectolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decaliters
en_GB: decalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: decaliter;decaliters;dal
en_GB: decalitre;decalitres;decaliter;decaliters;dal

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decaliters
en_GB: %1 decalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decaliter | %1 decaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 decalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 decalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: liters
en_GB: litres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: liter;liters;l
en_GB: litre;litres;liter;liters;l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 liters
en_GB: %1 litres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 liter | %1 liters
en_GB[0]: %1 litre
en_GB[1]: %1 litres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: deciliter;deciliters;dl
en_GB: decilitre;decilitres;deciliter;deciliters;dl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 deciliters
en_GB: %1 decilitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 deciliter | %1 deciliters
en_GB[0]: %1 decilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 decilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: centiliter;centiliters;cl
en_GB: centilitre;centilitres;centiliter;centiliters;cl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 centiliters
en_GB: %1 centilitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 centiliter | %1 centiliters
en_GB[0]: %1 centilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 centilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: milliliter;milliliters;ml
en_GB: millilitre;millilitres;milliliter;milliliters;ml

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 milliliters
en_GB: %1 millilitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 milliliter | %1 milliliters
en_GB[0]: %1 millilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 millilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: microliters
en_GB: microlitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: microliter;microliters;µl;ul
en_GB: microlitre;microlitres;microliter;microliters;µl;ul

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 microliters
en_GB: %1 microlitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 microliter | %1 microliters
en_GB[0]: %1 microlitre
en_GB[1]: %1 microlitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: nanoliters
en_GB: nanolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: nanoliter;nanoliters;nl
en_GB: nanolitre;nanolitres;nanoliter;nanoliters;nl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 nanoliters
en_GB: %1 nanolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 nanoliter | %1 nanoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 nanolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 nanolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: picoliters
en_GB: picolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: picoliter;picoliters;pl
en_GB: picolitre;picolitres;picoliter;picoliters;pl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 picoliters
en_GB: %1 picolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 picoliter | %1 picoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 picolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 picolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: femtoliters
en_GB: femtolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: femtoliter;femtoliters;fl
en_GB: femtolitre;femtolitres;femtoliter;femtoliters;fl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 femtoliters
en_GB: %1 femtolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 femtoliter | %1 femtoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 femtolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 femtolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: attoliters
en_GB: attolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: attoliter;attoliters;al
en_GB: attolitre;attolitres;attoliter;attoliters;al

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 attoliters
en_GB: %1 attolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 attoliter | %1 attoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 attolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 attolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zeptoliters
en_GB: zeptolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: zeptoliter;zeptoliters;zl
en_GB: zeptolitre;zeptolitres;zeptoliter;zeptoliters;zl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zeptoliters
en_GB: %1 zeptolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zeptoliter | %1 zeptoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 zeptolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 zeptolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yoctoliters
en_GB: yoctolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: yoctoliter;yoctoliters;yl
en_GB: yoctolitre;yoctolitres;yoctoliter;yoctoliters;yl

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yoctoliters
en_GB: %1 yoctolitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yoctoliter | %1 yoctoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 yoctolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 yoctolitres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowStaticWordWrapMarker)
en: <p>If this option is checked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <strong>Editing</strong> properties.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <strong>Editing</strong> properties.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkEditorConfig)
en: Honor settings in .editorconfig file
en_GB: Honour settings in .editorconfig file

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncodingFallback)
en: This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file.  Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried.
en_GB: This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialogue, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file.  Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblDynamicWordWrapIndicators_2)
en: &Don't indent lines wider than:
en_GB: &Do not indent lines wider than:

en: Don't print folded code
en_GB: Do not print folded code

en: &Color theme:
en_GB: &Colour theme:

en: Select the color theme to use for the print.
en_GB: Select the colour theme to use for the print.

en: <p>If enabled, the background color of the editor will be used.</p><p>This may be useful if your color theme is designed for a dark background.</p>
en_GB: <p>If enabled, the background colour of the editor will be used.</p><p>This may be useful if your colour theme is designed for a dark background.</p>

en: Fixed-length positive lookbehind
en_GB: Fixed-length positive look behind

en: Fixed-length negative lookbehind
en_GB: Fixed-length negative look behind

en: Use default color from the color theme
en_GB: Use default colour from the colour theme

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Normal &Color…
en_GB: Normal &Colour…

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: &Selected Color…
en_GB: &Selected Colour…

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: &Background Color…
en_GB: &Background Colour…

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: S&elected Background Color…
en_GB: S&elected Background Colour…

en: Use Default Colors
en_GB: Use Default Colours

en: <p>This list displays the default styles for the current color theme and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the popup menu when appropriate.</p>
en_GB: <p>This list displays the default styles for the current colour theme and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit the colours, click the coloured squares, or select the colour to edit from the pop-up menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colours from the pop-up menu when appropriate.</p>

en: Exporting color theme: %1
en_GB: Exporting colour theme: %1

en: Importing Color Theme
en_GB: Importing Colour Theme

en: Follow System Color Scheme
en_GB: Follow System Colour Scheme

en: Name for copy of color theme "%1":
en_GB: Name for copy of colour theme "%1":

en: Color Themes
en_GB: Colour Themes

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the color for the bracket highlight.
en_GB: Set the colour for the bracket highlight.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the background color for the current line.
en_GB: Set the background colour for the current line.

en: Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialog.<br /><br />This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed.
en_GB: Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialogue.<br /><br />This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed.

en: &Editor Color Theme
en_GB: &Editor Colour Theme

en: If this option is checked, whitespaces in this document will be visible.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not be changed.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, whitespaces in this document will be visible.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not be changed.

en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not be changed.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not be changed.

en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties.

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Background Color…
en_GB: Background Colour…

en: Don't Show Line Numbers
en_GB: Do not Show Line Numbers

[ctx: KStatusNotifierItem|@action:inmenu]
en: &Minimize
en_GB: &Minimise

en: No part could be instantiated for mimeType %1
en_GB: No part could be instantiated for MIME type %1

en: Error: Can't find plugin metadata: %1
en_GB: Error: Cannot find plugin metadata: %1

[ctx: @action:button opening menu similar to combobox, filter list]
en: Updateable
en_GB: Updatable

[ctx: @option:radio similar to combobox item, List option which will set the filter so only installed items with updates available are shown]
en: Updateable
en_GB: Updatable

[ctx: An informational message which is shown to inform the user they are not authorized to use GetHotNewStuff functionality]
en: You are not authorized to Get Hot New Stuff. If you think this is in error, please contact the person in charge of your permissions.
en_GB: You are not authorised to Get Hot New Stuff. If you think this is in error, please contact the person in charge of your permissions.

en: The KNSRC file you want to show. If none is passed, you will be presented with a dialog which lets you switch between all the config files installed into the systemwide knsrc file location
en_GB: The KNSRC file you want to show. If none is passed, you will be presented with a dialog which lets you switch between all the configuration files installed into the systemwide knsrc file location

[ctx: List option which will set the filter so only installed items with updates available are shown]
en: Show Only Updateable Entries
en_GB: Show Only Updatable Entries

[ctx: List option which will set the filter so only installed items with updates available are shown]
en: Updateable Only
en_GB: Updatable Only

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n day(s) | %n day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n day
en_GB[1]: %n days

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: 1 minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n second(s) | %n second(s)
en_GB[0]: %n second
en_GB[1]: %n seconds

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %1 / %n folder(s) | %1 / %n folder(s)
en_GB[0]: %1 / %n folder
en_GB[1]: %1 / %n folders

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %1 / %n file(s) | %1 / %n file(s)
en_GB[0]: %1 / %n file
en_GB[1]: %1 / %n files

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Click this to expand the dialog, to show details
en_GB: Click this to expand the dialogue, to show details

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Progress Dialog
en_GB: Progress Dialogue

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n item(s) | %n item(s)
en_GB[0]: %n item
en_GB[1]: %n items

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n folder(s) | %n folder(s)
en_GB[0]: %n folder
en_GB[1]: %n folders

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n file(s) | %n file(s)
en_GB[0]: %n file
en_GB[1]: %n files

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Click this to collapse the dialog, to hide details
en_GB: Click this to collapse the dialogue, to hide details

en: KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.
    
    To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters.
    
    KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings.
    
    We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation.
    
    Thank you very much in advance for your support.
en_GB: KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.
    
    To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organisation legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters.
    
    KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organising conferences and meetings.
    
    We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation.
    
    Thank you very much in advance for your support.

[ctx: AboutItem|]
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: AboutItem|]
en: License: %1
en_GB: Licence: %1

en: Delete Oldest Files From Trash
en_GB: Delete Oldest Files From Wastebin

en: Delete Biggest Files From Trash
en_GB: Delete Biggest Files From Wastebin

en: Full Trash:
en_GB: Full Wastebin:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this box to select the highlighted web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.
en_GB: Tick this box to select the highlighted web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.

en: You can also reconfigure file sharing authorization.
en_GB: You can also reconfigure file sharing authorisation.

en: You need to be authorized to share folders.
en_GB: You need to be authorised to share folders.

[ctx: @label]
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to permanently delete all items from Trash? This action cannot be undone.
en_GB: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Wastebin? This action cannot be undone.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1051 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, treeWidget) #-#-#-#-#  871 (kio4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Organization / Common Name
en_GB: Organisation / Common Name

note: #-#-#-#-#  1051 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, treeWidget) #-#-#-#-#  871 (kio4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Organizational Unit
en_GB: Organisational Unit

en: KDE SSL Certificate Dialog
en_GB: KDE SSL Certificate Dialogue

[ctx: @label]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

en: KDE su daemon
en_GB: KDE su dæmon

en: Daemon used by kdesu
en_GB: Dæmon used by kdesu

[ctx: @info:whatsthis for a button]
en: Color button
en_GB: Colour button

[ctx: @info:whatsthis for a button of current color code %1]
en: Current color is %1. This button will open a color chooser dialog.
en_GB: Current colour is %1. This button will open a colour chooser dialog.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis for a button of current color code %1]
en: Current color is %1.
en_GB: Current colour is %1.

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license (short name)]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license (short name)]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2.1

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: MIT License
en_GB: MIT Licence

[ctx: KAboutData|replace this with information about your translation team]
en: <p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalization visit <a href="https://l10n.kde.org">https://l10n.kde.org</a></p>
en_GB: <p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalisation visit <a href="https://l10n.kde.org">https://l10n.kde.org</a></p>

[ctx: KAboutData CLI|]
en: Show license information.
en_GB: Show licence information.

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %1 is a whole number
en: %n millisecond(s) | %n millisecond(s)
en_GB[0]: %n millisecond
en_GB[1]: %n milliseconds

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n day(s) | %n day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n day
en_GB[1]: %n days

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: %n minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n second(s) | %n second(s)
en_GB[0]: %n second
en_GB[1]: %n seconds

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Path %1 doesn't exist
en_GB: Path %1 does not exist

en: Home Address State
en_GB: Home Address County

en: Home Address Zip Code
en_GB: Home Address Post Code

en: Business Address State
en_GB: Business Address County

en: Business Address Zip Code
en_GB: Business Address Post Code

[ctx: KStandardActions|]
en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: KStandardShortcut|@action]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: main|]
en: Display software license.
en_GB: Display software licence.

[ctx: KAuth::ExecuteJob|]
en: The current backend only allows helper authorization, but this action does not have a helper.
en_GB: The current backend only allows helper authorisation, but this action does not have a helper.

[ctx: KAuth::ExecuteJob|]
en: The backend does not specify how to authorize
en_GB: The backend does not specify how to authorise

[ctx: KTar|]
en: Couldn't write alignment: %1
en_GB: Could not write alignment: %1

[ctx: KTar|]
en: Application limitation: Can not add file larger than %1 bytes
en_GB: Application limitation: Cannot add file larger than %1 bytes

[ctx: KZip|]
en: Invalid ZIP file. Unrecognized header at offset %1
en_GB: Invalid ZIP file. Unrecognised header at offset %1

en: Urls, document ids or inodes of the files
en_GB: URLs, document IDs or inodes of the files

en: Device id for the files
en_GB: Device ID for the files

en: %1: Not a valid url or document id
en_GB: %1: Not a valid URL or document ID

en: Baloo Database Sanitizer
en_GB: Baloo Database Sanitiser

en: The Baloo Database Lister & Sanitizer
en_GB: The Baloo Database Lister & Sanitiser

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Use the specified format instead of html. Must be html, ansi or ansi256Colors.
en_GB: Use the specified format instead of HTML. Must be HTML, ANSI or ansi256Colors.

en: Couldn't find 'ktp-send-file' executable.
en_GB: Could not find 'ktp-send-file' executable.

en: &Customize...
en_GB: &Customise...

en: Add new Url
en_GB: Add new URL

en: Drop your favorite folders here...
en_GB: Drop your favourite folders here...

[ctx: @info:tooltip for No Key selected for a specific recipient.]
en: Do not select a key for this recipient.<br/><br/>The recipient will receive the encrypted E-Mail, but it can only be decrypted with the other keys selected in this dialog.
en_GB: Do not select a key for this recipient.<br/><br/>The recipient will receive the encrypted E-Mail, but it can only be decrypted with the other keys selected in this dialogue.

en: Open detailed progress dialog
en_GB: Open detailed progress dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblDynamicWordWrapIndicators_2)
en: Don't indent lines wider than:
en_GB: Do not indent lines wider than:

en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed.

en: Updateable
en_GB: Updatable

en: A kns url to show information from. The format for a kns url is kns://knsrcfile/providerid/entryid
    'knsrcfile'
    is the name of a knsrc file as might be passed directly through this tool's knsrcfile argument
    'providerid'
    is the hostname of the provider the entry should exist on
    'entryid'
    is the unique ID of an entry found in the provider specified by the knsrc file.
     An example of such a url is kns://peruse.knsrc/api.kde-look.org/1316714
en_GB: A kns URL to show information from. The format for a kns URL is kns://knsrcfile/providerid/entryid
    'knsrcfile'
    is the name of a knsrc file as might be passed directly through this tool's knsrcfile argument
    'providerid'
    is the hostname of the provider the entry should exist on
    'entryid'
    is the unique ID of an entry found in the provider specified by the knsrc file.
     An example of such a URL is kns://peruse.knsrc/api.kde-look.org/1316714

en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL

en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older

en: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero license
en_GB: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero licence

en: No license specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)
en_GB: No licence specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)

en: Track Color:
en_GB: Track Colour:

en: Create dir Failed
en_GB: Create directory failed

en: Check if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Filetype was not recognized
en_GB: Filetype was not recognised

en: If checked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab
en_GB: If ticked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab

en: Operation canceled by user
en_GB: Operation cancelled by user

en: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved color-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved colour-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>

en: Open rename-file dialog
en_GB: Open rename-file dialogue

en: A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary.
en_GB: A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behaviour of this binary.

en: Could not authorize
en_GB: Could not authorise

en: Google Drive Authorization
en_GB: Google Drive Authorisation

en: Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorizing the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK.
en_GB: Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorising the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK.

en: File-type was not recognized
en_GB: File-type was not recognised

en: Tag path behavior :
en_GB: Tag path behaviour :

en: Facebook Application Authorization
en_GB: Facebook Application Authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, KJSErrorDlgBase)
en: This dialog provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at https://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.
en_GB: This dialogue provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at https://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray1
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey1

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray2
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey2

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray3
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey3

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray4
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey4

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray1
en_GB: SlateGrey1

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray2
en_GB: SlateGrey2

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray3
en_GB: SlateGrey3

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray4
en_GB: SlateGrey4

en: KDebugDialog
en_GB: KDebugDialogue

en: A dialog box for setting preferences for debug output
en_GB: A dialogue box for setting preferences for debug output

en: Show the fully-fledged dialog instead of the default list dialog
en_GB: Show the fully-fledged dialogue instead of the default list dialogue

[ctx: Calendar Era: Hijri Islamic Era, years > 0, LongFormat]
en: Anno Hegirae
en_GB: Anno Hegiræ

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: Q Public License
en_GB: Q Public Licence

en: Organizer Unknown
en_GB: Organiser Unknown

en: (<b>Note</b>: the Organizer preset your response to <b>%1</b>)
en_GB: (<b>Note</b>: the Organiser preset your response to <b>%1</b>)

en: This invitation has been updated by the organizer %1.
en_GB: This invitation has been updated by the organiser %1.

en: This invitation has been canceled.
en_GB: This invitation has been cancelled.

en: The organizer has revoked the invitation.
en_GB: The organiser has revoked the invitation.

en: This to-do has been updated by the organizer %1.
en_GB: This to-do has been updated by the organiser %1.

en: This to-do was canceled.
en_GB: This to-do was cancelled.

en: The organizer has revoked this to-do.
en_GB: The organiser has revoked this to-do.

en: This journal was canceled.
en_GB: This journal was cancelled.

en: This free/busy list was canceled.
en_GB: This free/busy list was cancelled.

en: This invitation was canceled.
en_GB: This invitation was cancelled.

en: Organizer:
en_GB: Organiser:

en: Organizer: %1
en_GB: Organiser: %1

[ctx: @item event orto-do is canceled; journal is removed]
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

en: organizer
en_GB: organiser

[ctx: @info]
en: The organizer rejected your attendance at this meeting.
en_GB: The organiser rejected your attendance at this meeting.

en: Could not read the postId, not a string or an integer.
en_GB: Could not read the post ID, not a string or an integer.

en: Could not regexp the blog id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the blog ID path.

en: Could not regexp the comment id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the comment ID path.

en: Could not regexp the post id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the post ID path.

en: Could not regexp the id out of the result.
en_GB: Could not regexp the ID out of the result.

[ctx: Alarm action]
en: Display a dialog
en_GB: Display a dialogue

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Save changes and close dialog
en_GB: Save changes and close dialogue

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Discard changes and close dialog
en_GB: Discard changes and close dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Push this button to show a dialog that helps you manage a set of templates. Templates can make creating new items easier and faster by putting your favorite default values into the editor automatically.
en_GB: Push this button to show a dialogue that helps you manage a set of templates. Templates can make creating new items easier and faster by putting your favourite default values into the editor automatically.

[ctx: @action:button show list of attendees]
en: Individual mailsettings <<
en_GB: Individual mail settings <<

[ctx: @action:button show list of attendees]
en: Individual mailsettings >>
en_GB: Individual mail settings >>

[ctx: ldap attribute ou]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mSolveButton)
en: Opens the scheduling dialog, which will assist in picking a time slot that works for all attendees.
en_GB: Opens the scheduling dialogue, which will assist in picking a time slot that works for all attendees.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (IncidenceEditorNG::KWeekdayCheckCombo, mWeekdayCombo)
en: Check the weekdays to include in the search.
en_GB: Tick the weekdays to include in the search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (IncidenceEditorNG::KWeekdayCheckCombo, mWeekdayCombo)
en: Only the checked weekdays will be included in the free time slot search.
en_GB: Only the ticked weekdays will be included in the free time slot search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_5) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPIM::KCheckComboBox, mRolesCombo)
en: Check the roles to include in the search.
en_GB: Tick the roles to include in the search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_5) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPIM::KCheckComboBox, mRolesCombo)
en: Only the participants with the checked roles will be considered in the free time slot search.
en_GB: Only the participants with the ticked roles will be considered in the free time slot search.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1033  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Save Settings) #-#-#-#-#  351  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to export the calendar to a HTML-file every time you save it. By default, this file will be called calendar.html and placed in the user home folder.
en_GB: Tick this box to export the calendar to a HTML-file every time you save it. By default, this file will be called calendar.html and placed in the user home folder.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors)
en: Agenda/Month view background busy color
en_GB: Agenda/Month view background busy colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view)
en: Use system color. If enabled will ignore all other color settings
en_GB: Use system colour. If enabled will ignore all other colour settings

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Checking this option will cause the to-do view to use the full window.
en_GB: Ticking this option will cause the to-do view to use the full window.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If you check this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the "Delete only" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved.
en_GB: If you tick this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the "Delete only" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialog box again, except to change the settings.
en_GB: If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialogue box again, except to change the settings.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
en: Check this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors)
en: "No tag" color (for "Only tag" drawing schemes)
en_GB: "No tag" colour (for "Only tag" drawing schemes)

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors)
en: Select a color to use for the "no tag" or "unset tag" situation, when an item does not have any tags.  This color is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only tag" scheme.
en_GB: Select a colour to use for the "no tag" or "unset tag" situation, when an item does not have any tags.  This colour is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only tag" scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors)
en: Use this color when drawing items without any tags
en_GB: Use this colour when drawing items without any tags

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludeConfidential)
en: Check this option to exclude items that have their Access level set to &#8220;Confidential&#8221;
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude items that have their Access level set to &#8220;Confidential&#8221;

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludePrivate)
en: Check this option to exclude items that have their Access level set to &#8220;Private&#8221;
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude items that have their Access level set to &#8220;Private&#8221;

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this option to draw note lines in empty areas.
en_GB: Tick this option to draw note lines in empty areas.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: If you want to use colors to distinguish certain tags in the printed output, check this option.
en_GB: If you want to use colours to distinguish certain tags in the printed output, tick this option.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowDetails)
en: Check this box if you want to print more details for the incidence, including the visibility and secrecy properties.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to print more details for the incidence, including the visibility and secrecy properties.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowSubitemsNotes)
en: Check this box if you want the incidence notes included on the print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the incidence notes included on the print-out.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mDueDate)
en: Check this option if you want to see the item due dates printed.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to see the item due dates printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mPercentComplete)
en: Check this option if you want to see the item completion percentage printed as a number and bar graph.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to see the item completion percentage printed as a number and bar graph.

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the journal is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the journal is cancelled?

[ctx: @info]
en: Job canceled.
en_GB: Job cancelled.

en: Collection attributes synchronization timed out.
en_GB: Collection attributes synchronisation timed out.

en: User canceled operation.
en_GB: User cancelled operation.

en: Resource synchronization timed out.
en_GB: Resource synchronisation timed out.

en: Move to trash collection failed, aborting trash operation
en_GB: Move to wastebin collection failed, aborting delete operation

en: The configuration dialog has been opened in another window
en_GB: The configuration dialogue has been opened in another window

en: Failed to register %1 configuration dialog.
en_GB: Failed to register %1 configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, syncOnDemand)
en: Synchronize when selecting this folder
en_GB: Synchronise when selecting this folder

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Synchronize after:
en_GB: Synchronise after:

en: Open collection dialog
en_GB: Open collection dialogue

en: Personal information management service is performing a database upgrade.
    This happens after a software update and is necessary to optimize performance.
    Depending on the amount of personal information, this might take a few minutes.
en_GB: Personal information management service is performing a database upgrade.
    This happens after a software update and is necessary to optimise performance.
    Depending on the amount of personal information, this might take a few minutes.

en: &Synchronize Folder
en_GB: &Synchronise Folder

en: Add to Favorite
en_GB: Add to Favourite

en: Remove from Favorite Folders
en_GB: Remove from Favourite Folders

en: Remove from Favorite
en_GB: Remove from Favourite

en: Synchronize Resource
en_GB: Synchronise Resource

en: &Synchronize Folder Recursively
en_GB: &Synchronise Folder Recursively

en: Synchronize Recursively
en_GB: Synchronise Recursively

en: &Move Folder To Trash
en_GB: &Move Folder To Wastebin

en: Move Folder To Trash
en_GB: Move Folder To Wastebin

en: &Move Item To Trash
en_GB: &Move Item To Wastebin

en: Move Item To Trash
en_GB: Move Item To Wastebin

en: &Restore Folder From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Folder From Wastebin

en: Restore Folder From Trash
en_GB: Restore Folder From Wastebin

en: &Restore Item From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Item From Wastebin

en: Restore Item From Trash
en_GB: Restore Item From Wastebin

en: &Restore Collection From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Collection From Wastebin

en: Restore Collection From Trash
en_GB: Restore Collection From Wastebin

en: &Synchronize Favorite Folders
en_GB: &Synchronise Favourite Folders

en: Synchronize Favorite Folders
en_GB: Synchronise Favourite Folders

en: Synchronize Folder Tree
en_GB: Synchronise Folder Tree

[ctx: @action]
en: &Synchronize Folder | &Synchronize %1 Folders
en_GB[0]: &Synchronise Folder
en_GB[1]: &Synchronise %1 Folders

en: &Synchronize Resource | &Synchronize %1 Resources
en_GB[0]: &Synchronise Resource
en_GB[1]: &Synchronise %1 Resources

en: Synchronize Folder | Synchronize %1 Folders
en_GB[0]: Synchronise Folder
en_GB[1]: Synchronise %1 Folders

[ctx: @action]
en: Synchronize Resource | Synchronize %1 Resources
en_GB[0]: Synchronise Resource
en_GB[1]: Synchronise %1 Resources

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Rename Favorite
en_GB: Rename Favourite

[ctx: local mail folder]
en: trash
en_GB: wastebin

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected folder.

en: Add a new account<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the account that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new account<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the account that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected account.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected account.

en: Move to &Trash
en_GB: Move to Was&tebin

en: Move selected messages to the trash folder.
en_GB: Move selected messages to the wastebin folder.

en: Move All to &Trash
en_GB: Move All to Was&tebin

en: Move all messages to the trash folder.
en_GB: Move all messages to the wastebin folder.

en: Permanently delete all messages from all trash folders.
en_GB: Permanently delete all messages from all wastebin folders.

en: Permanently delete all messages from the trash folder.
en_GB: Permanently delete all messages from the wastebin folder.

[ctx: @label The organization of a contact]
en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Add organization's name
en_GB: Add organisation's name

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.

en: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected address book.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected address book.

en: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

en: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>
en_GB: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>

en: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  685 (kalarm)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFgColour), group (General)
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  685 (kalarm)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultBgColour), group (General)
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

en: Url to import is malformed.
en_GB: URL to import is malformed.

en: Duplicate item id in a group operation
en_GB: Duplicate item ID in a group operation

en: Do you want to send a status update to the organizer of this journal?
en_GB: Do you want to send a status update to the organiser of this journal?

en: This isn't an update. The found incidence was modified more recently.
en_GB: This is not an update. The found incidence was modified more recently.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You added an invitation update, but an earlier version of the item could not be found in your calendar.</para><para>This may have occurred because:<list><item>the organizer did not include you in the original invitation</item><item>you did not accept the original invitation yet</item><item>you deleted the original invitation from your calendar</item><item>you no longer have access to the calendar containing the invitation</item></list></para><para>This is not a problem, but we thought you should know.</para>
en_GB: <para>You added an invitation update, but an earlier version of the item could not be found in your calendar.</para><para>This may have occurred because:<list><item>the organiser did not include you in the original invitation</item><item>you did not accept the original invitation yet</item><item>you deleted the original invitation from your calendar</item><item>you no longer have access to the calendar containing the invitation</item></list></para><para>This is not a problem, but we thought you should know.</para>

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected calendar folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected calendar folder.

en: Add a new calendar<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the calendar that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new calendar<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the calendar that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected calendar.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected calendar.

en: Bookmark Organizer and Editor
en_GB: Bookmark Organiser and Editor

en: The Zeroconf daemon (mdnsd) is not running.
en_GB: The Zeroconf dæmon (mdnsd) is not running.

[ctx: Warning text]
en: Some subfolders were not readable in
en_GB: Some sub-folders were not readable in

[ctx: Warning text]
en: Check the permissions of the subfolders.
en_GB: Check the permissions of the sub-folders.

en: Unable to determine full url. No parent specified.
en_GB: Unable to determine full URL. No parent specified.

[ctx: Error message]
en: Can't compare file with folder.
en_GB: Cannot compare file with folder.

[ctx: Tooltip Text]
en: Goto specified line.
en_GB: Go to specified line.

[ctx: Title for color settings page]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Colors Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

en: Foreground color:
en_GB: Foreground colour:

en: Diff background color:
en_GB: Diff background colour:

en: Color A:
en_GB: Colour A:

en: Color B:
en_GB: Colour B:

en: Color C:
en_GB: Colour C:

en: Conflict color:
en_GB: Conflict colour:

en: Current range background color:
en_GB: Current range background colour:

en: Current range diff background color:
en_GB: Current range diff background colour:

en: Color for manually aligned difference ranges:
en_GB: Colour for manually aligned difference ranges:

en: Newest file color:
en_GB: Newest file colour:

en: Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next folder comparison.
en_GB: Changing this colour will only be effective when starting the next folder comparison.

en: Oldest file color:
en_GB: Oldest file colour:

en: Middle age file color:
en_GB: Middle age file colour:

en: Color for missing files:
en_GB: Colour for missing files:

en: Editor Behavior
en_GB: Editor Behaviour

en: Show info dialogs
en_GB: Show info dialogues

[ctx: Tool Tip]
en: Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts.
en_GB: Show a dialogue with information about the number of conflicts.

[ctx: Tool Tip]
en: Whether to analyze subfolders or not.
en_GB: Whether to analyse subfolders or not.

[ctx: Tool Tip]
en: Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'
en_GB: Pattern(s) of files to be analysed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'

[ctx: Tool Tip]
en: On: Do not show the Folder Comparison Status.
    Off: Show the status dialog on start.
en_GB: On: Do not show the Folder Comparison Status.
    Off: Show the status dialogue on start.

en: Synchronize folders
en_GB: Synchronise folders

en: If enabled then encoding will be automaticly detected.
    If the file's encoding can not be found automaticly then the selected encoding will be used as fallback.
    (Unicode detection depends on the first bytes of a file.)
en_GB: If enabled then encoding will be automatically detected.
    If the file's encoding can not be found automatically then the selected encoding will be used as fallback.
    (Unicode detection depends on the first bytes of a file.)

[ctx: Tool Tip]
en: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.
en_GB: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialogue will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.

en: Opening and closing parentheses do not match in regular expression.
en_GB: Opening and closing brackets do not match in regular expression.

en: KDialog can be used to show nice dialog boxes from shell scripts
en_GB: KDialog can be used to show nice dialogue boxes from shell scripts

en: Message Box dialog
en_GB: Message Box dialogue

en: Input Box dialog
en_GB: Input Box dialogue

en: Image Box dialog
en_GB: Image Box dialogue

en: Image Box Input dialog
en_GB: Image Box Input dialogue

en: New Password dialog
en_GB: New Password dialogue

en: Text Box dialog
en_GB: Text Box dialogue

en: Text Input Box dialog
en_GB: Text Input Box dialogue

en: ComboBox dialog
en_GB:  ComboBox dialogue

en: Menu dialog
en_GB: Menu dialogue

en: Check List dialog
en_GB: Check List dialogue

en: Radio List dialog
en_GB: Radio List dialogue

en: File dialog to select an existing directory (arguments [startDir])
en_GB: File dialogue to select an existing directory (arguments [startDir])

en: Icon chooser dialog (arguments [group] [context])
en_GB: Icon chooser dialogue (arguments [group] [context])

en: Progress bar dialog, returns a D-Bus reference for communication
en_GB: Progress bar dialogue, returns a D-Bus reference for communication

en: Color dialog to select a color
en_GB: Colour dialogue to select a colour

en: Dialog title
en_GB: Dialogue title

en: Default entry to use for combobox, menu, color, and calendar
en_GB: Default entry to use for combobox, menu, colour, and calendar

en: Outputs the winId of each dialog
en_GB: Outputs the winID of each dialogue

en: Date format for calendar result and/or default value (Qt-style); defaults to 'ddd MMM d yyyy'
en_GB: Date format for calendar result and/or default value (Qt-style); defaults to 'ddd MMM yyyy'

en: Calendar dialog box, returns selected date
en_GB: Calendar dialogue box, returns selected date

en: Dialog geometry: [=][<width>{xX}<height>][{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>]
en_GB: Dialogue geometry: [=][<width>{xX}<height>][{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>]

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Choose Color
en_GB: Choose Colour

en: kdialog: could not open file %1
en_GB: KDialog: could not open file %1

[ctx: Position|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Module not found, some types or properties may not be recognized
en_GB: Module not found, some types or properties may not be recognised

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Analyze with
en_GB: Analyse with

en: Couldn't find breakpoint at %1:%2
en_GB: Could not find breakpoint at %1:%2

[ctx: #thread-id at function-name or address]
en: #%1 at %2
en_GB: No. %1 at %2

[ctx: @title:menu]
note: #-#-#-#-#  928 (kdevelop)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (analyze_file)
en: Analyze Current File With
en_GB: Analyse Current File With

[ctx: @title:menu]
note: #-#-#-#-#  928 (kdevelop)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (analyze_project)
en: Analyze Current Project With
en_GB: Analyse Current Project With

en: Declaration is located in non-writable file %1.
en_GB: Declaration is located in non-writeable file %1.

en: context-free forward-declaration %1
en_GB: context-free forwards-declaration %1

en: (unresolved forward-declaration)
en_GB: (unresolved forwards-declaration)

en: Project import canceled.
en_GB: Project import cancelled.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Lets you customize %1.
en_GB: Lets you customise %1.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Shows a dialog that lets you configure notifications.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue that lets you configure notifications.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Shows a dialog with information about all loaded plugins.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue with information about all loaded plugins.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open Launch Configuration Dialog
en_GB: Open Launch Configuration Dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens a dialog to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Active session.
    pid %1, app %2, host %3
en_GB: Active session.
    PID %1, app %2, host %3

en: Analyzers
en_GB: Analysers

en: Configure Analyzers
en_GB: Configure Analysers

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_delay)
en: The time to wait before the document is re-analyzed when you edit it.
en_GB: The time to wait before the document is re-analysed when you edit it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, localColorizationLabel) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, kcfg_localColorization)
en: <p>This setting decides about the intensity of colors for local variables, for example function arguments, variables and the like.</p>
en_GB: <p>This setting decides about the intensity of colours for local variables, for example function arguments, variables and the like.</p>

[ctx: @label:slider]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, localColorizationLabel)
en: Local colorization intensity:
en_GB: Local colourisation intensity:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_globalColorSource) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_9)
en: <p>By default, the global colors for types, functions, namespaces and so forth are auto-generated and will adapt to the selected editor theme based on the global colorization intensity. If you want to have full control over the colors, you can instead use the editor theme as color source. You can then fine tune the colors in the settings under Editor &gt; Color Themes &gt; Highlighting Text Styles &gt; KDevelop/Semantic Colors.</p>
en_GB: <p>By default, the global colours for types, functions, namespaces and so forth are auto-generated and will adapt to the selected editor theme based on the global colourisation intensity. If you want to have full control over the colours, you can instead use the editor theme as colour source. You can then fine tune the colours in the settings under Editor &gt; Colour Themes &gt; Highlighting Text Styles &gt; KDevelop/Semantic Colours.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_9)
en: Global colors:
en_GB: Global colours:

[ctx: @label:slider]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, globalColorizationLabel)
en: Global colorization intensity:
en_GB: Global colourisation intensity:

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Analyzers
en_GB: Analysers

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Dock Window Behavior
en_GB: Dock Window Behaviour

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Coloring
en_GB: Colouring

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ColorizeByProject)
en: When enabled, tabs and other widgets are colored based on the project affiliation
en_GB: When enabled, tabs and other widgets are coloured based on the project affiliation

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ColorizeByProject)
en: Color widgets based on the project affiliation
en_GB: Colour widgets based on the project affiliation

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QToolButton, usageHelpButton)
en: <p>Select languages you use one by one from the <i>Language</i> combobox below, pick the desired formatter and style for each. <i>Ctrl+Click</i> a selected style to unselect it.</p>
    <p>Configuring the right formatter and style for each used language is very important: not only explicit <i>Reformat Source</i>/<i>Line</i>/<i>Files...</i> actions are affected, but also the formatting of auto-generated, auto-refactored or auto-fixed code (for example, <i>Rename</i> context menu action).</p>
    <p>Note that KDevelop formats all <i>*.h</i> files with formatter and style configured for <i>C</i> language, even C++ headers that belong to a pure C++ project. This occurs because source formatter maps MIME types to languages.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select languages you use one by one from the <i>Language</i> combobox below, pick the desired formatter and style for each. <i>Ctrl+Click</i> a selected style to deselect it.</p>
    <p>Configuring the right formatter and style for each used language is very important: not only explicit <i>Reformat Source</i>/<i>Line</i>/<i>Files...</i> actions are affected, but also the formatting of auto-generated, auto-refactored or auto-fixed code (for example, <i>Rename</i> context menu action).</p>
    <p>Note that KDevelop formats all <i>*.h</i> files with formatter and style configured for <i>C</i> language, even C++ headers that belong to a pure C++ project. This occurs because source formatter maps MIME types to languages.</p>

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Copy Revision Id
en_GB: Copy Revision ID

en: Could not load previous license
en_GB: Could not load previous licence

en: The specified license already exists. Please provide a different name.
en_GB: The specified licence already exists. Please provide a different name.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelP4config)
en: P4 Config
en_GB: P4 Configuration

[ctx: @option:radio]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioButtonVariables)
en: User/Port Config
en_GB: User/Port Configuration

en: Couldn't export the patch.
    %1
en_GB: Could not export the patch.
    %1

en: Initializing GUI
en_GB: Initialising GUI

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Config script:
en_GB: Configuration script:

[ctx: @info:placeholder]
note: i18n: ectx: property (placeholderText), widget (QLineEdit, lineOnDevPath)
en: /path/to/a/on-device/writable/directory
en_GB: /path/to/a/on-device/writeable/directory

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, heaptrackGuiExecutableLabel)
en: Visualizer:
en_GB: Visualiser:

en: Failed to start Heaptrack visualizer from "%1".
en_GB: Failed to start Heaptrack visualiser from "%1".

en: Check your settings and install the visualizer if necessary.
en_GB: Check your settings and install the visualiser if necessary.

en: Error during Heaptrack visualizer execution:
en_GB: Error during Heaptrack visualiser execution:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens the 'Find/Replace in Files' dialog. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.
en_GB: Opens the 'Find/Replace in Files' dialogue. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, globalCheckBox)
en: Write to global config
en_GB: Write to global configuration

en: You have not authorized KDevelop to use your GitHub account. If you authorize KDevelop, you will be able to fetch your public/private repositories and the repositories from your organizations.
en_GB: You have not authorised KDevelop to use your GitHub account. If you authorise KDevelop, you will be able to fetch your public/private repositories and the repositories from your organisations.

[ctx: %1 is the URL with the GitHub token settings]
en: You can check the authorization for this application and others at %1
en_GB: You can check the authorisation for this application and others at %1

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Authorize
en_GB: Authorise

[ctx: @title:window]
en: GitHub Authorization Failed
en_GB: GitHub Authorisation Failed

[ctx: @title:window]
en: GitHub Account Authorized
en_GB: GitHub Account Authorised

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_displayStaticMembers)
en: Displaying static members makes GDB slower in
    producing data with Qt-based code.
    It may change the "signature" of the data
    which QString and friends rely on,
    but if you need to debug into these values then
    check this option.
en_GB: Displaying static members makes GDB slower in
    producing data with Qt-based code.
    It may change the "signature" of the data
    which QString and friends rely on,
    but if you need to debug into these values then
    tick this option.

en: Can't create a temporary file
en_GB: Cannot create a temporary file

en: Can't receive %1 tty/pty. Check that %1 is actually a terminal and that it accepts these arguments: -e sh -c "tty> %2 ;exec<&-;exec>&-;while :;do sleep 3600;done"
en_GB: Cannot receive %1 tty/pty. Check that %1 is actually a terminal and that it accepts these arguments: -e sh -c "tty> %2 ;exec<&-;exec>&-;while :;do sleep 3600;done"

en: Failed to write custom license template to file %1.
en_GB: Failed to write custom licence template to file %1.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Choose the license under which to place the generated content.
en_GB: Choose the licence under which to place the generated content.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: License type:
en_GB: Licence type:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, saveLicense)
en: Enable if you want to save this license for future use
en_GB: Enable if you want to save this licence for future use

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, saveLicense)
en: Save license
en_GB: Save licence

en: Couldn't resolve the dependency: %1
en_GB: Could not resolve the dependency: %1

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolBar, toolBar)
en: Pause execution of the app to enter debugger commands
en_GB: Pause execution of the application to enter debugger commands

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: GDB will use the AT&T disassembly flavor (e.g. mov 0xc(%ebp),%eax).
en_GB: GDB will use the AT&T disassembly flavour (e.g. mov 0xc(%ebp),%eax).

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: GDB will use the Intel disassembly flavor (e.g. mov eax, DWORD PTR [ebp+0xc]).
en_GB: GDB will use the Intel disassembly flavour (e.g. mov eax, DWORD PTR [ebp+0xc]).

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Disassembly Flavor
en_GB: Disassembly Flavour

en: Description:<br /><br /><b>clang-format</b> is an automatic source formater by the LLVM project. It supports a variety of formatting style options via a <b>.clang-format</b> configuration file, usually located in the project root directory.
en_GB: Description:<br /><br /><b>clang-format</b> is an automatic source formatter by the LLVM project. It supports a variety of formatting style options via a <b>.clang-format</b> configuration file, usually located in the project root directory.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_reparse)
en: Check this if you want the project to be reparsed to apply the changes.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the project to be reparsed to apply the changes.

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current File with Cppcheck
en_GB: Analyse Current File with Cppcheck

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current Project with Cppcheck
en_GB: Analyse Current Project with Cppcheck

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current File with %1
en_GB: Analyse Current File with %1

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current Project with %1
en_GB: Analyse Current Project with %1

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_qtDeveloper)
en: For running clazy on Qt itself, optional, but honors specific guidelines.
en_GB: For running clazy on Qt itself, optional, but honours specific guidelines.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkAfterParens)
en: Indent, instead of align, continuation lines following lines that contain an opening paren '(' or an assignment '='.
en_GB: Indent, instead of align, continuation lines following lines that contain an opening parenthesis '(' or an assignment '='.

en: Could not initialize DVCS repository
en_GB: Could not initialise DVCS repository

note: #-#-#-#-#  222 (kspreadsolver)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Optimization
en_GB: Optimisation

en: Align center
en_GB: Align centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_DepthCombo)
en: <p ><b>Kind of depth</b>: </p>
    <p ><i>empty depth</i><br />
    Just the named directory, no entries. Updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. </p>
    <p><i>Files depth</i><br />Folder and its file children, but not subdirs. Updates will pull in any files not already present, but not subdirectories. </p>
    <p><i>Immediate depth</i><br />Folder and its entries. Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories entries will have depth-empty. </p>
    <p>
    <i>Infinity depth</i><br />Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories' this_dir entries will have depth-infinity.<br />Equivalent to the pre-1.5 default update behavior. </p>
en_GB: <p ><b>Kind of depth</b>: </p>
    <p ><i>empty depth</i><br />
    Just the named directory, no entries. Updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. </p>
    <p><i>Files depth</i><br />Folder and its file children, but not subdirs. Updates will pull in any files not already present, but not subdirectories. </p>
    <p><i>Immediate depth</i><br />Folder and its entries. Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories entries will have depth-empty. </p>
    <p>
    <i>Infinity depth</i><br />Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories' this_dir entries will have depth-infinity.<br />Equivalent to the pre-1.5 default update behaviour. </p>

en: A Subversion Client by KDE (standalone application)
en_GB: A Subversion Client by KDE (stand alone application)

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, DispColorSettings)
en: ColorSettings
en_GB: Colour Settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_colored_state)
en: Mark changed and locked items colored
en_GB: Mark changed and locked items coloured

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_display_overlays)
en: <p align="left">
    Mark items with non-normal state with an overlayed icon. When you wish to
    see which items has newer items in repository you may have to set "Check for updates on open" in Subversion-Dialog.
    </p>
en_GB: <p align="left">
    Mark items with non-normal state with an overlayed icon. When you wish to
    see which items has newer items in repository you may have to set "Check for updates on open" in Subversion-Dialogue.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_colored_blame)
en: Display colored annotate
en_GB: Display coloured annotate

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (general_items)
en: Set if items sortorder should be case sensitive or not
en_GB: Set if items sort order should be case sensitive or not

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (general_items)
en: Display colored blame lines
en_GB: Display coloured blame lines

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (display)
en: Display different then normal states colored
en_GB: Display different then normal states coloured

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for added items
en_GB: Colour for added items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for deleted items
en_GB: Colour for deleted items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for copied items
en_GB: Colour for copied items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for renamed items
en_GB: Colour for renamed items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for modified items
en_GB: Colour for modified items

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (internals)
en: This value holds for log dialog which kind of log is used, its internal only.
en_GB: This value holds for log dialogue which kind of log is used, its internal only.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_AddColorLabel)
en: Color for added items:
en_GB: Colour for added items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Color for copied items:
en_GB: Colour for copied items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Color for renamed items:
en_GB: Colour for renamed items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel5)
en: Color for modified items:
en_GB: Colour for modified items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Color for deleted items:
en_GB: Colour for deleted items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_store_passwords)
en: Storing passwords is often a security problem. Kdesvn itself does not store any passwords, but the Subversion itself inside the configuration area of Subversion. If this area is readable from others you should not set it, but you may select for single non critical accounts inside the authentication dialog.
en_GB: Storing passwords is often a security problem. Kdesvn itself does not store any passwords, but the Subversion itself inside the configuration area of Subversion. If this area is readable from others you should not set it, but you may select for single non critical accounts inside the authentication dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_commit_hide_new)
en: Should unversioned items displayed in commit dialog or not.
en_GB: Should unversioned items displayed in commit dialogue or not.

en: Filling cache canceled.
en_GB: Filling cache cancelled.

en: Set to <b>'yes'</b> if a warning shall be shown when no issue is entered in the commit dialog. Possible values:<br/><b>'true'</b>/<b>'yes'</b> or <b>'false'</b>/<b>'no'</b>.
en_GB: Set to <b>'yes'</b> if a warning shall be shown when no issue is entered in the commit dialogue. Possible values:<br/><b>'true'</b>/<b>'yes'</b> or <b>'false'</b>/<b>'no'</b>.

en: Invalid url given!
en_GB: Invalid URL given!

en: Don't keep below other windows
en_GB: Do not keep below other windows

en: Don't keep above other windows
en_GB: Do not keep above other windows

en: Enable QStandardPaths test mode, i.e. read/write settings used by unittests
en_GB: Enable QStandardPaths test mode, i.e. read/write settings used by unit tests

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_CheckNoFail)
en: Don't prevent the system from booting if not mountable
en_GB: Do not prevent the system from booting if not mountable

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show About KPMcore dialog
en_GB: Show About KPMcore dialogue

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Show About KPMcore dialog.
en_GB: Show About KPMcore dialogue.

[ctx: @info device should be inside of /dev]
en: Unrecognized device "%1"
en_GB: Unrecognised device "%1"

[ctx: @info device should be inside of /dev]
en: Unrecognized partition "%1"
en_GB: Unrecognised partition "%1"

en: LibVLC Failed to Initialize
en_GB: LibVLC Failed to Initialise

note: i18n: tag action attribute name
en: Skip Backward
en_GB: Skip Backwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Skip Forward
en_GB: Skip Forwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Skip Backward
en_GB: Skip Backwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

en: K Remote Control Daemon
en_GB: K Remote Control Dæmon

en: Remote Control Daemon for KDE4
en_GB: Remote Control Dæmon for KDE4

en: The remote control daemon failed to load. Your remote controls will not work.
en_GB: The remote control dæmon failed to load. Your remote controls will not work.

en: Failed to load daemon
en_GB: Failed to load dæmon

en: Change mode switch behavior
en_GB: Change mode switch behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lCycleForward)
en: Forward button
en_GB: Forwards button

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lCycleBackward)
en: Backward button
en_GB: Backwards button

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_11) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_19) i18n: ectx: property (text)
en: Nb Frames:
en_GB: No. Frames:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_12) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_16) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_20) i18n: ectx: property (text)
en: Nb Versions:
en_GB: No. Versions:

[ctx: QOCIDriver]
en: Unable to initialize
en_GB: Unable to initialise

en: Invalid property assignment: color expected
en_GB: Invalid property assignment: colour expected

en: Component elements may not contain properties other than id
en_GB: Component elements may not contain properties other than ID

en: Invalid use of id property
en_GB: Invalid use of ID property

[ctx: QDeclarativeParser]
en: Reserved name "Qt" cannot be used as an qualifier
en_GB: Reserved name "Qt" cannot be used as a qualifier

en: Cannot change the animation assigned to a Behavior.
en_GB: Cannot change the animation assigned to a Behaviour.

en: <p>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</p><p>Qt provides single-source portability across all major desktop operating systems. It is also available for embedded Linux and other embedded and mobile operating systems.</p><p>Qt is available under three different licensing options designed to accommodate the needs of our various users.</p><p>Qt licensed under our commercial license agreement is appropriate for development of proprietary/commercial software where you do not want to share any source code with third parties or otherwise cannot comply with the terms of the GNU LGPL version 3 or GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 3 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 3.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Please see <a href="http://%2/">%2</a> for an overview of Qt licensing.</p><p>Copyright (C) %1 The Qt Company Ltd and other contributors.</p><p>Qt and the Qt logo are trademarks of The Qt Company Ltd.</p><p>Qt is The Qt Company Ltd product developed as an open source project. See <a href="http://%3/">%3</a> for more information.</p>
en_GB: <p>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</p><p>Qt provides single-source portability across all major desktop operating systems. It is also available for embedded Linux and other embedded and mobile operating systems.</p><p>Qt is available under three different licensing options designed to accommodate the needs of our various users.</p><p>Qt licensed under our commercial licence agreement is appropriate for development of proprietary/commercial software where you do not want to share any source code with third parties or otherwise cannot comply with the terms of the GNU LGPL version 3 or GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 3 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 3.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Please see <a href="http://%2/">%2</a> for an overview of Qt licensing.</p><p>Copyright (C) %1 The Qt Company Ltd and other contributors.</p><p>Qt and the Qt logo are trademarks of The Qt Company Ltd.</p><p>Qt is The Qt Company Ltd product developed as an open source project. See <a href="http://%3/">%3</a> for more information.</p>

[ctx: QDialogButtonBox]
en: Don't Save
en_GB: Do Not Save

[ctx: Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.]
en: QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION
en_GB: LTR

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Add Favorite
en_GB: Add Favourite

en: Unable to initialize non-blocking socket
en_GB: Unable to initialise non-blocking socket

en: Unable to initialize broadcast socket
en_GB: Unable to initialise broadcast socket

en: %1: doesn't exists
en_GB: %1: doesn't exist

en: Puts a minimized window back to normal
en_GB: Puts a minimised window back to normal

en: Puts a maximized window back to normal
en_GB: Puts a maximised window back to normal

[ctx: Forward context menu item]
en: Go Forward
en_GB: Go Forwards

[ctx: Media controller element]
en: Seek Forward Button
en_GB: Seek Forwards Button

[ctx: Media controller element]
en: Seek quickly forward
en_GB: Seek quickly forwards

en: The value of the XSL-T version attribute must be a value of type %1, which %2 isn't.
en_GB: The value of the XSL-T version attribute must be a value of type %1, which %2 is not.

en: Only one %1 declaration can occur in the query prolog.
en_GB: Only one %1 declaration can occur in the query prologue.

en: The initialization of variable %1 depends on itself
en_GB: The initialisation of variable %1 depends on itself

en: A default namespace declaration must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: A default namespace declaration must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Namespace declarations must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: Namespace declarations must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Module imports must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: Module imports must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Prefix %1 is already declared in the prolog.
en_GB: Prefix %1 is already declared in the prologue.

en: The normalization form %1 is unsupported. The supported forms are %2, %3, %4, and %5, and none, i.e. the empty string (no normalization).
en_GB: The normalisation form %1 is unsupported. The supported forms are %2, %3, %4, and %5, and none, i.e. the empty string (no normalisation).

en: Overflow: Can't represent date %1.
en_GB: Overflow: Cannot represent date %1.

en: Time 24:%1:%2.%3 is invalid. Hour is 24, but minutes, seconds, and milliseconds are not all 0;
en_GB: Time 24:%1:%2.%3 is invalid. Hour is 24, but minutes, seconds and milliseconds are not all 0;

en: Overflow: Date can't be represented.
en_GB: Overflow: Date cannot be represented.

en: It's not possible to add attributes after any other kind of node.
en_GB: It is not possible to add attributes after any other kind of node.

en: Element %1 can't be serialized because it appears outside the document element.
en_GB: Element %1 cannot be serialised because it appears outside the document element.

en: Attribute %1 can't be serialized because it appears at the top level.
en_GB: Attribute %1 cannot be serialised because it appears at the top level.

en: Customize Search/Replace Session...
en_GB: Customise Search/Replace Session...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Show confirmation dialog
en_GB: Show confirmation dialogue

en: Shows a list of strings to search for (and if you specified it, a list of strings to replace with). Use the "add strings" dialog to edit your string list or double click on a string.
en_GB: Shows a list of strings to search for (and if you specified it, a list of strings to replace with). Use the "add strings" dialogue to edit your string list or double click on a string.

en: Insert the minimum file size you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a minimum size limit.
en_GB: Insert the minimum file size you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a minimum size limit.

en: Insert the maximum file size you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a maximum size limit.
en_GB: Insert the maximum file size you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a maximum size limit.

en: Insert the minimum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a minimum limit.
en_GB: Insert the minimum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a minimum limit.

en: Insert the maximum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a maximum limit.
en_GB: Insert the maximum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a maximum limit.

en: <p>This shows the number of bytes transferred
    for the selected account (not for all of your
    accounts. You can select what to display in
    the accounting dialog.
    
    <a href="#volaccounting">More on volume accounting</a>
en_GB: <p>This shows the number of bytes transferred
    for the selected account (not for all of your
    accounts. You can select what to display in
    the accounting dialogue.
    
    <a href="#volaccounting">More on volume accounting</a>

en: Do you want to use the wizard to create the new account or the standard, dialog-based setup?
    The wizard is easier and sufficient in most cases. If you need very special settings, you might want to try the standard, dialog-based setup.
en_GB: Do you want to use the wizard to create the new account or the standard, dialogue-based setup?
    The wizard is easier and sufficient in most cases. If you need very special settings, you might want to try the standard, dialogue-based setup.

en: Initializing modem...
en_GB: Initialising modem...

en: Dialing %1
en_GB: Dialling %1

en: <p>Specifies the phone numbers to dial. You
    can supply multiple numbers here, simply
    click on "Add". You can arrange the
    order the numbers are tried by using the
    arrow buttons.
    
    When a number is busy or fails, <i>kppp</i> will 
    try the next number and so on
en_GB: <p>Specifies the phone numbers to dial. You
    can supply multiple numbers here, simply
    click on "Add". You can arrange the
    order the numbers are tried by using the
    arrow buttons.
    
    When a number is busy or fails, <i>KPPP</i> will 
    try the next number and so on

en: If your computer has a permanent internet
    address, you must supply your IP address here.
en_GB: If your computer has a permanent Internet
    address, you must supply your IP address here.

en: <i>kppp</i> will wait this number of seconds
    to see if a PPP connection is established.
    If no connection is made in this time frame,
    <i>kppp</i> will give up and kill pppd.
en_GB: <i>KPPP</i> will wait this number of seconds
    to see if a PPP connection is established.
    If no connection is made in this time frame,
    <i>KPPP</i> will give up and kill pppd.

en: <p>After a connection is established, the
    window is minimized and a small icon
    in the KDE panel represents this window.
    
    Clicking on this icon will restore the
    window to its original location and
    size.
en_GB: <p>After a connection is established, the
    window is minimised and a small icon
    in the KDE panel represents this window.
    
    Clicking on this icon will restore the
    window to its original location and
    size.

en: <p>When a connection is established and
    it somehow gets disconnected, <i>kppp</i>
    will try to reconnect to the same account.
    
    See <a href="#redial">here</a> for more on this topic.
en_GB: <p>When a connection is established and
    it somehow gets disconnected, <i>KPPP</i>
    will try to reconnect to the same account.
    
    See <a href="#redial">here</a> for more on this topic.

en: When this option is checked, the window
    title shows the time since a connection
    was established. Very useful, so you 
    should turn this on
en_GB: When this option is ticked, the window
    title shows the time since a connection
    was established. Very useful, so you 
    should turn this on

en: <p>Checking this option will close any
    open connection when the X-server is
    shut down. You should enable this option
    unless you know what you are doing.
    
    See <a href="#disxserver">here</a> for more on this.
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will close any
    open connection when the X-server is
    shut down. You should enable this option
    unless you know what you are doing.
    
    See <a href="#disxserver">here</a> for more on this.

en: When this option is turned on, <i>kppp</i>
    will be closed when you disconnect
en_GB: When this option is turned on, <i>KPPP</i>
    will be closed when you disconnect

en: Minimi&ze window on connect
en_GB: Minimise &window on connect

en: Iconifies <i>kppp</i>'s window when a
    connection is established
en_GB: Iconifies <i>KPPP</i>'s window when a
    connection is established

en: This specifies how long <i>kppp</i> waits for a
    <i>CONNECT</i> response from your modem. The
    recommended value is 30 seconds.
en_GB: This specifies how long <i>KPPP</i> waits for a
    <i>CONNECT</i> response from your modem. The
    recommended value is 30 seconds.

en: <p>Normally the modem waits for a dial tone
    from your phone line, indicating that it can
    start to dial a number. If your modem does not
    recognize this sound, or your local phone system
    does not emit such a tone, uncheck this option
    
    <b>Default:</b>: On
en_GB: <p>Normally the modem waits for a dial tone
    from your phone line, indicating that it can
    start to dial a number. If your modem does not
    recognise this sound, or your local phone system
    does not emit such a tone, untick this option
    
    <b>Default:</b>: On

en: Specifies the number of seconds to wait before
    redial if all dialed numbers are busy. This is
    necessary because some modems get stuck if the
    same number is busy too often.
    
    The default is 0 seconds, you should not change
    this unless you need to.
en_GB: Specifies the number of seconds to wait before
    redial if all dialled numbers are busy. This is
    necessary because some modems get stuck if the
    same number is busy too often.
    
    The default is 0 seconds, you should not change
    this unless you need to.

en: Most modems have a speaker which makes
    a lot of noise when dialing. Here you can
    either turn this completely off or select a
    lower volume.
    
    If this does not work for your modem,
    you must modify the modem volume command.
en_GB: Most modems have a speaker which makes
    a lot of noise when dialling. Here you can
    either turn this completely off or select a
    lower volume.
    
    If this does not work for your modem,
    you must modify the modem volume command.

en: Graph Colors
en_GB: Graph Colours

en: <p>This controls whether a log window is shown.
    A log window shows the communication between
    <i>kppp</i> and your modem. This will help you
    in tracking down problems.
    
    Turn it off if <i>kppp</i> routinely connects without
    problems
en_GB: <p>This controls whether a log window is shown.
    A log window shows the communication between
    <i>KPPP</i> and your modem. This will help you
    in tracking down problems.
    
    Turn it off if <i>KPPP</i> routinely connects without
    problems

en: <p>The pppd daemon died unexpectedly!</p>
en_GB: <p>The pppd dæmon died unexpectedly!</p>

en: Cannot find the PPP daemon!
    Make sure that pppd is installed and that you have entered the correct path.
en_GB: Cannot find the PPP dæmon!
    Make sure that pppd is installed and that you have entered the correct path.

en: kppp can not find:
     %1
    Please make sure you have setup your modem device properly and/or adjust the location of the modem device on the modem tab of the setup dialog.
en_GB: kppp can not find:
     %1
    Please make sure you have setup your modem device properly and/or adjust the location of the modem device on the modem tab of the setup dialogue.

en: Exiting kPPP will close your PPP Session.
en_GB: Exiting KPPP will close your PPP Session.

en: Quit kPPP?
en_GB: Quit KPPP?

en: Kppp Mini-Terminal
en_GB: KPPP Mini-Terminal

en: MiniTerm - A terminal emulation for KPPP
    
    (c) 1997 Bernd Johannes Wuebben <wuebben@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Harri Porten <porten@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
    
    This program is published under the GNU GPL
    (GNU General Public License)
en_GB: MiniTerm - A terminal emulation for KPPP
    
    (c) 1997 Bernd Johannes Wuebben <wuebben@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Harri Porten <porten@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
    
    This program is published under the GNU GPL
    (GNU General Public Licence)

en: Initializing Modem
en_GB: Initialising Modem

en: Initialization string %1:
en_GB: Initialisation string %1:

en: Customize pppd Arguments
en_GB: Customise pppd Arguments

en: kppp's diagnosis (just guessing):
en_GB: KPPP's diagnosis (just guessing):

en: kppp Statistics
en_GB: KPPP Statistics

en: Select the location where you plan to use this
    account from the list below. If your country or
    location is not listed, you have to create the
    account with the normal, dialog based setup.
    
    If you click "Cancel", the dialog based setup
    will start.
en_GB: Select the location where you plan to use this
    account from the list below. If your country or
    location is not listed, you have to create the
    account with the normal, dialogue based setup.
    
    If you click "Cancel", the dialogue based setup
    will start.

en: Select your Internet Service Provider (ISP) from
    the list below. If the ISP is not in this list,
    you have to click on "Cancel" and create this
    account using the normal, dialog-based setup.
    
    Click on "Next" when you have finished your
    selection.
en_GB: Select your Internet Service Provider (ISP) from
    the list below. If the ISP is not in this list,
    you have to click on "Cancel" and create this
    account using the normal, dialogue-based setup.
    
    Click on "Next" when you have finished your
    selection.

en: If you need a special dial prefix (e.g. if you
    are using a telephone switch) you can specify
    it here. This prefix is dialed just before the
    phone number.
    
    If you have a telephone switch, you probably need
    to write "0" or "0," here.
en_GB: If you need a special dial prefix (e.g. if you
    are using a telephone switch) you can specify
    it here. This prefix is dialled just before the
    phone number.
    
    If you have a telephone switch, you probably need
    to write "0" or "0," here.

en: Finished!
    
    A new account has been created. Click "Finish" to
    go back to the setup dialog. If you want to
    check the settings of the newly created account,
    you can use "Edit" in the setup dialog.
en_GB: Finished!
    
    A new account has been created. Click "Finish" to
    go back to the setup dialogue. If you want to
    check the settings of the newly created account,
    you can use "Edit" in the setup dialogue.

en: kppp: no rulefile specified
en_GB: KPPP: no rulefile specified

en: kppp: rulefile "%s" not found
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile "%s" not found

en: kppp: rulefiles must have the extension ".rst"
en_GB: KPPP: rulefiles must have the extension ".rst"

en: kppp: error parsing the ruleset
en_GB: KPPP: error parsing the ruleset

en: kppp: parse error in line %d
en_GB: KPPP: parse error in line %d

en: kppp: rulefile does not contain a default rule
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile does not contain a default rule

en: kppp: rulefile does not contain a "name=..." line
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile does not contain a "name=..." line

en: kppp: rulefile is ok
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile is ok

en: Cannot find the PPP daemon.
    Make sure that pppd is installed.
en_GB: Cannot find the PPP dæmon.
    Make sure that pppd is installed.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextColor), group (Appearance)
en: The text color that will be used in the panel.
en_GB: The text colour that will be used in the panel.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TextColor), group (Appearance)
en: Change the color of the text in the panel
en_GB: Change the colour of the text in the panel

en: <qt>These items will be moved to the Trash Bin.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>These items will be moved to the Wastebin.</qt>

en: &Send to Trash
en_GB: &Send to Wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  885 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete) #-#-#-#-#  673 (juk)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash Bin
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  885 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete) #-#-#-#-#  673 (juk)  #-#-#-#-#
en: <qt><p>If this box is checked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Trash Bin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>If this box is ticked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Wastebin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  885 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete) #-#-#-#-#  673 (juk)  #-#-#-#-#
en: &Delete files instead of moving them to the trash
en_GB: &Delete files instead of moving them to the wastebin

en: Hide Renamer Test Dialog
en_GB: Hide Renamer Test Dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  885 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, m_showExample) #-#-#-#-#  673 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_showExample)
en: Show Renamer Test Dialog
en_GB: Show Renamer Test Dialogue

en: Friendly, neighborhood aRts guru
en_GB: Friendly, neighbourhood aRts guru

en: Could not move these files to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move these files to the Wastebin

en: You are not authorized to perform this operation.
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation.

en: You are not authorized to perform this operation
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation

en: The requested operation has been canceled
en_GB: The requested operation has been cancelled

en: The operation has already been canceled
en_GB: The operation has already been cancelled

[ctx: Ac Adapter device type]
en: Ac Adapter
en_GB: Mains Adaptor

[ctx: @title:window Referring to the folders which will be searched for files to index for desktop search]
en: Customizing Index Folders
en_GB: Customising Index Folders

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square kilometer;square kilometers;km²;km/-2;km^2;km2
en_GB: square kilometre;square kilometres;square kilometer;square kilometers;km²;km/-2;km^2;km2

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square meter;square meters;m²;m/-2;m^2;m2
en_GB: square metre;square metres;square meter;square meters;m²;m/-2;m^2;m2

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square centimeter;square centimeters;cm²;cm/-2;cm^2;cm2
en_GB: square centimetre;square centimetres;square centimeter;square centimeters;cm²;cm/-2;cm^2;cm2

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: square millimeter;square millimeters;mm²;mm/-2;mm^2;mm2
en_GB: square millimetre;square millimetres;square millimeter;square millimeters;mm²;mm/-2;mm^2;mm2

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilometer per hour;kilometers per hour;km/h;kmh
en_GB: kilometre per hour;kilometres per hour;kilometer per hour;kilometers per hour;km/h;kmh

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel6)
en: Organization name:
en_GB: Organisation name

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel7)
en: Organizational unit/group:
en_GB: Organisational unit/group

en: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the entropy gathering daemon (EGD) for initializing the pseudo-random number generator.
en_GB: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the entropy gathering dæmon (EGD) for initialising the pseudo-random number generator.

en: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the given file as entropy for initializing the pseudo-random number generator.
en_GB: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the given file as entropy for initialising the pseudo-random number generator.

en: Enter the path to the socket created by the entropy gathering daemon (or the entropy file) here.
en_GB: Enter the path to the socket created by the entropy gathering dæmon (or the entropy file) here.

[ctx: Space-separated list of words meaning 0]
en: zero naught null
en_GB: zero nought null

en: Stop Auto-Defense
en_GB: Stop Auto-Defence

en: Enable All Dialog Boxes
en_GB: Enable All Dialogue Boxes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useKttsd)
en: This check box specifies KMouth tries to use the Jovie speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The Jovie speech service is a KDE daemon which gives KDE applications a standardized interface for speech synthesis and is currently developed in SVN.
en_GB: This tick box specifies KMouth tries to use the Jovie speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The Jovie speech service is a KDE dæmon which gives KDE applications a standardised interface for speech synthesis and is currently developed in SVN.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useDefaultRadioButton)
en: When checked, will use the default Talker, which is the topmost Talker listed in the Talkers tab.
en_GB: When ticked, will use the default Talker, which is the topmost Talker listed in the Talkers tab.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useSpecificTalkerRadioButton)
en: When checked, will use the specific Talker (if it is still configured), otherwise the Talker most closely matching.
en_GB: When ticked, will use the specific Talker (if it is still configured), otherwise the Talker most closely matching.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, enableJovieCheckBox)
en: Check to start the Jovie Daemon and enable Text-to-Speech.
en_GB: Tick to start the Jovie Daemon and enable Text-to-Speech.

en:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'udi' in a platform neutral fashion.
en_GB:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'UDI' in a platform neutral fashion.

en:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'udi'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).
en_GB:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'UDI'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).

en:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUdi' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.
en_GB:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUDI' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.

en:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

en:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

en:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

en: Authorization for required extension '%1' was denied.
en_GB: Authorisation for required extension '%1' was denied.

en: don't use categories for start menu entries
en_GB: do not use categories for start menu entries

en: A helper tool to shutdown a running installation
en_GB: A helper tool to shut down a running installation

en: Should I really shutdown all applications and processes of your recent installation ?
    
    Please make sure you have saved all documents.
en_GB:  Should I really shut down all applications and processes of your recent installation ?
    
    Please make sure you have saved all documents.

en: Shutdown KDE
en_GB: Shut down KDE

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: The QGpgME library failed to initialize for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.
en_GB: The QGpgME library failed to initialise for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time.
en_GB: Tick this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time.

en: Utility to launch applications with special window properties 
    such as iconified, maximized, a certain virtual desktop, a special decoration
    and so on.
en_GB: Utility to launch applications with special window properties 
    such as iconified, maximised, a certain virtual desktop, a special decoration
    and so on.

en: Maximize the window vertically
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically

en: Maximize the window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally

en: The window type: Normal, Desktop, Dock, Toolbar, 
    Menu, Dialog, TopMenu or Override
en_GB: The window type: Normal, Desktop, Dock, Toolbar, 
    Menu, Dialogue, TopMenu or Override

en: KDE Notification Daemon
en_GB: KDE Notification Dæmon

en:             #   'dest' may be "trash:/" to move the files
                #   to the trash.
en_GB:             #   'dest' may be "wastebin:/" to move the files
                #   to the wastebin.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to allow <b>automatic deletion</b> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <b>not</b> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to allow <b>automatic deletion</b> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <b>not</b> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>

en: ktrash
en_GB: kwastebin

en: The file is too large to be trashed.
en_GB: The file is too large to be put in the wastebin.

en: Opens a KDE properties dialog to allow viewing and modifying of metadata of the given file(s)
en_GB: Opens a KDE properties dialogue to allow viewing and modifying of metadata of the given file(s)

en: Stop the daemon (forgets all passwords)
en_GB: Stop the dæmon (forgets all passwords)

en: Specify icon to use in the password dialog
en_GB: Specify icon to use in the password dialogue

en: Do not show the command to be run in the dialog
en_GB: Do not show the command to be run in the dialogue

en: <h1>System Notifications</h1>KDE allows for a great deal of control over how you will be notified when certain events occur. There are several choices as to how you are notified:<ul><li>As the application was originally designed.</li><li>With a beep or other noise.</li><li>Via a popup dialog box with additional information.</li><li>By recording the event in a logfile without any additional visual or audible alert.</li></ul>
en_GB: <h1>System Notifications</h1>KDE allows for a great deal of control over how you will be notified when certain events occur. There are several choices as to how you are notified:<ul><li>As the application was originally designed.</li><li>With a beep or other noise.</li><li>Via a popup dialogue box with additional information.</li><li>By recording the event in a logfile without any additional visual or audible alert.</li></ul>

en: Localization options for KDE applications
en_GB: Localisation options for KDE applications

en: You have the language with code '%1' in your list of languages to use for translation but the localization files for it could not be found. The language has been removed from your configuration. If you want to add it again please install the localization files for it and add the language again.
en_GB: You have the language with code '%1' in your list of languages to use for translation but the localisation files for it could not be found. The language has been removed from your configuration. If you want to add it again please install the localisation files for it and add the language again.

en: <h1>Country/Region & Language</h1>
    <p>Here you can set your localization settings such as language, numeric formats, date and time formats, etc.  Choosing a country will load a set of default formats which you can then change to your personal preferences.  These personal preferences will remain set even if you change the country.  The reset buttons allow you to easily see where you have personal settings and to restore those items to the country's default value.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Country/Region & Language</h1>
    <p>Here you can set your localisation settings such as language, numeric formats, date and time formats, etc.  Choosing a country will load a set of default formats which you can then change to your personal preferences.  These personal preferences will remain set even if you change the country.  The reset buttons allow you to easily see where you have personal settings and to restore those items to the country's default value.</p>

en: If this option is checked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all positive monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all positive monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).

en: If this option is checked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all negative monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all negative monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).

[ctx: some reasonable date formats for the language]
en: WEEKDAY MONTH dD YYYY
    SHORTWEEKDAY MONTH dD YYYY
en_GB: WEEKDAY dD MONTH YYYY
    SHORTWEEKDAY dD MONTH YYYY

en: <p>This changes the units used by most KDE programs to display numbers counted in bytes. Traditionally "kilobytes" meant units of 1024, instead of the metric 1000, for most (but not all) byte sizes.<ul><li>To reduce confusion you can use the recently standardized IEC units which are always in multiples of 1024.</li><li>You can also select metric, which is always in units of 1000.</li><li>Selecting JEDEC restores the older-style units used in KDE 3.5 and some other operating systems.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>This changes the units used by most KDE programs to display numbers counted in bytes. Traditionally "kilobytes" meant units of 1024, instead of the metric 1000, for most (but not all) byte sizes.<ul><li>To reduce confusion you can use the recently standardised IEC units which are always in multiples of 1024.</li><li>You can also select metric, which is always in units of 1000.</li><li>Selecting JEDEC restores the older-style units used in KDE 3.5 and some other operating systems.</li></ul></p>

en: <h1>Service Manager</h1><p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Daemon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p><ul><li>Services invoked at startup</li><li>Services called on demand</li></ul><p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p><p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for KDE; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>
en_GB: <h1>Service Manager</h1><p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Dæmon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p><ul><li>Services invoked at startup</li><li>Services called on demand</li></ul><p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p><p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for KDE; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>

en: &Second color:
en_GB: &Second colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, PlatformThing)
en: Platform Specific Configuration Module
en_GB: Platform-Specific Configuration Module

note: i18n: whatsThis for option in switching Windows Desktop shells i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, optCustom)
en: Choose this and press the <i>"Setup..."</i> button to configure you custom desktop shell. Not recommended for the average user.
en_GB: Choose this and press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to configure your custom desktop shell. Not recommended for the average user.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, descrCustom)
en: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the "Setup" button to setup your favorite shell.
en_GB: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to set up your favourite shell.

note: i18n: tooltip for button to setup custom Desktop shell i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, btnShellSetup)
en: Press to setup your custom desktop shell
en_GB: Press to set up your custom desktop shell

note: i18n: tooltip for checkbox i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Use native Windows file dialogs instead of KDE ones
en_GB: Use native Windows file dialogues instead of KDE ones

note: i18n: whatsThis tooltip i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Choose this option to make KDE applications use the standard Windows Open/Save file dialogs, instead of those normally used in KDE.
en_GB: Choose this option to make KDE applications use the standard Windows Open/Save file dialogues, instead of those normally used in KDE.

note: i18n: checkbox caption in System Integration options i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Use native system file dialogs
en_GB: Use native system file dialogues

note: i18n: whatsThis tooltip i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkInstallWallpapers)
en: This will install KDE wallpapers into the <i>"My Pictures"</i> directory so they can be used as your Windows wallpaper. If the checkbox is set to half-checked then it means that there are new wallpapers available to update.<br> The wallpaper aspect ratio will be selected according to your current screen resolution.
en_GB: This will install KDE wallpapers into the <i>"My Pictures"</i> directory so they can be used as your Windows wallpaper. If the tickbox is set to half-ticked then it means that there are new wallpapers available to update.<br> The wallpaper aspect ratio will be selected according to your current screen resolution.

en: This shell is reserved for user's custom shell. Press "Setup" button to setup your favourite shell.
en_GB: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to set up your favourite shell.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, m_select) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, m_select)
en: A list of Phonon Backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order Phonon will use them in.
en_GB: A list of Phonon backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order in which Phonon will use them.

en: Defines the default ordering of devices which can be overridden by individual categories.
en_GB: Defines the default ordering of devices, which can be overridden by individual categories.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTreeView, categoryTree) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeView, categoryTree)
en: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose what device you prefer to be used by the Phonon applications.
en_GB: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose which device you prefer to be used by Phonon applications.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Select the mimetypes that should be excluded from indexing
en_GB: Select the MIME types that should be excluded from indexing

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_12)
en: PIM data indexing allows full text search in events, contacts, email and their attachments.
en_GB: PIM data indexing allows full text search in events, contacts, emails and their attachments.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Customize the files and folders to be indexed
en_GB: Customise the files and folders to be indexed

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_buttonCustomizeIndexFolders)
en: Customize Folders
en_GB: Customise Folders

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_comboRemovableMediaHandling)
en: <para>Nepomuk can index files on removable devices like USB keys or external hard-disks for fast desktop searches.</para>
    <para>By default no files are indexed. Here this behaviour can be changed to one of two options:</para>
    <para><list><item><interface>Index files on all removable devices</interface> - Files on removable media are indexed as soon as the medium is mounted. Caution: this does not include media which have been rejected via the second option.</item>
    <item><interface>Ask individually when newly mounted</interface> - The user will be asked to decide if files on the newly mounted medium should be indexed or not. Once decided Nepomuk will not ask again.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Nepomuk can index files on removable devices like USB keys or external hard discs for fast desktop searches.</para>
    <para>By default no files are indexed. Here this behaviour can be changed to one of two options:</para>
    <para><list><item><interface>Index files on all removable devices</interface> - Files on removable media are indexed as soon as the medium is mounted. Caution: this does not include media which have been rejected via the second option.</item>
    <item><interface>Ask individually when newly mounted</interface> - The user will be asked to decide if files on the newly mounted medium should be indexed or not. Once decided Nepomuk will not ask again.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Nepomuk can perform regular automatic backups of all data that could not be restored otherwise. This includes manually created tags, ratings, but also statistical data.
en_GB: Nepomuk can perform regular automatic backups of all data that could not be restored otherwise. This includes manually created tags, ratings, and also statistical data.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: File indexing service failed to initialize, most likely due to an installation problem.
en_GB: File indexing service failed to initialise, most likely due to an installation problem.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, automountUnknownDevices)
en: When this is checked, only remembered devices will be automatically mounted. A device is 'remembered' if it has ever been mounted before. For instance, plugging in a USB media player to charge is not sufficient to 'remember' it - if the files are not accessed, it will not be automatically mounted the next time it is seen. Once they have been accessed, however, the device's contents will be automatically made available to the system.
en_GB: When this is ticked, only remembered devices will be automatically mounted. A device is 'remembered' if it has ever been mounted before. For instance, plugging in a USB media player to charge is not sufficient to 'remember' it - if the files are not accessed, it will not be automatically mounted the next time it is seen. Once they have been accessed, however, the device's contents will be automatically made available to the system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeView, deviceView)
en: This list contains the storage devices known to the system. If "Automount on Login" is checked, the device will be automatically mounted even though "Mount all removable media at login" is unchecked. The same applies for "Automount on Attach".
    
    If "Enable automatic mounting of removable media" is unchecked, the overrides do not apply and no devices will be automatically mounted.
en_GB: This list contains the storage devices known to the system. If "Automount on Login" is ticked, the device will be automatically mounted even though "Mount all removable media at login" is unticked. The same applies for "Automount on Attach".
    
    If "Enable automatic mounting of removable media" is unticked, the overrides do not apply and no devices will be automatically mounted.

en: This box contains a list of patterns that can be used to identify files of the selected type. For example, the pattern *.txt is associated with the file type 'text/plain'; all files ending in '.txt' are recognized as plain text files.
en_GB: This box contains a list of patterns that can be used to identify files of the selected type. For example, the pattern *.txt is associated with the file type 'text/plain'; all files ending in '.txt' are recognised as plain text files.

en: <p><h1>File Associations</h1> This module allows you to choose which applications are associated with a given type of file. File types are also referred to as MIME types (MIME is an acronym which stands for "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions").</p><p> A file association consists of the following: <ul><li>Rules for determining the MIME-type of a file, for example the filename pattern *.png, which means 'all files with names that end in .png', is associated with the MIME type "image/png";</li> <li>A short description of the MIME-type, for example the description of the MIME type "image/png" is simply 'PNG image';</li> <li>An icon to be used for displaying files of the given MIME-type, so that you can easily identify the type of file in a file manager or file-selection dialog (at least for the types you use often);</li> <li>A list of the applications which can be used to open files of the given MIME-type -- if more than one application can be used then the list is ordered by priority.</li></ul> You may be surprised to find that some MIME types have no associated filename patterns; in these cases, KDE is able to determine the MIME-type by directly examining the contents of the file.</p>
en_GB: <p><h1>File Associations</h1> This module allows you to choose which applications are associated with a given type of file. File types are also referred to as MIME types (MIME is an acronym which stands for "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions").</p><p> A file association consists of the following: <ul><li>Rules for determining the MIME-type of a file, for example the filename pattern *.png, which means 'all files with names that end in .png', is associated with the MIME type "image/png";</li> <li>A short description of the MIME-type, for example the description of the MIME type "image/png" is simply 'PNG image';</li> <li>An icon to be used for displaying files of the given MIME-type, so that you can easily identify the type of file in a file manager or file-selection dialogue (at least for the types you use often);</li> <li>A list of the applications which can be used to open files of the given MIME-type -- if more than one application can be used then the list is ordered by priority.</li></ul> You may be surprised to find that some MIME types have no associated filename patterns; in these cases, KDE is able to determine the MIME-type by directly examining the contents of the file.</p>

en: Click here to revert this file type to its initial system-wide definition, which undoes any changes made to the file type. Note that system-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimize the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).
en_GB: Click here to revert this file type to its initial system-wide definition, which undoes any changes made to the file type. Note that system-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimise the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).

en: Click here to delete this file type definition completely. This is only possible for user-defined file types. System-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimize the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).
en_GB: Click here to delete this file type definition completely. This is only possible for user-defined file types. System-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimise the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).

en: Makes the dialog transient for the window specified by winid
en_GB: Makes the dialogue transient for the window specified by winid

en: You are not authorized to remove this service.
en_GB: You are not authorised to remove this service.

[ctx: @option:check kind of information the user can provide about the crash]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Unusual desktop behavior I noticed
en_GB: Unusual desktop behaviour I noticed

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_introLabel)
en: This assistant will analyze the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.
en_GB: This assistant will analyse the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.

[ctx: @info note before starting the bug reporting process]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_warningLabel)
en: <p><note>Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></note></p><p>Feel free to close this dialog if you do not accept this.</p>
en_GB: <p><note>Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></note></p><p>Feel free to close this dialogue if you do not accept this.</p>

en: Couldn't share %1
en_GB: Could not share %1

en: Max message size limit exceeded.
en_GB: Maximum message size limit exceeded.

en: Synchronize notifications of an application?
en_GB: Synchronise notifications of an application?

en: Couldn't find an available port
en_GB: Could not find an available port

en: Canceled by other peer
en_GB: Cancelled by other peer

en: Display this device's id and exit
en_GB: Display this device's ID and exit

en: Non-interactive use: no message boxes. If you don't want a graphical connection, use --platform offscreen
en_GB: Non-interactive use: no message boxes. If you do not want a graphical connection, use --platform offscreen

en: urls...
en_GB: URLs...

[ctx: KDbDriver|]
en: Value of "%1" is not initialized for the driver.
en_GB: Value of "%1" is not initialised for the driver.

en: KColorEdit
en_GB: KColourEdit

en: KColorEdit, a tool for editing color palettes.
en_GB: KColorEdit, a tool for editing colour palettes.

en: Former maintainer - Created KColorEdit
en_GB: Former maintainer - Created KColourEdit

en: File to open (Text file with colors and comments items)
en_GB: File to open (Text file with colours and comments items)

en: This action will delete all items (colors and comments) of the current palette.
en_GB: This action will delete all items (colours and comments) of the current palette.

en: This action will replace the name of all color items with names in this format #RRGGBB.
en_GB: This action will replace the name of all colour items with names in this format #RRGGBB.

en: Generate Color Names
en_GB: Generate Colour Names

en: Color builder
en_GB: Colour builder

[ctx: Complete is a verb here, this is an action that fills missing color names in a palette]
en: Complete Color Names
en_GB: Complete Colour Names

en: If checked, views will be synchronized
en_GB: If ticked, views will be synchronised

en: Insert Color
en_GB: Insert Colour

en: Copy color values to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour values to clipboard

en: Copy color hexadecimal value to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour hexadecimal value to clipboard

en: Generate a random color
en_GB: Generate a random colour

en: Append color
en_GB: Append colour

en: Copy color to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour to clipboard

en: Color selectors
en_GB: Colour selectors

en: KDE Color Chooser
en_GB: KDE Colour Chooser

en: Print the selected color to stdout.
en_GB: Print the selected colour to stdout.

en: Set initially selected color.
en_GB: Set initially selected colour.

en: Please start the KDE wacom tablet service to use this configuration dialog.
    The service is required for tablet detection and profile support.
en_GB: Please start the KDE wacom tablet service to use this configuration dialogue.
    The service is required for tablet detection and profile support.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, explaining_Label)
en: The presscurve defines how the pen press is handled.
    Drag around the dots to change the behavior
    Use the stylus inside the Widget to see the pressure changes.
en_GB: The presscurve defines how the pen press is handled.
    Drag around the dots to change the behaviourUse the stylus inside the Widget to see the pressure changes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, eraserSlider) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, tipSlider)
en: Set the minimum pressure necessary to generate a Button event for the stylus/tip, eraser, or touch.
     The pressure levels of all tablets are normalized to 2048 levels irregardless of the actual hardware supported levels.
    This parameter is independent of the PressureCurve parameter.
en_GB: Set the minimum pressure necessary to generate a Button event for the stylus/tip, eraser, or touch.
     The pressure levels of all tablets are normalized to 2048 levels regardless of the actual hardware supported levels.
    This parameter is independent of the PressureCurve parameter.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, trackingWarningLabel)
en: Your currently selected mapping can not be applied in relative tracking mode.
en_GB: Your currently selected mapping cannot be applied in relative tracking mode.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, gesturesCheckBox)
en: If enabled the touch events can recognize gestures.
en_GB: If enabled the touch events can recognise gestures.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, zoomDistanceLabel)
en: Minimum distance for a zoom gesture is recognized.
en_GB: Minimum distance for a zoom gesture is recognised.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, zoomDistanceSpinBox)
en: The minimum distance in tablet units for a zoom gesture to be recognized.
en_GB: The minimum distance in tablet units for a zoom gesture to be recognised.

en: All buttons detected. Please close dialog
en_GB: All buttons detected. Please close dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Move the mouse cursor inside the dialog but <b>do not</b> click into it with the mouse.
en_GB: Move the mouse cursor inside the dialogue but <b>do not</b> click into it with the mouse.

en: Don't use PowerDevil for alarms if it is available
en_GB: Do not use PowerDevil for alarms if it is available

en: New GUI, Unicode information, incremental search, and general improvements
en_GB: New GUI, Unicode information, incremental search and general improvements

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, displayColorsBox)
en: Display Colors
en_GB: Display Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, buttonColorsBox)
en: Button Colors
en_GB: Button Colours

en: Button & Display Colors
en_GB: Button & Display Colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForeColor), group (Colors)
en: The foreground color of the display.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the display.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackColor), group (Colors)
en: The background color of the display.
en_GB: The background colour of the display.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NumberButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of number buttons.
en_GB: The colour of number buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FunctionButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of function buttons.
en_GB: The colour of function buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StatButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of statistical buttons.
en_GB: The colour of statistical buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HexButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of hex buttons.
en_GB: The colour of hex buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MemoryButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of memory buttons.
en_GB: The colour of memory buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OperationButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of operation buttons.
en_GB: The colour of operation buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConstantsButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of constants buttons.
en_GB: The colour of constants buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NumberFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of number fonts.
en_GB: The colour of number fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FunctionFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of function fonts.
en_GB: The colour of function fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StatFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of statistical fonts.
en_GB: The colour of statistical fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HexFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of hex fonts.
en_GB: The colour of hex fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MemoryFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of memory fonts.
en_GB: The colour of memory fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OperationFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of operation font.
en_GB: The colour of operation font.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConstantsFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of constants fonts.
en_GB: The colour of constants fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KCalcButton, pbParenOpen)
en: Open parenthesis
en_GB: Open brackets

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KCalcButton, pbParenClose)
en: Close parenthesis
en_GB: Close brackets

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualization options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualisation options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Warning: a long lasting graph layouting is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speedup.
en_GB: Warning: a long lasting graph laying out is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speed up.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Layouting stopped.
en_GB: Laying out stopped.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: No graph available because the layouting process failed.
en_GB: No graph available because the laying out process failed.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Error running the graph layouting tool.
en_GB: Error running the graph layout tool.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Stop Layouting
en_GB: Stop laying out

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <p>Appearance options can be found in the context menu. To get exact size proportions, choose 'Hide incorrect borders'. As this mode can be <em>very</em> time consuming, you may want to limit the maximum drawn nesting level before. 'Best' determinates the split direction for children from the aspect ratio of the parent. 'Always Best' decides on remaining space for each sibling. 'Ignore Proportions' takes space for function name drawing <em>before</em> drawing children. Note that size proportions can get <em>heavily</em> wrong.</p><p>This is a <em>TreeMap</em> widget. Keyboard navigation is available with the left/right arrow keys for traversing siblings, and up/down arrow keys to go a nesting level up/down. <em>Return</em> activates the current item.</p>
en_GB: <p>Appearance options can be found in the context menu. To get exact size proportions, choose 'Hide incorrect borders'. As this mode can be <em>very</em> time consuming, you may want to limit the maximum drawn nesting level before. 'Best' determines the split direction for children from the aspect ratio of the parent. 'Always Best' decides on remaining space for each sibling. 'Ignore Proportions' takes space for function name drawing <em>before</em> drawing children. Note that size proportions can get <em>heavily</em> wrong.</p><p>This is a <em>TreeMap</em> widget. Keyboard navigation is available with the left/right arrow keys for traversing siblings, and up/down arrow keys to go a nesting level up/down. <em>Return</em> activates the current item.</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: QObject|]
en: There are %1 cost line(s) without machine code.
    This happens because the code of %2 does not seem to match the profile data file.
    Are you using an old profile data file or is the abovementioned
    ELF object from an updated installation/another machine?
en_GB: There are %1 cost line(s) without machine code.
    This happens because the code of %2 does not seem to match the profile data file.
    Are you using an old profile data file or is the above mentioned
    ELF object from an updated installation/another machine?

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n item(s) skipped) | (%n item(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n item skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n items skipped)

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n function(s) skipped) | (%n function(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n function skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n functions skipped)

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: QObject|]
en: %n call(s) to '%2' | %n call(s) to '%2'
en_GB[0]: %n call to '%2'
en_GB[1]: %n calls to '%2'

[ctx: InstrView|]
en: There are %n cost line(s) without machine code. | There are %n cost line(s) without machine code.
en_GB[0]: There is %n cost line without machine code.
en_GB[1]: There are %n cost lines without machine code.

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see colored rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see coloured rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: SourceView|]
en: The list can be found in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: The list can be found in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: TabView|]
en: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualization of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>
en_GB: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualisation of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Cost Item Colors
en_GB: Cost Item Colours

en: Go forward in function selection history
en_GB: Go forwards in function selection history

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: In this exercise you have to factorize a given number.
en_GB: In this exercise you have to factorise a given number.

en: In this exercise you have to factorize a given number. You have to enter all prime factors of the number. You can add a prime factor by clicking on the corresponding button. The chosen prime factors will be shown in the input field. Do not forget to enter all prime factors, even when a prime factor repeats several times. Click the 'Backspace' button to remove the last entered prime factor.
en_GB: In this exercise you have to factorise a given number. You have to enter all prime factors of the number. You can add a prime factor by clicking on the corresponding button. The chosen prime factors will be shown in the input field. Do not forget to enter all prime factors, even when a prime factor repeats several times. Click the 'Backspace' button to remove the last entered prime factor.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (numberColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (numberColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the numbers in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the numbers in the task view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (operationColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (operationColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the operation signs in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the operation signs in the task view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fractionBarColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fractionBarColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the fraction bars in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the fraction bars in the task view

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this to use addition operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use addition operator.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this to use subtraction operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use subtraction operator.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this to use multiplication operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use multiplication operator.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this to use division operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use division operator.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this to force the use of the reduced form.
en_GB: Tick this to force the use of the reduced form.

en: 
    
    Factorization
en_GB: 
    
    Factorisation

[ctx: Factorization Exercise]
en: Factorization
en_GB: Factorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_numberColor)
en: Change the color of the numbers
en_GB: Change the colour of the numbers

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_operationColor)
en: Change the color of the operation signs
en_GB: Change the colour of the operation signs

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_fractionBarColor)
en: Change the color of the fraction bar
en_GB: Change the colour of the fraction bar

[ctx: @item:valuesuffix to a number between 2 and 30]
en:  column |  columns
en_GB[0]: Column
en_GB[1]:  columns

[ctx: The text may not be too wide. So please use some HTML-BR-tags to have something more or less as wide as in english. Thanks!]
en: Note: You can change<br />the parameters of<br />custom games in the<br />Settings dialog.
en_GB: Note: You can change<br />the parameters of<br />custom games in the<br />Settings dialogue.

en: <qt><p>This is the <b>main game area</b>.</p><ul><li>The <b>black box</b> is in the center.</li><li>On the left, there are the <b>balls</b> you have to place over the black box.</li><li>Around the black box, there are <b>lasers</b> that are replaced with <b>interaction information</b> if you use them.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This is the <b>main game area</b>.</p><ul><li>The <b>black box</b> is in the centre.</li><li>On the left, there are the <b>balls</b> you have to place over the black box.</li><li>Around the black box, there are <b>lasers</b> that are replaced with <b>interaction information</b> if you use them.</li></ul></qt>

en: Rename after entry's id
en_GB: Rename after entry's ID

en: No id was entered, so the previous id '%1' will be restored.
en_GB: No ID was entered, so the previous id '%1' will be restored.

en: No id given
en_GB: No ID given

en: Id already in use
en_GB: ID already in use

en: Keep duplicate ids
en_GB: Keep duplicate IDs

en: Restore original id
en_GB: Restore original ID

en: Id '%1' is invalid
en_GB: ID '%1' is invalid

en: Select a suggested id for this entry
en_GB: Select a suggested ID for this entry

en: User-defined color
en_GB: User-defined colour

en: Color & Label
en_GB: Colour & Label

en: Color & Labels
en_GB: Colour & Labels

[ctx: Label for a new color; placeholder is for a 6-digit hex string]
en: NewColor%1
en_GB: NewColour%1

en: Edit Id Suggestion
en_GB: Edit ID Suggestion

en: Id Suggestions
en_GB: ID Suggestions

en: <html><head><title>KBibTeX authorized to use Zotero</title></head><body><p>KBibTeX got successfully authorized to read your Zotero database.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><title>KBibTeX authorised to use Zotero</title></head><body><p>KBibTeX got successfully authorised to read your Zotero database.</p></body></html>

en: <qt><p>To allow <strong>KBibTeX</strong> access your <strong>Zotero bibliography</strong>, this KBibTeX instance has to be authorized.</p><p>The process of authorization involves multiple steps:</p><ol><li>Open the URL as shown below in a web browser.</li><li>Log in at Zotero and approve the permissions for KBibTeX.</li><li>If successful, you will be redirected to a web page telling you that KBibTeX got authorized.<br/>This window will be closed automatically.</li></ol></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>To allow <strong>KBibTeX</strong> access your <strong>Zotero bibliography</strong>, this KBibTeX instance has to be authorised.</p><p>The process of authorisation involves multiple steps:</p><ol><li>Open the URL as shown below in a web browser.</li><li>Log in at Zotero and approve the permissions for KBibTeX.</li><li>If successful, you will be redirected to a web page telling you that KBibTeX got authorised.<br/>This window will be closed automatically.</li></ol></qt>

en: Format entry ids
en_GB: Format entry IDs

en: Cannot apply default formatting for entry ids: No default format specified.
en_GB: Cannot apply default formatting for entry IDs: No default format specified.

en: Numeric user id:
en_GB: Numeric user ID:

en: KBibTeX failed to retrieve the bibliography from Zotero. Please check that the provided user id and API key are valid.
en_GB: KBibTeX failed to retrieve the bibliography from Zotero. Please check that the provided user ID and API key are valid.

en: The target dir '%1' is not valid
en_GB: The target directory '%1' is not valid

en: The target dir '%1' must be a local file system dir and no remote URL
en_GB: The target directory '%1' must be a local file system directory and not a remote URL

en: The target dir does not exist
en_GB: The target directory does not exist

en: Can not archive file type 'socket': %1
en_GB: Cannot archive file type 'socket': %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mediaNeedsChange)
en: Uncheck if you want to avoid a confirmation dialog to change the medium when a slice was finished
en_GB: Uncheck if you want to avoid a confirmation dialogue to change the medium when a slice was finished

en: Choose colors that will be used for bracket coloring:
en_GB: Choose colours that will be used for bracket colouring:

en: Colored Brackets
en_GB: Coloured Brackets

en: Colored Brackets Settings
en_GB: Coloured Brackets Settings

en: Do you want the LSP server to be started?<br><br>The full command line is:<br><br><b>%1</b><br><br>The choice can be altered via the config page of the plugin.
en_GB: Do you want the LSP server to be started?<br><br>The full command line is:<br><br><b>%1</b><br><br>The choice can be altered via the configuration page of the plugin.

en: User permanently blocked start of: '%1'.
    Use the config page of the plugin to undo this block.
en_GB: User permanently blocked start of: '%1'.
    Use the configuration page of the plugin to undo this block.

en: Incremental document synchronization
en_GB: Incremental document synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkIncrementalSync)
en: Incrementally synchronize documents with the LSP server
en_GB: Incrementally synchronise documents with the LSP server

en: No DOCTYPE found, will only check well-formedness.
en_GB: No DOCTYPE found, will only check XML is well formed.

[ctx: %1 refers to the XML DTD]
en: '%1' not found, will only check well-formedness.
en_GB: '%1' not found, will only check XML is well formed.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Output Customization
en_GB: Output Customisation

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: Checked here refers to the items on the list below that can have a checkmark or not. It's not about any verification or similar, plainly about user interface]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, replaceCheckedBtn)
en: Replace Checked
en_GB: Replace Ticked

en:  canceled.
en_GB:  cancelled.

[ctx: Groupbox title]
en: Session Behavior
en_GB: Session Behaviour

[ctx: @action]
en: S&ynchronize Terminal with Current Document
en_GB: S&ynchronise Terminal with Current Document

en: Terminal Synchronization Mode
en_GB: Terminal Synchronisation Mode

en: &Don't synchronize terminal tab with current document
en_GB: &Don't synchronise terminal tab with current document

en: &Automatically synchronize the current terminal tab with the current document when possible
en_GB: &Automatically synchronise the current terminal tab with the current document when possible

en: Can't save macro during recording. Please end recoding first
en_GB: Can't save macro during recording. Please end recording first

en: Process Id:
en_GB: Process ID:

en: line %1 already has a breakpoint
en_GB: line %1 already has a break point

en: initializing
en_GB: initialising

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_1)
en: User Debug Adapter Settings
en_GB: User Debug Adaptor Settings

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_2)
en: Default Debug Adapter Settings
en_GB: Default Debug Adaptor Settings

en: Set the color for shading viewed documents.
en_GB: Set the colour for shading viewed documents.

en: Set the color for modified documents. This color is blended into the color for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this color.
en_GB: Set the colour for modified documents. This colour is blended into the colour for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this colour.

en: Automatically synchronize with current document
en_GB: Automatically synchronise with current document

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QToolButton, btnMimeType)
en: Opens a dialog that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.

en: Show preview for known color names
en_GB: Show preview for known colour names

en: Also show the color picker for known color names (e.g. skyblue).
    See https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/types.html#ColorKeywords for the list of colors.
en_GB: Also show the colour picker for known colour names (e.g. skyblue).
    See https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/types.html#ColorKeywords for the list of colours.

en: Place preview after text color
en_GB: Place preview after text colour

en: Hex color matching
en_GB: Hex colour matching

en: Color Picker Settings
en_GB: Colour Picker Settings

en: Select Color (Hex output)
en_GB: Select Colour (Hex output)

en: View Color [Read only]
en_GB: View Colour [Read only]

en: Analyzing meta DTD...
en_GB: Analysing meta DTD...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mergeOutput)
en: If checked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.
en_GB: If ticked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.

en: Only try to reuse kate instance with this pid (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).
en_GB: Only try to reuse kate instance with this PID (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).

en: %1 doesn't exist in a git repo.
en_GB: %1 doesn't exist in a git repository.

en: Stage Line | Stage Lines
en_GB[0]: Line
en_GB[1]: Stage Lines

en: Unstage Line | Unstage Lines
en_GB[0]: Line
en_GB[1]: Unstage Lines

en: Behavior Options
en_GB: Behaviour Options

en: When checked tabs will be hidden if only one document is open.
en_GB: When ticked tabs will be hidden if only one document is open.

en: When checked each tab will display a close button.
en_GB: When ticked each tab will display a close button.

en: When checked tabs take as much size as possible.
en_GB: When ticked tabs take as much size as possible.

en: When checked this will allow scrolling in tab bar when number of tabs is large.
en_GB: When ticked this will allow scrolling in tab bar when number of tabs is large.

en: If unchecked the new tab will open at the end.
en_GB: If not ticked the new tab will open at the end.

[ctx: 'Next Tab'/'Previous Tab' is an existing action name. Please use the same text here as it is used in that action's translation]
en: Allow cycling through tabs. If unchecked, the action 'Next Tab'/'Previous Tab' will not go to first/last tab after reaching the end
en_GB: Allow cycling through tabs. If not ticked, the action 'Next Tab'/'Previous Tab' will not go to first/last tab after reaching the end

[ctx: The suffix of 'Delete unused meta-information after']
en: %v day | %v days
en_GB[0]:  day
en_GB[1]: %v days

en: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a check mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.
en_GB: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a tick mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.

en: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible anymore.
en_GB: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible any more.

en: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse anymore, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse any more, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>

en: Toggle Scroll Synchronization
en_GB: Toggle Scroll Synchronisation

en: Toggle scroll synchronization for the current view
en_GB: Toggle scroll synchronisation for the current view

en: Synchronize Scrolling
en_GB: Synchronise Scrolling

en: Synchronize scrolling of this split-view with other synchronized split-views
en_GB: Synchronise scrolling of this split-view with other synchronised split-views

en: Session will be deleted on dialog close
en_GB: Session will be deleted on dialogue close

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, gbAppStartup)
en: Application Startup Behavior
en_GB: Application Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Application Startup/Shutdown Behavior
en_GB: Application Startup/Shutdown Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, saveMetaInfos)
en: Check this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.
en_GB: Tick this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.

[ctx: @label:chooser Choice of filter for episode list]
en: Episodes marked as Favorite
en_GB: Episodes marked as Favourite

[ctx: @label:chooser Choice of filter for episode list]
en: Episodes not marked as Favorite
en_GB: Episodes not marked as Favourite

[ctx: @label:chooser Sort podcasts by decreasing number of favorites]
en: Favorite count: descending
en_GB: Favourite count: descending

[ctx: @label:chooser Sort podcasts by increasing number of favorites]
en: Favorite count: ascending
en_GB: Favourite count: ascending

en: Don't Allow
en_GB: Do not Allow

[ctx: @action:intoolbar Button to remove the "favorite" property of a podcast episode]
en: Remove from Favorites
en_GB: Remove from Favourites

[ctx: @action:intoolbar Button to add a podcast episode as favorite]
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Color theme
en_GB: Colour theme

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Minimize to tray instead of closing
en_GB: Minimise to tray instead of closing

[ctx: Label describing style of tray icon]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Played episode behavior
en_GB: Played episode behaviour

[ctx: @info:status Warning message related to app proxy settings]
en: Your system level or app level proxy settings might be ignored by the audio backend when streaming audio. The settings should still be honored by all other network related actions, including downloading episodes.
en_GB: Your system level or app level proxy settings might be ignored by the audio backend when streaming audio. The settings should still be honoured by all other network related actions, including downloading episodes.

[ctx: @title:menu Category in settings]
en: Synchronization
en_GB: Synchronisation

[ctx: @label]
en: Synchronize with official gpodder.net server
en_GB: Synchronise with official gpodder.net server

[ctx: @label]
en: Synchronize with GPodder Nextcloud app
en_GB: Synchronise with GPodder Nextcloud app

en: Destination path not writable
en_GB: Destination path not writeable

[ctx: @action]
en: Switch Colors
en_GB: Switch Colours

en: Modularization and porting to Mobile
en_GB: Modularisation and porting to Mobile

en: 
     Close dialog for new game
en_GB: 
     Close dialogue for new game

en: Save Changes Dialog
en_GB: Save Changes Dialogue

en: Move %1 Item to Trash | Move %1 Items to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move %1 Item to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 Items to Wastebin

en: Move Item to Trash
en_GB: Move Item to Wastebin

en: Unable to initialize the gPhoto2 libraries.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the gPhoto2 libraries.

en: Click this button to change the configuration of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Configuration dialog depend on the camera model.
en_GB: Click this button to change the configuration of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Configuration dialogue depend on the camera model.

en: Click this button to view a summary of the current status of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Information dialog depend on the camera model.
en_GB: Click this button to view a summary of the current status of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Information dialogue depend on the camera model.

en: Unable to initialize camera. Check your port settings and camera connectivity and try again.
en_GB: Unable to initialise camera. Check your port settings and camera connectivity and try again.

en: If this option is checked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's serial ports (known as COM ports in Microsoft Windows.)
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's serial ports (known as COM ports in Microsoft Windows.)

en: If this option is checked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's USB ports, or to a USB hub.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's USB ports, or to a USB hub.

en: One, two, or three letter abbreviation; set through international convention.
en_GB: One, two or three letter abbreviation; set through international convention.

en: Matter that cannot be broken down into simpler matter. Chemical elements are cornerstones of Materials. Elements consist of atoms that consist of a nucleus of positive protons, neutral neutrons, and a shell of electrons.
en_GB: Matter that cannot be broken down into simpler matter. Chemical elements are cornerstones of Materials. Elements consist of atoms that consist of a nucleus of positive protons, neutral neutrons and a shell of electrons.

en: Crystallization
en_GB: Crystallisation

en: A dehydrator is a piece of laboratory apparatus, often made of glass, and which serves to dry chemical matters; that is, to remove water or liquid from a sample.
    			In principle it is a glass bowl with cap that has a planar grinding, so that the bowl is air-tight. The dehydrator's lower part is ordinarily filled with a drying agent such as calcium chloride, silica gel, phosphoric anhydride or sulphuric acid. The sample to be dried is placed on a diaphanous cartridge of plastic or ceramic above the drying agent.
    			The drying agent is hygroscopic, which means that it dehumidifies its environment by absorbing water vapor. The dry atmosphere then takes up water from the sample to be dried.
en_GB: A dehydrator is a piece of laboratory apparatus, often made of glass, and which serves to dry chemical matters; that is, to remove water or liquid from a sample.
    			In principle it is a glass bowl with cap that has a planar grinding, so that the bowl is air-tight. The dehydrator's lower part is ordinarily filled with a drying agent such as calcium chloride, silica gel, phosphoric anhydride or sulphuric acid. The sample to be dried is placed on a diaphanous cartridge of plastic or ceramic above the drying agent.
    			The drying agent is hygroscopic, which means that it dehumidifies its environment by absorbing water vapour. The dry atmosphere then takes up water from the sample to be dried.

en: The spatula is a laboratory tool to scrape off, grind, and transport chemicals. The material they are made of (e.g. iron, titanium, platinum) and their design (e.g. flat spatula or spoon spatula) varies.
en_GB: The spatula is a laboratory tool to scrape off, grind and transport chemicals. The material they are made of (e.g. iron, titanium, platinum) and their design (e.g. flat spatula or spoon spatula) varies.

en: A mortar is used for manually grinding solids. It can also be used to homogenize a mixture of powders by grinding. A club-shaped tool known as a pestle is used with the mortar for grinding.
en_GB: A mortar is used for manually grinding solids. It can also be used to homogenise a mixture of powders by grinding. A club-shaped tool known as a pestle is used with the mortar for grinding.

en: Heating coils are used to heat flasks and other containers. Multiple heating coils can be connected with a thermometer so that the heat will not exceed a specified temperature. It is possible to use a magnetic field inside the heating coil to stir fluids with a magnetic stirrer. This will homogenize the fluid in terms of temperature and composition.
en_GB: Heating coils are used to heat flasks and other containers. Multiple heating coils can be connected with a thermometer so that the heat will not exceed a specified temperature. It is possible to use a magnetic field inside the heating coil to stir fluids with a magnetic stirrer. This will homogenise the fluid in terms of temperature and composition.

en: A vortexer serves to homogenize reagents found in laboratories. The container containing liquid to be homogenized is put on a platform. The platform shakes by rotary agitation up to 3000RPM at which point a contact sensor is activated. In this way extremely small volumes of fluid can be homogenized quickly. It is the opposite of a centrifuge, used to separate fluids.
en_GB: A vortexer serves to homogenise reagents found in laboratories. The container containing liquid to be homogenised is put on a platform. The platform shakes by rotary agitation up to 3000RPM at which point a contact sensor is activated. In this way extremely small volumes of fluid can be homogenised quickly. It is the opposite of a centrifuge, used to separate fluids.

en: Most laboratories insist that protective goggles are worn. Without them, it is too risky to work with most chemicals. Usually, the lens is a special type of plastic that affords protection from both mechanical impacts, and acid and base chemicals.
en_GB: Most laboratories insist that protective goggles are worn. Without them, it is too risky to work with most chemicals. Usually, the lens is a special type of plastic that affords protection from both mechanical impacts and acid and base chemicals.

en: Unlike a regular pipette, a full pipette only has one marking for a specific volume.
en_GB: Unlike a conventional pipette, a full pipette only has one marking for a specific volume.

en: Magnetic stir bars are highly chemically inert, small magnetic bars. Most heaters have a built-in magnet which can rotate: this causes the stir bar to rotate and the mixture to become homogenized.
en_GB: Magnetic stir bars are highly chemically inert, small magnetic bars. Most heaters have a built-in magnet which can rotate: this causes the stir bar to rotate and the mixture to become homogenised.

en: For some chemical reactions it is important that the solvent is gas free. To achieve this the reaction vessel is put for some time into a ultrasonic bath. Due to the high sound frequency, the vapor locks peel away and ascend. This procedure is called out-gassing.
en_GB: For some chemical reactions it is important that the solvent is gas free. To achieve this the reaction vessel is put for some time into a ultrasonic bath. Due to the high sound frequency, the vapour locks peel away and ascend. This procedure is called out-gassing.

en: Distillation bridge
en_GB: Distillation Bridge

en: There are multiple ways of measuring the pH value of a solution, one of which is to use indicator paper. Indicator paper changes color depending on the pH of the solution applied to it, and by comparing to a chart a fairly accurate measure of the solution's pH can be obtained. If a more accurate measure is needed, a glass electrode can be used, which works by measuring the conductivity of the solution.
en_GB: There are multiple ways of measuring the pH value of a solution, one of which is to use indicator paper. Indicator paper changes colour depending on the pH of the solution applied to it, and by comparing to a chart a fairly accurate measure of the solution's pH can be obtained. If a more accurate measure is needed, a glass electrode can be used, which works by measuring the conductivity of the solution.

en: Buret
en_GB: Burette

en: Greek 'chroma' means 'color'.
en_GB: Greek 'chroma' means 'colour'.

en: Named after Poland to honor Marie Curie.
en_GB: Named after Poland to honour Marie Curie.

en: Named after France to honor Marguerite Perey.
en_GB: Named after France to honour Marguerite Perey.

en: Named after 'Nihon', the romanized spelling for 'Japan' in Japanese. The element was the first element discovered in Japan, at the RIKEN Nishina Center for Accelerator-Based Science. Historically known as eka-thallium.
en_GB: Named after 'Nihon', the romanised spelling for 'Japan' in Japanese. The element was the first element discovered in Japan, at the RIKEN Nishina Centre for Accelerator-Based Science. Historically known as eka-thallium.

en: Historically known as eka-lead. Named after Flerov Laboratory of Nuclear Reactions (Dubna, Russia) where superheavy elements are synthesized.
en_GB: Historically known as eka-lead. Named after Flerov Laboratory of Nuclear Reactions (Dubna, Russia) where superheavy elements are synthesised.

en: Named in honor of Professor Yuri Oganessian's trans-actinide element research. Historically known as eka-radon, eka-emanation before 1960.
en_GB: Named in honour of Professor Yuri Oganessian's trans-actinide element research. Historically known as eka-radon, eka-emanation before 1960.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, pressure_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of pressure, e.g. atmospheres, bars, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of pressure, e.g. atmospheres, bars etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, temp_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of temperature, e.g. Kelvin, Celsius, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of temperature, e.g. Kelvin, Celsius etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, volume_unit)
en: This box can be used to change the units of volume, e.g. liters.
en_GB: This box can be used to change the units of volume, e.g. litres.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: liter^2 atmosphere/mol^2
en_GB: litre² atmosphere/mol²

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, halfLife_unit)
en: This box is used to specify the unit of half-life, e.g. years, seconds, etc.
en_GB: This box is used to specify the unit of half-life, e.g. years, seconds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, initAmt_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of the initial amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of the initial amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, finalAmt_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of the final amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of the final amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, time_unit)
en: This box is used to specify the units of time. e.g. years, seconds, etc.
en_GB: This box is used to specify the units of time. e.g. years, seconds etc.

en: Ionization energy
en_GB: Ionisation energy

en: First Ionization energy
en_GB: First Ionisation energy

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_LogarithmicIonizationGradient)
en: Ionization
en_GB: Ionisation

[ctx: WhatsThis Help]
en: This will open a dialog with listings of symbols and numbers related to chemistry.
en_GB: This will open a dialogue with listings of symbols and numbers related to chemistry.

en: First Ionization
en_GB: First Ionisation

en: Nice colors without meaning. (From the Open Babel project)
en_GB: Nice colours without meaning. (From the Open Babel project)

en: Several icons in the information dialog
en_GB: Several icons in the information dialogue

en: The design of the information dialog
en_GB: The design of the information dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Vaporous:
en_GB: Vapourous:

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tabNoColor)
en: No Color Scheme
en_GB: No Colour Scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_noscheme) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_noscheme)
en: This color will be used if no other scheme is selected
en_GB: This colour will be used if no other scheme is selected

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Instead of using a linear gradient to display the given property of an element in the periodic table, Kalzium can also use a logarithmic gradient.
    
    Check the properties you want to have displayed with a logarithmic gradient.
en_GB: Instead of using a linear gradient to display the given property of an element in the periodic table, Kalzium can also use a logarithmic gradient.
    
    Tick the properties you want to have displayed with a logarithmic gradient.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Maximal Value Color:
en_GB: Maximal Value Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Minimal Value Color:
en_GB: Minimal Value Colour:

en: Yogic Breathing is a standard pranayama technique to revitalize the body.                    <br>                    <ul>                    <li>Place a hand on your navel. Breathe into your belly and feel the expansion.</li>                    <li>Move your hand up above your lower ribs. Breathe into your mid-torso and feel the expansion.</li>                    <li>Move your hand up to your upper chest. Breathe in and feel your collarbones lift slightly.</li>                    <li>Breathe out. Feel your collarbones sink.</li>                    <li>Move your hand down to your lower ribs. Breathe out and feel your mid-torso retreat.</li>                    <li>Move your hand down to your navel. Breathe out and feel your belly retreat.</li>                    </ul>                    <br>                    Repeat up to 15 minutes.                    <br>                    <br>                    The steps should form a single, fluent breath.                    <br>                    At the beginning, it might be helpful to practice the three stages (belly, mid-torso, upper chest) individually                    (i.e. breathe only into your belly, then breathe out again etc.).
en_GB: Yogic Breathing is a standard pranayama technique to revitalise the body.                    <br>                    <ul>                    <li>Place a hand on your navel. Breathe into your belly and feel the expansion.</li>                    <li>Move your hand up above your lower ribs. Breathe into your mid-torso and feel the expansion.</li>                    <li>Move your hand up to your upper chest. Breathe in and feel your collarbones lift slightly.</li>                    <li>Breathe out. Feel your collarbones sink.</li>                    <li>Move your hand down to your lower ribs. Breathe out and feel your mid-torso retreat.</li>                    <li>Move your hand down to your navel. Breathe out and feel your belly retreat.</li>                    </ul>                    <br>                    Repeat up to 15 minutes.                    <br>                    <br>                    The steps should form a single, fluent breath.                    <br>                    At the beginning, it might be helpful to practice the three stages (belly, mid-torso, upper chest) individually                    (i.e. breathe only into your belly, then breathe out again etc.).

[ctx: @info]
en: This uses KAlarm's default time zone, set in the Configuration dialog.
en_GB: This uses KAlarm's default time zone, set in the Configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify only a date (without a time) for the alarm. The alarm will trigger at the first opportunity on the selected date.
en_GB: Tick to specify only a date (without a time) for the alarm. The alarm will trigger at the first opportunity on the selected date.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose a time zone for this alarm which is different from the default time zone set in KAlarm's configuration dialog.
en_GB: Choose a time zone for this alarm which is different from the default time zone set in KAlarm's configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot initialize audio system
en_GB: Cannot initialise audio system

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot initialize audio system: %1
en_GB: Cannot initialise audio system: %1

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot initialize audio player
en_GB: Cannot initialise audio player

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Select birthdays to set alarms for.<nl/>This list shows all birthdays in <application>KAddressBook</application> except those for which alarms already exist.</para><para>You can select multiple birthdays at one time by dragging the mouse over the list, or by clicking the mouse while pressing Ctrl or Shift.</para>
en_GB: <para>Select birthdays to set alarms for.<nl />This list shows all birthdays in <application>KAddressBook</application> except those for which alarms already exist.</para><para>You can select multiple birthdays at one time by dragging the mouse over the list, or by clicking the mouse while pressing Ctrl or Shift.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to display a reminder in advance of or after the birthday.
en_GB: Tick to display a reminder in advance of or after the birthday.

en: Message background color (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)
en_GB: Message background colour (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)

en: Message foreground color (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)
en_GB: Message foreground colour (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit the specified alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit the specified alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new display alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new display alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new command alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new command alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new email alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new email alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new audio alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new audio alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog, preset with a template
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue, preset with a template

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultFgColour), group (General)
en: Default foreground color for alarm message windows.
en_GB: Default foreground colour for alarm message windows.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultBgColour), group (General)
en: Default background color for alarm message windows.
en_GB: Default background colour for alarm message windows.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInSystemTray), group (General)
en: <p>Check to show KAlarm's icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</p>
en_GB: <p>Tick to show KAlarm's icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDeferTime), group (General)
en: Enter the default time interval (in minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default time interval (in minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_ModalMessages), group (General)
en: <p>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<ul><li>If checked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</li><li>If unchecked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<ul><li>If ticked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</li><li>If unticked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisabledColour), group (General)
en: Disabled alarm color
en_GB: Disabled alarm colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisabledColour), group (General)
en: Choose the text color in the alarm list for disabled alarms.
en_GB: Choose the text colour in the alarm list for disabled alarms.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArchivedColour), group (General)
en: Archived alarm color
en_GB: Archived alarm colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArchivedColour), group (General)
en: Choose the text color in the alarm list for archived alarms.
en_GB: Choose the text colour in the alarm list for archived alarms.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDisplayMethod), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "display method", to determine whether to display alarm messages in windows or in system notifications.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "display method", to determine whether to display alarm messages in windows or in system notifications.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultLateCancel), group (Defaults)
en: Default value in the alarm edit dialog for late cancellation time (in minutes). 0 for no late cancellation, >0 how many minutes before cancelling.
en_GB: Default value in the alarm edit dialogue for late cancellation time (in minutes). 0 for no late cancellation, >0 how many minutes before cancelling.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultAutoClose), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "auto close if late".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "auto close if late".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultConfirmAck), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "confirm alarm acknowledgement".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "confirm alarm acknowledgement".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCopyToKOrganizer), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "show in KOrganizer".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "show in KOrganizer".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_DefaultSoundType), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound type in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default sound type in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultSoundFile), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound file path in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default sound file path in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_DefaultSoundVolume), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound volume in the alarm edit dialog. -1 to deselect volume, or 0 - 100 %
en_GB: Default sound volume in the alarm edit dialogue. -1 to deselect volume, or 0 - 100 %

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultSoundRepeat), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for sound repetition.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for sound repetition.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdScript), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for command script entry.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for command script entry.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdLogType), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for where to send command alarm output.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for where to send command alarm output.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdLogFile), group (Defaults)
en: Default log file path for command alarms in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default log file path for command alarms in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultEmailBcc), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for blind copying emails to self.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for blind copying emails to self.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultRecurPeriod), group (Defaults)
en: The default setting for the recurrence rule in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for the recurrence rule in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultReminderUnits), group (Defaults)
en: Default reminder time units in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default reminder time units in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_ConfirmAlarmDeletion), group (Notification Messages)
en: Check to be prompted for confirmation each time you delete an alarm.
en_GB: Tick to be prompted for confirmation each time you delete an alarm.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to copy the alarm into KOrganizer's calendar
en_GB: Tick to copy the alarm into KOrganizer's calendar

[ctx: @info]
en: Reminder period must be less than the recurrence interval, unless <interface>%1</interface> is checked.
en_GB: Reminder period must be less than the recurrence interval, unless <interface>%1</interface> is ticked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to be prompted for confirmation when you acknowledge the alarm.
en_GB: Tick to be prompted for confirmation when you acknowledge the alarm.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to execute the command in a terminal window
en_GB: Tick to execute the command in a terminal window

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to log the command output to a local file. The output will be appended to any existing contents of the file.
en_GB: Tick to log the command output to a local file. The output will be appended to any existing contents of the file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to discard command output.
en_GB: Tick to discard command output.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No terminal is selected for command alarms.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No terminal is selected for command alarms.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If checked, the email will be blind copied to you.
en_GB: If ticked, the email will be blind copied to you.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If checked, the sound file will be played repeatedly until %1 is clicked.
en_GB: If ticked, the sound file will be played repeatedly until %1 is clicked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to enter the contents of a script instead of a shell command line
en_GB: Tick to enter the contents of a script instead of a shell command line

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include active alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include active alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include archived alarms in the search. This option is only available if archived alarms are currently being displayed.
en_GB: Tick to include archived alarms in the search. This option is only available if archived alarms are currently being displayed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include text message alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include text message alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include file alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include file alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include command alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include command alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include email alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include email alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include audio alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include audio alarms in the search.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Foreground color:
en_GB: Foreground colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the alarm message foreground color
en_GB: Select the alarm message foreground colour

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the alarm message background color
en_GB: Select the alarm message background colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to use the default font current at the time the alarm is displayed.
en_GB: Tick to use the default font current at the time the alarm is displayed.

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Font && Color...
en_GB: Font && Colour...

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Set alarm message font and color
en_GB: Set alarm message font and colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose the font, and foreground and background color, for the alarm message.
en_GB: Choose the font, and foreground and background colour, for the alarm message.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Choose Alarm Font & Color
en_GB: Choose Alarm Font & Colour

[ctx: @info]
en: Error obtaining authorization (%1)
en_GB: Error obtaining authorisation (%1)

[ctx: @info Please set the 'From' email address...]
en: <para>%1</para><para>Please set it in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>%1</para><para>Please set it in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: Alarms are configured to be archived, but this is not possible because no writable archived alarm calendar is enabled.<nl/><nl/>To fix this, use <interface>View | Show Calendars</interface> to check or change calendar statuses.
en_GB: Alarms are configured to be archived, but this is not possible because no writeable archived alarm calendar is enabled.<nl/><nl/>To fix this, use <interface>View | Show Calendars</interface> to check or change calendar statuses.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No 'From' email address is configured (no default email identity found)</para><para>Please set it in <application>KMail</application> or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No 'From' email address is configured (no default email identify found)</para><para>Please set it in <application>KMail</application> or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If checked, the alarm will be canceled if it cannot be triggered within the specified period after its scheduled time. Possible reasons for not triggering include your being logged off, X not running, or <application>KAlarm</application> not running.</para><para>If unchecked, the alarm will be triggered at the first opportunity after its scheduled time, regardless of how late it is.</para>
en_GB: <para>If ticked, the alarm will be cancelled if it cannot be triggered within the specified period after its scheduled time. Possible reasons for not triggering include your being logged off, X not running, or <application>KAlarm</application> not running.</para><para>If unticked, the alarm will be triggered at the first opportunity after its scheduled time, regardless of how late it is.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter how late will cause the alarm to be canceled
en_GB: Enter how late will cause the alarm to be cancelled

[ctx: @info]
en: Failed to execute command (shell access not authorized)
en_GB: Failed to execute command (shell access not authorised)

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Start KAlarm automatically at login. This option must be checked to enable normal functioning of KAlarm.
en_GB: Start KAlarm automatically at login. This option must be ticked to enable normal functioning of KAlarm.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to display a warning prompt before quitting <application>KAlarm</application>.
en_GB: Tick to display a warning prompt before quitting <application>KAlarm</application>.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter the default time interval (hours & minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default time interval (hours & minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to execute command alarms in a terminal window by <icode>%1</icode>
en_GB: Tick to execute command alarms in a terminal window by <icode>%1</icode>

[ctx: @info]
en: You should not check this option unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>
en_GB: You should not tick this option unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check the days in the week which are work days
en_GB: Tick the days in the week which are work days

[ctx: @label:spinbox]
en: Daily start time:
en_GB: Daily start time

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to archive alarms after expiry or deletion (except deleted alarms which were never triggered).
en_GB: Tick to archive alarms after expiry or deletion (except deleted alarms which were never triggered).

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Uncheck to store archived alarms indefinitely. Check to enter how long archived alarms should be stored.
en_GB: Untick to store archived alarms indefinitely. Tick to enter how long archived alarms should be stored.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to use <application>KMail</application>'s email identities to identify you as the sender when sending email alarms. For existing email alarms, <application>KMail</application>'s default identity will be used. For new email alarms, you will be able to pick which of <application>KMail</application>'s identities to use.
en_GB: Tick to use <application>KMail</application>'s email identities to identify you as the sender when sending email alarms. For existing email alarms, <application>KMail</application>'s default identity will be used. For new email alarms, you will be able to pick which of <application>KMail</application>'s identities to use.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default setting for <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Font && Color
en_GB: Font && Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default setting for the alarm message display method in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for the alarm message display method in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default units for the reminder in the alarm edit dialog, for alarms due soon.
en_GB: The default units for the reminder in the alarm edit dialogue, for alarms due soon.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis sound file 'Repeat' checkbox]
en: The default setting for sound file <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for sound file <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter the default sound file to use in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default sound file to use in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select to set the default volume for sound files in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Select to set the default volume for sound files in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default volume for sound files in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default volume for sound files in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Message Font && Color
en_GB: Message Font && Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray regardless of whether alarms are due.
en_GB: Tick to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray regardless of whether alarms are due.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if there are no active alarms. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.
en_GB: Tick to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if there are no active alarms. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if no alarms are due within the specified time period. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.
en_GB: Tick to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if no alarms are due within the specified time period. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Uncheck to display all of the next 24 hours' alarms in the system tray tooltip. Check to enter an upper limit on the number to be displayed.
en_GB: Untick to display all of the next 24 hours' alarms in the system tray tooltip. Tick to enter an upper limit on the number to be displayed.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Disabled alarm color:
en_GB: Disabled alarm colour:

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Archived alarm color:
en_GB: Archived alarm colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Choose how to reduce the chance of alarm messages being accidentally acknowledged:<list><item>Position alarm message windows as far as possible from the current mouse cursor location, or</item><item>Position alarm message windows in the center of the screen, but disable buttons for a short time after the window is displayed.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Choose how to reduce the chance of alarm messages being accidentally acknowledged:<list><item>Position alarm message windows as far as possible from the current mouse cursor location, or</item><item>Position alarm message windows in the centre of the screen, but disable buttons for a short time after the window is displayed.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Center windows, delay activating window buttons
en_GB: Centre windows, delay activating window buttons

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<list><item>If checked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</item><item>If unchecked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<list><item>If ticked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</item><item>If unticked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Do not trigger the alarm on holidays.</para><para>You can specify your holiday region in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>Do not trigger the alarm on holidays.</para><para>You can specify your holiday region in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Only execute the alarm during working hours, on working days.</para><para>You can specify working days and hours in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>Only execute the alarm during working hours, on working days.</para><para>You can specify working days and hours in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Instead of the alarm triggering just once at each recurrence, checking this option makes the alarm trigger multiple times at each recurrence.
en_GB: Instead of the alarm triggering just once at each recurrence, ticking this option makes the alarm trigger multiple times at each recurrence.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify the number of times the alarm should repeat after each recurrence
en_GB: Tick to specify the number of times the alarm should repeat after each recurrence

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify how long the alarm is to be repeated
en_GB: Tick to specify how long the alarm is to be repeated

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writable).
en_GB: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writeable).

[ctx: @info]
en: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writable).
en_GB: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writeable).

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Background color of alarm message
en_GB: Background colour of alarm message

[ctx: @info]
en: Could not create writable calendar file <filename>%1</filename>.
en_GB: Could not create writeable calendar file <filename>%1</filename>.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: List of available calendars of the selected type. The checked state shows whether a calendar is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). The default calendar is shown in bold.
en_GB: List of available calendars of the selected type. The checked state shows whether a calendar is enabled (ticked) or disabled (unticked). The default calendar is shown in bold.

[ctx: @action]
en: Set Color...
en_GB: Set Colour...

[ctx: @action]
en: Clear Color
en_GB: Clear Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If checked, the sound file will be played repeatedly for as long as the message is displayed.
en_GB: If ticked, the sound file will be played repeatedly for as long as the message is displayed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If unchecked, the command is only executed before the alarm proper is displayed.</para><para>If checked, the pre-alarm command is also executed before a deferred alarm is displayed.</para>
en_GB: <para>If unticked, the command is only executed before the alarm proper is displayed.</para><para>If ticked, the pre-alarm command is also executed before a deferred alarm is displayed.</para>

en: for testing purposes: Initializes the random generator
en_GB: for testing purposes: Initialises the random generator

[ctx: kajongg @info:tooltip]
en: customize rulesets.
en_GB: customise rulesets.

en: Player %1 may try a True Color Game
en_GB: Player %1 may try a True Colour Game

en: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honors
en_GB: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honours

en: False Color Game
en_GB: False Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons

en: True Color Game
en_GB: True Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)

en: Concealed True Color Game
en_GB: Concealed True Colour Game

en: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honors
en_GB: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honours

en: Only Terminals and Honors
en_GB: Only Terminals and Honours

en: Only Honors
en_GB: Only Honours

en: A concealed hand in one color 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)
en_GB: A concealed hand in one colour 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)

en: Exposed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Kong of Honours

en: Exposed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Pung of Honours

en: Concealed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Kong of Honours

en: Concealed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Pung of Honours

en: All tiles of same color. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values
en_GB: All tiles of same colour. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values

en: All tiles concealed of same color: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)
en_GB: All tiles concealed of same colour: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)

en: Only same-colored tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)

[ctx: wrong value for rule]
en: %1: %2 is too small, minimal value is %3
en_GB: %1: %2 is too small, minimum value is %3

[ctx: MixController|]
en: You aren't allowed to join the group
en_GB: You are not allowed to join the group

[ctx: MixController|]
en: You aren't allowed to delete the group
en_GB: You are not allowed to delete the group

[ctx: AccountDetailsContent|]
en: Add a chat for synchronizing your notes across all your devices
en_GB: Add a chat for synchronising your notes across all your devices

[ctx: AccountDetailsContent|]
en: Don't expose password in any way
en_GB: Do not expose password in any way

[ctx: ContactDetailsHeader|]
en: Maximize avatar
en_GB: Maximise avatar

[ctx: GroupChatDetailsHeader|]
en: Maximize avatar
en_GB: Maximise avatar

[ctx: NotesChatDetailsContent|]
en: End-to-end encryption with OMEMO 2 ensures that nobody else than you can read or modify the data that is synchronized across your devices.
en_GB: End-to-end encryption with OMEMO 2 ensures that nobody else than you can read or modify the data that is synchronised across your devices.

[ctx: NotesChatDetailsHeader|]
en: Messages in this chat are synchronized as notes across all your devices
en_GB: Messages in this chat are synchronised as notes across all your devices

[ctx: RosterItemDetailsHeader|]
en: Maximize avatar
en_GB: Maximise avatar

[ctx: ContactAdditionContent|]
en: Hello, I'm…
en_GB: Hello, I am…

[ctx: QmlUtils|]
en: Authentification protocol not supported by the server.
en_GB: Authentication protocol not supported by the server.

en: Polarization:
en_GB: Polarisation:

en: Scan data successfully updated. Changes take
    effect after you have closed the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Scan data successfully updated. Changes take
    effect after you have closed the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Program Guide
en_GB: Programme Guide

[ctx: @info]
en: Didn't find a device with valid settings or access permissions are wrong.
    
    Please check the Configure Television window.
en_GB: Did not find a device with valid settings or access permissions are wrong.
    
    Please check the Configure Television window.

[ctx: message box]
en: Kaffeine is currently recording programs.
    Do you really want to close the application?
en_GB: Kaffeine is currently recording programmes.
    Do you really want to close the application?

en: Open dialog to play a file
en_GB: Open dialogue to play a file

[ctx: submenu of 'Skip']
en: Skip %1s Backward
en_GB: Skip %1s Backwards

[ctx: submenu of 'Skip']
en: Skip %1s Forward
en_GB: Skip %1s Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unchecked.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unticked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Open the 'New Contact' dialog
en_GB: Open the 'New Contact' dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst)
en: the first color, if alternating color is checked
en_GB: the first colour, if alternating colour is checked

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst)
en: first color
en_GB: first colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond)
en: the second color, if alternating color is checked
en_GB: the second colour, if alternating colour is checked

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond)
en: second color
en_GB: second colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating)
en: Change the background color of every row
en_GB: Change the background colour of every row

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating)
en: Alternating the background color
en_GB: Alternating the background colour

en: Setting up colors
en_GB: Setting up colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderBGColor)
en: Select the headline text background color
en_GB: Select the headline text background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderBGColor)
en: Click this button to start a color chooser that will allow you set to the color for the headline background color.
en_GB: Click this button to start a colour chooser that will allow you set to the colour for the headline background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, tlBackgroundColor)
en: Headline background color:
en_GB: Headline background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, tlHeaderColor)
en: Headline text color:
en_GB: Headline text colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderTextColor)
en: Select the headline text color
en_GB: Select the headline text colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderTextColor)
en: Click this button to start a color chooser that will allow you set to the color for the headline text.
en_GB: Click this button to start a colour chooser that will allow you set to the colour for the headline text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbPhoneNumbers)
en: Check this box if you want contact phone numbers to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact phone numbers to be printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbEmails)
en: Check this box if you want contact email addresses to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact email addresses to be printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbStreetAddresses)
en: Check this box if you want contact street addresses to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact street addresses to be printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbOrganization)
en: Check this box if you want contact organizations to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact organizations to be printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbBirthday)
en: Check this box if you want contact birthdays to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact birthdays to be printed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbNote)
en: Check this box if you want contact notes to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact notes to be printed.

en: Synchronize contacts
en_GB: Synchronise contacts

en: Error while initializing audio ripping.
en_GB: Error while initialising audio ripping.

en: The source disk is empty.
en_GB: The source disc is empty.

en: Successfully read source disk.
en_GB: Successfully read source disc.

en: K3b was unable to eject the source disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the source disc. Please do so manually.

en: K3b was unable to eject the written disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the written disc. Please do so manually.

en: Cdrecord version %1 does not have cloning support.
en_GB: cdrecord version %1 does not have cloning support.

en: Successfully read disk.
en_GB: Successfully read disc.

en: Failed to read disk completely in clone mode.
en_GB: Failed to read disc completely in clone mode.

en: Error while reading disk.
en_GB: Error while reading disc.

en: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray disks.
en_GB: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray discs.

en: Cdrecord %1 does not support CD-Text writing.
en_GB: cdrecord %1 does not support CD-Text writing.

en: Cannot read source disk.
en_GB: Cannot read source disc.

en: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialized (%1)
en_GB: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialised (%1)

en: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantization, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantization matrices.
en_GB: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantisation, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantisation matrices.

en: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardized as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.
en_GB: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardised as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.

en: Writing canceled.
en_GB: Writing cancelled.

en: Normalizing volume levels
en_GB: Normalising volume levels

en: Track %1 is already normalized.
en_GB: Track %1 is already normalised.

en: Successfully normalized all tracks.
en_GB: Successfully normalised all tracks.

en: Error while normalizing tracks.
en_GB: Error while normalising tracks.

en: El Torito boot catalog file
en_GB: El Torito boot catalogue file

en: Boot catalog
en_GB: Boot catalogue

en: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burned.
en_GB: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burnt.

en: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disk.
en_GB: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disc.

en: Could not retrieve multisession information from disk.
en_GB: Could not retrieve multisession information from disc.

en: Data does not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data does not fit on disc.

en: Cdrecord version %1 does not support Blu-ray writing.
en_GB: cdrecord version %1 does not support Blu-ray writing.

en: Cdrecord does not support writing %1 media.
en_GB: cdrecord does not support writing %1 media.

en: Cdrecord %1 does not support overburning.
en_GB: cdrecord %1 does not support overburning.

en: DAO (Disk At Once) recording not supported with this writer
en_GB: DAO (Disc At Once) recording not supported with this writer

en: Trying to write more than the official disk capacity
en_GB: Trying to write more than the official disc capacity

en: Unable to fixate the disk.
en_GB: Unable to fixate the disc.

en: Data did not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data did not fit on disc.

en: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrecord cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root anymore.
en_GB: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrecord cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root any more.

en: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrskin cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root anymore.
en_GB: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrskin cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root any more.

en: Closing Disk
en_GB: Closing Disc

en: Cdrecord could not be found on your system.
en_GB: cdrecord could not be found on your system.

en: From now on, scan information data errors will not be reported anymore
en_GB: From now on, scan information data errors will not be reported any more

en: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: Analyzing medium...
en_GB: Analysing medium...

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will perform all writing steps with the laser turned off.<p>This is useful, for example, to test a higher writing speed or whether your system is able to write on-the-fly.<p><b>Caution:</b> DVD+R(W) does not support simulated writing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will perform all writing steps with the laser turned off.<p>This is useful, for example, to test a higher writing speed or whether your system is able to write on-the-fly.<p><b>Caution:</b> DVD+R(W) does not support simulated writing.

en: Disk at once
en_GB: Disc at once

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will write the CD in 'disk at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will write the CD in 'disc at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.

en: Write in disk at once mode
en_GB: Write in disc at once mode

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Uncheck this if you want to keep the images.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Untick this if you want to keep the images.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-Text data.)
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-Text data.)

en: Do not close the disk to allow additional sessions to be added later
en_GB: Do not close the disc to allow additional sessions to be added later

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>

en: Normalize volume levels
en_GB: Normalise volume levels

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalizing when writing on the fly.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalising when writing on the fly.</b>

en: <p>If this option is checked, then after successfully writing the disk K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disk has been written correctly.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, then after successfully writing the disc K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disc has been written correctly.

en: <p>If this option is checked and K3b is not able to read an audio sector from the source CD it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.<p>Since audio CD Player are able to interpolate small errors in the data it is no problem to let K3b skip unreadable sectors.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked and K3b is not able to read an audio sector from the source CD it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.<p>Since audio CD Player are able to interpolate small errors in the data it is no problem to let K3b skip unreadable sectors.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <p>This dialog can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.
en_GB: <p>This dialogue can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSwapByteOrder)
en: <p> If this option is checked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be checked.
en_GB: <p> If this option is ticked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkWriteWaveHeader)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkISO)
en: <p>If this option is checked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkError)
en: <p>If this option is checked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateUpper)
en: &Upper bitrate:
en_GB: &Upper bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateLower)
en: Lower &bitrate:
en_GB: Lower &bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateNominal)
en: &Nominal bitrate:
en_GB: &Nominal bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for mu-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed u-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and u-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavor of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>
en_GB: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for µ-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed, µ-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and µ-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavour of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: u-law (logarithmic)
en_GB: µ-law (logarithmic)

en: &Format/Erase rewritable disk...
en_GB: &Format/Erase rewritable disc...

en: Open the rewritable disk formatting/erasing dialog
en_GB: Open the rewritable disc formatting/erasing dialogue

en: Open the media copy dialog
en_GB: Open the media copy dialogue

en: Waiting for Disk
en_GB: Waiting for Disc

en: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialog.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>
en_GB: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialogue.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>

en: Make sure HAL daemon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.
en_GB: Make sure HAL dæmon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.

en: Since Linux kernel 2.6.8 %1 will not work when run suid root for security reasons anymore.
en_GB: Since Linux kernel 2.6.8 %1 will not work when run suid root for security reasons any more.

en: <em>Disk At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.
en_GB: <em>Disc At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.

en: Open the project burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the project burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the copy dialog, optionally specify the source device
en_GB: Open the copy dialogue, optionally specify the source device

en: Type of image file is not recognizable. Do you want to burn it anyway?
en_GB: Type of image file is not recognisable. Do you want to burn it anyway?

en: Calculation canceled
en_GB: Calculation cancelled

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will disable the source drive's ECC/EDC error correction. This way sectors that are unreadable by intention can be read.<p>This may be useful for cloning CDs with copy protection based on corrupted sectors.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will disable the source drive's ECC/EDC error correction. This way sectors that are unreadable by intention can be read.<p>This may be useful for cloning CDs with copy protection based on corrupted sectors.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will search for CD-Text on the source CD. Disable it if your CD drive has problems with reading CD-Text or you want to stick to CDDB info.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will search for CD-Text on the source CD. Disable it if your CD drive has problems with reading CD-Text or you want to stick to CDDB info.

en: <p>If this option is checked and K3b is not able to read a data sector from the source medium it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked and K3b is not able to read a data sector from the source medium it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_editTempDir)
en: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialog.
en_GB: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSystemConfig)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkShowProgressOSD)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will display the progress in KDE notification area. If K3b is run outside KDE environment a separate progress window may be shown instead.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will display the progress in KDE notification area. If K3b is run outside KDE environment a separate progress window may be shown instead.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkHideMainWindowWhileWriting)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialog.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: Do not close action dialogs after finishing the process
en_GB: Do not close action dialogues after finishing the process

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close action dialogs such as the CD Copy dialog after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not close action dialogues such as the CD Copy dialogue after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: &Keep action dialogs open
en_GB: &Keep action dialogues open

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Default action dialog settings:
en_GB: &Default action dialogue settings:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (K3b::IntMapComboBox, m_comboActionDialogSettings)
en: Settings to load when opening an action dialog
en_GB: Settings to load when opening an action dialogue

en: <p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow one to influence the behavior of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow one to influence the behaviour of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>

en: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is checked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.
en_GB: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is ticked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.

en: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is checked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.
en_GB: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is ticked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.

en: <p>If K3b finds more than one installed version of a program it will choose one as the <em>default</em>, which will be used to do the work. If you want to change the default, check desired version on the list.
en_GB: <p>If K3b finds more than one installed version of a program it will choose one as the <em>default</em>, which will be used to do the work. If you want to change the default, tick desired version on the list.

en: Authorization granted
en_GB: Authorisation granted

en: Unknown authorization status %1
en_GB: Unknown authorisation status %1

en: Load the K3b Defaults at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the K3b Defaults at dialogue startup.

en: Load the settings saved by the user at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the settings saved by the user at dialogue startup.

en: Load the last used settings at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the last used settings at dialogue startup.

en: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogs (action dialogs include the CD Copy dialog or the Audio CD project dialog):
en_GB: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogues (action dialogues include the CD Copy dialogue or the Audio CD project dialogue):

en: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialog is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.
en_GB: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialogue is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPreservePermissions)
en: <p>If this option is checked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel7)
en: &Disk id:
en_GB: &Disc id:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, m_groupCdText)
en: <p><b>CD-Text</b>
    <p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise unused space on the Audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name or the CD title.
    <p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.
    <p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players) and software like K3b, of course.
    <p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced Audio CD will work in any Hifi CD or DVD player even if the player does not support CD-Text explicitly, enabling it is never a bad idea (just remember to fill in the CD-Text information).
en_GB: <p><b>CD-Text</b>
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b uses some otherwise unused space on the Audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name or the CD title.
    <p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.
    <p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players) and software like K3b, of course.
    <p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced Audio CD will work in any Hifi CD or DVD player even if the player does not support CD-Text explicitly, enabling it is never a bad idea (just remember to fill in the CD-Text information).

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Boot catalog:
en_GB: Boot catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboSpaceHandling)
en: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalize all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'
en_GB: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalise all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkRandomPlay)
en: <p>If this option is checked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkNoDma)
en: <p>If this option is checked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: Startup Behavior
en_GB: Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox1)
en: Behavior After Playing
en_GB: Behaviour After Playing

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: Eject the disk after playing has finished
en_GB: Eject the disc after playing has finished

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: <p>If this option is checked the disk will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the disc will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: E&ject disk
en_GB: E&ject disc

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkShutdown)
en: <p>If this option is checked the PC will be shut down after MPlayer has finished playing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the PC will be shut down after MPlayer has finished playing.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkReboot)
en: <p>If this option is checked the PC will be rebooted after MPlayer has finished playing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the PC will be rebooted after MPlayer has finished playing.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will <em>hide</em> the first track.<p>The audio CD standard uses pregaps before every track on the CD. By default these last for 2 seconds and are silent. In DAO mode it is possible to have longer pregaps that contain some audio. In this case the first pregap will contain the complete first track.<p>You will need to seek back from the beginning of the CD to listen to the first track. Try it, it is quite amusing.<p><b>This feature is only available in DAO mode when writing with cdrdao.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will <em>hide</em> the first track.<p>The audio CD standard uses pregaps before every track on the CD. By default these last for 2 seconds and are silent. In DAO mode it is possible to have longer pregaps that contain some audio. In this case the first pregap will contain the complete first track.<p>You will need to seek back from the beginning of the CD to listen to the first track. Try it, it is quite amusing.<p><b>This feature is only available in DAO mode when writing with cdrdao.

en: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalize audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.
en_GB: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalise audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.

en: <p>K3b is not able to normalize audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.
en_GB: <p>K3b is not able to normalise audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.

en: Disable normalization
en_GB: Disable normalisation

en: The file system is optimized for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.

en: The file system is optimized for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.

en: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disk.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>
en_GB: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disc to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disc.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO 9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO 9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO 9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk).<p>This option is useful in order to optimize the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO 9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.
en_GB: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO 9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk).<p>This option is useful in order to optimise the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO 9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.

en: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files, and broken symlinks)?
en_GB: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files and broken symlinks)?

en: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognize the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.
en_GB: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognise the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.

en: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialog.
en_GB: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialogue.

en: Discards all changes made in the dialog and closes it.
en_GB: Discards all changes made in the dialogue and closes it.

en: This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: <p>Configuration parameters only available for Video CD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the color and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.
en_GB: <p>Configuration parameters only available for Video CD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the colour and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.

en: <p>This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: <p>This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: Customize gaps and margins
en_GB: Customise gaps and margins

en: Open the burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the properties dialog
en_GB: Open the properties dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCreatePlaylist)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPlaylistRelative)
en: <p>If this option is checked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSingleFile)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.

en: Check Track
en_GB: Tick Track

en: Check Tracks
en_GB: Tick Tracks

en: Uncheck Track
en_GB: Untick Track

en: Uncheck Tracks
en_GB: Untick Tracks

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behavior of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behaviour of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>

en: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disk image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>
en_GB: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disc image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>

en: Check All
en_GB: Tick All

en: Uncheck All
en_GB: Untick All

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTwoPassEncoding)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not checked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not ticked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkAutoClipping)
en: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.
en_GB: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkAudioResampling)
en: <p>Video DVD audio streams normally are encoded with a sampling rate of 48000 Hz. Audio CDs on the other hand are encoded with a sampling rate of 44100 Hz.
    <p>If this option is checked K3b will change the sampling rate of the audio stream to 44100 Hz.
en_GB: <p>Video DVD audio streams normally are encoded with a sampling rate of 48000 Hz. Audio CDs on the other hand are encoded with a sampling rate of 44100 Hz.
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b will change the sampling rate of the audio stream to 44100 Hz.

en: Open the Video DVD ripping dialog
en_GB: Open the Video DVD ripping dialogue

en: License: <a href="https://spdx.org/licenses/%1.html">%2</a>
en_GB: Licence: <a href="https://spdx.org/licenses/%1.html">%2</a>

en: License: <a href="%2">%1</a>
en_GB: Licence: <a href="%2">%1</a>

en: Favorite Locations
en_GB: Favourite Locations

en: Export Favorite Locations
en_GB: Export Favourite Locations

en: Import Favorite Locations
en_GB: Import Favourite Locations

en: Add Favorite Location
en_GB: Add Favourite Location

en: Rename Favorite Location
en_GB: Rename Favourite Location

en: Remove Favorite Location
en_GB: Remove Favourite Location

[ctx: @title]
en: Rename favorite location
en_GB: Rename favourite location

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled for unknown reason.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled for unknown reason.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: You canceled the session verification.
en_GB: You cancelled the session verification.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because we received an unexpected message.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because we received an unexpected message.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because it received an unexpected message.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because it received an unexpected message.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because it received a message for an unknown session.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because it received a message for an unknown session.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because it received a message for an unknown session.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because it received a message for an unknown session.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because NeoChat is unable to handle this verification method.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because NeoChat is unable to handle this verification method.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because it is unable to handle this verification method.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because it is unable to handle this verification method.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because the keys are incorrect.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because the keys are incorrect.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because the keys are incorrect.
    
    <b>Please log out and log back in, your session is broken/corrupt.</b>
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because the keys are incorrect.
    
    <b>Please log out and log back in, your session is broken/corrupt.</b>

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because it verifies an unexpected user.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because it verifies an unexpected user.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because it verifies an unexpected user.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because it verifies an unexpected user.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because we received an invalid message.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because we received an invalid message.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because it received an invalid message.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because it received an invalid message.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because of a mismatched key.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because of a mismatched key.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because of a mismatched key.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because of a mismatched key.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled because the keys do not match.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled because the keys do not match.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The remote party canceled the session verification because the keys do not match.
en_GB: The remote party cancelled the session verification because the keys do not match.

[ctx: Matrix session verification]
en: The session verification was canceled due to an unknown error.
en_GB: The session verification was cancelled due to an unknown error.

[ctx: matrix room type]
en: Favorite Rooms
en_GB: Favourite Rooms

[ctx: a train/bus journey canceled by its operator]
en: Trip has been canceled.
en_GB: Trip has been cancelled.

[ctx: a train/bus journey canceled by its operator]
en: Arrival has been canceled.
en_GB: Arrival has been cancelled.

en: Using data from <a href="https://www.met.no/">The Norwegian Meteorological Institute</a> under <a href="https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0">Creative Commons 4.0 BY International</a> license.
en_GB: Using data from <a href="https://www.met.no/">The Norwegian Meteorological Institute</a> under <a href="https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0">Creative Commons 4.0 BY International</a> licence.

en: Enabling this will download maps for all stations and airports for upcoming trips when connected to Wifi network.
en_GB: Enabling this will download maps for all stations and airports for upcoming trips when connected to Wi-Fi network.

en: Synchronize rooms
en_GB: Synchronise rooms

en: Traveler %1
en_GB: Traveller %1

en: Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches
en_GB: Rainbow-coloured semitransparent oily splotches

en: Leopard spots (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Leopard spots (loses object's own colour)

en: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own colour)

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in greyscale

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in blue
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in blue

en: Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows
en_GB: Grey bevelled wires with drop shadows

en: Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel
en_GB: Soft, pastel-coloured, blurry bevel

en: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change
en_GB: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through colour fill change

en: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors
en_GB: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colours

en: Stylized reptile skin texture
en_GB: Stylised reptile skin texture

en: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors
en_GB: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colours

en: Metallized Paint
en_GB: Metallised Paint

en: Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges
en_GB: Metallised effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges

en: Metallized Ridge
en_GB: Metallised Ridge

en: Gel Ridge metallized at its top
en_GB: Gel Ridge metallised at its top

en: Enamel Jewelry
en_GB: Enamel Jewellery

en: Slightly cracked enameled texture
en_GB: Slightly cracked enamelled texture

en: Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow
en_GB: Inner colourised shadow, outer black shadow

en: Blurred colorized contour, filled inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, filled inside

en: Blurred colorized contour, empty inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, empty inside

en: Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy
en_GB: Bevel, crude light, discolouration and glow like in electronic microscopy

en: Checkered tartan pattern
en_GB: Chequered tartan pattern

en: Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with flow inside like transparency

en: Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people
en_GB: Colourised blotches, like a crowd of people

en: Colorized mountain tops out of the fog
en_GB: Colourised mountain tops out of the fog

en: In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood
en_GB: In and out glow with a possible offset and colourisable flood

en: Cloudy watercolor effect
en_GB: Cloudy watercolour effect

en: Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges
en_GB: Felt like texture with colour turbulence and slightly darker at the edges

en: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift
en_GB: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent colour shift

en: Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours melted along the edges and colourisable

en: Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours slightly melted along the edges

en: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable
en_GB: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colourisable

en: 3D warped, fibered wood texture
en_GB: 3D warped, fibred wood texture

en: Plaster Color
en_GB: Plaster Colour

en: Colored plaster emboss effect
en_GB: Coloured plaster emboss effect

en: Non-Realistic 3D Shaders
en_GB: Non-Realistic 3D shaders

en: Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings
en_GB: Creates colourisable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings

en: Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours warped along the edges and colourisable

en: Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards
en_GB: Slightly posterise and draw edges like on old printed postcards

en: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges
en_GB: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around colour edges

en: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable texture
en_GB: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colourisable texture

en: White splotches evocating carnaval masks
en_GB: White splotches evoking carnaval masks

en: Partly opaque water color effect with bleed
en_GB: Partly opaque water colour effect with bleed

en: Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative
en_GB: Convert to a colourisable transparent positive or negative

en: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the saturation levels
en_GB: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colourisable image of the saturation levels

en: Bright metallic effect for any color
en_GB: Bright metallic effect for any colour

en: Deep Colors Plastic
en_GB: Deep Colours Plastic

en: Transparent plastic with deep colors
en_GB: Transparent plastic with deep colours

en: Soft Colors
en_GB: Soft Colours

en: Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures
en_GB: Adds a colourisable edges glow inside objects and pictures

en: Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting
en_GB: Bumps effect with a bevel, colour flood and complex lighting

en: Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world
en_GB: Oversaturate colours which can be fluorescent in real world

en: Pixellize
en_GB: Pixellise

en: Matte modeling paste emboss effect
en_GB: Matte modelling paste emboss effect

en: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which wraps around color edges
en_GB: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which wraps around colour edges

en: Adds a colorizable opaque background
en_GB: Adds a colourisable opaque background

en: Enhance and redraw color edges in 1 bit black and white
en_GB: Enhance and redraw colour edges in 1 bit black and white

en: Enhance and redraw edges around posterized areas
en_GB: Enhance and redraw edges around posterised areas

en: Poster Color Fun
en_GB: Poster Colour Fun

en: Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood
en_GB: Basic noise fill texture; adjust colour in Flood

en: Colorize Turbulent
en_GB: Colourise Turbulent

en: Highly configurable checkered tartan pattern
en_GB: Highly configurable chequered tartan pattern

en: Colorizable filling with liquid transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with liquid transparency

en: Chromolitho Alternate
en_GB: Chromolitho Alternative

en: Cut out, add inner shadow and colorize some parts of an image
en_GB: Cut out, add inner shadow and colourise some parts of an image

en: Create a two colors lithographic effect
en_GB: Create a two colours lithographic effect

en: Colorize separately the three color channels
en_GB: Colourise separately the three colour channels

en: Posterized Light Eraser
en_GB: Posterised Light Eraser

en: Create a semi transparent posterized image
en_GB: Create a semi transparent posterised image

en: Like Duochrome but with three colors
en_GB: Like Duochrome but with three colours

en: Render Cyan, Magenta and Yellow channels with a colorizable background
en_GB: Render Cyan, Magenta and Yellow channels with a colourisable background

en: Posterized Blur
en_GB: Posterised Blur

en: Converts blurred contour to posterized steps
en_GB: Converts blurred contour to posterised steps

en: Stylized triangle arrow
en_GB: Stylised triangle arrow

en: Colored triangle
en_GB: Coloured triangle

en: Colored dot
en_GB: Coloured dot

en: Colored square
en_GB: Coloured square

en: Colored diamond
en_GB: Coloured diamond

[ctx: Palette]
en: 90% Gray
en_GB: 90% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 80% Gray
en_GB: 80% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 70% Gray
en_GB: 70% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 60% Gray
en_GB: 60% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 50% Gray
en_GB: 50% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 40% Gray
en_GB: 40% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 30% Gray
en_GB: 30% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 20% Gray
en_GB: 20% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 10% Gray
en_GB: 10% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 7.5% Gray
en_GB: 7.5% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 5% Gray
en_GB: 5% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 2.5% Gray
en_GB: 2.5% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: dimgray (#696969)
en_GB: dimgrey (#696969)

[ctx: Palette]
en: gray (#808080)
en_GB: grey (#808080)

[ctx: Palette]
en: darkgray (#A9A9A9)
en_GB: darkgrey (#A9A9A9)

[ctx: Palette]
en: lightgray (#D3D3D3)
en_GB: lightgrey (#D3D3D3)

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Elevator
en_GB: Lift

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Drinking Fountain
en_GB: Water Fountain

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Garden center
en_GB: Garden centre

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Jewelry
en_GB: Jewellery

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Jewelry 2
en_GB: Jewellery 2

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Leisure center
en_GB: Leisure centre

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Soccer
en_GB: Football

en: Toggle between normal and grayscale modes
en_GB: Toggle between normal and greyscale modes

en: Color Managed Mode
en_GB: Colour Managed Mode

en: Toggle between normal and color managed modes
en_GB: Toggle between normal and colour managed modes

en: Snap Bounding Box Centers
en_GB: Snap Bounding Box Centres

en: Toggle snapping to bounding-box centers
en_GB: Toggle snapping to bounding-box centres

en: Snap Rotation Center
en_GB: Snap Rotation Centre

en: Toggle snapping to object rotation center
en_GB: Toggle snapping to object rotation centre

en: Zoom Center Page
en_GB: Zoom Centre Page

en: Center page in window
en_GB: Centre page in window

en: Edit objects' colors, gradients, arrowheads, and other fill and stroke properties...
en_GB: Edit objects' colours, gradients, arrowheads, and other fill and stroke properties...

en: Select colors from a swatches palette
en_GB: Select colours from a swatches palette

en: Toggle all dialogs
en_GB: Toggle all dialogues

en: Show or hide all dialogs
en_GB: Show or hide all dialogues

en: Failed to edit external image.
    <small>Note: Path to editor can be set in Preferences dialog.</small>
en_GB: Failed to edit external image.
    <small>Note: Path to editor can be set in Preferences dialogue.</small>

en: Open File Dialog
en_GB: Open File Dialogue

en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

en: Align selection horizontally to the center
en_GB: Align selection horizontally to the centre

en: Align to vertical center
en_GB: Align to vertical centre

en: Align selection vertically to the center
en_GB: Align selection vertically to the centre

en: Align to center
en_GB: Align to centre

en: Align selection to the center
en_GB: Align selection to the centre

en: Even horizontal centers
en_GB: Even horizontal centres

en: Distribute horizontally with even spacing between centers
en_GB: Distribute horizontally with even spacing between centres

en: Even vertical centers
en_GB: Even vertical centres

en: Distribute vertically with even spacing between centers
en_GB: Distribute vertically with even spacing between centres

en: Exchange around center
en_GB: Exchange around centre

en: Exchange positions of selected objects - rotate around center point
en_GB: Exchange positions of selected objects - rotate around centre point

en: Randomize centers in both dimensions
en_GB: Randomise centres in both dimensions

en: Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances
en_GB: Unclump objects: try to equalise edge-to-edge distances

en: Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate selection 90° anticlockwise

en: Export without filters to avoid rasterization for PDF, PS, EPS
en_GB: Export without filters to avoid rasterisation for PDF, PS, EPS

en: Include background color in exported file
en_GB: Include background colour in exported file

en: Export PNG Color Mode
en_GB: Export PNG Colour Mode

en: Set color mode for PNG export
en_GB: Set colour mode for PNG export

en: Enter string for background color, e.g. #ff007f or rgb(255, 0, 128)
en_GB: Enter string for background colour, e.g. #ff007f or rgb(255, 0, 128)

en: Enter string for PNG Color Mode, one of Gray_1/Gray_2/Gray_4/Gray_8/Gray_16/RGB_8/RGB_16/GrayAlpha_8/GrayAlpha_16/RGBA_8/RGBA_16
en_GB: Enter string for PNG Colour Mode, one of Gray_1/Gray_2/Gray_4/Gray_8/Gray_16/RGB_8/RGB_16/GrayAlpha_8/GrayAlpha_16/RGBA_8/RGBA_16

en: Create a new page and center view on it
en_GB: Create a new page and centre view on it

en: Delete the selected page and center view on next page
en_GB: Delete the selected page and centre view on next page

en: Normalize Path Data
en_GB: Normalise Path Data

en: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average color in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse color; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the color under mouse to clipboard
en_GB: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average colour in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse colour; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the colour under mouse to clipboard

en: Pick colors from image
en_GB: Pick colours from image

en: Using Trace Pixel Art dialog
en_GB: Using Trace Pixel Art dialogue

en: Inkscape version, authors, license
en_GB: Inkscape version, authors, licence

en: Show or hide the color palette
en_GB: Show or hide the colour palette

en: Unrecognized color '%1'
en_GB: Unrecognised color '%1'

en: Unrecognized selector '%1'
en_GB: Unrecognised selector '%1'

en: Unrecognized property '%1'
en_GB: Unrecognised property '%1'

en: Object rotation center
en_GB: Object rotation centre

en: Page center
en_GB: Page centre

en: page center
en_GB: page centre

en: page margin center
en_GB: page margin centre

en: object rotation center
en_GB: object rotation centre

en: Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s)
en_GB: Apply charcoal stylisation to selected bitmap(s)

en: Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity
en_GB: Colourise selected bitmap(s) with specified colour, using given opacity

en: Cycle Colormap
en_GB: Cycle Colourmap

en: Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s)
en_GB: Cycle colourmap(s) of selected bitmap(s)

en: Enhance selected bitmap(s); minimize noise
en_GB: Enhance selected bitmap(s); minimise noise

en: Equalize selected bitmap(s); histogram equalization
en_GB: Equalise selected bitmap(s); histogram equalisation

en: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range
en_GB: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range

en: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range
en_GB: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range

en: Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood
en_GB: Replace each pixel component with the median colour in a circular neighbourhood

en: Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible range of color
en_GB: Normalise selected bitmap(s), expanding colour range to the full possible range of colour

en: Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils
en_GB: Stylise selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils

en: Colored Shading
en_GB: Coloured Shading

en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

en: Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film
en_GB: Solarise selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film

en: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point
en_GB: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around centre point

en: Rasterize filter effects
en_GB: Rasterise filter effects

en: Resolution for rasterization (dpi):
en_GB: Resolution for rasterisation (dpi):

en: Convert gradients to colored polygon series
en_GB: Convert gradients to coloured polygon series

en: Lighting color
en_GB: Lighting colour

en: Image color
en_GB: Image colour

en: Color bump
en_GB: Colour bump

en: Bump color
en_GB: Bump colour

en: Replace RGB by any color
en_GB: Replace RGB by any colour

en: Color Blindness
en_GB: Colour Blindness

en: Simulate color blindness
en_GB: Simulate colour blindness

en: Blend image or object with a flood color
en_GB: Blend image or object with a flood colour

en: Color and alpha
en_GB: Colour and alpha

en: Color only
en_GB: Colour only

en: Extract color channel as a transparent image
en_GB: Extract colour channel as a transparent image

en: Customize greyscale components
en_GB: Customise greyscale components

en: Replace hue by two colors
en_GB: Replace hue by two colours

en: Moonarize
en_GB: Moonarise

en: Classic photographic solarization effect
en_GB: Classic photographic solarisation effect

en: Colored nights
en_GB: Coloured nights

en: Detect color edges in object
en_GB: Detect colour edges in object

en: Adds a colorizable outline
en_GB: Adds a colourisable outline

en: Noise color
en_GB: Noise colour

en: Chromo effect with customizable edge drawing and graininess
en_GB: Chromo effect with customisable edge drawing and graininess

en: Electrize
en_GB: Electrise

en: Electro solarization effects
en_GB: Electro solarisation effects

en: Posterize and draw smooth lines around color shapes
en_GB: Posterise and draw smooth lines around colour shapes

en: Points color
en_GB: Points colour

en: Posterize Basic
en_GB: Posterise Basic

en: Simple posterizing effect
en_GB: Simple posterising effect

en: Blur color
en_GB: Blur colour

en: Use object's color
en_GB: Use object's colour

en: Colorizable Drop shadow
en_GB: Colourisable Drop shadow

en: Hide the dialog next time and always apply the same actions.
en_GB: Hide the dialogue next time and always apply the same actions.

en: Change gradient stop color
en_GB: Change gradient stop colour

en: Invert gradient colors
en_GB: Invert gradient colours

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b>
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b>

en: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around center
en_GB: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around centre

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus

en: Resolution for bitmaps and rasterized filters; default is 96
en_GB: Resolution for bitmaps and rasterised filters; default is 96

en: Render objects without filters instead of rasterizing (PS/EPS/PDF)
en_GB: Render objects without filters instead of rasterising (PS/EPS/PDF)

en: Background color for exported bitmaps (any SVG color string)
en_GB: Background colour for exported bitmaps (any SVG colour string)

en: Color mode (bit depth and color type) for exported bitmaps (Gray_1/Gray_2/Gray_4/Gray_8/Gray_16/RGB_8/RGB_16/GrayAlpha_8/GrayAlpha_16/RGBA_8/RGBA_16)
en_GB: Colour mode (bit depth and colour type) for exported bitmaps (Gray_1/Gray_2/Gray_4/Gray_8/Gray_16/RGB_8/RGB_16/GrayAlpha_8/GrayAlpha_16/RGBA_8/RGBA_16)

en: COLOR-MODE
en_GB: COLOUR-MODE

en: Create a BSpline that molds into the path's corners. This effect is usually used directly on the canvas with the BSpline mode of the drawing tools.
en_GB: Create a BSpline that moulds into the path's corners. This effect is usually used directly on the canvas with the BSpline mode of the drawing tools.

en: Mirror an object along a movable axis, or around the page center. The mirrored copy can be styled independently.
en_GB: Mirror an object along a movable axis, or around the page centre. The mirrored copy can be styled independently.

en: Draw a circle by center and radius, where the first node of the path is the center, and the last determines its radius
en_GB: Draw a circle by centre and radius, where the first node of the path is the centre, and the last determines its radius

en: Equalize dashes
en_GB: Equalise dashes

en: traveling salesman 2-opt (fast, bad)
en_GB: travelling salesman 2-opt (fast, bad)

en: traveling salesman 3-opt (fast, ok)
en_GB: travelling salesman 3-opt (fast, ok)

en: traveling salesman 4-opt (seconds)
en_GB: travelling salesman 4-opt (seconds)

en: traveling salesman 5-opt (minutes)
en_GB: travelling salesman 5-opt (minutes)

en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

en: Miter Clip
en_GB: Mitre Clip

en: Maximum length of the miter join (in units of stroke width)
en_GB: Maximum length of the mitre join (in units of stroke width)

en: Force miter
en_GB: Force mitre

en: Overrides the miter limit and forces a join.
en_GB: Overrides the mitre limit and forces a join.

en: Color and opacity
en_GB: Colour and opacity

en: Set color and opacity of the dimensions
en_GB: Set colour and opacity of the dimensions

en: Localize number format
en_GB: Localise number format

en: Use localized number formatting, e.g. '1,0' instead of '1.0' with German locale
en_GB: Use localised number formatting, e.g. '1,0' instead of '1.0' with German locale

en: Add object center
en_GB: Add object centre

en: Add the projected object center
en_GB: Add the projected object centre

en: <b><big>General</big></b>
    Display and position dimension lines and labels
    
    <b><big>Projection</big></b>
    Show a line with measurements based on the selected items
    
    <b><big>Options</big></b>
    Options for color, precision, label formatting and display
    
    <b><big>Tips</big></b>
    <b><i>Custom styling:</i></b> To further customize the styles, use the XML editor to find out the class or ID, then use the Style dialog to apply a new style.
    <b><i>Blacklists:</i></b> allow to hide some segments or projection steps.
    <b><i>Multiple Measure LPEs:</i></b> In the same object, in conjunction with blacklists,this allows for labels and measurements with different orientations or additional projections.
    <b><i>Set Defaults:</i></b> For every LPE, default values can be set at the bottom.
en_GB: <b><big>General</big></b>
    Display and position dimension lines and labels
    
    <b><big>Projection</big></b>
    Show a line with measurements based on the selected items
    
    <b><big>Options</big></b>
    Options for colour, precision, label formatting and display
    
    <b><big>Tips</big></b>
    <b><i>Custom styling:</i></b> To further customise the styles, use the XML editor to find out the class or ID, then use the Style dialogue to apply a new style.
    <b><i>Blacklists:</i></b> allow to hide some segments or projection steps.
    <b><i>Multiple Measure LPEs:</i></b> In the same object, in conjunction with blacklists,this allows for labels and measurements with different orientations or additional projections.
    <b><i>Set Defaults:</i></b> For every LPE, default values can be set at the bottom.

en: Vertical page center
en_GB: Vertical page centre

en: Horizontal page center
en_GB: Horizontal page centre

en: Center point of mirror line
en_GB: Centre point of mirror line

en: Adjust center point of mirror line
en_GB: Adjust centre point of mirror line

en: Vertical center
en_GB: Vertical centre

en: Horizontal center
en_GB: Horizontal centre

en: Center Vertical
en_GB: Centre Vertical

en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontal

en: Use fill-rule evenodd on <b>fill and stroke</b> dialog if no flatten result after convert clip to paths.
en_GB: Use fill-rule evenodd on <b>fill and stroke</b> dialogue if no flatten result after convert clip to paths.

en: Background color and opacity
en_GB: Background colour and opacity

en: Set color and opacity of the background
en_GB: Set colour and opacity of the background

en: Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)
en_GB: Maximum length of the mitre (in units of stroke width)

en: Global randomize
en_GB: Global randomise

en: Show center of node
en_GB: Show centre of node

en: Size of the handles in the effect visualization (not editable)
en_GB: Size of the handles in the effect visualisation (not editable)

en: Center point of slice line
en_GB: Centre point of slice line

en: Adjust center point of slice line
en_GB: Adjust centre point of slice line

en: Limit for miter joins
en_GB: Limit for mitre joins

en: Minimize gaps
en_GB: Minimise gaps

en: Minimize gaps between scaled objects (does not work with rotation/diagonal mode)
en_GB: Minimise gaps between scaled objects (does not work with rotation/diagonal mode)

en: Randomize horizontal gaps
en_GB: Randomise horizontal gaps

en: Randomize vertical gaps
en_GB: Randomise vertical gaps

en: Randomize tile rotation
en_GB: Randomise tile rotation

en: Randomize scale
en_GB: Randomise scale

en: Randomization seed
en_GB: Randomisation seed

en: Randomization seed for random mode for scaling, rotation and gaps
en_GB: Randomisation seed for random mode for scaling, rotation and gaps

en: Random scale (hit <b>Randomize</b> button to shuffle)
en_GB: Random scale (hit <b>Randomise</b> button to shuffle)

en: Random rotation (hit <b>Randomize</b> button to shuffle)
en_GB: Random rotation (hit <b>Randomise</b> button to shuffle)

en: Random horizontal gaps (hit <b>Randomize</b> button to shuffle)
en_GB: Random horizontal gaps (hit <b>Randomise</b> button to shuffle)

en: Random vertical gaps (hit <b>Randomize</b> button to shuffle)
en_GB: Random vertical gaps (hit <b>Randomise</b> button to shuffle)

en: Change color button parameter
en_GB: Change colour button parameter

en: <b>Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset
en_GB: <b>Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset

en: <b>Inverse Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset
en_GB: <b>Inverse Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset

en: <b>Inverse Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset
en_GB: <b>Inverse Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset

en: <b>Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset
en_GB: <b>Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> reset

en: <b>Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets
en_GB: <b>Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets

en: <b>Inverse Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets
en_GB: <b>Inverse Chamfer</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets

en: <b>Inverse Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets
en_GB: <b>Inverse Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets

en: <b>Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialog, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets
en_GB: <b>Fillet</b>: <b>Ctrl+Click</b> toggles type, <b>Shift+Click</b> open dialogue, <b>Ctrl+Alt+Click</b> resets

en: <b>Stroke width control point</b>: drag to alter the stroke width. <b>Ctrl+click</b> adds a control point, <b>Ctrl+Alt+click</b> deletes it, <b>Shift+click</b> launches width dialog.
en_GB: <b>Stroke width control point</b>: drag to alter the stroke width. <b>Ctrl+click</b> adds a control point, <b>Ctrl+Alt+click</b> deletes it, <b>Shift+click</b> launches width dialogue.

en: Open Font License
en_GB: Open Font Licence

note: TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license
en: URI to this document's license's namespace definition
en_GB: URI to this document's licence's namespace definition

en: XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section
en_GB: XML fragment for the RDF 'Licence' section

en: Paste size separately
en_GB: Paste Size separately

en: Rotate 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate 90° ACW

en: Set center
en_GB: Set centre

en: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>%1</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>%2</b> to scale around rotation center
en_GB: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>%1</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>%2</b> to scale around rotation centre

en: <b>Center</b> of transformation: drag to reposition; scaling, rotation and skew with %1 also uses this center
en_GB: <b>Centre</b> of transformation: drag to reposition; scaling, rotation and skew with %1 also uses this centre

en: <b>Align</b> objects to center; <b>Shift</b> click to center vertically instead of horizontally.
en_GB: <b>Align</b> objects to centre; <b>Shift</b> click to centre vertically instead of horizontally.

en: Reset center
en_GB: Reset centre

en: Move <b>center</b> to %s, %s
en_GB: Move <b>centre</b> to %s, %s

en: _Fill Color
en_GB: _Fill Colour

en: _Stroke Color
en_GB: _Stroke Colour

en: Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the rotation angle by this percentage

en: Randomize the tile blur by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile blur by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each column

en: Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile opacity by this percentage

en: Initial color:
en_GB: Initial colour:

en: Initial color of tiled clones
en_GB: Initial colour of tiled clones

en: Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke or on spray tool in copy mode)
en_GB: Initial colour for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke or on spray tool in copy mode)

en: Randomize the tile hue by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile hue by this percentage

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color saturation by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour saturation by this percentage

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color lightness by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour lightness by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each column

en: Pick the visible color and opacity
en_GB: Pick the visible colour and opacity

en: Pick the Red component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Red component of the colour

en: Pick the Green component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Green component of the colour

en: Pick the Blue component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Blue component of the colour

en: Pick the hue of the color
en_GB: Pick the hue of the colour

en: Pick the saturation of the color
en_GB: Pick the saturation of the colour

en: Pick the lightness of the color
en_GB: Pick the lightness of the colour

en: 2. Tweak the picked value:
en_GB: 2. Tweak the selected value:

en: Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)
en_GB: Shift the mid-range of the selected value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)

en: Randomize:
en_GB: Randomise:

en: Randomize the picked value by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the selected value by this percentage

en: Invert the picked value
en_GB: Invert the selected value

en: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's size is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill or stroke)
en_GB: Each clone is painted by the picked colour (the original must have unset fill or stroke)

en: Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's opacity is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as the last time you tiled it (if any), instead of using the current size
en_GB: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as previous tiling (if any), instead of using the current size

note: TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here
en: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog to zero
en_GB: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and colour changes in the dialogue to zero

en: <small>Randomize:</small>
en_GB: <small>Randomise:</small>

en: Color: <b>%1</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke
en_GB: Colour: <b>%1</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke

en: Set stroke color to none
en_GB: Set stroke colour to none

en: Set fill color to none
en_GB: Set fill colour to none

en: Set stroke color from swatch
en_GB: Set stroke colour from swatch

en: Set fill color from swatch
en_GB: Set fill colour from swatch

en: Unpin Color
en_GB: Unpin Colour

en: Pin Color
en_GB: Pin Colour

en: You can drop dockable dialogs here.
en_GB: You can drop dockable dialogues here.

en: Dialog Window
en_GB: Dialogue Window

en: Guide co_lor:
en_GB: Guide co_lour:

en: Guideline color
en_GB: Guideline colour

en: Color of guidelines
en_GB: Colour of guidelines

en: _Highlight color:
en_GB: _Highlight colour:

en: Highlighted guideline color
en_GB: Highlighted guideline colour

en: Color of a guideline when it is under mouse
en_GB: Colour of a guideline when it is under mouse

en: Desk color
en_GB: Desk colour

en: Toggle checkerboard
en_GB: Toggle chequerboard

en: Link Color Profile
en_GB: Link Colour Profile

en: Remove linked color profile
en_GB: Remove linked colour profile

en: <b>Linked Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Linked Colour Profiles:</b>

en: <b>Available Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Available Colour Profiles:</b>

en: <b>License</b>
en_GB: <b>Licence</b>

en: Minor grid line _color:
en_GB: Minor grid line _colour:

en: Minor grid line color
en_GB: Minor grid line colour

en: Color of the minor grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the minor grid lines

en: Ma_jor grid line color:
en_GB: Ma_jor grid line colour:

en: Major grid line color
en_GB: Major grid line colour

en: Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the major (highlighted) grid lines

en: Export Color Palette
en_GB: Export Colour Palette

en: Color profiles
en_GB: Colour profiles

en: Color used to fill the image background
en_GB: Colour used to fill the image background

en: Color used to fill background
en_GB: Colour used to fill background

en: Export as SVG 1.1 per settings in Preferences dialog
en_GB: Export as SVG 1.1 per settings in Preferences dialogue

note: TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor
en: This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.
en_GB: This matrix determines a linear transform on colour space. Each line affects one of the colour components. Each column determines how much of each colour component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colours, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.

en: Color editing
en_GB: Colour editing

en: Provides erode and dilate effects. For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.
en_GB: Provides erode and dilate effects. For single-colour objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.

en: Modifies pixel colors based on a transformation matrix. Useful for adjusting color hue and saturation.
en_GB: Modifies pixel colours based on a transformation matrix. Useful for adjusting colour hue and saturation.

en: Manipulates color components according to particular transfer functions. Useful for brightness and contrast adjustment, color balance, and thresholding.
en_GB: Manipulates colour components according to particular transfer functions. Useful for brightness and contrast adjustment, colour balance, and thresholding.

en: Fills the region with a given color and opacity. Often used as input to other filters to apply color to a graphic.
en_GB: Fills the region with a given colour and opacity. Often used as input to other filters to apply colour to a graphic.

en: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.
en_GB: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used colour operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.

en: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.
en_GB: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colours at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.

en: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall color intensity of the result.
en_GB: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination colour value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall colour intensity of the result.

en: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.
en_GB: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with colour values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.

en: Diffuse Color:
en_GB: Diffuse Colour:

en: Defines the color of the light source
en_GB: Defines the colour of the light source

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the X direction

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the Y direction

en: The whole filter region will be filled with this color.
en_GB: The whole filter region will be filled with this colour.

en: Specular Color:
en_GB: Specular Colour:

en: ACB file header not recognized.
en_GB: ACB file header not recognised.

en: ACB file color space not supported.
en_GB: ACB file colour space not supported.

en: Palette color space unexpected.
en_GB: Palette colour space unexpected.

en: ASE file header not recognized.
en_GB: ASE file header not recognised.

en: ASE color mode not recognized:
en_GB: ASE colour mode not recognised:

en: Gimp Color Palette
en_GB: Gimp Colour Palette

en: Adobe Color Book
en_GB: Adobe Colour Book

en: Load color palette
en_GB: Load colour palette

en: Path outline color
en_GB: Path outline colour

en: Selects the color used for showing the path outline
en_GB: Selects the colour used for showing the path outline

en: Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment
en_GB: Visualise the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment

en: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behavior
en_GB: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behaviour

en: Show font substitution warning dialog
en_GB: Show font substitution warning dialogue

en: Show font substitution warning dialog when requested fonts are not available on the system
en_GB: Show font substitution warning dialogue when requested fonts are not available on the system

en: Color for symbolic icons:
en_GB: Colour for symbolic icons:

en: Color for symbolic success icons:
en_GB: Colour for symbolic success icons:

en: Color for symbolic warning icons:
en_GB: Colour for symbolic warning icons:

en: Color for symbolic error icons:
en_GB: Colour for symbolic error icons:

en: Use default base color for icons
en_GB: Use default base colour for icons

en: Use default highlight colors for icons
en_GB: Use default highlight colours for icons

en: Icon color base
en_GB: Icon colour base

en: Base color for icons
en_GB: Base colour for icons

en: Icon color highlights
en_GB: Icon colour highlights

en: Highlight colors supported by some symbolic icon themes
en_GB: Highlight colours supported by some symbolic icon themes

en: Reset theme colors for some symbolic icon themes
en_GB: Reset theme colours for some symbolic icon themes

en: Color theme:
en_GB: Colour theme:

en: Syntax coloring for XML Editor
en_GB: Syntax colouring for XML Editor

en: Native open/save dialogs
en_GB: Native open/save dialogues

en: GTK open/save dialogs
en_GB: GTK open/save dialogues

en: Dialogs are hidden in taskbar
en_GB: Dialogues are hidden in taskbar

[ctx: Window size]
en: Maximized
en_GB: Maximised

en: Use Windows like open and save dialogs
en_GB: Use Windows like open and save dialogues

en: Use GTK open and save dialogs
en_GB: Use GTK open and save dialogues

en: Dialogs settings
en_GB: Dialogues settings

en: Allow dialog docking
en_GB: Allow dialogue docking

en: Disable dialog docking
en_GB: Disable dialogue docking

en: Dialog behavior
en_GB: Dialogue behavior

en: Dialogs are treated as regular windows
en_GB: Dialogues are treated as regular windows

en: Dialogs stay on top of document windows
en_GB: Dialogues stay on top of document windows

en: Dialog on top
en_GB: Dialogue on top

en: Dialog names will be displayed when there is enough space
en_GB: Dialogue names will be displayed when there is enough space

en: Only show dialog icons
en_GB: Only show dialogue icons

en: Labels behavior
en_GB: Labels behaviour

en: Save and restore dialogs' status
en_GB: Save and restore dialogues' status

en: Save and restore dialogs' status (the last open windows dialogs are saved when it closes)
en_GB: Save and restore dialogues' status (the last open windows dialogues are saved when it closes)

en: Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar
en_GB: Whether dialogue windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar

en: Use compact color selector mode switch
en_GB: Use compact colour selector mode switch

en: Use compact combo box for selecting color modes
en_GB: Use compact combo box for selecting colour modes

en: Visible color pickers
en_GB: Visible colour pickers

en: Select color pickers
en_GB: Select colour pickers

en: Line color when zooming out
en_GB: Line colour when zooming out

en: The gridlines will be shown in minor grid line color
en_GB: The gridlines will be shown in minor grid line colour

en: The gridlines will be shown in major grid line color
en_GB: The gridlines will be shown in major grid line colour

en: Minor grid line color:
en_GB: Minor grid line colour:

en: Color used for normal grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for normal grid lines

en: Major grid line color:
en_GB: Major grid line colour:

en: Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for major (highlighted) grid lines

en: Color used for block margins
en_GB: Colour used for block margins

en: Color used for grid blocks
en_GB: Colour used for grid blocks

en: When this option is on, the "Save as..." and "Save a Copy..." dialogs will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, each will open in the directory where you last saved a file using it
en_GB: When this option is on, the "Save as..." and "Save a Copy" dialogues will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, each will open in the directory where you last saved a file using it

en: Show all outputs in Export Dialog
en_GB: Show all outputs in Export Dialogue

en: Will list all possible output extensions in the Export Dialog selection.
en_GB: Will list all possible output extensions in the Export Dialogue selection.

en: Use named colors
en_GB: Use named colours

en: If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value
en_GB: If set, write the CSS name of the colour when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value

en: Path data should be written: only with absolute coordinates, only with relative coordinates, or optimized for string length (mixed absolute and relative coordinates)
en_GB: Path data should be written: only with absolute coordinates, only with relative coordinates, or optimised for string length (mixed absolute and relative coordinates)

en: SVG 2 allows markers to automatically match the stroke color by using 'context_paint' or 'context_fill'. This adjusts the markers own colors.
en_GB: SVG 2 allows markers to automatically match the stroke colour by using 'context_paint' or 'context_fill'. This adjusts the markers own colours.

en: Mark out of gamut colors
en_GB: Mark out of gamut colours

en: Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device
en_GB: Highlights colours that are out of gamut for the target device

en: Out of gamut warning color:
en_GB: Out of gamut warning colour:

en: Selects the color used for out of gamut warning
en_GB: Selects the colour used for out of gamut warning

en: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimizing loss in case of a crash
en_GB: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimising loss in case of a crash

en: Color stock markers the same color as object
en_GB: Colour stock markers the same colour as object

en: Color custom markers the same color as object
en_GB: Colour custom markers the same colour as object

en: Update marker color when object color changes
en_GB: Update marker colour when object colour changes

en: Stroke color same as object, fill color either object fill color or marker fill color
en_GB: Stroke colour same as object, fill colour either object fill colour or marker fill colour

en: Lower quality (some artifacts), but display is faster
en_GB: Lower quality (some artefacts), but display is faster

en: Lowest quality (considerable artifacts), but display is fastest
en_GB: Lowest quality (considerable artefacts), but display is fastest

en: Default image resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialog
en_GB: Default image resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialogue

en: Pop-up linking and scaling dialog when importing bitmap image.
en_GB: Pop-up linking and scaling dialogue when importing bitmap image.

en: Pop-up linking and scaling dialog when importing SVG image.
en_GB: Pop-up linking and scaling dialogue when importing SVG image.

en: Use default bitmap resolution in favor of information from file
en_GB: Use default bitmap resolution in favour of information from file

en: Select a file of predefined shortcuts and modifiers to use. Any customizations you create will be added separately to %1
en_GB: Select a file of predefined shortcuts and modifiers to use. Any customisations you create will be added separately to %1

en: Remove all your customized keyboard shortcuts, and revert to the shortcuts in the shortcut file listed above
en_GB: Remove all your customised keyboard shortcuts, and revert to the shortcuts in the shortcut file listed above

en: Set item highlight color
en_GB: Set item highlight colour

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Y coordinate of the center
en_GB: Y coordinate of the centre

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: X coordinate of the center
en_GB: X coordinate of the centre

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Objects' rotational centers
en_GB: Objects' rotational centres

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Parameterized:
en_GB: Parameterised:

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Center X/Y:
en_GB: Centre X/Y:

en: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog.
en_GB: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialogue.

en: Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)
en_GB: Rotation angle (positive = anti-clockwise)

en: Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement
en_GB: Horizontal skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement

en: Rotate in a counterclockwise direction
en_GB: Rotate in a anticlockwise direction

en: Automatic panel layout:
    changes with dialog size
en_GB: Automatic panel layout:
    changes with dialogue size

en: Drop color on gradient
en_GB: Drop colour on gradient

en: Drop color
en_GB: Drop colour

en: Node or handle drag canceled.
en_GB: Node or handle drag cancelled.

en: Transform around center
en_GB: Transform around centre

en: When scaling, scale selection symmetrically around its rotation center. When rotating/skewing, transform relative to opposite corner/edge.
en_GB: When scaling, scale selection symmetrically around its rotation centre. When rotating/skewing, transform relative to opposite corner/edge.

en: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

en: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° increments
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation centre with snapping to %f° increments

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation center</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms
en_GB: <b>Rotation centre</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms

note: TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute
en: Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")
en_GB: Whether to fill with flat colour beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")

en: center is denser
en_GB: centre is denser

en: center is much denser
en_GB: centre is much denser

en: starts from center
en_GB: starts from centre

en: NOT randomized
en_GB: NOT randomised

en: visibly randomized
en_GB: visibly randomised

en: strongly randomized
en_GB: strongly randomised

en: Star: Change randomization
en_GB: Star: Change randomisation

en: Color/opacity used for color tweaking
en_GB: Colour/opacity used for colour tweaking

en: Set picked color
en_GB: Set picked colour

en: <b>Release mouse</b> to set color.
en_GB: <b>Release mouse</b> to set colour.

en: Visible Colors
en_GB: Visible Colours

en: Measure start, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialog
en_GB: Measure start, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialogue

en: Measure end, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialog
en_GB: Measure end, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialogue

en: Smoothed mesh corner color.
en_GB: Smoothed mesh corner colour.

en: Picked mesh corner color.
en_GB: Picked mesh corner colour.

en: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalize.
en_GB: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalise.

en: Move canceled.
en_GB: Move cancelled.

en: Selection canceled.
en_GB: Selection cancelled.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>counterclockwise</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>anticlockwise</b>.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with color.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with colour.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomize colors</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomise colours</b>.

en: Color paint tweak
en_GB: Colour paint tweak

en: Color jitter tweak
en_GB: Colour jitter tweak

en: Toggle color-managed display for this document window
en_GB: Toggle colour-managed display for this document window

en: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color
en_GB: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the colour

en: Choose style of color selection
en_GB: Choose style of colour selection

en: Color Managed
en_GB: Colour Managed

en: print colors preview
en_GB: print colours preview

en: Set fill color
en_GB: Set fill colour

en: Set stroke color
en_GB: Set stroke colour

[ctx: BlendMode]
en: Color Burn
en_GB: Colour Burn

[ctx: BlendMode]
en: Color Dodge
en_GB: Colour Dodge

[ctx: BlendMode]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Normal capitalization.
en_GB: Normal capitalisation.

en: Stop color
en_GB: Stop colour

en: Document license updated
en_GB: Document licence updated

en: Border and shadow color
en_GB: Border and shadow colour

en: Flat color
en_GB: Flat colour

en: <b>Flat color</b>
en_GB: <b>Flat colour</b>

en: Pattern color
en_GB: Pattern colour

en: Flat color (fill)
en_GB: Flat colour (fill)

en: Flat color (stroke)
en_GB: Flat colour (stroke)

en: Apply last set color to fill
en_GB: Apply last set colour to fill

en: Apply last set color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last set colour to stroke

en: Apply last selected color to fill
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to fill

en: Apply last selected color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to stroke

en: Last Set Color
en_GB: Last Set Colour

en: Last Selected Color
en_GB: Last Selected Colour

en: Paste Color
en_GB: Paste Colour

en: Set stroke miter
en_GB: Set stroke mitre

en: Swatch color
en_GB: Swatch colour

en: Change swatch color
en_GB: Change swatch colour

en: Enlarge pinned colors
en_GB: Enlarge pinned colours

en: Show color labels
en_GB: Show colour labels

en: Select this on canvas (if applicable) or in the XML dialog (e.g. a pattern in the 'defs' section)
en_GB: Select this on canvas (if applicable) or in the XML dialogue (e.g. a pattern in the 'defs' section)

en: Set Favorite
en_GB: Set Favourite

en: Unset Favorite
en_GB: Unset Favourite

en: Layers and Objects dialog settings
en_GB: Layers and Objects dialogue settings

en: Search colors by their name
en_GB: Search colours by their name

en: Load palette of colors or swatches
en_GB: Load palette of colours or swatches

en: Show colors with names
en_GB: Show colours with names

en: Show colors in a grid
en_GB: Show colours in a grid

en: This dialog allows you to automatically convert a raster graphic into vector paths. Several options are available for different use cases:
     * "Brightness cutoff" detects areas that are darker than the threshold value and creates a path enclosing them (using potrace).
     * "Edge detection" detects changes greater than the given threshold value in the brightness of color patches and creates paths to separate them (using potrace).
     * "Color quantization" separates the image into the given number of colors, and separates them with a path (using potrace).
     * "Autotrace" uses the autotrace algorithm with the given option.
     * "Centerline tracing" tries to vectorize a line drawing (with autotrace).
     * "Multicolor" options separate the image into a number of scans, depending on brightness, color separation, or gray levels (using potrace), or using the autotrace algorithm, and create several paths for those.
     * The "Pixel art" tab allows to use an algorithm for pixel recognition or one for depixelizing to vectorize pixel art images.
    
     * NOTE:
      1) Save your work before tracing
      2) Watch your pixel count: "Trace pixel art" creates up to one path per pixel. It is not recommended for images that are not pixel art.
      3) Autotrace is slower than potrace, it is not recommended for big images. Preprocessing your images to increase contrast is recommended.
      4) If your goal is to get few nodes and good precision, manual tracing is always best.
en_GB: This dialogue allows you to automatically convert a raster graphic into vector paths. Several options are available for different use cases:
     * "Brightness cutoff" detects areas that are darker than the threshold value and creates a path enclosing them (using potrace).
     * "Edge detection" detects changes greater than the given threshold value in the brightness of colour patches and creates paths to separate them (using potrace).
     * "Colour quantisation" separates the image into the given number of colours, and separates them with a path (using potrace).
     * "Autotrace" uses the autotrace algorithm with the given option.
     * "Centreline tracing" tries to vectorise a line drawing (with autotrace).
     * "Multicolour" options separate the image into a number of scans, depending on brightness, colour separation, or grey levels (using potrace), or using the autotrace algorithm, and create several paths for those.
     * The "Pixel art" tab allows to use an algorithm for pixel recognition or one for depixelising to vectorise pixel art images.
    
     * NOTE:
      1) Save your work before tracing
      2) Watch your pixel count: "Trace pixel art" creates up to one path per pixel. It is not recommended for images that are not pixel art.
      3) Autotrace is slower than potrace, it is not recommended for big images. Preprocessing your images to increase contrast is recommended.
      4) If your goal is to get few nodes and good precision, manual tracing is always best.

en: Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments
en_GB: Try to optimise paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments

en: Color quantization
en_GB: Colour quantisation

en: Centerline tracing (autotrace)
en_GB: Centreline tracing (autotrace)

en: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed
en_GB: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be supressed

en: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimization
en_GB: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimisation

en: Multicolor
en_GB: Multicolour

en: Favors connections that are part of a long curve (multiplier)
en_GB: Favours connections that are part of a long curve (multiplier)

en: Favors connections that are part of foreground color
en_GB: Favours connections that are part of foreground colour

en: The radius of the window analyzed
en_GB: The radius of the window analysed

en: Optimize speed
en_GB: Optimise speed

en: Optimize quality
en_GB: Optimise quality

en: Light Checkerboard
en_GB: Light Chequerboard

en: Dark Checkerboard
en_GB: Dark Chequerboard

en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

en: Select the default color background for the canvas
en_GB: Select the default colour background for the canvas

en: Randomized:
en_GB: Randomised:

en: Page background color used during editing and exporting
en_GB: Page background colour used during editing and exporting

en: Page border and drop shadow color
en_GB: Page border and drop shadow colour

en: Desk background color surrounding pages
en_GB: Desk background colour surrounding pages

en: If set, use a colored checkerboard for the desk background.
en_GB: If set, use a coloured chequerboard for the desk background.

en: Apply color to the current pattern
en_GB: Apply colour to the current pattern

en: Center on vertical axis
en_GB: Centre on vertical axis

en: Center on horizontal axis
en_GB: Centre on horizontal axis

en: Center Page
en_GB: Centre Page

en: Show/Hide D_ialogs
en_GB: Show/Hide D_ialogues

en: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)
en_GB: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude mode (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)

en: Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha
en_GB: Pick both the colour and the alpha (transparency) under cursos; otherwise, pick only the visible colour premultiplied by alpha

en: Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)
en_GB: Open LPE dialogue (to adapt parameters numerically)

en: Pick colors for selected corner nodes from underneath mesh.
en_GB: Pick colours for selected corner nodes from underneath mesh.

en: Object rotation centers
en_GB: Object rotation centres

en: No overlap between colors
en_GB: No overlap between colours

en: Pick color from the drawing. You can use clonetiler trace dialog for advanced effects. In clone mode original fill or stroke colors must be unset.
en_GB: Pick colour from the drawing. You can use clonetiler trace dialogue for advanced effects. In clone mode original fill or stroke colours must be unset.

en: Apply picked color to fill
en_GB: Apply picked colour to fill

en: Apply picked color to stroke
en_GB: Apply picked colour to stroke

en: Inverted pick value, retaining color in advanced trace mode
en_GB: Inverted pick value, retaining colour in advanced trace mode

en: Pick from center instead of average area.
en_GB: Pick from centre instead of average area.

en: Open the Font Collections dialog
en_GB: Open the Font Collections dialogue

en: COLORS AND STYLES
en_GB: COLOURS AND STYLES

en: Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate objects, with Shift anticlockwise

en: Paint the tool's color upon selected objects
en_GB: Paint the tool's colour upon selected objects

en: Jitter the colors of selected objects
en_GB: Jitter the colours of selected objects

en: In color mode, act on object's hue
en_GB: In colour mode, act on object's hue

en: In color mode, act on object's saturation
en_GB: In colour mode, act on object's saturation

en: In color mode, act on object's lightness
en_GB: In colour mode, act on object's lightness

en: In color mode, act on object's opacity
en_GB: In colour mode, act on object's opacity

en: Area is zero, cannot calculate Center of Mass
en_GB: Area is zero, cannot calculate Centre of Mass

en: Please select a color profile in the document settings.
en_GB: Please select a colour profile in the document settings.

en: Please only link a single color profile in the document settings. No output generated.
en_GB: Please only link a single colour profile in the document settings. No output generated.

en: Threshold Color (1-255):
en_GB: Threshold Colour (1-255):

en: Input (r,g,b) Color Range:
en_GB: Input (r,g,b) Colour Range:

en: 
    Allows you to evaluate different functions for each channel.
    r, g and b are the normalized values of the red, green and blue channels. The resulting RGB values are automatically clamped.
    
    Example (half the red, swap green and blue):
      Red Function: r*0.5
      Green Function: b
      Blue Function: g
en_GB: 
    Allows you to evaluate different functions for each channel.
    r, g and b are the normalised values of the red, green and blue channels. The resulting RGB values are automatically clamped.
    
    Example (half the red, swap green and blue):
      Red Function: r*0.5
      Green Function: b
      Blue Function: g

en: 
    Adjusts hue, saturation and lightness in the HSL representation of the selected objects's color.
en_GB: 
    Adjusts hue, saturation and lightness in the HSL representation of the selected objects's colour.

en: Randomizes hue, saturation, lightness and/or opacity (opacity randomization only for objects and groups). Change the range values to limit the distance between the original color and the randomized one.
en_GB: Randomises hue, saturation, lightness and/or opacity (opacity randomisation only for objects and groups). Change the range values to limit the distance between the original colour and the randomised one.

en: Color to replace
en_GB: Colour to replace

en: Ignore opacity when searching for colors to replace
en_GB: Ignore opacity when searching for colours to replace

en: New color
en_GB: New colour

en: Visualize Path
en_GB: Visualise Path

en: 
    Apply this extension after opening an SVG file
        exported from Adobe Illustrator to:
    
    (1) Recognize and import named layers.
    
    (2) Correct document scale, if necessary.
        (Illustrator may export SVG at 75% of correct size.)
en_GB: 
    Apply this extension after opening an SVG file
        exported from Adobe Illustrator to:
    
    (1) Recognise and import named layers.
    
    (2) Correct document scale, if necessary.
        (Illustrator may export SVG at 75% of correct size.)

en: - AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.
    - The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output (96 px = 1 in).
    - Supported element types
        - paths (lines and splines)
        - rectangles
        - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)
    - ROBO-Master spline output is a specialized spline readable only by ROBO-Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.
    - LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a legacy version of the LINE output.
    - You can choose to export all layers, only visible ones or by name match (case insensitive and use comma ',' as separator)
en_GB: - AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.
    - The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output (96 px = 1 in).
    - Supported element types
        - paths (lines and splines)
        - rectangles
        - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)
    - ROBO-Master spline output is a specialised spline readable only by ROBO-Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.
    - LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a legacy version of the LINE output.
    - You can choose to export all layers, only visible ones or by name match (case insensitive and use comma ',' as separator)

en: Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette
en_GB: Exports the colours of this document as GIMP Palette

en: Fractalize
en_GB: Fractalise

en: Stroke Color:
en_GB: Stroke Colour:

en: Fill Color:
en_GB: Fill Colour:

en: 
    This extension renders all text (or all selected text)
    in your document into using specialized "stroke" or
    "engraving" fonts designed for plotters.
    
    Whereas regular "outline" fonts (e.g., TrueType) work
    by filling in the region inside an invisible outline,
    engraving fonts are composed only of individual lines
    or strokes; much like human handwriting.
    
    Engraving fonts are used for creating text paths that
    computer controlled drawing and cutting machines (from
    pen plotters to CNC routers) can efficiently follow.
    
    A complete user guide is available to download at:
      http://wiki.evilmadscientist.com/hershey
    
    For extended help, click "Apply" with this tab selected.
en_GB: 
    This extension renders all text (or all selected text)
    in your document into using specialised "stroke" or
    "engraving" fonts designed for plotters.
    
    Whereas regular "outline" fonts (e.g., TrueType) work
    by filling in the region inside an invisible outline,
    engraving fonts are composed only of individual lines
    or strokes; much like human handwriting.
    
    Engraving fonts are used for creating text paths that
    computer controlled drawing and cutting machines (from
    pen plotters to CNC routers) can efficiently follow.
    
    A complete user guide is available to download at:
      http://wiki.evilmadscientist.com/hershey
    
    For extended help, click "Apply" with this tab selected.

en: The speed the pen will move with in centimeters or millimeters per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command; most plotters ignore this command (Default: 0)Can be defined in the layer name together with the pen number. eg. (Pen3 Speed10)
en_GB: The speed the pen will move with in centimetres or millimetres per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command; most plotters ignore this command (Default: 0)Can be defined in the layer name together with the pen number. eg. (Pen3 Speed10)

en: Center zero point
en_GB: Centre zero point

en: Check this if your plotter uses a centered zero point (Default: Unchecked)
en_GB: Check this if your plotter uses a centred zero point (Default: Unchecked)

en: The first option rediscretizes both paths before the interpolation with the other path's node positions. The second option removes extra nodes of the longer path.
en_GB: The first option rediscretises both paths before the interpolation with the other path's node positions. The second option removes extra nodes of the longer path.

en: Path Colors
en_GB: Path Colours

en: Set path color to blue:
en_GB: Set path colour to blue:

en: Set path color to cyan:
en_GB: Set path colour to cyan:

en: Set path color to green:
en_GB: Set path colour to green:

en: Set path color to black:
en_GB: Set path colour to black:

en: Set path color to magenta:
en_GB: Set path colour to magenta:

en: Set path color to orange:
en_GB: Set path colour to orange:

en: Set path color to red:
en_GB: Set path colour to red:

en: Set path color to white:
en_GB: Set path colour to white:

en: Set path color to yellow:
en_GB: Set path colour to yellow:

en: This extension allows you customize the key bindings JessyInk uses. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details.
en_GB: This extension allows you customise the key bindings JessyInk uses. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details.

en: This extension allows you customize the mouse handler JessyInk uses. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details.
en_GB: This extension allows you customise the mouse handler JessyInk uses. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details.

en: If the export already exists, it will skip it and color the rectangle GREY. If the "Overwrite existing exports" checkbox is selected, and the file was previously generated, it will color the rectangle RED. For new exports that did not previously exist, the rectangle will be GREEN.
en_GB: If the export already exists, it will skip it and colour the rectangle GREY. If the "Overwrite existing exports" checkbox is selected, and the file was previously generated, it will colour the rectangle RED. For new exports that did not previously exist, the rectangle will be GREEN.

en: Randomize step (%):
en_GB: Randomise step (%):

en: Randomize angle (%):
en_GB: Randomise angle (%):

en: 
    The path is generated by applying the 
    substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, 
    Order times. The following commands are 
    recognized in Axiom and Rules:
    
    Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward 
    
    Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward 
    
    +: turn left
    
    -: turn right
    
    |: turn 180 degrees
    
    [: remember point
    
    ]: return to remembered point
    
    Multiple rules can be provided by 
    separating them with a semicolon (;).
en_GB: 
    The path is generated by applying the 
    substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, 
    Order times. The following commands are 
    recognised in Axiom and Rules:
    
    Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward 
    
    Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward 
    
    +: turn left
    
    -: turn right
    
    |: turn 180 degrees
    
    [: remember point
    
    ]: return to remembered point
    
    Multiple rules can be provided by 
    separating them with a semicolon (;).

en: Fill shadow with stroke color of selected object(s) if set
en_GB: Fill shadow with stroke colour of selected object(s) if set

en: Color Markers
en_GB: Colour Markers

en: Invert fill and stroke colors
en_GB: Invert fill and stroke colours

en: Assign fill color
en_GB: Assign fill colour

en: Assign stroke color
en_GB: Assign stroke colour

[ctx: measure extension]
en: Center of Mass
en_GB: Centre of Mass

en: Fixed Text, Center of BBox
en_GB: Fixed Text, Centre of BBox

en: Fixed Text, Center of Mass
en_GB: Fixed Text, Centre of Mass

en: Center (Middle)
en_GB: Centre (Middle)

en: Center of BBox
en_GB: Centre of BBox

en: This effect measures the length, area, or center-of-mass of the selected paths. Length and area are added as a text object with the selected units. Center-of-mass is shown as a cross symbol.
    
      * Text display format can be either Text-On-Path, or stand-alone text at a specified angle.
      * The number of significant digits can be controlled by the Precision field.
      * The Offset field controls the distance from the text to the path.
      * The Scale factor can be used to make measurements in scaled drawings. For example, if 1 cm in the drawing equals 2.5 m in the real world, Scale must be set to 250.
      * When calculating area, the result should be precise for polygons and Bezier curves. If a circle is used, the area may be too high by as much as 0.03%.
en_GB: This effect measures the length, area, or centre-of-mass of the selected paths. Length and area are added as a text object with the selected units. Centre-of-mass is shown as a cross symbol.
    
      * Text display format can be either Text-On-Path, or stand-alone text at a specified angle.
      * The number of significant digits can be controlled by the Precision field.
      * The Offset field controls the distance from the text to the path.
      * The Scale factor can be used to make measurements in scaled drawings. For example, if 1 cm in the drawing equals 2.5 m in the real world, Scale must be set to 250.
      * When calculating area, the result should be precise for polygons and Bezier curves. If a circle is used, the area may be too high by as much as 0.03%.

en: Reverse color scheme
en_GB: Reverse colour scheme

en: Area artifacts
en_GB: Area artefacts

en: Artifact diameter:
en_GB: Artefact diameter:

en: 
    Usage:
    1. Select all Area Offsets (gray outlines)
    2. Object/Ungroup (Shift+Ctrl+G)
    3. Press Apply
    
    Suspected small objects will be marked out by colored arrows.
en_GB: 
    Usage:
    1. Select all Area Offsets (grey outlines)
    2. Object/Ungroup (Shift+Ctrl+G)
    3. Press Apply
    
    Suspected small objects will be marked out by coloured arrows.

en: 
    Biarc interpolation tolerance is the maximum distance between path and its approximation.
    The segment will be split into two segments if the distance between path's segment and its approximation exceeds biarc interpolation tolerance.
    For depth function c=color intensity from 0.0 (white) to 1.0 (black), d is the depth defined by orientation points, s - surface defined by orientation points.
en_GB: 
    Biarc interpolation tolerance is the maximum distance between path and its approximation.
    The segment will be split into two segments if the distance between path's segment and its approximation exceeds biarc interpolation tolerance.
    For depth function c=colour intensity from 0.0 (white) to 1.0 (black), d is the depth defined by orientation points, s - surface defined by orientation points.

en: Parameterize Gcode
en_GB: Parameterise Gcode

en: Flip y axis and parameterize Gcode
en_GB: Flip y axis and parameterise Gcode

en: Create linearization preview
en_GB: Create linearisation preview

en: Optimized SVG Output
en_GB: Optimised SVG Output

en: Shorten color values
en_GB: Shorten colour values

en: Convert all color specifications to #RRGGBB (or #RGB where applicable) format.
en_GB: Convert all colour specifications to #RRGGBB (or #RGB where applicable) format.

en: Remove metadata tags along with all the contained information, which may include license and author information, alternate versions for non-SVG-enabled browsers, etc.
en_GB: Remove metadata tags along with all the contained information, which may include licence and author information, alternative versions for non-SVG-enabled browsers, etc.

en: Minimize the length of IDs using only lowercase letters, assigning the shortest values to the most-referenced elements. For instance, "linearGradient5621" will become "a" if it is the most used element.
en_GB: Minimise the length of IDs using only lowercase letters, assigning the shortest values to the most-referenced elements. For instance, "linearGradient5621" will become "a" if it is the most used element.

en: Optimized SVG Output is provided by
en_GB: Optimised SVG Output is provided by

en: Optimized SVG (*.svg)
en_GB: Optimised SVG (*.svg)

en: The speed the pen will move with in centimeters or millimeters per second (depending on your plotter model). Set to 0 to omit command. Most plotters ignore this command (default: 0). Can be defined in the layer name together with the pen number (e.g. 'Pen 3 Speed 10').
en_GB: The speed the pen will move with in centimetres or millimetres per second (depending on your plotter model). Set to 0 to omit command. Most plotters ignore this command (default: 0). Can be defined in the layer name together with the pen number (e.g. 'Pen 3 Speed 10').

en: Center origin
en_GB: Centre origin

en: Check this if your plotter uses a centered origin (default: Unchecked)
en_GB: Check this if your plotter uses a centred origin (default: Unchecked)

en: Color Bars
en_GB: Colour Bars

en: Optimized PNG
en_GB: Optimised PNG

en: Optimize PNG with 'optipng'
en_GB: Optimise PNG with 'optipng'

en: Allow color type reduction
en_GB: Allow colour type reduction

en: Optimized PNG (*.png)
en_GB: Optimised PNG (*.png)

en: Optimize PNG output for file size.
en_GB: Optimise PNG output for file size.

en: Invert the colors, may fail for symbols option
en_GB: Invert the colours, may fail for symbols option

en: Diameter of center hole (0 for none):
en_GB: Diameter of centre hole (0 for none):

en: Show color reference
en_GB: Show colour reference

en: Year color:
en_GB: Year colour:

en: Month color:
en_GB: Month colour:

en: Weekday name color:
en_GB: Weekday name colour:

en: Day color:
en_GB: Day colour:

en: Weekend day color:
en_GB: Weekend day colour:

en: Next month day color:
en_GB: Next month day colour:

en: Week number color:
en_GB: Week number colour:

en: Triangles color
en_GB: Triangles colour

en: Triangles with item color
en_GB: Triangles with item colour

en: Triangles with item color (random on apply)
en_GB: Triangles with item colour (random on apply)

en: Top and Center
en_GB: Top and Centre

en: Middle and Center
en_GB: Middle and Centre

en: Bottom and Center
en_GB: Bottom and Centre

en: It uses vector graphics to allow for sharp printouts and renderings at unlimited resolution and is not bound to a fixed number of pixels like raster graphics. Inkscape uses the standardized SVG file format as its main format, which is supported by many other applications including web browsers.
en_GB: It uses vector graphics to allow for sharp printouts and renderings at unlimited resolution and is not bound to a fixed number of pixels like raster graphics. Inkscape uses the standardised SVG file format as its main format, which is supported by many other applications including web browsers.

en: LPE dialog user interface redesign
en_GB: LPE dialogue user interface redesign

en: Single dialog for alignment options
en_GB: Single dialogue for alignment options

en: Gradient editing in Fill and Stroke dialog
en_GB: Gradient editing in Fill and Stroke dialogue

en: Layers and Objects dialog merged
en_GB: Layers and Objects dialogue merged

en: More customization options
en_GB: More customisation options

en: Welcome dialog
en_GB: Welcome dialogue

en: Complete rework of the dialog docking system
en_GB: Complete rework of the dialogue docking system

en: Search field in Preferences dialog
en_GB: Search field in Preferences dialogue

en: Improved Export PNG dialog
en_GB: Improved Export PNG dialogue

en: Ability to directly export JPG, TIFF, optimized PNG, and WebP
en_GB: Ability to directly export JPG, TIFF, optimised PNG, and WebP

en: Theming support and more new customization options
en_GB: Theming support and more new customisation options

en: Native support for macOS with a signed and notarized .dmg file
en_GB: Native support for macOS with a signed and notarised .dmg file

en: Integrated centerline tracing for vectorizing line drawings
en_GB: Integrated centreline tracing for vectorising line drawings

en: Searchable Symbols dialog
en_GB: Searchable Symbols dialogue

en: New Live Path Effect (LPE) selection dialog
en_GB: New Live Path Effect (LPE) selection dialogue

en: The color slider can be constrained to stepped values
en_GB: The colour slider can be constrained to stepped values

en: Improved fill and stroke HSL color selection
en_GB: Improved fill and stroke HSL colour selection

en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

en: Millimeters (25.4 mm/in)
en_GB: Millimetres (25.4 mm/in)

en: centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

en: Centimeters (10 mm/cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (10 mm/cm)

en: Color-Managed View
en_GB: Colour-Managed View

en: usage: ifdown <configuration>
en_GB: usage: ifdown <device name>

en: usage: ifdown-routes <net-device> [<nickname>]
en_GB: usage: ifup-routes <net-device> [<nickname>]

en: Usage: ifup <configuration>
en_GB: Usage: ifup <device name>

en: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|restart|showsysctl}
en_GB: showsysctl}

en: Unknown error during finalizing the request of SwitchIM
en_GB: Unknown error during finalising the request of SwitchIM

en: Embed Preedit Text
en_GB: Embed Pre-edit Text

en: Embed Preedit Text in Application Window
en_GB: Embed Pre-edit Text in Application Window

en: The behavior of property panel. 0 = Do not show, 1 = Auto hide, 2 = Always show
en_GB: The behaviour of property panel. 0 = Do not show, 1 = Auto hide, 2 = Always show

en: Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar
en_GB: Set the behaviour of ibus how to show or hide language bar

en: Embed preedit text in application window
en_GB: Embed pre-edit text in application window

en: Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window
en_GB: Embed the pre-edit text of input method in the application window

en: The object of reversi is to flip your opponent’s tiles to your color, while your opponent is trying to flip your tiles to his own color. Opponent’s tiles are flipped when trapped between an already placed tile of your color and the tile you add. Who finishes with more tiles wins!
en_GB: The object of reversi is to flip your opponent’s tiles to your colour, while your opponent is trying to flip your tiles to their own colour. Opponent’s tiles are flipped when trapped between an already placed tile of your colour and the tile you add. Who finishes with more tiles wins!

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/alternate-who-starts'
en: If “true”, when playing against AI, the “color” settings is toggled after every new game request, making the next game being started with inverted roles (previous Dark player playing Light). Ignored for two-player games.
en_GB: If “true”, when playing against AI, the “colour” settings is toggled after every new game request, making the next game being started with inverted roles (previous Dark player playing Light). Ignored for two-player games.

note: Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/color'
en: Color to play as
en_GB: Colour to play as

note: Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/random-start-position'
en: A flag to randomize start position
en_GB: A flag to randomise start position

note: Translators: on really small windows, the about dialog is replaced by an in-window view; here is the label of the link to the GPL license; TODO better text, as in the usual about dialog
en: GNU General Public License
    version 3 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence
    version 3 or later

note: Translators: when configuring a new game, button label if the player choose to start
en: Color: Dark
en_GB: Colour: Dark

note: Translators: when configuring a new game, button label if the player choose let computer start
en: Color: Light
en_GB: Colour: Light

note: Translators: during a game, notification to display when Dark has no possible moves
en: Dark must pass, Light’s move
en_GB: Dark must pass, Light‘s move

note: Translators: during a game, notification to display when the game is a draw
en: The game is draw.
en_GB: The game is a draw.

en: builtin
en_GB: built-in

en: Optimizing lens distortion parameters...
en_GB: Optimising lens distortion parameters...

en: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimize" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.
en_GB: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimise" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.

en: Error initializing GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.
en_GB: Error initialising GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.

en: Horizontal image center shift (d)
en_GB: Horizontal image centre shift (d)

en: Vertical image center shift (e)
en_GB: Vertical image centre shift (e)

en: Horizontal vignetting center shift (Vx)
en_GB: Horizontal vignetting centre shift (Vx)

en: Vertical vignetting center shift (Vy)
en_GB: Vertical vignetting centre shift (Vy)

en: &Show tips at startup
en_GB: &Show tips at start-up

en: Loading canceled
en_GB: Loading cancelled

en: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimizing)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform color)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project
en_GB: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimising)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform colour)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project

en: Can't switch to simple interface. The project is using stacks and/or vignetting center shift.
    These features are not supported in simple interface.
en_GB: Can't switch to simple interface. The project is using stacks and/or vignetting centre shift.
    These features are not supported in simple interface.

en: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least one image in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimization canceled.
en_GB: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least one image in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimisation cancelled.

en: Optimizer run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimization of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimisation of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimize all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a,b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimise all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a, b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?

en: Optimization result
en_GB: Optimisation result

en: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least 2 images in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimization canceled.
en_GB: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least 2 images in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimisation cancelled.

en: You selected no parameters to optimize.
    Therefore optimization will be canceled.
en_GB: You selected no parameters to optimise.
    Therefore optimisation will be cancelled.

en: Exposure optimization
en_GB: Exposure optimisation

en: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimization aborted
en_GB: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimisation aborted

en: Internal error during photometric optimization:
en_GB: Internal error during photometric optimisation:

en: Photometric optimization results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f gray values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?
en_GB: Photometric optimisation results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f grey values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?

en: Photometric optimization finished
en_GB: Photometric optimisation finished

en: Click on a area which should be neutral gray / white in the final panorama.
en_GB: Click on a area which should be neutral grey / white in the final panorama.

en: Left click to define new center point, right click to move point to horizon.
en_GB: Left click to define new centre point, right click to move point to horizon.

en: Center panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button
en_GB: Centre panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button

en: Initializing shutdown...
en_GB: Initialising shut-down...

en: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialog, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?
en_GB: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialogue, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?

en: Not all project files could be written successfully.
    Maybe you have no write permission for these directories or your disc is full.
en_GB: Not all project files could be written successfully.
    Maybe you have no write permission for these directories or your disk is full.

en: Prealigned panorama
en_GB: Pre-aligned panorama

en: Cleanup arguments:
en_GB: Clean-up arguments:

en: Tries to optimize the currently active point
en_GB: Tries to optimise the currently active point

en: Image Center Shift
en_GB: Image Centre Shift

en: Exposure and Color
en_GB: Exposure and Colour

en: Vignetting Center Shift
en_GB: Vignetting Centre Shift

en: Re-optimize
en_GB: Re-optimise

en: &Optimize
en_GB: &Optimise

en: Re-run the optimizer with current settings
en_GB: Re-run the optimiser with current settings

en: Show the Optimizer panel
en_GB: Show the Optimiser panel

en: &Keyboard Shortcuts
en_GB: &Keyboard Short-cuts

en: keyboard shortcuts
en_GB: keyboard short-cuts

en: Always center Crop on d,e
en_GB: Always centre Crop on d,e

en: Geometric optimizer
en_GB: Geometric optimiser

en: Optimize now!
en_GB: Optimise now!

en: edit script before optimizing
en_GB: edit script before optimising

en: Photometric Optimization
en_GB: Photometric Optimisation

en: Nearest neighbor
en_GB: Nearest neighbour

en: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image center stays similar
en_GB: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image centre stays similar

en: Images will be remapped in linear color space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama
en_GB: Images will be remapped in linear colour-space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama

en: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear color space images
en_GB: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear colour-space images

en: Deghosting (Khan)
en_GB: De-ghosting (Khan)

en: Options for deghosting
en_GB: Options for de-ghosting

en: Use gray images for processing (-a f)
en_GB: Use grey images for processing (-a f)

en: Keep fullsize images in memory, until this limit is exceeded
en_GB: Keep full-size images in memory, until this limit is exceeded

en: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing color values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.
en_GB: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing colour values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.

en: Photometric optimizer
en_GB: Photometric optimiser

en: Center the preview horizontally
en_GB: Centre the preview horizontally

en: Align all images. Creates control points and optimizes the image positions
en_GB: Align all images. Creates control points and optimises the image positions

en: Gray picker
en_GB: Grey picker

en: * A gray line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.
en_GB: * A grey line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.

en: The Preview window can be used to center the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama
en_GB: The Preview window can be used to centre the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama

en: The "f" key is the shortcut for Fine Tune button.
en_GB: The "f" key is the short-cut for Fine Tune button.

en: Optimization of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.
en_GB: Optimisation of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.

en: Are you sure you want to anonymize the file?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to anonymise the file?

en: Proceeding will anonymize any text, 
    like 'account x', 'payee y', 'memo z', ...
en_GB: Proceeding will anonymise any text, 
    like 'account x', 'payee y', 'memo z', ...

en: _Anonymize
en_GB: _Anonymise

en: Show welcome dialog...
en_GB: Show Welcome Dialogue...

en: Anonymize...
en_GB: Anonymise...

en: Open the Vehicle cost report
en_GB: Open the vehicle cost report

en: transaction added: %d
en_GB: transactions added: %d

en: You should include some accounts from the account dialog.
en_GB: You should include some accounts from the account dialogue.

en: Too much columns to display
en_GB: Too many columns to display

en: View results as donut
en_GB: View results as doughnut

en: Current check number
en_GB: Current cheque number

en: Checkbook _1:
en_GB: Chequebook _1:

en: Checkbook _2:
en_GB: Chequebook _2:

en: The CSV file must contains the exact numbers of column,
    separated by a semi-colon, please see the help for more details.
en_GB: The CSV file must contains the exact numbers of columns,
    separated by a semi-colon, please see the help for more details.

en: This category is used.
    Any transaction using that category will be set to (no category)
en_GB: This category is used.
    Any transaction using that category will be set to (no category).

en: Starting v5.1, HomeBank can manage several currencies
    if the currency below is not correct, please change it:
en_GB: Starting with v5.1, HomeBank can manage several currencies.
    If the currency below is not correct, please change it:

note: 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
en: The file will not be in HomeBank CSV format, because you export
    from 'All transaction', or you selected an option.
en_GB: The file will not be in HomeBank CSV format, because you exported
    from 'All transaction', or you selected an option.

en: This payee is used.
    Any transaction using that payee will be set to (no payee)
en_GB: This payee is used.
    Any transaction using that payee will be set to (no payee).

en: Use _miles for meter
en_GB: Use _miles for metres

en: Transaction dialog
en_GB: Transaction dialogue

en: Transfer behavior
en_GB: Transfer behaviour

en: Show action for target creation dialog for Add
en_GB: Show action for target creation dialogue for Add

en: Amount colors
en_GB: Amount colours

en: Uses custom colors
en_GB: Uses custom colours

en: Multiple edit transactions
en_GB: Edit multiple transactions

en: Whether the window is maximized.
en_GB: Whether the window is maximised.

en: A logic puzzle originally designed by Nikoli
en_GB: A logic puzzle originally designed by Nikoli.

note: #-#-#-#-#  345 (eog)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: page/p #-#-#-#-#  95 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
en: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.
en_GB: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported licence.

note: #-#-#-#-#  345 (eog)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: item/p #-#-#-#-#  95 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.
en_GB: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible licence.

en: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License</link>.
en_GB: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licences/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence</link>.

en: Customizing the Game
en_GB: Customising the Game

en: The game can be customized by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.
en_GB: The game can be customised by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.

en: HexChat is an easy to use yet extensible IRC Client. It allows you to securely join multiple networks and talk to users privately or in channels using a customizable interface. You can even transfer files.
en_GB: HexChat is an easy to use yet extensible IRC Client. It allows you to securely join multiple networks and talk to users privately or in channels using a customisable interface. You can even transfer files.

en: %s is offering "%s". Do you want to accept?
en_GB: %s is offering "%s". Do you wish to accept?

en: _Open Dialog Window
en_GB: _Open Dialogue Window

en: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.
en_GB: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.⏎

en: Too many recursive usercommands, aborting.
en_GB: Too many recursive user commands, aborting.

en: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is erroneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...
en_GB: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is errorneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...

en: %C20*%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelled it?
en_GB: %C20*%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelt it?

en: Internic Non-Profit Organization
en_GB: Internic Non-Profit Organisation

en: Begin minimized. Level 0=Normal 1=Iconified 2=Tray
en_GB: Begin minimised. Level 0=Normal 1=Iconified 2=Tray

en: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data)
en_GB: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data).

en: Dialog with
en_GB: Dialogue with

en: This server still has %d channels or dialogs associated with it. Close them all?
en_GB: This server still has %d channels or dialogues associated with it. Close them all?

en: _Minimize to Tray
en_GB: _Minimise to Tray

en: Insert Attribute or Color Code
en_GB: Insert Attribute or Colour Code

en: Colors 0-7
en_GB: Colours 0-7

en: Colors 8-15
en_GB: Colours 8-15

en: Strip _Colors
en_GB: Strip _Colours

en: Filter Colors
en_GB: Filter Colours

en: Dialog Buttons - Special codes:
    
    %a  =  all selected nicks
    %c  =  current channel
    %e  =  current network name
    %h  =  selected nick's hostname
    %m  =  machine info
    %n  =  your nick
    %s  =  selected nick
    %t  =  time/date
    %u  =  selected users account
en_GB: Dialogue Buttons - Special codes:
    
    %a  =  all selected nicks
    %c  =  current channel
    %e  =  current network name
    %h  =  selected nick's hostname
    %m  =  machine info
    %n  =  your nick
    %s  =  selected nick
    %t  =  time/date
    %u  =  selected users account

en: Open Dialog
en_GB: Open Dialogue

en: Show favorites only
en_GB: Show favourites only

en: _Favor
en_GB: _Favour

en: Mark or unmark this network as a favorite.
en_GB: Mark or unmark this network as a favourite.

en: Colored nick names
en_GB: Coloured nick names

en: Give each person on IRC a different color
en_GB: Give each person on IRC a different colour

en: Use the text box font and colors
en_GB: Use the text box font and colours

en: Render colors and attributes
en_GB: Render colours and attributes

en: Use the Text box font and colors
en_GB: Use the Text box font and colours

en: Color nicknames in userlist
en_GB: Colour nicknames in userlist

en: Will color nicknames the same as in chat.
en_GB: Will colour nicknames the same as in chat.

en: Track the away status of users and mark them in a different color
en_GB: Track the away status of users and mark them in a different colour

en: Open dialogs in:
en_GB: Open dialogues in:

en: Play "message-new-instant" from the freedesktop.org sound theme upon the selected events
en_GB: Play "message-new-instant" from the "freedesktop.org" sound theme upon the selected events

en: Tray Behavior
en_GB: Tray Behaviour

en: Automatically mark away/back
en_GB: Automatically mark away/back.

en: Auto Copy Behavior
en_GB: Auto Copy Behaviour

en: Automatically include color information
en_GB: Automatically include colour information

en: Automatically include color information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include color information if the Ctrl key is held down while selecting.
en_GB: Automatically include colour information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include colour information if the Ctrl key is held down while selecting.

en: mIRC colors:
en_GB: mIRC colours:

en: Local colors:
en_GB: Local colours:

en: Interface Colors
en_GB: Interface Colours

en: Color Stripping
en_GB: Colour Stripping

en: Select the data source that should be visualized in the flame graph.
en_GB: Select the data source that should be visualised in the flame graph.

en: Enable the bottom-up flame graph view. When this is unchecked, the top-down view is enabled by default.
en_GB: Enable the bottom-up flame graph view. When this is unticked, the top-down view is enabled by default.

en: <qt>The cost threshold defines a fractional cut-off value. Items with a relative cost below this value will not be shown in the flame graph. This is done as an optimization to quickly generate graphs for large data sets with low memory overhead. If you need more details, decrease the threshold value, or set it to zero.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The cost threshold defines a fractional cut-off value. Items with a relative cost below this value will not be shown in the flame graph. This is done as an optimisation to quickly generate graphs for large data sets with low memory overhead. If you need more details, decrease the threshold value, or set it to zero.</qt>

en: A visualizer for heaptrack data files.
en_GB: A visualiser for heaptrack data files.

en: Ignore suppression definitions that are embedded into the heaptrack data file. By default, heaptrack will copy the suppressions optionally defined via a `const char *__lsan_default_suppressions()` symbol in the debuggee application.  These are then always applied when analyzing the data, unless this feature is explicitly disabled using this command line option.
en_GB: Ignore suppression definitions that are embedded into the heaptrack data file. By default, heaptrack will copy the suppressions optionally defined via a `const char *__lsan_default_suppressions()` symbol in the debuggee application.  These are then always applied when analysing the data, unless this feature is explicitly disabled using this command line option.

[ctx: @label]
en: The signature is valid, but the <a href="%1">key</a> is untrusted.
en_GB: The signature is valid, but the <a href="%1">key</a> is not trusted.

en: Local file url
en_GB: Local file URL

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Select a color
en_GB: Select a colour

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Url
en_GB: URL

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Copy url
en_GB: Copy URL

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Checked: property will be set at startup
    Unchecked: property will not be set at startup
en_GB: Ticked: property will be set at startup
    Unticked: property will not be set at startup

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Config folder
en_GB: Configuration folder

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open config folder
en_GB: Open configuration folder

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Config file
en_GB: Configuration file

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open config file
en_GB: Open configuration file

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Custom commands config file
en_GB: Custom commands configuration file

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open custom commands config file
en_GB: Open custom commands configuration file

[ctx: @info:usagetip]
en: If fields are empty that means there is no config file/folder (e.g when using the default settings).
en_GB: If fields are empty that means there is no configuration file/folder (e.g when using the default settings).

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Pause on minimize
en_GB: Pause on minimise

[ctx: @info:tooltip pause on minimize setting]
en: Pauses the player while the window is minimized, playback resumes when restored.
en_GB: Pauses the player while the window is minimised, playback resumes when restored.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Show osd message on skip
en_GB: Show OSD message on skip

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: When checked the playlist goes on top of the video
    When unchecked the video is resized
en_GB: When ticked the playlist goes on top of the video
    When not ticked the video is resized

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: When checked the playlist state (visible/hidden) is remembered across launches
en_GB: When ticked the playlist state (visible/hidden) is remembered across launches

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Specify the filename template used to save screenshots. The template specifies the filename without file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be substituted when taking a screenshot. By default, the template is "%F-%n". <br>The template can start with a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a directory location where screenshots should be saved.<br>If the final screenshot filename points to an already existing file, the file will not be overwritten. The screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template contains %n, saved using different, newly generated filename.<br>For full info checkout <a href='https://mpv.io/manual/stable/#options-screenshot-template'>https://mpv.io/manual/stable/#options-screenshot-template</a><br><br><strong>Allowed format specifiers:</strong><br><ul><li><strong>%[#][0X]n</strong> A sequence number, padded with zeros to length X.<br><li><strong>%f</strong> Filename of the currently played video.<br><li><strong>%F</strong> Same as %f, but without the file extension.<br><li><strong>%x</strong> Directory path of the currently played video. If the video is not on the filesystem (http:// urls), this expands to an empty string.<br><li><strong>%X{fallback}</strong> Same as %x, but if the video file is not on the filesystem, return the fallback string inside the {...}.<br><li><strong>%p</strong> Current playback time. The result is a string of the form "HH:MM:SS".<br><li><strong>%P</strong> Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds "HH:MM:SS.mmm".<br><li><strong>%wX</strong> Specify the current playback time using the format string X.<br>Valid format specifiers:<br><ul><li><strong>%wH</strong> hour (padded with 0 to two digits)</li><li><strong>%wh</strong> hour (not padded)</li><li><strong>%wM</strong> minutes (00-59)</li><li><strong>%wm</strong> total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)</li><li><strong>%wS</strong> seconds (00-59)</li><li><strong>%ws</strong> total seconds (includes hours and minutes)</li><li><strong>%wf</strong> like %ws, but as float</li><li><strong>%wT</strong> milliseconds (000-999)</li><li><strong>%%</strong> Replaced with the % character itself.</li></ul><br>
en_GB: Specify the filename template used to save screenshots. The template specifies the filename without file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be substituted when taking a screenshot. By default, the template is "%F-%n". <br>The template can start with a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a directory location where screenshots should be saved.<br>If the final screenshot filename points to an already existing file, the file will not be overwritten. The screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template contains %n, saved using different, newly generated filename.<br>For full info checkout <a href='https://mpv.io/manual/stable/#options-screenshot-template'>https://mpv.io/manual/stable/#options-screenshot-template</a><br><br><strong>Allowed format specifiers:</strong><br><ul><li><strong>%[#][0X]n</strong> A sequence number, padded with zeros to length X.<br><li><strong>%f</strong> Filename of the currently played video.<br><li><strong>%F</strong> Same as %f, but without the file extension.<br><li><strong>%x</strong> Directory path of the currently played video. If the video is not on the filesystem (http:// URLs), this expands to an empty string.<br><li><strong>%X{fallback}</strong> Same as %x, but if the video file is not on the filesystem, return the fallback string inside the {...}.<br><li><strong>%p</strong> Current playback time. The result is a string of the form "HH:MM:SS".<br><li><strong>%P</strong> Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds "HH:MM:SS.mmm".<br><li><strong>%wX</strong> Specify the current playback time using the format string X.<br>Valid format specifiers:<br><ul><li><strong>%wH</strong> hour (padded with 0 to two digits)</li><li><strong>%wh</strong> hour (not padded)</li><li><strong>%wM</strong> minutes (00-59)</li><li><strong>%wm</strong> total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)</li><li><strong>%wS</strong> seconds (00-59)</li><li><strong>%ws</strong> total seconds (includes hours and minutes)</li><li><strong>%wf</strong> like %ws, but as float</li><li><strong>%wT</strong> milliseconds (000-999)</li><li><strong>%%</strong> Replaced with the % character itself.</li></ul><br>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, relativeHelpLabel)
en: Squash colors that don't fit within the active color profile's color gamut, leaving other colors untouched
en_GB: Squash colours that don't fit within the active colour profile's colour gamut, leaving other colours untouched

[ctx: @option:Relative Colorimetric rendering intent]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, relativeRenderingIntentRadioButton)
en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, perceptualHelpLabel)
en: Scale all colors equally to fit them within the active color profile's color gamut
en_GB: Scale all colours equally to fit them within the active colour profile's colour gamut

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_EnableColorManagement)
en: Enable color management
en_GB: Enable colour management

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorProfileHelpLabel)
en: When color management is disabled, Gwenview will convert images to the sRGB color space rather than to the color space it detects for the display. This is only appropriate for displays that are calibrated to the sRGB color space or are known to provide an incorrect color profile.
en_GB: When colour management is disabled, Gwenview will convert images to the sRGB colour space rather than to the colour space it detects for the display. This is only appropriate for displays that are calibrated to the sRGB colour space or are known to provide an incorrect colour profile.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorProfileLabel)
en: Color management:
en_GB: Colour management:

[ctx: @info:status Image files]
en: %1 image | %1 images
en_GB[0]: Image
en_GB[1]: %1 images

[ctx: @info:status Video files]
en: %1 video | %1 videos
en_GB[0]: Video
en_GB[1]: %1 videos

[ctx: Verb]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, fullscreenBackgroundImageRadioButton)
en: Dark gray texture
en_GB: Dark grey texture

[ctx: @action:intoolbar]
en: Adjust Colors
en_GB: Adjust Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, solidColorRadioButton)
en: &Solid color background:
en_GB: &Solid colour background:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Mouse wheel behavior:
en_GB: Mouse wheel behaviour:

[ctx: @item:inmenu]
en: Background Color Mode
en_GB: Background Colour Mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: <i>Type text or click the items below to customize the format</i>
en_GB: <i>Type text or click the items below to customise the format</i>

en: Adjust Colors
en_GB: Adjust Colours

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @action]
en: Follow color scheme
en_GB: Follow colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RenderingIntent), group (ImageView)
en: Defines how colors are rendered when your display
                uses an ICC color profile and an image has colors that do not
                fit within the profile's color gamut. "Perceptual" will scale
                the colors of the entire image so that they all fit within the
                display's capabilities. "Relative" will squash only the colors
                that cannot be displayed, and leave the other colors alone.
en_GB: Defines how colours are rendered when your display
                uses an ICC colour profile and an image has colours that do not
                fit within the profile's colour gamut. "Perceptual" will scale
                the colours of the entire image so that they all fit within the
                display's capabilities. "Relative" will squash only the colours
                that cannot be displayed, and leave the other colours alone.

en: Error initializing Avahi: %s
en_GB: Error initialising Avahi: %s

en: Error initializing Avahi resolver
en_GB: Error initialising Avahi resolver

en: Can’t move a shared directory into the Trash
en_GB: Can’t move a shared directory into the Wastebasket

note: Translators: This is the name of the root in a mounted archive file, e.g. "/ in archive.tar.gz" for a file with the name "archive.tar.gz"
en: / in %s
en_GB: / on %s

en: Not a WebDAV enabled share
en_GB: Not a WebDAV-enabled share

en: Password dialog cancelled
en_GB: Password dialogue cancelled

en: Error initializing camera
en_GB: Error initialising camera

en: Login dialog cancelled
en_GB: Login dialogue cancelled

en: The trash folder may not be deleted
en_GB: The wastebasket may not be deleted

en: Items in the trash may not be modified
en_GB: Items in the wastebasket may not be modified

en: The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it
en_GB: The unlocked device does not have a recognisable file system on it

en: Color conversion module
en_GB: Colour conversion module

en: Bright Colors
en_GB: Bright Colours

en: Color correction to be applied
en_GB: Colour correction to be applied

en: Traditional Gutenprint color conversion
en_GB: Traditional Gutenprint colour conversion

en: Nearest Neighbor Avoidance
en_GB: Nearest Neighbour Avoidance

en: 300 DPI x 600 DPI
en_GB: 300 DPI × 600 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI high quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI high quality

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI highest quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI highest quality

en: Four Color Standard
en_GB: Four Colour Standard

en: Three Color Composite
en_GB: Three Colour Composite

en: Six Color Photo
en_GB: Six Colour Photo

en: Five Color Photo Composite
en_GB: Five Colour Photo Composite

en: Premium Luster Photo Paper
en_GB: Premium Lustre Photo Paper

en: 150x150 DPI
en_GB: 150×150 DPI

en: 300x300 DPI
en_GB: 300×300 DPI

en: 600x300 DPI
en_GB: 600×300 DPI

en: 600x600 DPI monochrome
en_GB: 600×600 DPI monochrome

en: 600x600 DPI
en_GB: 600×600 DPI

en: 1200x600 DPI
en_GB: 1200×600 DPI

en: 2400x600 DPI
en_GB: 2400×600 DPI

en: Color + Black Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Black Cartridges

en: Color + Photo Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Photo Cartridges

en: Color output
en_GB: Colour output

en: Center the image horizontally on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image horizontally on the paper

en: Center the image on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image on the paper

en: Center the image vertically on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image vertically on the paper

en: Adjust color balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm
en_GB: Adjust colour balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm

en: CMY Color
en_GB: CMY Colour

en: Gloss Optimizer
en_GB: Gloss Optimiser

en: Ink color
en_GB: Ink colour

en: Unrecognized command.
en_GB: Unrecognised command.

en: One Color Raw
en_GB: One Colour Raw

en: Three Color Raw
en_GB: Three Colour Raw

en: Four Color Raw
en_GB: Four Colour Raw

en: Five Color Raw
en_GB: Five Colour Raw

en: Six Color Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Raw

en: One Color Raw Enhanced Gloss
en_GB: One Colour Raw Enhanced Gloss

en: Three Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Three Colour Raw Gloss

en: Four Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Four Colour Raw Gloss

en: Six Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Photo
en_GB: Seven Colour Photo

en: Six Color Enhanced Composite
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Composite

en: Seven Color Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Raw

en: Two Color Raw
en_GB: Two Colour Raw

en: Eight Color Photo
en_GB: Eight Colour Photo

en: Eight Color Raw
en_GB: Eight Colour Raw

en: 360 x 180 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 180 DPI Draft

en: 720 x 360 DPI
en_GB: 720 × 360 DPI

en: 1440 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI

en: 1440 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 1440 DPI

en: 5760 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 2880 DPI

en: 5760 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 2880 DPI

en: 360 x 120 DPI Economy
en_GB: 360 × 120 DPI Economy

en: 360 x 240 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 240 DPI Draft

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Transposed
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Transposed

en: 360 x 90 DPI Fast Economy
en_GB: 360 × 90 DPI Fast Economy

en: 2880 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI

en: 2880 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: 720 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 720 × 720 DPI

en: Watercolor Paper - Radiant White
en_GB: Watercolour Paper - Radiant White

en: 3x5
en_GB: 3×5

en: 4x6
en_GB: 4×6

en: Epson 4x6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)
en_GB: Epson 4×6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)

en: 5x7
en_GB: 5×7

en: 5x8
en_GB: 5×8

en: 6x8
en_GB: 6×8

en: 8x10
en_GB: 8×10

en: 12x18
en_GB: 12×18

en: Super B 13x19
en_GB: Super B 13×19

en: Engineering C 17x22
en_GB: Engineering C 17×22

en: 11x14
en_GB: 11×14

en: 16x20
en_GB: 16×20

en: 16x24
en_GB: 16×24

en: 20x24
en_GB: 20×24

en: 20x30
en_GB: 20×30

en: 22x30
en_GB: 22×30

en: 24x30
en_GB: 24×30

en: Super A1 24x36
en_GB: Super A1 24×36

en: 30x40
en_GB: 30×40

en: 4x5 3/8
en_GB: 4×5 3/8

en: 4x7
en_GB: 4×7

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4100
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4100

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4500

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 6500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 6500

en: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details.
en_GB: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence and Unicode Copyright for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: The statusbar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.
en_GB: The status bar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.

en: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Find</application> dialogue opens.

en: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Next character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Next script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Gtranslator includes also a plugin system with many interesting plugins like alternate language, insert tags, integration with subversion and a source code viewer.
en_GB: Gtranslator includes also a plug-in system with many interesting plug-ins like alternate language, insert tags, integration with subversion and a source code viewer.

en: Translation file editing suite for localization of applications and libraries.
en_GB: Translation file editing suite for localisation of applications and libraries.

en: The file %s is read-only, and can not be overwritten
en_GB: The file %s is read-only, and cannot be overwritten

en: Repository authorization
en_GB: Repository authorisation

en: Authentication canceled
en_GB: Authentication cancelled

note: (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description
en: Classic dark color scheme
en_GB: Classic dark colour scheme

note: (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description
en: Dark color scheme used in the Kate text editor
en_GB: Dark colour scheme used in the Kate text editor

en: duplicated context id '%s'
en_GB: duplicated context ID '%s'

en: Unknown id '%s' in regex '%s'
en_GB: Unknown ID '%s' in regex '%s'

en: Dos Batch
en_GB: DOS Batch

en: Standart Modules
en_GB: Standard Modules

[ctx: --help]
note: Translators: Unicode ellipsis(…) can be used here
en: [FILE|URI...]
en_GB: [FILE|URI…]

en: cicp: Color primaries %u not supported
en_GB: cicp: Colour primaries %u not supported

en: Color state
en_GB: Colour state

en: %s only accepts one center child
en_GB: %s only accepts one centre child

en: Usage:
      gtk4-image-tool [COMMAND] [OPTION…] FILE…
    
    Perform various tasks on images.
    
    Commands:
      compare      Show differences between two images
      convert      Convert the image to a different format or color state
      info         Show general information about the image
      relabel      Change the color state of the image without conversion
      show         Show the image
en_GB: Usage:
      gtk4-image-tool [COMMAND] [OPTION…] FILE…
    
    Perform various tasks on images.
    
    Commands:
      compare      Show differences between two images
      convert      Convert the image to a different format or colour state
      info         Show general information about the image
      relabel      Change the colour state of the image without conversion
      show         Show the image

en: Color state to use
en_GB: Colour state to use

en: COLORSTATE
en_GB: COLOURSTATE

en: Color state to use, as cicp tuple
en_GB: Colour state to use, as cicp tuple

en: Convert the image to a different format or color state.
en_GB: Convert the image to a different format or colour state.

en: Not a color state: %s
    Possible values:
      %s
en_GB: Not a colour state: %s
    Possible values:
      %s

en: Color state:
en_GB: Colour state:

en: Change the color state of the image without conversion.
en_GB: Change the colour state of the image without conversion.

en: Not a color state: %s
    Possible values: %s
en_GB: Not a colour state: %s
    Possible values: %s

en: Colorize Scrollbar
en_GB: Colourise Scrollbar

en: Scrollbar Color
en_GB: Scrollbar Colour

en: Sets the Color of Scrollbars
en_GB: Sets the Colour of Scrollbars

en: This option allows to disable the focus drawing. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.
en_GB: This option allows focus drawing to be disabled. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.

en: User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.
en_GB: User manual for developers with instructions on GTK-Doc usage.

en: Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost
en_GB: Dan Mueth, Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation Licence</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the licence is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.

en: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can also be used to document application code.
en_GB: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be used to document application code.

en: GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.
en_GB: GTK-Doc consists of a number of Perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.

en: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended anymore).
en_GB: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended any more).

en: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename>&lt;module&gt;-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some sybols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by th scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename> into <filename>&lt;module&gt;-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.
en_GB: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.

en: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)

en: Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.

en: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).
en_GB: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pre-generated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).

en: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl.
en_GB: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> — the main scripts are in Perl.

en: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> — This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> — This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. The DSSSL code has been customised slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>

en: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.
en_GB: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> — if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. The 'translation spec' has been customised slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.

en: gtk-doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:
en_GB: GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:

en: <filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by RedHat)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular</filename> (used by Red Hat)

en: <filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook</filename> (used by Debian)

en: <filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl</filename> (used by SuSE)

en: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure gtk-doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>
en_GB: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>

en: (History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)
en_GB: (History, authors, web pages, licence, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)

en: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)
en_GB: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, licence)

en: Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.
en_GB: Under your top-level project directory create a folder called <filename class="directory">docs/reference</filename> (this way you can also have <filename class="directory">docs/help</filename> for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.

en: Besides checking for the required Gtk-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:
en_GB: Besides checking for the required GTK-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:

en: Gtk-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).
en_GB: GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pre-generated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).

en: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.
en_GB: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.

en: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;</filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
en_GB: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="directory">examples</filename> subdirectory of the GTK-Doc sources to your project's API documentation directory (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable></filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages, repeat this for each one.

en: The next step is to edit the setting inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option>&lt;TOOLNAME&gt;_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.
en_GB: The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><replaceable>TOOLNAME</replaceable>_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.

note: FIXME: explain options ?
en: You may also want to enable gtk-doc for the distcheckmake target. Just add then one-liner show in the next example to you top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
en_GB: You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the <literal>distcheckmake</literal> target. Just add the line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:

en: Enable gtk-doc during make distcheck
en_GB: Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck

en: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as cvs). Gtk-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.
en_GB: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to set up the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as CVS). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.

en: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to you project root (or any directory specified by the --docdir option). If also check you configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.
en_GB: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the <option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks your configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.

en: Historically gtk-doc was gerating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few version gtk-doc could also get all the information from source comments. Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a --flavour=no-tmpl option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few versions ago, GTK-Doc can also get all the information from source comments. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> now supports a <option>--flavour=no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed a file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.
en_GB: After the previous steps it is time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs <filename>configure</filename> for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.

en: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.
en_GB: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable>/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang on; during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.

en: As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename><filename>Makefile.am</filename>
en_GB: As a rule of thumb, it is the files you edit that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> and <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.

en: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you find all information about the syntax of the comments.
en_GB: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Furthermore, it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you will find all the information about the syntax of the comments.

en: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.
en_GB: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.

en: The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.
en_GB: To avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.

en: Gtk-Doc comment block
en_GB: GTK-Doc comment block

en: A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation block that will be processed by the Gtk-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: A multiline comment that starts with an additional <literal>*</literal> marks a documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>

en: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)
en_GB: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item to which the comment is related. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)

en: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).
en_GB: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a <literal>*</literal>). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA sections) just containing a <literal> *</literal> (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into <literal> *  </literal> (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).

en: Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>function()</literal> to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.

en: Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.
en_GB: Use <literal>@param</literal> to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.

en: Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS.
en_GB: Use <literal>%constant</literal> to refer to a constant, e.g. <literal>%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS</literal>.

en: Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>#symbol</literal> to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.

en: Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object::signal</literal> to refer to a GObject signal

en: Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object:property</literal> to refer to a GObject property

en: Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
en_GB: Use <literal>#Struct.field</literal> to refer to a field inside a structure.

en: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. Gtk-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>

en: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without gtk-doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
en_GB: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.

en: As already mentioned earlier Gtk-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.
en_GB: As already mentioned earlier, GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too; this helps other to understand your code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the second <literal>*</literal> in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another <literal>*</literal> in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.

en: A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.
en_GB: A one line description of the section that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.

en: A list of symbols that are related to this section..
en_GB: A list of symbols that are related to this section.

en: Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.
en_GB: Stable — The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.

en: Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.
en_GB: Unstable — Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly-changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.

en: Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.
en_GB: Private — An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.

en: Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.
en_GB: Internal — An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.

en: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.
en_GB: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma-separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.

en: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the c-source where possible.
en_GB: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the C source where possible.

en: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus function are usually documented in the c-source and macros, struct and enum in the header file.
en_GB: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in synchronisation. Thus functions are usually documented in the C source and macros, structs and enums in the header files.

en: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The description should point the reader to the new API.
en_GB: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used any more. The description should point the reader to the new API.

en: Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are private. They are treated like static functions.
en_GB: GTK-Doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with <literal>_</literal> are private. They are treated like static functions.

en: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML.
en_GB: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML ID on the top item of the page to which you want to link. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to <literal>-</literal> to conform to SGML.

en: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter gtk-doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>
en_GB: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter, GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>

en: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).
en_GB: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using <literal>#GtkWidget</literal> instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page — see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).

en: To emphasize text: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To emphasise text: <placeholder-1/>

en: There are a couple of extra file, that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: There are a couple of extra files that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename> file.
en_GB: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename> file.

en: Since gtk-doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add <option>--rebuild-types</option> to <symbol>SCAN_OPTIONS</symbol> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not distribute the types file, nor have it under version control.

en: Gtk-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the Gtk-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.
en_GB: GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.

en: While Gtk-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. Gtk-doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.
en_GB: While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-doc has now a test suite, where the master-document is also recreated from scratch. It is a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.

en: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.
en_GB: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Also, chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.

en: So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.
en_GB: So what are the things to change inside the master document? There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.

en: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by Gtk-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).
en_GB: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).

en: The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines.
en_GB: The section file is a plain test file with XML-like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a <literal>#</literal> are treated as comment lines.

en: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the file name, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name converted to lower case).
en_GB: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the filename, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObject's class name converted to lowercase).

en: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.
en_GB: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like <function>g_object_get_type</function> and macros like <symbol>G_OBJECT()</symbol>, <symbol>G_IS_OBJECT()</symbol> etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.

en: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.
en_GB: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the <literal>#include</literal> files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separated list of <literal>#include</literal> files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.

en: A Gtk-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.
en_GB: A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, where the Gtk-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> file.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> file.

en: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least gtk-doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during make check run.
en_GB: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during <command>make check</command> run.

en: Frequently asked question
en_GB: Frequently asked questions

en: The objects _get_type() function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.
en_GB: The object's <function>_get_type()</function> function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.

en: Damn, I have still no class hierarchy.
en_GB: Damn, I still have no class hierarchy.

en: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private).
en_GB: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private)?

en: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the source.
en_GB: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names to the source.

en: Symbol XYZ appears twice in -section.txt file.
en_GB: Symbol XYZ appears twice in the -section.txt file.

en: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
en_GB: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this licence document, but changing it is not allowed.

en: C_atalogs:
en_GB: C_atalogues:

en: Choose a Catalog
en_GB: Choose a Catalogue

en: _New Catalog
en_GB: _New Catalogue

en: C_hoose from the catalog
en_GB: C_hoose from the catalogue

en: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogs below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>
en_GB: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogues below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>

en: Show / hide the cropping selection area
en_GB: Show / Hide the cropping selection area

en: <b>Color levels</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour levels</b>

en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

en: Frame co_lor:
en_GB: Frame co_lour:

en: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogs
en_GB: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogues

en: Go to last _visited folder or catalog
en_GB: Go to last _visited folder or catalogue

en: Center _on Page
en_GB: Centre _on Page

en: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialog.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialogue.</i></small>

en: Ca_talog
en_GB: Ca_talogue

en: Use subfolders to organize files
en_GB: Use subfolders to organise files

en: View and organize your images
en_GB: View and organise your images

en: Possible values are: white, black, checked, none.
en_GB: Possible values are: white, black, chequered, none.

en: Cannot open catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot open catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot save catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot save catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot remove catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot remove catalogue "%s": %s

en: Enter the catalog name:
en_GB: Enter the catalogue name:

en: Move Catalog to...
en_GB: Move Catalogue to...

en: Checked images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: Checked images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The images cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete them permanently?
en_GB: The images cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete them permanently?

en: Send by email
en_GB: Send by e-mail

en: Make a zip file and email it
en_GB: Make a zip file and e-mail it

en: The image will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The image will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The selected images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Could not rename the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not rename the catalogue "%s": %s

en: The selected catalog will be removed, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected catalogue will be removed, are you sure?

en: Could not create the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not create the catalogue "%s": %s

en: "%s" cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete it permanently?
en_GB: "%s" cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete it permanently?

en: The selected folder will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected folder will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Move this image to the Trash
en_GB: Move this image to the Wastebasket

en: Move the selected images to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected images to the Wastebasket

en: _Add to Catalog...
en_GB: _Add to Catalogue...

en: Add selected images to a catalog
en_GB: Add selected images to a catalogue

en: Remo_ve from Catalog
en_GB: Remo_ve from Catalogue

en: Remove selected images from the catalog
en_GB: Remove selected images from the catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog in a new window
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue in a new window

en: Rename selected catalog
en_GB: Rename selected catalogue

en: Remove selected catalog
en_GB: Remove selected catalogue

en: Move selected catalog to another location
en_GB: Move selected catalogue to another location

en: _New Catalog...
en_GB: _New Catalogue...

en: Create a new catalog
en_GB: Create a new catalogue

en: Create a new catalog library
en_GB: Create a new catalogue library

en: Rename current catalog
en_GB: Rename current catalogue

en: Remove current catalog
en_GB: Remove current catalogue

en: Move current catalog to another location
en_GB: Move current catalogue to another location

en: Move the selected folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected folder to the Wastebasket

en: Move the current folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the current folder to the Wastebasket

en: _Catalogs
en_GB: _Catalogues

en: View the catalogs
en_GB: View the catalogues

en: The specified catalog does not exist.
en_GB: The specified catalogue does not exist.

en: View the image with negative colors
en_GB: View the image with negative colours

en: Automatically adjust the color levels
en_GB: Automatically adjust the colour levels

en: _Posterize...
en_GB: _Posterise...

en: Reduce the number of colors
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours

en: _Color Balance...
en_GB: _Colour Balance...

en: Adjust color balance
en_GB: Adjust colour balance

en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

en: Set the image as desktop background (centered)
en_GB: Set the image as desktop background (centred)

en: Close dialog on save
en_GB: Close dialogue on save

en: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (0 = automatic).
en_GB: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the centre pixel (0 = automatic).

en: Automatically open the scan dialog in the background at program start. This saves time clicking the scan button and waiting for the program to find the list of scanners
en_GB: Automatically open the scan dialogue in the background at program start. This saves time clicking the scan button and waiting for the program to find the list of scanners

en: Edge to which to align the page.
en_GB: Edge to align the page.

en: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-gray). This is used by the gray-filter. This value is also used when converting a grayscale image to black-and-white mode.
en_GB: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-grey). This is used by the grey-filter. This value is also used when converting a greyscale image to black-and-white mode.

en: Main window maximized state
en_GB: Main window maximised state

en: Whether the main window should start maximized.
en_GB: Whether the main window should start maximised.

en: Plugin “%s” is already loaded
en_GB: Plug-in “%s” is already loaded

en: Failed to initialize plugin from %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise plug-in from %s

en: Failed to load plugin from %s
en_GB: Failed to load plug-in from %s

en: Plugin “%s” already exists
en_GB: Plug-in “%s” already exists

en: Plugin “%s” not available
en_GB: Plug-in “%s” not available

en: Plugin not found: “%s”
en_GB: Plug-in not found: “%s”

en: Plugin configuration does not contain “plugin-id” reference
en_GB: Plug-in configuration does not contain “plugin-id” reference

en: None of the specified keys are writable
en_GB: None of the specified keys are writeable

en: A source for organizing media bookmarks
en_GB: A source for organising media bookmarks

en: A plugin to get metadata using gstreamer framework
en_GB: A plug-in to get metadata using gstreamer framework

en: A plugin to get avatars for artist and author fields
en_GB: A plug-in to get avatars for artist and author fields

en: A source providing locally available metadata
en_GB: A source providing locally-available metadata

en: Failed to save database from magnatune: “%s”
en_GB: Failed to save database from magnatune - “%s”

en: A plugin for storing extra metadata information
en_GB: A plug-in for storing extra metadata information

en: specified keys are not writable
en_GB: specified keys are not writeable

en: A source for fetching metadata of television shows
en_GB: A source for fetching metadata of television programmes

en: A plugin for searching multimedia content using Tracker3
en_GB: A plug-in for searching multimedia content using Tracker3

en: A plugin for searching multimedia content using Tracker
en_GB: A plug-in for searching multimedia content using Tracker

en: Switch _computer color
en_GB: Switch _computer colour

en: A reversi program
en_GB: A reversi programme

en: My favorite KMail header
en_GB: My favourite KMail header

en: My favorite Kaddressbook theme
en_GB: My favourite KAddressBook theme

en: Granite.STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND to use the default background color for a widget
en_GB: Granite.STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND to use the default background colour for a widget

note: / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the weekday, date, and year
en: %a, %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %a, %e %b, %Y

note: / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the date and year
en: %b %e %Y
en_GB: %e %b %Y

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Initial Bomb Armory:
en_GB: Initial Bomb Armoury:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (InitialBombArmory), group (General)
en: The initial bomb armory.
en_GB: The initial bomb armoury.

en: All of your research is kept organized, searchable and as precise as you need it to be.
en_GB: All of your research is kept organised, searchable and as precise as you need it to be.

en: <b>Changing the Active Person</b><br/>Changing the Active Person in views is easy. In the Relationship view just click on anyone. In the Pedigree View doubleclick on the person or right click to select any of their spouses, siblings, children or parents.
en_GB: <b>Changing the Active Person</b><br/>Changing the Active Person in views is easy. In the Relationship view just click on anyone. In the Pedigree View double-click on the person or right-click to select any of their spouses, siblings, children or parents.

en: <b>Navigating Back and Forward</b><br/>Gramps maintains a list of previous active objects such as People and Events. You can move forward and backward through the list using "Go > Forward" and "Go > Back" or the arrow buttons.
en_GB: <b>Navigating Back and Forward</b><br/>Gramps maintains a list of previous active objects such as People and Events. You can move forward and backwards through the list using "Go > Forward" and "Go > Back" or the arrow buttons.

en: <b>Contributing to Gramps</b><br/>Want to help with Gramps but can't write programs? Not a problem! A project as large as Gramps requires people with a wide variety of skills. Contributions can be anything from writing documentation to testing development versions and helping with the web site. Start by subscribing to the Gramps developers mailing list, gramps-devel, and introducing yourself. Subscription information can be found at "Help > Gramps Mailing Lists".
en_GB: <b>Contributing to Gramps</b><br/>Want to help with Gramps but can't write programs? Not a problem! A project as large as Gramps requires people with a wide variety of skills. Contributions can be anything from writing documentation to testing development versions and helping with the website. Start by subscribing to the Gramps developers mailing list, gramps-devel, and introducing yourself. Subscription information can be found at "Help > Gramps Mailing Lists".

en: <b>Incorrect Dates</b><br/>Everyone occasionally enters dates with an invalid format. Incorrect date formats will show up in Gramps with a either a reddish background or a red dot on the right edge of the field. You can fix the date using the Date Selection dialog which can be opened by clicking on the date button. The format of the date is set under "Edit > Preferences > Data".
en_GB: <b>Incorrect Dates</b><br/>Everyone occasionally enters dates with an invalid format. Incorrect date formats will show up in Gramps with either a reddish background or a red dot on the right edge of the field. You can fix the date using the Date Selection dialogue which can be opened by clicking the date button. The date format is set under "Edit > Preferences > Data".

en: <b>Open Source Software</b><br/>The Free/Libre and Open Source Software (FLOSS) development model means Gramps can be extended by any programmer since all of the source code is freely available under its license. So it's not just about free beer, it's also about freedom to study and change the tool. For more about Open Source software lookup the Free Software Foundation and the Open Source Initiative.
en_GB: <b>Open Source Software</b><br/>The Free/Libre and Open Source Software (FLOSS) development model means Gramps can be extended by any programmer since all of the source code is freely available under its licence. So it's not just about free beer, it's also about freedom to study and change the tool. For more about Open Source software lookup the Free Software Foundation and the Open Source Initiative.

en: <b>The Gramps Software License</b><br/>You are free to use and share Gramps with others. Gramps is freely distributable under the GNU General Public License, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.html#GPL to read about the rights and restrictions of this license.
en_GB: <b>The Gramps Software Licence</b><br/>You are free to use and share Gramps with others. Gramps is freely distributable under the GNU General Public Licence, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.html#GPL to read about the rights and restrictions of this licence.

en: Error: Unrecognized type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s
en_GB: Error: Unrecognised type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s

en: ERROR: Unrecognized format for export file %s
en_GB: ERROR: Unrecognised format for export file %s

en: People with an alternate name
en_GB: People with an alternative name

en: Matches people with an alternate name
en_GB: Matches people with an alternative name

en: Soundex Match of people with a specified name. First name, Surname, Call name, and Nickname are searched in primary and alternate names.
en_GB: Soundex Match of people with a specified name. First name, Surname, Call name, and Nickname are searched in primary and alternative names.

en: Places in neighborhood of given position
en_GB: Places in neighbourhood of given position

note: #-#-#-#-#  50 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. If there is an established standard name for this game in your locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #-#-#-#-#  49 (gnome-games ais
en: Neighbor
en_GB: Neighbour

en: Naturalization
en_GB: Naturalisation

en: Marriage License
en_GB: Marriage Licence

en: Alternate Marriage
en_GB: Alternative Marriage

en: Alternate names
en_GB: Alternative names

en: Alternate Names
en_GB: Alternative Names

en: Alternate Locations
en_GB: Alternative Locations

en: Alternate line attachment
en_GB: Alternative line attachment

en: Node color.
en_GB: Node colour.

en: Much of Gramps' artwork is either from
    the Tango Project or derived from the Tango
    Project. This artwork is released under the
    Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5
    license.
en_GB: Much of Gramps' artwork is either from
    the Tango Project or derived from the Tango
    Project. This artwork is released under the
    Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.5
    licence.

en: Colors used for boxes in the graphical views
en_GB: Colours used for boxes in the graphical views

en: Dark colors
en_GB: Dark colours

en: Light colors
en_GB: Light colours

en: Restore colors for current theme to default.
en_GB: Restore colours for current theme to default.

en: Colors for Male persons
en_GB: Colours for Male persons

en: Colors for Female persons
en_GB: Colours for Female persons

en: Colors for people who are neither male nor female
en_GB: Colours for people who are neither male nor female

en: Colors for Unknown persons
en_GB: Colours for Unknown persons

en: Colors for Family nodes
en_GB: Colours for Family nodes

en: Other colors
en_GB: Other colours

en: Suppress warning when canceling with changed data
en_GB: Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data

en: Alternate _Locations
en_GB: Alternative _Locations

en: kilometers
en_GB: kilometres

en: This opens a dialog to add a new custom filter based on the values given.
en_GB: This opens a dialogue to add a new custom filter based on the values given.

en: or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format : latitude,longitude) in the following field:
en_GB: or use copy/paste from your favourite map provider (format : latitude,longitude) in the following field:

en: What type of place this is. Eg 'Country', 'City', ...
en_GB: What type of place this is? e.g. 'Country', 'City', ...

en: Select color for %s
en_GB: Select colour for %s

en: Canceling...
en_GB: Cancelling...

en: Organize Bookmarks
en_GB: Organise Bookmarks

en: Organize Tags...
en_GB: Organise Tags...

en: Organize Tags
en_GB: Organise Tags

en: Height if not maximized
en_GB: Height if not maximised

en: SVG background color
en_GB: SVG background colour

en: The color, if any, of the SVG background
en_GB: The colour, if any, of the SVG background

en: Center Person
en_GB: Centre Person

en: The center person for the tree
en_GB: The centre person for the tree

en: Include siblings of the center person
en_GB: Include siblings of the centre person

en: Whether to only display the center person or all of his/her siblings too
en_GB: Whether to only display the centre person or all of his/her siblings too

en: Center person uses
    which format
en_GB: Centre person uses
    which format

en: The display format for the center person
en_GB: The display format for the centre person

en: The center person for the report
en_GB: The centre person for the report

en: Title text and background color
en_GB: Title text and background colour

en: Background color is either white or generation dependent
en_GB: Background colour is either white or generation dependent

en: You can customize font and color for each generation in the style editor
en_GB: You can customise font and colour for each generation in the style editor

en: The center person for the filter.
en_GB: The centre person for the filter.

en: The center person for the filter
en_GB: The centre person for the filter

en: CSV is a common spreadsheet format.
    You can change this behavior in the 'Configure active view' of any list-based view
en_GB: CSV is a common spreadsheet format.
    You can change this behaviour in the 'Configure active view' of any list-based view

en: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organized in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.
en_GB: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organised in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.

en: Colored outline
en_GB: Coloured outline

en: Color fill
en_GB: Colour fill

en: Graph coloring
en_GB: Graph colouring

en: Males will be shown with blue, females with red, unless otherwise set above for filled. If the sex of an individual is unknown it will be shown with gray.
en_GB: Males will be shown with blue, females with red, unless otherwise set above for filled. If the sex of an individual is unknown it will be shown with grey.

en: Family Colors
en_GB: Family Colours

en: Family colors
en_GB: Family colours

en: Colors to use for various family lines.
en_GB: Colours to use for various family lines.

en: The color to use to display men.
en_GB: The colour to use to display men.

en: The color to use to display women.
en_GB: The colour to use to display women.

en: The color to use to display people who are neither men nor women.
en_GB: The colour to use to display people who are neither men nor women.

en: The color to use when the gender is unknown.
en_GB: The colour to use when the gender is unknown.

en: The color to use to display families.
en_GB: The colour to use to display families.

en: Center -> Others
en_GB: Centre -> Others

en: Center <- Others
en_GB: Centre <- Others

en: Center <-> Other
en_GB: Centre <-> Other

en: Center - Other
en_GB: Centre - Other

en: The Center person for the graph
en_GB: The Centre person for the graph

en: Males will be shown with blue, females with red.  If the sex of an individual is unknown it will be shown with gray.
en_GB: Males will be shown with blue, females with red.  If the sex of an individual is unknown it will be shown with grey.

en: Include relationship to center person
en_GB: Include relationship to centre person

en: Whether to show every person's relationship to the center person
en_GB: Whether to show every person's relationship to the centre person

en: Eye Color
en_GB: Eye Colour

en: Tag recognized but not supported
en_GB: Tag recognised but not supported

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Initializing.
en_GB: Initialising.

en: Center here
en_GB: Centre here

en: Center on this place
en_GB: Centre on this place

en: If you have no more space in your file system, you can remove all tiles placed in the above path.
    Be careful! If you have no internet, you'll get no map.
en_GB: If you have no more space in your file system, you can remove all tiles placed in the above path.
    Be careful! If you have no Internet, you'll get no map.

en: Zoom used when centering
en_GB: Zoom used when centring

en: Whether to include relationships to the center person
en_GB: Whether to include relationships to the centre person

en: How people are organized in the report
en_GB: How people are organised in the report

en: Center Family
en_GB: Centre Family

en: The center family for the filter
en_GB: The centre family for the filter

en: Alternate Parent Names
en_GB: Alternative Parent Names

en: Whether to include alternate names for parents.
en_GB: Whether to include alternative names for parents.

en: Alternate Parents
en_GB: Alternative Parents

en: Center on
en_GB: Centre on

en: If report is event or person centered
en_GB: If report is event or person centred

en: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalization. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.
en_GB: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalisation. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.

en: Capitalization changes
en_GB: Capitalisation changes

en: No capitalization changes were detected.
en_GB: No capitalisation changes were detected.

en: Capitalization Change
en_GB: Capitalisation Change

en: Analyzing Events
en_GB: Analysing Events

en: Looking for bad alternate place names
en_GB: Looking for bad alternative place names

en: {quantity} place alternate name fixed
     | {quantity} place alternate names fixed
en_GB[0]: {quantity} place alternative name fixed
en_GB[1]: {quantity} place alternative names fixed

en: Analyzing names
en_GB: Analysing names

en: alternate name
en_GB: alternative name

en: Fix Capitalization of Family Names
en_GB: Fix Capitalisation of Family Names

en: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalization of the names.
en_GB: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalisation of the names.

en: Gender colors
en_GB: Gender colours

en: Single main (filter) color
en_GB: Single main (filter) colour

en: Color scheme classic report
en_GB: Colour scheme classic report

en: Color scheme classic view
en_GB: Colour scheme classic view

en: Add global background colored gradient
en_GB: Add global background coloured gradient

en: Start gradient/Main color
en_GB: Start gradient/Main colour

en: End gradient/2nd color
en_GB: End gradient/2nd colour

en: Color for duplicates
en_GB: Colour for duplicates

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximate.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: Centering on Place
en_GB: Centring on Place

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximate.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can change the markers color depending on place type. You can use filtering.
en_GB: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can change the markers colour depending on place type. You can use filtering.

en: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can use the history to navigate on the map. You can change the markers color depending on place type. You can use filtering.
en_GB: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can use the history to navigate on the map. You can change the markers colour depending on place type. You can use filtering.

en: The places marker color
en_GB: The places marker colour

en: Organize Bookmarks...
en_GB: Organise Bookmarks...

en: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database, sorted by their surname, with one of the following: Address, Residence, or Web Links. Selecting the person&#8217;s name will take you to their individual Address Book page.
en_GB: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database, sorted by their surname, with one of the following: Address, Residence, or Web Links. Selecting the person's name will take you to their individual Address Book page.

en: This page contains an index of all the families/ relationships in the database, sorted by their family name/ surname. Clicking on a person&#8217;s name will take you to their family/ relationship&#8217;s page.
en_GB: This page contains an index of all the families/ relationships in the database, sorted by their family name/ surname. Clicking on a person's name will take you to their family/relationship page.

en: The next section contains an index of all the surnames for an Heatmap map.
en_GB: The next section contains an index of all the surnames for a Heatmap map.

en: The next section contains an index of all the tags for an Heatmap map.
en_GB: The next section contains an index of all the tags for a Heatmap map.

en: Whether or not to add an individual page map showing all the places on this page. This will allow you to see how your family traveled around the country.
en_GB: Whether or not to add an individual page map showing all the places on this page. This will allow you to see how your family travelled around the country.

en: WaterColor
en_GB: WaterColour

en: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database, sorted by their last names. Selecting the person&#8217;s name will take you to that person&#8217;s individual page.
en_GB: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database, sorted by their last names. Selecting the person's name will take you to that person's individual page.

en: Relation to the center person
en_GB: Relation to the centre person

en: This page contains an index of all the places in the database, sorted by their title. Clicking on a place&#8217;s title will take you to that place&#8217;s page.
en_GB: This page contains an index of all the places in the database, sorted by their title. Clicking on a place's title will take you to that place's page.

en: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database with the surname of %s. Selecting the person&#8217;s name will take you to that person&#8217;s individual page.
en_GB: This page contains an index of all the individuals in the database with the surname of %s. Selecting the person's name will take you to that person's individual page.

en: %s: Could not find satellite with catalog number %d
en_GB: %s: Could not find satellite with catalogue number %d

en: <b>Colours:</b>
en_GB: <b>colours:</b>

en: Photo frame border color
en_GB: Photo frame border colour

en: <b>Plugins</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-ins</b>

en: GPhotoFrame needs your authorization in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorize" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorization.
en_GB: GPhotoFrame needs your authorisation in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorise" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorisation.

note: getfrob -> open browser
en: Return to this dialog after you have finished the authorization process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorization" button below
en_GB: Return to this dialogue after you have finished the authorisation process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorisation" button below

en: _Complete Authorization
en_GB: _Complete Authorisation

en: Create, reorganize, and delete partitions
en_GB: Create, reorganise, and delete partitions

en: Operation Canceled
en_GB: Operation Cancelled

en: Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage.
en_GB: Cancelling an operation may cause SEVERE file system damage.

en: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog.
en_GB: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialogue.

note: TO TRANSLATORS:  unrecognized * means that the partition table for this disk * device is unknown or not recognized.
en: unrecognized
en_GB: unrecognised

en: partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximize encryption only step
en_GB: partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximise encryption only step

en: partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximize file system only step
en_GB: partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximise file system only step

en: Could not add this operation to the list
en_GB: Could not add this operation to the list.

note: TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like   1 operation is currently pending for partition /dev/sdb1
en: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2 | %1 operations are currently pending for partition %2
en_GB[0]: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2
en_GB[1]: %1 operation are currently pending for partition %2

en: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this disk.
en_GB: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognisable file systems on this disk.

en: Maximize closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill the partition when opened
en_GB: Maximise closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill the partition when opened

en: Error initializing plugin loader ("%s").
en_GB: Error initialising plugin loader ("%s").

en: Errors while initializing plugin system.
en_GB: Errors while initialising plugin system.

en: Initializing function inside plugin returned error.
en_GB: Initialising function inside plugin returned error.

en: The arc center x coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre x coordinate

en: The arc center y coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre y coordinate

en: The rotation around center position
en_GB: The rotation around centre position

en: The circle center horizontal position
en_GB: The circle centre horizontal position

en: The circle center vertical position
en_GB: The circle centre vertical position

en: The rotation around center
en_GB: The rotation around centre

en: Color-Axis
en_GB: Colour-Axis

en: Step 2 of 2: Customize Chart
en_GB: Step 2 of 2: Customise Chart

en: Customize Chart
en_GB: Customise Chart

en: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "center" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".
en_GB: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "centre" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".

en: Color axis:
en_GB: Colour axis:

en: Color axis
en_GB: Colour axis

en: Reference to color axis
en_GB: Reference to colour axis

en: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialog
en_GB: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialogue

en: very dark gray
en_GB: very dark grey

en: dark gray
en_GB: dark grey

en: light gray
en_GB: light grey

en: Custom color...
en_GB: Custom colour...

en: Netherlands antilles, Guilders
en_GB: Netherlands Antilles, Guilders

en: Bosnia and herzegovina, Convertible Marka
en_GB: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Convertible Marka

en: Costa rica, Colones
en_GB: Costa Rica, Colones

en: Cape verde, Escudos
en_GB: Cape Verde, Escudos

en: Czech republic, Koruny
en_GB: Czech Republic, Koruny

en: Dominican republic, Pesos
en_GB: Dominican Republic, Pesos

en: Euro Members Countries, Euros
en_GB: Euro Member Countries, Euro

en: United kingdom, Pounds
en_GB: United Kingdom, Pounds

en: Israel, New Sheqels
en_GB: Israel, New Shekels

en: Iceland, Krohur
en_GB: Iceland, Kronur

en: Korea (South) Wons
en_GB: Korea (South), Won

en: Cayman islands, Dollars
en_GB: Cayman Islands, Dollars

en: Macao, Patacas
en_GB: Macau, Patacas

en: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaas
en_GB: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaa

en: New zealand, Dollars
en_GB: New Zealand, Dollars

en: Saudi arabia, Riyals
en_GB: Saudi Arabia, Riyals

en: Sierra leone, Leones
en_GB: Sierra Leone, Leones

en: Step at center
en_GB: Step at centre

en: Bicolor gradient
en_GB: Bicolour gradient

en: Unicolor gradient
en_GB: Unicolour gradient

en: centered wallpaper
en_GB: centred wallpaper

en: Center-size
en_GB: Centre-size

en: Size of the center hole as a percentage of the radius
en_GB: Size of the centre hole as a percentage of the radius

en: _Vary colors by slice
en_GB: _Vary colours by slice

en: Cen_ter size:
en_GB: Cen_tre size:

en: Hide data outside of color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of colour axis bounds

note: xgettext : the base for how to name rt plot objects * eg The 2nd rt plot in a chart will be called * 	PlotColoredPolar2
en: PlotColorPolar
en_GB: PlotColourPolar

en: Hide data outside of the color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of the colour axis bounds

en: Colored Polar
en_GB: Coloured Polar

en: Polar plot with colored marks.
en_GB: Polar plot with coloured marks.

en: Polar plotting engine with colored marks
en_GB: Polar plotting engine with coloured marks

en: _Vary colors by bubble
en_GB: _Vary colours by bubble

note: xgettext : the base for how to name map like plot objects * eg The 2nd plot in a chart will be called * 	Map2
en: XYColor
en_GB: XYColour

en: ColoredXY
en_GB: ColouredXY

en: XY Steps Center
en_GB: XY Steps Centre

en: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent color marker at each point.
en_GB: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent colour marker at each point.

en: 2D colored scatter plotting engine
en_GB: 2D coloured scatter plotting engine

en: Uncheck to force zero intercept
en_GB: Untick to force zero intercept

en: rate:annualized interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised interest rate

en: rate:annualized risk-free interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised risk-free interest rate

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset

en: rate:the annualized rate of interest
en_GB: rate:the annualised rate of interest

en: volatility:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of asset 1
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of asset 1

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of asset 2
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of asset 2

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract

en: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Meter
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24
en_GB: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Metre
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24

en: XIRR calculates the annualized internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.
en_GB: XIRR calculates the annualised internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.

en: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      color          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.
en_GB: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      colour          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the center.
en_GB: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the centre.

en: ZTEST calulates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.
en_GB: ZTEST calculates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.

en: LOGREG function transforms your x's to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your y's and z's --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to y's and x's. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.
en_GB: LOGREG function transforms your xs to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your ys and zs --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to ys and xs. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.

en: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behavior is, at this time, implementation specific.
en_GB: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behaviour is, at this time, implementation specific.

en: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualization of Information
en_GB: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualisation of Information

en: Unknown color '%s'
en_GB: Unknown colour '%s'

en: Invalid RRGGBB color '%s' for attribute %s
en_GB: Invalid RRGGBB colour '%s' for attribute %s

en: Unknown theme color %d
en_GB: Unknown theme colour %d

en: Math Functions
en_GB: Maths Functions

en: Invalid attribute '%s', expected color, received '%s'
en_GB: Invalid attribute '%s', expected colour, received '%s'

en: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognized character
en_GB: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognised character

en: %d. field specification ended unexpectetly.
en_GB: %d. field specification ended unexpectedly.

en: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialog applies to all sheets simultaneously.
en_GB: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialogue applies to all sheets simultaneously.

en: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages horizontally.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to centre pages horizontally.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages vertically.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to center pages vertically.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialog.
en_GB: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialogue.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Some dialogs contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.
en_GB: Some dialogues contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.

en: Please use the Text Export dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Text Export dialogue to edit this value.

en: Search &amp; Replace Error Behavior
en_GB: Search &amp; Replace Error Behaviour

en: This is the default error behavior of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.
en_GB: This is the default error behaviour of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.

en: Before an existing file is being overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialog. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialog the default button.
en_GB: Before an existing file is overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialogue. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialogue the default button.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialog.
en_GB: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialogue.

en: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialog, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.
en_GB: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialogue, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.

en: Configure Checkbox
en_GB: Configure Tickbox

en: Localization.
en_GB: Localisation.

en: Plugin system, localization.
en_GB: Plugin system, localisation.

en: original CSV support, French localization
en_GB: original CSV support, French localisation

en: We apologize if anyone was left out.
en_GB: We apologise if anyone was left out.

en: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialogue.

en: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the FTest Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the FTest Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Regression Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Regression Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the autosave dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the autosave dialogue.

en: Could not create the Consolidate dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Consolidate dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Table definition dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Table definition dialogue.

en: Could not create the Delete Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Delete Cell dialogue.

en: Could not create the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Properties dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fill Series dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fill Series dialogue.

en: Paste Function Name dialog
en_GB: Paste Function Name dialogue

en: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialogue.

en: Could not create the goto dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the goto dialogue.

en: Could not create the hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the hyperlink dialogue.

en: Could not create the Insert Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Insert Cell dialogue.

en: Capitalize _names of days
en_GB: Capitalise _names of days

en: Capitalize _first letter of sentence
en_GB: Capitalise _first letter of sentence

en: Do _not capitalize after:
en_GB: Do _not capitalise after:

en: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenario Add dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenario Add dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenarios dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenarios dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialogue.

en: Could not create the Simulation dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Simulation dialogue.

en: Could not create the List Property dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the List Property dialogue.

en: Could not create the Solver dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Solver dialogue.

en: If this checkbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.

en: If this checkbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.

en: Center across _selection
en_GB: Centre across _selection

en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

note: #-#-#-#-#  431 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Button to center the image on canvas just below the preview.
en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

en: When this checkbox is checked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colors will remain in the original location. Uncheck this checkbox to have these formats move with the content.
en_GB: When this box is ticked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colours will remain in the original location. Untick this box to have these formats move with the content.

en: Attempt to recognize columns in the text automatically.
en_GB: Attempt to recognise columns in the text automatically.

en: Hypothesized mean _difference:
en_GB: Hypothesised mean _difference:

en: Student-t Test
en_GB: Student t Test

en: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the check button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).
en_GB: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the tick button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).

en: <b>Center on page:</b>
en_GB: <b>Centre on page:</b>

en: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialog.
en_GB: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialogue.

en: Dismiss search center
en_GB: Dismiss search centre

en: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialog.
en_GB: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialogue.

en: Sheet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.
en_GB: heet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.

en: Hypothesized _difference of medians:
en_GB: Hypothesised _difference of medians:

en: Checkbox Properties
en_GB: Tickbox Properties

en: Don't display warning dialogs when importing
en_GB: Don't display warning dialogues when importing

en: _Format %d Cell... | _Format %d Cells
en_GB[0]: _Format %d Cell...
en_GB[1]: _Format %d Cells...

en: CheckBox %d
en_GB: TickBox %d

note: FIXME: This text sucks:
en: Clicking checkbox
en_GB: Clicking tickbox

en: Display Formulæ
en_GB: Display Formulae

en: The foreground color of the tab.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the tab.

en: The background color of the tab.
en_GB: The background colour of the tab.

en: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail

en: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail

en: Create a checkbox
en_GB: Create a tickbox

en: Display _Formulæ
en_GB: Display _Formulae

note: #-#-#-#-#  187 (kspread)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, horizontalCheckBox)
en: Center horizontally
en_GB: Centre horizontally

en: _Center Across Selection
en_GB: _Centre Across Selection

en: Center horizontally across the selection
en_GB: Centre horizontally across the selection

en: _Merge and Center
en_GB: _Merge and Centre

en: _Vertically Center
en_GB: _Vertically Centre

en: Vertically Center
en_GB: Vertically Centre

en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

note: #-#-#-#-#  288 (dconf master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: initial "use at your own risk" dialog, the checkbox label
en: Show this dialog next time.
en_GB: Show this dialogue next time.

en: Go to Cell...
en_GB: Go to Cell ...

en: Changing sheet tab colors
en_GB: Changing sheet tab colours

en: Reorganizing Sheets
en_GB: Reorganising Sheets

en: A classical yet colorful template
en_GB: A classical yet colourful template

en: Desert colored financial template
en_GB: Desert coloured financial template

en: Financial style with cold border color
en_GB: Financial style with cold border colour

en: An advanced colorless template
en_GB: An advanced colourless template

en: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar. This will bring up a dialog box where you can enter account details. For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.
en_GB: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar. This will bring up a dialogue box where you can enter account details. For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.

en: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a paycheck with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.
en_GB: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a payslip with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.

en: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement check numbers as well.
en_GB: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement cheque numbers as well.

en: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed. Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit->Style Sheets menu to customize style sheets.
en_GB: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed. Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit->Style Sheets menu to customise style sheets.

en: Company issues a notional distribution, which is recorded as capital gain and increases the cost basis without affecting # units.
en_GB: Company issues a notional distribution, which is recorded as a capital gain and increases the cost basis without affecting # units.

en: Company issues additional units, thereby reducing the stock price by a divisor , while keeping the total monetary value of the overall investment constant. 
    
    If the split results in a cash in lieu for remainder units, please record the sale using the Stock Transaction Assistant first, then record the split.
en_GB: Company issues additional units, thereby reducing the stock price by a divisor, while keeping the total monetary value of the overall investment constant.
    
    If the split results in a cash in lieu for remainder units, please record the sale using the Stock Transaction Assistant first, then record the split.

en: Buy back stock to cover short position, and record capital gain/loss. 
    
    If you are unable to calculate capital gains you can enter a placeholder amount and correct it in the transaction later.
en_GB: Buy back stock to cover short position, and record capital gain/loss.
    
    If you are unable to calculate capital gains you can enter a placeholder amount and correct it in the transaction later.

en: Company returns capital, and the short stock holder must make a compensatory payment for the returned capital. This reduces the cost basis (less negative, towards 0.00 value) without affecting # units. A distribution previously recorded as a compensatory dividend is reclassified to compensatory return of capital,often due to end-of-year tax information.
en_GB: Company returns capital, and the short stock holder must make a compensatory payment for the returned capital. This reduces the cost basis (less negative, towards 0.00 value) without affecting # units. A distribution previously recorded as a compensatory dividend is reclassified to compensatory return of capital, often due to end-of-year tax information.

en: Company issues additional units, thereby reducing the stock price by a divisor, while keeping the total monetary value of the overall investment constant. 
    
    If the split results in a cash in lieu for remainder units, please record the cover buy using the Stock Transaction Assistant first, then record the split.
en_GB: Company issues additional units, thereby reducing the stock price by a divisor, while keeping the total monetary value of the overall investment constant.
    
    If the split results in a cash in lieu for remainder units, please record the cover buy using the Stock Transaction Assistant first, then record the split.

en: The post action was canceled because not all exchange rates were given.
en_GB: The post action was cancelled because not all exchange rates were given.

en: Cannot save check format file.
en_GB: Cannot save cheque format file.

en: There is a duplicate check format file.
en_GB: There is a duplicate cheque format file.

note: Translators: %1$s is the type of the first check format (user defined or application defined); %2$s is the filename of that format; %3$s the type of the other check format; and %4$s the filename of that other format.
en: The GUIDs in the %s check format file '%s' and the %s check format file '%s' match.
en_GB: The GUIDs in the %s cheque format file '%s' and the %s cheque format file '%s' match.

en: Cut the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Cut the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: Copy the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: Cut the selected split into clipboard
en_GB: Cut the selected split onto the clipboard

en: Copy the selected split into clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected split onto the clipboard

en: Print checks from multiple accounts?
en_GB: Print cheques from multiple accounts?

en: This search result contains splits from more than one account. Do you want to print the checks even though they are not all from the same account?
en_GB: This search result contains splits from more than one account. Do you want to print the cheques even though they are not all from the same account?

en: _Print checks
en_GB: _Print cheques

en: You can only print checks from a bank account register or search results.
en_GB: You can only print cheques from a bank account register or search results.

en: Make Pdf
en_GB: Make PDF

en: Designed to be easy to use, yet powerful and flexible, GnuCash allows you to track bank accounts, stocks, income and expenses. As quick and intuitive to use as a checkbook register, it is based on professional accounting principles like double-entry accounting to ensure balanced books and accurate reports.
en_GB: Designed to be easy to use, yet powerful and flexible, GnuCash allows you to track bank accounts, stocks, income and expenses. As quick and intuitive to use as a chequebook register, it is based on professional accounting principles like double-entry accounting to ensure balanced books and accurate reports.

en: Set the report options you want using this dialog.
en_GB: Set the report options you want using this dialogue.

en: _Show children accounts
en_GB: _Show child accounts

en: Set the account color for account '%s' including all sub-accounts to the selected color
en_GB: Set the account colour for account '%s' including all sub-accounts to the selected colour

note: Translators: Replace here and later CUSIP by the name of your local National Securities Identifying Number like gb:SEDOL, de:WKN, ch:Valorennummer, fr:SICOVAM ... See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISIN and https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_numbering_agency for hints.
en: 
    Exchange code (ISIN, CUSIP or similar):
en_GB: 
    Exchange code (ISIN, SEDOL or similar):

en: This file is from an older version of GnuCash and will be upgraded when saved by this version. You will not be able to read the saved file from the older version of Gnucash (it will report an "error parsing the file"). If you wish to preserve the old version, exit without saving.
en_GB: This file is from an older version of GnuCash and will be upgraded when saved by this version. You will not be able to read the saved file from the older version of GnuCash (it will report an "error parsing the file"). If you wish to preserve the old version, exit without saving.

en: Account Color
en_GB: Account Colour

note: Translators: Again replace CUSIP by the name of your National Securities Identifying Number.
en: ISIN/CUSIP
en_GB: ISIN/SEDOL

note: Translators: Do not translate $DISPLAY! It is an environment variable for X11
en: Error: could not initialize graphical user interface and option add-price-quotes was not set.
    Perhaps you need to set the $DISPLAY environment variable?
en_GB: Error: could not initialise graphical user interface and option add-price-quotes was not set.
    Perhaps you need to set the $DISPLAY environment variable?

en: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any invoices will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialog. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due invoices.
en_GB: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any invoices will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialogue. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due invoices.

en: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialog.
en_GB: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialogue.

en: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialog. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.
en_GB: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialogue. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.

en: GUID of predefined check format to use
en_GB: GUID of predefined cheque format to use

en: This value specifies the predefined check format to use. The number is the guid of a known check format.
en_GB: This value specifies the predefined cheque format to use. The number is the GUID of a known cheque format.

en: Which check position to print
en_GB: Which cheque position to print

en: On preprinted checks containing multiple checks per page, this setting specifies which check position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom checks on the page.
en_GB: On preprinted cheques containing multiple cheques per page, this setting specifies which cheque position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom cheques on the page.

en: Number of checks to print on the first page.
en_GB: Number of cheques to print on the first page.

en: Units in which the custom coordinates are expressed (inches, mm, …).
en_GB: Units in which the custom coordinates are expressed (mm, inches, …).

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the check.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the cheque.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Position of check amount in words
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in words

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Position of check amount in numbers
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in numbers

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee address line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee address line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the notes line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the notes line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Offset for complete check
en_GB: Offset for complete cheque

en: This value contains the X,Y offset for the complete check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y offset for the complete cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Number of degrees to rotate the check.
en_GB: Number of degrees to rotate the cheque.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's memo line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's memo line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's account line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the split's account line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: The default check printing font
en_GB: The default cheque printing font

en: The default font to use when printing checks. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a check description file.
en_GB: The default font to use when printing cheques. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a cheque description file.

en: Show currencies in this dialog
en_GB: Show currencies in this dialogue

en: UnLikely matching a transaction outside of these days
en_GB: Unlikely matching a transaction outside of these days

en: Maximum ATM fee amount in your area
en_GB: Maximum cash machine fee amount in your area

en: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like corner shops. These cash machines add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50 plus fees. If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

en: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialog. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.
en_GB: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialogue. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.

en: If active, always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: If active, always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: Run "since last run" dialog when a file is opened.
en_GB: Run "since last run" dialogue when a file is opened.

en: Show "since last run" notification dialog when a file is opened.
en_GB: Show "since last run" notification dialogue when a file is opened.

en: This setting controls whether the scheduled transactions notification-only "since last run" dialog is shown when a data file is opened (if "since last run" processing is enabled on file open). This includes the initial opening of the data file when GnuCash starts. If this setting is active, show the dialog, otherwise it is not shown.
en_GB: This setting controls whether the scheduled transactions notification-only "since last run" dialogue is shown when a data file is opened (if "since last run" processing is enabled on file open). This includes the initial opening of the data file when GnuCash starts. If this setting is active, show the dialogue, otherwise it is not shown.

en: Set "Review Created Transactions" as the default for the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: Set "Review Created Transactions" as the default for the "since last run" dialogue.

en: This setting controls whether as default the "review created transactions" is set for the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: This setting controls whether as default the "review created transactions" is set for the "since last run" dialogue.

en: Set the sort column in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: Set the sort column in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: This settings sets the sort column in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: This setting sets the sort column in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: Set the sort direction in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: Set the sort direction in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: This settings sets the sort direction in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: This setting sets the sort direction in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: The depth used in the tree to sort in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: The depth used in the tree to sort in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: The number of months to be shown in editor.
en_GB: The number of months to be shown in the editor.

en: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialog will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.
en_GB: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialogue will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.

en: If active, the size and location of each dialog window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.
en_GB: If active, the size and location of each dialogue window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.

en: Use account colors in the account hierarchy
en_GB: Use account colours in the account hierarchy

en: If active the account hierarchy will colorize the account using the account's custom color if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.
en_GB: If active the account hierarchy will colourise the account using the account's custom colour if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.

en: Use account colors in the tabs of open account registers
en_GB: Use account colours in the tabs of open account registers

en: If active the account register tabs will be colored using the account's custom color if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.
en_GB: If active the account register tabs will be coloured using the account's custom colour if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.

en: Color the register using a gnucash specific color theme
en_GB: Colour the register using a GnuCash specific colour theme

en: When enabled the register will use a GnuCash specific color theme (green/yellow). Otherwise it will use the system color theme. Regardless of this setting the user can always override the color theme via a gnucash specific css file to be stored in the gnucash used config directory. More information can be found in the gnucash FAQ.
en_GB: When enabled the register will use a GnuCash specific colour theme (green/yellow). Otherwise it will use the system colour theme. Regardless of this setting the user can always override the colour theme via a GnuCash specific CSS file to be stored in the GnuCash used config directory. More information can be found in the GnuCash FAQ.

en: Color all lines of a transaction the same
en_GB: Colour all lines of a transaction the same

en: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same color for their background. Otherwise the background colors are alternated on each line.
en_GB: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same colour for their background. Otherwise the background colours are alternated on each line.

en: If active, gnucash will be allowed to intentionally break file compatibility with older versions, so that a data file saved in this version cannot be read by an older version again. Otherwise gnucash will write data files only in formats that can be read by older versions as well.
en_GB: If active, GnuCash will be allowed to intentionally break file compatibility with older versions, so that a data file saved in this version cannot be read by an older version again. Otherwise GnuCash will write data files only in formats that can be read by older versions as well.

en: Print checks from multiple accounts
en_GB: Print cheques from multiple accounts

en: This dialog is presented if you try to print checks from multiple accounts at the same time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented if you try to print cheques from multiple accounts at the same time.

en: This dialog is presented when there is more than one window.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when there is more than one window.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication cancelled.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to replace an existing price.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to replace an existing price.

en: Edit account payable/accounts receivable register
en_GB: Edit accounts payable/accounts receivable register

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to edit an accounts payable/accounts receivable account. These account types are reserved for the business features and should rarely be manipulated manually.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to edit an accounts payable/accounts receivable account. These account types are reserved for the business features and should rarely be manipulated manually.

en: This dialog is presented when a read-only register is opened.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when a read-only register is opened.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to cut a split from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to cut a split from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to cut a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to cut a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to cut a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to cut a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to cut a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to cut a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication cancelled.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: This dialog is presented when you are unable to jump on a transaction because it has splits for multiple other accounts. A specific split must be selected to jump to the other account.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you are unable to jump on a transaction because it has splits for multiple other accounts. A specific split must be selected to jump to the other account.

en: This dialog is presented when you are unable to jump on a transaction because it only has splits for the current account.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you are unable to jump on a transaction because it only has splits for the current account.

note: Run the assistant in your language to see GTK's translation of the button labels.
en: 
    This assistant will help you import Accounts from a file.
    
    The file must be in the same format as that exported as this is a fixed format import which can be seen by looking at a file created by using the "Export Account Tree to CSV" export menu option.
    
    If the account is missing, based on the full account name, it will be added as long as the security / currency specified exists. If the account exists, then four fields will be updated. These are code, description, notes and color.
    
    Click on "Next" to proceed or "Cancel" to Abort Import.
en_GB: 
    This assistant will help you import Accounts from a file.
    
    The file must be in the same format as that exported as this is a fixed format import which can be seen by looking at a file created by using the "Export Account Tree to CSV" export menu option.
    
    If the account is missing, based on the full account name, it will be added as long as the security / currency specified exists. If the account exists, then four fields will be updated. These are code, description, notes and colour.
    
    Click on "Next" to proceed or "Cancel" to Abort Import.

en: Delete Settings
    Deletes the settings saved under the name as entered in the adjacent text field.
    There are two reserved names which can never be deleted:
    - No settings
    - Gnucash default export format
en_GB: Delete Settings
    Deletes the settings saved under the name as entered in the adjacent text field.
    There are two reserved names which can never be deleted:
    - No settings
    - GnuCash default export format

en: Save Settings
    Saves current settings under the name as entered in the adjacent text field.
    There are two reserved names which can't be used to save custom settings:
    - No settings
    - Gnucash default export format
en_GB: Save Settings
    Saves current settings under the name as entered in the adjacent text field.
    There are two reserved names which can't be used to save custom settings:
    - No settings
    - GnuCash default export format

en: Allow existing prices to be over written.
en_GB: Allow existing prices to be overwritten.

en: Normally prices are not over written, select this to change that. This setting is not saved.
en_GB: Normally prices are not overwritten, select this to change that. This setting is not saved.

en: If you click "Next" Gnucash will perform a number of checks.
    
    If one of those <i>checks fails</i> you'll be automatically redirected to the preview page to try and correct.
    
    On the following page you will be able to associate each transaction to a category.
    
    If this is your <i>initial import into a new file</i>, you will first see a dialog for setting book options, since these can affect how imported data are converted to GnuCash transactions. If this is an existing file, the dialog will not be shown.
    
    If this is the <i>first time importing</i>, you will find that all lines may need to be associated. On subsequent imports, the importer will try to associate the transactions based on previous imports.
    
    The confidence of a correct association is displayed as a colored bar.
    
    More information can be displayed by using the help button.
en_GB: If you click "Next" GnuCash will perform a number of checks.
    
    If one of those <i>checks fails</i> you'll be automatically redirected to the preview page to try and correct.
    
    On the following page you will be able to associate each transaction to a category.
    
    If this is your <i>initial import into a new file</i>, you will first see a dialogue for setting book options, since these can affect how imported data are converted to GnuCash transactions. If this is an existing file, the dialogue will not be shown.
    
    If this is the <i>first time importing</i>, you will find that all lines may need to be associated. On subsequent imports, the importer will try to associate the transactions based on previous imports.
    
    The confidence of a correct association is displayed as a coloured bar.
    
    More information can be displayed by using the help button.

en: This assistant will help you create a set of GnuCash accounts for your assets (such as investments, checking or savings accounts), liabilities (such as loans) and different kinds of income and expenses you might have.
    
    You can pick a set of accounts here that seem close to your needs. After the assistant completes you will be able to add, rename, modify, and remove accounts, at any time later on. You will also be able to add sub-accounts, as well as move accounts (along with their sub-accounts) from one parent to another.
    
    Click 'Cancel' if you do not wish to create any new accounts now.
en_GB: This assistant will help you create a set of GnuCash accounts for your assets (such as investments, current or savings accounts), liabilities (such as loans) and different kinds of income and expenses you might have.
    
    You can pick a set of accounts here that seem close to your needs. After the assistant completes you will be able to add, rename, modify, and remove accounts, at any time later on. You will also be able to add sub-accounts, as well as move accounts (along with their sub-accounts) from one parent to another.
    
    Click 'Cancel' if you do not wish to create any new accounts now.

en: The selection you make here is only the starting point for your personalized account hierarchy. Accounts can be added, renamed, moved, or deleted by hand later at any time.
en_GB: The selection you make here is only the starting point for your personalised account hierarchy. Accounts can be added, renamed, moved, or deleted by hand later at any time.

en: Press 'Apply' to create your new accounts. You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press 'Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press 'Cancel' to close this dialog without creating any new accounts.
en_GB: Press 'Apply' to create your new accounts. You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press 'Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press 'Cancel' to close this dialogue without creating any new accounts.

en: Enter the number of months still to be paid off. This determines both the remaining principle and the duration of the scheduled transaction.
en_GB: Enter the number of months still to be paid off. This determines both the remaining principal and the duration of the scheduled transaction.

en: Do you utilize an escrow account, if so an account must be specified…
en_GB: Do you utilise an escrow account, if so an account must be specified…

en: … utilize an escrow account for payments?
en_GB: … utilise an escrow account for payments?

note: Run the assistant in your language to see GTK's translation of the button labels.
en: Please select a file to load. When you click "Next", the file will be loaded and analyzed. You may need to answer some questions about the account(s) in the file.
    
    You will have the opportunity to load as many files as you wish, so don't worry if your data is in multiple files.
en_GB: Please select a file to load. When you click "Next", the file will be loaded and analysed. You may need to answer some questions about the account(s) in the file.
    
    You will have the opportunity to load as many files as you wish, so don't worry if your data is in multiple files.

en: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account.
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganize the account structure safely within GnuCash.
en_GB: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account.
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganise the account structure safely within GnuCash.

en: Since you are creating a new file, you will next see a dialog for setting book options. These can affect how GnuCash imports transactions. If you come back to this page without cancelling and starting over, the dialog for setting book options will not be shown a second time when you go forward. You can access it directly from the menu via File->Properties.
en_GB: Since you are creating a new file, you will next see a dialogue for setting book options. These can affect how GnuCash imports transactions. If you come back to this page without cancelling and starting over, the dialogue for setting book options will not be shown a second time when you go forward. You can access it directly from the menu via File->Properties.

en: Tradable commodities
en_GB: Tradeable commodities

en: In this page, input any brokerage fees incurred in this transaction. The fee may be capitalized into the asset account, or expensed into a brokerage fees account. Typically fees on purchase are capitalized, and fees on sales are expensed. If there are no fees involved in this transaction, it can be left blank.
en_GB: In this page, input any brokerage fees incurred in this transaction. The fee may be capitalised into the asset account, or expensed into a brokerage fees account. Typically fees on purchase are capitalised, and fees on sales are expensed. If there are no fees involved in this transaction, it can be left blank.

en: Capitalize brokerage fees into stock account?
en_GB: Capitalise brokerage fees into stock account?

en: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialog.
en_GB: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialogue.

en: Enable Cascading Account Color
en_GB: Enable Cascading Account Colour

en: If any account has an existing color it will not be replaced unless the following is ticked.
en_GB: If any account has an existing colour it will not be replaced unless the following is ticked.

en: Replace any existing account colors
en_GB: Replace any existing account colours

en: Account _Color
en_GB: Account _Colour

en: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register. To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By…" dialog for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option. Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.
en_GB: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register. To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By…" dialogue for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option. Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialogue.

en: Choose Owner Dialog
en_GB: Choose Owner Dialogue

note: Again replace CUSIP by your National Securities Identifying Number.
en: ISIN, CUSI_P or other code
en_GB: ISIN, S_EDOL or other code

en: Exit the saved report configurations dialog
en_GB: Exit the saved report configurations dialogue

en: Job Dialog
en_GB: Job Dialogue

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialog Again?</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialogue Again?</span>

en: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialog will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.
en_GB: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialogue will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.

en: Close dialog and make no changes.
en_GB: Close dialogue and make no changes.

en: Apply changes but do not close dialog.
en_GB: Apply changes but do not close dialogue.

en: Apply changes and close dialog.
en_GB: Apply changes and close dialogue.

en: Print Check
en_GB: Print Cheque

en: Show the Account Color as background
en_GB: Show the Account Colour as background

en: Show the Account Color as Account Name Background.
en_GB: Show the Account Colour as Account Name Background.

en: Show the Account Color on tabs
en_GB: Show the Account Colour on tabs

en: Show the Account Color as tab background.
en_GB: Show the Account Colour as tab background.

en: The character that will be used between components of an account name. A legal value is any single character except letters and numbers, or any of the following strings: "colon" "slash", "backslash", "dash" and "period".
en_GB: The character that will be used between components of an account name. A valid value is any single character except letters and numbers, or any of the following strings: "colon" "slash", "backslash", "dash" and "period".

en: Present the new account list dialog when you choose File->New File.
en_GB: Present the new account list dialogue when you choose File->New File.

en: Display "_tip of the day" dialog
en_GB: Display "_tip of the day" dialogue

en: <b>Search Dialog</b>
en_GB: <b>Search Dialogue</b>

en: In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like corner shops. These cash machines add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50 plus fees. If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

note: Preferences->Online Banking:Generic
en: Commercial ATM _fees threshold
en_GB: Commercial cash machine _fees threshold

en: <b>Checks</b>
en_GB: <b>Cheques</b>

en: The default check printing font.
en_GB: The default cheque printing font.

en: Print '***' before and after each text field on the check.
en_GB: Print '***' before and after each text field on the cheque.

en: Pre-check cleared transactions when creating a reconcile dialog.
en_GB: Pre-check cleared transactions when creating a reconcile dialogue.

en: Always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: Always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: _Use GnuCash built-in color theme
en_GB: _Use GnuCash built-in colour theme

en: GnuCash uses a yellow/green theme by default for register windows. Uncheck this if you want to use the system color theme instead.
en_GB: GnuCash uses a yellow/green theme by default for register windows. Uncheck this if you want to use the system colour theme instead.

en: Double _mode colors alternate with transactions
en_GB: Double _mode colours alternate with transactions

en: Alternate the primary and secondary colors by transaction instead of by alternating by row.
en_GB: Alternate the primary and secondary colours by transaction instead of by alternating by row.

en: Save Custom Check Format
en_GB: Save Custom Cheque Format

en: Enter a title for this custom format. This title will appear in the "Check format" selector of the Print Check dialog. Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.
en_GB: Enter a title for this custom format. This title will appear in the "Cheque format" selector of the Print Cheque dialogue. Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.

en: Deluxe(tm) Personal Checks US-Letter
en_GB: Deluxe(tm) Personal Cheques US-Letter

en: Quicken(tm) Wallet Checks w/ side stub
en_GB: Quicken(tm) Wallet Cheques w/ side stub

en: Check _format
en_GB: Cheque _format

en: Check po_sition
en_GB: Cheque po_sition

en: Check format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the check.
en_GB: Cheque format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the cheque.

en: Checks on first _page
en_GB: Cheques on first _page

en: You have requested that the following warning dialogs not be presented. To re-enable any of these dialogs, select the check box next to the dialog, then click OK.
en_GB: You have requested that the following warning dialogues not be presented. To re-enable any of these dialogues, select the check box next to the dialogue, then click OK.

en: Set 'Review created transactions' as the default in the "since last run" dialog.
en_GB: Set 'Review created transactions' as the default in the "since last run" dialogue.

en: Use this dialog if you want GnuCash to automatically find which transactions are cleared, given an ending balance. For example, said ending balance can be the current balance given by your bank online.
en_GB: Use this dialogue if you want GnuCash to automatically find which transactions are cleared, given an ending balance. For example, said ending balance can be the current balance given by your bank online.

en: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: The setup for matching Online Banking accounts to GnuCash accounts is now finished. You can now invoke Online Banking actions on those accounts.
    
    If you want to add another bank, user, or account, you can start this assistant again anytime.
    
    Press "Apply" now.
en_GB: The setup for matching Online Banking accounts to GnuCash accounts is now finished. You can now invoke Online Banking actions on those accounts.
    
    If you want to add another bank, user, or account, you can start this assistant again any time.
    
    Press "Apply" now.

en: This list contains the file formats that AQBanking knows how to import. The profile list contains specializations and is populated according to which format you select in this list.
en_GB: This list contains the file formats that AQBanking knows how to import. The profile list contains specialisations and is populated according to the format that you select in this list.

en: This lists one or more specialization templates that adjust the import for different banks' uses of fields in the selected import format.
en_GB: This lists one or more specialisation templates that adjust the import for different banks' uses of fields in the selected import format.

en: Some banks place part of transaction description as "transaction text" in the MT940 file. Normally GNUcash ignores this text. However by activating this option, the transaction text is used for the transaction description too.
en_GB: Some banks place part of transaction description as "transaction text" in the MT940 file. Normally GnuCash ignores this text. However by activating this option, the transaction text is used for the transaction description too.

en: You have changed the list of online transfer templates, but you cancelled the transfer dialog. Do you nevertheless want to store the changes?
en_GB: You have changed the list of online transfer templates, but you cancelled the transfer dialogue. Do you nevertheless want to store the changes?

en: The backend found an error during the preparation of the job. It is not possible to execute this job.
    
    Most probable the bank does not support your chosen job or your Online Banking account does not have the permission to execute this job. More error messages might be visible on your console log.
    
    Do you want to enter the job again?
en_GB: The backend found an error during the preparation of the job. It is not possible to execute this job.
    
    Most probably the bank does not support your chosen job or your Online Banking account does not have the permission to execute this job. More error messages might be visible on your console log.
    
    Do you want to enter the job again?

en: No Online Banking account found for this gnucash account. These transactions will not be executed by Online Banking.
en_GB: No Online Banking account found for this GnuCash account. These transactions will not be executed by Online Banking.

en: Taxincluded
en_GB: Tax-included

en: Import Bills or Invoices from csv
en_GB: Import Bills or Invoices from CSV

en: The accounts will be imported from the file '%s' when you click 'Apply'.
    
    You can verify your selections by clicking on 'Back' or 'Cancel' to Abort Import.
    
    If this is your initial import into a new file, you will first see a dialog for setting book options, since these can affect how imported data is converted to GnuCash transactions.
    Note: After import, you may need to use 'View / Filter By / Other' menu option and select to show unused Accounts.
en_GB: The accounts will be imported from the file '%s' when you click 'Apply'.
    
    You can verify your selections by clicking on 'Back' or 'Cancel' to Abort Import.
    
    If this is your initial import into a new file, you will first see a dialogue for setting book options, since these can affect how imported data is converted to GnuCash transactions.
    Note: After import, you may need to use 'View / Filter By / Other' menu option and select to show unused Accounts.

en: Import Customers from csv
en_GB: Import Customers from CSV

en: The log file you selected cannot be read. The file header was not recognized.
en_GB: The log file you selected cannot be read. The file header was not recognised.

en: Unknown OFX checking account
en_GB: Unknown OFX current account

en: Unrecognized or inconsistent format.
en_GB: Unrecognised or inconsistent format.

note: Translators: This is an error message about actions like buy, sell …
en: Unrecognized action '~a'.
en_GB: Unrecognised action '~a'.

[ctx: sample]
note: Translators: Enter the longest expected path of an Account
en: Expenses:Automobile:Gasoline
en_GB: Expenses:Vehicle:Fuel

en: ATM Deposit
en_GB: Cash Machine Deposit

en: ATM Draw
en_GB: Cash Machine Withdrawal

en: Teller
en_GB: Bank Clerk

en: Paycheck
en_GB: Payslip

en: Enter a reference, such as an invoice or check number, common to all entry lines (splits)
en_GB: Enter a reference, such as an invoice or cheque number, common to all entry lines (splits)

en: Enter a reference, such as an invoice or check number, unique to each entry line (split)
en_GB: Enter a reference, such as an invoice or cheque number, unique to each entry line (split)

en: Enter a reference, such as a check number, common to all entry lines (splits)
en_GB: Enter a reference, such as a cheque number, common to all entry lines (splits)

en: Enter a reference, such as a check number, unique to each entry line (split)
en_GB: Enter a reference, such as a cheque number, unique to each entry line (split)

en: Enter a transaction reference, such as an invoice or check number, common to all entry lines (splits)
en_GB: Enter a transaction reference, such as an invoice or cheque number, common to all entry lines (splits)

en: Enter a reference number, such as the next check number, or choose an action type from the list
en_GB: Enter a reference number, such as the next cheque number, or choose an action type from the list

en: This is a color option.
en_GB: This is a colour option.

en: Depth limit behavior
en_GB: Depth limit behaviour

en: Realized Gain
en_GB: Realised Gain

en: Unrealized Gain
en_GB: Unrealised Gain

en: Unrealized Gains
en_GB: Unrealised Gains

en: Unrealized Losses
en_GB: Unrealised Losses

en: Unrealized Gains for Period
en_GB: Unrealised Gains for Period

en: Unrealized Losses for Period
en_GB: Unrealised Losses for Period

en: Income and GST Statement
en_GB: Income and GST/VAT Statement

en: This report is useful to calculate periodic business tax payable/receivable from authorities. From 'Edit report options', choose your business sales and purchase accounts. Each transaction may contain, in addition to the asset, liability, A/Payable or A/Receivable accounts, a split to a tax account, e.g. Income:Sales -$1000, A/Receivable $1100, Liability:GST on Sales -$100.
en_GB: This report is useful to calculate periodic business tax payable/receivable from authorities. From 'Edit report options', choose your business sales and purchase accounts. Each transaction may contain, in addition to the asset, liability, A/Payable or A/Receivable accounts, a split to a tax account, e.g. Income:Sales -£1000, A/Receivable £1100, Liability:VAT on Sales -£100.

en: Show realized gain column(s)
en_GB: Show realised gain column(s)

en: Show unrealized gain column(s)
en_GB: Show unrealised gain column(s)

en: Warn if the 'Realized Gain/Loss' split(s) sum does not match the computed gains
en_GB: Warn if the 'Realised Gain/Loss' split(s) sum does not match the computed gains

en: ST Realized Gain
en_GB: ST Realised Gain

en: LT Realized Gain
en_GB: LT Realised Gain

en: Realized ROI
en_GB: Realised ROI

en: ST Unrealized Gain
en_GB: ST Unrealised Gain

en: LT Unrealized Gain
en_GB: LT Unrealised Gain

en: Unrealized ROI
en_GB: Unrealised ROI

en: Show realized gain table column(s) for sold shares
en_GB: Show realised gain table column(s) for sold shares

en: Show unrealized gain table column(s) for unsold shares
en_GB: Show unrealised gain table column(s) for unsold shares

en: Lots with more than one purchase split are not well formed. It may make ambiguous the capital gains age
en_GB: Lots with more than one purchase split are not well formed. It may make the capital gains age ambiguous

en: Detect possible errors in 'Realized Gain/Loss' splits that are created when adding a sale split to a lot
en_GB: Detect possible errors in 'Realised Gain/Loss' splits that are created when adding a sale split to a lot

en: Warning: Above lot's computed gain ~a is not equal to the "Realized Gain/Loss" split(s) sum ~a. Difference: ~a
en_GB: Warning: Above lot's computed gain ~a is not equal to the "Realised Gain/Loss" split(s) sum ~a. Difference: ~a

en: Please make all checks payable to
en_GB: Please make all cheques payable to

en: Payable Aging
en_GB: Payable Ageing

en: Receivable Aging
en_GB: Receivable Ageing

en: Marker Color
en_GB: Marker Colour

en: Color of the marker.
en_GB: Colour of the marker.

en: Display the check number/action?
en_GB: Display the cheque number/action?

en: Display the check number?
en_GB: Display the cheque number?

en: CSS color.
en_GB: CSS colour.

en: Name of organization or company prepared for.
en_GB: Name of organisation or company prepared for.

en: Name of organization or company.
en_GB: Name of organisation or company.

en: General background color for report.
en_GB: General background colour for report.

en: Normal body text color.
en_GB: Normal body text colour.

en: Link Color
en_GB: Link Colour

en: Link text color.
en_GB: Link text colour.

en: Table Cell Color
en_GB: Table Cell Colour

en: Alternate Table Cell Color
en_GB: Alternate Table Cell Colour

en: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color
en_GB: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Colour

en: Default color for subtotal rows.
en_GB: Default colour for subtotal rows.

en: Sub-subheading/total Cell Color
en_GB: Sub-subheading/total Cell Colour

en: Color for subsubtotals.
en_GB: Colour for subsubtotals.

en: Grand Total Cell Color
en_GB: Grand Total Cell Colour

en: Color for grand totals.
en_GB: Colour for grand totals.

en: Technicolor
en_GB: Technicolour

en: Name of organization or company the report is prepared for.
en_GB: Name of organisation or company the report is prepared for.

en: Background color for reports.
en_GB: Background colour for reports.

en: Background color for alternate lines.
en_GB: Background colour for alternate lines.

en: Cut the current selection and copy it to clipboard
en_GB: Cut the current selection and copy it to the clipboard

en: Copy the current selection to clipboard
en_GB: Copy the current selection to the clipboard

en: Open the New Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the New Invoice dialogue

note: Translators: currently implemented are, US: income tax and DE: VAT, So adjust this string
en: Setup relevant accounts for tax reports, e.g. US income tax
en_GB: Setup relevant accounts for tax reports, e.g. VAT

en: Open the New Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the New Customer dialogue

en: Open the Find Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Customer dialogue

en: Open the Find Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Invoice dialogue

en: Open the New Job dialog
en_GB: Open the New Job dialogue

en: Open the Find Job dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Job dialogue

en: Open the Process Payment dialog
en_GB: Open the Process Payment dialogue

en: Open the Invoices Due Reminder dialog
en_GB: Open the Invoices Due Reminder dialogue

en: Open the New Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the New Vendor dialogue

en: Open the Find Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Vendor dialogue

en: Open the New Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the New Bill dialogue

en: Open the Find Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Bill dialogue

en: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialog
en_GB: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialogue

en: Open the New Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the New Employee dialogue

en: Open the Find Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Employee dialogue

en: Open the New Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the New Voucher dialogue

en: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialogue

en: Test Search Dialog
en_GB: Test Search Dialogue

en: Initialize Test Data
en_GB: Initialise Test Data

en: Show customer aging overview for all customers
en_GB: Show customer ageing overview for all customers

en: Show vendor aging overview for all vendors
en_GB: Show vendor ageing overview for all vendors

en: _Print Checks…
en_GB: _Print Cheques…

note: Translators: currently implemented are, US: income tax and DE: VAT, So adjust this string
en: Setup relevant accounts for tax reports, e.g. US income tax.
en_GB: Setup relevant accounts for tax reports, e.g. VAT.

en: Cut the selected transaction into clipboard.
en_GB: Cut the selected transaction onto the clipboard.

en: Copy the selected transaction into clipboard.
en_GB: Copy the selected transaction onto the clipboard.

en: Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a template or edit the Scheduled Transaction that current transaction was created by.
en_GB: Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a template or edit the Scheduled Transaction that the current transaction was created by.

en: Failed to initialize Finance::Quote:
en_GB: Failed to initialise Finance::Quote:

en: Finance::Quote returned a quote with a price that GnuCash was unable to covert to a number.
en_GB: Finance::Quote returned a quote with a price that GnuCash was unable to convert to a number.

en: Currency quotes requires at least two currencies
en_GB: Currency quotes require at least two currencies

en: Unrecognized Finance::Quote Error:
en_GB: Unrecognised Finance::Quote Error:

en: Realized Gain/Loss
en_GB: Realised Gain/Loss

en: Realized Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.
en_GB: Realised Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.

en: Choose the number of days after which transactions will be read-only and cannot be edited anymore. This threshold is marked by a red line in the account register windows. If zero, all transactions can be edited and none are read-only.
en_GB: Choose the number of days after which transactions will be read-only and cannot be edited any more. This threshold is marked by a red line in the account register windows. If zero, all transactions can be edited and none are read-only.

en: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronization directory (optional).
en_GB: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronisation directory (optional).

en: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronization directory.
en_GB: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronisation directory.

en: The port to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: The port to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronization server.
en_GB: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronisation server.

en: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronized to.
en_GB: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronised to.

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a local file system path
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a local file system path

en: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customize the text that new Today notes have.
en_GB: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customise the text that new Today notes have.

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL

en: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organizing your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organize the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organising your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organise the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>

en: <note-content>Using Links in Gnote
    
    Notes in Gnote can be linked together by highlighting text in the current note and clicking the <bold>Link</bold> button above in the toolbar.  Doing so will create a new note and also underline the note's title in the current note.
    
    Changing the title of a note will update links present in other notes.  This prevents broken links from occurring when a note is renamed.
    
    Also, if you type the name of another note in your current note, it will automatically be linked for you.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content>Using·Links·in·Gnote
    
    Notes·in·Gnote·can·be·linked·together·by·highlighting·text·in·the·current·note·and·clicking·the·<bold>Link</bold>·button·above·in·the·toolbar.··Doing·so·will·create·a·new·note·and·also·underline·the·note's·title·in·the·current·note.
    
    Changing·the·title·of·a·note·will·update·links·present·in·other·notes.··This·prevents·broken·links·from·occurring·when·a·note·is·renamed.
    
    Also,·if·you·type·the·name·of·another·note·in·your·current·note,·it·will·automatically·be·linked·for·you.</note-content>

en: Gnote is ready to synchronize your notes. Would you like to synchronize them now?
en_GB: Gnote is ready to synchronise your notes. Would you like to synchronise them now?

en: This synchronization addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured
en_GB: This synchronisation addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured

en: An error ocurred while connecting to the specified server
en_GB: An error occurred while connecting to the specified server

en: It provides access to detailed forecasts, up to 7 days, with hourly details for the current and next day, using various internet services.
en_GB: It provides access to detailed forecasts, up to 7 days, with hourly details for the current and next day, using various Internet services.

en: Whether or not the window is maximized.
en_GB: Whether or not the window is maximised.

en: Bulges the center of the video
en_GB: Bulges the centre of the video

en: Invert colors of the video input
en_GB: Invert colours of the video input

en: Transform video input into a mauve color
en_GB: Transform video input into a mauve colour

en: Transform video input into grayscale
en_GB: Transform video input into greyscale

en: Pinches the center of the video
en_GB: Pinches the centre of the video

en: Makes a square out of the center of the video
en_GB: Makes a square out of the centre of the video

en: Stretches the center of the video
en_GB: Stretches the centre of the video

en: Twirl the center of the video
en_GB: Twirl the centre of the video

en: A simple application to monitor and analyze system resources such as CPU and memory usage of running apps, and storage usage.
en_GB: A simple application to monitor and analyse system resources such as CPU and memory usage of running apps, and storage usage.

en: The load an app has to have in total as the sum over all its processes, normalized to 100, to be listed in the performance tab. With 0, all apps are listed. With 100 an app is only listed if its processes fully utilise all CPU threads.
en_GB: The load an app has to have in total as the sum over all its processes, normalised to 100, to be listed in the performance tab. With 0, all apps are listed. With 100 an app is only listed if its processes fully utilise all CPU threads.

en: It can manage keyboard mapping customizations, add startup applications, and set custom window controls among other settings.
en_GB: It can manage keyboard mapping customisations, add startup applications, and set custom window controls among other settings.

en: Attach Modal Dialogs
en_GB: Attach Modal Dialogues

en: When on, modal dialog windows are attached to their parent windows, and cannot be moved.
en_GB: When on, modal dialogue windows are attached to their parent windows, and cannot be moved.

en: Center New Windows
en_GB: Centre New Windows

en: Stay Organized With Workspaces
en_GB: Stay Organised With Workspaces

en: Organize your windows by moving them into different workspaces. This can be done by dragging them in the overview.
en_GB: Organise your windows by moving them into different workspaces. This can be done by dragging them in the overview.

en: GNOME To Do is a task management application designed to integrate with GNOME. Save and order your todos. Manage multiple todo lists. Keep your todos on your computer or sync them with cloud providers. Customize your experience with plugins.
en_GB: GNOME To Do is a task management application designed to integrate with GNOME. Save and order your todos. Manage multiple todo lists. Keep your todos on your computer or sync them with cloud providers. Customise your experience with plugins.

en: This is a development build of To Do. You may experience errors, wrong behaviors, and data loss.
en_GB: This is a development build of To Do. You may experience errors, wrong behaviours, and data loss.

en: You're doing great
en_GB: You're doing well

en: Recolor Window
en_GB: Recolour Window

en: Use the style-scheme to recolor the application window.
en_GB: Use the style-scheme to recolour the application window.

en: The directory last used in a save or save-as dialog.
en_GB: The directory last used in a save or save-as dialogue.

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/Tetravex/saved-game'; “nothing” is a technical keyword, you might want to translate it: « “nothing” (your translation) »
en: The key has value “nothing” if there is no saved game. Else, it contains a description of the board, with its size, the number of colors, and the time elapsed, then the list of tiles, saved as properties: their current position (x and y), their colors (north, east, south and west), and their original position (x and y), and finally the history, with the last move index, and history entries saved as properties: coordinates of the two tiles swapped, and the move id.
en_GB: The key has value “nothing” if there is no saved game. Else, it contains a description of the board, with its size, the number of colours, and the time elapsed, then the list of tiles, saved as properties: their current position (x and y), their colours (north, east, south and west), and their original position (x and y), and finally the history, with the last move index, and history entries saved as properties: coordinates of the two tiles swapped, and the move id.

note: Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); set theme to Synesthesia; other possible themes are _Extrusion, Neo_Retro and _Nostalgia
en: _Synesthesia
en_GB: _Synaesthesia

note: Translators: command-line error message, displayed if the user plays in CLI and tries to use the change the number of colors or the game size while not specifying a new game; try `gnome-tetravex --cli show --size 3`
en: Game size and colors number can only be given for new puzzles.
en_GB: Game size and colours number can only be given for new puzzles.

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex-cli --help' Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex --help'
en: Set number of colors (2-10)
en_GB: Set number of colours (2-10)

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex-cli --help' Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex --help'
en: Set size of board (2-6)
en_GB: Set size of board (2–6)

note: Translators: command-line help message, seen when running `gnome-tetravex-cli help`; description of the action of the “left” command Translators: command-line help message, seen when running `gnome-tetravex --cli help`; description of the action of the “--cli left” command
en: Move all left-board tiles left by one.
en_GB: Move all the pieces in the left box left by on e.

note: Translators: command-line error message, displayed for an invalid number of colors; see 'gnome-tetravex-cli -c 1' Translators: command-line error message, displayed for an invalid number of colors; see 'gnome-tetravex -c 1'
en: There could only be between 2 and 10 colors.
en_GB: There could only be between 2 and 10 colours.

en: Terminal plugin for Files
en_GB: Terminal plug-in for Files

en: Open Terminal is a plugin for the Files application that adds a menu item to the context menu to open a terminal in the currently browsed directory.
en_GB: Open Terminal is a plug-in for the Files application that adds a menu item to the context menu to open a terminal in the currently browsed directory.

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if bold-color-same-as-fg is true.
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if bold-color-same-as-fg is true.

en: Whether to use custom cursor colors
en_GB: Whether to use custom cursor colours

en: If true, use the cursor colors from the profile.
en_GB: If true, use the cursor colours from the profile.

en: Cursor background color
en_GB: Cursor background colour

en: Custom color of the background of the terminal’s cursor, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour of the background of the terminal’s cursor, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.

en: Custom color for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s cursor position, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s cursor position, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.

en: Whether to use custom highlight colors
en_GB: Whether to use custom highlight colours

en: If true, use the highlight colors from the profile.
en_GB: If true, use the highlight colours from the profile.

en: Highlight background color
en_GB: Highlight background colour

en: Custom color of the background of the terminal’s highlight, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour of the background of the terminal’s highlight, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.

en: Custom color for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s highlight position, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s highlight position, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.

en: If true, setting bold on the first 8 colors also switches to their bright variants.
en_GB: If true, setting bold on the first 8 colours also switches to their bright variants.

en: Keyboard shortcut to open the Preferences dialog
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut to open the Preferences dialogue

en: Keyboard shortcut to open the search dialog
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut to open the search dialogue

en: _Enable shortcuts
en_GB: _Enable Shortcuts

en: Text and Background Color
en_GB: Text and Background Colour

en: _Default color:
en_GB: _Default colour:

en: Bo_ld color:
en_GB: Bo_ld colour:

en: Choose Terminal Bold Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Bold Text Colour

en: Choose Terminal Underlined Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Underlined Text Colour

en: Cu_rsor color:
en_GB: Cu_rsor colour:

en: Choose Terminal Cursor Foreground Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Cursor Foreground Colour

en: Choose Terminal Cursor Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Cursor Background Colour

en: Choose Terminal Highlight Foreground Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Highlight Foreground Colour

en: Choose Terminal Highlight Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Highlight Background Colour

en: Show _bold text in bright colors
en_GB: Show _bold text in bright colours

en: Choose Palette Color %u
en_GB: Choose Palette Colour %u

en: GNOME Terminal is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/taquin/theme'; TODO the themes names are translated in the UI, but not in the settings; not sure what to do for now
en: Taquin has two default themes: 'cats' and 'numbers'.
en_GB: Taquin has two default themes: ‘cats’ and ‘numbers’.

note: Translators: in-window notification; on both games, if the user solved the puzzle more than one time
en: Bravo! You equalized your best score.
en_GB: Bravo! You equalised your best score.

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-taquin --help'
en: Sets the puzzle edges’ size (3-5, 2-9 for debug)
en_GB: Sets the size of the puzzle edges (3-5, 2-9 for debug)

note: Translators: in-window notification; on the 15-Puzzle game, if the user clicks a tile that cannot move
en: You can’t move this tile!
en_GB: You cannot move this tile!

note: Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending
en: Pick a Color for “%s”
en_GB: Pick a Colour for “%s”

en: Today %l∶%M %p
en_GB: Today %H:%M

en: Yesterday %l∶%M %p
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

en: %a %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %a %H:%M

en: %b %d %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

en: Main Window should open maximized
en_GB: Main Window should open maximised

en: If TRUE, system-monitor operates in “Solaris mode” where a task’s CPU usage is divided by the total number of CPUs. Otherwise, it operates in “Irix mode”.
en_GB: If TRUE, system-monitor operates in “Solaris mode” where a task’s CPU usage is divided by the total number of CPUs. Otherwise, it operates in “IRIX mode”.

en: CPU colors
en_GB: CPU colours

en: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)
en_GB: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal colour value)

en: Default graph disk read color
en_GB: Default graph disk read colour

en: Default graph disk write color
en_GB: Default graph disk write colour

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

en: Manage Filters...
en_GB: Manage Filters…

en: Shows System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.
en_GB: Shows the System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars and statusbar.

en: Set the difficulty level of the sudokus you want to print. Possible values are: "easy", "medium", "hard", "very_hard"
en_GB: Set the difficulty level of the sudokus you want to print. Possible values are - “easy”, “medium”, “hard”, “very_hard”

en: Initialize the earmarks with the possible values for each cell
en_GB: Initialise the earmarks with the possible values for each cell

en: Color mistakes and duplicate numbers in red
en_GB: Colour mistakes and duplicate numbers in red

en: About Gnome Subtitles
en_GB: About GNOME Subtitles

en: Font Color:
en_GB: Font Colour:

en: An Error has occured.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open the Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.
en_GB: An Error has occurred.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.

en: An unknown error has occured. Please report a bug and include this error name:
en_GB: An unknown error has occurred. Please report a bug and include this error name:

en: Enroll akmods key to Shim UEFI
en_GB: Enrol akmods key to Shim UEFI

en: Authentication is required to enroll akmods key to Shim UEFI
en_GB: Authentication is required to enrol akmods key to Shim UEFI

en: Enroll DKMS key to Shim UEFI
en_GB: Enrol DKMS key to Shim UEFI

en: Authentication is required to enroll DKMS key to Shim UEFI
en_GB: Authentication is required to enrol DKMS key to Shim UEFI

en: Non-free applications show a warning dialog before install
en_GB: Non-free applications show a warning dialogue before install

en: When non-free applications are installed a warning dialog can be shown. This controls if that dialog is suppressed.
en_GB: When non-free applications are installed a warning dialogue can be shown. This controls if that dialogue is suppressed.

en: Allow access to the Software Repositories dialog
en_GB: Allow access to the Software Repositories dialogue

note: TRANSLATORS: content rating title, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Inappropriate Humor
en_GB: Inappropriate Humour

note: TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: No information regarding inappropriate humor
en_GB: No information regarding inappropriate humour

note: TRANSLATORS: content rating title, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: Sexualized Characters
en_GB: Sexualised Characters

note: TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/
en: No information regarding sexualized characters
en_GB: No information regarding sexualised characters

note: Translators: This indicates an app does not specify which license it's developed under. * It’s used in a context tile, so should be short.
en: Unknown license
en_GB: Unknown licence

note: Translators: This indicates an app is not licensed under a free software license. * It’s used in a context tile, so should be short.
en: Special license
en_GB: Special licence

[ctx: Menu of Add-ons]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

note: Translators: this is a menu category
en: Socialize
en_GB: Socialise

en: Requires restart to finish remove
en_GB: Requires restart to finish removing

en: MOK Enrollment Required
en_GB: MOK Enrolment Required

en: _Restart & Enroll…
en_GB: _Restart & Enrol…

en: • Select “Enroll MOK”
    • Select “Yes” to enroll keys
    • Enter the MOK password when prompted
    • Then select “Reboot”
en_GB: • Select “Enroll MOK”
    • Select “Yes” to enrol keys
    • Enter the MOK password when prompted
    • Then select “Reboot”

en: After successful key enrollment, be aware that any future updates to the module or any other module will be implicitly trusted. All future updates will happen transparently with no interaction and or authorization.
en_GB: After successful key enrolment, be aware that any future updates to the module or any other module will be implicitly trusted. All future updates will happen transparently with no interaction and or authorisation.

note: Translators: The first placeholder here is a link to information about the license, and the second placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This app is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the <a href="%s">%s license</a>.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.
en_GB: This app is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the <a href="%s">%s licence</a>.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This app is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the %s license.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.
en_GB: This app is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the %s licence.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.

note: Translators: The first placeholder here is a link to information about the license, and the second placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This software is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the <a href="%s">%s license</a>.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.
en_GB: This software is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the <a href="%s">%s licence</a>.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This software is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the %s license.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.
en_GB: This software is developed in the open by an international community, and released under the %s licence.
    
    You can participate and help make it even better.

note: Translators: This indicates an app does not specify which license it's developed under.
en: Unknown License
en_GB: Unknown Licence

en: This app does not specify what license it is developed under, and may be proprietary. It may be insecure in ways that are hard to detect, and it may change without oversight.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.
en_GB: This app does not specify what licence it is developed under, and may be proprietary. It may be insecure in ways that are hard to detect, and it may change without oversight.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.

en: This software does not specify what license it is developed under, and may be proprietary. It may be insecure in ways that are hard to detect, and it may change without oversight.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.
en_GB: This software does not specify what licence it is developed under, and may be proprietary. It may be insecure in ways that are hard to detect, and it may change without oversight.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.

note: Translators: This refers to permissions (for example, from flatpak) which an app requests from the user.
en: Special License
en_GB: Special Licence

note: Translators: The first placeholder here is a link to information about the license, and the second placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This app is developed under the special license <a href="%s">%s</a>.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.
en_GB: This app is developed under the special licence <a href="%s">%s</a>.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This app is developed under the special license “%s”.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.
en_GB: This app is developed under the special licence “%s”.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this app.

note: Translators: The first placeholder here is a link to information about the license, and the second placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This software is developed under the special license <a href="%s">%s</a>.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.
en_GB: This software is developed under the special licence <a href="%s">%s</a>.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This software is developed under the special license “%s”.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.
en_GB: This software is developed under the special licence “%s”.
    
    You may or may not be able to contribute to this software.

note: TRANSLATORS: we explain what the action is going to do
en: You can report reviews for abusive, rude, or discriminatory behavior.
en_GB: You can report reviews for abusive, rude, or discriminatory behaviour.

en: This app does not specify what license it is developed under, and may be proprietary
en_GB: This app does not specify what licence it is developed under, and may be proprietary

en: This software does not specify what license it is developed under, and may be proprietary
en_GB: This software does not specify what licence it is developed under, and may be proprietary

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This app is developed under the special license “%s”
en_GB: This app is developed under the special licence “%s”

note: Translators: The placeholder here is the name of a software license.
en: This software is developed under the special license “%s”
en_GB: This software is developed under the special licence “%s”

note: TRANSLATORS: failure text for the in-app notification
en: Unable to update: internet access required
en_GB: Unable to update: Internet access required

note: TRANSLATORS: failure text for the in-app notification
en: Unable to install: internet access required
en_GB: Unable to install: Internet access required

note: TRANSLATORS: failure text for the in-app notification
en: Unable to upgrade: internet access required
en_GB: Unable to upgrade: Internet access required

note: TRANSLATORS: failure text for the in-app notification, * where the %s is the distro name (e.g. "Fedora 25")
en: Unable to upgrade to %s: internet access required
en_GB: Unable to upgrade to %s: Internet access required

en: Failed to refine addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to refine add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: Failed to add to install for addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to add to install for add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: Failed to add to uninstall for addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to add to uninstall for add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: Unminimize
en_GB: Unminimise

en: Minimize all
en_GB: Minimise all

en: Unminimize all
en_GB: Unminimise all

en: Maximize all
en_GB: Maximise all

en: Unmaximize all
en_GB: Unmaximise all

en: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt-F2
en_GB: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt+F2

en: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt-F2 dialog.
en_GB: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt+F2 dialogue.

en: List of desktop file IDs for favorite applications
en_GB: List of desktop file IDs for favourite applications

en: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favorites area.
en_GB: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favourites area.

en: History for command (Alt-F2) dialog
en_GB: History for command (Alt+F2) dialogue

note: Translators: looking glass is a debugger and inspector tool, see https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-shell/-/blob/main/docs/looking-glass.md
en: History for the looking glass dialog
en_GB: History for the looking glass dialogue

en: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a “Remember Password” checkbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the checkbox.
en_GB: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a “Remember Password” tickbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the tickbox.

en: The last version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialog was shown for
en_GB: The last version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialogue was shown for

en: This key determines for which version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialog was last shown. An empty string represents the oldest possible version, and a huge number will represent versions that do not exist yet. This huge number can be used to effectively disable the dialog.
en_GB: This key determines for which version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialogue was last shown. An empty string represents the oldest possible version, and a huge number will represent versions that do not exist yet. This huge number can be used to effectively disable the dialogue.

note: %s will be replaced with a string that describes a time interval, such as “2 minutes”, “40 seconds” or “1 hour”
en: Take a break from the screen. Look at least 6 meters away for at least %s | Take a break from the screen. Look at least 6 meters away for at least %s
en_GB[0]: Take a break from the screen. Look at least 6 metres away for at least %s
en_GB[1]: Take a break from the screen. Look at least 6 metres away for at least %s

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25, 14:30"
en: %B %-d, %H:%M
en_GB: %-d %B, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 14:30"
en: %B %-d %Y, %H:%M
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d, %l:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B, %l∶%M %p

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d %Y, %l:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %l∶%M %p

note: Translators: This is the date format to use when the calendar popup is * shown - it is shown just below the time in the top bar (e.g., * "Tue 9:29 AM").  The string itself should become a full date, e.g., * "February 17 2015".
en: %B %-d %Y
en_GB: %-d %B %Y

note: Translators: This is the accessible name of the date button shown * below the time in the shell; it should combine the weekday and the * date, e.g. "Tuesday February 17 2015".
en: %A %B %e %Y
en_GB: %A %e %B %Y

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on current year
en: %B %-d
en_GB: %-d %B

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on different year
en: %B %-d %Y
en_GB: %-d %B %Y

note: Translators: Shown in calendar event list as the start/end of events * that only show day and month
en: %m/%d
en_GB: %d/%m

en: Unauthorized Thunderbolt device
en_GB: Unauthorised Thunderbolt device

en: New device has been detected and needs to be authorized by an administrator
en_GB: New device has been detected and needs to be authorised by an administrator

en: Thunderbolt authorization error
en_GB: Thunderbolt authorisation error

en: Could not authorize the Thunderbolt device: %s
en_GB: Could not authorise the Thunderbolt device: %s

note: Translators: This is a time format for a date in long format
en: %A %B %-d
en_GB: %A %-d %B

en: Extension “%s” doesn't exist
en_GB: Extension “%s” doesn’t exist

en: Extension “%s” doesn't have preferences
en_GB: Extension “%s” doesn’t have preferences

en: Airplane Mode is On
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode is On

en: Turn Off Airplane Mode
en_GB: Turn Off Aeroplane Mode

en: Airplane Mode On
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode On

en: Set this to “none”, “cw” for 90 degree clockwise, “half” for 180 degree, and “ccw” for 90 degree counterclockwise.
en_GB: Set this to “none”, “cw” for 90 degree clockwise, “half” for 180 degree, and “ccw” for 90 degree anticlockwise.

en: This is the number of days after which the display color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the display colour profile is considered invalid.

en: This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the printer colour profile is considered invalid.

en: Night light mode changes the color temperature of your display when the sun has gone down or at preset times.
en_GB: Night light mode changes the colour temperature of your display when the sun has gone down or at preset times.

en: List of plugins that are allowed to be loaded
en_GB: List of plug-ins that are allowed to be loaded

en: A list of strings representing the plugins that are allowed to be loaded (default: “all”). This is only evaluated on startup.
en_GB: A list of strings representing the plug-ins that are allowed to be loaded (default: “all”). This is only evaluated on startup.

en: Skip backward in current track
en_GB: Skip backwards in current track

en: Binding to skip backward in current track.
en_GB: Binding to skip backwards in current track.

en: Skip forward in current track
en_GB: Skip forwards in current track

en: Binding to skip forward in current track.
en_GB: Binding to skip forwards in current track.

en: Binding to toggle airplane mode.
en_GB: Binding to toggle aeroplane mode.

en: Binding to toggle bluetooth airplane mode.
en_GB: Binding to toggle bluetooth aeroplane mode.

en: Static binding to skip backward in current track.
en_GB: Static binding to skip backwards in current track.

en: Static binding to skip forward in current track.
en_GB: Static binding to skip forwards in current track.

en: Static binding to toggle airplane mode.
en_GB: Static binding to toggle aeroplane mode.

en: Static binding to toggle bluetooth airplane mode.
en_GB: Static binding to toggle bluetooth aeroplane mode.

en: The action to take when the system power button is pressed. Virtual machines only honor the 'nothing' action, and will shutdown otherwise. Tablets always suspend, ignoring all the other action options.
en_GB: The action to take when the system power button is pressed. Virtual machines only honour the 'nothing' action, and will shutdown otherwise. Tablets always suspend, ignoring all the other action options.

en: This dictionary maps XSETTINGS names to overrides values. The values must be either strings, signed int32s or (in the case of colors), 4-tuples of uint16 (red, green, blue, alpha; 65535 is fully opaque).
en_GB: This dictionary maps XSETTINGS names to overrides values. The values must be either strings, signed int32s or (in the case of colours), 4-tuples of uint16 (red, green, blue, alpha; 65535 is fully opaque).

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name
en: GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plug-in

note: #-#-#-#-#  568 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device added
en_GB: Colour calibration device added

note: #-#-#-#-#  568 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device removed
en_GB: Colour calibration device removed

en: The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the wastebasket.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a cell phone (mobile phone) is low on power
en: Cell phone is low on power (%.0f%%)
en_GB: Mobile phone is low on power (%.0f%%)

en: Cell phone is low on power
en_GB: Mobile phone is low on power

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a cell phone (mobile phone) is very low on power
en: Cell phone is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

en: Cell phone is very low on power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low on power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, an attached computer (e.g. ipad) is very low on power
en: Attached computer is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Attached computer is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Attached computer is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Attached computer is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, an attached game controller (e.g. joystick or joypad) is very low on power
en: Game controller is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Game controller is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Game controller is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Game controller is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a pen is very low on power
en: Pen is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Pen is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Pen is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Pen is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, an external touchpad is very low on power
en: Touchpad is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Touchpad is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Touchpad is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Touchpad is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a headset (headphones + microphone) is very low on power
en: Headset is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Headset is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Headset is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Headset is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a speaker is very low on power
en: Speaker is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Speaker is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Speaker is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Speaker is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, headphones (no microphone) are very low on power
en: Headphones are very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Headphones are very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Headphones are very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Headphones are very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, an audio device is very low on power
en: Audio device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Audio device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Audio device is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Audio device is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a remote control is very low on power
en: Remote is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Remote is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Remote is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Remote is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a printer is very low on power
en: Printer is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Printer is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Printer is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Printer is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a scanner is very low on power
en: Scanner is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Scanner is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Scanner is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Scanner is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a camera is very low on power
en: Camera is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Camera is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Camera is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Camera is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a Bluetooth device is very low on power
en: Bluetooth device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Bluetooth device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: Bluetooth device is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: Bluetooth device is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

note: TRANSLATORS: notification body, a connected (wireless) device or peripheral of unhandled type is very low on power
en: A connected device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: A connected device is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: A connected device is very low on power. The device will soon shutdown if not charged.
en_GB: A connected device is very low on power. The device will soon shut down if not charged.

en: This device is about to shutdown
en_GB: This device is about to shut down

en: UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown.
en_GB: UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shut down.

en: Cell phone is charging
en_GB: Mobile phone is charging

en: Cell phone is discharging
en_GB: Mobile phone is discharging

en: Cell phone is empty
en_GB: Mobile phone is empty

en: Cell phone is charged
en_GB: Mobile phone is charged

en: Signal initialization done to gnome-session
en_GB: Signal initialisation done to gnome-session

note: #-#-#-#-#  135 (gnome-session 2.24)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong
en: Show the fail whale dialog for testing
en_GB: Show the fail whale dialogue for testing

en: Background color. The hex specification of the background color.
en_GB: Background colour. The hex specification of the background colour.

en: If set to 'true' the RDP backend will be initialized.
en_GB: If set to 'true' the RDP backend will be initialised.

en: If set to 'true' the VNC backend will be initialized.
en_GB: If set to 'true' the VNC backend will be initialised.

en: Access, organize and share your photos on GNOME
en_GB: Access, organise and share your photos on GNOME

en: Access, organize and share your photos on GNOME. A simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with photos. Enhance, crop and edit in a snap. Seamless cloud integration is offered through GNOME Online Accounts.
en_GB: Access, organise and share your photos on GNOME. A simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with photos. Enhance, crop and edit in a snap. Seamless cloud integration is offered through GNOME Online Accounts.

en: Select favorites
en_GB: Select favourites

en: Access, organize and share photos
en_GB: Access, organise and share photos

[ctx: Dialog title]
note: Translators: "Organize" refers to photos in this context
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

en: Failed to upload photo: Service not authorized
en_GB: Failed to upload photo: Service not authorised

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Tag a special image or album as a favorite.
en_GB: Tag a special image or album as a favourite.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Favorite photos
en_GB: Favourite photos

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can label photos or images that you particularly like as favorites to store them for easy access in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: You can label photos or images that you particularly like as favourites to store them for easy access in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Pick favorites from <app>Photos</app>.
en_GB: Pick favourites from <app>Photos</app>.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Tag your favorites
en_GB: Tag your favourites

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Photos or albums can be marked as favorites from the <gui style="tab">Recent</gui> tab or <gui style="tab">Albums</gui> tab.
en_GB: Photos or albums can be marked as favourites from the <gui style="tab">Recent</gui> tab or <gui style="tab">Albums</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To label favorite items:
en_GB: To label favourite items:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select the <gui>Albums</gui> tab or <gui>Recent</gui> tab depending on whether you want to mark an album or a photo as a favorite.
en_GB: Select the <gui>Albums</gui> tab or <gui>Recent</gui> tab depending on whether you want to mark an album or a photo as a favourite.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select all the items you want to favorite.
en_GB: Select all the items you want to favourite.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Your favorite items can now be found in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Your favourite items can now be found in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: <app>Photos</app> can be used to organise and manage your images in an engaging and personalized manner. In addition to creating albums out of images on your computer, you can integrate your Facebook and Flickr albums with <app>Photos</app>. You can also set photos you like as your desktop wallpaper, or easily bookmark them as favorites.
en_GB: <app>Photos</app> can be used to organise and manage your images in an engaging and personalised manner. In addition to creating albums out of images on your computer, you can integrate your Facebook and Flickr albums with <app>Photos</app>. You can also set photos you like as your desktop wallpaper, or easily bookmark them as favourites.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Open your favorite photos.
en_GB: Open your favourite photos.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: View photos marked as favorites.
en_GB: View photos marked as favourites.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Your <link xref="favorites">favorite</link> photos are located in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Your <link xref="favorites">favourite</link> photos are located in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To open a photo tagged as a favorite:
en_GB: To open a photo tagged as a favourite:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select the <gui style="tab">Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Select the <gui style="tab">Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: When <app>Photos</app> is opened, you will see the <gui>Recent</gui> tab open. The <gui>Recent</gui> tab contains images from your computer, the <gui>Albums</gui> tab contains your photo albums, and any image you mark as a favourite can be found in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: When <app>Photos</app> is opened, you will see the <gui>Recent</gui> tab open. The <gui>Recent</gui> tab contains images from your computer, the <gui>Albums</gui> tab contains your photo albums, and any image you mark as a favourite can be found in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

en: History of "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: History of "Run Application" dialogue

en: The list of commands used in the past in the "Run Application" dialog.
en_GB: The list of commands used in the past in the "Run Application" dialogue.

en: The alignment of the panel. Possible values are "start", "center", "end".
en_GB: The alignment of the panel. Possible values are "start", "centre", "end".

en: Use custom background color
en_GB: Use custom background colour

en: Use custom text color
en_GB: Use custom text colour

[ctx: Alignment]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: _Add to Panel...
en_GB: _Add to Panel…

en: Top Centered Panel
en_GB: Top Centred Panel

en: Bottom Centered Panel
en_GB: Bottom Centred Panel

en: Left Centered Panel
en_GB: Left Centred Panel

en: Right Centered Panel
en_GB: Right Centred Panel

note: Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date.
en: %A %B %d (%Z)
en_GB: %A %d %B (%Z)

en: Kilometers per hour (kph)
en_GB: Kilometres per hour (kph)

en: Change system appearance and behavior, or get help
en_GB: Change system appearance and behaviour, or get help

note: #-#-#-#-#  512 (gnome-calendar 3.21.91)  #-#-#-#-# * Translators: %A is the full day name, %B is the month name * and %d is the day of the month as a number between 0 and 31. * More formats can be found on the doc: * https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.DateTime.format.html
en: %A %B %d
en_GB: %A %d %B

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free DocumentationLicense (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: This manual is part of a collection of GNOME documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
en_GB: This manual is part of a collection of GNOME documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the document, as described in section 6 of the licence.

en: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronize to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".
en_GB: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronise to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, automatically use these options by default.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, automatically use these options by default.

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, force these options to be turned on.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, force these options to be turned on.

en: License Agreement Required
en_GB: Licence Agreement Required

note: TRANSLATORS: program name: application to install a catalog of software
en: Catalog Installer
en_GB: Catalogue Installer

en: Install a catalog of software on the system
en_GB: Install a catalogue of software on the system

en: Do you recognize the user and trust this key?
en_GB: Do you recognise the user and trust this key?

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2

en: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Could not process catalog
en_GB: Could not process catalogue

note: TRANSLATORS: title: allow user to confirm
en: Install packages in catalog?
en_GB: Install packages in catalogue?

note: TRANSLATORS: display a list of packages to install
en: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalog:
en_GB: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalogue:

note: TRANSLATORS: title to install package catalogs
en: Do you want to install this catalog? | Do you want to install these catalogs?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to install this catalogue?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to install these catalogues?

note: TRANSLATORS: title: install package catalogs, that is, instructions for installing
en: Install catalogs
en_GB: Install catalogues

en: The action was canceled
en_GB: The action was cancelled

en: The action was forcibly canceled
en_GB: The action was forcibly cancelled

en: The action cannot be canceled
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled

en: A security trust relationship could not be made with software source.
    Please check your security settings.
en_GB: A security trust relationship could not be made with the software source
    Please check your security settings.

en: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.
en_GB: The package identifier was not well-formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.

en: The action cannot be canceled at this time.
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled at this time.

en: The transaction has been canceled and will be retried when the system is idle.
en_GB: The transaction has been cancelled and will be retried when the system is idle.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog body, explains to the user that they need to insert a disk to continue. The first replacement is DVD, CD etc
en: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labeled '%s' to continue.
en_GB: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labelled '%s' to continue.

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option: a list of catalogs to install
en: Catalogs files to install
en_GB: Catalogues files to install

note: are we running privileged
en: Catalog installer
en_GB: Catalogue installer

en: Failed to install catalog
en_GB: Failed to install catalogue

en: No internet connection - connect to set up new online accounts
en_GB: No Internet connection - connect to set up new online accounts

en: Access restricted web and network resources for your organization
en_GB: Access restricted web and network resources for your organisation

en: Use Organization Account
en_GB: Use Organisation Account

en: Connect using details from an organization or developer account
en_GB: Connect using details from an organisation or developer account

note: Translators: See https://learn.microsoft.com/globalization/reference/microsoft-terminology
en: Enter the details provided by your organization
en_GB: Enter the details provided by your organisation

en: Copy the authorization URL to continue with a specific web browser.
en_GB: Copy the authorisation URL to continue with a specific web browser.

en: Authorization response: %s
en_GB: Authorisation response: %s

en: Authorization response:
en_GB: Authorisation response:

en: Dialog was dismissed
en_GB: Dialogue was dismissed

en: Could not initialize credentials cache:
en_GB: Could not initialise credentials cache:

en: Control a worm in its quest to eat bonuses and become longer. Outmaneuver enemy worms while eating apples and bananas to increase your length. Each worm has six lives and loses one by running into a wall, another worm, or itself. The enemy worms are after the same bonuses that you are, so be careful. If the worms become too large, you won’t have much room to move.
en_GB: Control a worm in its quest to eat bonuses and become longer. Outmanoeuvre enemy worms while eating apples and bananas to increase your length. Each worm has six lives and loses one by running into a wall, another worm, or itself. The enemy worms are after the same bonuses that you are, so be careful. If the worms become too large, you won’t have much room to move.

en: true if the window is maximized.
en_GB: true if the window is maximised.

en: Color to use for worm
en_GB: Colour to use for worm

en: Color to use for worm.
en_GB: Colour to use for worm.

note: instruction label Translators: text displayed in a message box directing the player to select the color they want for the worm
en: Select your color
en_GB: Select your colour

en: Please install one of the following GStreamer plugins by clicking below
en_GB: Please install one of the following GStreamer plug-ins by clicking below

en: One of the following video codec plugins is required.
    Clicking will start the installation process.
en_GB: One of the following video codec plug-ins is required.
    Clicking will start the installation process.

en: One of the following audio codec plugins is required for audio support.
    Clicking will start the installation process.
en_GB: One of the following audio codec plug-ins is required for audio support.
    Clicking will start the installation process.

note: Dear Translator: This is the Window Title. 'Network Tools' is the * name of the application
en: %s - Network Tools
en_GB: %s — Network Tools

en: Devices - Network Tools
en_GB: Devices — Network Tools

en: Enter a domain address to lookup its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1
en_GB: Enter a domain address to look up its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1

en: Well Known Services
en_GB: Well-Known Services

note: Translators: Don't translate allowed values, just the description in the brackets
en: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomize playback through the collection. Allowed values are: “none” (repeat and shuffle are off), “song” (repeat current song), “all” (repeat playlist, no shuffle), “shuffle” (shuffle playlist, presumes repeat all).
en_GB: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomise playback through the collection. Allowed values are: “none” (repeat and shuffle are off), “song” (repeat current song), “all” (repeat playlist, no shuffle), “shuffle” (shuffle playlist, presumes repeat all).

en: Add to _Favorite Songs
en_GB: Add to _Favourite Songs

note: #-#-#-#-#  548 (gnome-music)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a playlist name
en: Favorite Songs
en_GB: Favourite Songs

en: GNOME Mines is a puzzle game where you search for hidden mines. Flag the spaces with mines as quickly as possible to make the board a safer place. You win the game when you’ve flagged every mine on the board. Be careful not to trigger one, or the game is over!
en_GB: GNOME Mines is a puzzle game where you search for hidden mines. Flag the spaces with mines as quickly as possible to make the board a safer place. You win the game when you've flagged every mine on the board. Be careful not to trigger one, or the game is over!

en: You can select the size of the field you want to play on at the start of the game. If you get stuck, you can ask for a hint: there’s a time penalty, but that’s better than hitting a mine!
en_GB: You can select the size of the field you want to play on at the start of the game. If you get stuck, you can ask for a hint: there's a time penalty, but that's better than hitting a mine!

en: Big game
en_GB: Big game:

en: Gtktalog Catalogue
en_GB: Gtktalog Catalogueue

en: Literate haskell source code
en_GB: Litreate haskell source code

en: Software license terms
en_GB: Software licence terms

en: Window maximization state
en_GB: Window maximisation state

en: How to show measurements. ('system' uses default for system locale, 'metric' always show metric units, 'imperial' always show imperial units).
en_GB: How to show measurements. ('system' uses default for system locale, 'metric' always show Metric units, 'imperial' always show Imperial units).

note: Translators: This is a tooltip
en: Remove Favorite
en_GB: Remove Favourite

en: Add places to your favorites to get them listed here
en_GB: Add places to your favourites to get them listed here

en: Copy the verification code shown when authorizing access in the browser.
en_GB: Copy the verification code shown when authorising access in the browser.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Rotate counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate anti-clockwise

en: _Airplanes
en_GB: _Aeroplanes

note: #-#-#-#-#  542 (gnome-maps)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a tooltip
en: Mark as Favorite
en_GB: Mark as Favourite

en: Favorite removed
en_GB: Favourite removed

en: Elevation above sea level, in meters
en_GB: Elevation above sea level, in metres

en: Takeout
en_GB: Takeaway

en: ZIP Code
en_GB: Postal Code

note: Translators: * The establishment offers customers to purchase meals * (or similar) to be consumed elsewhere
en: Offers takeout
en_GB: Offers takeaway

note: Translators: * The establishment only offers customers to purchase * meals (or similar) to be consumed on-premise.
en: Does not offer takeout
en_GB: Does not offer takeaway

note: Translators: * The establishment only offers customers to purchase * meals (or similar) to be consumed elsewhere. E.g. * there is no seating on-premise for eating/drinking
en: Only offers takeout
en_GB: Only offers takeaway

en: Convenience Stores
en_GB: Convenience Shops

en: Shopping Malls
en_GB: Shopping Centres

en: Campings
en_GB: Camping site

en: Theaters
en_GB: Theatres

en: Movie Theaters
en_GB: Cinemas

[ctx: month-day-date]
note: * Translators: this is a format string giving the equivalent to * "may 29" according to the current locale's convensions.
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

note: Translators: this is a duration with hours and minutes parts * using abbreviations for hours and minutes, corresponding to 'h' * and 'min' in English. The minutes has appropriate plural variations
en: %s h %s min | %s h %s min
en_GB[0]: %s h %s min
en_GB[1]: %s h %s mins

en: Take the elevator and get off at %s
en_GB: Take the lift and get off at %s

en: Take the elevator
en_GB: Take the lift

[ctx: mahjongg map name]
en: Pyramid's Walls
en_GB: Pyramid’s Walls

en: 22 January 2016 or 1/22/2016
en_GB: 22 January 2016 or 22/1/2016

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * the current year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month and the time * with seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %e %b %l:%M:%S %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in the * current year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month and the time without seconds in * 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %l:%M %p
en_GB: %e %b %l:%M %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month, year and the * time with seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %e %b %Y %l:%M:%S %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name day of the month, year and the * time without seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %e %b %Y %l:%M %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in the * current year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month and the time with seconds in * 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %e %b %H:%M:%S

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month, year and the * time with seconds in 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in a * different year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month, year and the time without seconds * in 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %H:%M
en_GB: %e %b %Y %H:%M

[ctx: shortcut window]
note: Translators: Ctrl-S shortcut description in the Keyboard Shortcuts dialog, section "Scores"
en: Scores dialog
en_GB: Scores dialogue

note: Translators: tooltip text of the Change Puzzle menubutton, in the headerbar
en: Choose an other puzzle
en_GB: Choose another puzzle

en: Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE
en_GB: lars.rydlinge@hig.se

en: 13 August 2002
en_GB: 13th August 2002

en: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE</email>).
en_GB: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>lars.rydlinge@hig.se</email>).

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the Applications menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: When you start <application><application>Klotski</application></application>, the following window is displayed.
en_GB: When you start <application>Klotski</application>, the following window is displayed.

en: Use the <guimenu>Game menu</guimenu> to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem>and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allows you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu>, and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.
en_GB: Use the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allow you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu> and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.

en: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s…

en: waiting for lock %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock %s…

en: The username should only consist of lower case letters from a-z, digits, and the following characters: - _
en_GB: The username should only consist of lower case letters from a-z, digits and the following characters: - _

en: Connecting to the internet helps you get new apps, information, and other upgrades. It also helps set the time and your location automatically.
en_GB: Connecting to the Internet helps you get new apps, information, and other upgrades. It also helps set the time and your location automatically.

en: Color Glyphs
en_GB: Colour Glyphs

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25, 14:30"
en: %B %-d, %H∶%M
en_GB: %-d %B, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 14:30"
en: %B %-d %Y, %H∶%M
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B, %l∶%M %p

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d %Y, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %l∶%M %p

en: <span size="large"><b>Updated plugins are available!</b></span>
en_GB: <span size="large"><b>Updated plug-ins are available!</b></span>

en: <b>First-launch Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>First-launch Behaviour</b>

en: PluginConfigurationWindow
en_GB: Plug-inConfigurationWindow

en: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plugin name here</span>
en_GB: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plug-in name here</span>

en: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plugin for that!</span></b>
en_GB: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plug-in for that!</span></b>

en: A Do plugin for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?
en_GB: A Do plug-in for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?

en: Don't ask me about Do plugins again.
en_GB: Don't ask me about Do plug-ins again.

en: What does the {0} plugin do?
en_GB: What does the {0} plug-in do?

en: Compose a new email to a friend.
en_GB: Compose a new e-mail to a friend.

en: Community Plugins
en_GB: Community Plug-ins

en: All Plugins
en_GB: All Plug-ins

en: Official Plugins
en_GB: Official Plug-ins

en: plugins
en_GB: plug-ins

en:  is not a valid plugin file.
en_GB:  is not a valid plug-in file.

en:  are not valid plugin files.
en_GB:  are not valid plug-in files.

en: Adjust Do's settings, manage plugins, etc.
en_GB: Adjust Do's settings, manage plug-ins, etc.

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.

en: If checked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying disk image to be modified
en_GB: If ticked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying disk image to be modified

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Time
en_GB: Spin Up Time

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Retry Count
en_GB: Spin Up Retry Count

en: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector, it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt
en_GB: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector; it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt

note: Translators: Used in the treeview for the pretty/interpreted value of an attribute * for a temperature-based unit - first %f is the temperature in degrees Celcius, second %f * is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit Translators: Used to format a temperature. * The first %f is the temperature in deg
en: %.0f° C / %.0f° F
en_GB: %.0f° C/%.0f° F

note: #-#-#-#-#  528 (gnome-disk-utility)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value
en: Normalized
en_GB: Normalised

en: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be canceled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks
en_GB: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be cancelled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks

en: Volumes Grid
en_GB: Volume Grid

en: No Media
en_GB: No Medium

en: If checked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified
en_GB: If ticked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified

en: Error ejecting media
en_GB: Error ejecting medium

en: Error canceling job
en_GB: Error cancelling job

en: Check this box to see the passphrases entered above
en_GB: Tick this box to see the passphrases entered above

en: Power off this disk
en_GB: Power off the disk

en: If checked, the device will be unlocked at system startup [!noauto]
en_GB: If ticked, the device will be unlocked at system startup [!noauto]

en: Require additional authori_zation to unlock
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to unlock

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If ticked, additional authorisation is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: If checked, the device is always shown in the user interface no matter what its directory is [x-gvfs-show]
en_GB: If ticked, the device is always shown in the user interface no matter what its directory is [x-gvfs-show]

en: Require additional authori_zation to mount
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to mount

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If ticked, additional authorisation is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: If checked, the device will be mounted at system startup [!noauto]
en_GB: If ticked, the device will be mounted at system startup [!noauto]

en: Changes ownership of the filesystem to your user and group. The recursive mode does also change the ownership of all subdirectories and files, this can lead to destructive results when the filesystem contains a directory structure where ownership should belong to different users (e.g., a system backup or a filesystem that is accessed by multiple users).
en_GB: Changes ownership of the filesystem to your user and group. Recursive mode also changes the ownership of all subdirectories and files, this can lead to destructive results when the filesystem contains a directory structure where ownership should belong to different users (e.g., a system backup or a filesystem that is accessed by multiple users).

en: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Shows the Add Source dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Add Source dialogue.

en: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialogue.

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date plus day used in 24-hour mode. Please keep the under- score to separate the date from the time.
en: %a %b %-e_%R:%S
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%R:%S

en: %a %b %-e_%R
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%R

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode. Please keep the underscore to separate the date from the time.
en: %b %-e_%R:%S
en_GB: %-e %b_%R:%S

en: %b %-e_%R
en_GB: %-e %b_%R

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date plus day used for AM/PM. Please keep the under- score to separate the date from the time.
en: %a %b %-e_%l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%l:%M:%S %p

en: %a %b %-e_%l:%M %p
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%l:%M %p

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date used for AM/PM. Please keep the underscore to separate the date from the time.
en: %b %-e_%l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %-e %b_%l:%M:%S %p

en: %b %-e_%l:%M %p
en_GB: %-e %b_%l:%M %p

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Apps panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: application;flatpak;permission;setting;default;preferred;media;autorun;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;device;system;
en_GB: application;flatpak;permission;setting;default;preferred;media;medium;autorun;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;device;system;

en: Change your background image or the UI colors
en_GB: Change your background image or the UI colours

en: Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on
en_GB: Bluetooth is disabled when aeroplane mode is on

en: _Turn Off Airplane Mode
en_GB: _Turn Off Aeroplane Mode

en: Hardware Airplane Mode is On
en_GB: Hardware Aeroplane Mode is On

en: Turn off the Airplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth
en_GB: Turn off the Aeroplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth

en: Show color profiles for %s
en_GB: Show colour profiles for %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Create a color profile for the selected device
en_GB: Create a colour profile for the selected device

note: Translators: %s is a link to the documentation with the label "learn more"
en: Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed — %s.
en_GB: Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed — %s.

en: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to color manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the color profile.
en_GB: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to colour manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the colour profile.

en: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Color management will be most accurate at this brightness level.
en_GB: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Colour management will be most accurate at this brightness level.

en: You can use a color profile on different devices, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.
en_GB: You can use a colour profile on different devices, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.

en: Requires writable media
en_GB: Requires writeable media

en: Unable to detect any devices that can be color managed
en_GB: Unable to detect any devices that can be colour managed

en: Calibrate the color of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers
en_GB: Calibrate the colour of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Color Management panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon! #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Color pan
en: Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;
en_GB: Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;

en: Night light makes the screen color warmer. This can help to prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.
en_GB: Night light makes the screen colour warmer. This can help to prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.

en: _Color Temperature
en_GB: _Colour Temperature

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Displays panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon! #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Displays panel. D
en: Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;Monitor;Night;Light;Blue;redshift;color;sunset;sunrise;
en_GB: Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;Monitor;Night;Light;Blue;redshift;colour;sunset;sunrise;

en: _View and Customize Shortcuts
en_GB: _View and Customise Shortcuts

en: Alternate Characters Key
en_GB: Alternative Characters Key

en: Set Custom Shortcut
en_GB: Set Custom Shortcuts

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Mouse and Touchpad panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon! #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Mouse a
en: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;
en_GB: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;Touchpad;

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Search panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Multitasking;Multitask;Productivity;Customize;Desktop;Hot;Corner;Workspaces;
en_GB: Multitasking;Multitask;Productivity;Customise;Desktop;Hot;Corner;Workspaces;

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Network panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon! #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Search terms to find the Network panel. Do 
en: Network;IP;LAN;Proxy;WAN;Broadband;Modem;Bluetooth;vpn;DNS;
en_GB: Network;Wireless;Wi-Fi;Wifi;IP;LAN;Proxy;WAN;Broadband;Modem;Bluetooth;vpn;DNS;

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: device status reason #-#-#-#-#  247 (cinnamon-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Modem initialization failed
en_GB: Modem initialisation failed

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Cellphone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: _Maximize Charge
en_GB: _Maximise Charge

en: Po_wer Button Behavior
en_GB: Po_wer Button Behaviour

[ctx: Printer Option Group]
note: Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Authorize and Connect
en_GB: Authorise and Connect

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorization Error
en_GB: Authorisation Error

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorizing
en_GB: Authorising

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Connected and Authorized
en_GB: Connected and Authorised

note: Translators: The time point the device was authorized.
en: Authorized at
en_GB: Authorised at

en: Failed to authorize device:
en_GB: Failed to authorise device:

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorized
en_GB: Authorised

en: _File History &amp; Trash
en_GB: _File History &amp; Wastebasket

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Privacy panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Privacy;Screen;Lock;Private;Usage;Recent;History;Files;Temporary;Tmp;Trash;Purge;Retain;Diagnostics;Crash;Location;Gps;Camera;Photos;Video;Webcam;Recording;Security;Firmware;Thunderbolt;
en_GB: Privacy;Screen;Lock;Private;Usage;Recent;History;Files;Temporary;Tmp;Trash;Wastebasket;Purge;Retain;Diagnostics;Crash;Location;Gps;Camera;Photos;Video;Webcam;Recording;Security;Firmware;Thunderbolt;

en: File History & Trash
en_GB: File History & Wastebasket

en: Trash &amp; Temporary Files
en_GB: Wastebasket &amp; Temporary Files

en: Trash and temporary files can sometimes include personal or sensitive information. Automatically deleting them can help to protect privacy.
en_GB: The Wastebasket and temporary files can sometimes include personal or sensitive information. Automatically deleting them can help to protect privacy.

en: Automatically Empty _Trash
en_GB: Automatically Empty Was_tebasket

en: System language and localization
en_GB: System language and localisation

en: Enroll Device
en_GB: Enrol Device

note: Translators: The "%s" is a domain address (e.g. "demo1.freeipa.org").
en: To add an enterprise login account, this device needs to be enrolled with <b>%s</b>. To enroll, have your domain administrator enter their name and password.
en_GB: To add an enterprise login account, this device needs to be enrolled with <b>%s</b>. To enrol, have your domain administrator enter their name and password.

en: Deleting all enrolled fingerprints will disable Fingerprint Login. To re-enable Fingerprint Login at least one fingerprint will have to be enrolled.
en_GB: Deleting all enrolled fingerprints will disable Fingerprint Login. To re-enable Fingerprint Login at least one fingerprint will have to be enroled.

en: Increase color contrast of foreground and background interface elements
en_GB: Increase colour contrast of foreground and background interface elements

en: Use shapes to indicate state in addition to or instead of color
en_GB: Use shapes to indicate state in addition to or instead of colour

en: _Follow Behavior
en_GB: _Follow Behaviour

note: Translators: This is an option of the zoom Magnifier behavior
en: Remains Centered
en_GB: Remains Centred

en: Colo_r
en_GB: Colou_r

en: Color Filters
en_GB: Colour Filters

en: Invert colors in the magnifier region
en_GB: Invert colours in the magnifier region

en: This version of Settings should only be used for development purposes. You may experience incorrect system behavior, data loss, and other unexpected issues.
en_GB: This version of Settings should only be used for development purposes. You may experience incorrect system behaviour, data loss, and other unexpected issues.

en: A tuple containing the initial width, height and maximized state of the app window.
en_GB: A tuple containing the initial width, height and maximised state of the app window.

en: Learn more about color management
en_GB: Learn more about colour management

[ctx: login history week label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", shown as the last day of a week on login history d
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

[ctx: login history week label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  130 (budgie-control-center 1.2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog.
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

en: Color Effects:
en_GB: Colour Effects:

en: This device is not color managed.
en_GB: This device is not colour managed.

en: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color correction.
en_GB: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour correction.

note: #-#-#-#-#  247 (cinnamon-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# add the 'No devices detected' entry
en: No devices supporting color management detected
en_GB: No devices supporting colour management detected

en: Your finger was not centered, try swiping your finger again
en_GB: Your finger was not centred, try swiping your finger again

en: Contacts keeps and organize your contacts information. You can create, edit, delete and link together pieces of information about your contacts. Contacts aggregates the details from all your sources providing a centralized place for managing your contacts.
en_GB: Contacts keeps and organise your contacts information. You can create, edit, delete and link together pieces of information about your contacts. Contacts aggregates the details from all your sources providing a centralised place for managing your contacts.

en: Change Addressbook
en_GB: Change Address Book

en: Unmark as Favorite
en_GB: Unmark as Favourite

en: Zip/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

en: Is the window maximized?
en_GB: Is the window maximised?

en: Stores if the window is currently maximized.
en_GB: Stores if the window is currently maximised.

en: Home email
en_GB: Home e-mail

en: Work email
en_GB: Work e-mail

en: Color string is wrong length
en_GB: Colour string is wrong length

en: The remote server “%s” certificate doesn't match local copy. It may be someone's pretending to be the server.
en_GB: The remote server “%s” certificate doesn't match the local copy. It may be someone pretending to be the server.

note: Translators: %s is a VNC file key
en: VNC File is missing key “%s”
en_GB: VNC File is missing key »%s«

en: This is an example plugin that is mostly useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers
en_GB: This is an example plugin that is most useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers

en: S_ynchronize Directories
en_GB: S_ynchronise Directories

en: Respect theme colors
en_GB: Respect theme colours

note: LS_COLORS
en: Colorize files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable
en_GB: Colorise files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable

en: Other favorite apps
en_GB: Other favourite apps

en: Organization that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.
en_GB: Organisation that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.

en: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: The colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: Date and Time (digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (digitised)

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is metres.

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is metres.

en: Inter Color Profile
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile

en: Inter Color Profile.
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile.

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colorspace is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.

en: Subsec Time Digitized
en_GB: Subsec Time Digitised

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Color Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix co-efficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Colour Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: Last access datetime.
en_GB: Last access date time.

en: Last modified datetime.
en_GB: Last modified date and time.

en: Equalization
en_GB: Equalisation

en: Equalization.
en_GB: Equalisation.

en: Equalization 2
en_GB: Equalisation 2

en: Synchronized lyric.
en_GB: Synchronised lyric.

en: Synchronized Tempo
en_GB: Synchronised Tempo

en: Synchronized tempo codes.
en_GB: Synchronised tempo codes.

en: Unsynchronized Lyrics
en_GB: Unsynchronised Lyrics

en: Unsynchronized lyric.
en_GB: Unsynchronised lyric.

en: Datetime image was originally created.
en_GB: Date and time image was originally created.

en: The person or organization which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).
en_GB: The person or organisation which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).

en: Contains rasterized object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.
en_GB: Contains rasterised object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.

en: Organization producing the track.
en_GB: Organisation producing the track.

en: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Center to add one.
en_GB: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Centre to add one.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name for libcanberra
en: GNOME Color Manager
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager

en: Inspect and compare installed color profiles
en_GB: Inspect and compare installed colour profiles

en: GNOME Color Profile Viewer shows installed color profiles on your system and allows you to calibrate displays, printers and cameras using a wizard.
en_GB: GNOME Colour Profile Viewer shows installed colour profiles on your system and allows you to calibrate displays, printers and cameras using a wizard.

en: This functionality is typically used by GNOME Control Center from the color panel although can be used on its own.
en_GB: This functionality is typically used by GNOME Control Centre from the colour panel although can be used on its own.

en: Color Calibration
en_GB: Colour Calibration

en: Use the color sensor to sample spot colors
en_GB: Use the colour sensor to sample spot colours

en: Color Profile Viewer
en_GB: Colour Profile Viewer

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Color;ICC;
en_GB: Colour;ICC;

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending colored and gray patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.
en_GB: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending coloured and grey patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Reading the patches using the color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Reading the patches using the colour measuring instrument.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this screen.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this screen.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this device.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this device.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your colour measuring instrument.

note: TRANSLATORS: message, the sample read failed due to misread
en: Failed to read the color sample correctly.
en_GB: Failed to read the colour sample correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: message, the sample was not read correctly
en: The device could not measure the color spot correctly.
en_GB: The device could not measure the colour spot correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, just follow the hardware instructions
en: Place the colorimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.
en_GB: Place the colourimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, the sensor has to be above the line
en: Ensure the center of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.
en_GB: Ensure the centre of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device, and there's an example image
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square like the image below.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square like the image below.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the final summary
en: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control center</a>.
en_GB: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control centre</a>.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, bullet item
en: Configure your display with custom color settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.
en_GB: Configure your display with custom colour settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, addition to bullet item
en: If custom color is not available then use a 6500K color temperature.
en_GB: If custom colour is not available then use a 6500K colour temperature.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: These tools are required to build color profiles for devices.
en_GB: These tools are required to build colour profiles for devices.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Common color target files are not installed on this computer.
en_GB: Common colour target files are not installed on this computer.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Color target files are needed to convert the image to a color profile.
en_GB: Colour target files are needed to convert the image to a colour profile.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, preface
en: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and color correction profiles have not been applied.
en_GB: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and colour correction profiles have not been applied.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is intro page text
en: Higher quality calibration requires many color samples and more time.
en_GB: Higher quality calibration requires many colour samples and more time.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the message body for the chart selection
en: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in color matching but requires more time for reading the color patches.
en_GB: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in colour matching but requires more time for reading the colour patches.

note: #-#-#-#-#  517 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: color profile already been installed
en: Color profile is already imported
en_GB: Colour profile is already imported

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import display color profile?
en_GB: Import display colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import device color profile?
en_GB: Import device colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import named color profile?
en_GB: Import named colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import color profile?
en_GB: Import colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: this is displayed the user has not got suitable hardware
en: No colorimeter is attached.
en_GB: No colourimeter is attached.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is displayed the user has not got suitable hardware
en: The attached colorimeter is not capable of reading a spot color.
en_GB: The attached colourimeter is not capable of reading a spot colour.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is when there are no profiles that can be used; * the search term is either "RGB" or "CMYK"
en: No %s color spaces available
en_GB: No %s colour spaces available

note: TRANSLATORS: tool that is used to pick colors
en: GNOME Color Manager Color Picker
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager Colour Picker

note: TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Colorspace conversion
en_GB: Colourspace conversion

note: TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Named color
en_GB: Named colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis contains significant amounts of color
en_GB: The grey axis contains significant amounts of colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis is non-monotonic
en_GB: The grey axis is non-monotonic

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the icc creation date strftime format
en: %B %e %Y, %I∶%M∶%S %p
en_GB: %e %B %Y, %H∶%M∶%S

en: Named colors are specific colors that are defined in the profile
en_GB: Named colours are specific colours that are defined in the profile

en: Play the classic two-player board game of chess
en_GB: Play the classic two-player board game of Chess

en: GNOME Chess is a simple chess game. You can play against your computer at three different difficulty levels, or against a friend at your computer.
en_GB: GNOME Chess is a simple Chess game. You can play against your computer at three different difficulty levels, or against a friend at your computer.

en: The directory to open the save game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the save game dialogue in

en: The directory to open the load game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the load game dialogue in

note: Game status when Black captures White's pawn en passant
en: Black captured White's pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.
en_GB: Black captured White’s pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.

note: Game status when White captures Black's pawn en passant
en: White captured Black's pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.
en_GB: White captured Black’s pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.

en: Easily create and manage unlimited calendars and events with GNOME Calendar's infinite scrolling month view, week timetable, and scheduling list view.
en_GB: Easily create and manage unlimited calendars and events with GNOME Calendar's infinite scrolling month view, week timetable and scheduling list view.

en: Integrating the latest GNOME technologies and design best practices, GNOME Calendar builds on top of the mature Evolution data server to manage large quantities of events and to provide integration with other applications. You can add calendars from various online calendaring services (like NextCloud, Google Calendar, and CalDAV / WebDAV servers), enabling you to synchronize your events across multiple devices and platforms. GNOME Calendar also supports local and offline calendaring, so you can use it anywhere and anytime while travelling (or after civilization's collapse.)
en_GB: Integrating the latest GNOME technologies and design best practices, GNOME Calendar builds on top of the mature Evolution data server to manage large quantities of events and to provide integration with other applications. You can add calendars from various online calendaring services (like NextCloud, Google Calendar and CalDAV / WebDAV servers), enabling you to synchronise your events across multiple devices and platforms. GNOME Calendar also supports local and offline calendaring, so you can use it anywhere and anytime while travelling (or after civilisation's collapse).

en: %1$u day, %2$u hour, and %3$u minute before | %1$u day, %2$u hour, and %3$u minutes before
en_GB[0]: %1$u day, %2$u hour and %3$u minute before
en_GB[1]: %1$u day, %2$u hour and %3$u minutes before

en: %1$u day, %2$u hours, and %3$u minute before | %1$u day, %2$u hours, and %3$u minutes before
en_GB[0]: %1$u day, %2$u hours and %3$u minute before
en_GB[1]: %1$u day, %2$u hours and %3$u minutes before

en: %1$u days, %2$u hour, and %3$u minute before | %1$u days, %2$u hour, and %3$u minutes before
en_GB[0]: %1$u days, %2$u hour and %3$u minute before
en_GB[1]: %1$u days, %2$u hour and %3$u minutes before

en: %1$u days, %2$u hours, and %3$u minute before | %1$u days, %2$u hours, and %3$u minutes before
en_GB[0]: %1$u days, %2$u hours and %3$u minute before
en_GB[1]: %1$u days, %2$u hours and %3$u minutes before

en: Search for a Timezone
en_GB: Search for a Time Zone

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), %2$d is the day * of month, and %3$ is the hour. This format string results in dates * like "November 21, 22:00".
en: %1$s %2$d, %3$s
en_GB: %2$d %1$s, %3$s

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), %2$d is the day * of month, %3$d is the year, and %4$s is the hour. This format string * results in dates like "November 21, 2020, 22:00".
en: %1$s %2$d, %3$d, %4$s
en_GB: %2$d %1$s, %3$d, %4$s

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), and %2$d is * the day of month. This format string results in dates like * "November 21".
en: %1$s %2$d
en_GB: %2$d %1$s

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), %2$d is the day * of month, and %3$d is the year. This format string results in dates * like "November 21, 2020".
en: %1$s %2$d, %3$d
en_GB: %2$d %1$s, %3$d

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), %2$d is the day * of month, %3$s is the start hour, and %4$s is the end hour. This * format string results in dates like "November 21, 19:00 — 22:00".
en: %1$s %2$d, %3$s – %4$s
en_GB: %2$d %1$s, %3$s – %4$s

note: * Translators: %1$s is a month name (e.g. November), %2$d is the day * of month, %3$d is the year, %4$s is the start hour, and %5$s is the * end hour. This format string results in dates like: * * "November 21, 2021, 19:00 — 22:00".
en: %1$s %2$d, %3$d, %4$s – %5$s
en_GB: %2$d %1$s, %3$d, %4$s – %5$s

note: * Translators: %a is the abbreviated day name, %B is the month name * and %d is the day of the month as a number between 0 and 31. * More formats can be found on the doc: * https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.DateTime.format.html
en: %a %B %d
en_GB: %a %d %B

note: Translators: * this is the format string for representing a date consisting of a month * name and a date of month.
en: from %1$s %2$s
en_GB: from %2$s %1$s

note: Translators: * this is the format string for representing a date consisting of a month * name and a date of month.
en: to %1$s %2$s
en_GB: to %2$s %1$s

note: Translators: %d is the numeric day of month
en: New Event on January %d
en_GB: New Event on %d January

en: New Event on February %d
en_GB: New Event on %d February

en: New Event on March %d
en_GB: New Event on %d March

en: New Event on April %d
en_GB: New Event on %d April

en: New Event on May %d
en_GB: New Event on %d May

en: New Event on June %d
en_GB: New Event on %d June

en: New Event on July %d
en_GB: New Event on %d July

en: New Event on August %d
en_GB: New Event on %d August

en: New Event on September %d
en_GB: New Event on %d September

en: New Event on October %d
en_GB: New Event on %d October

en: New Event on November %d
en_GB: New Event on %d November

en: New Event on December %d
en_GB: New Event on %d December

[ctx: tooltip]
en: Synchronizing Remote Calendars
en_GB: Synchronising Remote Calendars

en: _Synchronize Calendars
en_GB: _Synchronise Calendars

[ctx: shortcut dialog]
en: Synchronize Calendars
en_GB: Synchronise Calendars

en: The Advanced calculator supports many operations, including: logarithms, factorials, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions, modulus division, complex numbers, random number generation and prime factorization.
en_GB: The Advanced calculator supports many operations, including: logarithms, factorials, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions, modulus division, complex numbers, random number generation and prime factorisation.

en: Favorite currencies
en_GB: Favourite currencies

en: The favorite currencies to be shown at the top of the currency list.
en_GB: The favourite currencies to be shown at the top of the currency list.

en: Whether the last closed window was maximized.
en_GB: Whether the last closed window was maximised.

en: Kilometers per Hour
en_GB: Kilometres per Hour

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: kilometers per hour,kmph,kmh,kph
en_GB: kilometres per hour,kilometers per hour,kmph,kmh,kph

en: Meters per Second
en_GB: Metres per Second

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: meters per second,mps
en_GB: metres per second,meters per second,mps

en: Liters
en_GB: Litres

en: Milliliters
en_GB: Millilitres

en: Microliters
en_GB: Microlitres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: Millimeter of Mercury,millimeter of mercury,mmHg
en_GB: Millimetre of Mercury,millimetre of mercury,Millimeter of Mercury,millimeter of mercury,mmHg

en: Favorite Currencies
en_GB: Favourite currencies

en: Favorite Only
en_GB: Favourite Only

en: _Favorite Currencies
en_GB: _Favourite Currencies

[ctx: shortcuts dialog]
en: Factorize
en_GB: Factorise

en: Support for viewing TODOs found within your code base
en_GB: Support for viewing TODOs found within your code-base

en: Debugger should automatically insert breakpoint at g_warning() and g_critical function.
en_GB: Debugger should automatically insert breakpoint at g_warning() and g_critical functions.

en: Modifies the behavior of Home/End keys.
en_GB: Modifies the behaviour of Home/End keys.

en: Default License
en_GB: Default Licence

en: The default license to use for new projects
en_GB: The default licence to use for new projects

en: If the plugin should be enabled
en_GB: If the plug-in should be enabled

en: Failed to initialize defaults.
en_GB: Failed to initialise defaults.

en: Failed to initialize build pipeline: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise build pipeline: %s

en: Cannot deploy to device, build pipeline is not initialized
en_GB: Cannot deploy to device, build pipeline is not initialised

note: translators: %s is replaced with the error message
en: Failed to initialize language server: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise language server: %s

en: Use system accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use system accent colour when running the project

en: Use blue accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use blue accent colour when running the project

en: Use teal accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use teal accent colour when running the project

en: Use green accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use green accent colour when running the project

en: Use yellow accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use yellow accent colour when running the project

en: Use orange accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use orange accent colour when running the project

en: Use red accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use red accent colour when running the project

en: Use pink accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use pink accent colour when running the project

en: Use purple accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use purple accent colour when running the project

en: Use slate accent color when running the project
en_GB: Use slate accent colour when running the project

en: Complete parentheses
en_GB: Complete brackets

en: If parentheses should be included when completing.
en_GB: If brackets should be included when completing.

en: Complete Parentheses
en_GB: Complete Brackets

en: Include parentheses when completing clang proposals
en_GB: Include brackets when completing clang proposals

en: Overwrite closing braces, brackets, parenthesis, and quotes
en_GB: Overwrite trailing curly, square and round brackets, and quotations

en: Insert matching character for braces, brackets, parenthesis, and quotes
en_GB: Insert matching character for curly, square and round brackets, and quotes

en: Space before opening parentheses
en_GB: Space before opening brackets

en: Space before opening brackets
en_GB: Space before opening square brackets

en: Space before opening angles
en_GB: Space before opening angle brackets

en: Use cursor position to highlight matching brackets, braces, parenthesis, and more
en_GB: Use cursor position to highlight matching square, curly and round brackets, and more

en: Finalizing flatpak build
en_GB: Finalising flatpak build

en: Initialize git submodules
en_GB: Initialise git submodules

en: The default license when creating new projects
en_GB: The default licence when creating new projects

en: No License
en_GB: No Licence

en: View and Customize Shortcuts…
en_GB: View and Customise Shortcuts…

en: Virtualization made simple
en_GB: Virtualisation made simple

en: Boxes cannot access the virtualization backend.
en_GB: Boxes cannot access the virtualisation backend.

en: With Boxes, you don't need to download an operating system to create a virtual machine. Instead, just pick the operating system you want to setup, and Boxes will automatically download it for you.
en_GB: With Boxes, you don’t need to download an operating system to create a virtual machine. Instead, just pick the operating system you want to setup, and Boxes will automatically download it for you.

en: Check virtualization capabilities
en_GB: Check virtualisation capabilities

note: A 'broker' is a virtual-machine manager (local or remote). Currently only libvirt is supported.
en: URL to display, broker or installer media
en_GB: URI to display, broker or installer media

note: FIXME: add proper UI & docs
en: • The CPU is capable of virtualization: %s
en_GB: • The CPU is capable of virtualisation: %s

en: Media is not supported
en_GB: Medium is not supported

en: Boxes is not authorized to run in background
en_GB: Boxes is not authorised to run in background

en: %s is known to libvirt as GNOME Boxes’s storage pool but is not user-readable/writable
en_GB: %s is known to libvirt as GNOME Boxes’s storage pool but is not user-readable/writeable

en: Confirm Bluetooth PIN
en_GB: Configure Bluetooth PIN

en: Confirm the Bluetooth PIN for “%s”. This can usually be found in the device’s manual.
en_GB: Confirm the Bluetooth PIN for “%s”. This can usually be found in the device's manual.

en: DEPRECATED - Characters shown on applet startup
en_GB: DEPRECATED — Characters shown on applet startup

en: Auto _refresh
en_GB: Auto-_refresh

en: Financial Chart - %s
en_GB: Financial Chart — %s

en: E_nable history-based auto completion
en_GB: E_nable history-based auto-completion

en: _Use default theme colors
en_GB: _Use default theme colours

en: _Add Macro...
en_GB: _Add Macro…

en: Use the default theme colors
en_GB: Use the default theme colours

en: Use theme colors instead of custom ones.
en_GB: Use theme colours instead of custom ones.

en: Foreground color, red component
en_GB: Foreground colour, red component

en: The red component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The red component of the foreground colour.

en: Foreground color, green component
en_GB: Foreground colour, green component

en: The green component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The green component of the foreground colour.

en: Foreground color, blue component
en_GB: Foreground colour, blue component

en: The blue component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The blue component of the foreground colour.

en: Background color, red component
en_GB: Background colour, red component

en: The red component of the background color.
en_GB: The red component of the background colour.

en: Background color, green component
en_GB: Background colour, green component

en: The green component of the background color.
en_GB: The green component of the background colour.

en: Background color, blue component
en_GB: Background colour, blue component

en: The blue component of the background color.
en_GB: The blue component of the background colour.

en: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plugins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.
en_GB: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plug-ins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.

en: Volume Control...
en_GB: Volume Control…

en: Error while spawning nautilus:
    %s
en_GB: Error while spawning Nautilus:
    %s

en: A GNOME trash bin that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the trash or drag and drop items into the trash.
en_GB: A GNOME wastebasket that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the waste or drag and drop items into the wastebasket.

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free DocumentationLicense (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="help:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="help:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Trash applet.
en_GB: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Wastebasket applet.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Trash applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Wastebasket applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: To permanently delete all the items in the Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: To permanently delete all the items in the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To open Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The Trash window opens in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.
en_GB: To open the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The wastebasket window opens in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.

en: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Note Color
en_GB: Note Colour

en: Use default color
en_GB: Use default colour

en: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To add <application>Command Line</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Command Line</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Command Line</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Command Line</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Your Macros
en_GB: Customising Your Macros

en: Customizing the Appearance
en_GB: Customising the Appearance

en: To adjust the color theme:
en_GB: To adjust the colour theme:

en: Select <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> to use the colors from the default GNOME theme.
en_GB: Select <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> to use the colours from the default GNOME theme.

en: Click on the <guilabel>Command line foreground</guilabel> button to select a color for the command line text. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> check box is selected.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>Command line foreground</guilabel> button to select a colour for the command line text. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> check box is selected.

en: Click on the <guilabel>Command line background</guilabel> button to select a color for the <guilabel>entry field</guilabel> background. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> check box is selected.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>Command line background</guilabel> button to select a colour for the <guilabel>entry field</guilabel> background. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> check box is selected.

en: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: The preferences dialog is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The preferences dialogue is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>

en: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your GNOME Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation, or the documentation that came with this software.
en_GB: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your GNOME Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation or the documentation that came with this software.

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialogue

en: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialogue is displayed.

en: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialog by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialogue by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>

en: Collection of software tools designed for collecting, analyzing and reporting of software issues.
en_GB: Collection of software tools designed for collecting, analysing and reporting of software issues.

en: Misbehavior
en_GB: Misbehaviour

en: Use your keyboard's arrow keys to slide all tiles in the desired direction. Be careful: all tiles slide to their farthest possible positions, you cannot slide just one tile or one row or column. Tiles with the same value are joined when slided one over the other.
en_GB: Use your keyboard's arrow keys to slide all tiles in the desired direction. Be careful: all tiles slide to their furthest possible positions, you cannot slide just one tile or one row or column. Tiles with the same value are joined when slided one over the other.

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/2048/window-maximized'
en: Window maximization state.
en_GB: Window maximisation state.

note: #-#-#-#-#  291 (deja-dup)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: page/p
en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?
en_GB: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognised!?

en: Do not use existing catalog, force new output file
en_GB: Do not use existing catalogue, force new output file

en: Generate message catalog.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.
en_GB: Generate message catalogue.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.

en: Level 2 not synchronized
en_GB: Level 2 not synchronised

en: Unrecognized variable `%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised variable `%s'

en: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialization error.
en_GB: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialisation error.

en: while opening old catalog file
en_GB: while opening old catalogue file

en: Opens the side pane used to select the fill color.
en_GB: Opens the side pane used to select the fill colour.

en: Opens the side pane used to select the stroke color and style.
en_GB: Opens the side pane used to select the stroke colour and style.

en: Add color to %1
en_GB: Add colour to %1

en: Remove color from %1
en_GB: Remove colour from %1

en: Unnamed Color
en_GB: Unnamed Colour

en: PolyStar
en_GB: Polystar

en: Group Color
en_GB: Group Colour

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Stop Color...
en_GB: Stop Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, ColorQuantizationDialog)
en: Configure color detection
en_GB: Configure colour detection

note: i18n: ectx: property (html), widget (QTextEdit, textEdit)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">k-Means divides the colors into clusters and refines the assignment at every iteration.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is the best option when tracing images with a lot of colors or shading.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For pictures with a lot of colors increasing the number of iterations will yield better results but it might be slower.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The <span style=" font-style:italic;">Match</span> option performs some post-processing:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style="" style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">None</span>: Don't perform any post-processing and return the means (note this might result in colors not present in the original image)</li>
    <li style="" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Closest</span>: Find the color in the original image that is the closest to the mean</li>
    <li style="" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Most Frequent</span>: Find the color in the cluster that appears most often in the source image</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">k-Means divides the colours into clusters and refines the assignment at every iteration.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is the best option when tracing images with a lot of colours or shading.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For pictures with a lot of colours increasing the number of iterations will yield better results but it might be slower.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The <span style=" font-style:italic;">Match</span> option performs some post-processing:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style="" style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">None</span>: Don't perform any post-processing and return the means (note this might result in colours not present in the original image)</li>
    <li style="" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Closest</span>: Find the colour in the original image that is the closest to the mean</li>
    <li style="" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Most Frequent</span>: Find the colour in the cluster that appears most often in the source image</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (plainText), widget (QPlainTextEdit, plainTextEdit)
en: k-Modes gives you the colors that appear most often in the source image.
    
    It's very fast but it does not give accurate colors for complex images.
    
    This is the best option when tracing images with flat colors.
en_GB: k-Modes gives you the colours that appear most often in the source image.
    
    It's very fast but it does not give accurate colours for complex images.
    
    This is the best option when tracing images with flat colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (html), widget (QTextEdit, textEdit_2)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The Octree algorithm merges similar colors from the bottom up.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">It gives more accurate colors for complex images but it might result into colors that are not present in the source image.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The Octree algorithm merges similar colours from the bottom up.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">It gives more accurate colours for complex images but it might result into colours that are not present in the source image.</p></body></html>

en: Unlink %1 Color
en_GB: Unlink %1 Colour

en: Link %1 Color
en_GB: Link %1 Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, IoStatusDialog)
en: IoStatusDialog
en_GB: Iostatusdialog

note: i18n: ectx: property (html), widget (QTextBrowser, textBrowser)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This option is best suited for photos, paintings and detailed illustrations.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The number of colors is reduced based on <span style=" font-weight:600;">Posterization Level</span> below.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Note that there is a significant reduction in image quality when converting this kind of images to vector graphics.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:37px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">(Image by <a href="https://linktr.ee/FellFallow"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;">FellFallow</span></a>)</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This option is best suited for photos, paintings and detailed illustrations.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The number of colours is reduced based on <span style=" font-weight:600;">Posterisation Level</span> below.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Note that there is a significant reduction in image quality when converting this kind of images to vector graphics.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:37px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">(Image by <a href="https://linktr.ee/FellFallow"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;">FellFallow</span></a>)</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Posterization Level
en_GB: Posterisation Level

note: i18n: ectx: property (html), widget (QTextEdit, textEdit_2)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This option is best suited for flat-shaded digital images, stickers, and cartoons.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The number of colors will be reduced automatically, picking the most common colors in the source image.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Very small details might get lost in the process.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This option is best suited for flat-shaded digital images, stickers, and cartoons.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The number of colours will be reduced automatically, picking the most common colours in the source image.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Very small details might get lost in the process.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (html), widget (QTextEdit, textEdit_3)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is suited for pixel art. The traced vector will retain all colors in the original image as well the pixelated edges.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is only suitable for fairly small images with a low number of colors.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Noto Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is suited for pixel art. The traced vector will retain all colours in the original image as well the pixelated edges.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This is only suitable for fairly small images with a low number of colours.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, combo_mode)
en: Closest Color
en_GB: Closest Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, combo_mode)
en: Extract Colors
en_GB: Extract Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Output Color
en_GB: Output Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, button_detect_colors)
en: Detect Colors
en_GB: Detect Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, button_quantize_options)
en: Configure Color Detection
en_GB: Configure Colour Detection

en: NonZero
en_GB: Nonzero

en: Show startup dialog
en_GB: Show startup dialogue

en: Modify Palette Color
en_GB: Modify Palette Colour

en: Link shapes with matching colors
en_GB: Link shapes with matching colours

en: Remove existing colors
en_GB: Remove existing colours

en: Unlink Color
en_GB: Unlink Colour

en: Rename Swatch Color
en_GB: Rename Swatch Colour

en: Edit Color...
en_GB: Edit Colour...

en: Update Fill Color
en_GB: Update Fill Colour

en: Clear Fill Color
en_GB: Clear Fill Colour

en: Update Stroke Color
en_GB: Update Stroke Colour

en: Clear Line Color
en_GB: Clear Line Colour

en: _Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: _Do not show this dialogue again

en: Select a catalog search path
en_GB: Select a catalogue search path

en: Unrecognized types
en_GB: Unrecognised types

en: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognized types
en_GB: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognised types

en: List of directories where to load widget catalogs and custom templates from.
    Needs to restart.
en_GB: List of directories where to load widget catalogues and custom templates from.
    Needs to restart.

en: Extra Catalog & Templates paths
en_GB: Extra Catalogue & Templates paths

en: Your subscription to the users list has been received!
    Check your email!
en_GB: Your subscription to the users list has been received!
    Check your e-mail!

en: Subscribe to Glade Users mailing list.
    You will be sent email requesting confirmation!
en_GB: Subscribe to Glade Users mailing list.
    You will be sent e-mail requesting confirmation!

en: OpenBSD
en_GB: OpenSD

en: Under what kind of license(s) do you release the software you used Glade to create?
en_GB: Under what kind of licence(s) do you release the software you used Glade to create?

en: Desktop applications
en_GB: Desktop Applications

en: The sole purpose of this survey is to better know our user base.
    Your email address will be used to uniquely identify you as a Glade user and send you back a modification token in case you want to modify something or add extra comments.
    Only statistics compiled from the whole dataset will be shared publicly.
    Individual data will be stored in a private database and it will not be shared with the public or any other third party.
en_GB: The sole purpose of this survey is to better know our user base.
    Your e-mail address will be used to uniquely identify you as a Glade user and send you back a modification token in case you want to modify something or add extra comments.
    Only statistics compiled from the whole dataset will be shared publicly.
    Individual data will be stored in a private database and it will not be shared with the public or any other third party.

en: Error serializing configuration data to save (%s).
    No private data will be saved in this session
en_GB: Error serialising configuration data to save (%s).
    No private data will be saved in this session

en: A GDK color value
en_GB: A GDK colour value

en: Setting project's %s property
en_GB: Setting %s property of project

en: License for this project, it will be added as a document level comment.
en_GB: Licence for this project, it will be added as a document level comment.

en: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s
en_GB: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s

en: Object %s has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object %s has unrecognised type %s

en: Unable to copy unrecognized widget type.
en_GB: Unable to copy unrecognised widget type.

en: Unable to cut unrecognized widget type
en_GB: Unable to cut unrecognised widget type

en: The project this properties dialog was created for
en_GB: The project this properties dialogue was created for

en: A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exist!
en_GB: A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exists!

en: The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by
en_GB: The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by

en: Object has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object has unrecognised type %s

en: Setting License type of %s
en_GB: Setting Licence type of %s

en: Choose accelerator keys...
en_GB: Choose accelerator keys…

en: Setting %s to use a center child
en_GB: Setting %s to use a centre child

en: Setting %s to not use a center child
en_GB: Setting %s to not use a centre child

[ctx: textattr]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Underline Color
en_GB: Underline Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Strikethrough Color
en_GB: Strikethrough Colour

en: Setting %s to use a primary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a primary icon from a filename

en: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from a filename

en: This property is only for use in dialog action buttons
en_GB: This property is only for use in dialogue action buttons

en: This property only applies if ellipsize and wrapping are enabled
en_GB: This property only applies if ellipsise and wrapping are enabled

en: Check item
en_GB: Tick item

en: Page Setup Dialog
en_GB: Page Setup Dialogue

en: Check Menu Item
en_GB: Tick Menu Item

en: Document Email
en_GB: Document E-mail

en: Labeled By
en_GB: Labelled By

en: Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects
en_GB: Indicates an object is labelled by one or more target objects

en: Center Child
en_GB: Centre Child

en: Always Center
en_GB: Always Centre

en: Center on Parent
en_GB: Centre on Parent

en: The pango attributes for this label
en_GB: The Pango attributes for this label

en: The response ID of this button in a dialog
en_GB: The response ID of this button in a dialogue

en: Check Button
en_GB: Tick Button

en: Color Button
en_GB: Colour Button

en: About Dialog
en_GB: About Dialogue

en: Color Selection Dialog
en_GB: Colour Selection Dialogue

en: File Chooser Dialog
en_GB: File Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Selection Dialog
en_GB: Font Selection Dialogue

en: Application Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Application Chooser Dialogue

en: Message Dialog
en_GB: Message Dialogue

en: Color Chooser Widget
en_GB: Colour Chooser Widget

en: Color Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Colour Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Font Chooser Dialogue

en: Recent Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Recent Chooser Dialogue

en: Cell Background Color name column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour name column

en: Cell Background Color column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour column

en: Background Color Name column
en_GB: Background Colour Name column

en: Background Color column
en_GB: Background Colour column

en: Ellipsize column
en_GB: Ellipsise column

en: Foreground Color Name column
en_GB: Foreground Colour Name column

en: Foreground Color column
en_GB: Foreground Colour column

en: Gtk
en_GB: GTK+

en: Native File Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Native File Chooser Dialogue

en: License Text
en_GB: Licence Text

en: License and Copyright
en_GB: Licence and Copyright

en: Add center child
en_GB: Add centre child

en: Whether this action bar should include a centered child.
en_GB: Whether this action bar should include a centred child.

en: Activatable / Actionable
en_GB: Activatable/Actionable

en: Whether this box should include a centered child.
en_GB: Whether this box should include a centred child.

en: Whether to use markup in the
    primary icon's tooltip
en_GB: Whether to use markup in the
    tooltip of the primary icon

en: Whether to use markup in the
    secondary icon's tooltip
en_GB: Whether to use markup in the
    tooltip of the secondary icon

en: Message Dialog Attributes
en_GB: Message Dialogue Attributes

en: Ellipsize Text:
en_GB: Ellipsise Text:

en: Homogeneous:
en_GB: Homogeneous

en: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialog labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.
en_GB: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialogue labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.

en: The statusbar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.

en: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: To Organize Widgets In Your Project
en_GB: To Organise Widgets In Your Project

en: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organize widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:
en_GB: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organise widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:

en: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localized.
en_GB: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localised.

en: Slate Gray
en_GB: Slate Grey

en: 10% Gray
en_GB: 10% Grey

en: 25% Gray
en_GB: 25% Grey

en: 40% Gray
en_GB: 40% Grey

en: 50% Gray
en_GB: 50% Grey

en: 60% Gray
en_GB: 60% Grey

en: Custom Color #%u
en_GB: Custom Colour #%u

en: Align horizontal center
en_GB: Align horizontal centre

en: Align vertical center
en_GB: Align vertical centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  187 (kspread)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, verticalCheckBox)
en: Center vertically
en_GB: Centre vertically

en: Customize Main Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Main Toolbar

en: Customize Drawing Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Drawing Toolbar

en: Customize Properties Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Properties Toolbar

en: Template _Designer...
en_GB: Template _Designer…

en: Rotate object 90 degrees counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate object 90 degrees anti-clockwise

en: Align objects to horizontal centers
en_GB: Align objects to horizontal centres

en: Align objects to vertical centers
en_GB: Align objects to vertical centres

en: Center objects to horizontal label center
en_GB: Centre objects to horizontal label centre

en: Center objects to vertical label center
en_GB: Centre objects to vertical label centre

en: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Select locale specific behavior.
en_GB: Select locale specific behaviour.

en: Center align
en_GB: Centre align

en: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialog will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.
en_GB: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialogue will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.

en: Default text color.
en_GB: Default text colour.

en: The default color of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default colour of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default line color.
en_GB: Default line colour.

en: The default line color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default line colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default fill color.
en_GB: Default fill colour.

en: The default fill color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default fill colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Recent colors.
en_GB: Recent colours.

en: Recently created custom colors.
en_GB: Recently created custom colours.

en: gitg is a graphical user interface for git. It aims at being a small, fast and convenient tool to visualize the history of git repositories. Besides visualization, gitg also provides several utilities to manage your repository and commit your work.
en_GB: gitg is a graphical user interface for git. It aims at being a small, fast and convenient tool to visualise the history of git repositories. Besides visualisation, gitg also provides several utilities to manage your repository and commit your work.

en: gitg is a Git repository viewer for GTK+/GNOME
en_GB: gitg is a Git repository viewer for GTK/GNOME

note: Translators: %s is a file name
en: The location <i>%s</i> does not appear to be a valid git repository. Would you like to initialize a new git repository at this location?
en_GB: The location <i>%s</i> does not appear to be a valid git repository. Would you like to initialise a new git repository at this location?

en: Your user name and email are not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your name and email.
en_GB: Your user name and e-mail are not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your name and e-mail.

en: Your email is not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your email.
en_GB: Your e-mail is not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your e-mail.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Open commit dialog
en_GB: Open commit dialogue

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Commit Dialog
en_GB: Commit Dialogue

note: Translators: this is a strftime type date format which is used when the date is in the current year and uses a 24 hour clock.
en: %b %e, %H∶%M
en_GB: %e %b, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is a strftime type date format which is used when the date is in the current year and uses a 12 hour clock.
en: %b %e, %I∶%M %p
en_GB: %e %b, %I∶%M %p

note: Translators: this is a strftime type date format which is used when the date is not in the current year and uses a 24 hour clock.
en: %b %e %Y, %H∶%M
en_GB: %e %b %Y, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is a strftime type date format which is used when the date is not in the current year and uses a 12 hour clock.
en: %b %e %Y, %I∶%M %p
en_GB: %e %b %Y, %I∶%M %p

en: Expand from center
en_GB: Expand from centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  431 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Similar color frame
en: Finding Similar Colors
en_GB: Finding Similar Colours

en: Preview color
en_GB: Preview colour

en: Blend Color Space
en_GB: Blend Colour Space

en: Gray Handling
en_GB: Grey Handling

en: Gray threshold
en_GB: Grey threshold

en: Gray mode
en_GB: Grey mode

en: Shadows color
en_GB: Shadows colour

en: Highlights color
en_GB: Highlights colour

en: Bogus color
en_GB: Bogus colour

en: Color Deficient Vision
en_GB: Colour Deficient Vision

en: Description of the Dialog Window
en_GB: Description of the Dialogue Window

en: Featured Organization
en_GB: Featured Organisation

en: Organization Code
en_GB: Organisation Code

en: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialog which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialogue which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.

en: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialogue window

en: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimeters).
en_GB: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimetres).

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialog.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.

en: The <quote>Clear undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.
en_GB: The <quote>Clear Undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.

en: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialogue

en: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialog box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.
en_GB: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialogue box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.

en: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialogue window

en: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialog.
en_GB: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialogue.

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers Dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: This command opens a dialog window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Pattern</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Pattern</quote> dialogue

en: This command opens a dialog window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Brush</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Brush</quote> dialogue

en: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> Dialog.
en_GB: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> dialogue.

en: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colors and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.
en_GB: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colours and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.

en: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> Dialog
en_GB: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue

en: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue window

en: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">color selectors</link> to select the foreground or background color. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:
en_GB: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">colour selectors</link> to select the foreground or background colour. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:

en: Loaded modules example: Color selector modules
en_GB: Loaded modules example: Colour selector modules

en: Color selector modules loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules loaded

en: Color selector modules not loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules not loaded

en: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialogue.

en: This command brings up a dialog window:
en_GB: This command brings up a dialogue window:

en: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern Dialog</link>.
en_GB: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern dialogue</link>.

en: Fill with foreground color
en_GB: Fill with foreground colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid color shown in the foreground part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid colour shown in the foreground part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground colour.

en: Fill with background color
en_GB: Fill with background colour

en: Fill with Background color
en_GB: Fill with Background colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid color shown in the Background part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid colour shown in the Background part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background colour.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background color, otherwise.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background colour, otherwise.

en: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original color to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background color.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original colour to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background colour.

en: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialog</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.
en_GB: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialogue</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: Interpolation Color Space
en_GB: Interpolation Colour Space

en: Select Primary Color to Adjust
en_GB: Select Primary Colour to Adjust

en: Adjust Selected Color
en_GB: Adjust Selected Colour

en: Standard deviation of gaussian neighborhood average for computing local contrast. If 0 is used a global threshold is used instead of one based on local contrast.
en_GB: Standard deviation of gaussian neighbourhood average for computing local contrast. If 0 is used a global threshold is used instead of one based on local contrast.

en: Adjust color levels
en_GB: Adjust colour levels

en: How far is the hole from the center of the moving gear. 100% means that the hole is at the gear's edge.
en_GB: How far is the hole from the centre of the moving gear. 100% means that the hole is at the gear's edge.

en: Hole #1 is at the edge of the gear. The maximum hole number is near the center. The maximum hole number is different for each gear.
en_GB: Hole #1 is at the edge of the gear. The maximum hole number is near the centre. The maximum hole number is different for each gear.

en: Fade color
en_GB: Fade colour

en: Light source color
en_GB: Light source colour

en: Center displacement
en_GB: Centre displacement

en: Color policy
en_GB: Colour policy

en: This instructs the outline bevel to ignore image details if there is an image file overlay below it. It also allows outline bevel to work better when the user selects darker colors.
en_GB: This instructs the outline bevel to ignore image details if there is an image file overlay below it. It also allows outline bevel to work better when the user selects darker colours.

en: Inner Glow's color
en_GB: Inner Glow's colour

en: Grayscale Averaging
en_GB: Greyscale Averaging

en: Symmetric Nearest Neighbor
en_GB: Symmetric Nearest Neighbour

en: Image Gradient
en_GB: Image Gradients

en: Border behavior
en_GB: Border behaviour

en: Color to peaks
en_GB: Colour to peaks

en: Only color
en_GB: Only colour

en: Tile color variation
en_GB: Tile colour variation

en: Bumpmap (preserve original colors)
en_GB: Bumpmap (preserve original colours)

en: Gradient to color stains
en_GB: Gradient to colour stains

en: Fog color
en_GB: Fog colour

en: Spatial regularization
en_GB: Spatial regularisation

en: Superpixels color
en_GB: Superpixels colour

en: Detach the animation from the dialog window
en_GB: Detach the animation from the dialogue window

en: Additional Customizations
en_GB: Additional Customisations

en: Color scheme variant (if available)
en_GB: Colour scheme variant (if available)

en: Dialog Defaults
en_GB: Dialogue Defaults

note: Color Managed Display
en: Color Managed Display
en_GB: Colour Managed Display

en: Histogram Dialog
en_GB: Histogram Dialogue

note: Filter Dialogs
en: Filter Dialogs
en_GB: Filter Dialogues

en: GIMP is now ready to be installed. Click the Install now button to install using the default settings, or click the Customize button if you'd like to have more control over what gets installed.
en_GB: GIMP is now ready to be installed. Click the Install now button to install using the default settings, or click the Customise button if you'd like to have more control over what gets installed.

en: &Customize
en_GB: &Customise

en: GIMP uses layers to let you organize your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.
en_GB: GIMP uses layers to let you organise your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.

en: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialog.
en_GB: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: If a layer's name in the Layers dialog is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.
en_GB: If a layer's name in the Layers dialogue is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.

en: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a grayed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).
en_GB: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a greyed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).

en: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a color from the toolbox or from a color palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that color.
en_GB: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a colour from the toolbox or from a colour palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that colour.

en: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialog and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.
en_GB: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialogue and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.

en: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the "New Layer" or the "Anchor Layer" button in the Layers dialog, or use the menus to do the same.
en_GB: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the "New Layer" or the "Anchor Layer" button in the Layers dialogue, or use the menus to do the same.

en: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialog allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.
en_GB: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialogue allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.

en: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialog, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.
en_GB: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialogue, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.

en: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogs.
en_GB: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogues.

en: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialog to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.
en_GB: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialogue to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles viewing the mask directly.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles viewing the mask directly.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background color instead of the foreground color. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background color instead of the foreground color.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background colour instead of the foreground colour. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background colour instead of the foreground colour.

en: If some of your scanned photos do not look colorful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the "Auto" button in the Levels tool (Colors→Levels). If there are any color casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colors→Curves).
en_GB: If some of your scanned photos do not look colourful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the "Auto" button in the Levels tool (Colours→Levels). If there are any colour casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colours→Curves).

en: Script-Fu Color Selection
en_GB: Script-Fu Colour Selection

en: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (grayscale) stencil
en_GB: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (greyscale) stencil

en: _Color scheme
en_GB: _Colour scheme

en: Active colors
en_GB: Active colours

en: How to Use _Dialogs
en_GB: How to Use _Dialogues

en: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its center using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its centre using the foreground colour

en: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the color entry name as their class name, and the color itself as the color attribute
en_GB: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the colour entry name as their class name, and the colour itself as the colour attribute

en: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => colour)

en: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: colour)

en: Write all the colors in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)
en_GB: Write all the colours in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)

en: Edge _behavior
en_GB: Edge _behaviour

en: Se_t Colormap...
en_GB: Se_t Colourmap...

en: Change the colormap of an image to the colors in a specified palette.
en_GB: Change the colourmap of an image to the colours in a specified palette.

en: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes, and labels to an image
en_GB: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes and labels to an image

en: Index to n colors (0 = remain RGB)
en_GB: Index to n colours (0 = remain RGB)

en: Color 3
en_GB: Colour 3

en: Save as colored HTML text...
en_GB: Save as coloured HTML text...

en: Saving as colored XHTML
en_GB: Saving as coloured XHTML

en: Save as colored HTML text
en_GB: Save as coloured HTML text

en: Colored HTML text
en_GB: Coloured HTML text

en: Characters that will be used as colored pixels.
en_GB: Characters that will be used as coloured pixels.

en: _Fog color
en_GB: _Fog colour

en: Offset the colors in a palette
en_GB: Offset the colours in a palette

en: 
        Format is 'start:nrows,length' . All items are optional.
    
        The empty string selects all items, as does ':'
        ':4,' makes a 4-row selection out of all colors (length auto-determined)
        ':4' also.
        ':1,4' selects the first 4 colors
        ':,4' selects rows of 4 colors (nrows auto-determined)
        ':3,4' selects 3 rows of 4 colors
        '4:' selects a single row of all colors after 4, inclusive.
        '3:,4' selects rows of 4 colors, starting at 3 (nrows auto-determined)
        '2:3,4' selects 3 rows of 4 colors (12 colors total), beginning at index 2.
        '4' is illegal (ambiguous)
en_GB: 
        Format is 'start:nrows,length' . All items are optional.
    
        The empty string selects all items, as does ':'
        ':4,' makes a 4-row selection out of all colours (length auto-determined)
        ':4' also.
        ':1,4' selects the first 4 colours
        ':,4' selects rows of 4 colours (nrows auto-determined)
        ':3,4' selects 3 rows of 4 colours
        '4:' selects a single row of all colours after 4, inclusive.
        '3:,4' selects rows of 4 colours, starting at 3 (nrows auto-determined)
        '2:3,4' selects 3 rows of 4 colours (12 colours total), beginning at index 2.
        '4' is illegal (ambiguous)

en: Sort the colors in a palette
en_GB: Sort the colours in a palette

en: _Quantization
en_GB: _Quantisation

en: Partition q_uantization
en_GB: Partition q_uantisation

en: Partition quantization
en_GB: Partition quantisation

en: A-color
en_GB: A-colour

en: B-color
en_GB: B-colour

en: Create a gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a gradient using colours from the palette

en: Create a new gradient using colors from the palette.
en_GB: Create a new gradient using colours from the palette.

en: Create a repeating gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a repeating gradient using colours from the palette

en: Create a new repeating gradient using colors from the palette.
en_GB: Create a new repeating gradient using colours from the palette.

en: The radius of the hole in the center of the pattern where nothing will be drawn. Given as a percentage of the size of the pattern. A value of 0 will produce no hole. A Value of 99 will produce a thin line on the edge.
en_GB: The radius of the hole in the centre of the pattern where nothing will be drawn. Given as a percentage of the size of the pattern. A value of 0 will produce no hole. A Value of 99 will produce a thin line on the edge.

en: When unchecked, the pattern will fill the current image or selection. When checked, the pattern will have same width and height, and will be centered.
en_GB: When unchecked, the pattern will fill the current image or selection. When checked, the pattern will have same width and height, and will be centred.

en: If you change the settings of a tool, change color, or change the selection, press this to preview how the pattern looks.
en_GB: If you change the settings of a tool, change colour, or change the selection, press this to preview how the pattern looks.

en: Location of hole in moving gear in percent, where 100 means that the hole is at the edge of the gear, and 0 means the hole is at the center
en_GB: Location of hole in moving gear in percent, where 100 means that the hole is at the edge of the gear, and 0 means the hole is at the centre

en: Color _model
en_GB: Colour _model

en: This extension provides a set of basic examples to demonstrate how to create your own plug-ins. Each plug-in does the same thing, except it is developed in a different programming language. They all create a GTK dialog with a text view displaying their own code (hence also demonstrating how to package data) and a button which calls a GEGL operation on the active layer.
en_GB: This extension provides a set of basic examples to demonstrate how to create your own plug-ins. Each plug-in does the same thing, except it is developed in a different programming language. They all create a GTK dialogue with a text view displaying their own code (hence also demonstrating how to package data) and a button which calls a GEGL operation on the active layer.

en: Optimize (for _GIF)
en_GB: Optimise (for _GIF)

en: _Optimize (Difference)
en_GB: _Optimise (Difference)

en: _Unoptimize
en_GB: _Unoptimise

en: Remove optimization to make editing easier
en_GB: Remove optimisation to make editing easier

en: Unoptimizing animation
en_GB: Unoptimising animation

en: Optimizing animation
en_GB: Optimising animation

en: Set foreground to the average color of the image border
en_GB: Set foreground to the average colour of the image border

en: The average color of the specified border.
en_GB: The average colour of the specified border.

en: _Checkerboard (legacy)...
en_GB: _Chequerboard (legacy)...

en: Create a checkerboard pattern
en_GB: Create a chequerboard pattern

en: Size of the checks
en_GB: Size of the chequers

en: All gray
en_GB: All grey

en: R_earrange Colormap...
en_GB: R_earrange Colourmap...

en: Rearrange the colormap
en_GB: Rearrange the colourmap

en: This procedure takes an indexed image and lets you alter the positions of colors in the colormap without visually changing the image.
en_GB: This procedure takes an indexed image and lets you alter the positions of colours in the colourmap without visually changing the image.

en: Remap array for the colormap
en_GB: Remap array for the colourmap

en: _Swap Colors
en_GB: _Swap Colours

en: Swap two colors in the colormap
en_GB: Swap two colours in the colourmap

en: This procedure takes an indexed image and lets you swap the positions of two colors in the colormap without visually changing the image.
en_GB: This procedure takes an indexed image and lets you swap the positions of two colours in the colourmap without visually changing the image.

en: First index in the colormap
en_GB: First index in the colourmap

en: Second (other) index in the colormap
en_GB: Second (other) index in the colourmap

en: Rearrange Colors
en_GB: Rearrange Colours

en: Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap.
    The numbers shown are the original indices.
en_GB: Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colourmap.
    The numbers shown are the original indices.

en: Rearranging the colormap
en_GB: Rearranging the colourmap

en: Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels
en_GB: Create an image using multiple grey images as colour channels

en: This function creates a new image from multiple gray images
en_GB: This function creates a new image from multiple grey images

en: Compose an image from multiple drawables of gray images
en_GB: Compose an image from multiple drawables of grey images

en: This function creates a new image from multiple drawables of gray images
en_GB: This function creates a new image from multiple drawables of grey images

en: This function recombines the grayscale layers produced by Decompose into a single RGB or RGBA layer, and replaces the originally decomposed layer with the result.
en_GB: This function recombines the greyscale layers produced by Decompose into a single RGB or RGBA layer, and replaces the originally decomposed layer with the result.

en: The Retinex Image Enhancement Algorithm is an automatic image enhancement method that enhances a digital image in terms of dynamic range compression, color independence from the spectral distribution of the scene illuminant, and color/lightness rendition.
en_GB: The Retinex Image Enhancement Algorithm is an automatic image enhancement method that enhances a digital image in terms of dynamic range compression, colour independence from the spectral distribution of the scene illuminant, and colour/lightness rendition.

en: This plug-in bends the active layer. If there is a current selection it is copied to floating selection and the curve_bend distortion is done on the floating selection. If work_on_copy parameter is TRUE, the curve_bend distortion is done on a copy of the active layer (or floating selection). The upper and lower edges are bent in shape of 2 spline curves. Both (upper and lower) curves are determined by up to 17 points or by 256 Y-Values if curve_type == 1 (freehand mode). If rotation is not 0, the layer is rotated before and rotated back after the bend operation. This enables bending in other directions than vertical. Bending usually changes the size of the handled layer. This plug-in sets the offsets of the handled layer to keep its center at the same position.
en_GB: This plug-in bends the active layer. If there is a current selection it is copied to floating selection and the curve_bend distortion is done on the floating selection. If work_on_copy parameter is TRUE, the curve_bend distortion is done on a copy of the active layer (or floating selection). The upper and lower edges are bent in shape of 2 spline curves. Both (upper and lower) curves are determined by up to 17 points or by 256 Y-Values if curve_type == 1 (freehand mode). If rotation is not 0, the layer is rotated before and rotated back after the bend operation. This enables bending in other directions than vertical. Bending usually changes the size of the handled layer. This plug-in sets the offsets of the handled layer to keep its centre at the same position.

en: Decompose an image into separate colorspace components
en_GB: Decompose an image into separate colourspace components

en: _Foreground as registration color
en_GB: _Foreground as registration colour

en: When enabled, pixels in the foreground color will appear black in all output images. This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.
en_GB: When enabled, pixels in the foreground colour will appear black in all output images. This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.

en: Saves grayscale image in various text formats
en_GB: Saves greyscale image in various text formats

en: This plug-in uses aalib to save grayscale image as ascii art into a variety of text formats
en_GB: This plug-in uses aalib to save greyscale image as ascii art into a variety of text formats

en: '%s': illegal number of colors: %u
en_GB: '%s': illegal number of colours: %u

en: Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Exporting as opaque.
en_GB: Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Exporting as opaque.

en: Cannot export RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first.
en_GB: Cannot export RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or greyscale first.

en: global colormap
en_GB: global colourmap

en: local colormap
en_GB: local colourmap

en: This plug-in exports an image in the GIMP brush pipe format. For a colored brush pipe, RGBA layers are used, otherwise the layers should be grayscale masks. The image can be multi-layered, and additionally the layers can be divided into a rectangular array of brushes.
en_GB: This plug-in exports an image in the GIMP brush pipe format. For a coloured brush pipe, RGBA layers are used, otherwise the layers should be greyscale masks. The image can be multi-layered, and additionally the layers can be divided into a rectangular array of brushes.

en: Save color prof_ile
en_GB: Save colour prof_ile

en: Save the image's color profile
en_GB: Save the image's colour profile

en: Format of color sub-sampling
en_GB: Format of colour sub-sampling

en: If enabled GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically colored blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values.
en_GB: If enabled GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically coloured blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values.

en: Loads JPEG 2000 codestream. If the color space is set to UNKNOWN (0), we will try to guess, which is only possible for few spaces (such as grayscale). Most such calls will fail. You are rather expected to know the color space of your data.
en_GB: Loads JPEG 2000 codestream. If the colour space is set to UNKNOWN (0), we will try to guess, which is only possible for few spaces (such as greyscale). Most such calls will fail. You are rather expected to know the colour space of your data.

en: Color s_pace
en_GB: Colour s_pace

en: Failed to initialize decoder for '%s', out of memory?
en_GB: Failed to initialise decoder for '%s', out of memory?

en: Unknown color space in JP2 codestream '%s'.
en_GB: Unknown colour space in JP2 codestream '%s'.

en: Unsupported color space in JP2 image '%s'.
en_GB: Unsupported colour space in JP2 image '%s'.

en: Create a CMYK JPEG XL image using the soft-proofing color profile
en_GB: Create a CMYK JPEG XL image using the soft-proofing colour profile

en: Name of the color profile used for CMYK export.
en_GB: Name of the colour profile used for CMYK export.

en: Save _background color
en_GB: Save _background colour

en: Write bKGd (background color) chunk
en_GB: Write bKGd (background colour) chunk

en: _Fill transparent areas with background color
en_GB: _Fill transparent areas with background colour

en: Fill transparent areas with background color if layer has an alpha channel
en_GB: Fill transparent areas with background colour if layer has an alpha channel

en: Save color _values from transparent pixels
en_GB: Save colour _values from transparent pixels

en: Preserve color of completely transparent pixels
en_GB: Preserve colour of completely transparent pixels

en: _Optimize for smallest possible palette size
en_GB: _Optimise for smallest possible palette size

en: When checked, save as 1, 2, 4, or 8-bit depending on number of colors used. When unchecked, always save as 8-bit
en_GB: When checked, save as 1, 2, 4, or 8-bit depending on number of colours used. When unchecked, always save as 8-bit

en: 8 bpc GRAY
en_GB: 8 bpc GREY

en: 8 bpc GRAYA
en_GB: 8 bpc GREYA

en: 16 bpc GRAY
en_GB: 16 bpc GREY

en: 16 bpc GRAYA
en_GB: 16 bpc GREYA

en: Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'.
en_GB: Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'.

en: PGM exporting produces grayscale images without transparency.
en_GB: PGM exporting produces greyscale images without transparency.

en: Colorin_g
en_GB: Colourin_g

en: Import color format
en_GB: Import colour format

en: Error reading color block
en_GB: Error reading colour block

en: Error reading color palette
en_GB: Error reading colour palette

en: Error reading colorprofile chunk
en_GB: Error reading colourprofile chunk

en: Grayscale 2-bit
en_GB: Greyscale 2-bit

en: Grayscale 4-bit
en_GB: Greyscale 4-bit

en: Grayscale 8-bit
en_GB: Greyscale 8-bit

en: Grayscale 16-bit
en_GB: Greyscale 16-bit

en: Grayscale 32-bit
en_GB: Greyscale 32-bit

en: Grayscale-Alpha 8-bit
en_GB: Greyscale-Alpha 8-bit

en: Grayscale-Alpha 16-bit
en_GB: Greyscale-Alpha 16-bit

en: Grayscale-Alpha 32-bit
en_GB: Greyscale-Alpha 32-bit

en: How color pixel data are stored
en_GB: How colour pixel data are stored

en: The layout for the palette's color channels
en_GB: The layout for the palette's colour channels

en: Load Digital Elevation Model data in HGT format from the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission as images. Though the output image will be RGB, all colors are grayscale by default and the contrast will be quite low on most earth relief. Therefore you will likely want to remap elevation to colors as a second step, for instance with the "Gradient Map" plug-in.
en_GB: Load Digital Elevation Model data in HGT format from the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission as images. Though the output image will be RGB, all colours are greyscale by default and the contrast will be quite low on most earth relief. Therefore you will likely want to remap elevation to colours as a second step, for instance with the "Gradient Map" plug-in.

en: Could not read color entries from '%s'
en_GB: Could not read colour entries from '%s'

en: Type of colormap not supported
en_GB: Type of colourmap not supported

en: Load a file in X10 or X11 bitmap (XBM) file format. XBM is a lossless format for flat black-and-white (two color indexed) images.
en_GB: Load a file in X10 or X11 bitmap (XBM) file format. XBM is a lossless format for flat black-and-white (two colour indexed) images.

en: X10 or X11 bitmap (XBM) file format. XBM is a lossless format for flat black-and-white (two color indexed) images.
en_GB: X10 or X11 bitmap (XBM) file format. XBM is a lossless format for flat black-and-white (two colour indexed) images.

note: The image is not black-and-white.
en: The image which you are trying to export as an XBM contains more than two colors.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.
en_GB: The image which you are trying to export as an XBM contains more than two colours.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.

en: Lice_nse
en_GB: Lice_nce

en: License information
en_GB: Licence information

en: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Uncheck if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.
en_GB: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Untick if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.

en: Your cursor was successfully exported but it contains one or more frames whose nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.
    You can satisfy it by checking "Replace the size of all frames..." in the export dialog, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings.
en_GB: Your cursor was successfully exported but it contains one or more frames whose nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.
    You can satisfy it by ticking "Replace the size of all frames..." in the export dialogue, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings.

en: Load files in XPM (X11 Pixmap) format. XPM is a portable image format designed to be included in C source code. XLib provides utility functions to read this format. Newer code should however be using gdk-pixbuf-csource instead. XPM supports colored images, unlike the XBM format which XPM was designed to replace.
en_GB: Load files in XPM (X11 Pixmap) format. XPM is a portable image format designed to be included in C source code. XLib provides utility functions to read this format. Newer code should however be using gdk-pixbuf-csource instead. XPM supports coloured images, unlike the XBM format which XPM was designed to replace.

en: Export files in XPM (X11 Pixmap) format. XPM is a portable image format designed to be included in C source code. XLib provides utility functions to read this format. Newer code should however be using gdk-pixbuf-csource instead. XPM supports colored images, unlike the XBM format which XPM was designed to replace.
en_GB: Export files in XPM (X11 Pixmap) format. XPM is a portable image format designed to be included in C source code. XLib provides utility functions to read this format. Newer code should however be using gdk-pixbuf-csource instead. XPM supports coloured images, unlike the XBM format which XPM was designed to replace.

en: '%s':
    Illegal number of colormap entries: %u
en_GB: '%s':
    Illegal number of colourmap entries: %u

en: '%s':
    Number of colormap entries < number of colors
en_GB: '%s':
    Number of colourmap entries < number of colours

en: Can't read color entries
en_GB: Can't read colour entries

en: '%s':
    Invalid color map
en_GB: '%s':
    Invalid colour map

en: _Film color
en_GB: _Film colour

en: Color of the film
en_GB: Colour of the film

en: _Number color
en_GB: _Number colour

en: Color for numbers
en_GB: Colour for numbers

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active palette
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active palette

note: attach color selectors
en: Horizontal Color
en_GB: Horizontal Colour

en: Vertical Color
en_GB: Vertical Colour

en: Intersection Color
en_GB: Intersection Colour

en: _Sample Colorize...
en_GB: _Sample Colourise...

en: Colorize image using a sample image as a guide
en_GB: Colourise image using a sample image as a guide

en: Us_e subcolors
en_GB: Us_e subcolours

en: TRUE: Use all subcolors of same intensity, FALSE: Use only one color per intensity
en_GB: TRUE: Use all subcolours of same intensity, FALSE: Use only one colour per intensity

en: TRUE: guess samplecolors for the missing intensity values, FALSE: use only colors found in the sample
en_GB: TRUE: guess samplecolours for the missing intensity values, FALSE: use only colours found in the sample

en: Lowest sample color intensity
en_GB: Lowest sample colour intensity

en: Highest sample color intensity
en_GB: Highest sample colour intensity

note: check button
en: Show co_lor
en_GB: Show co_lour

note: check button
en: Show c_olor
en_GB: Show c_olour

en: Get _Sample Colors
en_GB: Get _Sample Colours

en: Sample analyze
en_GB: Sample analyse

en: Remap colorized
en_GB: Remap colourised

en: Derive a smooth color palette from the image
en_GB: Derive a smooth colour palette from the image

en: _Color type
en_GB: _Colour type

en: Color of sparkles
en_GB: Colour of sparkles

en: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is checked.
en_GB: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is ticked.

en: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimeters).
en_GB: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimetres).

en: Smears an image along vector paths calculated as the gradient of a separate control matrix. The effect can look like brushstrokes of acrylic or watercolor paint, in some cases.
en_GB: Smears an image along vector paths calculated as the gradient of a separate control matrix. The effect can look like brushstrokes of acrylic or watercolour paint, in some cases.

en: Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Disabling this option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file.
en_GB: Some applications can not read BMP images that include colour space information. GIMP writes colour space information by default. Disabling this option will cause GIMP to not write colour space information to the file.

en: Bad colormap
en_GB: Bad colourmap

en: _Write color space information
en_GB: _Write colour space information

en: Whether or not to write BITMAPV5HEADER color space data
en_GB: Whether or not to write BITMAPV5HEADER colour space data

en: Set _transparent color
en_GB: Set _transparent colour

en: Make an indexed color transparent
en_GB: Make an indexed colour transparent

en: Index of transparent color or -1 to disable (for indexed images only).
en_GB: Index of transparent colour or -1 to disable (for indexed images only).

en: Use sRG_B colorspace
en_GB: Use sRG_B colourspace

en: Use sRGB colorspace for gamma correction
en_GB: Use sRGB colourspace for gamma correction

en: The image contains a single unknown channel.
    It has been converted to grayscale.
en_GB: The image contains a single unknown channel.
    It has been converted to greyscale.

en: Invalid header: unrecognized magic number!
en_GB: Invalid header: unrecognised magic number!

en: Error writing color map.
en_GB: Error writing colour map.

en: Optimi_ze
en_GB: Optimi_se

en: Use optimized tables during Huffman coding
en_GB: Use optimised tables during Huffman coding

en: Create a CMYK JPEG image using the soft-proofing color profile
en_GB: Create a CMYK JPEG image using the soft-proofing colour profile

en: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantization tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.
en_GB: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantisation tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.

en: Duotone color space information from the original
    imported image will be used.
en_GB: Duotone colour space information from the original
    imported image will be used.

en: Unsupported color mode: %s
en_GB: Unsupported colour mode: %s

en: Image will be imported as Grayscale.
    Duotone color space data has been saved
    and can be reapplied on export.
en_GB: Image will be imported as Greyscale.
    Duotone colour space data has been saved
    and can be reapplied on export.

en: Export a CMYK PSD image using the soft-proofing color profile
en_GB: Export a CMYK PSD image using the soft-proofing colour profile

en: Export as a Duotone PSD file if Duotone color space information was attached to the image when originally imported.
en_GB: Export as a Duotone PSD file if Duotone colour space information was attached to the image when originally imported.

en: Keep the color data masked by an alpha channel intact (do not store premultiplied components)
en_GB: Keep the colour data masked by an alpha channel intact (do not store premultiplied components)

en: Create a CMYK TIFF image using the soft-proofing color profile
en_GB: Create a CMYK TIFF image using the soft-proofing colour profile

en: This image has a linear color profile but it was not set on the first layer. The layers below layer # %d will be interpreted as non linear.
en_GB: This image has a linear colour profile but it was not set on the first layer. The layers below layer # %d will be interpreted as non linear.

en: This image has multiple color profiles. We will use the first one. If this leads to incorrect results you should consider loading each layer as a separate image.
en_GB: This image has multiple colour profiles. We will use the first one. If this leads to incorrect results you should consider loading each layer as a separate image.

en: Unknown resolution unit type %d, assuming dpi
en_GB: Unknown resolution unit type %d, assuming DPI

note: no res unit tag old AppleScan software produces these
en: Warning: resolution specified without unit type, assuming dpi
en_GB: Warning: resolution specified without unit type, assuming DPI

en: Could not get colormaps from '%s'
en_GB: Could not get colourmaps from '%s'

en: _Minimize output size (slower)
en_GB: _Minimise output size (slower)

en: Minimize output file size
en_GB: Minimise output file size

en: _Randomize
en_GB: _Randomise

en: Color_map:
en_GB: Colour_map:

en: Color Density
en_GB: Colour Density

en: Color mode
en_GB: Colour mode

en: Apply specified color map or active gradient to final image
en_GB: Apply specified colour map or active gradient to final image

en: _Number of colors
en_GB: _Number of colours

en: Number of Colors for mapping
en_GB: Number of Colours for mapping

en: C_enter of brush
en_GB: C_entre of brush

en: Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush
en_GB: Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush

en: Samples the color from the pixel in the center of the brush
en_GB: Samples the colour from the pixel in the centre of the brush

en: Color _noise:
en_GB: Colour _noise:

en: Adds random noise to the color
en_GB: Adds random noise to the colour

en: Solid colored background
en_GB: Solid coloured background

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke

en: Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image
en_GB: Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke

en: Cannot operate on indexed color images.
en_GB: Cannot operate on indexed colour images.

en: Recompute Center
en_GB: Recompute Centre

en: Released under the GNU General Public License
en_GB: Released under the GNU General Public Licence

en: Center _x:
en_GB: Centre _x:

en: Center _y:
en_GB: Centre _y:

en: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.
en_GB: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.

en: Resize area's?
en_GB: Resize areas?

en: Light source _color
en_GB: Light source _colour

en: Organization Identifier
en_GB: Organisation Identifier

en: The opaque handle of the window to set this plug-in's dialog transient to
en_GB: The opaque handle of the window to set this plug-in's dialogue transient to

en: Enter or edit GPS altitude value here.
    A valid value consists of one number:
    e.g. 100, or 12.24
    Depending on the selected measurement type the value should be entered in meter (m) or feet (ft)
    Delete all text to remove the current value.
en_GB: Enter or edit GPS altitude value here.
    A valid value consists of one number:
    e.g. 100, or 12.24
    Depending on the selected measurement type the value should be entered in metres (m) or feet (ft)
    Delete all text to remove the current value.

en: Digitized from a negative on film
en_GB: Digitised from a negative on film

en: Digitized from a positive on film
en_GB: Digitised from a positive on film

en: Digitized from a print on non-transparent medium
en_GB: Digitised from a print on non-transparent medium

en:  meter
en_GB:  metre

en: Color _Profile
en_GB: Colour _Profile

en: GDK initialization failed.
en_GB: GDK initialisation failed.

en: Reparametri_ze Improvement
en_GB: Reparametri_se Improvement

en: If reparameterization doesn't improve the fit by this much percent, stop doing it. Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterize.
en_GB: If reparameterisation doesn't improve the fit by this much percent, stop doing it. Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterise.

en: Repara_metrize Threshold
en_GB: Repara_metrise Threshold

en: Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterize.  This happens, for example, when we are trying to fit the outline of the outside of an 'O' with a single spline. The initial fit is not good enough for the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve it.  It may be that it would be better to detect the cases where we didn't find any corners.
en_GB: Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterise.  This happens, for example, when we are trying to fit the outline of the outside of an 'O' with a single spline. The initial fit is not good enough for the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve it.  It may be that it would be better to detect the cases where we didn't find any corners.

en: Save color _profile
en_GB: Save colour _profile

en: Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine
en_GB: Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine

en: Replace a range of colors with another
en_GB: Replace a range of colours with another

en: Blur neighboring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas
en_GB: Blur neighbouring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas

en: To Color
en_GB: To Colour

en: From Color
en_GB: From Colour

en: Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space.

en: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)
en_GB: ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)

en: Assign ICC Color Profile
en_GB: Assign ICC Colour Profile

en: Current Color Profile
en_GB: Current Colour Profile

en: Completely randomize a fraction of pixels
en_GB: Completely randomise a fraction of pixels

en: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors
en_GB: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours

en: Distort colors by random amounts
en_GB: Distort colours by random amounts

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale images

en: Convert to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert to Greyscale

en: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images

en: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or greyscale images

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale or indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale or indexed images

en: Save _Exif
en_GB: Save _EXIF

en: Save Exif (Exchangeable image file format) metadata
en_GB: Save EXIF (Exchangeable image file format) metadata

en: Save the ICC color profile as metadata
en_GB: Save the ICC colour profile as metadata

[ctx: add-mask-type]
en: _Grayscale copy of layer
en_GB: _Greyscale copy of layer

[ctx: channel-type]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: check-type]
en: Light checks
en_GB: Light chequers

[ctx: check-type]
en: Mid-tone checks
en_GB: Mid-tone chequers

[ctx: check-type]
en: Dark checks
en_GB: Dark chequers

[ctx: check-type]
en: Gray only
en_GB: Grey only

[ctx: check-type]
en: Custom checks
en_GB: Custom chequers

[ctx: color-tag]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: convert-palette-type]
en: Use web-optimized palette
en_GB: Use web-optimised palette

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Middle Gray (CIELAB)
en_GB: Middle Grey (CIELAB)

[ctx: gradient-segment-color]
en: HSV (counter-clockwise hue)
en_GB: HSV (anti-clockwise hue)

[ctx: gradient-segment-color]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "HSV (counter-clockwise hue)". Keep it short.
en: HSV (ccw)
en_GB: HSV (acw)

[ctx: gradient-type]
en: Spiral (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Spiral (anti-clockwise)

[ctx: gradient-type]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "Spiral (counter-clockwise)". Keep it short.
en: Spiral (ccw)
en_GB: Spiral (acw)

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: RGB color
en_GB: RGB colour

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Indexed color
en_GB: Indexed colour

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale-alpha
en_GB: Greyscale-alpha

[ctx: join-style]
en: Miter
en_GB: Mitre

[ctx: text-justification]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

en: Invalid Exif data size.
en_GB: Invalid EXIF data size.

en: Parsing Exif data failed.
en_GB: Parsing EXIF data failed.

[ctx: unit-plural]
en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

en: Data does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: Data does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: Could not save color profile to memory
en_GB: Could not save colour profile to memory

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: No color management
en_GB: No colour management

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: Color-managed display
en_GB: Colour-managed display

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Relative colorimetric
en_GB: Relative colourimetric

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute colourimetric

en: The color profile of your (primary) monitor.
en_GB: The colour profile of your (primary) monitor.

en: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.
en_GB: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.

en: The preferred RGB working space color profile. It will be offered next to the built-in RGB profile when a color profile can be chosen.
en_GB: The preferred RGB working space colour profile. It will be offered next to the built-in RGB profile when a colour profile can be chosen.

en: The preferred grayscale working space color profile. It will be offered next to the built-in grayscale profile when a color profile can be chosen.
en_GB: The preferred greyscale working space colour profile. It will be offered next to the built-in greyscale profile when a colour profile can be chosen.

en: The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.
en_GB: The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.

en: The color profile to use for soft-proofing from your image's color space to some other color space, including soft-proofing to a printer or other output device profile.
en_GB: The colour profile to use for soft-proofing from your image's colour space to some other colour space, including soft-proofing to a printer or other output device profile.

en: How colors are converted from your image's color space to your display device. Relative colorimetric is usually the best choice. Unless you use a LUT monitor profile (most monitor profiles are matrix), choosing perceptual intent really gives you relative colorimetric.
en_GB: How colours are converted from your image's colour space to your display device. Relative colourimetric is usually the best choice. Unless you use a LUT monitor profile (most monitor profiles are matrix), choosing perceptual intent really gives you relative colourimetric.

en: How colors are converted from your image's color space to the output simulation device (usually your monitor). Try them all and choose what looks the best.
en_GB: How colours are converted from your image's colour space to the output simulation device (usually your monitor). Try them all and choose what looks the best.

en: When enabled, the soft-proofing will mark colors which can not be represented in the target color space.
en_GB: When enabled, the soft-proofing will mark colours which can not be represented in the target colour space.

en: The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut.
en_GB: The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut.

en: When enabled, set the color scales to display 0...255 instead of percentages
en_GB: When enabled, set the colour scales to display 0...255 instead of percentages

en: When enabled, set the color scales to display HSV blend mode instead of LCh
en_GB: When enabled, set the colour scales to display HSV blend mode instead of LCh

en: Preferred grayscale profile
en_GB: Preferred greyscale profile

en: Optimize display color transformations
en_GB: Optimise display colour transformations

en: Optimize soft-proofing color transformations
en_GB: Optimise soft-proofing colour transformations

en: Out of gamut warning color
en_GB: Out of gamut warning colour

en: Color profile '%s' is not for GRAY color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for GRAY colour space.

en: Color profile '%s' is not for CMYK color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for CMYK colour space.

en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

en: Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS color names.
en_GB: Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS colour names.

en: Select color profile from disk...
en_GB: Select colour profile from disk...

en: Check Size
en_GB: Chequer Size

en: Check Style
en_GB: Chequer Style

en: Custom Checks Color 1
en_GB: Custom Chequers Colour 1

en: Custom Checks Color 2
en_GB: Custom Chequers Colour 2

en: RGB color model
en_GB: RGB colour model

en: CIE LCh color model
en_GB: CIE LCh colour model

en: HSV color model
en_GB: HSV colour model

en: CMYK color selector (using color profile)
en_GB: CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)

en: Watercolor style color selector
en_GB: Watercolour style colour selector

en: HSV color wheel
en_GB: HSV colour wheel

en: ACES RRT (RRT = Reference Rendering Transform). An HDR to SDR proof color display filter, using a luminance-only approximation of the ACES RRT, a pre-defined filmic look to be used before ODT (display or output space ICC profile)
en_GB: ACES RRT (RRT = Reference Rendering Transform). An HDR to SDR proof colour display filter, using a luminance-only approximation of the ACES RRT, a pre-defined filmic look to be used before ODT (display or output space ICC profile)

note: Translators: "Clip Warning" is the name of a (color) display filter * that highlights pixels outside of the color space range. * Shown as a label description.
en: Clip warning color display filter
en_GB: Clip warning colour display filter

en: Shadows warning color
en_GB: Shadows warning colour

en: Highlights warning color
en_GB: Highlights warning colour

en: Bogus warning color
en_GB: Bogus warning colour

en: Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)
en_GB: Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)

en: Color vision deficiency type
en_GB: Colour vision deficiency type

en: Gamma color display filter
en_GB: Gamma colour display filter

en: High Contrast color display filter
en_GB: High Contrast colour display filter

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: FG color fill
en_GB: FG colour fill

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: BG color fill
en_GB: BG colour fill

en: Show license information and exit
en_GB: Show licence information and exit

en: Do not load brushes, gradients, patterns, ...
en_GB: Do not load brushes, gradients, patterns, …

en: Send messages to console instead of using a dialog
en_GB: Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue

en: GIMP could not initialize the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.
en_GB: GIMP could not initialise the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.

en: GIMP output. You can minimize this window, but don't close it.
en_GB: GIMP output. You can minimise this window, but don't close it.

[ctx: brushes-action]
en: _Edit Brush...
en_GB: _Edit Brush…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: _Edit Channel Attributes...
en_GB: _Edit Channel Attributes…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Edit the channel's name, color and opacity
en_GB: Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity

[ctx: channels-action]
en: _New Channel...
en_GB: _New Channel…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Grey

en: Edit Channel Color
en_GB: Edit Channel Colour

en: New Channel Color
en_GB: New Channel Colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour…

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Edit this color
en_GB: Edit this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Delete Color...
en_GB: _Delete Colour...

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Delete this color
en_GB: Delete this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from FG
en_GB: _Add Colour from FG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current foreground color
en_GB: Add current foreground colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from BG
en_GB: _Add Colour from BG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current background color
en_GB: Add current background colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Select this Color
en_GB: _Select this Colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Select all pixels with this color
en_GB: Select all pixels with this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add all pixels with this color to the current selection
en_GB: Add all pixels with this colour to the current selection

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Subtract all pixels with this color from the current selection
en_GB: Subtract all pixels with this colour from the current selection

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Intersect all pixels with this color with the current selection
en_GB: Intersect all pixels with this colour with the current selection

[ctx: context-action]
en: _Default Colors
en_GB: _Default Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Set foreground color to black, background color to white
en_GB: Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white

[ctx: context-action]
en: S_wap Colors
en_GB: S_wap Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Exchange foreground and background colors
en_GB: Exchange foreground and background colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Palette
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Palette

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use First Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Last Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Previous Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Next Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Palette
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Palette

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use First Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Last Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Next Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Back Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Skip Back Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Forward Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Skip Forward Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use First Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Last Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Previous Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Next Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Back Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Skip Back Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Forward Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Skip Forward Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Color Back From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Skip Colour Back From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Color Forward From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Skip Colour Forward From Swatch

[ctx: cursor-info-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: dashboard-action]
en: _Start/Stop Recording...
en_GB: _Start/Stop Recording…

[ctx: dashboard-action]
en: _Add Marker...
en_GB: _Add Marker…

en: Invalidates the entire projection, measures the time it takes to validate (render) the part that is visible in the active display, and print the result to stdout.
en_GB: Invalidates the entire projection, measures the time it takes to validate (render) the part that is visible in the active display and print the result to stdout.

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Tool _Options Dialog
en_GB: Tool _Options Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the tool options dialog
en_GB: Open the tool options dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Device Status Dialog
en_GB: _Device Status Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the device status dialog
en_GB: Open the device status dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Symmetry Painting Dialog
en_GB: _Symmetry Painting Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the symmetry dialog
en_GB: Open the symmetry dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Layers Dialog
en_GB: _Layers Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the layers dialog
en_GB: Open the layers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Channels Dialog
en_GB: _Channels Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the channels dialog
en_GB: Open the channels dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Paths Dialog
en_GB: _Paths Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the paths dialog
en_GB: Open the paths dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Color_map Dialog
en_GB: Colour_map Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Color_map
en_GB: Colour_map

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the colormap dialog
en_GB: Open the colourmap dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Histogra_m Dialog
en_GB: Histogra_m Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the histogram dialog
en_GB: Open the histogram dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Na_vigation Dialog
en_GB: Na_vigation Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the display navigation dialog
en_GB: Open the display navigation dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Undo _History Dialog
en_GB: Undo _History Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the undo history dialog
en_GB: Open the undo history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Pointer Dialog
en_GB: _Pointer Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the pointer information dialog
en_GB: Open the pointer information dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Sample Points Dialog
en_GB: _Sample Points Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the sample points dialog
en_GB: Open the sample points dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Colo_rs Dialog
en_GB: Colou_rs Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Colo_rs
en_GB: Colou_rs

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the FG/BG color dialog
en_GB: Open the FG/BG colour dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Brushes Dialog
en_GB: _Brushes Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the brushes dialog
en_GB: Open the brushes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Paint D_ynamics Dialog
en_GB: Paint D_ynamics Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open paint dynamics dialog
en_GB: Open paint dynamics dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _MyPaint Brushes Dialog
en_GB: _MyPaint Brushes Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the mypaint brushes dialog
en_GB: Open the mypaint brushes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: P_atterns Dialog
en_GB: P_atterns Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the patterns dialog
en_GB: Open the patterns dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Gradients Dialog
en_GB: _Gradients Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the gradients dialog
en_GB: Open the gradients dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Pal_ettes Dialog
en_GB: Pal_ettes Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the palettes dialog
en_GB: Open the palettes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Tool Pre_sets Dialog
en_GB: Tool Pre_sets Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open tool presets dialog
en_GB: Open tool presets dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Fonts Dialog
en_GB: _Fonts Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the fonts dialog
en_GB: Open the fonts dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: B_uffers Dialog
en_GB: B_uffers Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the named buffers dialog
en_GB: Open the named buffers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Images Dialog
en_GB: _Images Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the images dialog
en_GB: Open the images dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Document Histor_y Dialog
en_GB: Document Histor_y Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the document history dialog
en_GB: Open the document history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Templates Dialog
en_GB: _Templates Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the image templates dialog
en_GB: Open the image templates dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the preferences dialog
en_GB: Open the preferences dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: _Modules Dialog
en_GB: _Modules Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the module manager dialog
en_GB: Open the module manager dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Welcome Dialog
en_GB: Welcome Dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Search commands by keyword, and run them
en_GB: Search commands by keyword and run them

[ctx: dock-action]
en: _Open Display...
en_GB: _Open Display…

[ctx: documents-action]
en: File Open _Dialog
en_GB: File Open _Dialogue

[ctx: documents-action]
en: Open image dialog
en_GB: Open image dialogue

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: _Equalize
en_GB: _Equalise

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

en: White Balance operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers.

[ctx: dynamics-action]
en: _Edit Dynamics...
en_GB: _Edit Dynamics…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Cu_t Named...
en_GB: Cu_t Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: _Copy Named...
en_GB: _Copy Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
note: GIMP_ICON_COPY_VISIBLE,
en: Copy _Visible Named...
en_GB: Copy _Visible Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: _Paste Named...
en_GB: _Paste Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with _FG Color
en_GB: Fill with _FG Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the foreground colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with B_G Color
en_GB: Fill with B_G Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the background color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the background colour

[ctx: error-console-action]
en: _Save Error Log to File...
en_GB: _Save Error Log to File…

[ctx: error-console-action]
en: Save S_election to File...
en_GB: Save S_election to File…

[ctx: file-action]
en: _Open...
en_GB: _Open…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Op_en as Layers...
en_GB: Op_en as Layers…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Open _Location...
en_GB: Open _Location…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Create _Template...
en_GB: Create _Template…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save _As...
en_GB: Save _As…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save a Cop_y...
en_GB: Save a Cop_y…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save and Close...
en_GB: Save and Close…

[ctx: file-action]
en: E_xport...
en_GB: E_xport…

[ctx: file-action]
en: E_xport As...
en_GB: E_xport As…

[ctx: file-action]
en: _Save...
en_GB: _Save…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color Enhance
en_GB: _Colour Enhance

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Alien Map...
en_GB: _Alien Map…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Apply Canvas...
en_GB: _Apply Canvas…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Apply _Lens...
en_GB: Apply _Lens…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Bayer Matrix...
en_GB: _Bayer Matrix…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Bloom...
en_GB: _Bloom…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: B_rightness-Contrast...
en_GB: B_rightness-Contrast…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Bump Map...
en_GB: _Bump Map…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color to Gray...
en_GB: _Colour to Grey…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Ca_rtoon...
en_GB: Ca_rtoon…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Channel Mixer...
en_GB: _Channel Mixer…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Checkerboard...
en_GB: _Checkerboard…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color _Balance...
en_GB: Colour _Balance…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color Exchange...
en_GB: _Colour Exchange…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Colori_ze...
en_GB: Colouri_se…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Dithe_r...
en_GB: Dithe_r…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Rotate Colors...
en_GB: _Rotate Colours…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color T_emperature...
en_GB: Colour T_emperature…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color to _Alpha...
en_GB: Colour to _Alpha…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Extract Component...
en_GB: _Extract Component…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Convolution Matrix...
en_GB: _Convolution Matrix…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Cubism...
en_GB: _Cubism…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Curves...
en_GB: _Curves…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Deinterlace...
en_GB: _Deinterlace…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Desaturate...
en_GB: _Desaturate…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Difference of _Gaussians...
en_GB: Difference of _Gaussians…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: D_iffraction Patterns...
en_GB: D_iffraction Patterns…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Displace...
en_GB: _Displace…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Distance _Map...
en_GB: Distance _Map…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Drop Shadow...
en_GB: _Drop Shadow…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Edge...
en_GB: _Edge…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Neon...
en_GB: _Neon…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Sobel...
en_GB: _Sobel…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Emboss...
en_GB: _Emboss…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: En_grave...
en_GB: En_grave…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: E_xposure...
en_GB: E_xposure…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Fattal et al. 2002...
en_GB: _Fattal et al. 2002…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Focus Blur...
en_GB: _Focus Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Fractal Trace...
en_GB: _Fractal Trace…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Gaussian Blur...
en_GB: _Gaussian Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Selective Gaussian Blur...
en_GB: _Selective Gaussian Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _GEGL Graph...
en_GB: _GEGL Graph…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Grid...
en_GB: _Grid…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _High Pass...
en_GB: _High Pass…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Hue-_Chroma...
en_GB: Hue-_Chroma…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Hue-_Saturation...
en_GB: Hue-_Saturation…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Illusion...
en_GB: _Illusion…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Image Gradient...
en_GB: _Image Gradient…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Kaleidoscope...
en_GB: _Kaleidoscope…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Le_ns Blur...
en_GB: Le_ns Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Le_ns Distortion...
en_GB: Le_ns Distortion…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Lens _Flare...
en_GB: Lens _Flare…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Levels...
en_GB: _Levels…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Linear Sinusoid...
en_GB: _Linear Sinusoid…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Little Planet...
en_GB: _Little Planet…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Long Shadow...
en_GB: _Long Shadow…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Mantiuk 2006...
en_GB: _Mantiuk 2006…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Maze...
en_GB: _Maze…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Mean C_urvature Blur...
en_GB: Mean C_urvature Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Median Blur...
en_GB: _Median Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Mono Mixer...
en_GB: _Mono Mixer…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Mosaic...
en_GB: _Mosaic…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Circular Motion Blur...
en_GB: _Circular Motion Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Linear Motion Blur...
en_GB: _Linear Motion Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Zoom Motion Blur...
en_GB: _Zoom Motion Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Cell Noise...
en_GB: _Cell Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Newsprint...
en_GB: _Newsprint…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _CIE lch Noise...
en_GB: _CIE lch Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: HS_V Noise...
en_GB: HS_V Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Hurl...
en_GB: _Hurl…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Perlin _Noise...
en_GB: Perlin _Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Pick...
en_GB: _Pick…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _RGB Noise...
en_GB: _RGB Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Noise R_eduction...
en_GB: Noise R_eduction…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Simplex Noise...
en_GB: _Simplex Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Slur...
en_GB: _Slur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Solid Noise...
en_GB: _Solid Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Sp_read...
en_GB: Sp_read…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Normal Map...
en_GB: _Normal Map…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Offset...
en_GB: _Offset…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Oili_fy...
en_GB: Oili_fy…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Panorama Projection...
en_GB: _Panorama Projection…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Photocopy...
en_GB: _Photocopy…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Pixelize...
en_GB: _Pixelise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Plasma...
en_GB: _Plasma…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: P_olar Coordinates...
en_GB: P_olar Coordinates…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Posterize...
en_GB: _Posterise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Recursive Transform...
en_GB: _Recursive Transform…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Red Eye Removal...
en_GB: _Red Eye Removal…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Reinhard 2005...
en_GB: _Reinhard 2005…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: RGB _Clip...
en_GB: RGB _Clip…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Ripple...
en_GB: _Ripple…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Sat_uration...
en_GB: Sat_uration…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Semi-Flatten...
en_GB: _Semi-Flatten…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Sepia...
en_GB: _Sepia…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: S_hadows-Highlights...
en_GB: S_hadows-Highlights…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Shift...
en_GB: _Shift…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Sinus...
en_GB: _Sinus…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Simple Linear Iterative Clustering...
en_GB: _Simple Linear Iterative Clustering…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Symmetric Nearest Neighbor...
en_GB: _Symmetric Nearest Neighbour…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Softglow...
en_GB: _Softglow…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Spheri_ze...
en_GB: Spheri_se…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: S_piral...
en_GB: S_piral…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Stretch Contrast...
en_GB: _Stretch Contrast…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Stress...
en_GB: _Stress…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Super_nova...
en_GB: Super_nova…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Threshold...
en_GB: _Threshold…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Threshold Alpha...
en_GB: _Threshold Alpha…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Glass Tile...
en_GB: _Glass Tile…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Paper Tile...
en_GB: _Paper Tile…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Tile Seamless...
en_GB: _Tile Seamless…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Sharpen (_Unsharp Mask)...
en_GB: Sharpen (_Unsharp Mask)…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Value Propagate...
en_GB: _Value Propagate…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Variable Blur...
en_GB: _Variable Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Vi_deo Degradation...
en_GB: Vi_deo Degradation…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Vignette...
en_GB: _Vignette…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Waterpixels...
en_GB: _Waterpixels…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Waves...
en_GB: _Waves…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: W_hirl and Pinch...
en_GB: W_hirl and Pinch…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: W_ind...
en_GB: W_ind…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Show the last used filter dialog again
en_GB: Show the last used filter dialogue again

en: There are no last settings for '%s', showing the filter dialog instead.
en_GB: There are no last settings for '%s', showing the filter dialogue instead.

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Left Color Type
en_GB: Left Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Load Left Color From
en_GB: _Load Left Colour From

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Save Left Color To
en_GB: _Save Left Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Right Color Type
en_GB: Right Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Load Right Color Fr_om
en_GB: Load Right Colour Fr_om

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Sa_ve Right Color To
en_GB: Sa_ve Right Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: L_eft Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: L_eft Endpoint's Colour…

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: R_ight Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: R_ight Endpoint's Colour…

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Recenter
en_GB: Recentre

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors
en_GB: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colours

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint
en_GB: _Left Neighbour's Right Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint
en_GB: _Right Neighbour's Left Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: F_oreground Color
en_GB: F_oreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: Fo_reground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: Fo_reground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: B_ackground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: B_ackground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-coloring]
en: HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)
en_GB: HSV (_anti-clockwise hue)

en: Coloring _Type for Segment
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Segment

en: _Replicate Segment...
en_GB: _Replicate Segment…

en: Split Segment _Uniformly...
en_GB: Split Segment _Uniformly…

en: Re-_center Segment's Midpoint
en_GB: Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint

en: Coloring _Type for Selection
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Selection

en: _Replicate Selection...
en_GB: _Replicate Selection…

en: Split Segments _Uniformly...
en_GB: Split Segments _Uniformly…

en: Re-_center Midpoints in Selection
en_GB: Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection

[ctx: gradients-action]
en: Save as _POV-Ray...
en_GB: Save as _POV-Ray…

[ctx: gradients-action]
en: _Edit Gradient...
en_GB: _Edit Gradient…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _New...
en_GB: _New…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Assign Color Profile...
en_GB: _Assign Colour Profile…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Set a color profile on the image
en_GB: Set a colour profile on the image

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Convert to Color Profile...
en_GB: _Convert to Colour Profile…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Apply a color profile to the image
en_GB: Apply a colour profile to the image

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Discard Color Profile
en_GB: _Discard Colour Profile

[ctx: image-action]
en: Remove the image's color profile
en_GB: Remove the image's colour profile

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Save Color Profile to File...
en_GB: _Save Colour Profile to File…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Save the image's color profile to an ICC file
en_GB: Save the image's colour profile to an ICC file

[ctx: image-action]
en: Can_vas Size...
en_GB: Can_vas Size…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Print Size...
en_GB: _Print Size…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Scale Image...
en_GB: _Scale Image…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Merge Visible _Layers...
en_GB: Merge Visible _Layers…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Configure G_rid...
en_GB: Configure G_rid…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Temporarily use an sRGB profile for the image. This is the same as discarding the image's color profile, but allows to easily restore the profile.
en_GB: Temporarily use an sRGB profile for the image. This is the same as discarding the image's colour profile, but allows to easily restore the profile.

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to the RGB colorspace
en_GB: Convert the image to the RGB colourspace

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Grayscale
en_GB: _Greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to grayscale
en_GB: Convert the image to greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Indexed...
en_GB: _Indexed…

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to indexed colors
en_GB: Convert the image to indexed colours

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to non-linear gamma from the color profile
en_GB: Convert the image to non-linear gamma from the colour profile

[ctx: image-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: _Relative Colourimetric

[ctx: image-action]
en: Soft-proofing rendering intent is relative colorimetric
en_GB: Soft-proofing rendering intent is relative colourimetric

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: _Absolute Colourimetric

[ctx: image-action]
en: Soft-proofing rendering intent is absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Soft-proofing rendering intent is absolute colourimetric

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _RGB...
en_GB: _RGB…

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Grayscale...
en_GB: _Greyscale…

en: Saving color profile failed: %s
en_GB: Saving colour profile failed: %s

en: Save Color Profile
en_GB: Save Colour Profile

en: Converting to grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Converting to greyscale (%s)

en: Converting to indexed colors
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _Edit Layer Attributes...
en_GB: _Edit Layer Attributes…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _New Layer...
en_GB: _New Layer…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Merge _Visible Layers...
en_GB: Merge _Visible Layers…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer B_oundary Size...
en_GB: Layer B_oundary Size…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _Scale Layer...
en_GB: _Scale Layer…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Add La_yer Masks...
en_GB: Add La_yer Masks…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: RGB (from color profile)
en_GB: RGB (from colour profile)

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Blend Space: RGB (from color profile)
en_GB: Layer Blend Space: RGB (from colour profile)

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Composite Space: RGB (from color profile)
en_GB: Layer Composite Space: RGB (from colour profile)

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Grey

en: New layer group | New layer groups
en_GB[0]: New Layer _Group
en_GB[1]: New layer group

[ctx: mypaint-brushes-action]
en: _Edit MyPaint Brush...
en_GB: _Edit MyPaint Brush…

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour…

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Delete Color
en_GB: _Delete Colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _FG
en_GB: New Colour from _FG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the foreground color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the foreground colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _BG
en_GB: New Colour from _BG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the background color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the background colour

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Import Palette...
en_GB: _Import Palette…

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Merge Palettes...
en_GB: _Merge Palettes…

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Edit Palette...
en_GB: _Edit Palette…

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: paths-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Grey

[ctx: patterns-action]
en: _Edit Pattern...
en_GB: _Edit Pattern…

[ctx: quick-mask-action]
en: _Configure Color and Opacity...
en_GB: _Configure Colour and Opacity…

en: Edit Quick Mask Color
en_GB: Edit Quick Mask Colour

[ctx: sample-points-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: select-action]
en: Fea_ther...
en_GB: Fea_ther…

[ctx: select-action]
en: Remove fuzziness from the selection
en_GB: Remove fuzzyness from the selection

[ctx: select-action]
en: S_hrink...
en_GB: S_hrink…

[ctx: select-action]
en: _Grow...
en_GB: _Grow…

[ctx: select-action]
en: Bo_rder...
en_GB: Bo_rder…

[ctx: select-action]
en: _Fill Selection Outline...
en_GB: _Fill Selection Outline…

[ctx: select-action]
en: _Stroke Selection...
en_GB: _Stroke Selection…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: _New Template...
en_GB: _New Template…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: D_uplicate Template...
en_GB: D_uplicate Template…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: _Edit Template...
en_GB: _Edit Template…

[ctx: text-tool-action]
en: _Open text file...
en_GB: _Open text file…

[ctx: tool-options-action]
en: _New Tool Preset...
en_GB: _New Tool Preset…

[ctx: tool-presets-action]
en: _Edit Tool Preset...
en_GB: _Edit Tool Preset…

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _By Color
en_GB: _By Colour

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select regions with similar colours

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _Arbitrary Rotation...
en_GB: _Arbitrary Rotation…

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Opacity: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Opacity: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Opacity: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Opacity: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Size: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Size: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Size: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Size: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Angle: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Angle: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Angle: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Angle: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Spacing: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Spacing: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Spacing: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Spacing: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Hardness: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Hardness: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Hardness: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Hardness: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Force: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Force: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Force: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Force: Maximise

[ctx: view-action]
en: C_enter Image in Window
en_GB: C_entre Image in Window

[ctx: view-action]
en: Scroll the image so that it is centered in the window
en_GB: Scroll the image so that it is centred in the window

[ctx: view-action]
en: Othe_r rotation angle...
en_GB: Othe_r rotation angle…

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display _Filters...
en_GB: Display _Filters…

[ctx: view-action]
en: Reset color management to what's configured in preferences
en_GB: Reset colour management to what's configured in preferences

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Open Display...
en_GB: _Open Display…

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Color-Manage this View
en_GB: _Colour-Manage this View

[ctx: view-action]
en: Use color management for this view
en_GB: Use colour management for this view

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Proof Colors
en_GB: _Proof Colours

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Mark Out Of Gamut Colors
en_GB: _Mark Out Of Gamut Colours

[ctx: view-action]
en: When soft-proofing, mark colors which cannot be represented in the target color space
en_GB: When soft-proofing, mark colours which cannot be represented in the target colour space

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display the image's color sample points
en_GB: Display the image's colour sample points

[ctx: view-zoom-action]
en: Othe_r zoom factor...
en_GB: Othe_r zoom factor…

[ctx: view-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: view-action]
en: Rotate 15° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 15° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: _Relative Colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display rendering intent is relative colorimetric
en_GB: Display rendering intent is relative colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: _Absolute Colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display rendering intent is absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Display rendering intent is absolute colourimetric

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the current theme's background color
en_GB: Use the current theme's background colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Light Check Color
en_GB: _Light Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the light check color
en_GB: Use the light check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Dark Check Color
en_GB: _Dark Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the dark check color
en_GB: Use the dark check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Custom Color...
en_GB: _Custom Colour…

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use an arbitrary color
en_GB: Use an arbitrary colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences
en_GB: Reset padding colour to what's configured in preferences

en: Set Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Canvas Padding Colour

en: Set Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour

[ctx: windows-action]
en: When enabled, docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows.
en_GB: When enabled, docks and other dialogues are hidden, leaving only image windows.

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Light check color
en_GB: Light check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Dark check color
en_GB: Dark check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

[ctx: theme-scheme]
en: Light Colors
en_GB: Light Colours

[ctx: theme-scheme]
en: Middle Gray
en_GB: Middle Grey

[ctx: theme-scheme]
en: Dark Colors
en_GB: Dark Colours

en: Transparency custom color 1
en_GB: Transparency custom colour 1

en: Transparency custom color 2
en_GB: Transparency custom colour 2

en: Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom color.
en_GB: Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom colour.

en: What to do when opening a file with an embedded ICC color profile.
en_GB: What to do when opening a file with an embedded ICC colour profile.

en: Sets the default folder path for all color profile file dialogs.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for all colour profile file dialogues.

en: Show advanced color options in filter tools.
en_GB: Show advanced colour options in filter tools.

en: When promoting imported images to floating point precision, also add minimal noise in order to distribute color values a bit.
en_GB: When promoting imported images to floating point precision, also add minimal noise in order to distribute colour values a bit.

en: Export the image's color profile by default.
en_GB: Export the image's colour profile by default.

en: If enabled, the move tool sets the edited layer or path as active.  This used to be the default behavior in older versions.
en_GB: If enabled, the move tool sets the edited layer or path as active.  This used to be the default behaviour in older versions.

en: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialog are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.
en_GB: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialogue are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.

en: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogs.
en_GB: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogues.

en: Sets the default quick mask color.
en_GB: Sets the default quick mask colour.

en: Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions.
en_GB: Remember the current tool, pattern, colour and brush across GIMP sessions.

en: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits.
en_GB: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits.

en: When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.
en_GB: When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.

en: Chooses the color scheme variant of the theme.
en_GB: Chooses the colour scheme variant of the theme.

en: Sets the default rendering intent for the 'Convert to Color Profile' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default rendering intent for the 'Convert to Colour Profile' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Black Point Compensation' state for the 'Convert to Color Profile' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Black Point Compensation' state for the 'Convert to Colour Profile' dialogue.

en: Sets the default layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default text layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default text layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default channel dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default channel dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default palette type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default palette type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default maximum number of colors for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default maximum number of colours for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Remove duplicate colors' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Remove duplicate colours' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default dithering type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default dithering type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Dither alpha' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Dither alpha' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Dither text layers' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Dither text layers' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default set of layers to resize for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default set of layers to resize for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Resize text layers' state for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Resize text layers' state for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default layer name for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default layer name for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default mode for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default mode for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default blend space for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default blend space for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default composite space for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default composite space for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default composite mode for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default composite mode for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default opacity for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default opacity for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'Layer Boundary Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'Layer Boundary Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default mask for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default mask for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'invert mask' state for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'invert mask' state for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialogue.

en: Sets the default merge type for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default merge type for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Active group only' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Active group only' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Discard invisible' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Discard invisible' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default channel name for the 'New Channel' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default channel name for the 'New Channel' dialogue.

en: Sets the default color and opacity for the 'New Channel' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default colour and opacity for the 'New Channel' dialogue.

en: Sets the default path name for the 'New Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default path name for the 'New Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default folder path for the 'Export Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for the 'Export Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Export the selected paths' state for the 'Export Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Export the selected paths' state for the 'Export Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default folder path for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Merge imported paths' state for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Merge imported paths' state for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Scale imported paths to fit size' state for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Scale imported paths to fit size' state for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default feather radius for the 'Feather Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default feather radius for the 'Feather Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Feather Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Feather Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default grow radius for the 'Grow Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default grow radius for the 'Grow Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default shrink radius for the 'Shrink Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default shrink radius for the 'Shrink Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Shrink Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Shrink Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default border radius for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default border radius for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default border style for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default border style for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog.
en_GB: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue.

en: The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.
en_GB: The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.

en: Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox.
en_GB: Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox.

en: The first color to use in the transparency checkerboard, when Transparency Type is set to Custom colors.
en_GB: The first colour to use in the transparency chequerboard, when Transparency Type is set to Custom colours.

en: The second color to use in the transparency checkerboard, when Transparency Type is set to Custom colors.
en_GB: The second colour to use in the transparency chequerboard, when Transparency Type is set to Custom colours.

en: Sets the size of the checkerboard used to display transparency.
en_GB: Sets the size of the chequerboard used to display transparency.

[ctx: alignment-type]
en: Center horizontally
en_GB: Centre horizontally

[ctx: alignment-type]
en: Center vertically
en_GB: Centre vertically

[ctx: color-pick-mode]
en: Grayscale (%)
en_GB: Greyscale (%)

[ctx: color-profile-policy]
en: Convert to built-in sRGB or grayscale profile
en_GB: Convert to built-in sRGB or greyscale profile

[ctx: color-profile-policy]
en: Convert to preferred RGB or grayscale profile (defaulting to built-in)
en_GB: Convert to preferred RGB or greyscale profile (defaulting to built-in)

[ctx: convert-dither-type]
en: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)
en_GB: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced colour bleeding)

[ctx: dynamics-output-type]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: custom-style]
en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

[ctx: fill-style]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: fill-style]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Foreground color (transparent)
en_GB: Foreground colour (transparent)

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Background color (transparent)
en_GB: Background colour (transparent)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Colormap remapping
en_GB: Colourmap remapping

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Hide/Unhide color profile
en_GB: Hide/Unhide colour profile

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Item color tag
en_GB: Item colour tag

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Channel color
en_GB: Channel colour

en: FG to BG (HSV Counter-Clockwise)
en_GB: FG to BG (HSV Anti-Clockwise)

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the * C in it according to the name of the po file used for * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, * that would be "tags-locale:lt".
en: tags-locale:C
en_GB: tags-locale:en_GB

en: Copying file '%s' from '%s'...
en_GB: Copying file '%s' from '%s'…

en: Creating folder '%s'...
en_GB: Creating folder '%s'…

en: Fatal parse error in brush file:
    Unsupported brush depth %d
    GIMP brushes must be GRAY or RGBA.
en_GB: Fatal parse error in brush file:
    Unsupported brush depth %d
    GIMP brushes must be GREY or RGBA.

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Select by Indexed Color
en_GB: Select by Indexed Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Channel Color
en_GB: Set Channel Colour

en: Loading fonts (this may take a while...)
en_GB: Loading fonts (this may take a while…)

en: You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder could not be created: "%s"
    
    Please check your configuration in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writeable data folder configured (%s), but this folder could not be created: "%s"
    
    Please check your configuration in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

en: You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writeable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences dialogue’s 'Folders' section.

en: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

en: Rasterize filters
en_GB: Rasterise filters

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Middle Gray (CIELAB) Color
en_GB: Fill with Middle Grey (CIELAB) Colour

en: The foreground color of the grid.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the grid.

en: The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.
en_GB: The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.

en: Storing color tags in path was added in %s
en_GB: Storing colour tags in path was added in %s

en: ICC profile validation failed: Color profile is not for grayscale color space
en_GB: ICC profile validation failed: Colour profile is not for greyscale colour space

en: ICC profile validation failed: Color profile is not for RGB color space
en_GB: ICC profile validation failed: Colour profile is not for RGB colour space

en: Assigning color profile
en_GB: Assigning colour profile

en: Discarding color profile
en_GB: Discarding colour profile

en: Assign color profile
en_GB: Assign colour profile

en: Discard color profile
en_GB: Discard colour profile

en: Color profile conversion
en_GB: Colour profile conversion

en: Colormap of Image #%d (%s)
en_GB: Colourmap of Image #%d (%s)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Colormap
en_GB: Set Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Unset Colormap
en_GB: Unset Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Change Colormap entry
en_GB: Change Colourmap entry

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Add Color to Colormap
en_GB: Add Colour to Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Delete Colormap entry
en_GB: Delete Colourmap entry

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Convert Image to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert Image to Greyscale

en: Select transparent pixels instead of gray ones
en_GB: Select transparent pixels instead of grey ones

en: Failed to deserialize MyPaint brush.
en_GB: Failed to deserialise MyPaint brush.

en: Reading palette file '%s': Read %d colors from truncated file: %s
en_GB: Reading palette file '%s': Read %d colours from truncated file: %s

en: Invalid number of colors in palette.
en_GB: Invalid number of colours in palette.

en: Invalid number of colors: %s.
en_GB: Invalid number of colours: %s.

en: Invalid ACB palette color space.
en_GB: Invalid ACB palette colour space.

en: Invalid color components: %s.
en_GB: Invalid colour components: %s.

en: Invalid ASE color entry: %s.
en_GB: Invalid ASE colour entry: %s.

en: History Color
en_GB: History Colour

en: Unsupported pattern depth %d.
    GIMP Patterns must be GRAY or RGB.
en_GB: Unsupported pattern depth %d.
    GIMP Patterns must be GREY or RGB.

en: Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point.
en_GB: Convert a mitred join to a bevelled join if the mitre would extend to a distance of more than mitre-limit * line-width from the actual join point.

en: Center abscissa
en_GB: Centre abscissa

en: Center ordinate
en_GB: Centre ordinate

en: Initialize from _selection
en_GB: Initialise from _selection

en: Assign a color profile to the image
en_GB: Assign a colour profile to the image

en: Convert the image to a color profile
en_GB: Convert the image to a colour profile

en: Grayscale Conversion
en_GB: Greyscale Conversion

en: Convert Image to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert Image to Greyscale

en: New Color Profile
en_GB: New Colour Profile

en: Convert the image to the built-in grayscale color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the built-in greyscale colour profile?

en: Convert the image to the built-in sRGB color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the built-in sRGB colour profile?

en: Keep the image's color profile
en_GB: Keep the image's colour profile

en: The image '%s' has an embedded color profile
en_GB: The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile

en: Convert the image to the preferred grayscale color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the preferred greyscale colour profile?

en: Convert the image to the preferred RGB color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the preferred RGB colour profile?

en: Your choice can later be edited in Preferences > Color Management
en_GB: Your choice can later be edited in Preferences > Colour Management

en: Indexed Color Conversion
en_GB: Indexed Colour Conversion

en: Convert Image to Indexed Colors
en_GB: Convert Image to Indexed Colours

en: _Maximum number of colors:
en_GB: _Maximum number of colours:

en: _Remove unused and duplicate colors from colormap
en_GB: _Remove unused and duplicate colours from colourmap

en: Color _dithering:
en_GB: Colour _dithering:

en: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors.
en_GB: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours.

en: FG/BG Color
en_GB: FG/BG Colour

en: You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.

en: Take me to the Save dialog
en_GB: Take me to the Save dialogue

en: You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.

en: Take me to the Export dialog
en_GB: Take me to the Export dialogue

en: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum new image size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum new image size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: C_olor Profile
en_GB: C_olour Profile

en: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: Color tag:
en_GB: Colour tag:

en: Initialize Layer Mask to:
en_GB: Initialise Layer Mask to:

note: The # of colors
en: N_umber of colors:
en_GB: N_umber of colours:

en: The selected source contains no colors.
en_GB: The selected source contains no colours.

en: Custom p_adding color:
en_GB: Custom p_adding colour:

en: Select Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour

en: We hope you will never need these settings, but as all software, GIMP has bugs, and crashes can occur. If it happens, you can help us by reporting bugs.
en_GB: We hope you will never need these settings, but as all software, GIMP has bugs and crashes can occur. If it happens, you can help us by reporting bugs.

en: R_eset Color Management
en_GB: R_eset Colour Management

en: Select Monitor Color Profile
en_GB: Select Monitor Colour Profile

en: Precision / Color Fidelity
en_GB: Precision / Colour Fidelity

en: _Optimize image display for:
en_GB: _Optimise image display for:

en: O_ptimize soft-proofing for:
en_GB: O_ptimise soft-proofing for:

en: Mar_k out of gamut colors
en_GB: Mar_k out of gamut colours

en: Select Warning Color
en_GB: Select Warning Colour

en: Select Preferred RGB Color Profile
en_GB: Select Preferred RGB Colour Profile

en: Select Preferred Grayscale Color Profile
en_GB: Select Preferred Greyscale Colour Profile

en: _Grayscale profile:
en_GB: _Greyscale profile:

en: Select CMYK Color Profile
en_GB: Select CMYK Colour Profile

en: _File Open behavior:
en_GB: _File Open behaviour:

en: Color _profile policy:
en_GB: Colour _profile policy:

en: Export the i_mage's color profile by default
en_GB: Export the i_mage's colour profile by default

en: Quick Mask color:
en_GB: Quick Mask colour:

en: Set the default Quick Mask color
en_GB: Set the default Quick Mask colour

en: Configure _Keyboard Shortcuts...
en_GB: Configure _Keyboard Shortcuts…

en: Show _foreground & background color
en_GB: Show _foreground & background colour

en: Reset Dialog _Defaults
en_GB: Reset Dialogue _Defaults

note: Color profile import dialog
en: Color Profile Import Dialog
en_GB: Colour Profile Import Dialogue

en: Color profile policy:
en_GB: Colour profile policy:

note: All color profile chooser dialogs
en: Color Profile File Dialogs
en_GB: Colour Profile File Dialogues

en: Select Default Folder for Color Profiles
en_GB: Select Default Folder for Colour Profiles

note: Convert to Color Profile Dialog
en: Convert to Color Profile Dialog
en_GB: Convert to Colour Profile Dialogue

note: Convert Precision Dialog
en: Precision Conversion Dialog
en_GB: Precision Conversion Dialogue

note: Convert Indexed Dialog
en: Indexed Conversion Dialog
en_GB: Indexed Colour Dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  111 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: qtplugins/applycolors/chargedialog.ui:20 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colormapLabel) i18n: file: qtplugins/surfaces/surfacedialog.ui:143 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Colormap:
en_GB: Colourmap:

en: Maximum number of colors:
en_GB: Maximum number of colours:

en: Remove unused and duplicate colors from colormap
en_GB: Remove unused and duplicate colours from colourmap

en: Color dithering:
en_GB: Colour dithering:

note: Canvas Size Dialog
en: Canvas Size Dialog
en_GB: Canvas Size Dialogue

note: New Layer Dialog
en: New Layer Dialog
en_GB: New Layer Dialogue

note: Layer Boundary Size Dialog
en: Layer Boundary Size Dialog
en_GB: Layer Boundary Size Dialogue

note: Add Layer Mask Dialog
en: Add Layer Mask Dialog
en_GB: Add Layer Mask Dialogue

note: Merge Layers Dialog
en: Merge Layers Dialog
en_GB: Merge Layers Dialogue

note: New Channel Dialog
en: New Channel Dialog
en_GB: New Channel Dialogue

en: Color and opacity:
en_GB: Colour and opacity:

en: Default New Channel Color and Opacity
en_GB: Default New Channel Colour and Opacity

note: New Path Dialog
en: New Path Dialog
en_GB: New Path Dialogue

note: Export Path Dialog
en: Export Paths Dialog
en_GB: Export Paths Dialogue

note: Import Path Dialog
en: Import Paths Dialog
en_GB: Import Paths Dialogue

note: Feather Selection Dialog
en: Feather Selection Dialog
en_GB: Feather Selection Dialogue

note: Grow Selection Dialog
en: Grow Selection Dialog
en_GB: Grow Selection Dialogue

note: Shrink Selection Dialog
en: Shrink Selection Dialog
en_GB: Shrink Selection Dialogue

note: Border Selection Dialog
en: Border Selection Dialog
en_GB: Border Selection Dialogue

note: Fill Options Dialog
en: Fill Selection Outline & Fill Path Dialogs
en_GB: Fill Selection Outline & Fill Path Dialogues

note: Stroke Options Dialog
en: Stroke Selection & Stroke Path Dialogs
en_GB: Stroke Selection & Stroke Path Dialogues

en: C_alibrate...
en_GB: C_alibrate…

en: Dra_g-to-zoom behavior:
en_GB: Dra_g-to-zoom behaviour:

en: Snapping Behavior
en_GB: Snapping Behaviour

en: Default Behavior in Normal Mode
en_GB: Default Behaviour in Normal Mode

en: Default Behavior in Fullscreen Mode
en_GB: Default Behaviour in Fullscreen Mode

note: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en_GB: Zoom & Resize Behaviour

en: Configure E_xtended Input Devices...
en_GB: Configure E_xtended Input Devices…

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to look for in the gimp-tips.xml file. Please translate the C in it according to the name of the po file used for gimp-tips.xml. E.g. for the german translation, that would be "tips-locale:de".
en: tips-locale:C
en_GB: tips-locale:en_GB

note: XXX: should we add API docs for plug-in developers once it's * properly set up? Welcome message: right
en: GIMP is Community Software under the GNU general public license v3.
    Want to contribute?
en_GB: GIMP is Community Software under the GNU general public licence v3.
    Want to contribute?

en: Show on Start (You can show the Welcome dialog again from the "Help" menu)
en_GB: Show on Start (You can show the Welcome dialogue again from the "Help" menu)

[ctx: guides-type]
en: Center lines
en_GB: Centre lines

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Drop color to layer
en_GB: Drop colour to layer

en: Color Display Filters
en_GB: Colour Display Filters

en: Configure Color Display Filters
en_GB: Configure Colour Display Filters

en: Othe_r (%s)...
en_GB: Othe_r (%s)…

en: _Proof Colors
en_GB: _Proof Colours

en: O_ptimize soft-proofing for:
en_GB: O_ptimise soft-proofing for:

en: _Mark Out of Gamut Colors
en_GB: _Mark Out of Gamut Colours

en: Grayscale-alpha
en_GB: Greyscale-alpha

[ctx: layer-color-space]
en: RGB (from color profile)
en_GB: RGB (from colour profile)

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: HSL Color (legacy)
en_GB: HSL Colour (legacy)

[ctx: layer-mode]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "HSL Color (legacy)". Keep it short.
en: HSL Color (l)
en_GB: HSL Colour (l)

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: Color erase (legacy)
en_GB: Colour erase (legacy)

[ctx: layer-mode]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "Color erase (legacy)". Keep it short.
en: Color erase (l)
en_GB: Colour erase (l)

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: LCh Color
en_GB: LCh Colour

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: HSL Color
en_GB: HSL Colour

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: Color erase
en_GB: Colour erase

en: Fill with plain color
en_GB: Fill with plain colour

en: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color
en_GB: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain colour

en: Adjust color distribution
en_GB: Adjust colour distribution

en: Colorize the image
en_GB: Colourise the image

en: Adjust color curves
en_GB: Adjust colour curves

en: Turn colors into shades of gray
en_GB: Turn colours into shades of grey

en: Adjust hue, saturation, and lightness
en_GB: Adjust hue, saturation and lightness

en: Reduce to a limited set of colors
en_GB: Reduce to a limited set of colours

en: Posterize levels
en_GB: Posterise levels

en: Replace partial transparency with a color
en_GB: Replace partial transparency with a colour

en: The color
en_GB: The colour

en: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold
en_GB: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold

en: Which color space to use when blending RGB gradient segments
en_GB: Which colour space to use when blending RGB gradient segments

en: The amount of brush color to blend
en_GB: The amount of brush colour to blend

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Colorize
en_GB: Colourise

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

en: Diagonal neighbors
en_GB: Diagonal neighbours

en: Initializing Plug-ins
en_GB: Initialising Plug-ins

en: Grayscale without alpha
en_GB: Greyscale without alpha

en: Grayscale with alpha
en_GB: Greyscale with alpha

en: Adjust Color Levels
en_GB: Adjust Colour Levels

en: Pick farthest full-transparency color
en_GB: Pick furthest full-transparency colour

en: Pick nearest full-opacity color
en_GB: Pick nearest full-opacity colour

en: Rotate matrix 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate matrix 90° anti-clockwise

en: Adjust all colors
en_GB: Adjust all colours

en: R_eset Color
en_GB: R_eset Colour

en: Choose from a list of common color temperatures
en_GB: Choose from a list of common colour temperatures

en: Pick color from the image
en_GB: Pick colour from the image

en: B_rightness-Contrast...
en_GB: B_rightness-Contrast…

en: Treat diagonally neighboring pixels as connected
en_GB: Treat diagonally neighbouring pixels as connected

en: Base fill opacity on color difference from the clicked pixel (see threshold) or on line  art borders. Disable antialiasing to fill the entire area uniformly.
en_GB: Base fill opacity on colour difference from the clicked pixel (see threshold) or on line art borders. Disable antialiasing to fill the entire area uniformly.

en: Maximum color difference
en_GB: Maximum colour difference

en: Consider pixels of selected layer and filled with the fill color as line art closure
en_GB: Consider pixels of selected layer and filled with the fill colour as line art closure

en: Criterion used for determining color similarity
en_GB: Criterion used for determining colour similarity

en: (computing...)
en_GB: (computing…)

en: Detect opacity rather than grayscale
en_GB: Detect opacity rather than greyscale

en: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern
en_GB: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern

en: Click in any image to pick the background color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the background colour

en: Click in any image to pick the foreground color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the foreground colour

en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours

en: _By Color Select
en_GB: _By Colour Select

[ctx: command]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Fill the original position
    of the cage with a color
en_GB: Fill the original position
    of the cage with a colour

en: Use merged color value from all composited visible layers
en_GB: Use merged colour value from all composited visible layers

en: Use averaged color value from nearby pixels
en_GB: Use averaged colour value from nearby pixels

en: Color Picker Average Radius
en_GB: Colour Picker Average Radius

en: Choose what the color picker will do
en_GB: Choose what the colour picker will do

en: Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view picked colour values in various colour models

en: Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels
en_GB: Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels

en: C_olor Picker
en_GB: C_olour Picker

en: Click in any image to view its color
en_GB: Click in any image to view its colour

en: Click in any image to add the color to the palette
en_GB: Click in any image to add the colour to the palette

en: Color Picker Information
en_GB: Colour Picker Information

en: _Curves...
en_GB: _Curves…

en: Adjust Color Curves
en_GB: Adjust Colour Curves

en: %s to pick a background color
en_GB: %s to pick a background colour

en: Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from selection
en_GB: Paint over areas to mark colour values for inclusion or exclusion from selection

en: Color of selection preview mask
en_GB: Colour of selection preview mask

en: Dialog for foreground select
en_GB: Dialogue for foreground select

en: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color
en_GB: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour

en: _GEGL Operation...
en_GB: _GEGL Operation…

en: The active gradient is non-writable and cannot be edited directly. Uncheck this option to edit a copy of it.
en_GB: The active gradient is non-writeable and cannot be edited directly. Untick this option to edit a copy of it.

en: Gradient Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient
en_GB: Gradient Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient

en: Change Endpoint Color
en_GB: Change Endpoint Colour

note: the color labels
en: Left color:
en_GB: Left colour:

en: Right color:
en_GB: Right colour:

en: Change Stop Color
en_GB: Change Stop Colour

en: Center midpoint
en_GB: Centre midpoint

en: _Levels...
en_GB: _Levels…

en: Pick gray point for all channels
en_GB: Pick grey point for all channels

en: Pick gray point for the selected channel
en_GB: Pick grey point for the selected channel

en: Calculating histogram...
en_GB: Calculating histogram…

en: Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view details about measurements

en: Move Tool: Move layers, selections, and other objects
en_GB: Move Tool: Move layers, selections and other objects

en: _Offset...
en_GB: _Offset…

en: %s to pick a color
en_GB: %s to pick a colour

en: Expand selection from center outwards
en_GB: Expand selection from centre outwards

en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

en: _Threshold...
en_GB: _Threshold…

en: Automatically adjust to optimal binarization threshold
en_GB: Automatically adjust to optimal binarisation threshold

en: Around center (%s)
en_GB: Around centre (%s)

en: Scale around the center point
en_GB: Scale around the centre point

en: Constrain movement to 45 degree angles from center (%s)
en_GB: Constrain movement to 45 degree angles from centre (%s)

en: Snap pivot to corners and center (%s)
en_GB: Snap pivot to corners and centre (%s)

en: Out-of-bounds sampling behavior
en_GB: Out-of-bounds sampling behaviour

[ctx: bucket-fill-area]
en: Fill similar colors
en_GB: Fill similar colours

[ctx: matting-preview-mode]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: matting-preview-mode]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: warp-behavior]
en: Swirl counter-clockwise
en_GB: Swirl anti-clockwise

en: Add the current color to the color history
en_GB: Add the current colour to the colour history

en: Edit colormap entry #%d
en_GB: Edit colourmap entry #%d

en: Edit Colormap Entry
en_GB: Edit Colourmap Entry

en: The color is used in this indexed image
en_GB: The colour is used in this indexed image

en: Color index:
en_GB: Colour index:

en: Only indexed images have a colormap.
en_GB: Only indexed images have a colourmap.

en: You can also close the dialog directly but reporting bugs is the best way to make your software awesome.
en_GB: You can also close the dialogue directly but reporting bugs is the best way to make your software awesome.

en: Resolving symbol information...
en_GB: Resolving symbol information…

en: Foreground: %d, %d, %d (in color space of "%s")
en_GB: Foreground: %d, %d, %d (in colour space of "%s")

en: Background: %d, %d, %d (in color space of "%s")
en_GB: Background: %d, %d, %d (in colour space of "%s")

en: When enabled, the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on.
en_GB: When enabled, the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working on.

en: Fill BG Color
en_GB: Fill BG Colour

en: Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Left Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour

en: Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Right Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour

en: Foreground color set to:
en_GB: Foreground colour set to:

en: Background color set to:
en_GB: Background colour set to:

en: Change grid foreground color
en_GB: Change grid foreground colour

en: _Foreground color:
en_GB: _Foreground colour:

en: Change grid background color
en_GB: Change grid background colour

en: Available manuals...
en_GB: Available manuals…

en: From Named Icons...
en_GB: From Named Icons…

en: Indexed color (monochrome) | Indexed color (%d colors)
en_GB[0]: Indexed colour (monochrome)
en_GB[1]: Indexed colour (%d colours)

en: Modifiers cannot be customized on the primary button.
en_GB: Modifiers cannot be customised on the primary button.

en: Detach dialog from canvas
en_GB: Detach dialogue from canvas

en: Edit Palette Color
en_GB: Edit Palette Colour

en: Edit Color Palette Entry
en_GB: Edit Colour Palette Entry

en: _Import Current Settings from File...
en_GB: _Import Current Settings from File…

en: _Export Current Settings to File...
en_GB: _Export Current Settings to File…

en: _Manage Saved Presets...
en_GB: _Manage Saved Presets…

en: _Miter limit:
en_GB: _Mitre limit:

en: Color _space:
en_GB: Colour _space:

en: Choose A Color Profile
en_GB: Choose A Colour Profile

en: Co_lor profile:
en_GB: Co_lour profile:

en: Choose A Soft-Proofing Color Profile
en_GB: Choose A Soft-Proofing Colour Profile

en: _Soft-proofing color profile:
en_GB: _Soft-proofing colour profile:

en: Change color of selected text
en_GB: Change colour of selected text

en: Creating preview...
en_GB: Creating preview…

en: Change Foreground Color
en_GB: Change Foreground Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  42 (AbiWord 2.9)  #-#-#-#-# DLG_Background_Title
en: Change Background Color
en_GB: Change Background Colour

en: The active foreground color.
    Click to open the color selection dialog.
en_GB: The active foreground colour.
    Click to open the colour selection dialogue.

en: The active background color.
    Click to open the color selection dialog.
en_GB: The active background colour.
    Click to open the colour selection dialogue.

en: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialog.
en_GB: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialogue.

en: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialog.
en_GB: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialogue.

en: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialog.
en_GB: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialogue.

en: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialog.
en_GB: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialogue.

en: Save Tool Preset...
en_GB: Save Tool Preset…

en: Restore Tool Preset...
en_GB: Restore Tool Preset…

en: Delete Tool Preset...
en_GB: Delete Tool Preset…

en: Open the brush selection dialog
en_GB: Open the brush selection dialogue

en: Open the dynamics selection dialog
en_GB: Open the dynamics selection dialogue

en: Open the MyPaint brush selection dialog
en_GB: Open the MyPaint brush selection dialogue

en: Open the pattern selection dialog
en_GB: Open the pattern selection dialogue

en: Open the gradient selection dialog
en_GB: Open the gradient selection dialogue

en: Open the palette selection dialog
en_GB: Open the palette selection dialogue

en: Open the font selection dialog
en_GB: Open the font selection dialogue

en: Built-in grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Built-in greyscale (%s)

en: Preferred grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Preferred greyscale (%s)

[ctx: color-pick-target]
en: Set foreground color
en_GB: Set foreground colour

[ctx: color-pick-target]
en: Set background color
en_GB: Set background colour

en: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colormaps correctly.
    Substituting grayscale map.
en_GB: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.
    Substituting greyscale map.

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Colormap Menu
en_GB: Colourmap Menu

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Color Management
en_GB: _Colour Management

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Padding Color
en_GB: _Padding Colour

[ctx: image-action]
en: Color Ma_nagement
en_GB: Colour Ma_nagement

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

[ctx: windows-action]
en: _Dockable Dialogs
en_GB: _Dockable Dialogues

en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

en: Start _minimized in the Notification Area
en_GB: Start _minimised in the Notification Area

en: Whether to show error message dialogs when auto-connecting of bookmarks fails
en_GB: Whether to show error message dialogues when auto-connecting of bookmarks fails

[ctx: ghostwriter::AppActions|]
en: Enables/disables the current theme's dark color scheme.
en_GB: Enables/disables the current theme's dark colour scheme.

[ctx: ghostwriter::AppActions|]
en: <p>Enables/disables the current theme's dark color scheme.</p><p>If the current theme does not support a dark color scheme, then this option will have no effect.</p>
en_GB: <p>Enables/disables the current theme's dark colour scheme.</p><p>If the current theme does not support a dark colour scheme, then this option will have no effect.</p>

[ctx: PreferencesDialog|]
en: Customize &matched characters…
en_GB: Customise &matched characters…

[ctx: ghostwriter::PreviewOptionsDialog|]
en: Markdown Flavor
en_GB: Markdown Flavour

[ctx: ghostwriter::SimpleFontDialog|]
en: Show only monospaced fonts
en_GB: Show only mono-spaced fonts

[ctx: ghostwriter::ThemeRepository|]
en: Could not delete theme at %1. Please try setting the file permissions to be writeable.
en_GB: Could not delete theme at %1. Please try setting the file permissions to be writable.

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon! Here, 'binary' means a binary file (not the base-2 numeric system).
en: binary;debug;
en_GB: binary;debug;ghex;hex;

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: Enter the offset byte to jump to. The default is decimal format, but other format strings are supported such as hexidecimal format, if C-style notation using the '0x' prefix is used. If your string is not recognized, a dialog will be presented explaining the valid formats of strings accepted.
en_GB: Enter the offset byte to jump to. The default is decimal format, but other format strings are supported such as hexadecimal format, if C-style notation using the '0x' prefix is used. If your string is not recognised, a dialogue will be presented explaining the valid formats of strings accepted.

en: Given two factorizations, give the factorization of the product, see Factorize
en_GB: Given two factorisations, give the factorisation of the product, see Factorise

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: ERROR: Probably corrupt stack!
en_GB: ERROR: Probably corrupted stack!

en: ERROR: Can't execute more things at once!
en_GB: ERROR: Can't execute anymore things at once!

en: Unevaluatable function type encountered!
en_GB: Encountered function type that can't be evaulated!

en: Variable 'i' used uninitialized.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).
en_GB: Variable 'i' used uninitialised.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised

en: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater than %d)
en_GB: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater then %d)

en: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public License for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: %s: argument must be greater than 2
en_GB: %s: argument must be greater then 2

en: Calculates the tan function
en_GB: Calculates the tangent function

en: Calculates the arctan function
en_GB: Calculates the arctangent function

en: Return factorization of a number as a matrix
en_GB: Return factorisation of a number as a matrix

en: Check if a matrix is nonnegative, that is if each element is nonnegative
en_GB: Check if a matrix is non-negative, that is if each element is non-negative

en: %s: argument number %d not a nonnegative integer
en_GB: %s: argument number %d not a non-negative integer

en: Display errors in a dialog
en_GB: Display errors in a dialogue

en: Display information messages in a dialog
en_GB: Display information messages in a dialogue

en: Readline helper died, weird.  Trying to recover, things may be odd.
en_GB: Readline helper died. Trying to recover, but things may be odd.

note: parent
en: Cannot find the library file, genius installation may be incorrect
en_GB: Cannot find the library file, Genius installation may be incorrect

en: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom by mouse again, close this window.
en_GB: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom with the mouse again, close this window.

note: Normalize the arrow length?
en: _Normalize arrow length (do not show size)
en_GB: _Normalise arrow length (do not show size)

en: %s: No color specified
en_GB: %s: No colour specified

en: Clear all the slopefield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the slope field solutions

en: Clear all the vectorfield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the vector field solutions

en: Normalize vectorfields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.
en_GB: Normalise vector fields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.

en: If to draw legends or not on line plots.
en_GB: Whether to draw legends on line plots.

en: Can't initialize plugin!
en_GB: Can't initialise plugin!

en: What color model used for the transformation
en_GB: What colour model used for the transformation

en: Heavily distort images colors by applying trigonometric functions to map color values.
en_GB: Heavily distort images colours by applying trigonometric functions to map colour values.

en: Two bevel effects in one place, Chamfer - which simulates lighting of chamfered 3D-edges, and Bump - the second make a 3D inflation effect by an emboss covering a blur. Both bevels benefit from color filled alpha defined shapes.
en_GB: Two bevel effects in one place, Chamfer - which simulates lighting of chamfered 3D-edges, and Bump - the second make a 3D inflation effect by an emboss covering a blur. Both bevels benefit from colour filled alpha defined shapes.

en: Like a gaussian blur; but where the contribution for each neighborhood pixel is also weighted by the color difference with the original center pixel.
en_GB: Like a gaussian blur; but where the contribution for each neighbourhood pixel is also weighted by the colour difference with the original centre pixel.

en: Blur resulting from averaging the colors of a square neighborhood.
en_GB: Blur resulting from averaging the colours of a square neighbourhood.

en: Changes the light level and contrast. This operation operates in linear light, 'contrast' is a scale factor around 50% gray, and 'brightness' a constant offset to apply after contrast scaling.
en_GB: Changes the light level and contrast. This operation operates in linear light, 'contrast' is a scale factor around 50% grey, and 'brightness' a constant offset to apply after contrast scaling.

en: Neighborhood taken into account, this is the radius in pixels taken into account when deciding which colors map to which gray values
en_GB: Neighbourhood taken into account, this is the radius in pixels taken into account when deciding which colours map to which grey values

en: Number of samples to do per iteration looking for the range of colors
en_GB: Number of samples to do per iteration looking for the range of colours

en: Color to grayscale conversion, uses envelopes formed with the STRESS approach to perform local color-difference preserving grayscale generation.
en_GB: Colour to greyscale conversion, uses envelopes formed with the STRESS approach to perform local colour-difference preserving greyscale generation.

en: The first cell color
en_GB: The first cell colour

en: The second cell color
en_GB: The second cell colour

en: Render a checkerboard pattern
en_GB: Render a chequerboard pattern

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: The color to render (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: The colour to render (defaults to 'black')

en: Generates a buffer entirely filled with the specified color, use gegl:crop to get smaller dimensions.
en_GB: Generates a buffer entirely filled with the specified colour, use gegl:crop to get smaller dimensions.

en: Color Assimilation Grid
en_GB: Colour Assimilation Grid

en: Turn image grayscale and overlay an oversaturated grid - through color assimilation happening in the human visual system, for some grid scales this produces the illusion that the grayscale grid cells themselves also have color.
en_GB: Turn image greyscale and overlay an oversaturated grid - through colour assimilation happening in the human visual system, for some grid scales this produces the illusion that the greyscale grid cells themselves also have colour.

en: Stretch color chroma to cover maximum possible range, keeping hue and lightness untouched.
en_GB: Stretch colour chroma to cover maximum possible range, keeping hue and lightness untouched.

en: The color to paint over the input
en_GB: The colour to paint over the input

en: Paint a color overlay over the input, preserving its transparency.
en_GB: Paint a colour overlay over the input, preserving its transparency.

en: Start angle of the source color range
en_GB: Start angle of the source colour range

en: End angle of the source color range
en_GB: End angle of the source colour range

en: Start angle of the destination color range
en_GB: Start angle of the destination colour range

en: End angle of the destination color range
en_GB: End angle of the destination colour range

en: Colors with a saturation less than this will treated as gray
en_GB: Colours with a saturation less than this will treated as grey

en: Treat as this: Gray colors from above source range will be treated as if they had this hue and saturation
    Change to this: Change gray colors to this hue and saturation
en_GB: Treat as this: Grey colours from above source range will be treated as if they had this hue and saturation
    Change to this: Change grey colours to this hue and saturation

en: Hue value for above gray settings
en_GB: Hue value for above grey settings

en: Saturation value for above gray settings
en_GB: Saturation value for above grey settings

en: Color Rotate
en_GB: Colour Rotate

en: Change the color temperature of the image, from an assumed original color temperature to an intended one.
en_GB: Change the colour temperature of the image, from an assumed original colour temperature to an intended one.

en: Color warp
en_GB: Colour warp

en: Warps the colors of an image between colors with weighted distortion factors, color pairs which are black to black get ignored when constructing the mapping.
en_GB: Warps the colours of an image between colours with weighted distortion factors, colour pairs which are black to black get ignored when constructing the mapping.

en: Extract a color model component
en_GB: Extract a colour model component

en: Adjusts the contrast of a grayscale image with a curve specifying contrast for intensity.
en_GB: Adjusts the contrast of a greyscale image with a curve specifying contrast for intensity.

en: Reduce the number of colors in the image, by reducing the levels per channel (colors and alpha). Different dithering methods can be specified to counteract quantization induced banding.
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours in the image, by reducing the levels per channel (colours and alpha). Different dithering methods can be specified to counteract quantisation induced banding.

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: The shadow's color (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: The shadow's colour (defaults to 'black')

en: Discretization bits
en_GB: Discretisation bits

en: Log2 of source's discretization steps
en_GB: Log2 of source's discretisation steps

en: Global color saturation factor
en_GB: Global colour saturation factor

en: How the gaussian kernel is discretized
en_GB: How the gaussian kernel is discretised

en: Performs an averaging of neighboring pixels with the normal distribution as weighting
en_GB: Performs an averaging of neighbouring pixels with the normal distribution as weighting

en: Make Gray
en_GB: Make Grey

en: Turns the image grayscale
en_GB: Turns the image greyscale

en: Color of the grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the grid lines

en: GEGL graph visualizer.
en_GB: GEGL graph visualiser.

en: The color at (x1, y1)
en_GB: The colour at (x1, y1)

en: The color at (x2, y2)
en_GB: The colour at (x2, y2)

en: Thresholding level, 0.5 towards 0 to minimize shadows and towards 1.0 to minimize highlights.
en_GB: Thresholding level, 0.5 towards 0 to minimise shadows and towards 1.0 to minimise highlights.

en: Applies a threshold using the local neighborhood.
en_GB: Applies a threshold using the local neighbourhood.

en: Regularize geometry at a speed proportional to the local mean curvature value
en_GB: Regularise geometry at a speed proportional to the local mean curvature value

en: Neighborhood type
en_GB: Neighbourhood type

en: Neighborhood radius, a negative value will calculate with inverted percentiles
en_GB: Neighbourhood radius, a negative value will calculate with inverted percentiles

en: Neighborhood color percentile
en_GB: Neighbourhood colour percentile

en: Neighborhood alpha percentile
en_GB: Neighbourhood alpha percentile

en: Avoid clipping and quantization (slower)
en_GB: Avoid clipping and quantisation (slower)

en: Blur resulting from computing the median color in the neighborhood of each pixel.
en_GB: Blur resulting from computing the median colour in the neighbourhood of each pixel.

en: position of symmetry center in output
en_GB: position of symmetry centre in output

en: X axis ratio for the center of mirroring
en_GB: X axis ratio for the centre of mirroring

en: Y axis ratio for the center of mirroring
en_GB: Y axis ratio for the centre of mirroring

en: Hardcoded characteristic curve and color data
en_GB: Hardcoded characteristic curve and colour data

en: Increase red contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually color papers)
en_GB: Increase red contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually colour papers)

en: Increase contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually color papers)
en_GB: Increase contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually colour papers)

en: Increase blue contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually color papers)
en_GB: Increase blue contrast for papers with fixed contrast (usually colour papers)

en: Simulate a film enlargement in an analog darkroom.
en_GB: Simulate a film enlargement in an analogue darkroom.

en: How much of common gray to pull out of CMY
en_GB: How much of common grey to pull out of CMY

note: rename to wave-pinch or period-pinch?
en: Color saturation dependent compression of period
en_GB: Colour saturation dependent compression of period

en: Multiplication factor for desired rotation of the local space for texture, the way this is computed makes it weak for desaturated colors and possibly stronger where there is color.
en_GB: Multiplication factor for desired rotation of the local space for texture, the way this is computed makes it weak for desaturated colours and possibly stronger where there is colour.

en: Fill each cell with a random color
en_GB: Fill each cell with a random colour

en: Randomize lightness, chroma and hue independently
en_GB: Randomise lightness, chroma and hue independently

en: Randomize hue, saturation and value independently
en_GB: Randomise hue, saturation and value independently

en: Operate on linearized RGB color data
en_GB: Operate on linearised RGB colour data

en: Color used to fill the background
en_GB: Colour used to fill the background

en: Simplify image into an array of solid-colored rectangles
en_GB: Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured rectangles

en: Reduces the number of levels in each color component of the image.
en_GB: Reduces the number of levels in each colour component of the image.

en: Color to render
en_GB: Colour to render

en: A rectangular source of a fixed size with a solid color
en_GB: A rectangular source of a fixed size with a solid colour

en: Color to fade transformed images towards, with a rate depending on its alpha
en_GB: Colour to fade transformed images towards, with a rate depending on its alpha

en: Adaptation to color variation across the image
en_GB: Adaptation to colour variation across the image

en: Noise reducing edge preserving blur filter based on Symmetric Nearest Neighbors
en_GB: Noise reducing edge preserving blur filter based on Symmetric Nearest Neighbours

en: Neighborhood taken into account, for enhancement ideal values are close to the longest side of the image, increasing this increases the runtime
en_GB: Neighbourhood taken into account, for enhancement ideal values are close to the longest side of the image, increasing this increases the runtime

en: Keep colors
en_GB: Keep colours

en: When set operate on gamma corrected values instead of linear RGB - acting like the old normalize filter in GIMP
en_GB: When set operate on gamma corrected values instead of linear RGB - acting like the old normalise filter in GIMP

en: Color, Outline and Shadow
en_GB: Colour, Outline and Shadow

note: Color Overlays GUI options begin here
en: Color overlay
en_GB: Colour overlay

en: Color overlay setting
en_GB: Colour overlay setting

en: Change the blend mode of the color overlay
en_GB: Change the blend mode of the colour overlay

en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

note: Shadow's GUI options begin here
en: Outline’s color
en_GB: Outline’s colour

en: Color of the outline (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: Colour of the outline (defaults to 'black')

en: Shadow/Glow’s color
en_GB: Shadow/Glow’s colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: The shadow’s color (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: The shadow’s colour (defaults to 'black')

en: This instructs the bevel to ignore image details if there is an image file overlay below it. It also allows bevel to work better when the user selects darker colors. The effect is noticeable on bump bevel but barely effects chamfer bevel
en_GB: This instructs the bevel to ignore image details if there is an image file overlay below it. It also allows bevel to work better when the user selects darker colours. The effect is noticeable on bump bevel but barely effects chamfer bevel

en: The color of the inner glow
en_GB: The colour of the inner glow

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_huerotate
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_huerotate

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_luminancetoalpha
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_luminancetoalpha

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_matrix
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_matrix

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_saturate
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_saturate

en: Unpremultiplies a buffer that contains pre-multiplied colors (but according to the babl format is not.)
en_GB: Unpremultiplies a buffer that contains pre-multiplied colours (but according to the babl format is not.)

en: Invert the value component, the result has the brightness inverted, keeping the color.
en_GB: Invert the value component, the result has the brightness inverted, keeping the colour.

en: Applies a vignette to an image. Simulates the luminance fall off at the edge of exposed film, and some other fuzzier border effects that can naturally occur with analog photography
en_GB: Applies a vignette to an image. Simulates the luminance fall off at the edge of exposed film, and some other fuzzier border effects that can naturally occur with analogue photography

en: Labels propagation by watershed transformation. Output buffer will keep the input format. Unlabelled pixels are marked with a given flag value (by default: last component with NULL value). The aux buffer is a "Y u8" image representing the priority levels (lower value is higher priority). If aux is absent, all labellized pixels have the same priority and propagated labels have a lower priority.
en_GB: Labels propagation by watershed transformation. Output buffer will keep the input format. Unlabelled pixels are marked with a given flag value (by default: last component with NULL value). The aux buffer is a "Y u8" image representing the priority levels (lower value is higher priority). If aux is absent, all labelled pixels have the same priority and propagated labels have a lower priority.

en: Number of computations for grayscale averaging
en_GB: Number of computations for greyscale averaging

en: Normalize output to range 0.0 to 1.0.
en_GB: Normalise output to range 0.0 to 1.0.

en: Swirl counter-clockwise
en_GB: Swirl anti-clockwise

en: Behavior of the op
en_GB: Behaviour of the op

en: Simulates a cartoon, its result is similar to a black felt pen drawing subsequently shaded with color. This is achieved by enhancing edges and darkening areas that are already distinctly darker than their neighborhood
en_GB: Simulates a cartoon, its result is similar to a black felt pen drawing subsequently shaded with colour. This is achieved by enhancing edges and darkening areas that are already distinctly darker than their neighbourhood

en: Remix colors; by defining relative contributions from source components.
en_GB: Remix colours; by defining relative contributions from source components.

en: The color to change.
en_GB: The colour to change.

en: Replacement color.
en_GB: Replacement colour.

en: Red threshold of the input color
en_GB: Red threshold of the input colour

en: Green threshold of the input color
en_GB: Green threshold of the input colour

en: Blue threshold of the input color
en_GB: Blue threshold of the input colour

en: Exchange color
en_GB: Exchange colour

en: Exchange one color with another, optionally setting a threshold to convert from one shade to another.
en_GB: Exchange one colour with another, optionally setting a threshold to convert from one shade to another.

en: The color to make transparent.
en_GB: The colour to make transparent.

en: The limit below which colors become transparent.
en_GB: The limit below which colours become transparent.

en: The limit above which colors remain opaque.
en_GB: The limit above which colours remain opaque.

en: Convert a specified color to transparency, works best with white.
en_GB: Convert a specified colour to transparency, works best with white.

en: The tiles' background color
en_GB: The tiles' background colour

en: Polarization
en_GB: Polarisation

en: Center the displacement around a specified point
en_GB: Centre the displacement around a specified point

en: X coordinate of the displacement center
en_GB: X coordinate of the displacement centre

en: Y coordinate of the displacement center
en_GB: Y coordinate of the displacement centre

en: Rendering of multiple different fractal systems, with configurable coloring options.
en_GB: Rendering of multiple different fractal systems, with configurable colouring options.

en: Effect center offset in X
en_GB: Effect centre offset in X

en: Effect center offset in Y
en_GB: Effect centre offset in Y

en: X coordinates of the flare center
en_GB: X coordinates of the flare centre

en: Y coordinates of the flare center
en_GB: Y coordinates of the flare centre

en: Magnitude of random color variations
en_GB: Magnitude of random colour variations

en: Tile color based on average of subsumed pixels
en_GB: Tile colour based on average of subsumed pixels

en: Joints color
en_GB: Joints colour

en: Mosaic is a filter which transforms an image into what appears to be a mosaic, composed of small primitives, each of constant color and of an approximate size.
en_GB: Mosaic is a filter which transforms an image into what appears to be a mosaic, composed of small primitives, each of constant colour and of an approximate size.

en: Shadows color adjustment
en_GB: Shadows colour adjustment

en: Highlights color adjustment
en_GB: Highlights colour adjustment

en: Area balance between the two colors
en_GB: Area balance between the two colours

en: X coordinates of the center of supernova
en_GB: X coordinates of the centre of supernova

en: Y coordinates of the center of supernova
en_GB: Y coordinates of the centre of supernova

en: The color of supernova.
en_GB: The colour of supernova.

en: This plug-in produces an effect like a supernova burst. The amount of the light effect is approximately in proportion to 1/r, where r is the distance from the center of the star.
en_GB: This plug-in produces an effect like a supernova burst. The amount of the light effect is approximately in proportion to 1/r, where r is the distance from the centre of the star.

en: Texturize Canvas
en_GB: Texturise Canvas

en: Centering of the tiles
en_GB: Centring of the tiles

en: The strength with which to propagate a pixel to its neighbors
en_GB: The strength with which to propagate a pixel to its neighbours

en: Color to use for the "Only color" and "Color to peaks" modes
en_GB: Colour to use for the "Only colour" and "Colour to peaks" modes

en: Whether to propagate a pixel's color
en_GB: Whether to propagate a pixel's colour

en: Propagate certain values to neighboring pixels. Erode and dilate any color or opacity.
en_GB: Propagate certain values to neighbouring pixels. Erode and dilate any colour or opacity.

en: Cast color space
en_GB: Cast colour space

en: Override the specified color space setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.
en_GB: Override the specified colour space setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.

en: Clone a buffer, this is the same as gegl:nop but can get special treatment to get more human readable references in serializations/UI.
en_GB: Clone a buffer, this is the same as gegl:nop but can get special treatment to get more human readable references in serialisations/UI.

en: Convert color space
en_GB: Convert colour space

en: set color space which subsequent babl-formats in the pipeline are created with, and the ICC profile potentially embedded for external color management, setting a pointer to a format overrides the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.
en_GB: set colour space which subsequent babl-formats in the pipeline are created with, and the ICC profile potentially embedded for external colour management, setting a pointer to a format overrides the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.

en: Unable to create output color profile
en_GB: Unable to create output colour profile

en: Unable to convert image to sRGB color space
en_GB: Unable to convert image to sRGB colour space

en: Use optimized huffman tables
en_GB: Use optimised huffman tables

en: Create a grayscale (monochrome) image
en_GB: Create a greyscale (monochrome) image

en: Converts the input from an ICC color profile to a well defined babl format. The buffer's data will then be correctly managed by GEGL for further processing.
en_GB: Converts the input from an ICC colour profile to a well defined babl format. The buffer's data will then be correctly managed by GEGL for further processing.

en: Color of paint to use for filling, use 0 opacity to disable filling
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for filling, use 0 opacity to disable filling

en: Color of paint to use for stroking
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for stroking

en: Color space to use for loaded data
en_GB: Colour space to use for loaded data

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: Color for the text (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: Colour for the text (defaults to 'black')

en: Alignment for multi-line text (0=Left, 1=Center, 2=Right)
en_GB: Alignment for multi-line text (0=Left, 1=Centre, 2=Right)

en: Color of paint to use for filling.
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for filling.

en: Color of paint to use for stroking.
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for stroking.

en: SVG blend operation color-burn (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA <= aA * aB: d = cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == 0 ? 1 : (aA * (cA * aB + cB * aA - aA * aB) / cA) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA))</code>)
en_GB: SVG blend operation colour-burn (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA <= aA * aB: d = cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == 0 ? 1 : (aA * (cA * aB + cB * aA - aA * aB) / cA) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA))</code>)

en: SVG blend operation color-dodge (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA >= aA * aB: d = aA * aB + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == aA ? 1 : cB * aA / (aA == 0 ? 1 : 1 - cA / aA)) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA)</code>)
en_GB: SVG blend operation colour-dodge (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA >= aA * aB: d = aA * aB + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == aA ? 1 : cB * aA / (aA == 0 ? 1 : 1 - cA / aA)) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA)</code>)

en: Horizontal justification 0.0 is left 0.5 centered and 1.0 right.
en_GB: Horizontal justification 0.0 is left 0.5 centred and 1.0 right.

en: Angle to rotate (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Angle to rotate (anti-clockwise)

en: Ignored. Always uses center of input buffer
en_GB: Ignored. Always uses centre of input buffer

en: Rotate on center
en_GB: Rotate on centre

en: Rotate the buffer around its center, taking care of possible offsets.
en_GB: Rotate the buffer around its centre, taking care of possible offsets.

en: Visualize Adjustment Mask
en_GB: Visualise Adjustment Mask

en: Parametric band equalizer for tuning frequency bands of image, the op provides abstracted input parameters that control two difference of gaussians driven band pass filters used as adjustments of the image signal.
en_GB: Parametric band equaliser for tuning frequency bands of image, the op provides abstracted input parameters that control two difference of gaussians driven band pass filters used as adjustments of the image signal.

en: Blur resulting from averaging the colors of a row neighborhood.
en_GB: Blur resulting from averaging the colours of a row neighbourhood.

en: Component separator color
en_GB: Component separator colour

en: Normalize output to the range [base,base + step]
en_GB: Normalise output to the range [base,base + step]

en: Fills each connected region of the input, separated from the rest of the input by a given color, with a unique color.
en_GB: Fills each connected region of the input, separated from the rest of the input by a given colour, with a unique colour.

en: Performs a grayscale2color demosaicing of an image, using bimedian interpolation.
en_GB: Performs a greyscale2colour demosaicing of an image, using bimedian interpolation.

en: Performs a naive grayscale2color demosaicing of an image, no interpolation.
en_GB: Performs a naive greeyscale2colour demosaicing of an image, no interpolation.

en: If you want center
en_GB: If you want centre

en: Lens center X
en_GB: Lens centre X

en: Coordinates of lens center
en_GB: Coordinates of lens centre

en: Lens center Y
en_GB: Lens centre Y

en: How far the hole is from the center of the moving gear. 100 means that the hole is at the gear's edge.
en_GB: How far the hole is from the centre of the moving gear. 100 means that the hole is at the gear's edge.

en: X coordinate of pattern center
en_GB: X coordinate of pattern centre

en: Y coordinate of pattern center
en_GB: Y coordinate of pattern centre

en: Unseeded region color
en_GB: Unseeded region colour

en: Paints each non-seed pixel with the color of the nearest seed pixel.
en_GB: Paints each non-seed pixel with the colour of the nearest seed pixel.

en: Color 4
en_GB: Colour 4

en: Color 5
en_GB: Colour 5

en: Applies a color gradient.
en_GB: Applies a colour gradient.

en: Raw image loader, wrapping dcraw with pipes, provides the raw bayer grid as grayscale, if the fileformat is .rawbayer it will use this loader instead of the normal dcraw loader, if the fileformat is .rawbayerS it will swap the returned 16bit numbers (the pnm loader is apparently buggy)
en_GB: Raw image loader, wrapping dcraw with pipes, provides the raw bayer grid as greyscale, if the fileformat is .rawbayer it will use this loader instead of the normal dcraw loader, if the fileformat is .rawbayerS it will swap the returned 16bit numbers (the pnm loader is apparently buggy)

en: Segment colors using K-means clustering
en_GB: Segment colours using K-means clustering

en: Hue selection center
en_GB: Hue selection centre

en: Center of Hue selection interval
en_GB: Centre of Hue selection interval

en: Optimize Dither
en_GB: Optimise Dither

en: Shuffles pixels, and quantization with neighbors to optimize dither, by shuffling neighboring pixels.
en_GB: Shuffles pixels, and quantisation with neighbours to optimise dither, by shuffling neighbouring pixels.

en: center weighted
en_GB: centre weighted

en: 1 chip color area
en_GB: 1 chip colour area

en: 2 chip color area
en_GB: 2 chip colour area

en: 3 chip color area
en_GB: 3 chip colour area

en: color sequential area
en_GB: colour sequential area

en: color sequential linear
en_GB: colour sequential linear

en: Date digitized
en_GB: Date digitised

en: Subsecond time digitized
en_GB: Subsecond time digitised

en: Color filter array pattern
en_GB: Colour filter array pattern

en: DateDigitized
en_GB: DateDigitised

en: Move to Trash...
en_GB: Move to Rubbish bin...

en: _Color Management
en_GB: _Colour Management

en: Rotate _counterclockwise 90°
en_GB: Rotate anti-_clockwise 90°

en: Rotate counterclockwise 90°
en_GB: Rotate anti-clockwise 90°

en: Image Rotate clockwise 90°
en_GB: Image Rotate anti-clockwise 90°

en: Toggle _grayscale
en_GB: Toggle _greyscale

en: Toggle grayscale
en_GB: Toggle greyscale

en: Use _color profiles
en_GB: Use _colour profiles

en: Use color profiles
en_GB: Use colour profiles

en: Click to enable color management
en_GB: Click to enable colour management

en: Color profiles not supported
en_GB: Colour profiles not supported

en: Sort by Exif date digitized
en_GB: Sort by Exif date digitised

en: Anaglyph Gray Red-Cyan
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Red-Cyan

en: Anaglyph Gray Green-Magenta
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Green-Magenta

en: Anaglyph Gray Yellow-Blue
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Yellow-Blue

en: Clear trash
en_GB: Clear Rubbish Bin

en: This will remove the trash contents.
en_GB: This will remove the Rubbish Bin contents.

en: Two pass rendering (apply HQ zoom and color correction in second pass)
en_GB: Two pass rendering (apply HQ zoom and colour correction in second pass)

en: Use custom border color in window mode
en_GB: Use custom border colour in window mode

en: Use custom border color in fullscreen mode
en_GB: Use custom border colour in fullscreen mode

en: Alpha channel color 1
en_GB: Alpha channel colour 1

en: Alpha channel color 2
en_GB: Alpha channel colour 2

en: Remember dialog window positions
en_GB: Remember dialogue window positions

en: Select color profile
en_GB: Select colour profile

en: Confirm move file to Trash
en_GB: Confirm file move to Rubbish bin

en: Use Geeqie trash location
en_GB: Use Geeqie Rubbish bin location

en: Use system Trash bin
en_GB: Use system Rubbish bin

en: Digitized
en_GB: Digitised

en: Unable to remove old file from trash folder
en_GB: Unable to remove old file from Rubbish Bin folder

en: Unable to access or create the trash folder.
    "%s"
en_GB: Unable to access or create the Rubbish Bin folder.
    "%s"

en: Using Geeqie Trash bin
    %s
en_GB: Using Geeqie Rubbish bin
    %s

en: Using system Trash bin
en_GB: Using system Rubbish bin

en: Pick a color from a dialog and insert its hexadecimal representation.
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue and insert its hexadecimal representation.

en: Pick _Color...
en_GB: Pick _Colour…

en: Pick a color from a dialog
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue

en: Type here to search...
en_GB: Type here to search…

en: Added edit point...
en_GB: Added edit point…

en: Column Mode...
en_GB: Column Mode…

en: Removed edit point...
en_GB: Removed edit point…

en: Cancelled column mode...
en_GB: Cancelled column mode…

en: _Manage saved sessions...
en_GB: _Manage saved sessions…

en: Synchronize between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.
en_GB: Synchronise between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.

en: The left margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The left margin, in millimetres.

en: The top margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The top margin, in millimetres.

en: The right margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The right margin, in millimetres.

en: The bottom margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The bottom margin, in millimetres.

en: List of candidate encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in the open/save file chooser. “CURRENT” represents the current locale encoding. Only recognized encodings are used. The default value is the empty list, in which case gedit will choose good defaults depending on the country and language.
en_GB: List of candidate encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in the open/save file chooser. “CURRENT” represents the current locale encoding. Only recognised encodings are used. The default value is the empty list, in which case gedit will choose good defaults depending on the country and language.

en: List of active plugins.
en_GB: List of active plug-ins.

en: Save changes to document “%s” before closing?
en_GB: Save changes to document “%s“ before closing?

en: The selected color scheme cannot be installed: %s
en_GB: The selected colour scheme cannot be installed: %s

en: Add Color Scheme
en_GB: Add Colour Scheme

en: Could not remove color scheme “%s”.
en_GB: Could not remove colour scheme “%s”.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Toggle insert / overwrite
en_GB: Toggle insert/overwrite

en: _Favorites
en_GB: _Favourites

en: The file “%s” cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The file “%s” cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: If TRUE the file browser plugin will view the directory of the first opened document given that the file browser hasn’t been used yet. (Thus this generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it with Nautilus, etc.)
en_GB: If TRUE the file browser plug-in will view the directory of the first opened document given that the file browser hasn’t been used yet. (Thus this generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it with Nautilus, etc.)

en: Command Color Text
en_GB: Command Colour Text

en: The command color text
en_GB: The command colour text

en: Error Color Text
en_GB: Error Colour Text

en: The error color text
en_GB: The error colour text

en: _Highlight Misspelled Words
en_GB: _Highlight Misspelt Words

en: Highlight misspelled words
en_GB: Highlight misspelt words

en: Default setting for highlight misspelled words.
en_GB: Default setting for highlight misspelt words.

en: Configure spell plugin
en_GB: Configure spell plug-in

en: Selected Text Color
en_GB: Selected Text Colour

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Change the text and background colors in gedit.
en_GB: Change the text and background colours in gedit.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Change the color scheme
en_GB: Change the colour scheme

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: <app>gedit</app> includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.
en_GB: <app>gedit</app> includes several different colour schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To change the color scheme:
en_GB: To change the colour scheme:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Font &amp; Colors</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Font &amp; Colours</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Choose your desired color scheme.
en_GB: Choose your desired colour scheme.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The new color scheme will be applied immediately.
en_GB: The new colour scheme will be applied immediately.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Use a Custom Color Scheme
en_GB: Use a Custom Colour Scheme

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.
en_GB: You can also use colour schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own colour schemes.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GtkSourceView/StyleSchemes">gedit wiki</link>.
en_GB: Instructions on how to install custom colour schemes, as well as examples of colour schemes that you can download and use, are available on the <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GtkSourceView/StyleSchemes">gedit wiki</link>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Font &amp; Colors</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Font &amp; Colours</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."
en_GB: Untick the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This will cause the <gui>Open</gui> dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click <gui>Open</gui>. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.
en_GB: This will cause the <gui>Open</gui> dialogue to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click <gui>Open</gui>. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To close the <gui>Open</gui> dialog without opening a file, click <gui>Cancel</gui>.
en_GB: To close the <gui>Open</gui> dialogue without opening a file, click <gui>Cancel</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Use plugins to customize how gedit works for you.
en_GB: Use plug-ins to customise how gedit works for you.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Configure and use gedit plugins
en_GB: Configure and use gedit plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can do more with <app>gedit</app> by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.
en_GB: You can do more with <app>gedit</app> by using plug-ins. Several plug-ins are installed by default, but a large number of other plug-ins are available separately.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. Install the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package to make these extra plugins available to <app>gedit</app>.
en_GB: Many Linux distributions make a group of these plug-ins available as a <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. Install the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package to make these extra plug-ins available to <app>gedit</app>.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Default gedit Plugins
en_GB: Default gedit Plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Additional gedit Plugins
en_GB: Additional gedit Plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Change Case</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: This plug-in helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Change Case</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Once the <em>Change Case</em> plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:
en_GB: Once the <em>Change Case</em> plug-in is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: If you have not highlighted any text, the <em>Change Case</em> feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the <em>Change Case</em> feature.
en_GB: If you have not highlighted any text, the <em>Change Case</em> feature will be greyed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the <em>Change Case</em> feature.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <em>Document Statistics</em> plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: The <em>Document Statistics</em> plug-in shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui> <gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.
en_GB: Once the plug-in is enabled, use it by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui> <gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <em>External Tools</em> plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends <app>gedit</app> by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing <app>gedit</app> to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the <app>External Tools</app> plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui> <gui>External Tools</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: The <em>External Tools</em> plug-in can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends <app>gedit</app> by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing <app>gedit</app> to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the <app>External Tools</app> plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui> <gui>External Tools</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Configure the external tools plugin
en_GB: Configure the external tools plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui><gui>Manage External Tools</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Once you have enabled the plug-in, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui><gui>Manage External Tools</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
en_GB: This plug-in is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plug-in with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Depending on how you use <app>gedit</app>, you may find it helpful to use the <app>File Browser panel</app> plugin. This plugin embeds a <app>file browser</app> in the side panel, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.
en_GB: Depending on how you use <app>gedit</app>, you may find it helpful to use the <app>File Browser panel</app> plug-in. This plug-in embeds a <app>file browser</app> in the side panel, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can enable the side panel by selecting <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>File Browser Panel</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: You can enable the side panel by selecting <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>File Browser Panel</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: As this name of this plugin suggests, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position.
en_GB: As this name of this plug-in suggests, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plug-in allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date/Time</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date/Time</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To use the plugin, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Tools</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date and Time…</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To use the plug-in, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Tools</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date and Time…</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: By default, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by pressing the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and selecting <guiseq> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plugins</gui><gui> Insert Date/Time</gui><gui style="button">Preferences</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: By default, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plug-in will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plug-in. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by pressing the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and selecting <guiseq> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui><gui> Insert Date/Time</gui><gui style="button">Preferences</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: How to install third-party plugins.
en_GB: How to install third-party plug-ins.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Additional gedit plugins
en_GB: Additional gedit plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default <app>gedit</app> plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. An online list of third-party plugins is <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit">kept here</link>.
en_GB: Installing third-party plug-ins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default <app>gedit</app> plug-ins, or even the extra plug-ins that are part of the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. An online list of third-party plug-ins is <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit">kept here</link>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.
en_GB: Installing a third-party plug-in involves downloading the plug-in, placing the plug-in files in the right directory, and activating the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like <app>git</app>, <app> bazaar</app>, or <app>subversion</app> to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.
en_GB: You can usually download a plug-in from the plug-in's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like <app>git</app>, <app> bazaar</app>, or <app>subversion</app> to copy a plug-in's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plug-in's documentation for information on getting the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Place the plugin files into the <file>/home/<var>username</var>/.local/share/gedit/plugins</file> directory.
en_GB: Place the plug-in files into the <file>/home/<var>username</var>/.local/share/gedit/plugins</file> directory.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem"> Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plugins</gui><gui>[Name of Plugin]</gui> </guiseq> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: After you have placed the plug-in files into the correct directory, the plug-in will appear in the Preferences menu. Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem"> Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui><gui>[Name of Plug-in]</gui> </guiseq> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.
en_GB: After you have enabled the plug-in, it should be available for you to use.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <app>Modelines</app> plugin allows <app>gedit</app> to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The <app>Modelines</app> plugin supports a subset of the options used by the <app>Emacs</app>, <app>Kate</app> and <app>Vim</app> text editors.
en_GB: The <app>Modelines</app> plug-in allows <app>gedit</app> to analyse the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The <app>Modelines</app> plug-in supports a subset of the options used by the <app>Emacs</app>, <app>Kate</app> and <app>Vim</app> text editors.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To enable the <app>Modelines</app> plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Modelines</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To enable the <app>Modelines</app> plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Modelines</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving <app>gedit</app>. To enable the Python console, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui> <gui>Python Console</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving <app>gedit</app>. To enable the Python console, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui> <gui>Python Console</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: If you have also enabled the <gui>Embeded Terminal</gui> plugin, the <gui>Python Console</gui> will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.
en_GB: If you have also enabled the <gui>Embedded Terminal</gui> plug-in, the <gui>Python Console</gui> will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: As the name of this plugin would imply, the <app>Quick Open</app> plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Quick Open</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: As the name of this plug-in would imply, the <app>Quick Open</app> plug-in helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Quick Open</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Once you have enabled the <app>Quick Open</app> plugin you can use it as follows:
en_GB: Once you have enabled the <app>Quick Open</app> plug-in you can use it as follows:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Open the <app>Quick Open</app> dialog box by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>O</key></keyseq>, or by selecting <gui style="menuitem">Quick Open…</gui>.
en_GB: Open the <app>Quick Open</app> dialogue box by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>O</key></keyseq>, or by selecting <gui style="menuitem">Quick Open…</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The <gui>Quick Open</gui> file dialog will appear.
en_GB: The <gui>Quick Open</gui> file dialogue will appear.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The root directory of the <app xref="gedit-plugins-file-browser">File Browser Panel</app> plugin
en_GB: The root directory of the <app xref="gedit-plugins-file-browser">File Browser Panel</app> plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Enable Snippets Plugin
en_GB: Enable Snippets Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To enable the <gui>Snippets</gui> plugin:
en_GB: To enable the <gui>Snippets</gui> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plugins</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Snippets</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Snippets</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.
en_GB: The Sort plug-in arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Enable Sort Plugin
en_GB: Enable Sort Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To enable the <app>Sort</app> plugin:
en_GB: To enable the <app>Sort</app> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Sort</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Sort</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Using Sort Plugin
en_GB: Using Sort Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To use the <gui>Sort</gui> plugin:
en_GB: To use the <gui>Sort</gui> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The <gui>Sort</gui> dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:
en_GB: The <gui>Sort</gui> dialogue will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialog under <gui style="group">Copies</gui>, check <gui style="checkbox">Reverse</gui>.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialogue under <gui style="group">Copies</gui>, tick <gui style="checkbox">Reverse</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialog under <gui style="group">Copies</gui> check <gui style="checkbox">Collate</gui>.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialogue under <gui style="group">Copies</gui> tick <gui style="checkbox">Collate</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab in the Print dialog choose <gui style="radiobutton">Pages</gui> from the <gui style="group">Range</gui> section.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab in the Print dialogue choose <gui style="radiobutton">Pages</gui> from the <gui style="group">Range</gui> section.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you are saving a new file, a dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.
en_GB: If you are saving a new file, a dialogue will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in <app>gedit</app> which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:
en_GB: The Spell-check feature is provided as a plug-in in <app>gedit</app> which can be enabled as required. To enable the plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Spell Checker</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Spell Checker</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: To have <app>gedit</app> automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">Tools</gui><gui style="menuitem">Highlight Misspelled Words</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To have <app>gedit</app> automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">Tools</gui><gui style="menuitem">Highlight Misspelt Words</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to <gui>Misspelled word:</gui>. You can choose from the following corrective actions:
en_GB: You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialogue. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to <gui>Misspelled word:</gui>. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Change</gui> substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with <em>a</em> chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Change</gui> substitutes the misspelt or unrecognised word with <em>a</em> chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Change all</gui> substitutes <em>all</em> misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Change all</gui> substitutes <em>all</em> misspelt or unrecognised words with the chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Add word</gui> allows you to add the current word to the <app>gedit</app> <gui>User dictionary</gui>. Adding custom words to the <gui>User dictionary</gui> will allow <app>gedit</app> to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Add word</gui> allows you to add the current word to the <app>gedit</app> <gui>User dictionary</gui>. Adding custom words to the <gui>User dictionary</gui> will allow <app>gedit</app> to recognise the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: <app>gedit</app> provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If <app>gedit</app> recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.
en_GB: <app>gedit</app> provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If <app>gedit</app> recognises the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Organize files in grouped tabs
en_GB: Organise files in grouped tabs

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you are working with multiple tabs in <app>gedit</app> you can group them, making it easier to keep your opened files organized. Adding a new tab group will divide the <app>gedit</app> window in two panes, open a new “Untitled Document” in the new pane, and make it active. You can open files into that tab group and move tabs from one tab group to another.
en_GB: If you are working with multiple tabs in <app>gedit</app> you can group them, making it easier to keep your opened files organised. Adding a new tab group will divide the <app>gedit</app> window in two panes, open a new “Untitled Document” in the new pane, and make it active. You can open files into that tab group and move tabs from one tab group to another.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: To move a tab into a new window when <app>gedit</app> is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
en_GB: To move a tab into a new window when <app>gedit</app> is maximised, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: gedit Plugins
en_GB: gedit Plug-ins

note: Translators: The application's summary / tagline
en: Send and receive email
en_GB: Send and receive e-mail

en: Geary is an email application built around conversations, for the GNOME 3 desktop. It allows you to read, find and send email with a straightforward, modern interface.
en_GB: Geary is an e-mail application built around conversations, for the GNOME 3 desktop. It allows you to read, find and send e-mail with a straightforward, modern interface.

en: Quick email account setup
en_GB: Quick e-mail account setup

en: True if the application window is maximized, false otherwise.
en_GB: True if the application window is maximised, false otherwise.

en: Enables shortcuts for email actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl> to emulate those used by Gmail.
en_GB: Enables shortcuts for e-mail actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl> to emulate those used by Gmail.

en: Whether to compose emails in HTML
en_GB: Whether to compose e-mails in HTML

en: True to compose emails in HTML; false for plain text.
en_GB: True to compose e-mails in HTML; false for plain text.

en: Undo sending email delay
en_GB: Undo sending e-mail delay

en: The number of seconds to wait before sending an email. Set to zero or less to disable.
en_GB: The number of seconds to wait before sending an e-mail. Set to zero or less to disable.

en: List of optional plugins
en_GB: List of optional plug-ins

en: Plugins listed here will be loaded on startup.
en_GB: Plug-ins listed here will be loaded on startup.

note: Translators: In-app notification label
en: Check your email address and password
en_GB: Check your e-mail address and password

note: Translators: Tooltip for adding a new email sender/from address's address to an account
en: Add a new sender email address
en_GB: Add a new sender e-mail address

en: Other email providers
en_GB: Other e-mail providers

note: Translators: This label describes an account preference.
en: Save draft email on server
en_GB: Save draft e-mail on server

note: Translators: This label describes an account preference.
en: Save sent email on server
en_GB: Save sent e-mail on server

note: / Command line option
en: Log IMAP network deserialization
en_GB: Log IMAP network deserialisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  420 (geary-0.4.1)  #-#-#-#-# / Command line option. "Normalization" can also be called / "synchronization".
en: Log folder normalization
en_GB: Log folder normalisation

note: / Notification title.
en: A problem occurred sending email for %s
en_GB: A problem occurred sending e-mail for %s

note: / Notification body
en: Email will not be sent until re-connected
en_GB: E-mail will not be sent until re-connected

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email sent to %s
en_GB: E-mail sent to %s

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s queued for delivery
en_GB: E-mail to %s queued for delivery

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s saved
en_GB: E-mail to %s saved

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s discarded
en_GB: E-mail to %s discarded

note: Translators: An info bar description label
en: You will not be able to send or receive email until re-connected.
en_GB: You will not be able to send or receive e-mail until re-connected.

note: / Translators: Preferences label
en: Use _single key email shortcuts
en_GB: Use _single key e-mail shortcuts

en: Enable keyboard shortcuts for email actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl>
en_GB: Enable keyboard shortcuts for e-mail actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl>

note: Translators: Info bar title for an outgoing account problem. String substitution is the account name
en: Geary encountered a problem sending email for %s.
en_GB: Geary encountered a problem sending e-mail for %s.

note: Translators: Tooltip used when an entry requires a valid email address to be entered, but one is not provided.
en: An email address is required
en_GB: An e-mail address is required

note: Translators: Tooltip used when an entry requires a valid email address to be entered, but the address is invalid.
en: Not a valid email address
en_GB: Not a valid e-mail address

en: Move conversation to Trash | Move conversations to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move conversation to Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: Move conversations to Wastebasket

note: / Translators: Context menu item
en: Move conversation to _Trash | Move conversations to _Trash
en_GB[0]: Move conversation to Was_tebasket
en_GB[1]: Move conversations to Was_tebasket

en: This email address may have been forged
en_GB: This e-mail address may have been forged

en: Email Templates
en_GB: E-mail Templates

en: Create reusable templates for sending email
en_GB: Create reusable templates for sending e-mail

en: Fill in and send email templates using a spreadsheet
en_GB: Fill in and send e-mail templates using a spreadsheet

en: Displays Unity Messaging Menu notifications for new email
en_GB: Displays Unity Messaging Menu notifications for new e-mail

en: Plays the desktop sent-mail sound when an email is sent
en_GB: Plays the desktop sent-mail sound when an e-mail is sent

note: #-#-#-#-#  420 (geary-0.4.1)  #-#-#-#-# / Verbose datetime format for 12-hour time, i.e. November 8, 2010 8:42 am / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-l:%M %P
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %-l:%M %P

note: / 12 hours format for datetime that a message being replied / to was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %l:%M %P
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %l:%M %P

note: / 24 hours format for the datetime that a message being / replied to was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %H:%M
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %H:%M

note: / Format for the datetime that a message being replied to / was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %X
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %X

[ctx: Outlook localised name]
note: The localised name(s) of the Trash folder name as used by MS Outlook/Exchange.
en: Deleted Items
en_GB: Deleted items

en: To get started, select an email provider below.
en_GB: To get started, select an e-mail provider below.

en: Removing an account will remove it from Geary and delete locally cached email data from your computer, but not from your service provider.
en_GB: Removing an account will remove it from Geary and delete locally cached e-mail data from your computer, but not from your service provider.

en: Change font color
en_GB: Change font colour

note: Title label on contact popover
en: Deceptive email address
en_GB: Deceptive e-mail address

note: Contact popover label
en: This email address is:
en_GB: This e-mail address is:

note: Translators: Menu item to move a single, specific message to the trash folder
en: Move message to _Trash
en_GB: Move message to Was_tebasket

en: The email sender may be leading you to the wrong web site.
en_GB: The e-mail sender may be leading you to the wrong web site.

en: Copy Email _Address
en_GB: Copy E-mail _Address

en: From <email>
en_GB: From <e-mail>

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Trash conversations
en_GB: Move conversations to Wastebasket

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Italicize text
en_GB: Italicise text

en: Shows a confirmation dialog on exit
en_GB: Shows a confirmation dialogue on exit

en: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogs
en_GB: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogues

en: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialog and there is no selection
en_GB: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialogue and there is no selection

en: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialog.
en_GB: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialogue.

en: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behavior is used.
en_GB: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behaviour is used.

en: Parenthesis ( )
en_GB: Brackets ( )

en: Auto-close parenthesis when typing an opening one
en_GB: Auto-close brackets when typing an opening one

en: Invert syntax highlighting colors
en_GB: Invert syntax highlighting colours

en: Invert all colors, by default using white text on a black background
en_GB: Invert all colours, by default using white text on a black background

en: Sets the color of the long line marker
en_GB: Sets the colour of the long line marker

en: The background color of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the color set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)
en_GB: The background colour of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the colour set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)

en: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favorite browser
en_GB: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favourite browser

en: Email address of the developer
en_GB: E-mail address of the developer

en: Sets the foreground color of the text in the terminal widget
en_GB: Sets the foreground colour of the text in the terminal widget

en: Sets the background color of the text in the terminal widget
en_GB: Sets the background colour of the text in the terminal widget

en: Change _Color Scheme...
en_GB: Change _Colour Scheme...

en: _Color Chooser
en_GB: _Colour Chooser

en: License text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.
en_GB: Licence text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.

en: Note: Item 2 opens a dialog and appends the response to the command.
en_GB: Note: Item 2 opens a dialogue and appends the response to the command.

en: Navigate forward a location
en_GB: Navigate forwards a location

en: Show Color Chooser
en_GB: Show Colour Chooser

en: Please set a print command in the preferences dialog first.
en_GB: Please set a print command in the preferences dialogue first.

en: Close _dialog
en_GB: Close _dialogue

en: Disable this option to keep the dialog open
en_GB: Disable this option to keep the dialogue open

en: Open a color chooser dialog, to interactively pick colors from a palette
en_GB: Open a colour chooser dialogue, to interactively pick colours from a palette

en: Can’t find the GDM user “%s”. Aborting!
en_GB: Can't find the GDM user “%s”. Aborting!

en: Can’t find the GDM group “%s”. Aborting!
en_GB: Can't find the GDM group “%s”. Aborting!

en: GDM Authorization configuration
    
      Password authentication: %s
      Fingerprint authentication: %s
      Smart Card authentication: %s
      Smart Card removal action: %s
en_GB: GDM Authorisation configuration
    
      Password authentication: %s
      Fingerprint authentication: %s
      Smart Card authentication: %s
      Smart Card removal action: %s

en: FreeDesktop - The organization providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.
en_GB: FreeDesktop - The organisation providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.

en: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customize how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialized. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialization.
en_GB: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customise how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialised. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialisation.

en: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorization before accepting the shutdown or restart request.
en_GB: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorisation before accepting the shutdown or restart request.

en: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably most systems.
en_GB: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably on most systems.

en: GDM can also be configured to honor INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.
en_GB: GDM can also be configured to honour INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.

en: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialog of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.
en_GB: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialogue of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.

en: The GDM User And Group
en_GB: The GDM User and Group

en: For security reasons a dedicated user and group id are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privilege.
en_GB: For security reasons a dedicated user and group ID are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privileges.

en: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as ssh, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)
en_GB: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as SSH, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)

en: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initializes the session.
en_GB: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initialises the session.

en: X server authorization files are stored in a newly created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at start up. These files contain a is used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unqiue for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.
en_GB: X server authorisation files are stored in a newly-created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at startup. These files are used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unique for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.

en: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use ssh for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be prefered over GDM's XDMCP features.
en_GB: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use SSH for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be preferred over GDM's XDMCP features.

en: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and thus keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the wire in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.
en_GB: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the network in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.

en: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add
en_GB: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example, to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add

en: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP then a webserver.
en_GB: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP than a web server.

en: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course) on your firewall. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.
en_GB: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are the TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.

en: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorization is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorization.
en_GB: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorisation is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorisation.

en: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialization required.
en_GB: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialisation required.

en: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might setup the user's $HOME directory if needed.
en_GB: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might set up the user's $HOME directory if needed.

en: After the user session has been initialized, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen after the session has been initialized. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.
en_GB: After the user session has been initialised, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen after the session has been initialised. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.

en: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.
en_GB: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the Metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.

en: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined multicast group.
en_GB: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined the multicast group.

en: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to login immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.
en_GB: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to log in immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.

en: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customized message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of it's output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.
en_GB: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customised message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of its output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.

en: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected languages are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected languages are easier to select.

en: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.

en: Controls whether compiz is used as the window manager instead of metacity.
en_GB: Controls whether Compiz is used as the window manager instead of Metacity.

en: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognize these.
en_GB: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognise these.

en: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognized by GDM.
en_GB: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognised by GDM.

en: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalization, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.
en_GB: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalisation, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.

note: <para> TODO - any other tips we should add?  Might be useful to highlight any common D-Bus configuration issues? </para>
en: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an email to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.
en_GB: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an e-mail to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.

en: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or email, please only include the GDM related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).
en_GB: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or e-mail, please only include the GDM-related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).

en: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialog when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.
en_GB: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialogue when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: Couldn’t initialize PKCS#11 module: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t initialise PKCS#11 module: %s

en: Couldn’t initialize registered PKCS#11 modules: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t initialise registered PKCS#11 modules: %s

en: Unrecognized or unsupported data.
en_GB: Unrecognised or unsupported data.

en: Unrecognized or unavailable attributes for key
en_GB: Unrecognised or unavailable attributes for key

en: Key encipherment
en_GB: Key encypherment

en: Data encipherment
en_GB: Data encypherment

en: Encipher only
en_GB: Encypher only

en: Decipher only
en_GB: Decypher only

en: [file...]
en_GB: [file…]

en: Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the Configuration Editor

en: Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs
en_GB: <application>Configuration Editor</application> can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogues.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.
en_GB: Shows <application>Configuration Editor</application> window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.

note: REMARK
en: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.
en_GB: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.

en: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.
en_GB: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialogue provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialogue to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.

en: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.
en_GB: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.

en: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.
en_GB: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a separate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Advanced colors
en_GB: Advanced colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Select the butterfly of the correct color.
en_GB: Select the butterfly of the correct colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize unusual colors.
en_GB: Learn to recognise unusual colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: You will see dancing butterflies of different colors and a question. You have to find the correct butterfly and touch it.
en_GB: You will see dancing butterflies of different colours and a question. You have to find the correct butterfly and touch it.

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #E4BB25
en: Find the sulfur butterfly
en_GB: Find the sulphur butterfly

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #9F7F58
en: Find the grayish brown butterfly
en_GB: Find the greyish brown butterfly

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #91A3B0
en: Find the grayish blue butterfly
en_GB: Find the greyish blue butterfly

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers.
en_GB: Simple addition. Can recognise written numbers.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Analog electricity
en_GB: Analogue electricity

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Create and simulate an analog electric schema.
en_GB: Create and simulate an analogue electric schema.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Create an analog electric schema with a real time simulation.
en_GB: Create an analogue electric schema with a real time simulation.

[ctx: board6_0|]
en: Lock with colored shapes.
en_GB: Lock with coloured shapes.

[ctx: balancebox|]
en: The file '%1' is missing!<br>Falling back to builtin levels.
en_GB: The file '%1' is missing!<br>Falling back to built-in levels.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Synchronize left and right hands movements.
en_GB: Synchronise left and right hands movements.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Discover the braille system
en_GB: Discover the Braille system

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Learn and memorize the braille system.
en_GB: Learn and memorize the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Let children discover the braille system.
en_GB: Let children discover the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the character to reproduce, and at the top the braille characters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 characters.
en_GB: The screen has 3 sections: an interactive Braille cell, an instruction telling you the character to reproduce, and at the top the Braille characters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 characters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Reproduce the requested character in the interactive braille cell.
en_GB: Reproduce the requested character in the interactive Braille cell.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: You can open the braille chart by clicking on the blue braille cell icon.
en_GB: You can open the Braille chart by clicking on the blue Braille cell icon.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Space: open or close the braille chart
en_GB: Space: open or close the Braille chart

[ctx: braille_alphabets|]
en: Look at the braille character chart and observe how similar the first and second lines are.
en_GB: Look at the Braille character chart and observe how similar the first and second lines are.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: The braille system is a method that is used by blind people to read and write.
en_GB: The Braille system is a method that is used by blind people to read and write.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: Each braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6.
en_GB: Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing braille characters.
en_GB: When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the letter %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the letter %1.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the number %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the number %1.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the symbol %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the symbol %1.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Practice braille letters.
en_GB: Practice Braille letters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Create the braille cells for the letters on the banner. Check the braille chart by clicking on the blue braille cell icon if you need some help.
en_GB: Create the Braille cells for the letters on the banner. Check the Braille chart by clicking on the blue Braille cell icon if you need some help.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop some logical skills (data linking, deduction) and spatial visualization while using calculation.
en_GB: Develop some logical skills (data linking, deduction) and spatial visualisation while using calculation.

[ctx: CanalLock|]
en: The vertical colored bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking on them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously.
en_GB: The vertical coloured bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking on them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Categorization
en_GB: Categorisation

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Categorize the items into correct and incorrect groups.
en_GB: Categorise the items into correct and incorrect groups.

[ctx: Categorization|]
en: You don't have all the images for this activity. Click on 'Update the image set' to download the full word image set. Click on the cross or on 'Never show this dialog again' to play with the demo version.
en_GB: You don't have all the images for this activity. Click on 'Update the image set' to download the full word image set. Click on the cross or on 'Never show this dialogue again' to play with the demo version.

[ctx: Categorization|]
en: Never show this dialog again
en_GB: Never show this dialogue again

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching GREEN color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching GREEN colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching WHITE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching WHITE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching PINK color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching PINK colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching RED color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching RED colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching BROWN color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching BROWN colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching PURPLE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching PURPLE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching GREY color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching GREY colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching ORANGE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching ORANGE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching YELLOW color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching YELLOW colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_fishes|]
en: Place the FISHES to the right and other objects to the left
en_GB: Place the FISH to the right and other objects to the left

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Play checkers (against Tux)
en_GB: Play draughts (against Tux)

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice playing checkers.
en_GB: Practice playing draughts.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Play checkers (with a friend)
en_GB: Play draughts (with a friend)

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.
    Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.
    When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.
en_GB: Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.
    Only the dark squares of the chequered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.
    When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Drag and Drop the items to organize the story.
en_GB: Drag and Drop the items to organise the story.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize the chronology of a story.
en_GB: Learn to recognise the chronology of a story.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Recognize the name of lowercase letters.
en_GB: Recognise the name of lowercase letters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Recognize the name of uppercase letters.
en_GB: Recognise the name of uppercase letters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock.
en_GB: Learn how to tell the time on an analogue clock.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn units of time (hours, minutes and seconds). Set the time on an analog clock.
en_GB: Learn units of time (hours, minutes and seconds). Set the time on an analogue clock.

[ctx: Clockgame|]
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: Clockgame|]
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: %n minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: Clockgame|]
en: %n second(s) | %n second(s)
en_GB[0]: %n second
en_GB[1]: %n seconds

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Mixing paint colors
en_GB: Mixing paint colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Discover paint color mixing.
en_GB: Discover paint colour mixing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to mix primary paint colors to match a given color.
en_GB: Learn to mix primary paint colours to match a given colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: This activity teaches how mixing primary paint colors works (subtractive mixing).
en_GB: This activity teaches how mixing primary paint colours works (subtractive mixing).

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Change the color by moving the sliders on the paint tubes or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.
en_GB: Change the colour by moving the sliders on the paint tubes or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Paints and inks absorb different colors of the light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the resulting color becomes. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.
en_GB: Paints and inks absorb different colours of the light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the resulting colour becomes. We can mix just three primary colours to make many new colours. The primary colours for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.

[ctx: ColorMix|]
en: Match the color
en_GB: Match the colour

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Mixing light colors
en_GB: Mixing light colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Discover light color mixing.
en_GB: Discover light colour mixing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to mix primary light colors to match a given color.
en_GB: Learn to mix primary light colours to match a given colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: This activity teaches how mixing primary light colors works (additive mixing).
en_GB: This activity teaches how mixing primary light colours works (additive mixing).

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Change the color by moving the sliders on the flashlights or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.
en_GB: Change the colour by moving the sliders on the flashlights or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Mixing light colors is just the opposite of mixing paint colors. The more light you add, the lighter the resulting color becomes. The primary colors of light are red, green and blue.
en_GB: Mixing light colours is just the opposite of mixing paint colours. The more light you add, the lighter the resulting colour becomes. The primary colours of light are red, green and blue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Click on the right color.
en_GB: Click on the right colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice recognizing different colors.
en_GB: Practice recognising different colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Identifying colors.
en_GB: Identifying colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Listen to the color and click on the matching duck.
en_GB: Listen to the colour and click on the matching duck.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop observation and spatial visualization skills.
en_GB: Develop observation and spatial visualisation skills.

[ctx: One|]
en: Digital circuits work with only two states: 0 and 1. It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit.
en_GB: Digital circuits work with only two states: 0 and 1. It is the basics of computer technology. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit.

[ctx: Zero|]
en: Digital circuits work with only two states: 0 and 1. It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit.
en_GB: Digital circuits work with only two states: 0 and 1. It is the basics of computer technology. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, click on an item of the answers list in the top left area and enter the corresponding answer with the keyboard.
en_GB: First, properly organise the items so that you can count them. Then, click on an item of the answers list in the top left area and enter the corresponding answer with the keyboard.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while.
en_GB: Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Columbus and probably served as the religion centre of Yucatan for a while.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen.
en_GB: The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognisable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognisable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Great Wall was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13170 miles (21196 kilometers) from east to west of China.
en_GB: The Great Wall was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13170 miles (21196 kilometres) from east to west of China.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal.
en_GB: The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favourite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time.
en_GB: The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbour, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics.
en_GB: The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honour and shelter the relics.

[ctx: board3|]
en: The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece.
en_GB: The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 metres – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece.

[ctx: board4|]
en: The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe.
en_GB: The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolises the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe.

[ctx: board4|]
en: The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad.
en_GB: The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital centre for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad.

[ctx: board4|]
en: This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II.
en_GB: This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolised the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II.

[ctx: board5|]
en: This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946.
en_GB: This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island pre-dates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements.
en_GB: Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolises the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolise this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access.
en_GB: Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the north west portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor centre with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small camp grounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war.
en_GB: Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this ocean front fortification in Charleston Harbour, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war.

[ctx: board6|]
en: The Red Pyramid was one of the finest and most successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones, hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid.
en_GB: The Red Pyramid was one of the finest and most successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 metres making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones, hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The chameleon lives in Africa and Madagascar and is well-known for its ability to change its skin color in a couple of seconds.
en_GB: The chameleon lives in Africa and Madagascar and is well-known for its ability to change its skin colour in a couple of seconds.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The scarlet macaw lives in South America and is a big and bright colored parrot, able to learn up to 100 words!
en_GB: The scarlet macaw lives in South America and is a big and bright coloured parrot, able to learn up to 100 words!

[ctx: board2|]
en: Being the largest of all the deers, the moose eats as much as 25 kg per day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes the moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!
en_GB: Being the largest of all the deer, the moose eats as much as 25 kg per day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes the moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 metres!

[ctx: board3|]
en: The Komodo dragon is the largest living lizard (up to 3 meters). It lives in the Indonesian islands.
en_GB: The Komodo dragon is the largest living lizard (up to 3 metres). It lives in the Indonesian islands.

[ctx: board3|]
en: The ring-tailed lemur is a primate that lives in the dry regions of southwest Madagascar. Its striped tail makes it easy to recognize.
en_GB: The ring-tailed lemur is a primate that lives in the dry regions of southwest Madagascar. Its striped tail makes it easy to recognise.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today.
en_GB: Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshippers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Folk music of this region is called celtic music. It often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions.
en_GB: Folk music of this region is called Celtic music. It often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas.
en_GB: Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theatre where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop anticipation and spatial visualization skills.
en_GB: Develop anticipation and spatial visualisation skills.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Reproduce the frieze on top. On some levels, you may have to complete the frieze or to reproduce it after you've memorized it.
en_GB: Reproduce the frieze on top. On some levels, you may have to complete the frieze or to reproduce it after you've memorised it.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy this frieze: 2 shapes with different colors/signs.
en_GB: Copy this frieze: 2 shapes with different colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Remember and copy this frieze: any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Remember and copy this frieze: any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 4 and 7, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 4 and 7, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Remember and copy this frieze: patterns between 4 and 7, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Remember and copy this frieze: patterns between 4 and 7, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 6 and 8, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 6 and 8, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Remember and copy this frieze: patterns between 6 and 8, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Remember and copy this frieze: patterns between 6 and 8, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: 2 shapes with different colors/signs.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: 2 shapes with different colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Remember and copy this frieze: 2 shapes with different colors/signs.
en_GB: Remember and copy this frieze: 2 shapes with different colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with different colors/signs.
en_GB: Copy this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with different colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with 2 sizes and potentially same colors/signs.
en_GB: Copy this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with 2 sizes and potentially same colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with 2 sizes and potentially same colors/signs.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: 3 or 4 shapes with 2 sizes and potentially same colours/signs.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy this frieze: patterns between 12 and 15, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Copy this frieze: patterns between 12 and 15, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 10 and 12, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 10 and 12, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 16 and 20, any combination of shapes, colors/signs and sizes.
en_GB: Copy and complete this frieze: patterns between 16 and 20, any combination of shapes, colours/signs and sizes.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice addition, multiplication, division and subtraction.
en_GB: Practise addition, multiplication, division and subtraction.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
en_GB: Practise addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Graph coloring
en_GB: Graph colouring

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color.
en_GB: Colour the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop your sense of strategy, learn to distinguish colors and memorize relative positions.
en_GB: Develop your sense of strategy, learn to distinguish colours and memorise relative positions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions.
en_GB: Ability to distinguish different colours/shapes, sense of positions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Place colors/shapes on the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color. Select a node, then select an item in the list to place it on the node.
en_GB: Place colours/shapes on the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour. Select a node, then select an item in the list to place it on the node.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Move the spaceship with the left and right keys, or with the buttons on the screen for mobile devices. Try to stay near the center of the screen and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow showing the gravity force.
en_GB: Move the spaceship with the left and right keys, or with the buttons on the screen for mobile devices. Try to stay near the centre of the screen and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow showing the gravity force.

[ctx: Gravity|]
en: Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the mass of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centers.
en_GB: Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the mass of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centres.

[ctx: Gravity|]
en: Try to stay near the center of the screen, and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow.
en_GB: Try to stay near the centre of the screen, and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower than the one to find. Then try again until you find the correct answer. The distance between Tux and the right side of the screen represents how far you are from the number to find. If Tux is over or under the vertical center of the screen, it means your number is over or under the number to find.
en_GB: Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower than the one to find. Then try again until you find the correct answer. The distance between Tux and the right side of the screen represents how far you are from the number to find. If Tux is over or under the vertical centre of the screen, it means your number is over or under the number to find.

[ctx: Hangman|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize musical instruments.
en_GB: Learn to recognise musical instruments.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The acceleration caused by the gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.
en_GB: The acceleration caused by the gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the centre of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>When done, you will have some exercises to recognize the text from the voice and the image, then only from the voice, and finally an exercise to type the text.
en_GB: Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>When done, you will have some exercises to recognise the text from the voice and the image, then only from the voice, and finally an exercise to type the text.

[ctx: Lang|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: Lang|]
en: color
en_GB: colour

[ctx: Lang|]
en: bodyparts
en_GB: body parts

[ctx: LetterInWord|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop anticipation, strategy and spatial visualization skills.
en_GB: Develop anticipation, strategy and spatial visualisation skills.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The effect of pressing a window is to toggle the state of that window, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. You must turn off all the lights. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown.
en_GB: The effect of pressing a window is to toggle the state of that window, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal Neighbours. You must turn off all the lights. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order.
en_GB: Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order.

[ctx: louis_braille_data|]
en: Louis trimmed Barbier's 12 dots into 6 and invented the braille system.
en_GB: Louis trimmed Barbier's 12 dots into 6 and invented the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop spatial visualization and pathfinding skills.
en_GB: Develop spatial visualisation and pathfinding skills.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the "barefoot / sportshoe" icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.
en_GB: At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the "barefoot / sport shoe" icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop spatial visualization, pathfinding and visual memory skills.
en_GB: Develop spatial visualisation, pathfinding and visual memory skills.

[ctx: ConfigurationItem|]
en: Localized voices
en_GB: Localised voices

[ctx: ConfigurationItem|]
en: Font Capitalization
en_GB: Font Capitalisation

[ctx: Menu|]
en: Put your favorite activities here by clicking on the sun at the top right of that activity.
en_GB: Put your favourite activities here by clicking on the sun at the top right of that activity.

[ctx: MissingLetter|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop strategic and spatial visualization skills.
en_GB: Develop strategic and spatial visualisation skills.

[ctx: NineMenMorris|]
en: After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on an adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spots indicates where you can move.
en_GB: After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on an adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green colour spots indicates where you can move.

[ctx: NineMenMorris|]
en: If you immobilize the computer or leave it with less than 3 pieces, then you win the game.
en_GB: If you immobilise the computer or leave it with less than 3 pieces, then you win the game.

[ctx: dataset_01|]
en: This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>On each level you will learn new notes and practice the ones you have already learned.<br>Reference notes are colored in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them.
en_GB: This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>On each level you will learn new notes and practice the ones you have already learned.<br>Reference notes are coloured in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize even and odd numbers and their numerical order.
en_GB: Learn to recognise even and odd numbers and their numerical order.

[ctx: Data|]
note: These sentences should not need to be translated word by word. Please add at least 10 sentences, each one being between 6 and 10 words. Use | to separate group of words. The aim of the string is to shuffle the group of words and let the child reorder them correctly. We should not be able to form a c
en: The|sun|is|shining|in|the|sky.
    Kids|enjoy|playing|outside|in|the|evening.
    Are|you|going|out|for|lunch?
    The|girl|tied|her|tennis|shoes|and|went|outside.
    Sam|felt|sick|after|eating|five|huge|candy|bars.
    Our|family|takes|a|vacation|to|the|beach|every|year.
    Uncle|Joe|gave|me|a|red|toy|truck.
    When|you|finish|your|rice|you|can|eat|dessert.
    Mom|has|asked|me|to|play|in|the|room.
    I|think|we|are|going|to|have|a|good|day.
en_GB: The|sun|is|shining|in|the|sky.
    Kids|enjoy|playing|outside|in|the|evening.
    Are|you|going|out|for|lunch?
    The|girl|tied|her|tennis|shoes|and|went|outside.
    Sam|felt|sick|after|eating|five|huge|candy|bars.
    Our|family|takes|a|vacation|to|the|beach|every|year.
    Uncle|Joe|gave|me|a|red|toy|truck.
    When|you|finish|your|rice|you|can|eat|dessert.
    Mum|has|asked|me|to|play|in|the|room.
    I|think|we|are|going|to|have|a|good|day.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Players take turns moving the seeds. On each turn, a player chooses one of the six houses under their control. The player removes all seeds from that house and distributes them, in a process called sowing, into the following houses (counter-clockwise). Seeds are not distributed into the end scoring houses, nor into the house drawn from. The starting house is always left empty; if it contained 12 (or more) seeds, it is skipped, and the twelfth seed is placed in the next house.
en_GB: Players take turns moving the seeds. On each turn, a player chooses one of the six houses under their control. The player removes all seeds from that house and distributes them, in a process called sowing, into the following houses (anticlockwise). Seeds are not distributed into the end scoring houses, nor into the house drawn from. The starting house is always left empty; if it contained 12 (or more) seeds, it is skipped, and the twelfth seed is placed in the next house.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop skills in visualization and map reading, and learn to follow directions.
en_GB: Develop skills in visualisation and map reading, and learn to follow directions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Level 1: Basic piano keyboard (white keys only) where users can experiment with clicking the colored rectangle keys to write music.
en_GB: Level 1: Basic piano keyboard (white keys only) where users can experiment with clicking the coloured rectangle keys to write music.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: The synthesizer original code is from https://github.com/vsr83/miniSynth
en_GB: The synthesiser original code is from https://github.com/vsr83/miniSynth

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Display colored notes.
en_GB: Display coloured notes.

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Display colorless notes.
en_GB: Display colourless notes.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: First, select the proper color from the toolbar. Click on the grid and drag to paint, then release the click to stop painting.
en_GB: First, select the proper colour from the toolbar. Click on the grid and drag to paint, then release the click to stop painting.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Digits: select a color
en_GB: Digits: select a colour

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Digits: type arabic numerals
en_GB: Digits: type Arabic numerals

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Letters: type roman numerals (with I, V, X, L, C, D and M)
en_GB: Letters: type Roman numerals (with I, V, X, L, C, D and M)

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: The roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:
    I and V (units, 1 and 5)
    X and L (tens, 10 and 50)
    C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)
     and M (1000).
     An interesting observation here is that the roman numeric system lacks the number 0.
en_GB: The Roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:
    I and V (units, 1 and 5)
    X and L (tens, 10 and 50)
    C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)
     and M (1000).
     An interesting observation here is that the Roman numeric system lacks the number 0.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Convert the roman number %1 to arabic.
en_GB: Convert the Roman number %1 to Arabic.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Convert the arabic number %1 to roman.
en_GB: Convert the Arabic number %1 to Roman.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Now you know the rules, you can read and write numbers in roman numerals.
en_GB: Now you know the rules, you can read and write numbers in Roman numerals.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Share pieces of candy
en_GB: Share sweets

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Try to split the pieces of candy between a given number of children.
en_GB: Try to split the sweets between a given number of children.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the center, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle.
en_GB: Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the centre, then drag sweets to each child's rectangle.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 25 pieces of candy and 5 kids, no rest.
en_GB: Maximum 25 sweets and 5 kids, no rest.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to share 2 pieces of candy equally between 2 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Paul wants to share 2 sweets equally between 2 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now he wants to share 4 pieces of candy equally among his friends.
en_GB: Now he wants to share 4 sweets equally among his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now share 6 of Paul's pieces of candy equally among his friends?
en_GB: Can you now share 6 of Paul's sweets equally among his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Some of his friends already have pieces of candy. He wants to give them 7 more pieces so that they all have the same amount.
en_GB: Some of his friends already have sweets. He wants to give them 7 more sweets so that they all have the same amount.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul has only 12 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him split equally the 10 remaining pieces of candy?
en_GB: Paul has only 12 sweets left. He eats 2 sweets and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him split equally the 10 remaining sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to share 3 pieces of candy equally between 3 of his girl friends. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: George wants to share 3 sweets equally between 3 of his girl friends. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to share 6 pieces of candy equally between 3 of her friends: 1 girl and 2 boys. Can she split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Maria wants to share 6 sweets equally between 3 of her friends: 1 girl and 2 boys. Can she split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: John wants to share 8 pieces of candy equally between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has one. Can he make sure that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: John wants to share 8 sweets equally between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has one. Can he make sure that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to share 12 pieces of candy equally between 3 of his friends: 2 boys and 1 girl. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Paul wants to share 12 sweets equally between 3 of his friends: 2 boys and 1 girl. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to share 11 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The girls already have some pieces of candy. Can she split the pieces of candy so that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: Maria wants to share 11 sweets between 3 of her friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The girls already have some sweets. Can she split the sweets so that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to share 4 pieces of candy equally between 4 of her girl friends. Can you help her?
en_GB: Alice wants to share 4 sweets equally between 4 of her girl friends. Can you help her?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now, Alice wants to give 8 pieces of candy to her friends.
en_GB: Now, Alice wants to give 8 sweets to her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to give 10 pieces of candy to her friends, 1 girl and 3 boys, so that they all have the same amount. The girls already have some pieces of candy.
en_GB: Alice wants to give 10 sweets to her friends, 1 girl and 3 boys, so that they all have the same amount. The girls already have some sweets.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to give 16 pieces of candy to her friends.
en_GB: Alice wants to give 16 sweets to her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to give pieces of candy to 4 friends. Some of them already have some pieces of candy. Can you help her split 14 pieces of candy so that all her friends have the same amount?
en_GB: Alice wants to give sweets to 4 friends. Some of them already have some sweets. Can you help her split 14 sweets so that all her friends have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Michael wants to share 5 pieces of candy equally between 5 of his girl friends. Can you help him?
en_GB: Michael wants to share 5 sweets equally between 5 of his girl friends. Can you help him?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Helen has 5 friends: 2 boys and 3 girls. She wants to give them 10 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy equally between her friends.
en_GB: Helen has 5 friends: 2 boys and 3 girls. She wants to give them 10 sweets. Help her split the sweets equally between her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Michelle wants to share 12 pieces of candy equally between her 4 brothers and 1 sister, so that they all have the same amount. Her sister already has some pieces of candy.
en_GB: Michelle wants to share 12 sweets equally between her 4 brothers and 1 sister, so that they all have the same amount. Her sister already has some sweets.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Thomas wants to share his 20 pieces of candy with his friends: 1 boy and 4 girls. Can you help him?
en_GB: Thomas wants to share his 20 sweets with his friends: 1 boy and 4 girls. Can you help him?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to share 20 pieces of candy equally between 5 of his friends. They already have one piece of candy each. Can you help him?
en_GB: Paul wants to share 20 sweets equally between 5 of his friends. They already have one sweet each. Can you help him?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Charles wants to share his 6 pieces of candy equally with 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Charles wants to share his 6 sweets equally with 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 pieces of candy to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. The girls already have some pieces of candy. How should she split the pieces of candy so that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 sweets to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. The girls already have some sweets. How should she split the sweets so that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jason's father gave him 16 pieces of candy to share equally with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Jason's father gave him 16 sweets to share equally with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to share 14 pieces of candy between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. The boys already have one piece of candy each. He wants all of them to have the same amount.
en_GB: George wants to share 14 sweets between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. The boys already have one sweet each. He wants all of them to have the same amount.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to share 25 pieces of candy equally between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Maria wants to share 25 sweets equally between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 25 pieces of candy and 5 kids, possible rest.
en_GB: Maximum 25 sweets and 5 kids, possible rest.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now he wants to share 5 pieces of candy among his friends.
en_GB: Now he wants to share 5 sweets among his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now share 7 of Paul's pieces of candy among his friends?
en_GB: Can you now share 7 of Paul's sweets among his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now share 8 of Paul's pieces of candy among his friends?
en_GB: Can you now share 8 of Paul's sweets among his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul has only 11 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him split equally the 9 remaining pieces of candy?
en_GB: Paul has only 11 sweets left. He eats 2 sweets and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him split equally the 9 remaining sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Bob wants to share 3 pieces of candy equally between 3 of his girl friends. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Bob wants to share 3 sweets equally between 3 of his girl friends. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Harry wants to share 8 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has one piece of candy. Can he split the pieces of candy so that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: Harry wants to share 8 sweets between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has one sweet. Can he split the sweets so that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to share 8 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The girls already have some pieces of candy. Can she split the pieces of candy so that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: Maria wants to share 8 sweets between 3 of her friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The girls already have some sweets. Can she split the sweets so that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Harry wants to share 12 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has some pieces of candy. Can he split the pieces of candy so that they all have the same amount?
en_GB: Harry wants to share 12 sweets between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. The boy already has some sweets. Can he split the sweets so that they all have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now, Alice wants to share 8 pieces of candy equally among her friends.
en_GB: Now, Alice wants to share 8 sweets equally among her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you help Alice share 10 pieces of candy equally among her friends: 1 girl and 3 boys? The girl already has some pieces of candy.
en_GB: Can you help Alice share 10 sweets equally among her friends: 1 girl and 3 boys? The girl already has some sweets.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to share 16 pieces of candy equally among her friends.
en_GB: Alice wants to share 16 sweets equally among her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice has 14 pieces of candy left. She wants to share them equally among her friends. The boys already have some pieces of candy. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Alice has 14 sweets left. She wants to share them equally among her friends. The boys already have some sweets. Can you help her split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Jon share 11 pieces of candies equally between five girls. The rest will remain to Jon.
en_GB: Help Jon share 11 sweets equally between five girls. The rest will remain with Jon.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brothers and his sisters. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brothers already have 2 pieces of candy?
en_GB: Jon wants to share the rest of his sweets with his brothers and his sisters. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brothers already have 2 sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Tux split 19 pieces of candies between his friends: 4 boys and 1 girl.
en_GB: Help Tux split 19 sweets between his friends: 4 boys and 1 girl.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Maria share 18 pieces of candy equally between 3 boys and 2 girls.
en_GB: Help Maria share 18 sweets equally between 3 boys and 2 girls.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Charles wants to share his 6 pieces of candy equally between 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Charles wants to share his 6 sweets equally between 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 pieces of candy to share with 3 of her friends equally: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the pieces of candy between her friends?
en_GB: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 sweets to share with 3 of her friends equally: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the sweets between her friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jason's father gave him 17 pieces of candy to share equally between his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Jason's father gave him 17 sweets to share equally between his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to share 14 pieces of candy equally between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends?
en_GB: George wants to share 14 sweets equally between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the sweets between his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to share 23 pieces of candy equally between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she share the pieces of candy equally between her friends?
en_GB: Maria wants to share 23 sweets equally between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she share the sweets equally between her friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 30 pieces of candy and 6 kids, possible rest.
en_GB: Maximum 30 sweets and 6 kids, possible rest.

[ctx: share|First part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then split %n pieces of candy equally between them.]
en: Place %n boy(s)  | Place %n boy(s)
en_GB[0]: Place %n boy
en_GB[1]: Place %n boys

[ctx: share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then split %n pieces of candy equally between them.]
en: and %n girl(s) in the center.  | and %n girl(s) in the center.
en_GB[0]: and %n girl in the centre.
en_GB[1]: and %n girls in the centre.

[ctx: share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then split %n pieces of candy equally between them.]
en: Then split %n pieces of candy equally between them. | Then split %n pieces of candy equally between them.
en_GB[0]: Then split %n sweet equally between them.
en_GB[1]: Then split %n sweets equally between them.

[ctx: Share|]
en: You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle
en_GB: You cannot put more than %1 sweets in the same rectangle

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing.
en_GB: Select a colour and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Tab: switch between the color selector and the painting area
en_GB: Tab: switch between the colour selector and the painting area

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Select tools and colors from the foldable panels and draw images.<br><br>
en_GB: Select tools and colours from the foldable panels and draw images.<br><br>

[ctx: BackgroundColorSelector|]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: ColorSelector|]
en: Palette Colors
en_GB: Palette Colours

[ctx: ColorSelector|]
en: Selected Color
en_GB: Selected Colour

[ctx: ColorSelector|]
note: Reload default color for selected slot
en: Reset Color
en_GB: Reset Colour

[ctx: FilesPanel|]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: Submarine|]
en: The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine.
en_GB: The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop some skills in logical thinking (data linking, deduction) and spatial visualization.
en_GB: Develop some skills in logical thinking (data linking, deduction) and spatial visualisation.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop skills in logical thinking, distinguishing colors, and memorizing positions.
en_GB: Develop skills in logical thinking, distinguishing colours, and memorising positions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Develop skills in spatial visualization, memorizing positions, and reproducing models.
en_GB: Develop skills in spatial visualisation, memorising positions, and reproducing models.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to use ten's complement to optimize the order of numbers in an operation and calculate the result.
en_GB: Learn to use ten's complement to optimise the order of numbers in an operation and calculate the result.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to use ten's complement to optimize the order of numbers in an operation.
en_GB: Learn to use ten's complement to optimise the order of numbers in an operation.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Tic tac toe (against Tux)
en_GB: Tic Tac Toe (against Tux)

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Tic tac toe (with a friend)
en_GB: Tic Tac Toe (with a friend)

[ctx: Watercycle|]
en: Water vapor condenses to form clouds and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud.
en_GB: Water vapour condenses to form clouds and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud.

[ctx: Watercycle|]
en: Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor cools down forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over the land, precipitation is triggered and falls down as rain.
en_GB: Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapour cools down forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over the land, precipitation is triggered and falls down as rain.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: Addition of a level to teach voltage source loop in analog electricity activity
en_GB: Addition of a level to teach voltage source loop in analogue electricity activity

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: New sub-categories to organize activities
en_GB: New sub-categories to organise activities

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: New images in Colors, Advanced colors and Target game.
en_GB: New images in Colours, Advanced colours and Target game.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: Fix in braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0.
en_GB: Fix in Braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: License page added in configuration.
en_GB: Licence page added in configuration.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy.
en_GB: Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomics.

[ctx: DialogAbout|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: DialogAbout|]
en: To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.
en_GB: To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organisation legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.

[ctx: QObject|]
en: The url %1 does not exist.
en_GB: The URL %1 does not exist.

en: Choose colors from the picker or the screen
en_GB: Choose colours from the picker or the screen

note: Translators: Extra keywords that can be used to search for Gcolor3 in GNOME Shell and Unity
en: Color;Picker;Palette;
en_GB: Colour;Picker;Palette

en: Ever wanted to know the value of that color on your screen? Gcolor3 enables you to pick the color from any pixel on your screen. It also offers a palette, so that you can easily mix and match a couple of colors together.
en_GB: Ever wanted to know the value of that colour on your screen? Gcolor3 enables you to pick the colour from any pixel on your screen. It also offers a palette, so that you can easily mix and match a couple of colours together.

en: When you have found the perfect combination of colors, naturally you want to save them. Gcolor3 allows you to conveniently save and retrieve colors.
en_GB: When you have found the perfect combination of colours, naturally you want to save them. Gcolor3 allows you to conveniently save and retrieve colours.

en: Gcolor3 is a color selection dialog written in GTK+ 3. It is much alike Gcolor2, but uses the newer GTK+ version and other modernisations to better integrate into your modern desktop.
en_GB: Gcolor3 is a colour selection dialog written in GTK+ 3. It is much alike Gcolor2, but uses the newer GTK+ version and other modernizations to better integrate into your modern desktop.

en: The picker and the color palette
en_GB: The picker and the colour palette

en: The list of saved colors
en_GB: The list of saved colours

en: Redesign the saved colors page
en_GB: Redesign the saved colours page

en: Disable color picking on Wayland for now, instead of crashing
en_GB: Disable colour picking on Wayland for now, instead of crashing

en: Centrally manage colors between several running instances;
en_GB: Centrally manage colours between several running instances;

en: Copy the selected color's hex value from the tree view using Ctrl-C;
en_GB: Copy the selected colour's hex value from the tree view using Ctrl-C;

en: Click to change the color's name
en_GB: Click to change the colour's name

en: Copy this color's hex value to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy this colour's hex value to the clipboard

en: Delete this color
en_GB: Delete this colour

en: Save currently selected color
en_GB: Save currently selected colour

en: Saved color management
en_GB: Saved colour management

en: Copy highlighted color's hex value
en_GB: Copy highlighted colour's hex value

en: Delete highlighted color
en_GB: Delete highlighted colour

en: Color name...
en_GB: Colour name...

en: Saved colors
en_GB: Saved colours

en: - pick a color from the picker or the screen
en_GB: - pick a colour from the picker or the screen

en: Could not parse color to display thumbnail
en_GB: Could not parse colour to display thumbnail

en: Picking a color is currently not supported on Wayland.
en_GB: Picking a colour is currently not supported on Wayland.

en: Cannot access color at position %d: %s
en_GB: Cannot access colour at position %d: %s

en: Error opening file: %s. Colors likely won't be saved, unless this is the first run
en_GB: Error opening file: %s. Colours likely won't be saved, unless this is the first run

en: There is already a color named `%s`
en_GB: There is already a colour named `%s`

en: Cannot rename nonexisting color `%s`
en_GB: Cannot rename nonexisting colour `%s`

en: Two trucks
en_GB: Two lorries

en: You have two trucks that have a total weight of [add] unit. If the lighter truck weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier truck, what is the weight of the lighter truck? [option_answers] | You have two trucks that have a total weight of [add] units. If the lighter truck weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier truck, what is the weight of the lighter truck? [option_answers]
en_GB[0]: You have two lorries that have a total weight of [add] unit. If the lighter lorry weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier lorry, what is the weight of the lighter lorry? [option_answers]
en_GB[1]: You have two lorries that have a total weight of [add] units. If the lighter lorry weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier lorry, what is the weight of the lighter lorry? [option_answers]

en: The heavier truck weights [heavier] and the lighter [lighter].
en_GB: The heavier lorry weights [heavier] and the lighter [lighter].

en: Specializes in skin diseases
en_GB: Specialises in skin diseases

en: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracized' person?
en_GB: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracised' person?

en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

en: Liter
en_GB: Litre

en: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsic good.
en_GB: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsically good.

en: Theater
en_GB: Theatre

en: eyebrow / eye | mustache
en_GB: eyebrow / eye | moustache

en: pediatrics / children | numismatics
en_GB: paediatrics / children | numismatics

en:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomized.
en_GB:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomised.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: _Install Add-ins...
en_GB: _Install Add-ins…

en: _Repositories...
en_GB: _Repositories…

en: Play games that challenge your short term memory
en_GB: Play games that challenge your short-term memory

en: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challeging yourself.
en_GB: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challenging yourself.

en: Play on a daily basis, you will notice progress soon.
en_GB: Play on a daily basis; you will notice progress soon.

en: Memorize the objects below in the given time
en_GB: Memorise the objects below in the given time

en: Get ready to memorize the next objects...
en_GB: Get ready to memorise the next objects…

en: We have a {0} meter piece of fabric. | We have a {0} meters piece of fabric.
en_GB[0]: We have a {0} metre piece of fabric.
en_GB[1]: We have a {0} metres piece of fabric.

en: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces? | A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces?
en_GB[0]: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 metre of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?
en_GB[1]: A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 metre of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?

en: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces. | With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces.
en_GB[0]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.
en_GB[1]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.

en: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence pole is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total? | A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence poles are used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?
en_GB[0]: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence pole is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?
en_GB[1]: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence poles is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?

en: What percentage of the figure is colored?
en_GB: What percentage of the figure is coloured?

en: In the last figure, in how many regions is the circle divided into when all dots are connected?
en_GB: In the last figure, into how many regions is the circle divided when all dots are connected?

en: In all circles the color slices follow the same order except for this one.
en_GB: In all circles the colour slices follow the same order except for this one.

en: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
en_GB: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated anticlockwise 90 degrees.

en: Move the first line to the seventh; move the two circles of the second line to third; and move first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.
en_GB: Move the first line to the seventh, move the two circles of the second line to third and move the first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.

en: The next sequence follows a logic. What number should replace the question mark?
en_GB: The next sequence follows a pattern. What number should replace the question mark?

en: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetical.
en_GB: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetic.

en: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.
en_GB: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half-way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.

en: Some artist are not ill
en_GB: Some artists are not ill

en: Every letter is calculated by taking the alphabetical position of the previous character and adding {0} to it in order to get the position of the next letter.
en_GB: Every letter is calculated by taking the alphabetical position of the previous character and adding {0} to it in order to get the position of the new letter.

en: {0} hour ago it was as long after {1:h tt} as it was before {2:h tt} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:h tt}) | {0} hours ago it was as long after {1:h tt} as it was before {2:h tt} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:h tt})
en_GB[0]: {0} hour ago it was as long after {1:%H} as it was before {2:%H} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:%H})
en_GB[1]: {0} hours ago it was as long after {1:%H} as it was before {2:%H} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:%H})

note: TimeNow Puzzle. Translators: {0} is used to check the hour answered by the user. Use the right time format specification for your culture Explanation of the date and time format specifications can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.globalization.datetimeformatinfo.aspx For
en: {0:h tt}
en_GB: {0:%H}

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour). You must localize this using the right unit of speed for your locale - The translated string should not use more characters than the original sentence
en: A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train? | A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[0]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[1]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour) and miles must be localized this using the right unit of speed for your locale
en: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart? | Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} miles apart?
en_GB[0]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart?
en_GB[1]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} miles apart?

en: Colored figures
en_GB: Coloured figures

en: Colored text
en_GB: Coloured text

en: What was the color of the text that said '{0}'?
en_GB: What was the colour of the text that said '{0}'?

note: Translators: {0} is the name of the color. The color name is always singular
en: How many dots of {0} color were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.
en_GB: How many dots of {0} colour were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.

en: Memorize facts
en_GB: Memorise facts

en: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use gasoline and the remainder use electricity.
en_GB: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use petrol and the remainder use electricity.

en: What percentage of Shiny Cars use gasoline?
en_GB: What percentage of Shiny Cars use petrol?

en: Memorize figures and text
en_GB: Memorise figures and text

en: Memorize figures
en_GB: Memorise figures

en: Memorize indications
en_GB: Memorise indications

en: Memorize numbers
en_GB: Memorise numbers

en: Memorize words
en_GB: Memorise words

en: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible? | There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[0]: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[1]: There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecast are possible?

en: Skip games that use colors
en_GB: Skip games that use colours

en: Skip games that use colors (for colorblind users)
en_GB: Skip games that use colours (for colourblind users)

en: Time in seconds to memorize the challenge:
en_GB: Time in seconds to memorise the challenge:

en: Custom Game Selection...
en_GB: Custom Game Selection…

en: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing...
en_GB: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing…

en: Transfer canceled by phone, maybe you pressed "Cancel" on the phone.
en_GB: Transfer cancelled by phone, maybe you pressed "Cancel" on the phone.

en: Failed to initialize DB driver.
en_GB: Failed to initialise DB driver.

en: Memory has only %i free locations.Exiting
en_GB: Memory has only %i free locations. Exiting

en:  (Text: email address)
en_GB:  (Text: e-mail address)

en: License GPLv2: GNU GPL version 2 <https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0>.
en_GB: Licence GPLv2: GNU GPL version 2 <http://creativecommons.org/licenses/GPL/2.0/>.

en: File checksum calculated by phone doesn't match with value calculated by Gammu. File is damaged or there is a error in Gammu.
en_GB: File checksum calculated by phone doesn't match with value calculated by Gammu. File is damaged or there is an error in Gammu.

en: Favorite messaging number
en_GB: Favourite messaging number

en: Email address 2
en_GB: E-mail address 2

en: SME busy
en_GB: SME engaged

en: Disables email indicator
en_GB: Disables e-mail indicator

en: Enables email indicator
en_GB: Enables e-mail indicator

en: HTTP client GET example
en_GB: -

en: Connected, waiting for reply...
en_GB: -

en: Receiving data...
en_GB: -

en: &1 bytes
en_GB: -

en: GET!
en_GB: -

en: URL :
en_GB: -

en: http://gambasdoc.org/help
en_GB: -

en: Page needs authorization
en_GB: -

en: GSS
en_GB: -

en: 127.0.0.1:3128
en_GB: -

en: Update cookies file
en_GB: -

en: Cookies file (if you leave it blank HttpClient will not manage cookies)
en_GB: -

en: Change panel color at the same time as wallpaper transition
en_GB: Change panel colour at the same time as wallpaper transition

en: Fix the issue when gestures in the multitasking view might stop working
en_GB: Fix the issue where gestures in the multitasking view might stop working

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Get all enabled plugins registered with the system
en_GB: Get all enabled plug-ins registered with the system

note: TRANSLATORS: longer description
en: IOMMU Protection prevents connected devices from accessing unauthorized parts of system memory.
en_GB: IOMMU Protection prevents connected devices from accessing unauthorised parts of system memory.

note: TRANSLATORS: longer description
en: Intel BootGuard prevents unauthorized device software from operating when the device is started.
en_GB: Intel BootGuard prevents unauthorised device software from operating when the device is started.

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option
en: Manually enable specific plugins
en_GB: Manually enable specific plug-ins

note: TRANSLATORS: Failed to open plugin, hey Arch users
en: Plugin dependencies missing
en_GB: Plug-in dependencies missing

note: TRANSLATORS: The plugin is only for testing
en: Plugin is only for testing
en_GB: Plug-in is only for testing

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option
en: Run the plugin composite cleanup routine when using install-blob
en_GB: Run the plug-in composite cleanup routine when using install-blob

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option
en: Run the plugin composite prepare routine when using install-blob
en_GB: Run the plug-in composite prepare routine when using install-blob

note: TRANSLATORS: CLI description
en: This tool allows an administrator to use the fwupd plugins without being installed on the host system.
en_GB: This tool allows an administrator to use the fwupd plug-ins without being installed on the host system.

note: TRANSLATORS: Title: if the fwupd plugins are all present and correct
en: fwupd plugins
en_GB: fwupd plug-ins

en: frogr: a Flickr Remote Organizer for GNOME
en_GB: frogr: a Flickr Remote Organiser for GNOME

en: Upload and organize photos in Flickr accounts
en_GB: Upload and organise photos in Flickr accounts

en: A Flickr Remote Organizer for GNOME
en_GB: A Flickr Remote Organiser for GNOME

en: Please press the button to authorize %s and then come back to complete the process.
en_GB: Please press the button to authorise %s and then come back to complete the process.

en: Authorize %s
en_GB: Authorise %s

en: Error:
    Photo added to group's queue
en_GB: Error:
    Photo added to queue of group

en: Error:
    Photo already added to group's queue
en_GB: Error:
    Photo already added to queue of group

en: Authorization failed.
    Please try again
en_GB: Authorisation failed.
    Please try again

en: Error
    %s is not properly authorized to upload pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorize it
en_GB: Error
    %s is not properly authorised to upload pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorise it

en: You have not properly authorized %s yet.
    Please try again.
en_GB: You have not properly authorised %s yet.
    Please try again.

en: Invalid verification code.
    Please try again.
en_GB: Invalid verification code.
    Please try again

en: Authorization failed (timed out)
en_GB: Authorisation failed (timed out)

en: Retrieving data for authorization…
en_GB: Retrieving data for authorisation…

en: Finishing authorization…
en_GB: Finishing authorisation…

en: You need to properly authorize %s before uploading any pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorize it.
en_GB: You need to properly authorise %s before uploading any pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorise it.

en: Loading files %d / %d
en_GB: Loading files %d/%d

en: Select Destination
en_GB: Select Description

en: Aut_horize Account…
en_GB: Aut_horise Account…

en: Unrecognized option: "%s"
en_GB: Unrecognised option: "%s"

en: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognized republic.
en_GB: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognised republic.

en: Åland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Åland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Åland's special and demilitarized status is protected by international law.
en_GB: Åland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Åland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Åland's special and demilitarised status is protected by international law.

en: The Amazigh civilization is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.
en_GB: The Amazigh civilisation is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.

en: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonized by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.
en_GB: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonised by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.

en: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilization in the Andes, their heirs reorganized into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.
en_GB: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilisation in the Andes, their heirs reorganised into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.

en: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial center. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.
en_GB: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial centre. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.

en: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lays right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.
en_GB: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lies right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.

en: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterized by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.
en_GB: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterised by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.

en: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonized by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.
en_GB: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonised by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.

en: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the center of Buddhism in Russia.
en_GB: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the centre of Buddhism in Russia.

en: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonized by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a center of the world's entertainment and technology industries.
en_GB: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonised by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a centre of the world's entertainment and technology industries.

en: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonized by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.
en_GB: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonised by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.

en: The Cañaris were a pre-Columbian civilization in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Cañari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Cañaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Cañaris formed a loose confederation with their main political center in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.
en_GB: The Cañaris were a pre-Columbian civilisation in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Cañari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Cañaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Cañaris formed a loose confederation with their main political centre in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.

en: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major center for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.
en_GB: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major centre for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.

en: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighboring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.
en_GB: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighbouring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.

en: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptized with the name Władysław. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonization of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Żeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.
en_GB: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptized with the name Władysław. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonisation of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Żeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.

en: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonized by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habré led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.
en_GB: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonised by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habré led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.

en: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighboring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.
en_GB: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighbouring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.

en: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveler Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.
en_GB: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveller Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.

en: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterized by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.
en_GB: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterised by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."

en: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbors, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.
en_GB: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbours, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".

en: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centered in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.
en_GB: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centred in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.

en: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organized by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.
en_GB: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organised by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.

en: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetized economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.
en_GB: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetised economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.

en: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural center in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.
en_GB: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural centre in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.

en: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organized in a military manner.
en_GB: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organised in a military manner.

en: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilization, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilization. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.
en_GB: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilisation, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilisation. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.

en: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularization of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonization in South America and Africa.
en_GB: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularisation of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonisation in South America and Africa.

en: The Dacians were ancient tribes who lived on the left bank of the Lower Danube in Dacia in what is now Romania. They were probably related to the Thracians and other Paleo-Balkanic tribes. The unification of Dacian tribes occurred during the reign of king Burebista. After the wars with Rome, they were defeated in 106 CE. Dacia became a Roman province and succumbed to Roman colonization. The remains of the Dacians mingled with East Germanic tribes and later with Slavs.
en_GB: The Dacians were ancient tribes who lived on the left bank of the Lower Danube in Dacia in what is now Romania. They were probably related to the Thracians and other Paleo-Balkanic tribes. The unification of Dacian tribes occurred during the reign of king Burebista. After the wars with Rome, they were defeated in 106 CE. Dacia became a Roman province and succumbed to Roman colonisation. The remains of the Dacians mingled with East Germanic tribes and later with Slavs.

en: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighboring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.
en_GB: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighbouring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.

en: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilizations.
en_GB: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilisations.

en: Elam was an ancient civilization located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilization was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.
en_GB: Elam was an ancient civilisation located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilisation was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.

en: The Etruscans were an ancient civilization in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilization started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilization owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.
en_GB: The Etruscans were an ancient civilisation in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilisation started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilisation owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.

en: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterized by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.
en_GB: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterised by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.

en: Taiwan is home to fourteen officially recognized and twelve unrecognized tribes, all of whom are traditionally speakers of a group of Austronesian languages known as Formosan. Historical linguists consider the island to be the home of the Austronesian family, as it is host to the most diverse set of Austronesian languages. Many of the tribes are traditionally matrilineal. Starting in the 17th century, European and East Asian colonists vied for control of the island, encroaching on aboriginal lands. Today, Formosans constitute around 2% of the population of Taiwan.
en_GB: Taiwan is home to fourteen officially recognised and twelve unrecognised tribes, all of whom are traditionally speakers of a group of Austronesian languages known as Formosan. Historical linguists consider the island to be the home of the Austronesian family, as it is host to the most diverse set of Austronesian languages. Many of the tribes are traditionally matrilineal. Starting in the 17th century, European and East Asian colonists vied for control of the island, encroaching on aboriginal lands. Today, Formosans constitute around 2% of the population of Taiwan.

en: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognize the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognize the independence of the United States of America.
en_GB: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognise the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognise the independence of the United States of America.

en: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonization. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.
en_GB: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonisation. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.

en: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralized and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.
en_GB: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralised and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.

en: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalized. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.
en_GB: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalised. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.

en: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonized by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.
en_GB: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonised by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.

en: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanized during the following centuries.
en_GB: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanised during the following centuries.

en: Ancient Magna Graecia was a complex of Greek cities-colonies on the coasts of Italy and Sicily, founded during the Greek Colonization. They played an important role in the development of Etruscan and Roman cultures. In the 5th century BCE Magna Graecia was dominated by the city-state of Syracuse, a great center of Greek culture. Other major urban centers included Taranto, Croton, Sybaris and Messana. Magna Graecia was gradually conquered by Rome, a conquest that was completed by 272 BC. After the fall of the Western Roman Empire, Southern Italy was temporarily part of the Byzantine Empire as the Catepanate of Italia. A Greek-speaking population has survived in these areas to modern times.
en_GB: Ancient Magna Graecia was a complex of Greek cities-colonies on the coasts of Italy and Sicily, founded during the Greek Colonisation. They played an important role in the development of Etruscan and Roman cultures. In the 5th century BCE Magna Graecia was dominated by the city-state of Syracuse, a great centre of Greek culture. Other major urban centres included Taranto, Croton, Sybaris and Messana. Magna Graecia was gradually conquered by Rome, a conquest that was completed by 272 BC. After the fall of the Western Roman Empire, Southern Italy was temporarily part of the Byzantine Empire as the Catepanate of Italia. A Greek-speaking population has survived in these areas to modern times.

en: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonized by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.
en_GB: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonised by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.

en: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonization and a conversion to Islam fueled in large part by anti-European sentiment.
en_GB: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonisation and a conversion to Islam fuelled in large part by anti-European sentiment.

en: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilizations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.
en_GB: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilisations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.

en: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianized distributions of Linux operating system.
en_GB: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianised distributions of Linux operating system.

en: Khoisan speakers are typically divided between the Khoikhoi, traditionally herders, and the San, traditionally hunter gatherers. They are traditionally among the most egalitarian societies on the planet. San society in particular is organized around the institutions of family and band. Khoisan peoples carry some of the most ancient genetic lineages in the world. Today there are over 300,000 Khoisan people, forming significant minorities in and around the Kalahari desert in Namibia, Botswana, South Africa, and Angola.
en_GB: Khoisan speakers are typically divided between the Khoikhoi, traditionally herders, and the San, traditionally hunter gatherers. They are traditionally among the most egalitarian societies on the planet. San society in particular is organised around the institutions of family and band. Khoisan peoples carry some of the most ancient genetic lineages in the world. Today there are over 300,000 Khoisan people, forming significant minorities in and around the Kalahari desert in Namibia, Botswana, South Africa, and Angola.

en: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanized, centralized, and militarized state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.
en_GB: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanised, centralised, and militarised state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.

en: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonization attempts in the New World.
en_GB: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonisation attempts in the New World.

en: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognized.
en_GB: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognised.

en: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist center and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.
en_GB: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist centre and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.

en: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalization and a gradual return to private enterprise started.
en_GB: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalisation and a gradual return to private enterprise started.

en: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilization. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.
en_GB: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilisation. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.

en: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenization as a result of deportation actions organized by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.
en_GB: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenisation as a result of deportation actions organised by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.

en: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterized by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organized themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.
en_GB: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterised by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organised themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.

en: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbors, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanized after the annexation of their land by Rome.
en_GB: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbours, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanised after the annexation of their land by Rome.

en: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilization in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.
en_GB: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilisation in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.

en: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centered in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.
en_GB: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centred in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.

en: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the center of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.
en_GB: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the centre of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.

en: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamized from the 11th century onwards. Colonized by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.
en_GB: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamised from the 11th century onwards. Colonised by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.

en: The Mixtecs or Ñuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilizations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.
en_GB: The Mixtecs or Ñuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilisations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.

en: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonizations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonization process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognized by any country.
en_GB: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonisations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonisation process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognised by any country.

en: With only two square kilometers, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.
en_GB: With only two square kilometres, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.

en: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose center was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.
en_GB: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose centre was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.

en: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonizers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centers and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.
en_GB: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonisers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centres and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.

en: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterized by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.
en_GB: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterised by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.

en: The Novgorod Republic was was a large Medieval Russian state that stretched from the Baltic Sea to the Ural Mountains. It existed between the 12th and 15th centuries and was centered on the city of Novgorod.
en_GB: The Novgorod Republic was was a large Medieval Russian state that stretched from the Baltic Sea to the Ural Mountains. It existed between the 12th and 15th centuries and was centred on the city of Novgorod.

en: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbor, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centered on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.
en_GB: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbour, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centred on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.

en: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognized as 7 tribes.
en_GB: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognised as 7 tribes.

en: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanized by the Teutonic Order.
en_GB: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanised by the Teutonic Order.

en: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognized Republic of South Ossetia.
en_GB: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognised Republic of South Ossetia.

en: The Otomí are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilizations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hñähñu. With more than half a million people the Otomí are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.
en_GB: The Otomí are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilisations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hñähñu. With more than half a million people the Otomí are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.

en: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighboring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.
en_GB: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighbouring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.

en: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonized by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.
en_GB: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonised by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.

en: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonized by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.
en_GB: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonised by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.

en: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honor known as Pashtunwali.
en_GB: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honour known as Pashtunwali.

en: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilization. It is still today a major center of indigenous South American culture.
en_GB: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilisation. It is still today a major centre of indigenous South American culture.

en: Phoenicia was an ancient civilization, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.
en_GB: Phoenicia was an ancient civilisation, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.

en: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenization.
en_GB: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenisation.

en: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticized pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.
en_GB: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticised pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.

en: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendor under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.
en_GB: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendour under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.

en: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilization was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.
en_GB: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilisation was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.

en: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organized by taking votes.
en_GB: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organised by taking votes.

en: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centered in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.
en_GB: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centred in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.

en: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanized. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.
en_GB: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanised. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.

en: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonized by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.
en_GB: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonised by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.

en: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilization in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.
en_GB: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilisation in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.

en: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centered in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.
en_GB: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centred in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.

en: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilized Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.
en_GB: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilised Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.

en: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbors.
en_GB: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbours.

en: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratization of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.
en_GB: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratisation of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.

en: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilized Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.
en_GB: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilised Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.

en: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognized state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognized.
en_GB: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognised state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognised.

en: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonized by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.
en_GB: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonised by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.

en: Dutch settlers began colonizing southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the color of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.
en_GB: Dutch settlers began colonising southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the colour of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.

en: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modeled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.
en_GB: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modelled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.

en: Sri Vijaya was an empire centered on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.
en_GB: Sri Vijaya was an empire centred on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.

en: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonized by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.
en_GB: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonised by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.

en: The Swazi are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilized the southern frontier with the Zulus.
en_GB: The Swazis are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilised the southern frontier with the Zulus.

en: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organization grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.
en_GB: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organisation grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.

en: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularized and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.
en_GB: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularised and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.

en: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognized by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.
en_GB: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognised by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.

en: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianized, while the imperial administration and military organization displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.
en_GB: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianised, while the imperial administration and military organisation displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.

en: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilization that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilization to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilization.
en_GB: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilisation that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilisation to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilisation.

en: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonization.
en_GB: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonisation.

en: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognized by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.
en_GB: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognised by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.

en: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonized by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbors. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.
en_GB: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonised by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbours. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.

en: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organization they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.
en_GB: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organisation they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.

en: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognizes the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.
en_GB: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognises the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.

en: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilization. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.
en_GB: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilisation. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.

en: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilization lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.
en_GB: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilisation lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.

en: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanization or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.
en_GB: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanisation or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.

en: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanized.
en_GB: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanised.

en: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonized, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonizers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.
en_GB: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonised, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonisers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.

en: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognized by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanized Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.
en_GB: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognised by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanised Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.

en: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialize and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labor union activity.
en_GB: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialise and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labour union activity.

en: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorize villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.
en_GB: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorise villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.

en: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanization and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.
en_GB: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanisation and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.

en: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilizations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.
en_GB: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilisations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.

en: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonized by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.
en_GB: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonised by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.

en: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading center since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.
en_GB: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading centre since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.

en: The Zapotecs or Binnizá live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilizations. The most notable Zapotec center, Monte Albán, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juárez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.
en_GB: The Zapotecs or Binnizá live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilisations. The most notable Zapotec centre, Monte Albán, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juárez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.

en: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilization from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.
en_GB: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilisation from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.

en: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming! | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise. | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.

en: *%s (AI)* Dishonored one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Dishonoured one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!

en: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbor, may we suggest more peaceful relations?
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbour, may we suggest more peaceful relations?

en: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honor our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honour our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!

en: 
    This skill level's features include the following. (Some rulesets may define extra level-specific behavior.)
en_GB: 
    This skill level's features include the following. (Some rulesets may define extra level-specific behaviour.)

en: The citizen governor can't fulfill the requirements for %s. Passing back control.
en_GB: The citizen governor can't fulfil the requirements for %s. Passing back control.

en: The citizen governor has gotten confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.
en_GB: The citizen governor has got itself confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.

en: No real audio subsystem managed to initialize!
en_GB: No real audio subsystem managed to initialise!

en: defense
en_GB: defence

note: TRANS: "text" or "background".
en: Select the %s color
en_GB: Select the %s colour

en: Color (Ctrl-C)
en_GB: Colour (Ctrl-C)

en: Select the text color
en_GB: Select the text colour

en: Select the background color
en_GB: Select the background colour

en: Move/Defense:
en_GB: Move/Defence:

en: C_ivilization
en_GB: C_ivilisation

en: _Center View
en_GB: _Centre View

en: Defense bonus:
en_GB: Defence bonus:

en: Connect With Railroad
en_GB: Connect With Railway

en: Civilization
en_GB: Civilisation

en: Terrain Defense Bonus: +%d%%
en_GB: Terrain Defence Bonus: +%d%%

en: Unable to initialize SDL2 library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL2 library: %s

en: Unable to initialize SDL2_ttf library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL2_ttf library: %s

en: The Greatest Civilizations in the world.
en_GB: The Greatest Civilisations in the world.

en: Solid unit background color
en_GB: Solid unit background colour

en: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background color instead of the flag backdrop.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background colour instead of the flag backdrop.

en: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behavior of the "bell" event by editing the message options.
en_GB: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behaviour of the "bell" event by editing the message options.

en: Mapview recentering time (milliseconds)
en_GB: Mapview recentring time (milliseconds)

en: When the map view is recentered, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.
en_GB: When the map view is recentred, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.

en: Color to highlight your player/user name
en_GB: Colour to highlight your player/user name

en: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this color as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.
en_GB: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this colour as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.

en: Auto center on units
en_GB: Auto centre on units

en: Set this option to have the active unit centered automatically when the unit focus changes.
en_GB: Set this option to have the active unit centred automatically when the unit focus changes.

en: Disable this option if you do not want to see automated units autocentered and animated.
en_GB: Disable this option if you do not want to see automated units autocentred and animated.

en: Auto center on combat
en_GB: Auto centre on combat

en: Set this option to have any combat be centered automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.
en_GB: Set this option to have any combat be centred automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.

en: Auto center on new turn
en_GB: Auto centre on new turn

en: Set this option to have the client automatically recenter the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.
en_GB: Set this option to have the client automatically recentre the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.

en: Center map when popup city
en_GB: Centre map when popup city

en: Setting this option makes the mapview center on a city when its city dialog is popped up.
en_GB: Setting this option makes the mapview centre on a city when its city dialog is popped up.

en: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colors in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.
en_GB: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colours in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.

en: Controls if tech help should be opened when new tech has been gained.
    'Ruleset' means that behavior suggested by current ruleset is used.
en_GB: Controls if tech help should be opened when new tech has been gained.
    'Ruleset' means that behaviour suggested by current ruleset is used.

en: Use color cursors
en_GB: Use colour cursors

en: If this option is set the client will show a titlebar. If disabled, then no titlebar will be shown, and minimize/maximize/etc buttons will be placed on the menu bar.
en_GB: If this option is set the client will show a titlebar. If disabled, then no titlebar will be shown, and minimise/maximise/etc buttons will be placed on the menu bar.

en: Missing overlay-color sprite colors.overlay_0.
en_GB: Missing overlay-colour sprite colors.overlay_0.

note: TRANS: "Vote" as a process
en: Vote canceled
en_GB: Vote cancelled

note: TRANS: This is help for a server command, so keywords like * "define" in the first column are server keywords that must not * be translated. Do not translate keywords in single quotes, but * strings in <angle brackets> should be translated.
en: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colors
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'
en_GB: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colours
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'

en: City center
en_GB: City centre

en: 'Cause civilization should be free!
en_GB: 'Cause civilisation should be free!

en: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city. They are ineffective against Artillery and Bombers. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city. They are ineffective against Artillery and Bombers. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Neutralizes the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.
en_GB: Neutralises the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).

en: Recycling Center
en_GB: Recycling Centre

en: Building a Recycling Center reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.
en_GB: Building a Recycling Centre reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.

en: SDI Defense
en_GB: SDI Defence

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.

en: The civilization which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.
en_GB: The civilisation which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.

en: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilization, and without the transition period of Anarchy.
en_GB: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilisation, and without the transition period of Anarchy.

en: Shakespeare's Theater
en_GB: Shakespeare's Theatre

en: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognizable government. Citizens are disorganized and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.
en_GB: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognisable government. Citizens are disorganised and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.

en: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilizations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.
en_GB: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilisations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.

en: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilizations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortés in 1521.
en_GB: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilisations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortés in 1521.

en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

en: Since the dawn of civilization, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.
en_GB: Since the dawn of civilisation, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.

en: Industrialization
en_GB: Industrialisation

en: Labor Union
en_GB: Labour Union

en: ?tech:Railroad
en_GB: Railway

en: Allows Settlers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: City center tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.
en_GB: City centre tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam or Nuclear Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam or Nuclear Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre.

en: The city's population starts adding to pollution with the discovery of Industrialization, and Automobile, Mass Production, and Plastics make this worse. Building a Mass Transit in a city eliminates the population's contribution to pollution.
en_GB: The city's population starts adding to pollution with the discovery of Industrialisation, and Automobile, Mass Production, and Plastics make this worse. Building a Mass Transit in a city eliminates the population's contribution to pollution.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities.

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads, and are an exception to this requirement.
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads, and are an exception to this requirement.

en: Railroad
en_GB: Railway

en: Once you learn the Railroad technology, you may upgrade your roads to railroads. Units expend no movement points when moving along a railroad; you may ride a railroad indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB: Once you learn the Railway technology, you may upgrade your roads to railways. Units expend no movement points when moving along a railway; you may ride a railway indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en: A railroad also increases by half (rounding down) all kinds of resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railroad retains any trade bonus from the road as well.
en_GB: A railway also increases by half (rounding down) all kinds of resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railway retains any trade bonus from the road as well.

en: Roads and railroads can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology.
en_GB: Roads and railways can only be built on River tiles if your civilisation has learned Bridge Building technology.

en: The Phalanx is armored infantry, suitable for defending your cities.
en_GB: The Phalanx is armoured infantry, suitable for defending your cities.

en: Mechanized Infantry; this unit has the strongest defense strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: Mechanised Infantry; this unit has the strongest defence strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: Knights are mounted and heavily armored warriors.
en_GB: Knights are mounted and heavily armoured warriors.

en: Armors are motorized war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.
en_GB: Armours are motorised war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.

en: Bombers are specialized airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.
en_GB: Bombers are specialised airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.

en: The Ironclad is an armored ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.
en_GB: The Ironclad is an armoured ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.

en: Traveling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defense if caught off guard.
en_GB: Travelling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defence if caught off guard.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorized to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.
en_GB: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorised to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.

en: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilization owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilisation owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.

en:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilization that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilisation that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.

en: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by traveling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilizations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilization of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route. Each city can support a maximum of three trade routes.
en_GB: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by travelling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilisations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilisation of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route. Each city can support a maximum of three trade routes.

en: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Coastal Defense
en_GB: Coastal Defence

en: Increases the defense strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.
en_GB: Increases the defence strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Corruption and waste in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption and waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Corruption and waste in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption and waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Doubles the defense of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).
en_GB: Doubles the defence of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defense for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defence for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.

en: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railroads.
en_GB: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railways.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

en: Fundamentalism is a form of government organized around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.
en_GB: Fundamentalism is a form of government organised around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.

en: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorized the ancient civilized peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonized much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilization.
en_GB: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorised the ancient civilised peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonised much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilisation.

en: Miniaturization
en_GB: Miniaturisation

en: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilization: you learn %s immediately.
en_GB: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilisation: you learn %s immediately.

en: Allows Settlers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.

en: City center tiles with roads are automatically upgraded to railroads when you learn the Railroad technology.
en_GB: City centre tiles with roads are automatically upgraded to railways when you learn the Railway technology.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defense factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally) for fast travel.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defence factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally) for fast travel.

en: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defense.
en_GB: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defence.

en: The Mechanized Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: The Mechanised Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!

note: TRANS: Description of 'Core' nation set in default rulesets. ; If you have translated all of the nations in the extended set, not ; just these core nations, feel free to discard the words about ; localization, rather than translating literally.
en: A small set of playable nations that should be fully localized into languages other than English.
en_GB: A small set of playable nations that should be fully localised into languages other than English.

note: TRANS: Description of the 'Extended' nation set in default rulesets, ; which contains all nations that come with Freeciv. ; If you have only translated the Core nations, replace this ; description to say so rather than making it a literal translation. ; Conversely, if you have translated everything,
en: The complete set of playable nations; this allows for larger games or more variety, but not all of these may have been localized into languages other than English.
en_GB: The complete set of playable nations; this allows for larger games or more variety, but not all of these may have been localised into languages other than English.

en: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: City center tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine or oil well on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.
en_GB: City centre tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine or oil well on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which land units can see further afield.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which land units can see further afield.

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads (unless they are on a river tile and you do not yet know Bridge Building).
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads (unless they are on a river tile and you do not yet know Bridge Building).

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by traveling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilizations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilization of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.
en_GB: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by travelling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilisations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilisation of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.

en: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an airplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.
en_GB: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an aeroplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.

en: These larger cities enjoy increased defense (+50%) against both land and sea units; however, such large settlements have a small risk of fire, which can destroy buildings in the city.
en_GB: These larger cities enjoy increased defence (+50%) against both land and sea units; however, such large settlements have a small risk of fire, which can destroy buildings in the city.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city. They add a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defense strength of units within the city against land units (that is a two-thirds increase for small cities, or a one-half increase for cities larger than size 8), but are ineffective against airborne and sea units. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city. They add a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defence strength of units within the city against land units (that is a two-thirds increase for small cities, or a one-half increase for cities larger than size 8), but are ineffective against airborne and sea units. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.

en: Gives a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defense strength of units within a city when defending against enemy ships. For small cities the defense strength is doubled by this improvement; for cities larger than size 8, it is increased by two-thirds.
en_GB: Gives a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defence strength of units within a city when defending against enemy ships. For small cities the defence strength is doubled by this improvement; for cities larger than size 8, it is increased by two-thirds.

en: Amphitheater
en_GB: Amphitheatre

en: However, a Hydro Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Center; pollution is reduced further for the player who owns the Hoover Dam. (A Hydro Plant's effect is the same as that of a Nuclear Plant; with the Hoover Dam, its effect is increased to that of a Solar Plant.)
en_GB: However, a Hydro Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Centre; pollution is reduced further for the player who owns the Hoover Dam. (A Hydro Plant's effect is the same as that of a Nuclear Plant; with the Hoover Dam, its effect is increased to that of a Solar Plant.)

en: However, a Nuclear Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Center. (Its effect is the same as that of a Hydro Plant.)
en_GB: However, a Nuclear Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Centre. (Its effect is the same as that of a Hydro Plant.)

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Waste in other cities (corruption, production waste, and food waste) is often related to how far away from the capital they are. On top of this, corruption and production waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (and a Courthouse will eliminate it entirely).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Waste in other cities (corruption, production waste, and food waste) is often related to how far away from the capital they are. On top of this, corruption and production waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (and a Courthouse will eliminate it entirely).

en: Makes a city the ecclesiastical capital, that acts as a second center of government.
en_GB: Makes a city the ecclesiastical capital, that acts as a second centre of government.

en: A Police Station neutralizes any unhappiness caused by one military unit in its city. It also makes up to 2 more unhappy citizens content provided they are not unhappy about aggression.
en_GB: A Police Station neutralises any unhappiness caused by one military unit in its city. It also makes up to 2 more unhappy citizens content provided they are not unhappy about aggression.

en: Building a Recycling Center reduces the amount of pollution generated by shield production in a city by 50%, or by an additional 25% in cities with another building which reduces pollution (Nuclear Plant, Hydro Plant, or Solar Plant).
en_GB: Building a Recycling Centre reduces the amount of pollution generated by shield production in a city by 50%, or by an additional 25% in cities with another building which reduces pollution (Nuclear Plant, Hydro Plant, or Solar Plant).

en: Doubles the intrinsic defense strength of units within a city when defending against aircraft (including helicopters).
en_GB: Doubles the intrinsic defence strength of units within a city when defending against aircraft (including helicopters).

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles the intrinsic defense strength of units in the city when defending against conventional missiles.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles the intrinsic defence strength of units in the city when defending against conventional missiles.

en: However, a Solar Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 25% of its normal value, or eliminates it entirely in combination with a Recycling Center.
en_GB: However, a Solar Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 25% of its normal value, or eliminates it entirely in combination with a Recycling Centre.

en: Each tile around the city with roads and without farmland, that is already generating some trade, produces one extra trade resource. The same applies to the city center tile (even if it is receiving a farmland bonus).
en_GB: Each tile around the city with roads and without farmland, that is already generating some trade, produces one extra trade resource. The same applies to the city centre tile (even if it is receiving a farmland bonus).

en: Increases the defense of all your cities by adding a +50% bonus to its units' intrinsic defense strength against land units (this is cumulative with any City Walls), and preventing the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.
en_GB: Increases the defence of all your cities by adding a +50% bonus to its units' intrinsic defence strength against land units (this is cumulative with any City Walls), and preventing the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 1 -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where a single unit makes two citizens unhappy). Under governments where unit upkeep is paid in gold, it gives two free gold per city towards upkeep every turn.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 1 -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where a single unit makes two citizens unhappy). Under governments where unit upkeep is paid in gold, it gives two free gold per city towards upkeep every turn.

en: Reduces by 1 the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city -- in other words, in each city it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where it just halves the unhappiness from that unit). Each city also avoids one shield of upkeep for units.
en_GB: Reduces by 1 the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city -- in other words, in each city it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where it just halves the unhappiness from that unit). Each city also avoids one shield of upkeep for units.

en: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilization, and without the transition period of Anarchy. It also allows unprovoked declaration of war regardless of any senate instituted by a Democracy or Federation government or by the United Nations.
en_GB: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilisation, and without the transition period of Anarchy. It also allows unprovoked declaration of war regardless of any senate instituted by a Democracy or Federation government or by the United Nations.

en: Neutralizes the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city. Under Democracy, it additionally halves the unhappiness caused by military units (reducing it to the same level as a Republic).
en_GB: Neutralises the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city. Under Democracy, it additionally halves the unhappiness caused by military units (reducing it to the same level as a Republic).

en: Each entertainer produces two luxury points for their city per turn, increasing to three once any player has built Shakespeare's Theater. See the section on Happiness for the effects of luxury points.
en_GB: Each entertainer produces two luxury points for their city per turn, increasing to three once any player has built Shakespeare's Theatre. See the section on Happiness for the effects of luxury points.

en: * Your centers of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +75% bonus to gold production.
    * Each worked tile that gives more than 2 Food, Shield, or Trade will suffer a -1 penalty, unless the city working it is celebrating. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 2 units for free; further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Unlike later governments, military units do not cause unhappiness even when deployed aggressively.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).
en_GB: * Your centres of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +75% bonus to gold production.
    * Each worked tile that gives more than 2 Food, Shield, or Trade will suffer a -1 penalty, unless the city working it is celebrating. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 2 units for free; further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Unlike later governments, military units do not cause unhappiness even when deployed aggressively.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).

en: * Your centers of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +50% bonus to gold production.
    * Celebrating cities produce one extra trade point for every tile which is already producing trade. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 3 units for free (the maximum possible); further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Each city tolerates up to 3 aggressively deployed military units; each further unit causes 1 unhappy citizen.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).
en_GB: * Your centres of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +50% bonus to gold production.
    * Celebrating cities produce one extra trade point for every tile which is already producing trade. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 3 units for free (the maximum possible); further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Each city tolerates up to 3 aggressively deployed military units; each further unit causes 1 unhappy citizen.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).

en: Communism is a good government for maximizing shield production, and for large empires.
en_GB: Communism is a good government for maximising shield production, and for large empires.

en: Fundamentalism is a good government for maximizing gold, and its Fanatics are useful in wartime, but it has a heavy penalty to technological progress.
en_GB: Fundamentalism is a good government for maximising gold, and its Fanatics are useful in wartime, but it has a heavy penalty to technological progress.

en: Federalism is a system in which the power to govern is shared between national and provincial governments.  This decentralization minimizes the corruption and waste caused by distance to capital, and avoids separatist movements.
en_GB: Federalism is a system in which the power to govern is shared between national and provincial governments.  This decentralisation minimises the corruption and waste caused by distance to capital, and avoids separatist movements.

en: Allows irrigation without an adjacent water source, improves the effect of Amphitheaters, and increases city vision radius.
en_GB: Allows irrigation without an adjacent water source, improves the effect of Amphitheatres, and increases city vision radius.

en: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railroads with maglev.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railways with maglev.

en: Allows cities to build Harbors and coastal wonders.
en_GB: Allows cities to build Harbours and coastal wonders.

en: Compared to a fort, units in a fortress receive extra defense (+50%) against all units (in total, their defense against land units and boats is doubled), and do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city. Any kind of land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.
en_GB: Compared to a fort, units in a fortress receive extra defence (+50%) against all units (in total, their defence against land units and boats is doubled), and do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city. Any kind of land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.

en: Compared to an airstrip, units in an airbase receive extra defense (+50%) against all units (in total, their defense against air units and missiles is doubled), do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city, and can see further afield. Also, air units recover more hit points (a third per turn, the same as in a city without an Airport).
en_GB: Compared to an airstrip, units in an airbase receive extra defence (+50%) against all units (in total, their defence against air units and missiles is doubled), do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city, and can see further afield. Also, air units recover more hit points (a third per turn, the same as in a city without an Airport).

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads (even on a river tile).
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads (even on a river tile).

en: Once you learn the Railroad technology, you may upgrade your roads to railroads. Units travel considerably faster along railroads than along roads.
en_GB: Once you learn the Railway technology, you may upgrade your roads to railways. Units travel considerably faster along railways than along roads.

en: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railroad routes. Land and Small Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railway routes. Land and Small Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en: Your regular railroads are still used to carry heavy Big Land and Merchant units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.
en_GB: Your regular railways are still used to carry heavy Big Land and Merchant units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.

en: City center tiles with railroads are automatically upgraded to maglev when you learn about Superconductors.
en_GB: City centre tiles with railways are automatically upgraded to maglev when you learn about Superconductors.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defense factor by 25%.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defence factor by 25%.

en: Roads and railroads can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology. Fortresses and Airbases cannot be built on River tiles.
en_GB: Roads and railways can only be built on River tiles if your civilisation has learned Bridge Building technology. Fortresses and Airbases cannot be built on River tiles.

en: The Mechanized Infantry has the strongest inherent defensive strength of any land unit, and is very fast on roads and easy terrain, but it is hindered rather than helped by rough terrain (it cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles), and it is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: The Mechanised Infantry has the strongest inherent defensive strength of any land unit, and is very fast on roads and easy terrain, but it is hindered rather than helped by rough terrain (it cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles), and it is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: Armors are motorized war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit. However, they are less adaptable to very rough terrain (they cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles without roads), and unable to use less rough terrain to improve their defense.
en_GB: Armours are motorised war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit. However, they are less adaptable to very rough terrain (they cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles without roads), and unable to use less rough terrain to improve their defence.

en: Helicopters can also transport one military land unit; while most troops must load or unload in a city, airstrip, or airbase (and not in the field or onboard a Carrier), units specializing in mobility (Paratroopers, Alpine Troops, Marines, Partisans, and Fanatics) can embark or disembark at any time.
en_GB: Helicopters can also transport one military land unit; while most troops must load or unload in a city, airstrip, or airbase (and not in the field or onboard a Carrier), units specialising in mobility (Paratroopers, Alpine Troops, Marines, Partisans, and Fanatics) can embark or disembark at any time.

en: The Frigate is a specialized ship with a strong offensive value, and can attack units on land, but it cannot transport units.
en_GB: The Frigate is a specialised ship with a strong offensive value, and can attack units on land, but it cannot transport units.

en: The Ironclad is an armored ship, more sturdy than the Frigate.
en_GB: The Ironclad is an armoured ship, more sturdy than the Frigate.

en: An improved Ironclad, with better move rate and vision. Anti-submarine weapons double its defense against Submarines.
en_GB: An improved Ironclad, with better move rate and vision. Anti-submarine weapons double its defence against Submarines.

en: Transports can also clean pollution and fallout on water tiles, and with knowledge of Miniaturization, may build oil platforms on deep ocean tiles (for use by Offshore Platforms).
en_GB: Transports can also clean pollution and fallout on water tiles, and with knowledge of Miniaturisation, may build oil platforms on deep ocean tiles (for use by Offshore Platforms).

en: TIP:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of cleanup units next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs! This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter. Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of cleanup units next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs! This minimises the chance of nuclear winter. Eco-friendly nukes!

en: Caravans can only travel on roads, railroads, rivers or ships. (Caravans cannot take advantage of maglevs, but may travel on the railroads that accompany them.)
en_GB: Caravans can only travel on roads, railroads, rivers or ships. (Caravans cannot take advantage of maglevs, but may travel on the railways that accompany them.)

en: The Freight unit replaces the Caravan, and moves at twice the speed. It has the same behavior and movement restrictions.
en_GB: The Freight unit replaces the Caravan, and moves at twice the speed. It has the same behaviour and movement restrictions.

en: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilization. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbors to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BCE -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.
en_GB: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilisation. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbours to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BCE -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.

en:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilization is destroyed.
en_GB:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilisation is destroyed.

en:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilization whose craft reaches the system wins.
en_GB:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilisation whose craft reaches the system wins.

en:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end after 5000 turns if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilizations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.
en_GB:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end after 5000 turns if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilisations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.

en: A word of warning: Freeciv is highly customizable, both through run-time configuration and through custom rulesets which can change almost any aspect of the game rules. This help system tries to adapt to different rules, but may not completely cover rulesets which are very different from the classic rules.
en_GB: A word of warning: Freeciv is highly customisable, both through run-time configuration and through custom rulesets which can change almost any aspect of the game rules. This help system tries to adapt to different rules, but may not completely cover rulesets which are very different from the classic rules.

en:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilization develops units with a greater defense strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defense.  The units most often used for defense are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.
en_GB:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilisation develops units with a greater defence strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defence.  The units most often used for defence are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.

en:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers take city population, but if you picked a good city site, your city should be big enough by now.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilization's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.
en_GB:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers take city population, but if you picked a good city site, your city should be big enough by now.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilisation's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.

en:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defense later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.
en_GB:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defence later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.

en:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilization in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximize growth, trade and production.
en_GB:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilisation in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximise growth, trade and production.

en:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximize food production.
en_GB:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximise food production.

en:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labeled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.
en_GB:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labelled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.

en:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defense...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete.
en_GB:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defence...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete.

en:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:
en_GB:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTISE, PRACTISE, PRACTISE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:

en: Terrain serves three roles: the theater upon which your units battle rival civilizations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.
en_GB: Terrain serves three roles: the theatre upon which your units battle rival civilisations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.

en: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a unit is attacked, its defense strength is multiplied by the defense factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. (However, some types of units do not enjoy this bonus; in the classic ruleset, only land units do.) See the help section on Combat for further details.
en_GB: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a unit is attacked, its defence strength is multiplied by the defence factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. (However, some types of units do not enjoy this bonus; in the classic ruleset, only land units do.) See the help section on Combat for further details.

en: In some rulesets, units can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to water, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. Terrain-altering units that cannot reach the existing terrain may have to be loaded onto a suitable vessel, and if necessary and possible, they will move to safe neighboring tiles when the conversion is complete.
en_GB: In some rulesets, units can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to water, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. Terrain-altering units that cannot reach the existing terrain may have to be loaded onto a suitable vessel, and if necessary and possible, they will move to safe neighbouring tiles when the conversion is complete.

en: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilization is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.
en_GB: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilisation is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.

en: Trade points reflect wealth generated in each city by external commerce. Some trade points may be lost to corruption, which varies among forms of government, and tends to increase with distance from your center of government. Each city distributes its remaining trade points among three uses: gold, in the form of taxes, goes into your national treasury; luxury points influence citizen morale; and science points ("bulbs") contribute towards the discovery of new technology.
en_GB: Trade points reflect wealth generated in each city by external commerce. Some trade points may be lost to corruption, which varies among forms of government, and tends to increase with distance from your centre of government. Each city distributes its remaining trade points among three uses: gold, in the form of taxes, goes into your national treasury; luxury points influence citizen morale; and science points ("bulbs") contribute towards the discovery of new technology.

en: You must choose a single ratio for your civilization by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.
en_GB: You must choose a single ratio for your civilisation by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.

en: The ongoing trade route that is established benefits both its origin and destination cities equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them, and may also depend on the factors mentioned above. The trade relationship also gives each civilization limited ongoing intelligence about the partner city. If a trade route ever becomes unsustainable -- for instance, if war breaks out in a ruleset where enemies cannot trade -- it may be permanently canceled.
en_GB: The ongoing trade route that is established benefits both its origin and destination cities equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them, and may also depend on the factors mentioned above. The trade relationship also gives each civilisation limited ongoing intelligence about the partner city. If a trade route ever becomes unsustainable -- for instance, if war breaks out in a ruleset where enemies cannot trade -- it may be permanently cancelled.

en: Each city can only support a limited number of trade routes (the exact limit is set by ruleset and circumstance). If you attempt to establish more, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is canceled if it would be less than the new route. (Otherwise, the origin civilization can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)
en_GB: Each city can only support a limited number of trade routes (the exact limit is set by ruleset and circumstance). If you attempt to establish more, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is cancelled if it would be less than the new route. (Otherwise, the origin civilisation can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)

en: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channeling them toward expansion, technological progress, and warfare.
en_GB: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channelling them towards expansion, technological progress, and warfare.

en: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the classic ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city center tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.
en_GB: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the classic ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city centre tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.

en: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighboring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Worker units could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.
en_GB: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighbouring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Worker units could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.

en: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and tile improvements built by units. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city center -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. The city's tile may also receive other benefits. In the classic ruleset, it always produces at least one food and one production point regardless of terrain; gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in); and is usually developed with roads. Other rulesets may differ in detail.
en_GB: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and tile improvements built by units. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city centre -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. The city's tile may also receive other benefits. In the classic ruleset, it always produces at least one food and one production point regardless of terrain; gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in); and is usually developed with roads. Other rulesets may differ in detail.

en: Clicking on the city center tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.
en_GB: Clicking on the city centre tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.

en: If you are at war with a civilization and some of your citizens are of that nationality, those citizens may also become unhappy.
en_GB: If you are at war with a civilisation and some of your citizens are of that nationality, those citizens may also become unhappy.

en: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilization. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the classic ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.
en_GB: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilisation. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the classic ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.

en: Units provide both the mobility your civilization needs, and the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defense and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.
en_GB: Units provide both the mobility your civilisation needs, and the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defence and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.

en: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defense strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.
en_GB: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defence strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.

en:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defense factor of the terrain it occupies.
en_GB:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defence factor of the terrain it occupies.

en:    - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defense is quintupled.
en_GB:    - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defence is quintupled.

en:    - An SDI Defense doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.
en_GB:    - An SDI Defence doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.

en:    - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defense, the defender's strength is doubled.
en_GB:    - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defence, the defender's strength is doubled.

en: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level. In the classic ruleset, if the winner's civilization has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half in case of land units.
en_GB: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level. In the classic ruleset, if the winner's civilisation has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half in case of land units.

en: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favor a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.
en_GB: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favour a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.

en: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defense.
en_GB: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defence.

en: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defense factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defense doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.
en_GB: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defence factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defence doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.

en: In this case, the odds greatly favor the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.
en_GB: In this case, the odds greatly favour the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.

en: In the classic rules, your start out ruling your civilization through Despotism. As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution. This will cause your civilization to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.
en_GB: In the classic rules, your start out ruling your civilisation through Despotism. As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution. This will cause your civilisation to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.

en: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy. When conquering other civilizations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.
en_GB: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy. When conquering other civilisations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.

en: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilization to develop new military units and city improvements.
en_GB: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilisation to develop new military units and city improvements.

en: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilizations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; your agents can steal advances; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.
en_GB: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilisations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; your agents can steal advances; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.

en: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the classic rules), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilization will forget an advance, requiring it to be researched again.
en_GB: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the classic rules), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilisation will forget an advance, requiring it to be researched again.

en: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilizations. If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this to be disabled on the server.)
en_GB: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilisations. If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this to be disabled on the server.)

en: If the capital of a civilization is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!
en_GB: If the capital of a civilisation is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!

en: TIP:  If an enemy civilization has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier. The only other option is to capture their capital.
en_GB: TIP:  If an enemy civilisation has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier. The only other option is to capture their capital.

en: Nations are distinguished by their flags, leaders and city names; in the classic rules they are identical in all other aspects and play by the same rules, but other rules may have nation-specific behavior.
en_GB: Nations are distinguished by their flags, leaders and city names; in the classic rules they are identical in all other aspects and play by the same rules, but other rules may have nation-specific behaviour.

en: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Center-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Center tile in view
      Ctrl-center-click:             Wake up sentried units
en_GB: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Centre-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Centre tile in view
      Ctrl-centre-click:             Wake up sentried units

en: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfill, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfill its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.
en_GB: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfil, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfil its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.

en: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colors, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.
en_GB: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colours, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.

en: * Getting colors:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the color in the toolbar over the entry)
    The color start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a color name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]color[/c]' will display the word 'color' in blue on a yellow background.
en_GB: * Getting colours:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the colour in the toolbar over the entry)
    The colour start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a colour name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]colour[/c]' will display the word 'colour' in blue on a yellow background.

en: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localization is already in progress for your language:
en_GB: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localisation is already in progress for your language:

en: If you would like to add a localization (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:
en_GB: If you would like to add a localisation (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:

en: Freeciv is released under the GNU General Public License (version 2 or, at your option, any later version).  In short, you may copy this program (including source) freely, but see the full license text below for full details.
en_GB: Freeciv is released under the GNU General Public Licence (version 2 or, at your option, any later version).  In short, you may copy this program (including source) freely, but see the full licence text below for full details.

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

en: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilization: you get the immediate advance %s.
en_GB: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilisation: you get the immediate advance %s.

en: Improves the effect of Amphitheaters.
en_GB: Improves the effect of Amphitheatres.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center or knowledge of Environmentalism.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre or knowledge of Environmentalism.

en: The Arab/Islamic civilization of 622 to 1495 CE.
en_GB: The Arab/Islamic civilisation of 622 to 1495 CE.

en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

en: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilizations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanized, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.
en_GB: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilisations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanised, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.

en: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilization to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.
en_GB: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilisation to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.

en: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilization. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.
en_GB: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilisation. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.

en: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilizations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilization spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.
en_GB: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilisations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilisation spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.

en: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centered on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.
en_GB: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centred on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.

en: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianized and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.
en_GB: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianised and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.

en: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbors to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.
en_GB: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbours to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.

en: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularized by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defense of Gallipoli.
en_GB: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularised by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defence of Gallipoli.

en: License="%s"
en_GB: Licence="%s"

en: Defense bonus
en_GB: Defence bonus

en: Trade route between %s and %s canceled.
en_GB: Trade route between %s and %s cancelled.

en: Sorry, the %s canceled the trade route from %s to your city %s.
en_GB: Sorry, the %s cancelled the trade route from %s to your city %s.

note: TRANS: "...from Paris to Spanish city Madrid."
en: We canceled the trade route from %s to %s city %s.
en_GB: We cancelled the trade route from %s to %s city %s.

en: Celebrations in your honor in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations in your honour in %s.

en: Celebrations canceled in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations cancelled in %s.

en: If there is none, become the game organizer with increased permissions.
en_GB: If there is none, become the game organiser with increased permissions.

note: TRANS: translate text between <>
en: playercolor <player-name> <color>
    playercolor <player-name> reset
en_GB: playercolor <player-name> <colour>
    playercolor <player-name> reset

en: Define the color of a player.
en_GB: Define the colour of a player.

en: This command sets the color of a specific player, overriding any color assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The color is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue color components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The color definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's color can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colors have been assigned, this command changes the player color in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colors, use 'list colors'.
en_GB: This command sets the colour of a specific player, overriding any colour assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The colour is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue colour components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The colour definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's colour can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colours have been assigned, this command changes the player colour in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colours, use 'list colors'.

en: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty cancelled!

en: %s canceled the meeting!
en_GB: %s cancelled the meeting!

en: Meeting with %s canceled.
en_GB: Meeting with %s cancelled.

en:  *** Edit mode canceled by %s. ***
en_GB:  *** Edit mode cancelled by %s. ***

en: The server appears to have gotten into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.
en_GB: The server appears to have got itself into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.

en:  %s canceled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.
en_GB:  %s cancelled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.

en: Can only set player color prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.
en_GB: Can only set player colour prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.

en: no color
en_GB: no colour

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most MILITARIZED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most MILITARISED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilisations in the World.

en: Traveler's Report:
en_GB: Traveller's Report:

en: No nations in the currently loaded ruleset have associated colors.
en_GB: No nations in the currently loaded ruleset have associated colours.

en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. The first character must be native to at least one "Starter" terrain. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        f   = Ferryboat (eg., Trireme)
        d   = Ok defense unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defense unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. The first character must be native to at least one "Starter" terrain. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        f   = Ferryboat (eg., Trireme)
        d   = Ok defence unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defence unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)

en: The chance that your civilization will lose a technology if you teach it to someone else by treaty, or if it is stolen from you.
en_GB: The chance that your civilisation will lose a technology if you teach it to someone else by treaty, or if it is stolen from you.

en: In order for two cities in the same civilization to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.
en_GB: In order for two cities in the same civilisation to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.

en: How to pick player colors
en_GB: How to pick player colours

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes are also translated * separately (they must match!). The strings between single quotes * are setting names and shouldn't be translated. The strings * between parentheses and in uppercase must not be translated.
en: This setting determines how player colors are chosen. Player colors are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colors are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colors are assigned to individual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colors can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colors. Any players for which no color is set when the game starts get a random color from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colors are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same color.
    - "Per-nation, in order" (NATION_ORDER): if the ruleset defines a color for a player's nation, the player takes that color. Any players whose nations don't have associated colors get a random color from the list in the ruleset.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colors can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.
en_GB: This setting determines how player colours are chosen. Player colours are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colours are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colours are assigned to individual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colours can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colours. Any players for which no colour is set when the game starts get a random colour from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colours are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same colour.
    - "Per-nation, in order" (NATION_ORDER): if the ruleset defines a colour for a player's nation, the player takes that colour. Any players whose nations don't have associated colours get a random colour from the list in the ruleset.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colours can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.

note: TRANS: Do not translate 'migration' setting name.
en: This setting controls how far citizens may look for a suitable migration destination when deciding which city to migrate to. The value is added to the candidate target city's radius and compared to the distance between the two cities. If the distance is lower or equal, migration is possible. (So with a setting of 0, citizens will only consider migrating if their city's center is within the destination city's working radius.) This setting has no effect unless migration is enabled by the 'migration' setting.
en_GB: This setting controls how far citizens may look for a suitable migration destination when deciding which city to migrate to. The value is added to the candidate target city's radius and compared to the distance between the two cities. If the distance is lower or equal, migration is possible. (So with a setting of 0, citizens will only consider migrating if their city's centre is within the destination city's working radius.) This setting has no effect unless migration is enabled by the 'migration' setting.

note: TRANS: the strings in double quotes are server command names * and should not be translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilization (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilisation (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes should be * translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
        C = include Culture
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalization is.
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
        C = include Culture
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalisation is.

en: Anyone can now become game organizer '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.
en_GB: Anyone can now become game organiser '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.

en: Someone else is already game organizer.
en_GB: Someone else is already game organiser.

en: Connection %s has opted to become the game organizer.
en_GB: Connection %s has opted to become the game organiser.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: %s has canceled the vote "%s" (number %d).
en_GB: %s has cancelled the vote "%s" (number %d).

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been canceled.
en_GB: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been cancelled.

en: Can only unset player color before game starts.
en_GB: Can only unset player colour before game starts.

en: Invalid player color definition. See '/help playercolor'.
en_GB: Invalid player colour definition. See '/help playercolor'.

note: TRANS: "... [c0ffee] for Caesar ... to Hammurabi."
en: Warning: new color [%s] for %s is identical to %s.
en_GB: Warning: new colour [%s] for %s is identical to %s.

en: Color of player %s set to [%s].
en_GB: Colour of player %s set to [%s].

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote canceled your previous vote.
en_GB: Your new vote cancelled your previous vote.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognized.
en_GB: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognised.

en: Settings re-initialized.
en_GB: Settings re-initialised.

en: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be canceled.
en_GB: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be cancelled.

en: Your delegated control of player '%s' was canceled.
en_GB: Your delegated control of player '%s' was cancelled.

en: Delegation of '%s' canceled.
en_GB: Delegation of '%s' cancelled.

en: Map color test images saved.
en_GB: Map colour test images saved.

en: List of player colors:
en_GB: List of player colours:

en: Great scientists from all the world join your civilization: you learn %s immediately.
en_GB: Great scientists from all the world join your civilisation: you learn %s immediately.

en: Your %s was shot down by SDI defenses, what a waste.
en_GB: Your %s was shot down by SDI defences, what a waste.

en: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defense.
en_GB: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defence.

note: TRANS: Describing a new vote that can pass only if the * given percentage of players votes 'yes'.
en: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favor).
en_GB: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favour).

en: _Trash Torrent Files
en_GB: Move Torrent Files to the Was_tebasket

en: Automatically moves torrent files to the trash after adding them
en_GB: Automatically moves torrent files to the wastebasket after adding them

en: This port gets used by peers on the internet to connect to you. It's important that the communication works, otherwise you will have a limited ability to connect to other peers and suffer from slower download speeds.
en_GB: This port gets used by peers on the Internet to connect to you. It's important that the communication works, otherwise you will have a limited ability to connect to other peers and suffer from slower download speeds.

en: Test failed. Make sure you are connected to the internet.
en_GB: Test failed. Make sure you are connected to the Internet.

en: Fractal is a decentralized, secure messaging client for collaborative group communication.
en_GB: Fractal is a decentralised, secure messaging client for collaborative group communication.

en: Serialized list of settings per session
en_GB: Serialised list of settings per session

en: Fractal is a Matrix messaging app for GNOME written in Rust. Its interface is optimized for collaboration in large groups, such as free software projects, and will fit all screens, big or small.
en_GB: Fractal is a Matrix messaging app for GNOME written in Rust. Its interface is optimised for collaboration in large groups, such as free software projects, and will fit all screens, big or small.

en: Find rooms to discuss your favorite topics, or talk privately to people, securely thanks to end-to-end encryption
en_GB: Find rooms to discuss your favourite topics, or talk privately to people, securely thanks to end-to-end encryption

en: This will invalidate the verifications of all users and sessions, and you might not be able to read your encrypted messages anymore.
en_GB: This will invalidate the verifications of all users and sessions, and you might not be able to read your encrypted messages any more.

en: You might not be able to read your encrypted messages anymore.
en_GB: You might not be able to read your encrypted messages any more.

en: Could Not Initialize Session
en_GB: Could Not Initialise Session

en: Deactivating your account means you will lose access to all your messages, contacts, files, and more, forever.
en_GB: Deactivating your account means you will lose access to all your messages, contacts, files and more, forever.

en: Your signing keys and encryption keys are synchronized
en_GB: Your signing keys and encryption keys are synchronised

en: Recover to synchronize your signing keys and encryption keys
en_GB: Recover to synchronise your signing keys and encryption keys

note: Translators: this is the month and day and the time in 24h format, i.e. "Last seen February 3 at 23:04". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.
en: Last seen %B %-e at %H:%M
en_GB: Last seen %-e %B at %H:%M

note: Translators: this is the month and day and the time in 12h format, i.e. "Last seen February 3 at 11:04 PM". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/meth
en: Last seen %B %-e at %I:%M %p
en_GB: Last seen %-e %B at %I:%M %p

note: Translators: this is the full date and the time in 24h format, i.e. "Last seen February 3 2015 at 23:04". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method
en: Last seen %B %-e %Y at %H:%M
en_GB: Last seen %-e %B %Y at %H:%M

note: Translators: this is the full date and the time in 12h format, i.e. "Last seen February 3 2015 at 11:04 PM". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/met
en: Last seen %B %-e %Y at %I:%M %p
en_GB: Last seen %-e %B %Y at %I:%M %p

en: The user is not in the room members list anymore
en_GB: The user is not in the room members list any more

note: Translators: this is a date and a time in 12h format. For example, "May 5 at 01:20 PM". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.DateTime.format.h
en: %B %-e at %I∶%M %p
en_GB: %-e %B at %I∶%M %p

note: Translators: this is a date and a time in 24h format. For example, "May 5 at 13:20". Do not change the time format as it will follow the system settings. See `man strftime` or the documentation of g_date_time_format for the available specifiers: <https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.DateTime.format.html
en: %B %-e at %H∶%M
en_GB: %-e %b at %H:%M

note: Translators: This is an action to join a room and put it in the "Favorites" section.
en: Join Room as Favorite
en_GB: Join Room as Favourite

en: Move to Favorites
en_GB: Move to Favourites

note: Translators: This is an action to rejoin a room and put it in the "Favorites" section.
en: Rejoin Room as Favorite
en_GB: Rejoin Room as Favourite

en: Move to _Favorites
en_GB: Move to _Favourites

en: Enroll or Delete fingerprints
en_GB: Enrol or Delete fingerprints

en: Privileges are required to enroll or delete fingerprints.
en_GB: Privileges are required to enrol or delete fingerprints.

en: Make lines of the same color to win
en_GB: Make lines of the same colour to win

en:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its center whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.
en_GB:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its centre whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.

en: (Adobe now considers XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)
en_GB: (Adobe now consider XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)

en: AccentCenterLowest
en_GB: AccentCentreLowest

en: Active Layer Color
en_GB: Active Layer Colour

en: Allow editing of multiple colors and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.
en_GB: Allow editing of multiple colours and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.

en: Allows you to select optional behavior when generating the font
en_GB: Allows you to select optional behaviour when generating the font

en: Almost H/V Color
en_GB: Almost H/V Colour

en: Anchor Color
en_GB: Anchor Colour

en: Anchored Line Color
en_GB: Anchored Line Colour

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated

en: Are you sure you don't want to use the cidmap I found?
en_GB: Are you sure you do not want to use the cidmap I found?

en: Ask the user for autotrace arguments each time autotrace is invoked
en_GB: Ask the user for autotrace arguements each time autotrace is invoked

en: Background Image Color
en_GB: Background Image Colour

en: Background color for the drawing area of all views
en_GB: Background colour for the drawing area of all views

en: Bad Color
en_GB: Bad Colour

en: Bad RGB color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad RGB colour spec: %s

en: Bad color on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.
en_GB: Bad colour on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.

en: Bad glyph range specified in color subtable of PfEd table
en_GB: Bad glyph range specified in colour subtable of PfEd table

en: Bad hex color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad hex colour spec: %s

en: Bad template, no extension
en_GB: Bad template, no file extension

en: Bad template, unrecognized format
en_GB: Bad template, unrecognised format

en: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the color at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients
en_GB: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the colour at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients

en: Blue Values Color
en_GB: Blue Values Colour

en: Brings up a dialog which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.
en_GB: Brings up a dialogue which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.

en: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviors are permitted on
    both the document and the font.
en_GB: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviours are permitted on
    both the document and the font.

en: Can't create temporary directory
en_GB: Cannot create a temporary directory

en: Can't find autotrace
en_GB: Cannot find autotrace

en: Can't find autotrace program (set AUTOTRACE environment variable) or download from:
      http://sf.net/projects/autotrace/
en_GB: Cannot find autotrace program, set AUTOTRACE environment variable or download from:
     http://sf.net/projects/autotrace/

en: Can't find mf
en_GB: Cannot find mf

en: Can't find mf program -- metafont (set MF environment variable) or download from:
      http://www.tug.org/
      http://www.ctan.org/
    It's part of the TeX distribution
en_GB: Cannot find mf program (metafont), set MF environment variable or download from:
      http://www.tug.org/
      http://www.ctan.org/
    It's part of the TeX distribution

en: Can't find the file
en_GB: Cannot find the file

en: Can't open %s
en_GB: Cannot open %s

en: Can't run mf
en_GB: Cannot run mf

en: Center Bet_ween Control Points
en_GB: Centre Bet_ween Control Points

en: Center Out
en_GB: Centre Out

note: #-#-#-#-#  111 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: qtplugins/manipulator/manipulatewidget.ui:132 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, rotateComboBox)
en: Center of Selection
en_GB: Centre of Selection

en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

en: Changed Color
en_GB: Changed Colour

en: CharCenterHighest
en_GB: CharCentreHighest

en: Clip Path Color
en_GB: Clip Path Colour

en: Color used to draw the advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the advance width line of a glyph

en: Color used to draw the background of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the background of selected glyphs

en: Color used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs

en: Color used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph

en: Color used to draw the kerning line
en_GB: Colour used to draw the kerning line

en: Color used to draw the left side bearing
en_GB: Colour used to draw the left side bearing

en: Color used to mark a changed glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark a changed glyph

en: Color used to mark the selected glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark the selected glyph

en: Conflict Hint Color
en_GB: Conflict Hint Colour

en: Coordinate Line Color
en_GB: Coordinate Line Colour

en: Couldn't open cidmap file: %s
en_GB: Could not open cidmap file: %s

en: Couldn't open file
en_GB: Could not open file

en: Couldn't open file %.200s
en_GB: Could not open file %.200s

en: Diagonal Hint Color
en_GB: Diagonal Hint Colour

en: Don't Warn Again
en_GB: Do not Warn Again

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Extrema Point Color
en_GB: Extrema Point Colour

en: Failed to parse color %s
en_GB: Failed to parse colour %s

en: Family Blue Color
en_GB: Family Blue Colour

en: First Point Color
en_GB: First Point Colour

en: FontForge is a font editor for outline and bitmap fonts that lets you create, edit, or convert, a range of fonts, including PostScript, TrueType, OpenType, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, SVG and BitMap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts.
en_GB: FontForge is a font editor for outline and bitmap fonts that lets you create, edit or convert, a range of fonts, including PostScript, TrueType, OpenType, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, SVG and BitMap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts.

en: Fontforge showing a glyph being edited
en_GB: FontForge showing a glyph being edited

en: Grid Fit Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Colour

en: Grid Fit Width Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Width Colour

en: Guide Layer Color
en_GB: Guide Layer Colour

en: HFlex Hint Color
en_GB: HFlex Hint Colour

en: HHint Active Color
en_GB: HHint Active Colour

en: Hint Label Color
en_GB: Hint Label Colour

en: Horiz. Hint Color
en_GB: Horiz. Hint Colour

en: I'm sorry this file is too complex for me to understand (or is erroneous, or is empty)
en_GB: I'm sorry, this file is too complex for me to understand (or is erroneous, or is empty)

en: Inactive Layer Color
en_GB: Inactive Layer Colour

en: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disasterous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behavior off -- but be careful!
en_GB: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disastrous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behaviour off – but be careful!

en: Italic Coord. Color
en_GB: Italic Coord. Colour

en: Kern Line Color
en_GB: Kern Line Colour

en: Learning to use FontForge is easy, and there are various tutorials available beginning with the basics up to more advanced features such as making and using scripts.
en_GB: Learning to use FontForge is easy, and there are various tutorials available beginning with the basics up to more advanced features, such as making and using scripts.

en: License URL
en_GB: Licence URL

en: Ligature Caret Color
en_GB: Ligature Caret Colour

en: Mathematical centerline
en_GB: Mathematical centreline

en: Metrics Label Color
en_GB: Metrics Label Colour

en: Next CP Color
en_GB: Next CP Colour

en: Normal/Off-Center
en_GB: Normal/Off-Centre

en: Oblique/Off-Center
en_GB: Oblique/Off-Centre

en: Old Outline Color
en_GB: Old Outline Colour

en: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behavior is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.
en_GB: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behaviour is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.

en: Original Color
en_GB: Original Colour

en: Point Color
en_GB: Point Colour

en: Point of Inflection Color
en_GB: Point of Inflection Colour

en: Prefs_App|FontForge recognizes BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.
en_GB: FontForge recognises BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.

en: Prefs_App|to alter that behavior you may set an environment
en_GB: to alter that behaviour you may set an environment

en: Prev CP Color
en_GB: Prev CP Colour

en: Raster Color
en_GB: Raster Colour

en: Raster Dark Color
en_GB: Raster Dark Colour

en: Raster Grid Color
en_GB: Raster Grid Colour

en: Raster New Color
en_GB: Raster New Colour

en: Raster Old Color
en_GB: Raster Old Colour

en: RecognizePUANames
en_GB: RecognisePUANames

en: Retain current advance width, center glyph within that width
en_GB: Retain current advance width, centre glyph within that width

en: Save Colors
en_GB: Save Colours

en: Save glyph colors in the PfEd table
en_GB: Save glyph colours in the PfEd table

en: Select by _Color
en_GB: Select by _Colour

en: Selected BG Color
en_GB: Selected BG Colour

en: Selected CP Color
en_GB: Selected CP Colour

en: Selected FG Color
en_GB: Selected FG Colour

en: Selected Point Color
en_GB: Selected Point Colour

en: Selected Width Color
en_GB: Selected Width Colour

en: Set _Color
en_GB: Set _Colour

en: Side Bearing Color
en_GB: Side Bearing Colour

en: Specify the color (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The color is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB color.
en_GB: Specify the colour (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The colour is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB colour.

en: Template Color
en_GB: Template Colour

en: The %1$s in the search dialog contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?
en_GB: The %1$s in the search dialogue contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?

en: The color of a selected point
en_GB: The colour of a selected point

en: The color of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour of an on-curve point

en: The color of anchor stars
en_GB: The colour of anchor stars

en: The color of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup
en_GB: The colour of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup

en: The color of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks

en: The color of grid-fit outlines
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit outlines

en: The color of outlines in inactive layers
en_GB: The colour of outlines in inactive layers

en: The color of outlines in the active layer
en_GB: The colour of outlines in the active layer

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: The color of the clip path
en_GB: The colour of the clip path

en: The color of the line marking the advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width

en: The color of the line marking the advance width when it is selected
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width when it is selected

en: The color of the line marking the grid-fit advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the grid-fit advance width

en: The color of the line(s) marking ligature carets
en_GB: The colour of the line(s) marking ligature carets

en: The color of the point which is the start of a contour
en_GB: The colour of the point which is the start of a contour

en: The color used to draw a hint which conflicts with another
en_GB: The colour used to draw a hint which conflicts with another

en: The color used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point

en: The color used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut
en_GB: The colour used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut

en: The color used to draw diagonal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw diagonal hints

en: The color used to draw horizontal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw horizontal hints

en: The color used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points
en_GB: The colour used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points

en: The color used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)

en: The color used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)

en: The color used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point

en: The color used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point

en: The color used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: The color used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: The color used to draw vertical hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw vertical hints

en: The color used to fill the outline if that mode is active
en_GB: The colour used to fill the outline if that mode is active

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary

en: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the color change happening along
    the line drawn in the view
en_GB: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the colour change happening along
    the line drawn in the view

en: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the color change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.
en_GB: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the colour change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.

en: The tiles should be centered on the path
en_GB: The tiles should be centred on the path

en: This does not seem to be a plate file
    Expected left paren
en_GB: This does not seem to be a plate file
    Expected left parenthesis

en: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    License). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?
en_GB: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    Licence). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?

en: This index is much larger than the closest neighbor
en_GB: This index is much larger than the closest neighbour

en: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Center of selection"
    nor "Last Press".
en_GB: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Centre of selection"
    nor "Last Press".

en: Trace Color
en_GB: Trace Colour

en: VFlex Hint Color
en_GB: VFlex Hint Colour

en: VHint Active Color
en_GB: VHint Active Colour

en: Vert. Hint Color
en_GB: Vert. Hint Colour

en: When centering an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centered on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?
en_GB: When centering an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centred on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?

en: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge center them based on their full width, or
    should it just center based on the lowest point
    of the accent.
en_GB: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge centre them based on their full width, or
    should it just centre based on the lowest point
    of the accent.

en: Width Color
en_GB: Width Colour

en: You are attempting to paste a reference to %1$s into %2$s.
    But %1$s does not exist in this font.
    Would you like to copy the original splines (or delete the reference)?
en_GB: You are attempting to paste a reference to %1$s into %2$s.
    But %1$s does not exist in this font.
    Would you like to copy the original splines or delete the reference?

en: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialog to close, is that what you want?
en_GB: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialogue to close, is that what you want?

en: _Center in Width
en_GB: _Centre in Width

en: _License...
en_GB: _Licence...

en: _Miter
en_GB: _Mitre

en: couldn't write encodings file
en_GB: could not write encodings file

en: electronic end user license table
en_GB: electronic end user licence table

note: Translators: "telepathy-logger" is the name of an application, * and should not be translated.
en: Failed to change favorite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.

en: Failed to change favorite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a contact identifier.
en: Failed to change favorite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.

note: Translators: the first parameter is the unknown key that * was received with the details params, and the second * identifies the persona store.
en: Unrecognized parameter ‘%s’ passed to persona store ‘%s’.
en_GB: Unrecognised parameter ‘%s’ passed to persona store ‘%s’.

en: Favorite status is not writeable on this contact.
en_GB: Favourite status is not writeable on this contact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a filename.
en: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognized.
en_GB: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognised.

note: Translators: both parameters are identifiers for backends.
en: Unrecognized source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.
en_GB: Unrecognised source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.

en: Allows you to change folder colors from the context menu under supported icon themes
en_GB: Allows you to change folder colours from the context menu under supported icon themes

en: Restores the color of the selected folders
en_GB: Restores the colour of the selected folders

en: Restores the color of the selected folder
en_GB: Restores the colour of the selected folder

en: Changes the color of the selected folders to %s
en_GB: Changes the colour of the selected folders to %s

en: Changes the color of the selected folder to %s
en_GB: Changes the colour of the selected folder to %s

en: Fullscreen Word Processor
en_GB: Full-screen Word Processor

en: Build directory %s not initialized, use flatpak build-init
en_GB: Build directory %s not initialised, use flatpak build-init

en: DIRECTORY - Finalize a build directory
en_GB: DIRECTORY - Finalise a build directory

en: Build directory %s not initialized
en_GB: Build directory %s not initialised

en: Build directory %s already finalized
en_GB: Build directory %s already finalised

en: Initialize var from named runtime
en_GB: Initialise var from named runtime

en: Initialize apps from named app
en_GB: Initialise apps from named app

en: Initialize /usr with a writable copy of the sdk
en_GB: Initialise /usr with a writable copy of the sdk

en: Re-initialize the sdk/var
en_GB: Re-initialise the sdk/var

en: DIRECTORY APPNAME SDK RUNTIME [BRANCH] - Initialize a directory for building
en_GB: DIRECTORY APPNAME SDK RUNTIME [BRANCH] - Initialise a directory for building

en: Build directory %s already initialized
en_GB: Build directory %s already initialised

en: Set priority (default 1, higher is more prioritized)
en_GB: Set priority (default 1, higher is more prioritised)

en: Append :s[tart], :m[iddle], :e[nd] or :f[ull] to change ellipsization
en_GB: Append :s[tart], :m[iddle], :e[nd] or :f[ull] to change ellipsisation

en: Initialize a directory for building
en_GB: Initialise a directory for building

en: Initialize seccomp failed
en_GB: Initialise seccomp failed

en: Remove colored balls from the board by forming lines
en_GB: Remove coloured balls from the board by forming lines

en: Five or More is the GNOME port of a once-popular computer game. Align five or more objects of the same color into a line to cause them to disappear and score points. Earn many more points by lining up as many objects as possible before clearing them.
en_GB: Five or More is the GNOME port of a once-popular computer game. Align five or more objects of the same colour into a line to cause them to disappear and score points. Earn many more points by lining up as many objects as possible before clearing them.

note: Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); opens a dialog for choosing background color
en: _Select color
en_GB: _Select colour

note: Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); resets background color
en: _Default color
en_GB: _Default colour

en: Add Port
en_GB: To Port

[ctx: @action focuses the filelight view on a given map segment]
en: Center Map Here
en_GB: Centre Map Here

[ctx: @info]
en: Filelight analyzes disk usage so you can see what's using lots of space. Choose a folder to proceed:
en_GB: Filelight analyses disk usage so you can see what's using lots of space. Choose a folder to proceed:

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

[ctx: @option:radio a color scheme variant]
en: System colors
en_GB: System colours

en: List of applications entered in the “Open File” dialog and not associated with the file type.
en_GB: List of applications entered in the “Open File” dialogue and not associated with the file type.

en: This proxy can for example be used to traverse firewalls.
en_GB: This proxy can, for example, be used to traverse firewalls.

en: Server informations
en_GB: Server information

en: Fetching databases information...
en_GB: Fetching database information...

[ctx: BrowserWindow|]
en: Don't ask again
en_GB: Do not ask again

[ctx: BookmarksImporter|]
en: Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in <b>Favorites</b> folder. This folder is usually located in
en_GB: Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in <b>Favourites</b> folder. This folder is usually located in

[ctx: BookmarksMenu|]
en: Organize &Bookmarks
en_GB: Organise &Bookmarks

[ctx: HistoryManager|]
en: Copy url
en_GB: Copy URL

[ctx: NetworkManager|]
en: Authorization required
en_GB: Authorisation required

[ctx: NetworkManager|]
en: Proxy authorization required
en_GB: Proxy authorisation required

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: Url
en_GB: URL

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: Center speed dials
en_GB: Centre speed dials

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: We apologize for this. Would you like to restore the last saved state?
en_GB: We apologise for this. Would you like to restore the last saved state?

[ctx: EditSearchEngine|]
en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

[ctx: EditSearchEngine|]
en: <b>Note: </b>%s in url or post data represent searched string
en_GB: <b>Note: </b>%s in URL or post data represent searched string

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Database Optimized
en_GB: Database Optimised

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Database successfully optimized.<br/><br/><b>Database Size Before: </b>%1<br/><b>Database Size After: </b>%2
en_GB: Database successfully optimised.<br/><br/><b>Database Size Before: </b>%1<br/><b>Database Size After: </b>%2

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Optimize database
en_GB: Optimise database

[ctx: IconChooser|]
en: Site Url:
en_GB: Site URL:

[ctx: LicenseViewer|]
en: License Viewer
en_GB: Licence Viewer

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Don't close window upon closing last tab
en_GB: Do not close window upon closing last tab

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Press "Shift" to not switch the tab but load the url in the current tab
en_GB: Press "Shift" to not switch the tab but load the URL in the current tab

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Propose to switch tab if completed url is already loaded
en_GB: Propose to switch tab if completed URL is already loaded

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Custom color:
en_GB: Custom colour:

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Select color
en_GB: Select colour

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Ask everytime for download location
en_GB: Ask every time for download location

[ctx: ThemeManager|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: TabBar|]
en: Don't ask again
en_GB: Do not ask again

[ctx: CertificateInfoWidget|]
en: Organization (O):
en_GB: Organisation (O):

[ctx: CertificateInfoWidget|]
en: Organizational Unit (OU):
en_GB: Organisational Unit (OU):

[ctx: jsAlert|]
en: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogs
en_GB: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogues

[ctx: WebPage|]
en: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogs
en_GB: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogues

[ctx: MouseGesturesSettingsDialog|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

en: Open url in:
en_GB: Open URL in:

en: Use only valid url
en_GB: Use only valid URL

en: Hello Qml Plugin
en_GB: Hello QML Plugin

en: First qml plugin action works :-)
en_GB: First QML plugin action works :-)

note: EXO_ICON_CHOOSER_CONTEXT_OTHER
en: Uncategorized Icons
en_GB: Uncategorised Icons

en: Start minimized (to tray, if possible)
en_GB: Start minimised (to tray, if possible)

en: Rescan Collection
en_GB: Re-scan Collection

en: Choose a Plugin
en_GB: Choose a Plug-in

en: Plugin Archives
en_GB: Plug-in Archives

en: The files cannot be moved to the Trash. Delete them permanently from the disk?
en_GB: The files cannot be moved to the Deleted Items folder. Delete them permanently from the disc?

en: R_andomize Playlist
en_GB: R_andomise Playlist

en: R_andomize Selection
en_GB: R_andomise Selection

en: Requires plugins providing dynamic playlists
en_GB: Requires plug-ins providing dynamic playlists

en: Scan At Startup
en_GB: Scan At Start-up

en: Replace content on side pane double click
en_GB: Replace content on side pane double-click

en: When using a menu item to add/replace tracks on the playlist, start playback if there is track currently playing. This option was the default behavior before Exaile 0.3.3
en_GB: When using a menu item to add/replace tracks on the playlist, start playback if there is track currently playing. This option was the default behaviour before Exaile 0.3.3

en: Show incompatible plugins
en_GB: Show incompatible plug-ins

en: Uppercase first letter of all tags
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of all tags

en: Randomize results
en_GB: Randomise results

en: _Equalizer
en_GB: _Equaliser

en: Contacting Icecast server...
en_GB: Contacting Shoutcast server...

en: Select rating of the current track
en_GB: Select rating for the current track

en: Analyze playlists
en_GB: Analyse playlists

en: Analyze playlist
en_GB: Analyse playlist

en: Show menuitem to toggle submission
en_GB: Show menu item to toggle submission

en: Color tint (experimental)
en_GB: Colour tint (experimental)

en: Playlist(s) to analyze
en_GB: Playlist(s) to analyse

en: Searches Amazon for covers
    
    To be able to use this plugin, an AWS API key and secret key are required.
en_GB: Searches Amazon for covers
    
    To be able to use this plug-in, an AWS API key and secret key are required.

en: A 10-band equalizer
en_GB: A 10-band equaliser

en: Facilitates categorizing your music by managing the grouping/category tag in audio files
en_GB: Facilitates categorising your music by managing the grouping/category tag in audio files

en: A simple plugin for testing the basic plugin system
en_GB: A simple plug-in for testing the basic plug-in system

en: Downmixes audio to one channel.
en_GB: Down-mixes audio to one channel.

en: Playlist Analyzer
en_GB: Playlist Analyser

en: Tool to help generate HTML5 visualizations of your playlists using d3.js. Optimized for Chrome.
en_GB: Tool to help generate HTML5 visualizations of your playlists using d3.js. Optimised for Chrome.

en: Cannot create meetings organized by other users in an Exchange Web Services calendar.
en_GB: Cannot create meetings organised by other users in an Exchange Web Services calendar.

en: Could not locate Trash folder
en_GB: Could not locate Wastebasket folder

en: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialog box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.
en_GB: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialogue box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.

en: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organizer to:
en_GB: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organiser to:

en: _Reset Synchronization Tags
en_GB: _Reset Synchronisation Tags

en: Folders can sometimes get out of synchronization, for example after a long time not being connected to the server. By resetting the synchronization tags the folders are updated completely. This does not cause download of any already locally stored messages. The change will take effect the next time the folders are refreshed.
en_GB: Folders can sometimes get out of synchronisation, for example after a long time not being connected to the server. By resetting the synchronisation tags the folders are updated completely. This does not cause download of any already locally stored messages. The change will take effect the next time the folders are refreshed.

en: Message to be sent within the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent within the organisation

en: Message to be sent outside the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent outside the organisation

en: Do not reply to senders outside the organization
en_GB: Do not reply to senders outside the organisation

en: Reply only to known senders outside the organization
en_GB: Reply only to known senders outside the organisation

en: Reply to any sender outside the organization
en_GB: Reply to any sender outside the organisation

en: Cannot modify organizational contact
en_GB: Cannot modify organisational contact

en: Cannot remove organizational contact
en_GB: Cannot remove organisational contact

en: Cannot create meetings organized by other users in a Microsoft 365 calendar.
en_GB: Cannot create meetings organised by other users in a Microsoft 365 calendar.

en: Failed to parse own Json data
en_GB: Failed to parse own JSON data

en: Organizational Contacts
en_GB: Organisational Contacts

en: Organizational Users
en_GB: Organisational Users

en: Reconnecting to LDAP server...
en_GB: Reconnecting to LDAP server…

en: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but one member could not be recognized. | Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but %d members could not be recognized.
en_GB[0]: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but one member could not be recognised.
en_GB[1]: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but %d members could not be recognised.

en: Receiving LDAP search results...
en_GB: Receiving LDAP search results…

en: Downloading contacts (%d)...
en_GB: Downloading contacts (%d)…

en: Adding contact to LDAP server...
en_GB: Adding contact to LDAP server…

en: Modifying contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Modifying contact from LDAP server…

en: Removing contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Removing contact from LDAP server…

en: The phone number parser reported a yet unknown error code.
en_GB: The phone number parser reported a yet unkown error code.

en: Unrecognized cursor origin
en_GB: Unrecognised cursor origin

en: Signing is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Signing is not supported by this cypher

en: Verifying is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Verifying is not supported by this cypher

en: Encryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Encryption is not supported by this cypher

en: Decryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Decryption is not supported by this cypher

en: Synchronizing junk database
en_GB: Synchronising junk database

en: Could not load %s: No initialization code in module.
en_GB: Could not load %s: No initialisation code in module.

en: Server response did not contain authorization data
en_GB: Server response did not contain authorisation data

en: Server response contained incomplete authorization data
en_GB: Server response contained incomplete authorisation data

en: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognized by the implementation.
en_GB: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognised by the implementation.

en: An I/O error occurred during security authorization.
en_GB: An I/O error occurred during security authorisation.

en: Peer's Certificate issuer is not recognized.
en_GB: Peer's Certificate issuer is not recognised.

en: Fortezza card has not been properly initialized.  Please remove it and return it to your issuer.
en_GB: Fortezza card has not been properly initialised.  Please remove it and return it to your issuer.

en: Couldn't initialize Fortezza personalities.
en_GB: Couldn't initialise Fortezza personalities.

en: The security card or token does not exist, needs to be initialized, or has been removed.
en_GB: The security card or token does not exist, needs to be initialised, or has been removed.

en: The OCSP server has refused this request as unauthorized.
en_GB: The OCSP server has refused this request as unauthorised.

en: The OCSP server returned an unrecognizable status.
en_GB: The OCSP server returned an unrecognisable status.

en: The signer of the OCSP response is not authorized to give status for this certificate.
en_GB: The signer of the OCSP response is not authorised to give status for this certificate.

en: Unrecognized Object Identifier.
en_GB: Unrecognised Object Identifier.

en: NSS is not initialized.
en_GB: NSS is not initialised.

en: Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder
en_GB: Cannot copy messages to the Wastebasket folder

[ctx: IMAPDefaults]
en: Sent Messages
en_GB: Sent Message

[ctx: IMAPDefaults]
en: [Gmail]/Trash
en_GB: [Gmail]/Wastebasket

en: Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise temporary folder %s: %s

en: Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s

en: Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s
    Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in “%s”
en_GB: Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s
    Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in “%s”

en: In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names
en_GB: In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names

en: Failed to connect to NNTP server %s in secure mode:
en_GB: Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode:

en: Syntax error, command unrecognized
en_GB: Syntax error, command unrecognised

en: When set to true, the reminders are shown only in the notification tray, otherwise the reminders dialog is shown immediately
en_GB: When set to true, the reminders are shown only in the notification tray, otherwise the reminders dialogue is shown immediately

en: Show reminder notification dialog always on top
en_GB: Show reminder notification dialogue always on top

en: Whether or not to show reminder notification dialog always on top. Note this works only as a hint for the window manager, which may or may not obey it.
en_GB: Whether or not to show reminder notification dialogue always on top. Note this works only as a hint for the window manager, which may or may not obey it.

en: X position of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: X position of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Y position of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Y position of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Width of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Width of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Height of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Height of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Size in pixels of the event list in the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Size in pixels of the event list in the reminder notification dialogue

en: Extension dialog “%s” not found.
en_GB: Extension dialogue “%s” not found.

[ctx: CategoryName]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format. #-#-#-#-#  355 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format. #-#-#-#-#  355 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday and a date. strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  356 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H

en: Open the above URL in a browser and go through the OAuth2 wizard there. Copy the resulting authorization code, or the URL the OAuth2 wizard finished with, below to continue the authentication process.
en_GB: Open the above URL in a browser and go through the OAuth2 wizard there. Copy the resulting authorisation code, or the URL the OAuth2 wizard finished with, below to continue the authentication process.

en: _Authorization code:
en_GB: _Authorisation code:

en: Certificate trust...
en_GB: Certificate trust…

en: Searching server sources...
en_GB: Searching server sources…

en: Can not open file
en_GB: Cannot open file

en: Write in machine readable format (one source per line, without localized property names and tab as separator)
en_GB: Write in machine readable format (one source per line, without localised property names and tab as separator)

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog.
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue.

en: Marcus Bains Line Color — Day View
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Day View

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View

en: Marcus Bains Line Color — Time bar
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Time bar

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)

en: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special colour (task-due-today-color)

en: Tasks due today color
en_GB: Tasks due today colour

en: Background color of tasks that are due today, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are due today, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight

en: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special colour (task-overdue-color)

en: Overdue tasks color
en_GB: Overdue tasks colour

en: Background color of tasks that are overdue, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are overdue, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.

en: By how many minutes to shorted new event time. Whether event end or start is changed is determined by "shorten-time-end" setting
en_GB: By how many minutes to shorten new event time. Whether the event end or start is changed is determined by "shorten-time-end" setting

en: Background color for the 'today' day
en_GB: Background colour for the 'today' day

en: Leave empty to use a yellow color derived from the current theme, otherwise use the color of form `#RRGGBB`
en_GB: Leave empty to use a yellow colour derived from the current theme, otherwise use the colour of form `#RRGGBB`

en: List of disabled plugins
en_GB: List of disabled plug-ins

en: The list of disabled plugins in Evolution
en_GB: The list of disabled plug-ins in Evolution

en: Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer.
en_GB: Every time Evolution starts, check whether it is the default mailer.

en: Recognize links in text and replace them.
en_GB: Recognise links in text and replace them.

en: Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images or Unicode characters.
en_GB: Recognise emoticons in text and replace them with images or Unicode characters.

en: Put personalized signatures at the top of replies
en_GB: Put personalised signatures at the top of replies

en: List of localized “Re”
en_GB: List of localised “Re”

en: Comma-separated list of localized “Re” abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “Re” prefix. An example is “SV,AV”.
en_GB: Comma-separated list of localised “Re” abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “Re” prefix. An example is “SV,AV”.

en: List of localized “Re” separators
en_GB: List of localised “Re” separators

en: A list of localized “Re” separators, used to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “:” and the Unicode “︰” separators.
en_GB: A list of localised “Re” separators, used to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “:” and the Unicode “︰” separators.

en: Use localized “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject
en_GB: Use localised “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject

en: When set to true, uses localized “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject on reply and forward as provided by current locale translation, otherwise uses unlocalized version.
en_GB: When set to true, uses localised “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject on reply and forward as provided by current locale translation, otherwise uses unlocalised version.

en: Paste plain text as preformatted
en_GB: Paste plain text as pre-formatted

en: When set, paste a plain text into the composer body as Preformatted paragraph. When not set, paste it as Normal paragraph.
en_GB: When set, paste a plain text into the composer body as Pre-formatted paragraph. When not set, paste it as Normal paragraph.

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders.
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders.

en: Citation highlight color
en_GB: Citation highlight colour

en: Citation highlight color.
en_GB: Citation highlight colour.

en: Sender email-address column in the message list
en_GB: Sender email address column in the message list

en: Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.
en_GB: Show the email address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in address_count.
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc to the number specified in address_count.

en: Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Number of addresses to display in To/Cc/Bcc

en: Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.
en_GB: Whether to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.

en: Forward and reply attribution language tag, like en_US. Empty string means to use the same language as the user interface.
en_GB: Forward and reply attribution language tag, like en_GB. Empty string means to use the same language as the user interface.

en: Prompt when emptying the trash
en_GB: Prompt when emptying the wastebasket

en: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash.
en_GB: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the wastebasket.

en: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list
en_GB: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list.

en: Empty Trash folders on exit
en_GB: Empty Wastebasket folders on exit

en: Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution.
en_GB: Empty all Wastebasket folders when exiting Evolution.

en: Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit
en_GB: Minimum number of days between emptying the wastebasket on exit

en: Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days.
en_GB: Minimum time between emptying the wastebasket on exit, in days.

en: Last time Empty Trash was run
en_GB: Last time Empty Wastebasket was run

en: The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).
en_GB: The last time Empty Wastebasket was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).

en: List of Labels and their associated colors
en_GB: List of Labels and their associated colours

en: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding.
en_GB: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding.

en: The default plugin for Junk hook
en_GB: The default plug-in for Junk hook

en: This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won’t fall back to the other available plugins.
en_GB: This is the default junk plug-in, even though there are multiple plug-ins enabled. If the default listed plug-in is disabled, then it won’t fall back to the other available plug-ins.

en: Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email
en_GB: Determines whether to look up in address book for sender email

en: Server synchronization interval
en_GB: Server synchronisation interval

en: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.
en_GB: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronised with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.

en: Inherit theme colors in HTML format
en_GB: Inherit theme colours in HTML format

en: When enabled the theme colors for background, text and links are sent in resulting HTML formatted message.
en_GB: When enabled the theme colours for background, text and links are sent in resulting HTML formatted message.

en: If enabled, whenever Send/Receive is run it also runs synchronization of messages for offline use. The option is disabled by default.
en_GB: If enabled, whenever Send/Receive is run it also runs synchronisation of messages for offline use. The option is disabled by default.

en: Whether unset colors provided in HTML mails.
en_GB: Whether unset colours provided in HTML mails.

en: If enabled, unset colors in HTML messages, forcing use of desktop theme colors instead.
en_GB: If enabled, unset colours in HTML messages, forcing use of desktop theme colours instead.

en: If enabled, the Copy/Move to Folder dialog will preserve the expand state of the folders in the dialog, otherwise all the folders will be expanded.
en_GB: If enabled, the Copy/Move to Folder dialogue will preserve the expand state of the folders in the dialogue, otherwise all the folders will be expanded.

en: Whether the markdown composer should sanitize input text also for the 'Markdown as Plain text' mode
en_GB: Whether the markdown composer should sanitise input text also for the 'Markdown as Plain text' mode

en: Disabling the sanitization allows to use the Markdown editor as a very simple text editor without mangling the input text.
en_GB: Disabling the sanitisation allows to use the Markdown editor as a very simple text editor without mangling the input text.

en: List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message body
en_GB: List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message body

en: List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message body.
en_GB: List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message body.

en: List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a message body.
en_GB: List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plug-in to substitute in a message body.

en: Skip development warning dialog
en_GB: Skip development warning dialogue

en: Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped.
en_GB: Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped.

en: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs.
en_GB: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogues.

en: List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage.
en_GB: List of paths for the folders to be synchronised to disk for offline usage.

en: When enabled, adds buttons to the header bar. This applies to dialogs as well. Changing the option requires application restart.
en_GB: When enabled, adds buttons to the header bar. This applies to dialogues as well. Changing the option requires application restart.

en: Controls whether the application should prefer symbolic icons or not. The 'auto' value detects whether the icon theme is using symbolic icons. Note the symbolic icons cannot be used when the icon theme does not provide them. Similarly the color icons cannot be used, when they are not available.
en_GB: Controls whether the application should prefer symbolic icons or not. The 'auto' value detects whether the icon theme is using symbolic icons. Note the symbolic icons cannot be used when the icon theme does not provide them. Similarly the colour icons cannot be used, when they are not available.

en: Full _Name...
en_GB: Full _Name…

en: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.
en_GB: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled into it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.

en: Web Site
en_GB: Website

en: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is canceled.
en_GB: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is cancelled.

en: Would you like to send the organizer a deletion notice?
en_GB: Would you like to send the organiser a deletion notice?

en: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organizer may not know the meeting has been deleted.
en_GB: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organiser may not know the meeting has been deleted.

en: All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored. If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is canceled.
en_GB: All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored. If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is cancelled.

en: All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored. If you do not send a deletion notice, the organizer may not know the meeting has been deleted.
en_GB: All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored. If you do not send a deletion notice, the organiser may not know the meeting has been deleted.

en: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organizer may not know the task has been deleted.
en_GB: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organiser may not know the task has been deleted.

en: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organizer may not know the memo has been deleted.
en_GB: If you do not send a deletion notice, the organiser may not know the memo has been deleted.

note: Translators: It will display "Organizer: NameOfTheUser <email@ofuser.com>"
en: Organizer: %s <%s>
en_GB: Organiser: %s <%s>

note: Translators: It will display "Organizer: NameOfTheUser"
en: Organizer: %s
en_GB: Organiser: %s

en: Changes made to the event will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the event will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: Changes made to the memo will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the memo will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: Organizer address is not a valid user mail address
en_GB: Organiser address is not a valid user mail address

en: An organizer is required.
en_GB: An organiser is required.

en: Or_ganizer:
en_GB: Or_ganiser:

en: Override color of the event. If not set, then color of the calendar is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the event. If not set, then colour of the calendar is used.

en: Override color of the memo. If not set, then color of the memo list is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the memo. If not set, then colour of the memo list is used.

note: E_SOURCE_EXTENSION_TASK_LIST
en: Override color of the task. If not set, then color of the task list is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the task. If not set, then colour of the task list is used.

en: Changes made to the task will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the task will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: An organizer must be set.
en_GB: An organiser must be set.

[ctx: iCalImp]
note: Translators: Appointment's organizer
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

en: _Prioritize Message
en_GB: _Prioritise Message

en: Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Bcc field is displayed

en: Toggles whether the CC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Cc field is displayed

en: Choose custom color
en_GB: Choose custom colour

note: Translators: This is part of: "Do not synchronize locally mails older than [ xxx ] [ days ]"
en: Do not synchronize locally mails older than
en_GB: Do not synchronise locally mails older than

en: Center Alignment
en_GB: Centre Alignment

en: Ignore Misspelled Word
en_GB: Ignore Misspelt Word

en: <b>Alignment &amp; Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Alignment &amp; Behaviour</b>

en: This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be misspelled or your network connection could be down.
en_GB: This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be misspelt, or your network connection could be down.

en: _Group By...
en_GB: _Group By…

en: _Fields Shown...
en_GB: _Fields Shown…

en: Customize Current View
en_GB: Customise Current View

en: Custo_mize Current View…
en_GB: Custo_mise Current View…

note: Translators: description of a "popup" action
en: popup a child
en_GB: pop up a child

en: Emptying trash in “%s”
en_GB: Emptying wastebasket in “%s”

en: Use a Real Folder for _Trash:
en_GB: Use a Real Folder for _Wastebasket:

en: Or_ganization:
en_GB: Or_ganisation:

en: _To This Address
en_GB: _To this Address

en: Assign C_olor…
en_GB: Assign C_olour…

en: Assign color for the selected messages
en_GB: Assign colour for the selected messages

en: Unse_t Color
en_GB: Unse_t Colour

en: Unset color for the selected messages
en_GB: Unset colour for the selected messages

en: Use te_xt color
en_GB: Use te_xt colour

en: Customize Appearance
en_GB: Customise Appearance

en: Assign Color
en_GB: Assign Colour

en: Unset Color
en_GB: Unset Colour

en: Default Behavior
en_GB: Default Behaviour

en: Empty _trash folders
en_GB: Empty wastebaske_t folders

en: Unset colors provided in HTML mails in message previe_w
en_GB: Unset colours provided in HTML mails in message previe_w

en: _Lookup in local address book only
en_GB: _Look up in local address book only

en: Ask for confirmation before taking the following checkmarked actions:
en_GB: Ask for confirmation before taking the following ticked actions:

note: This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before...
en: Emptying the _Trash
en_GB: Emptying the Was_tebasket

en: _Accept License
en_GB: _Accept Licence

en: _Tick this to accept the license agreement
en_GB: _Tick this to accept the licence agreement

en: Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on.
en_GB: Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly. Remember that many passwords are case-sensitive; your caps lock might be on.

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with only Bcc recipients?

en: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with an invalid address?

en: The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipient was not recognised as a valid mail address:
    {0}

en: The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipients were not recognised as valid mail addresses:
    {0}

en: Unable to read license file.
en_GB: Unable to read licence file.

en: Cannot read the license file “{0}”, due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license.
en_GB: Cannot read the license file “{0}”, due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its licence.

en: Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?
en_GB: Synchronise folders locally for offline usage?

en: Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline usage?
en_GB: Do you want to locally synchronise the folders that are marked for offline usage?

en: Do _Not Synchronize
en_GB: Do _Not Synchronise

en: This can be due to the message not being downloaded yet. The folder, or the account, can be marked for offline synchronization. Then, once the account is online again, use File→Download Messages for Offline Usage, when this folder is selected, to make sure that all the messages in the folder will be available in offline mode.
en_GB: This can be due to the message not being downloaded yet. The folder, or the account, can be marked for offline synchronisation. Then, once the account is online again, use File→Download Messages for Offline Usage, when this folder is selected, to make sure that all the messages in the folder will be available in offline mode.

en: These messages will be shown in the Trash folder, where they can be permanently deleted later.
en_GB: These messages will be shown in the Wastebasket folder, where they can be permanently deleted later.

en: Deleting junk and expunging trash at “%s”
en_GB: Deleting junk and expunging wastebasket at “%s”

en: Expunging trash at “%s”
en_GB: Expunging wastebasket at “%s”

en: Check Evolution Back up
en_GB: Check Evolution Backup

en: Backing Evolution accounts and settings
en_GB: Backing up Evolution accounts and settings

en: Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)
en_GB: Backing up Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)

en: Back up complete
en_GB: Backup complete

en: Extracting files from back up
en_GB: Extracting files from backup

en: Removing temporary back up files
en_GB: Removing temporary backup files

en: Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution backs up your data.

en: Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution restores your data.

en: Microsoft Global Catalog
en_GB: Microsoft Global Catalogue

en: Enable Calendars to synchronize
en_GB: Enable Calendars to synchronise

en: Create a new all day event
en_GB: Create a new all-day event

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date * without a year and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p

note: strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M:%S %p

note: RSVP area
en: Send reply to organizer
en_GB: Send reply to organiser

en: Organizer has removed the delegate %s
en_GB: Organiser has removed the delegate %s

[ctx: GoggleSummary]
note: Translators: This is part of a sentence "You may need to enable IMAP access and Calendars to synchronize", where the 'IMAP access' and 'Calendars to synchronize' are clickable.
en: Calendars to synchronize
en_GB: Calendars to synchronise

en: Opens a dialog to select a folder to go to
en_GB: Opens a dialogue to select a folder to go to

en: _Add Attachment...
en_GB: _Add Attachment…

note: Enable Gaim Checkbox
en: _Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list
en_GB: _Synchronise contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list

note: Synchronize now button.
en: Synchronize with _buddy list now
en_GB: Synchronise with _buddy list now

en: The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try setting a different editor.
en_GB: The external editor set in your plug-in preferences cannot be launched. Try setting a different editor.

en: An e-mail message will be sent to the URL “{0}”. You can either send the message automatically, or see and change it first.
    
    You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message has been sent.
en_GB: An email message will be sent to the URL “{0}”. You can either send the message automatically, or see and change it first.
    
    You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message has been sent.

en: Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to], $ORIG[body], $ORIG[quoted-body] or $ORIG[reply-credits], which will be replaced by values from an email you are replying to.
en_GB: Drafts based template plug-in. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to], $ORIG[body], $ORIG[quoted-body] or $ORIG[reply-credits], which will be replaced by values from an email you are replying to.

en: Disable loading of any plugins.
en_GB: Disable loading of any plug-ins.

en: Current view is a customized view
en_GB: Current view is a customised view

en: Issued To Organization
en_GB: Issued To Organisation

en: Issued To Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued To Organisational Unit

en: Issued By Organization
en_GB: Issued By Organisation

en: Issued By Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued By Organisational Unit

en: You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:
en_GB: You have certificates from these organisations that identify you:

en: Backup _All
en_GB: Back Up _All

en: Unable to setup password integrity, err_code: %i
en_GB: Unable to set up password integrity, err_code: %i

en: Save as iCalendar...
en_GB: Save as iCalendar…

en: Select the color for tasks due today.
en_GB: Select the colour for tasks due today.

en: Select the color for overdue tasks.
en_GB: Select the colour for overdue tasks.

en: Enabling Synchronization
en_GB: Enabling Synchronisation

en: Synchronizing Information
en_GB: Synchronising Information

en: Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.
en_GB: Use the following procedure to synchronise the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

en: Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.
en_GB: Select the Organiser's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organiser field.

en: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.
en_GB: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of widescreen monitors.

en: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.
en_GB: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and E-mail, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

en: Removing an Email Address from Your Junk List
en_GB: Removing an E-mail Address from Your Junk List

en: Adding an Email Address to Your Junk List
en_GB: Adding an E-mail Address to Your Junk List

en: Subject - Trimmed
en_GB: Subject — Trimmed

en: The sender's email address or the name of the sender.
en_GB: The sender's e-mail address or the name of the sender.

en: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.
en_GB: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the wastebasket.

en: Assign Color:
en_GB: Assign Colour:

en: Marks the message with a color of your choice.
en_GB: Marks the message with a colour of your choice.

en: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.
en_GB: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from e-mail messages or to perform additional message post-processing not supported by Evolution.

en: Type your email address, then press Enter.
en_GB: Type your e-mail address, then press Enter.

en: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.
en_GB: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the e-mail. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

en: Replying to Email Messages
en_GB: Replying to E-mail Messages

en: Italicizes the text.
en_GB: Italicises the text.

en: Color Selection:
en_GB: Colour Selection:

en: Email Accounts
en_GB: E-mail Accounts

en: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.
en_GB: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution e-mail tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

en: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.
en_GB: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organisers.

en: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook.
en_GB: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging and Microsoft Outlook.

en: Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.
en_GB: Choose whether you want to hide the e-mail addresses when you send a message to the list.

en: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.
en_GB: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different colour.

en: An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.
en_GB: An e-mail is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

en: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.
en_GB: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organiser, and only the organiser can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organiser of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organiser, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

en: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.
en_GB: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organisation as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.

en: Optimized:
en_GB: Optimised:

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Rotate the page 90 degrees counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate the page 90 degrees anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated tag color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated tag colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Draw agenda items in their tag color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their tag colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its tag. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its tag. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Draw agenda items in their calendar color inside and tag color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their calendar colour inside and tag colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View)
en: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated tag. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only tag" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated tag. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View)
en: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated tag color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Tag inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated tag colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View)
en: Draw month items in their tag color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their tag colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View)
en: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its tag.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, tag outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its tag.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View)
en: Draw month items in their calendar color inside and tag color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their calendar colour inside and tag colour for their border

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view)
en: Select the default event color here. The default event color will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate color for each event tag below.
en_GB: Select the default event colour here. The default event colour will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate colour for each event tag below.

en: Reader mode color scheme.
en_GB: Reader mode colour scheme.

en: Selects the style of colors for articles displayed in reader mode. Possible values are “light” (dark text on light background) and “dark” (light text on dark background). This setting is ignored on systems that provide a system-wide dark style preference, such as GNOME 42 and newer.
en_GB: Selects the style of colours for articles displayed in reader mode. Possible values are “light” (dark text on light background) and “dark” (light text on dark background). This setting is ignored on systems that provide a system-wide dark style preference, such as GNOME 42 and newer.

en: Use a custom CSS file to modify websites own CSS.
en_GB: Use a custom CSS file to modify the CSS of websites.

en: Whether to enable hardware acceleration. Possible values are “always” and “never”. Hardware acceleration may be required to achieve acceptable performance on embedded devices, but increases memory usage requirements and could expose severe hardware-specific graphics driver bugs.
en_GB: Whether to enable hardware acceleration. Possible values are “always”, and “never”. Hardware acceleration may be required to achieve acceptable performance on embedded devices, but increases memory usage requirements and could expose severe hardware-specific graphics driver bugs.

en: Whether to present a directory chooser dialog for every download.
en_GB: Whether to present a directory chooser dialogue for every download.

en: Whether a new window that is not restored from a previous session should be initially maximized.
en_GB: Whether a new window that is not restored from a previous session should be initially maximised.

en: You can add your favorite website by clicking <b>Install as Web App…</b> within the page menu.
en_GB: You can add your favourite website by clicking <b>Install as Web App…</b> within the page menu.

en: URI %s not authorized to access Epiphany resource %s
en_GB: URI %s not authorised to access Epiphany resource %s

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organization.
en_GB: This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organisation.

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organization that issued it.
en_GB: This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organisation that issued it.

note: Page title when a site is not loaded due to an invalid TLS certificate.
en: Security Violation
en_GB: Security Notice

en: Please check the file name for capitalization or other typing errors. Also check if it has been moved, renamed, or deleted.
en_GB: Please check the file name for capitalisation or other typing errors. Also check if it has been moved, renamed, or deleted.

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 15∶34"
en: Today %H∶%M
en_GB: Today %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 15∶34"
en: Yesterday %H∶%M
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 15∶34"
en: %a %H∶%M
en_GB: %a %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12∶34 am"
en: %b %d %I∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %I:%M %p

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 15∶34"
en: %b %d %H∶%M
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

note: Translators: the %s refers to the time at which the last sync was made. * For example: Today 04:34 PM, Sun 11:25 AM, May 31 06:41 PM.
en: Last synchronized: %s
en_GB: Last synchronised: %s

note: Audio.
en: Open Audio in New _Window
en_GB: Open Audioin New _Window

en: As custom color:
en_GB: As custom colour:

en: As custom c_olor:
en_GB: As custom c_olour:

en: Color for Transparent Areas
en_GB: Colour for Transparent Areas

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.

en: Use a custom background color
en_GB: Use a custom background colour

en: If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill color.
en_GB: If this is active, the colour set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill colour.

en: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are checked, color and none. If color is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the color value used.
en_GB: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are checked, colour and none. If colour is chosen, then the trans-colour key determines the colour value used.

en: Transparency color
en_GB: Transparency colour

en: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the color which is used for indicating transparency.
en_GB: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the colour which is used for indicating transparency.

en: Randomize the image sequence
en_GB: Randomise the image sequence

en: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the bin. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the bin and would be deleted instead.

en: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page.
en_GB: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialogue should have its own page.

en: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.
en_GB: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialogue will be moved to its own page in the dialogue. This should make the dialogue more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Error launching appearance preferences dialog:
en_GB: Error launching appearance preferences dialogue:

en: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the bin?

en: A trash for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?
en_GB: A bin for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?

en: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected image to the trash? | Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected image to the rubbish bin?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the rubbish bin?

en: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the bin and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Couldn't access trash.
en_GB: Couldn't access bin.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Run <command>eom</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>mate-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialog.
en_GB: Run <command>eom</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>mate-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Image</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Image</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To view all the directory images in fullscreen, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key. For more information about how to customize the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.
en_GB: To view all the directory images in fullscreen, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key. For more information about how to customise the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To move an image to the Trash, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This moves the file to the Trash folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the trash in the same way: select them all first.
en_GB: To move an image to the Bin, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to Bin</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This moves the file to the Bin folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the bin in the same way: select them all first.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To restore an image from the Trash, open the Trash folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Trash. To find out more about using the Trash, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/caja-trash">Desktop User Guide</link>.
en_GB: To restore an image from the Bin, open the Bin folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Bin. To find out more about using the Bin, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/caja-trash">Desktop User Guide</link>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  348 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: section/para
en: Specify the filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field in the <guilabel>Save Image</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The file is saved in the current folder by default. <application>Image Viewer</application> tries to determine the file type from the given filename suffix. If the image should be saved in another folder or the file type detection failed, expand the dialog by clicking on <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel>. This allows further folder navigation and the specification of the file type from the drop down box.
en_GB: Specify the filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field in the <guilabel>Save Image</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The file is saved in the current folder by default. <application>Image Viewer</application> tries to determine the file type from the given filename suffix. If the image should be saved in another folder or the file type detection failed, expand the dialogue by clicking on <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel>. This allows further folder navigation and the specification of the file type from the drop down box.

note: #-#-#-#-#  348 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: info/title
en: Save As dialog for multiple images
en_GB: Save As dialogue for multiple images

note: (itstool) path: textobject/phrase
en: Shows Eye of MATE <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog when saving multiple images.
en_GB: Shows Eye of MATE <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialogue when saving multiple images.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: In the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog you can now choose paper size and orientation. If possible, configure your printer to have the page borders set correctly.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialogue you can now choose paper size and orientation. If possible, configure your printer to have the page borders set correctly.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: In the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog, select the printer you want to use from the list.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue, select the printer you want to use from the list.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: Maybe you don't want your image centered or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="eom-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:
en_GB: Maybe you don't want your image centred or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="eom-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:

note: #-#-#-#-#  348 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: info/title
en: Personalizing The Toolbar
en_GB: Personalising The Toolbar

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: <guilabel>As custom color</guilabel>
en_GB: <guilabel>As custom colour</guilabel>

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify. Click on the color selector button to select a color.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid colour that you specify. Click on the colour selector button to select a colour.

note: #-#-#-#-#  348 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background color of the <application>Image Viewer</application> application.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background colour of the <application>Image Viewer</application> application.

en: This is the folder the plugin will place the exported files in. Plugin will export to $HOME/exported-images if not set.
en_GB: This is the folder the plug-in will place the exported files in. Plug-in will export to $HOME/exported-images if not set.

en: Whether the plugin should use global settings or its own.
en_GB: Whether the plug-in should use global settings or its own.

en: Background color in fullscreen mode
en_GB: Background colour in fullscreen mode

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.

en: Use custom color:
en_GB: Use custom colour:

en: Hides the titlebar of maximized windows
en_GB: Hides the titlebar of maximised windows

en: Hides the titlebar of maximized Eye of GNOME windows
en_GB: Hides the titlebar of maximised Eye of GNOME windows

en: Maximize Windows
en_GB: Maximise Windows

en: New windows will open maximized
en_GB: New windows will open maximised

en: Maximize new windows
en_GB: Maximise new windows

en: Command Text Color
en_GB: Command Text Colour

en: The color used for commands.
en_GB: The colour used for commands.

en: Error Text Color
en_GB: Error Text Colour

en: The color used for errors.
en_GB: The colour used for errors.

en: S_tatus Bar
en_GB: S_tatusbar

en: Rotate Counter_clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-_clockwise

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Rotate counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the color value used.
en_GB: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the colour value used.

en: Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable.
en_GB: Whether the image gallery pane should be resizeable.

en: If activated, Eye of GNOME won’t ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of GNOME won’t ask for confirmation when moving images to the wastebasket. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the wastebasket and would be deleted instead.

en: List of active plugins. It doesn’t contain the “Location” of the active plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the “Location” of a given plugin.
en_GB: List of active plug-ins. It doesn’t contain the “Location” of the active plug-ins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the “Location” of a given plug-in.

en: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on the filename.
en_GB: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writeable file format based on the filename.

en: Are you sure you want to move
    “%s” to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move
    “%s” to the wastebasket?

en: A trash for “%s” couldn’t be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?
en_GB: A wastebasket for “%s” couldn’t be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?

en: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the trash? | Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the wastebasket?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the wastebasket?

en: Some of the selected images can’t be moved to the trash and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Some of the selected images can’t be moved to the wastebasket and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Couldn’t access trash.
en_GB: Couldn’t access wastebasket.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper.
en_GB: Set your favourite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To delete a picture that you don't want any more, right-click the picture and select <gui>Move to Trash</gui>.
en_GB: To delete a picture that you don't want any more, right-click the picture and select <gui>Move to Wastebasket</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise
en_GB: Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/anti-clockwise

note: (itstool) path: td/p
en: Rotate Counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-clockwise

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the name field, change the <em>file extension</em> to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.
en_GB: In the name field, change the <em>file extension</em> to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the dot.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click <gui>Supported image files</gui> in the <gui>Save Image</gui> window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.
en_GB: The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognise the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click <gui>Supported image files</gui> in the <gui>Save Image</gui> window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

note: (itstool) path: p/link
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States Licence

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Then, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Date in statusbar</gui>.
en_GB: Then, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Date in statusbar</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The detailed information stored with digital photos is called <em>Exif data</em>. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.
en_GB: The detailed information stored with digital photos is called <em>Exif data</em>. You can view it by installing a plug-in for the image viewer.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Exif display</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Exif display</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Show</gui><gui style="menuitem">Side Pane</gui></guiseq> to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under <gui>Histogram</gui>.
en_GB: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Show</gui><gui style="menuitem">Side Pane</gui></guiseq> to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colours and light/shade in the picture, select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Tick the histograms you want to view, listed under <gui>Histogram</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Check <gui>Display camera settings in statusbar</gui>.
en_GB: You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Tick <gui>Display camera settings in statusbar</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Map</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Map</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode.
en_GB: Enables changing background colour in fullscreen mode.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Change fullscreen background color
en_GB: Change fullscreen background colour

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.
en_GB: If you like, you can change the background colour in fullscreen mode.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Fullscreen Background</gui> and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Fullscreen Background</gui> and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Choose the colour you want in fullscreen mode and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.
en_GB: Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background colour is the one you selected.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Fullscreen with double-click</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Fullscreen with double-click</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab, and check <gui>PicasaWeb Uploader</gui>.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab, and tick <gui>PicasaWeb Uploader</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the <em>Python console</em>, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.
en_GB: The image viewer has a plug-in system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the <em>Python console</em>, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Once <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab.
en_GB: Once <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Check <gui>Python Console</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>.
en_GB: Tick <gui>Python Console</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email.
en_GB: Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Send pictures by email
en_GB: Send pictures by e-mail

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.
en_GB: You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Send By Mail</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>. This will give you a <gui style="menuitem">Send by mail</gui> menu item.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Send By Mail</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>. This will give you a <gui style="menuitem">Send by mail</gui> menu item.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: An installed email application must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.
en_GB: An installed e-mail application must be set up to connect to your e-mail account for this to work.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Slideshow Shuffle</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Slideshow Shuffle</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Install plugins to access extra features.
en_GB: Install plug-ins to access extra features.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can install the <sys>eog-plugins</sys> package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.
en_GB: You can install the <sys>eog-plugins</sys> package to get extra plug-ins for the image viewer. Plug-ins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <link xref="plugin-send-by-mail">Send By Mail</link>: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.
en_GB: <link xref="plugin-send-by-mail">Send By Mail</link>: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <link xref="plugin-zoom-width">Zoom to fit image width</link>: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.
en_GB: <link xref="plugin-zoom-width">Zoom to fit image width</link>: Adjusts the zoom to have the picture's full width fit into the window.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: You can manage plugins by using the <link xref="preferences#plugins">Plugins tab</link> in the Preferences window.
en_GB: You can manage plug-ins by using the <link xref="preferences#plugins">Plug-ins tab</link> in the Preferences window.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Activate the <app>Zoom to fit image width</app> plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.
en_GB: Activate the <app>Zoom to fit image width</app> plug-in if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Zoom to fit image width</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Zoom to fit image width</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: <link xref="preferences#view">Image view</link>, <link xref="preferences#slideshow">slideshow</link> and <link xref="preferences#plugins">plugins</link>.
en_GB: <link xref="preferences#view">Image view</link>, <link xref="preferences#slideshow">slideshow</link> and <link xref="preferences#plugins">plug-ins</link>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Here you can select a custom background color.
en_GB: Here you can select a custom background colour.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui>As custom color:</gui>
en_GB: <gui>As custom colour:</gui>

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid colour that you specify by clicking on the colour selector button.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the <gui>Background</gui> color, if <gui>As custom color</gui> under <gui>Background</gui> is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the <gui>Background</gui> colour, if <gui>As custom colour</gui> under <gui>Background</gui> is ticked. Otherwise, the default background colour is used.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To customize slideshow settings:
en_GB: To customise slideshow settings:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Check <gui>Loop sequence</gui> if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
en_GB: Tick <gui>Loop sequence</gui> if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unticked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Plugin preferences
en_GB: Plug-in preferences
